Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 16, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

INPHI CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   3674   77-0557980
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

1154 Sonora Court

Sunnyvale, California 94086

(408) 636-2700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Young K. Sohn

Chief Executive Officer and President

1154 Sonora Court

Sunnyvale, California 94086

(408) 636-2700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Jorge del Calvo, Esq.

Allison Leopold Tilley, Esq.

Davina K. Kaile, Esq.

Noelle Matteson, Esq.

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

2475 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 233-4500

(650) 233-4545 facsimile

 

Bruce K. Dallas, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

(650) 752-2111 facsimile

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated    ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company    ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of each class of securities to be registered   Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price (1)(2)
  Amount of registration fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $115,000,000   $8,200
 
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2)   Includes shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

 

Issued June 16, 2010

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Inphi Corporation is offering              shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering              shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $              and $              per share.

 

 

 

We intend to apply to list our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IPHI.”

 

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 8.

 

 

 

PRICE $              A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to
Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts
and
Commissions

    

Proceeds
to
Inphi

    

Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholders

Per Share

     $          $          $          $    

Total

     $                  $                  $                  $            

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2010.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES   JEFFERIES & COMPANY

 

THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC    NEEDHAM & COMPANY, LLC

 

                    , 2010


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   8

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   28

Use of Proceeds

   29

Dividend Policy

   29

Capitalization

   30

Dilution

   32

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   34

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   36

Business

   58

Management

   74

Executive Compensation

   82

Related Party Transactions

   98

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   100

Description of Capital Stock

   102

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   106

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

   108

Underwriters

   111

Legal Matters

   115

Experts

   115

Where You Can Find Additional Information

   115

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-1

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Until                     , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully read the entire prospectus, especially the risks set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. References in this prospectus to “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Inphi Corporation and its subsidiaries and predecessors during the period presented unless the context requires otherwise.

 

INPHI CORPORATION

 

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications and computing markets. Our analog semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data speeds while reducing system power consumption. Our semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation communications and computing infrastructures. Our solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between analog signals and digital information in high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment, datacenter and enterprise servers, storage platforms, test and measurement equipment and military systems. We believe we are a leader in 40G and 100G high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications market and high-speed memory interface solutions for the computing market. We have a broad product portfolio with 17 product lines and over 170 products as of December 31, 2009.

 

We work closely with industry and technology leaders such as Advanced Micro Devices, Inc., Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco Systems, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. and Intel Corporation to design architectures and products that solve bandwidth bottlenecks in existing and next generation communications and computing systems. We help define industry conventions and standards within the markets we target by collaborating with technology leaders, original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies. The complex and proprietary nature of our technology often makes it difficult for other suppliers to deliver competitive products, thereby enabling us to be the sole supplier or one of a limited number of suppliers. Our products are designed into systems sold by OEMs, including Agilent Technologies, Inc., Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco, Danaher Corporation, Dell Inc., EMC Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, Huawei, International Business Machines Corporation and Oracle Corporation. We sell both directly to these OEMs and to other intermediary systems or module manufacturers that, in turn, sell to these OEMs. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we sold our products to more than 160 customers. For the year ended December 31, 2009, revenue attributable to Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. and Micron Technology, Inc. represented 36% and 17% of our total revenue, respectively. Since 2006, we have shipped more than 90 million high-speed analog semiconductors. Our total revenue increased to $58.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, our total revenue increased to $19.1 million from $10.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. As of March 31, 2010, our accumulated deficit was $48.8 million.

 

The proliferation of mobile devices and wireless connectivity is driving growth in demand for network bandwidth as users seek faster access to high-definition video and multimedia content and applications. According to the Cisco Visual Networking Index, global Internet protocol, or IP, traffic is projected to increase more than four-fold from 2009 to 2014, reaching 63.9 exabytes per month in 2014. Global mobile IP traffic is a key driver of this growth, and is projected to increase at a compound annual growth rate of 108% from 2009 to 2014. This is expected to drive over 3.5 exabytes of traffic per month in 2014 as compared to less than 0.1 exabytes in 2009. In addition, the emergence of cloud computing, which allows multiple users to simultaneously execute applications and access data at high speeds, is creating additional demand for network bandwidth and

 

 

1


Table of Contents

computing resources. According to the IDC eXchange, New IT Cloud Services Forecast: 2009-2013, October 2009, spending on public cloud-based server and storage services is expected to grow from $3.7 billion in 2009 to $12.8 billion in 2013, representing a compound annual growth rate of 37%.

 

In order to handle growing network bandwidth and faster computing speeds, communications and computing systems require greater processing resources and higher access speeds. As processing power and access speeds continue to increase, it becomes more difficult for systems to achieve high signal integrity and reliable data transmission and recovery using traditional semiconductor solutions. Moreover, in many networks and computing systems, bandwidth bottlenecks arise where the physical media and traditional semiconductor solutions are incapable of supporting the increased data transfer rates and cause signal deterioration. These signal deterioration issues are typically addressed with high-speed analog semiconductors that maintain or improve signal integrity at every point of the physical interface by employing sophisticated analog signal processing techniques to accurately generate, amplify, reshape, retime and receive the transmitted data.

 

We leverage our proprietary high-speed analog signal processing expertise and our deep understanding of system architectures to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging communications, enterprise network, computing and storage architectures. We use our core technology and strength in high-speed analog design to enable our customers to deploy next generation communications and computing systems that operate with high performance at high speeds. We believe we are at the forefront of developing semiconductor solutions that deliver 100 gigabits per second, or 100G, speeds throughout the network infrastructure, including core, metro and the datacenter. Furthermore, our analog signal processing expertise enables us to improve throughput in computing systems. Our core competitive strengths include:

 

   

System-Level Simulation Capabilities . In order to understand and solve system problems, we work closely with systems vendors to develop proprietary component, channel and system simulation models. We use these proprietary simulation and validation tools to accurately predict system performance prior to fabricating the semiconductor or alternately to identify and optimize critical semiconductor parameters to satisfy customer system requirements.

 

   

Analog Design Expertise . High-speed analog circuit design is extremely challenging at high frequencies. We believe that we are a leader in developing broadband analog semiconductors operating at frequencies of up to 100 gigahertz, or GHz. Our analog design expertise has enabled us to design and commercially ship the first 18 GHz track-and-hold amplifier, 28 GHz linear transimpedance amplifier, 40 GHz transimpedance amplifier and 50 GHz multiplexer, or MUX, and demultiplexer, or DEMUX, components.

 

   

Strong Relationships with Industry Leaders . We develop many of our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for applications and systems that are driven by the industry leaders in the communications and computing markets. As a result of our demonstrated ability to address our customers’ technological challenges, we are designed into several of their current systems and believe we are well-positioned to develop high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for their emerging architectures. For instance, our high-speed memory interface designs have been validated for Intel’s Xeon ® Core i7 ® and next generation platforms. We also work with communication companies such as Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco and Huawei to address their next generation 100G efforts.

 

   

Broad Process Technology . We employ process technology experts, device technologists and circuit designers who have extensive experience in many process technologies including complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, silicon germanium, or SiGe, and III-V technologies such as gallium arsenide, or GaAs, and indium phosphide, or InP. We believe that our ability to design high-speed analog semiconductors in a wide range of materials and process technologies allows us to provide superior performance, power, cost and reliability for a specific set of market requirements.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

High-Speed Package Modeling and Design . We have developed deep expertise in high-speed package modeling and design, since introducing the first high-speed 50 GHz MUX and DEMUX product in 2001. Our current packaging and modeling techniques enable us to deliver semiconductors that are energy efficient, offer high-speed processing and enable advanced signal integrity, all in a small footprint.

 

We believe that our system-level simulation capabilities, our analog design and broad process technology design capabilities as well as our strengths in packaging enable us to differentiate ourselves by delivering advanced high-speed analog signal processing solutions. For example, we believe we have successfully demonstrated the feasibility of our next generation 100G Ethernet architecture well ahead of our competitors. Within the server market, we have applied our analog signal processing expertise to develop our iMB technology, which is designed to expand the memory capacity in existing server and computing platforms. We believe the key benefits that our solutions provide to our customers are as follows:

 

   

High Performance . Our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions are designed to meet the specific technical requirements of our customers in their respective end markets. For instance, in the broadband communications market, we believe our products achieve the highest signal integrity and attain superior signal transmission distance at required error-free or low-error rates. In the computing market, we believe our products achieve industry-leading data transfer rates at the smallest die size.

 

   

Low Power and Small Footprint . In each of the end markets that we serve, the power budget of the overall system is a key consideration for the systems designers. We believe that our high-speed analog signal processing solutions enable our customers to implement system architectures that reduce overall system power consumption. We also believe that at high frequencies, our high-speed analog semiconductor devices typically consume less power than our competitors’ standard designs. In many of our applications, we are able to design and deliver semiconductors that have a smaller footprint and therefore reduce the overall system size.

 

   

Faster Time to Market . Our customers compete in markets that require high-speed, reliable semiconductors that can be integrated into their systems as soon as new market opportunities develop. To meet our customers’ time-to-market requirements, we work closely with them early in their design cycles and are actively involved in their development processes.

 

Our mission is to enable faster communications and computing infrastructure with high-speed analog semiconductor solutions that reliably capture critical analog signals, convert them to useful data, and transport the data at high speeds. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Focus on Markets that Require High Signal Integrity at High Speeds . We believe our target markets are driven by expected growth trends in video applications, mobile Internet and cloud computing, causing a greater demand for network bandwidth and computing speeds. We intend to continue to focus our efforts in markets where high signal integrity at high speeds is imperative.

 

   

Extend Technology Leadership in High-Speed Analog Semiconductors . We believe we employ best-in-class technology and design capabilities in our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to extend our leadership in existing markets and enable the widespread deployment of our next generation technology into newer markets.

 

   

Expand Global Presence . We believe that a global presence is critical to securing design wins from both new and existing customers given the continued globalization of supply chains, particularly with respect to design and manufacturing. We plan to continue the expansion of our sales, design and technical support organization to broaden our customer reach in new markets, primarily in Asia and Europe.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

 

   

Continue to Build Deep Relationships with Customers . We intend to continue to develop long-term, collaborative relationships with customers who are regarded as leaders in their respective markets. In addition, we plan to continue to work closely with customers to enable them to develop innovative solutions that address both existing and new performance challenges.

 

   

Attract and Retain Top Talent . We believe one of our key differentiators resides in the design of solutions that address complex, real world problems for our customers. In this respect, our team of analog engineers and systems designers is critical to our success. We intend to continue to aggressively recruit and seek to retain talented engineering and design personnel.

 

Risk Related to Our Business

 

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks, including, but not limited to:

 

   

fluctuations in our revenue and operating results;

 

   

our history of losses and accumulated deficit;

 

   

our dependence on a limited number of customers and products for a substantial portion of our revenue;

 

   

product defects;

 

   

risks related to intellectual property matters;

 

   

lengthy sales cycles and competitive selection processes;

 

   

lengthy and expensive qualification process;

 

   

our ability to develop new or enhanced products in a timely manner;

 

   

market development of and demand for 100G solutions;

 

   

demand for our products in the communications and computing markets;

 

   

our reliance on third parties to manufacture, assemble and test our products; and

 

   

our ability to compete.

 

Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”

 

Corporate Information

 

We were incorporated in Delaware in November 2000 as TCom Communications, Inc. and changed our name to Inphi Corporation in February 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 1154 Sonora Court, Sunnyvale, California 94086. Our telephone number at that location is (408) 636-2700. Our website address is www.inphi.com . Information on our website is not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon in determining whether to make an investment decision.

 

Inphi ® , iMB™ and the Inphi logo are trademarks or service marks owned by Inphi. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

  

            shares

Common stock offered by selling stockholders

  

            shares

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

  

            shares (             if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment in full)

Overallotment option

  

            shares

Use of proceeds

   We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

  

“IPHI”

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 38,805,785 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2010, and excludes:

 

   

12,543,252 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.75 per share;

 

   

90,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2010, at an exercise price of $0.66 per share;

 

   

40,107 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.41 per share, which warrants will convert into warrants to purchase 40,107 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as well as shares originally reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or 2000 Stock Plan, but which may become available for awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan as described below, which plan will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that will automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans;” and

 

   

732,000 shares of our Series E preferred stock proposed to be issued in connection with, and in the event of the closing of, our proposed acquisition of Winyatek Technology, Inc., which shares, if issued, would convert into 732,000 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

Unless otherwise stated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 33,790,823 shares of common stock effective upon the completion of this offering, assuming a one-to-one conversion ratio of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock;

 

   

no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2010;

 

   

the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

As of March 31, 2010, 1,415,651 shares remained available for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan. Shares originally reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan but which are not issued or subject to outstanding grants on the effective date of our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options or forfeiture restrictions under our 2000 Stock Plan on the effective date of our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed 1,000,000 will become available for awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan upon the completion of this offering.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The information set forth below should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009    2009     2010  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenue

   $ 31,681      $ 32,727      $ 37,617    $ 7,337      $ 12,662   

Revenue from related party ( 1 )

     4,556        10,227        21,235      2,999        6,424   
                                       

Total revenue

     36,237        42,954        58,852      10,336        19,086   

Cost of revenue

     16,028        19,249        21,269      3,703        7,187   
                                       

Gross profit

     20,209        23,705        37,583      6,633        11,899   

Total operating expense (2)

     25,455        27,009        29,498      7,108        9,044   
                                       

Income (loss) from operations

     (5,246     (3,304     8,085      (475     2,855   

Other income (expense)

     (95     (124     73      14        27   
                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (5,341     (3,428     8,158      (461     2,882   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                   829             (9,117
                                       

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 7,329    $ (461   $ 11,999   
                                       

Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders

   $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 130    $ (461   $ 1,302   
                                       

Net income (loss) per share:

           

Basic

   $ (2.81   $ (1.14   $ 0.03    $ (0.12   $ 0.28   
                                       

Diluted

   $ (2.81   $ (1.14   $ 0.02    $ (0.12   $ 0.11   
                                       

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

           

Basic

     1,897,745        3,008,751        3,894,132      3,724,253        4,665,332   

Diluted

     1,897,745        3,008,751        6,509,191      3,724,253        12,236,714   

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited):

           

Basic (3)

       $ 0.19      $ 0.31   
                     

Diluted (3)

       $ 0.18      $ 0.26   
                     

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share (unaudited):

           

Basic (3)

         37,684,955        38,456,155   

Diluted (3)

         40,300,014        46,027,537   

 

(1)   Revenue from related party consists of revenue from Samsung, which, together with associated entities, holds over 13% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

Footnotes continued on the following page.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

 

     As of March 31, 2010
     Actual     Pro Forma    Pro Forma
As Adjusted
     (in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23,010      $ 23,010    $             

Working capital

     23,341        23,341   

Total assets

     49,995        49,995   

Total liabilities

     14,647        14,599   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (42,268     35,396   

 

The preceding table presents a summary of our balance sheet data as of March 31, 2010:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the issuance of 33,790,823 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock upon completion of this offering, and to give effect to the conversion of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase common stock; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the pro forma conversion described above and the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), on a pro forma as adjusted basis, each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            million. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

Footnotes continued from the prior page.

 

(2)   Stock-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows:

 

     As of December 31,    Three Months Ended
March 31,
         2007            2008            2009            2009            2010    
     (in thousands)

Operating expense:

              

Cost of revenue

   $ 19    $ 119    $ 31    $ 6      $11

Research and development

     168      358      475      101      122

Sales and marketing

     66      101      238      48      76

General and administrative

     574      417      421      100      112

 

(3)   Please see note 7 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate net income allocable to preferred stockholders and net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders, including the method used to calculate the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making a decision to buy our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects could be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. You should also refer to the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our revenue and operating results can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our share price to fluctuate.

 

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period to period in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors relating to our business that may contribute to these fluctuations include the following factors, as well as other factors described elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

   

the receipt, reduction or cancellation of orders by customers;

 

   

fluctuations in the levels of component inventories held by our customers;

 

   

the gain or loss of significant customers;

 

   

market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products;

 

   

our ability to develop, introduce and market new products and technologies on a timely basis;

 

   

the timing and extent of product development costs;

 

   

new product announcements and introductions by us or our competitors;

 

   

incurrence of research and development and related new product expenditures;

 

   

fluctuations in sales by module manufacturers who incorporate our semiconductor solutions in their products, such as memory modules;

 

   

cyclical fluctuations in our markets;

 

   

fluctuations in our manufacturing yields;

 

   

significant warranty claims, including those not covered by our suppliers;

 

   

changes in our product mix or customer mix;

 

   

intellectual property disputes; and

 

   

loss of key personnel or the inability to attract qualified engineers.

 

As a result of these and other factors, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future revenue or operating performance.

 

We have an accumulated deficit and have incurred net losses in the past. We may incur net losses in the future.

 

As of March 31, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit of $48.8 million. We have incurred net losses in each year through 2008. Although we generated net income of $12.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010, we may incur net losses in the future.

 

8


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of customers and products for a substantial portion of our revenue, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, one or more of our major customers could negatively impact our revenue and operating results.

 

In the quarter ended March 31, 2010, Samsung accounted for 34% of our total revenue, and our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 79% of our total revenue. In addition, sales through distributors to Micron accounted for 17% of our total revenue in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Revenue attributable to Samsung and Micron accounted for 36% and 17% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively. In addition, a substantial majority of our total revenue has been attributable to sales of our high-speed memory interface products into the computing market. We believe our operating results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend on sales to a relatively small number of customers. In the future, these customers may decide not to purchase our products at all, may purchase fewer products than they did in the past or may alter their purchasing patterns. As substantially all of our sales to date have been made on a purchase order basis, these customers may cancel, change or delay product purchase commitments with little or no notice to us and without penalty.

 

In addition, our relationships with some customers may deter other potential customers who compete with these customers from buying our products. To attract new customers or retain existing customers, we may offer these customers favorable prices on our products. In that event, our average selling prices and gross margins would decline. The loss of a key customer, a reduction in sales to any key customer or our inability to attract new significant customers could seriously impact our revenue and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We may face claims of intellectual property infringement, which could be time-consuming, costly to defend or settle and result in the loss of significant rights.

 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by companies that hold patents and other intellectual property rights and that vigorously pursue, protect and enforce intellectual property rights. From time to time, third parties may assert against us and our customers and distributors their patent and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our business.

 

Claims that our products, processes or technology infringe third-party intellectual property rights, regardless of their merit or resolution, could be costly to defend or settle and could divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. For example, Netlist, Inc. filed suit against us in the United States District Court, Central District of California, in September 2009, alleging that our iMB and certain other memory module components infringe three of Netlist’s patents. For more details, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

 

Infringement claims of this sort also could harm our relationships with our customers or distributors and might deter future customers from doing business with us. We do not know whether we will prevail in these proceedings given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an adverse outcome, we could be required to:

 

   

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology;

 

   

pay substantial damages for infringement;

 

   

expend significant resources to develop non-infringing products, processes or technology, which may not be successful;

 

   

license technology from the third-party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

 

   

cross-license our technology to a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to compete with that competitor; or

 

9


Table of Contents
   

pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue their use of or to replace infringing technology sold to them with non-infringing technology, if available.

 

Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Winning business is subject to lengthy competitive selection processes that require us to incur significant expenditures prior to generating any revenue or without any guarantee of any revenue related to this business. Even if we begin a product design, a customer may decide to cancel or change its product plans, which could cause us to generate no revenue from a product and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We are focused on winning more competitive bid processes, known as “design wins,” that enable us to sell our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for use in our customers’ products. These selection processes typically are lengthy and can require us to incur significant design and development expenditures and dedicate scarce engineering resources in pursuit of a single customer opportunity. We may not win the competitive selection process and may never generate any revenue despite incurring significant design and development expenditures. Failure to obtain a design win could prevent us from offering an entire generation of a product. This could cause us to lose revenue and require us to write off obsolete inventory, and could weaken our position in future competitive selection processes. Even after securing a design win, we may experience delays in generating revenue from our products as a result of the lengthy development cycle typically required. Our customers generally take a considerable amount of time to evaluate our products. Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years.

 

The delays inherent in these lengthy sales cycles increase the risk that a customer will decide to cancel, curtail, reduce or delay its product plans or adopt a competing design from one of our competitors, causing us to lose anticipated revenue. In addition, any delay or cancellation of a customer’s plans could materially and adversely affect our financial results, as we may have incurred significant expense without generating any revenue. Finally, our customers’ failure to successfully market and sell their products could reduce demand for our products and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we were unable to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop any of our products, our business would suffer.

 

Our customers require our products and our third-party contractors to undergo a lengthy and expensive qualification process which does not assure product sales.

 

Prior to purchasing our products, our customers require that both our products and our third-party contractors undergo extensive qualification processes, which involve testing of our products in the customers’ systems, as well as testing for reliability. This qualification process may continue for several months. However, qualification of a product by a customer does not assure any sales of the product to that customer. Even after successful qualification and sales of a product to a customer, a subsequent revision in our third party contractors’ manufacturing process or our selection of a new supplier may require a new qualification process with our customers, which may result in delays and in our holding excess or obsolete inventory. After our products are qualified, it can take several months or more before the customer commences volume production of components or systems that incorporate our products. Despite these uncertainties, we devote substantial resources, including design, engineering, sales, marketing and management efforts, to qualifying our products with customers in anticipation of sales. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying any of our products with a customer, sales of those products to the customer may be precluded or delayed, which may impede our growth and cause our business to suffer.

 

10


Table of Contents

The complexity of our products could result in undetected defects and we may be subject to warranty claims and product liability, which could result in a decrease in customers and revenue, unexpected expenses and loss of market share.

 

Our products are sold as components or as modules for use in larger electronic equipment sold by our customers. A product usually goes through an intense qualification and testing period performed by our customers before being used in production. We inspect and test parts, or have them inspected and tested in order to screen out parts that may be weak or potentially suffer a defect incurred through the manufacturing process. From time to time, we are subject to warranty or product liability claims that may require us to make significant expenditures to defend these claims or pay damage awards. Generally, our agreements seek to limit our liability to the replacement of the part or to the revenue received for the product, but these limitations on liability may not be effective or sufficient in scope in all cases. If a customer’s equipment fails in use, the customer may incur significant monetary damages including an equipment recall or associated replacement expenses, as well as lost revenue. The customer may claim that a defect in our product caused the equipment failure and assert a claim against us to recover monetary damages. The process of identifying a defective or potentially defective product in systems that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and require significant resources, and we may incur significant replacement costs and contract damage claims from our customers as well as harm to our reputation. In certain situations, circumstances might warrant that we consider incurring the costs or expense related to a recall of one of our products in order to avoid the potential claims that may be raised should the customer reasonably rely upon our product only to suffer a failure due to a design or manufacturing process defect. Defects in our products could harm our relationships with our customers and damage our reputation. Customers may be reluctant to buy our products, which could harm our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers and our financial results. In addition, the cost of defending these claims and satisfying any arbitration award or judicial judgment with respect to these claims could harm our business prospects and financial condition. Although we carry product liability insurance, this insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or otherwise.

 

We rely on our relationships with industry and technology leaders to enhance our product offerings and our inability to continue to develop or maintain such relationships in the future would harm our ability to remain competitive.

 

We develop many of our semiconductor products for applications in systems that are driven by industry and technology leaders in the communications and computing markets. We also work with OEMs, system manufacturers and standards bodies to define industry conventions and standards within our target markets. We believe these relationships enhance our ability to achieve market acceptance and widespread adoption of our products. If we are unable to continue to develop or maintain these relationships, our semiconductor solutions would become less desirable to our customers, our sales would suffer and our competitive position could be harmed.

 

If we fail to accurately anticipate and respond to market trends or fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced products to address these trends on a timely basis, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our competitive position could be harmed.

 

We operate in an industry characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards and technological obsolescence. We believe that our success depends in part on our ability to accurately anticipate and respond to market trends and changing customer and technology requirements in a timely manner. For example, sales of our high-speed memory interface products into the computing market currently comprise a substantial portion of our revenue, and if we fail to develop semiconductor products which address evolving demands in this market on a timely basis or at all, our revenue and market share would suffer. Similarly, we are investing resources in developing semiconductor solutions to address the demands of communications and enterprise and datacenter networks and failure to accurately predict or respond to these demands could harm our business.

 

11


Table of Contents

To compete successfully, we must design, develop, market and sell new or enhanced products that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and reliability while meeting the cost expectations of our customers. The introduction of new products by our competitors, the delay or cancellation of a platform for which any of our semiconductor solutions are designed, the market acceptance of products based on new or alternative technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing or future products uncompetitive from a pricing standpoint, obsolete and otherwise unmarketable. Our failure to anticipate or timely develop new or enhanced products or technologies in response to technological shifts could result in decreased revenue and our competitors winning design wins. In particular, we may experience difficulties with product design, manufacturing, marketing or certification that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or marketing of new or enhanced products. Due to the interdependence of various components in the systems within which our products and the products of our competitors operate, customers are unlikely to change to another design, once adopted, until the next generation of a technology. As a result, if we fail to introduce new or enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers or penetrate new markets in a timely fashion, and our designs do not gain acceptance, we will lose market share and our competitive position, very likely on an extended basis, and operating results will be adversely affected.

 

If sufficient market demand for 100G solutions does not develop or develops more slowly than expected, or if we fail to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for 100G solutions, our business and operating results would suffer.

 

We are currently investing significant resources to develop semiconductor solutions supporting 100G data transmission rates in order to increase the number of such solutions in our product line. If we fail to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for 100G semiconductor solutions, or if our 100G semiconductor solutions are not successfully developed or competitive in the industry, our business will suffer. If 100G networks are deployed to a lesser extent or more slowly than we currently anticipate, we may not realize any benefits from our investment. As a result, our business, competitive position, market share and operating results would suffer.

 

Our target markets may not grow or develop as we currently expect and are subject to market risks, any of which could materially harm our business, revenue and operating results.

 

To date, a substantial portion of our revenue has been attributable to demand for our products in the communications and computing markets and the growth of these overall markets. These markets have fluctuated in size and growth in recent times. Our operating results are impacted by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader market adoption of next generation technologies, such as 40 gigabits per second (Gbps), or 40G, and 100G, in communications and enterprise networks, timing of next generation network upgrades, the introduction and broader market adoption of next generation server platforms, timing of enterprise upgrades and the introduction and deployment of high-speed memory interfaces in computing platforms. We are unable to predict the timing or direction of the development of these markets with any accuracy. For example, we expect that the deployment of different types of memory devices for which our iMB product is designed will be substantially dependent on the development of next generation server platforms. We have not generated any significant revenue from our iMB product to date, and if the development or adoption of next generation server platforms is delayed, or if these server platforms do not interoperate with memory devices for which our iMB product is designed, we may not realize revenue from our iMB product. In addition, because some of our products are not limited in the systems or geographic areas in which they may be deployed, we cannot always determine with accuracy how, where or into which applications our products are being deployed. If our target markets do not grow or develop in ways that we currently expect, demand for our semiconductor products may decrease and our business and operating results could suffer.

 

12


Table of Contents

We rely on a limited number of third parties to manufacture, assemble and test our products, and the failure to manage our relationships with our third-party contractors successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products.

 

We operate an outsourced manufacturing business model. As a result, we rely on third-party foundry wafer fabrication and assembly and test capacity. We generally use a single foundry for the production of each of our various semiconductors. Currently, our principal foundries are Global Communications Semiconductors, Inc., or GCS, Sumitomo Electric Device Innovations Inc., Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd., or TSMC, TowerJazz Semiconductor Ltd. and United Monolithic Semiconductors S.A.S., or UMS. We also use third-party contract manufacturers for a significant majority of our assembly and test operations, including Kyocera Corporation, Natel Engineering Co., Inc., Orient Semiconductor Electronics Ltd., or OSE, Signetics Korea Co., Ltd. and STATS ChipPAC Ltd.

 

Relying on third-party manufacturing, assembly and testing presents significant risks to us, including the following:

 

   

failure by us, our customers or their end customers to qualify a selected supplier;

 

   

capacity shortages during periods of high demand;

 

   

reduced control over delivery schedules and quality;

 

   

shortages of materials;

 

   

misappropriation of our intellectual property;

 

   

limited warranties on wafers or products supplied to us; and

 

   

potential increases in prices.

 

The ability and willingness of our third-party contractors to perform is largely outside our control. If one or more of our contract manufacturers or other outsourcers fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner or at satisfactory quality levels, our ability to bring products to market and our reputation could suffer. For example, if that manufacturing capacity is reduced or eliminated at one or more facilities, including as a response to the recent worldwide decline in the semiconductor industry, or any of those facilities are unable to keep pace with the growth of our business, we could have difficulties fulfilling our customer orders and our revenue could decline. In addition, if these third parties fail to deliver quality products and components on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties fulfilling our customer orders, our revenue could decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

Additionally, as many of our fabrication and assembly and test contractors are located in the Pacific Rim region, principally in Taiwan, our manufacturing capacity may be similarly reduced or eliminated due to natural disasters, political unrest, war, labor strikes, work stoppages or public health crises, such as outbreaks of H1N1 flu. This could cause significant delays in shipments of our products until we are able to shift our manufacturing, assembly or test from the affected contractor to another third-party vendor. There can be no assurance that alternative capacity could be obtained on favorable terms, if at all.

 

Our costs may increase substantially if the wafer foundries that supply our products do not achieve satisfactory product yields or quality.

 

The wafer fabrication process is an extremely complicated process where the slightest changes in the design, specifications or materials can result in material decreases in manufacturing yields or even the suspension of production. From time to time, our third-party wafer foundries have experienced, and are likely to experience manufacturing defects and reduced manufacturing yields related to errors or problems in their manufacturing processes or the interrelationship of their processes with our designs. In some cases, our third-party wafer

 

13


Table of Contents

foundries may not be able to detect these defects early in the fabrication process or determine the cause of such defects in a timely manner. We may incur substantial research and development expense for prototype or development stage products as we qualify the products for production.

 

Generally, in pricing our semiconductors, we assume that manufacturing yields will continue to increase, even as the complexity of our semiconductors increases. Once our semiconductors are initially qualified with our third-party wafer foundries, minimum acceptable yields are established. We are responsible for the costs of the wafers if the actual yield is above the minimum. If actual yields are below the minimum we are not required to purchase the wafers. The minimum acceptable yields for our new products are generally lower at first and increase as we achieve full production. Unacceptably low product yields or other product manufacturing problems could substantially increase the overall production time and costs and adversely impact our operating results on sales of our products. Product yield losses will increase our costs and reduce our gross margin. In addition to significantly harming our operating results and cash flow, poor yields may delay shipment of our products and harm our relationships with existing and potential customers.

 

We do not have any long-term supply contracts with our contract manufacturers or suppliers, and any disruption in our supply of products or materials could have a material adverse affect on our business, revenue and operating results.

 

We currently do not have long-term supply contracts with any of our third-party contract manufacturers. We make substantially all of our purchases on a purchase order basis, and our contract manufacturers are not required to supply us products for any specific period or in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately nine to 12 months to transition from our current foundry or assembly services to new providers. Such a transition would likely require a qualification process by our customers or their end customers. We generally place orders for products with some of our suppliers several months prior to the anticipated delivery date, with order volumes based on our forecasts of demand from our customers. Accordingly, if we inaccurately forecast demand for our products, we may be unable to obtain adequate and cost-effective foundry or assembly capacity from our third-party contractors to meet our customers’ delivery requirements, or we may accumulate excess inventories. On occasion, we have been unable to adequately respond to unexpected increases in customer purchase orders and therefore were unable to benefit from this incremental demand. None of our third-party contract manufacturers have provided any assurance to us that adequate capacity will be available to us within the time required to meet additional demand for our products.

 

Our foundry vendors and assembly and test vendors may allocate capacity to the production of other companies’ products while reducing deliveries to us on short notice. In particular, other customers that are larger and better financed than us or that have long-term agreements with our foundry vendor or assembly and test vendors may cause our foundry vendor or assembly and test vendors to reallocate capacity to those customers, decreasing the capacity available to us. We do not have long-term supply contracts with our third-party contract manufacturers and if we enter into costly arrangements with suppliers that include nonrefundable deposits or loans in exchange for capacity commitments, commitments to purchase specified quantities over extended periods or investment in a foundry, our operating results could be harmed. We may not be able to make any such arrangement in a timely fashion or at all, and any arrangements may be costly, reduce our financial flexibility, and not be on terms favorable to us. Moreover, if we are able to secure foundry capacity, we may be obligated to use all of that capacity or incur penalties. These penalties may be expensive and could harm our financial results. To date, we have not entered into such arrangements with our suppliers. If we need another foundry or assembly and test subcontractor because of increased demand, or if we are unable to obtain timely and adequate deliveries from our providers, we might not be able to cost effectively and quickly retain other vendors to satisfy our requirements.

 

14


Table of Contents

Many of our customers depend on us as the sole source for a number of our products. If we are unable to deliver these products as the sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers, our relationships with these customers and our business would suffer.

 

A number of our customers do not have alternative sources for our semiconductor solutions and depend on us as the sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers for these products. Since we outsource all of our manufacturing to third-party contractors, our ability to deliver our products is substantially dependent on the ability and willingness of our third-party contractors to perform, which is largely outside our control. A failure to deliver our products in sufficient quantities or at all to our customers that depend on us as a sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers may be detrimental to their business and, as a result, our relationship with the customer would be negatively impacted. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with these customers after such failure, our business and financial results may be harmed.

 

If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, particularly our design and technical personnel, we may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively.

 

Our future success depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including our management, sales and marketing, and finance, and particularly our design and technical personnel. We do not know whether we will be able to retain all of these personnel as we continue to pursue our business strategy. Historically, we have encountered difficulties in hiring qualified engineers because there is a limited pool of engineers with the expertise required in our field. Competition for these personnel is intense in the semiconductor industry. As the source of our technological and product innovations, our design and technical personnel represent a significant asset. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees, especially our key design and technical personnel, or our inability to attract and retain qualified design and technical personnel, could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, and we may need to incur significant expenditures to address the additional operational and control requirements of our growth, either of which could harm our business and operating results.

 

To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to expand our operational, engineering and financial systems, procedures and controls and to improve our accounting and other internal management systems. This may require substantial managerial and financial resources, and our efforts in this regard may not be successful. Our current systems, procedures and controls may not be adequate to support our future operations. If we fail to adequately manage our growth, or to improve our operational, financial and management information systems, or fail to effectively motivate or manage our new and future employees, the quality of our products and the management of our operations could suffer, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

We face intense competition and expect competition to increase in the future, which could have an adverse effect on our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, and market share.

 

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications and computing markets in particular, are highly competitive. We compete or plan to compete in different target markets to various degrees on the basis of a number of principal competitive factors, including product performance, power budget, features and functionality, customer relationships, size, ease of system design, product roadmap, reputation and reliability, customer support and price. We expect competition to increase and intensify as more and larger semiconductor companies enter our markets. Increased competition could result in price pressure, reduced profitability and loss of market share, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, revenue and operating results.

 

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products to smaller companies specializing in narrow markets. Our primary competitors include Broadcom Corporation, Hittite Microwave Corporation, Integrated Device Technology, Inc. and Texas

 

15


Table of Contents

Instruments Incorporated, as well as other analog signal processing companies. We expect competition in the markets in which we participate to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings. In addition, as we develop our 100G semiconductor solution, we may face competition from companies such as Broadcom and NetLogic Microsystems, Inc.

 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate intensified as our customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources with which to withstand similar adverse economic or market conditions in the future. These developments may materially and adversely affect our current and future target markets and our ability to compete successfully in those markets.

 

We use a significant amount of intellectual property in our business. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected.

 

Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets in the United States and in selected foreign countries where we believe filing for such protection is appropriate. Effective protection of our intellectual property rights may be unavailable, limited or not applied for in some countries. Some of our products and technologies are not covered by any patent or patent application. We cannot guarantee that:

 

   

any of our present or future patents or patent claims will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned;

 

   

our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us;

 

   

our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to settle current or future disputes will not be limited by our agreements with third parties;

 

   

any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought;

 

   

our intellectual property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal protection may be weak;

 

   

any of the trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that we presently employ in our business will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned; or

 

   

we will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property rights against or to license our technology to others and collect royalties or other payments.

 

For example, we filed a complaint against Netlist in Federal District Court in November 2009 alleging that Netlist infringes two of our patents. Netlist asserts in its amended answer to the complaint that it does not infringe the patents, that the patents are invalid and that one of the patents is unenforceable due to inequitable conduct before the USPTO. For more details, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

 

In addition, our competitors or others may design around our protected patents or technologies. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or more limited in one or more relevant jurisdictions relative to those protections available in the United States, or may not be applied for in one or more relevant jurisdictions. If we pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property rights, an adverse decision in any of these legal actions could limit our ability to assert our intellectual property rights, limit the value of our technology or otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property may have occurred or may occur in the future. Although we have taken steps to minimize

 

16


Table of Contents

the risk of this occurring, any such failure to identify unauthorized use and otherwise adequately protect our intellectual property would adversely affect our business. Moreover, if we are required to commence litigation, whether as a plaintiff or defendant, not only would this be time-consuming, but we would also be forced to incur significant costs and divert our attention and efforts of our employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher expenses.

 

We also rely on contractual protections with our customers, suppliers, distributors, employees and consultants, and we implement security measures designed to protect our trade secrets. We cannot assure you that these contractual protections and security measures will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any such breach or that our suppliers, employees or consultants will not assert rights to intellectual property arising out of such contracts.

 

In addition, we have a number of third-party patent and intellectual property license agreements. Some of these license agreements require us to make one-time payments or ongoing royalty payments. We cannot guarantee that the third-party patents and technology we license will not be licensed to our competitors or others in the semiconductor industry. In the future, we may need to obtain additional licenses, renew existing license agreements or otherwise replace existing technology. We are unable to predict whether these license agreements can be obtained or renewed or the technology can be replaced on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

Average selling prices of our products often decrease over time, which could negatively impact our revenue and gross margins.

 

Our operating results may be impacted by a decline in the average selling prices of our semiconductors. If competition increases in our target markets, we may need to reduce the average unit price of our products in anticipation of competitive pricing pressures, new product introductions by us or our competitors and for other reasons. If we are unable to offset any reductions in our average selling prices by increasing our sales volumes or introducing new products with higher margins, our revenue and gross margins will suffer. To maintain our revenue and gross margins, we must develop and introduce new products and product enhancements on a timely basis and continually reduce our costs as well as our customers’ costs. Failure to do so would cause our revenue and gross margins to decline.

 

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties, and differences between our estimates of customer demand and product mix and our actual results could negatively affect our inventory levels, sales and operating results.

 

Our revenue is generated on the basis of purchase orders with our customers rather than long-term purchase commitments. In addition, our customers can cancel purchase orders or defer the shipments of our products under certain circumstances. Our products are manufactured using semiconductor foundries according to our estimates of customer demand, which requires us to make separate demand forecast assumptions for every customer, each of which may introduce significant variability into our aggregate estimates. It is difficult for us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because of the complex supply chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate our products. Due to our lengthy product development cycle, it is critical for us to anticipate changes in demand for our various product features and the applications they serve to allow sufficient time for product development and design. We have limited visibility into future customer demand and the product mix that our customers will require, which could adversely affect our revenue forecasts and operating margins. Moreover, because some of our target markets are relatively new, many of our customers have difficulty accurately forecasting their product requirements and estimating the timing of their new product introductions, which ultimately affects their demand for our products. Our failure to accurately forecast demand can lead to product shortages that can impede production by our customers and harm our customer relationships. Conversely, our failure to forecast declining demand or shifts in product mix can result in excess or obsolete inventory. The rapid pace of innovation in our industry could also render significant portions of our inventory obsolete. Excess or obsolete inventory levels could result in unexpected expenses or increases in our reserves that could adversely

 

17


Table of Contents

affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In contrast, if we were to underestimate customer demand or if sufficient manufacturing capacity were unavailable, we could forego revenue opportunities, potentially lose market share and damage our customer relationships. In addition, any significant future cancellations or deferrals of product orders or the return of previously sold products due to manufacturing defects could materially and adversely impact our profit margins, increase our write-offs due to product obsolescence and restrict our ability to fund our operations.

 

We rely on third-party sales representatives and distributors to assist in selling our products, and the failure of these parties to perform as expected could reduce our future sales.

 

In 2009, we derived 78% of our total revenue from sales by our direct sales team and third-party sales representatives. In addition, in 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, approximately 22% and 28% of our sales were made pursuant to third-party distribution agreements, respectively. Two of our distributors, which sell solely to Micron, accounted for 12% and 17% of our total revenue in 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. We are unable to predict the extent to which these third-party sales representatives and distributors will be successful in marketing and selling our products. Moreover, many of these third-party sales representatives and distributors also market and sell competing products, which may affect the extent to which they promote our products. Even where our relationships are formalized in contracts, our third-party sales representatives and distributors often have the right to terminate their relationships with us at any time. Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third-party sales representatives and distributors who will be able to market and support our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously sold our products. If we cannot retain our current distributors or find additional or replacement third-party sales representatives and distributors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Additionally, if we terminate our relationship with a distributor, we may be obligated to repurchase unsold products. We record a reserve for estimated returns and price credits. If actual returns and credits exceed our estimates, our operating results could be harmed.

 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors are located in regions that are subject to earthquakes and other natural disasters.

 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors are subject to risk of catastrophic loss due to fire, flood or other natural or man-made disasters. A number of our facilities and those of our contract manufacturers are located in areas with above average seismic activity and also subject to typhoons and other Pacific storms. Several foundries that manufacture our wafers are located in Taiwan, Japan and California, and all of the third-party contractors who assemble and test our products are located in Asia. In addition, our headquarters are located in California. The risk of an earthquake in the Pacific Rim region or California is significant due to the proximity of major earthquake fault lines. For example, in 2002 and 2003, major earthquakes occurred in Taiwan. Any catastrophic loss to any of these facilities would likely disrupt our operations, delay production, shipments and revenue and result in significant expenses to repair or replace the facility. In particular, any catastrophic loss at our California locations would materially and adversely affect our business.

 

We rely on third-party technologies for the development of our products and our inability to use such technologies in the future would harm our ability to remain competitive.

 

We rely on third parties for technologies that are integrated into our products, such as wafer fabrication and assembly and test technologies used by our contract manufacturers, as well as licensed architecture technologies. If we are unable to continue to use or license these technologies on reasonable terms, or if these technologies fail to operate properly, we may not be able to secure alternatives in a timely manner or at all, and our ability to remain competitive would be harmed. In addition, if we are unable to successfully license technology from third parties to develop future products, we may not be able to develop such products in a timely manner or at all.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our business would be adversely affected by the departure of existing members of our senior management team and other key personnel.

 

Our success depends, in large part, on the continued contributions of our senior management team, in particular, the services of Young K. Sohn, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Dr. Gopal Raghavan, one of our founders and our Chief Technical Officer, as well as other key personnel, including Dr. Loi Nguyen, one of our founders and our Vice President of Networking, Communications and Multi-Market Products. In addition, we have not entered into non-compete agreements with members of our senior management team. The loss of any member of our senior management team or key personnel could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing market conditions in which we operate.

 

Potential future acquisitions could be difficult to integrate, divert attention of key personnel, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and impair our operating results.

 

As part of our business strategy, we have pursued and may continue to pursue acquisitions in the future that we believe will complement our business, semiconductor solutions or technologies. For example, we recently signed a definitive agreement to acquire Winyatek Technology, Inc., a Taiwanese company, which acquisition is currently anticipated to close in the second or third quarter of 2010 if all closing conditions are met; however no assurances can be made that a closing will occur. Any acquisition involves a number of risks, many of which could harm our business, including:

 

   

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the target company;

 

   

realizing the anticipated benefits of any acquisition;

 

   

difficulties in transitioning and supporting customers, if any, of the target company;

 

   

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;

 

   

the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we could have realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity;

 

   

potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the target company’s business;

 

   

assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the target company’s products;

 

   

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs;

 

   

dilutive effect on our stock as a result of any equity-based acquisitions;

 

   

inability to successfully complete transactions with a suitable acquisition candidate; and

 

   

in the event of international acquisitions, risks associated with accounting and business practices that are different from applicable U.S. practices and requirements.

 

Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to potential impairments, which could harm our financial results. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate. The failure to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address these risks could materially harm our business and financial results.

 

Tax benefits that we receive may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs.

 

In 2010, we began to expand our international presence to take advantage of the opportunity to recruit additional engineering design talent, as well as to more closely align our operations geographically with our customers and suppliers in Asia. In certain international jurisdictions, we have also entered into agreements with

 

19


Table of Contents

local governments to provide us with, among other things, favorable local tax rates if certain minimum criteria are met. These agreements may require us to meet several requirements as to investment, headcount and activities to retain this status. We currently believe that we will be able to meet all the terms and conditions specified in these agreements. However, if adverse changes in the economy or changes in technology affect international demand for our products in an unforeseen manner or if we fail to otherwise meet the conditions of the local agreements, we may be subject to additional taxes, which in turn would increase our costs.

 

Changes in our effective tax rate may harm our results of operations. A number of factors may increase our future effective tax rates, including:

 

   

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed;

 

   

the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities;

 

   

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and in deferred tax valuation allowances;

 

   

changes in the value of assets or services transferred or provided from one jurisdiction to another;

 

   

adjustments to income taxes upon finalization of various tax returns;

 

   

increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including write-offs of acquired in-process research and development and impairments of goodwill in connection with acquisitions;

 

   

changes in available tax credits;

 

   

changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws, and changes in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; and

 

   

a decision to repatriate non-U.S. earnings for which we have not previously provided for U.S. taxes.

 

We will be subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as a result of becoming a public company and our management has limited experience managing a public company.

 

We have never operated as a public company and will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The individuals who constitute our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, and limited experience complying with the increasingly complex and changing laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to new compliance initiatives and we may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition into a public company. We expect rules and regulations such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to increase our legal and finance compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We will need to hire a number of additional employees with public accounting and disclosure experience in order to meet our ongoing obligations as a public company. For example, section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that our management report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. Section 404 compliance may divert internal resources and will take a significant amount of time and effort to complete. We may not be able to successfully complete the procedures and certification and attestation requirements of Section 404 by the time we will be required to do so. If we fail to do so, or if in the future our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or independent registered public accounting firm determines that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective as defined under Section 404, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by The New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, the Securities and Exchange Commissions, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results of operations and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on internal controls from our independent auditors.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our insiders who are significant stockholders may control the election of our board and may have interests that conflict with those of other stockholders.

 

Our directors and executive officers, together with members of their immediate families and affiliated funds, beneficially owned, in the aggregate, more than 68.3% of our outstanding capital stock as of May 31, 2010. As a result, acting together, this group has the ability to exercise significant control over most matters requiring our stockholders’ approval, including the election and removal of directors and significant corporate transactions.

 

Risks Related to Our Industry

 

We may be unable to make the substantial and productive research and development investments which are required to remain competitive in our business.

 

The semiconductor industry requires substantial investment in research and development in order to develop and bring to market new and enhanced technologies and products. Many of our products originated with our research and development efforts and have provided us with a significant competitive advantage. Our research and development expense was $17.3 million in 2007, $17.5 million in 2008 and $17.8 million in 2009. We are committed to investing in new product development in order to remain competitive in our target markets. We do not know whether we will have sufficient resources to maintain the level of investment in research and development required to remain competitive. In addition, we cannot assure you that the technologies which are the focus of our research and development expenditures will become commercially successful.

 

Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by worldwide economic conditions, as well as political and economic conditions in the countries in which we conduct business.

 

Our business and operating results are impacted by worldwide economic conditions, including the current European debt crisis. Uncertainty about current global economic conditions may cause businesses to continue to postpone spending in response to tighter credit, unemployment or negative financial news. This in turn could have a material negative effect on the demand for our semiconductor products or the products into which our semiconductors are incorporated. Although the United States economy has recently shown signs of recovery, the strength and duration of any economic recovery will be impacted by the European debt crisis and the reaction to any efforts to address the crisis. Multiple factors relating to our international operations and to particular countries in which we operate could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. These factors include:

 

   

changes in political, regulatory, legal or economic conditions;

 

   

restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments and trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas and customs duties and tariffs;

 

   

disruptions of capital and trading markets;

 

   

changes in import or export licensing requirements;

 

   

transportation delays;

 

   

civil disturbances or political instability;

 

   

geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism, war or political or military coups;

 

   

public health emergencies;

 

   

differing employment practices and labor standards;

 

   

limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our intellectual property;

 

   

local business and cultural factors that differ from our customary standards and practices;

 

21


Table of Contents
   

nationalization and expropriation;

 

   

changes in tax laws;

 

   

currency fluctuations relating to our international operating activities; and

 

   

difficulty in obtaining distribution and support.

 

A significant portion of our products are manufactured, assembled and tested outside the United States. Any conflict or uncertainty in these countries, including due to natural disasters, public health concerns, political unrest or safety concerns, could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if the government of any country in which our products are manufactured or sold sets technical standards for products manufactured in or imported into their country that are not widely shared, it may lead some of our customers to suspend imports of their products into that country, require manufacturers in that country to manufacture products with different technical standards and disrupt cross-border manufacturing relationships which, in each case, could harm our business.

 

Our business is subject to various governmental regulations, and compliance with these regulations may cause us to incur significant expenses. If we fail to maintain compliance with applicable regulations, we may be forced to recall products and cease their manufacture and distribution, and we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties.

 

Our business is subject to various international and U.S. laws and other legal requirements, including packaging, product content and labor regulations. These regulations are complex, change frequently and have generally become more stringent over time. We may be required to incur significant costs to comply with these regulations or to remedy violations. Any failure by us to comply with applicable government regulations could result in cessation of our operations or portions of our operations, product recalls or impositions of fines and restrictions on our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, because many of our products are regulated or sold into regulated industries, we must comply with additional regulations in marketing our products.

 

Our products and operations are also subject to the rules of industrial standards bodies, like the International Standards Organization. If we fail to adequately address any of these rules or regulations, our business could be harmed.

 

We must conform the manufacture and distribution of our semiconductors to various laws and adapt to regulatory requirements as these requirements change. If we fail to comply with these requirements in the manufacture or distribution of our products, we could be required to pay civil penalties, face criminal prosecution and, in some cases, be prohibited from distributing our products in commerce until the products or component substances are brought into compliance.

 

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.

 

We are subject to export control laws, regulations and requirements that limit which products we sell and where and to whom we sell our products. In some cases, it is possible that export licenses would be required from U.S. government agencies for some of our products in accordance with various statutory authorities, including but not limited to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Act of 1979, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act of 1977, the Trading with the Enemy Act of 1917 and the Arms Export Control Act of 1976 and various country-specific trade sanctions legislation. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain technologies and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. We may not be successful in obtaining the necessary export and import licenses. Failure to comply with these and similar laws on a timely basis, or at all, or any limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Changes in our products or changes in export and import laws and implementing regulations may create delays in the introduction of new products in international markets, prevent our customers from deploying our products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any change in export or import regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, which has suffered and may suffer from future recessionary downturns.

 

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence and price erosion, evolving standards and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The industry experienced a significant downturn during the current global recession. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. The most recent downturn and any future downturns could negatively impact our business and operating results. Furthermore, any upturn in the semiconductor industry could result in increased competition for access to third-party foundry and assembly capacity. We are dependent on the availability of this capacity to manufacture and assemble our integrated circuits. None of our third-party foundry or assembly contractors has provided assurances that adequate capacity will be available to us in the future.

 

Our products must conform to industry standards in order to be accepted by end users in our markets.

 

Our products comprise only a part of larger electronic systems. All components of these systems must uniformly comply with industry standards in order to operate efficiently together. These industry standards are often developed and promoted by larger companies who are industry leaders and provide other components of the systems in which our products are incorporated. In driving industry standards, these larger companies are able to develop and foster product ecosystems within which our products can be used. We work with a number of these larger companies in helping develop industry standards with which our products are compatible. If larger companies do not support the same industry standards that we do, or if competing standards emerge, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected, which would harm our business.

 

Some industry standards may not be widely adopted or implemented uniformly, and competing standards may still emerge that may be preferred by our customers. Products for communications and computing applications are based on industry standards that are continually evolving. Our ability to compete in the future will depend on our ability to identify and ensure compliance with these evolving industry standards. The emergence of new industry standards could render our products incompatible with products developed by other suppliers or make it difficult for our products to meet the requirements of certain OEMs. As a result, we could be required to invest significant time and effort and to incur significant expense to redesign our products to ensure compliance with relevant standards. If our products are not in compliance with prevailing industry standards for a significant period of time, we could miss opportunities to achieve crucial design wins. We may not be successful in developing or using new technologies or in developing new products or product enhancements that achieve market acceptance. Our pursuit of necessary technological advances may require substantial time and expense.

 

Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Stock

 

Our share price may be volatile and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which a trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for our shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and

 

23


Table of Contents

may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this prospectus and others beyond our control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

   

changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies that provide high-speed analog semiconductor solutions;

 

   

loss of a significant amount of existing business;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our competitors’ operating results or changes in their growth rates;

 

   

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

 

   

our announcement of actual results for a fiscal period that are higher or lower than projected results or our announcement of revenue or earnings guidance that is higher or lower than expected;

 

   

regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our customers or our competitors;

 

   

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

   

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

   

sales or expected sales of additional common stock;

 

   

terrorist attacks or natural disasters or other such events impacting countries where we or our customers have operations; and

 

   

general economic and market conditions.

 

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of shares of our common stock to decline. If the market price of shares of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

Substantial future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

 

Additional sales of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding

 

24


Table of Contents

options. All shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 38,805,785 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be eligible for sale at various times beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus upon the expiration of lock-up agreements as described below and subject to vesting requirements and the requirements of Rule 144 or Rule 701.

 

Our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed with limited exceptions that they will not sell any shares of common stock owned by them without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, Morgan Stanley and Deutsche Bank may in their sole discretion release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, after this offering, the holders of approximately 33,860,930 shares of common stock, without taking into account any shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders, but including shares to be issued upon the conversion of the preferred stock, and upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock, will be entitled to contractual rights to cause us to register the sale of those shares under the Securities Act. All of these shares are subject to the 180-day lock-up period. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement. We also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register approximately 2,000,000 shares under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

Purchasers in this offering will immediately experience substantial dilution in net tangible book value. Because our common stock has in the past been sold at prices substantially lower than the initial public offering price that you will pay, you will suffer immediate dilution of $             per share in net tangible book value, based on an assumed initial offering price of $             per share of common stock, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants may result in further dilution.

 

Management may apply our net proceeds from this offering to uses that do not increase our market value or improve our operating results.

 

We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including as yet undetermined amounts related to working capital and capital expenditures. Our management will have considerable discretion in applying our net proceeds and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using our net proceeds appropriately. Until the net proceeds we receive are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value. We may use our net proceeds for purposes that do not result in any increase in our results of operations, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy.

 

In the absence of this offering, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, and cash flows from our operating activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. We operate in an industry, however, that makes our prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not

 

25


Table of Contents

generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need additional financing to execute on our current or future business strategies, including to:

 

   

invest in our research and development efforts by hiring additional technical and other personnel;

 

   

expand our operating infrastructure;

 

   

acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies; or

 

   

otherwise pursue our strategic plans and respond to competitive pressures.

 

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders, including those acquiring shares in this offering. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operational flexibility, and would also require us to incur interest expense. We have not made arrangements to obtain additional financing and there is no assurance that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited.

 

Delaware law and our corporate charter and bylaws will contain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

 

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, that we intend to adopt before the completion of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:

 

   

the right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors;

 

   

the classification of our board of directors so that only a portion of our directors are elected each year, with each director serving a three-year term;

 

   

the requirement for advance notice for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting;

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

 

   

the ability of our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with rights set by our board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of common stock;

 

   

the required approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action by written consent; and

 

   

the elimination of the right of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders and to take action by written consent.

 

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit or restrict large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions will be in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts and could reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in our market price being lower than it would without these provisions.

 

26


Table of Contents

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

 

27


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate;

 

   

the capabilities, benefits and effectiveness of our products;

 

   

our plans for future products and enhancements of existing products;

 

   

our expectations regarding our expenses and revenue;

 

   

our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

 

   

our anticipated growth strategies;

 

   

our ability to retain and attract customers;

 

   

the anticipated costs and benefits of our pending acquisition;

 

   

the regulatory environment in which we do business;

 

   

our legal proceedings;

 

   

intellectual property;

 

   

our expectations regarding competition; and

 

   

possible sources of new revenue.

 

These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

We discuss many of these risks in this prospectus in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors.” Also, these forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. Unless required by U.S. federal securities laws, we do not intend to update any of these forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the statement is made.

 

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, governmental publications, reports by market research firms or other independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates.

 

28


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes for this offering are to increase our working capital, create a public market for our common stock, facilitate our access to the public capital markets and increase our visibility in our markets.

 

We intend to use our proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. The amount and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. In addition, we also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products or technologies. However, we are not currently contemplating any such acquisitions other than our proposed acquisition of Winyatek Technology, Inc.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, however, we have not determined all of the anticipated uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amount and timing of actual expenditures may vary significantly depending upon a number of factors, including the amount of cash generated from our operations, competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. Pending use of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our capital stock. The holders of our convertible preferred stock are entitled to noncumulative dividends per annum of $6.2 million when and if declared by our board of directors. After the $6.2 million per year dividend payments, if any, have been made in a full calendar year, the holders of all of our convertible preferred stock participate with the holders of our common stock on an as-converted common stock basis in dividends declared by our board of directors.

 

We expect to retain all of our earnings to finance the expansion and development of our business and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Our board of directors will determine future dividends, if any.

 

29


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table describes our capitalization as of March 31, 2010:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to the issuance of 33,790,823 shares of common stock upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock, and to give effect to the conversion of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase common stock and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the pro forma conversion described above and the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2010
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
     (in thousands, except share and
per share data)

Preferred stock warrant outstanding

   $ 48      $      $

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Convertible and redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 33,875,385 shares authorized; 33,790,823 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     77,616              

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                  

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 52,000,000 shares authorized; 5,014,962 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 38,805,785 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     5        39     

Additional paid-in capital

     6,503        84,133     

Accumulated deficit

     (48,776     (48,776  
                      

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (42,268     35,396     
                      

Total capitalization

   $ 35,396      $ 35,396      $  
                      

 

The actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table:

 

   

excludes 12,543,252 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.75 per share;

 

   

excludes 90,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2010, at an exercise price of $0.66 per share;

 

   

excludes 40,107 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.41 per share, which warrants will convert into warrants to purchase 40,107 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

 

30


Table of Contents
   

excludes 2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan as well as shares originally reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan, but which may become available for awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan as described below, which plan will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that will automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans”;

 

   

excludes 732,000 shares of our Series E preferred stock proposed to be issued in connection with, and in the event of the closing of, our proposed acquisition of Winyatek Technology, Inc., which shares, if issued, would convert into 732,000 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

assumes no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters.

 

As of March 31, 2010, 1,415,651 shares remained available for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan. Shares originally reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan but which are not issued or subject to outstanding grants on the effective date of our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options or forfeiture restrictions under our 2000 Stock Plan on the effective date of our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed 1,000,000, will become available for awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan upon the completion of this offering.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

31


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 was $35.4 million, or $0.91 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding, assuming the issuance of 33,790,823 shares of common stock upon the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and Series E preferred stock, and to give effect to the conversion of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase common stock. Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering on a pro forma as adjusted basis. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of our estimated net proceeds from the offering, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2010 would have been $            , or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share of common stock to existing common stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

 

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

   $ 0.91   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
         

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
         

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors

      $  
         

 

If the underwriters exercise their own over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be approximately $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be approximately $             per share of common stock.

 

The following table summarizes as of March 31, 2010, on the pro forma basis described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing and new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

   38,805,785           $ 80,210,506           $ 2.07

New investors

            
                          

Total

      100.0   $      100.0  
                          

 

The table above assumes no exercise of the option to purchase additional shares granted to the underwriters and no sales of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

Sales by selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to              or approximately     % of the total number of shares of common stock

 

32


Table of Contents

outstanding after this offering and will increase the number of shares of common stock held by new investors by              to approximately     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. In addition, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to             , or     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding.

 

The table above excludes:

 

   

12,543,252 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $0.75 per share;

 

   

90,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants at an exercise price of $0.66 per share;

 

   

40,107 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.41 per share, which warrants will convert into warrants to purchase 40,107 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

amounts paid by us in connection with the repurchase, forfeiture or cancellation of shares of common stock; and

 

   

2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as well as shares originally reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan but which may become available for awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan as described below, which plan will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that will automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans”; and

 

   

732,000 shares of our Series E preferred stock proposed to be issued in connection with, and in the event of the closing of, our proposed acquisition of Winyatek Technology, Inc., which shares, if issued, would convert into 732,000 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

As of March 31, 2010, 1,415,651 shares remained available for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan. Shares originally reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan but which are not issued or subject to outstanding grants on the effective date of our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options or forfeiture restrictions under our 2000 Stock Plan on the effective date of our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed 1,000,000, will again become available for awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan upon the completion of this offering.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

33


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009, and the selected statements of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 and the selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2010 and the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

 

    Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009   2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Revenue

  $ 6,618      $ 19,741      $ 31,681      $ 32,727      $ 37,617   $ 7,337      $ 12,662   

Revenue from related party (1)

    18        1,557        4,556        10,227        21,235     2,999        6,424   
                                                     

Total revenue

    6,636        21,298        36,237        42,954        58,852     10,336        19,086   

Cost of revenue (2)

    2,714        11,244        16,028        19,249        21,269     3,703        7,187   
                                                     

Gross profit

    3,922        10,054        20,209        23,705        37,583     6,633        11,899   
                                                     

Operating expense:

             

Research and development (2)

    10,296        11,645        17,332        17,501        17,847     4,707        5,066   

Sales and marketing (2)

    2,037        3,190        5,157        6,339        7,704     1,662        2,075   

General and administrative (2)

    1,270        2,446        2,966        3,169        3,947     739        1,903   
                                                     

Total operating expense

    13,603        17,281        25,455        27,099        29,498     7,108        9,044   
                                                     

Income (loss) from operations

    (9,681     (7,227     (5,246     (3,304     8,085     (475     2,855   

Other income (expense)

    198        405        (95     (124     73     14        27   
                                                     

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (9,483     (6,822     (5,341     (3,428     8,158     (461     2,882   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                                829            (9,117
                                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ (9,483   $ (6,822   $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 7,329   $ (461   $ 11,999   
                                                     

Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders

  $ (9,483   $ (6,822   $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 130   $ (461   $ 1,302   
                                                     

Net income (loss) per share:

             

Basic

  $ (12.12   $ (7.01   $ (2.81   $ (1.14   $ 0.03   $ (0.12   $ 0.28   
                                                     

Diluted

  $ (12.12   $ (7.01   $ (2.81   $ (1.14   $ 0.02   $ (0.12   $ 0.11   
                                                     

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

             

Basic

    782,478        973,597        1,897,745        3,008,751        3,894,132     3,724,253        4,665,332   

Diluted

    782,478        973,597        1,897,745        3,008,751        6,509,191     3,724,253        12,236,714   

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited):

             

Basic (3)

          $ 0.19     $ 0.31   
                       

Diluted (3)

          $ 0.18     $ 0.26   
                       

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share:

             

Basic (3)

            37,684,955       38,456,155   

Diluted (3)

            40,300,014       46,027,537   

 

(1)   Revenue from related party consists of revenue from Samsung, which, together with associated entities, holds over 13% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

Footnotes continued on the following page.

 

34


Table of Contents

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,

2010
 
     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009    
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 12,586      $ 5,587      $ 3,268      $ 9,052      $ 19,061      $ 23,010   

Working capital

     13,259        7,504        3,010        10,721        20,055        23,341   

Total assets

     19,287        15,785        16,190        20,373        34,472        49,995   

Total liabilities

     3,573        6,180        10,522        6,558        11,588        14,647   

Convertible preferred stock

     67,566        67,680        67,680        77,616        77,616        77,616   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (51,852   $ (58,076   $ (62,012   $ (63,801   $ (54,732   $ (42,268

 

 

 

 

Footnotes continued from the prior page.

 

(2)   Stock-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows:

 

     As of December 31,    Three Months Ended
March 31,
     2005    2006    2007    2008    2009        2009            2010    
     (in thousands)

Operating expenses:

                    

Cost of revenue

   $    $ 9    $ 19    $ 119    $ 31    $ 6      $11

Research and development

     3      76      168      358      475      101      122

Sales and marketing

     29      133      66      101      238      48      76

General and administrative

     6      280      574      417      421      100      112

 

(3)   Please see note 7 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate net income allocable to preferred stockholders and net (loss) income allocable to common stockholders, including the method used to calculate the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. We discuss factors that we believe could cause or contribute to these differences below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section.

 

Overview

 

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications and computing markets. Our analog semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data speeds while reducing system power consumption. Our semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation communications and computing infrastructures. Our solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between analog signals and digital information in high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment, datacenter and enterprise servers, storage platforms, test and measurement equipment and military systems. We believe we are a leader in 40G and 100G high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications market and high-speed memory interface solutions for the computing market. We have a broad product portfolio with 17 product lines and over 170 products as of December 31, 2009. We work closely with industry and technology leaders such as AMD, Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco, Huawei and Intel to design architectures and products that solve bandwidth bottlenecks in existing and next generation communications and computing systems. We help define industry conventions and standards within the markets we target by collaborating with technology leaders, OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies.

 

The history of our product development and sales and marketing efforts is as follows:

 

   

From 2000 to 2002, we were primarily engaged in the development of our core high-speed analog products and proprietary system architecture models to address bottlenecks in emerging network architectures. Specifically, during this period, we developed and shipped our 50G MUX and DEMUX products. During this period, we also began development work on our initial 40G products.

 

   

In 2003, we introduced and shipped 13G, 25G and 50G logic products, 20G multiplexers and 40G transimpedance amplifiers, or TIAs, and modulator drivers for the communications, test and measurement and military markets. During this period, we also began the development of our first generation high-speed phase lock loops, or PLLs, and register solution used primarily in conjunction with DDR2 modules for the computing market.

 

   

In 2005, we introduced and shipped our high-speed PLLs and register solution used primarily in conjunction with DDR2 modules for the computing market.

 

   

In 2006, we began development of our second generation single chip high-speed PLLs and register solution to be used primarily in conjunction with DDR3 modules for the computing market and were the first to introduce this product to the market. In addition, we introduced and shipped track-and-hold amplifiers for the communications market.

 

   

In 2007, we began volume shipments of our high-speed PLLs and register solution used primarily in conjunction with DDR2 modules, and continued development of our single chip high-speed PLLs and register solution, used primarily in conjunction with DDR3 modules.

 

   

In 2008, we began volume shipments of our 40G drivers for the communications market and commenced shipments of our high-speed PLLs and register solution used primarily in conjunction with DDR3 modules for the computing market.

 

36


Table of Contents
   

In 2009, due to the launch of Intel’s Nehalem-based platform servers, we began volume shipments of our single chip high-speed PLLs and register solution to be used primarily in conjunction with DDR3 modules. We also shipped engineering samples of the first generation of our isolation memory buffer, or iMB , for the computing market. We also began development of our second generation iMB product, the architecture for which has been adopted by the Joint Electronic Device Engineering Council, or JEDEC, and development of our low power CMOS SERDES product for next generation 100G Ethernet in enterprise networks.

 

Our products are designed into systems sold by OEMs, including Agilent, Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco, Danaher, Dell, EMC, HP, Huawei, IBM and Oracle. We sell both directly to these OEMs and to module manufacturers, ODMs and subsystems providers that, in turn, sell to these OEMs. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we sold our products to more than 160 customers. The complex and proprietary nature of our technology often makes it difficult for other suppliers to deliver competitive products, thereby enabling us to be the sole supplier, or one of a limited number of suppliers. A significant portion of our revenue has been generated by a limited number of customers. For the year ended December 31, 2009, revenue attributable to Samsung and Micron represented 36% and 17% of our total revenue, respectively. We sell products to Micron directly and through distributors. A substantial majority of our total revenue has been attributable to sales of our high-speed memory interface products into the computing market. Since the beginning of 2006, we have shipped more than 90 million high-speed analog semiconductors. Our total revenue increased to $58.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, our total revenue increased to $19.1 million from $10.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. As of March 31, 2010, our accumulated deficit was $48.8 million.

 

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 54%, 64% and 77% of our total revenue in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Because many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future revenue will continue to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in Asia, we believe that a significant number of the systems designed by these customers are then sold to end users outside Asia.

 

In April 2010, we received approval from the government of Singapore to set up an international headquarters from which to conduct our international operations. Singapore has a strong university system and an established group of technology-based companies from which to recruit new engineers. It is also more closely aligned geographically with our customers and suppliers in Asia. International operations in Singapore commenced on May 1, 2010 and our business for certain geographies and markets will transition to our Singapore operation throughout 2010 and 2011.

 

Demand for new features changes rapidly. It is difficult for us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because of the complex supply chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate our products. Due to our lengthy product development cycle, it is critical for us to anticipate changes in demand for our various product features and the applications they serve to allow sufficient time for product development and design. Our failure to accurately forecast demand can lead to product shortages that can impede production by our customers and harm our customer relationships. Conversely, our failure to forecast declining demand or shifts in product mix can result in excess or obsolete inventory.

 

Although revenue generated by each design win and the timing of the recognition of that revenue can vary significantly, we consider ongoing design wins to be a key factor in our future success. We consider a design win to occur when an OEM or contract manufacturer notifies us that it has selected our products to be incorporated into a product or system under development. The design win process is typically lengthy, and as a result, our sales cycles will vary based on the market served, whether the design win is with an existing or new customer and whether our product is under consideration for inclusion in a first or subsequent generation product. In addition, our customers’ products that incorporate our semiconductors can be complex and can require a substantial amount of time to define, design and produce in volume. As a result, we can incur significant design and development expenditures in circumstances where we do not ultimately recognize, or experience delays in

 

37


Table of Contents

recognizing revenue. Our customers generally order our products on a purchase order basis. We do not have any long-term purchase commitments (in excess of one year) from any of our customers. Once our product is incorporated into a customer’s design, however, we believe that our product is likely to continue to be purchased for that design throughout that product’s life cycle because of the time and expense associated with redesigning the product or substituting an alternative semiconductor. Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years. Product life cycles in the markets we serve typically range from two to 10 years or more and vary by application.

 

In May 2010, we entered into an agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Winyatek Technology, Inc., in exchange for $2.5 million in cash, 732,000 shares of our Series E preferred stock and earn-out consideration up to $2,000,000 to be determined based on certain operating metrics. The acquisition is anticipated to close during the second or third quarter of 2010, subject to obtaining the requisite approvals and other customary closing conditions. No assurances can be made that a closing will occur.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP. In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

 

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with our audit committee.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Our products are fully functional at the time of shipment and do not require production, modification or customization. We recognize revenue from product sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Our fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices, which is evidenced by a customer purchase order or other persuasive evidence of an arrangement. Our agreements with non-distributor customers do not include rights of return or acceptance provisions. Product revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to end customers.

 

Approximately 22% of our sales were made through distributors in 2009. Sales to distributors are included in deferred revenue and we include the related costs in inventory until sales and delivery to the end customers occurs. Two distributor arrangements, which together accounted for 12% of our total revenue in 2009, allow for limited price protection and rights of stock rotation on product unsold by the distributors. The price protection rights allow distributors the right to a credit in the event of declines in the price of our product that they hold prior to the sale to a specific end customer. In the event that we reduce the selling price of products held by distributors, deferred revenue related to distributors with price protection rights is reduced upon notification to the customer of the price change. There were no material product returns or price protection credits in 2007, 2008 and 2009. Revenue recognition on product sales through distributors is highly dependent on receiving pertinent and accurate data from our distributors in a timely fashion. Distributors provide us periodic data prior to the

 

38


Table of Contents

release of our consolidated financial statements regarding the product, price, quantity and end customer when products are resold, as well as the quantities of our products they still have in stock.

 

We have not experienced any significant sales returns from end customers due to our stringent quality control standards. We monitor collectability of accounts receivable primarily through review of the accounts receivable aging. Our policy is to record an allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific collection issues we have identified, aging of underlying receivables and historical experience of uncollectible balances. As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $68,000.

 

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record the allowance for doubtful accounts during the past three years. If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions and estimates used, for example, if the financial condition of the customer deteriorated, we may be required to record additional expense that could materially negatively impact our operating results. To date, however, substantially all of our receivables have been collected within the credit term of 30 to 45 days.

 

Inventory Valuation

 

We value our inventory, which includes materials, labor and overhead, at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. We periodically write-down our inventory to the lower of cost or market based on our estimates that consider historical usage and future demand. These factors are impacted by market and economic conditions, technology changes, new product introductions and changes in strategic direction. The calculation of our inventory valuation requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding forecasted customer demand and technological obsolescence that may turn out to be inaccurate. Inventory valuation reserves were $905,000, $938,000, $916,000 and $916,000 as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and as of March 31, 2010, respectively. Inventory valuation reserves, once established, are not reversed until the related inventory has been sold or scrapped.

 

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record inventory reserves during the past three years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions that we use to calculate our inventory reserve. However, if estimates regarding customer demand are inaccurate or changes in technology affect demand for certain products in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.

 

Product Warranty

 

Our products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of shipment. We expense the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. Our warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, cost of replacement and failure analysis cost. We monitor product returns for warranty-related matters and monitor an accrual for the related warranty expense based on historical experience. Our warranty obligation requires management to make assumptions regarding failure rates and failure analysis costs. If the actual failure rates or failure analysis costs differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty accrual would be required, which would adversely affect our gross margins and operating results. The warranty obligation as of December 31, 2008 was not material. The warranty obligation was $450,000 as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted authoritative guidance for stock-based compensation which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the grant date fair values of the awards. The fair value is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as

 

39


Table of Contents

expense over the requisite service periods in our consolidated statements of operations. We elected to treat share-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expenses are classified in the statement of operations based on the department to which the related employee reports.

 

We account for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with the guidance for equity-based payments to non-employees. Stock option awards to non-employees are accounted for at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Our management believes that the fair value of stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of the unvested portion of the options granted to non-employees is re-measured each period. The resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.

 

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment in determining the fair value of our awards. The most significant assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value of underlying stock, expected volatility and expected term. In addition, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense is impacted by estimated forfeiture rates.

 

We estimated the expected volatility from the historical volatilities of several unrelated public companies within the semiconductor industry because our common stock has no trading history. When selecting the public companies used in the volatility calculation, we selected companies in the semiconductor industry with comparable characteristics to us, including stage of development, lines of business, market capitalization, revenue and financial leverage. The weighted average expected life of options was calculated using the simplified method of prescribed guidance provided by the SEC. This decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to our limited experience and the lack of active market for our common stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected term of the options. The expected dividend rate is zero based on the fact that we have not historically paid dividends and have no intention to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The forfeiture rate is established based on the historical average period of time that options were outstanding and adjusted for expected changes in future exercise patterns.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010
 
         2007             2008             2009        

Risk-free interest rate

   4.56   4.13   2.67   3.13

Expected life (in years)

   6.25      6.25      6.25      6.25   

Dividend yield

                    

Expected volatility

   55.00   55.00   68.00   60.00

 

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be material changes in the estimates and assumptions we use to determine stock-based compensation expense. In the future, if we determine that other option valuation models are more reasonable, the stock-based compensation expense that we record in the future may differ significantly from what we have recorded using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

We have regularly conducted contemporaneous valuations to assist us in the determination of the fair value of our common stock for each stock option grant. Our board of directors was regularly apprised that each valuation was being conducted and considered the relevant objective and subjective factors deemed important by our board of directors in each valuation conducted. Our board of directors also determined that the assumptions and inputs used in connection with such valuations reflected our board of directors’ best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. The deemed fair value per common share underlying our stock option grants was determined by our board of directors with input from management at each grant date.

 

40


Table of Contents

Below is a summary of our stock option grants for the year ended December 31, 2009 and through April 30, 2010 and the contemporaneous valuations for such grants:

 

Date of Grant

   Number of Shares    Exercise Price    Estimated
Fair  Value

February 25, 2009

   879,000    $ 0.63    $ 0.63

April 30, 2009

   12,000      0.63      0.63

August 27, 2009

   492,000      1.12      1.12

October 30, 2009

   142,500      1.60      1.60

December 11, 2009

   105,000      1.90      1.90

February 24, 2010

   440,000      2.30      2.30

April 30, 2010

   2,523,000      3.98      3.98

 

In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors reviewed and discussed a variety of objective and subjective factors when exercising its judgment in determining the deemed fair value of our common stock. These factors generally include the following:

 

   

the nature and history of our business;

 

   

general economic conditions and specific industry outlook;

 

   

our book value and financial condition;

 

   

our operating and financial performance;

 

   

contemporaneous independent valuations performed at periodic intervals;

 

   

the introduction of new products;

 

   

the market price of companies engaged in the same or similar line of business having their equity securities actively traded in a free and open market;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business;

 

   

the differences between our preferred and common stock in respect of liquidation preferences, conversion rights, voting rights and other features; and

 

   

the adjustment necessary to recognize lack of marketability.

 

The valuation of our common stock was performed in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . In order to value the common stock, we first determined our enterprise value (associated with both preferred and common equity). We used the income approach in determining the enterprise value. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future net cash flows that were then discounted back to the present using a rate of return available from alternative companies of similar type and risk. We also used the market approach as a reasonableness check against the value indication derived from the income approach. The market approach measures the value of an asset or business through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets, and in our case, focused on comparing us to similar publicly traded entities. In applying this method, valuation multiples are: (a) derived from historical operating data of selected comparable entities; (b) evaluated and/or adjusted based on the strengths and weaknesses of our company relative to the comparable entities; and (c) applied to our operating data to arrive at a value indication. The market approach has been considered in each valuation performed. Due to the significance of the differences in the range of products we offer and our size compared to the selected entities, we ultimately do not principally rely on this approach in determining the fair value of our common stock. Instead, we used this method as a reasonableness check. In one instance for the December 11, 2009 valuation, we did use the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock. Specifically, the valuation was based on the price paid for the

 

41


Table of Contents

acquisition of another private fabless semiconductor company by an unrelated third party that was announced in November 2009. The company acquired was deemed by our board of directors to be comparable to us at that time, based on history, size and revenue, overlapping markets served and certain discussions that had taken place between the two companies.

 

For each valuation, we prepared a financial forecast to be used in the computation of the value of invested capital for both the market approach and income approach. The financial forecast took into account our past experience and future expectations. The risk associated with achieving this forecast was assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rate. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates as the assumptions used are highly subjective and subject to changes as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that impact our business.

 

In order to determine the value of our common stock, the resulting enterprise value was allocated among the holders of preferred stock and common stock using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The aggregate value of the common stock derived from application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was then divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding to arrive at the per share value. The per share value was then adjusted for a lack of marketability discount which was determined based on the analysis performed on the restricted stock of companies whose unrestricted stock is freely traded, as well as a put option model calculation.

 

In 2010, we also began utilizing a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, as a reasonableness check to validate the fair value of our common stock based on the methods discussed above. The recent growth and expansion of our business in the latter half of 2009, combined with a continuing trend of general improvement in the capital markets, had provided us better visibility into the likelihood of a liquidity event in the next two years. This valuation model includes the following steps:

 

   

We estimate the timing of each possible liquidity outcome and its future value. In our analysis, we considered potential liquidity scenarios related to an initial public offering, a sale and bankruptcy.

 

   

We determine the appropriate allocation of value to the common stockholders under each liquidity scenario based on the rights and preferences of each class of stock.

 

   

The resulting value of common stock under each scenario is multiplied by a present value factor, calculated based on our cost of equity and the expected timing of the event.

 

   

The value of common stock is then multiplied by an estimated probability for each of the expected events determined by our management.

 

   

We then calculate the probability-weighted value per share of common stock and apply a lack of marketability discount.

 

The calculated fair values as of February 24, 2010 and April 30, 2010 of grants using the income approach, market approach and probability-weighted expected return method were consistent.

 

Discussion of Significant Factors Considered in Fair Value Determination

 

The following discusses the significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at each of the valuation dates specified below. In each of these periods, our board of directors took into account changes in our total revenue and trends in our business, including sales volumes, including sales of our high-speed memory interface devices, design wins and the introduction of new products, as well as the application of a discount rate and lack of marketability discount.

 

42


Table of Contents

February 25, 2009 and April 30, 2009

 

The most significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these valuation dates were as follows:

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report as of December 31, 2008.

 

   

The value of our invested capital based on the income approach decreased from $104 million to $84 million since the last valuation date of June 30, 2008. This was due to a wide variety of variables in the valuation model but was primarily driven by a decline in the general economy due to the financial crisis in the fourth quarter of 2008 and a resulting decline in our business outlook.

 

   

Discount rate applied was 19% based on the calculated weighted average cost of capital, a 1% increase from the previous valuation, reflecting greater uncertainty due to the general economic uncertainty as described above.

 

   

Lack of marketability discount was determined at 25%.

 

August 27, 2009

 

The most significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at the valuation date were as follows:

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report as of July 31, 2009.

 

   

The value of our invested capital based on the income approach increased from $84 million to $131 million since the last valuation date. This was due to a wide variety of variables in the valuation model but was primarily driven by an improvement in the world economy since the financial crisis of 2008, an improvement in the confidence of our longer term outlook, as well as the introduction of Intel’s Nehalem-based platform servers using more advanced storage capability, which enabled our technology to achieve greater market share.

 

   

Discount rate applied was 16% based on the calculated weights average cost of capital, a 3% decrease from the previous valuation.

 

   

Lack of marketability discount was determined at 20%, a 5% decrease from the previous valuation.

 

October 30, 2009

 

The most significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at the valuation date were as follows:

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report as of October 1, 2009.

 

   

The value of our invested capital based on the income approach increased from $131 million to $161 million since the last valuation date. This was due to a wide variety of variables in the valuation model but was primarily driven by an improved business outlook, based on the return of a more robust enterprise server market in the second half of 2009, as well as the continued success of Intel’s Nehalem-based platform servers using more advanced storage capability, which enabled our technology to achieve broader market adoption and greater market share. The strong growth from the second quarter to the third quarter of 2009 was validated by our actual results, which resulted in further improvements in both our near term and long term business outlook.

 

   

Discount rate applied was 15% based on the calculated weighted average cost of capital, a 1% reduction from the previous valuation.

 

   

Lack of marketability discount was determined at 15%, a 5% decrease from the previous valuation.

 

43


Table of Contents

December 11, 2009

 

To determine the fair value of our common stock for the stock options granted on December 11, 2009, our board of directors adjusted the valuation model as of October 1, 2009 to consider the increased value of invested capital from $161 million to $180 million in accordance with the market approach, based on the price an unrelated company agreed to pay when it announced its acquisition of a private fabless semiconductor company which was deemed by our board of directors be comparable to us at that time, based on history, size and revenue, overlapping markets served and certain discussions that had taken place between the two companies.

 

February 24, 2010

 

The most significant factors considered by our board of directors and its probability assessment applied in determining the fair value of our common stock at the valuation date were as follows:

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report as of January 31, 2010.

 

   

The estimated value of our invested capital based on the income approach increased from $180 million to $203 million since the last valuation based on a marked improvement in the enterprise server market as demonstrated by an unexpected increase in sales of our older generation product due to advantageous system-level economics. The sale of our second generation single chip high-speed PLLs and register solution was also generally expected to expand through the course of 2010, although firm orders for production quantities of the newer technology had not yet been placed. In addition, the improvement in both the overall economy and the semiconductor industry contributed to a stronger business outlook.

 

   

Discount rate applied was 16% based on the calculated weighted average cost of capital, a 1% increase from the previous valuation.

 

   

Lack of marketability discount was determined at 12.5%, a decrease of 2.5% from the previous valuation.

 

   

PWERM scenario probabilities—Based upon early business outlook and an uncertain economy for 2010, our management estimated a 10% probability and 35% probability that we would complete an initial public offering through January 31, 2011 and January 31, 2012, respectively. There was also an approximate 30% and 20% chance assessed that we would be sold or acquired in approximately two years and three years, respectively. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed unlikely and was assigned a probability of approximately 5%.

 

April 30, 2010

 

The most significant factors considered by our board of directors and its probability assessment applied in determining the fair value of our common stock at the valuation date were as follows:

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report as of March 31, 2010.

 

   

The estimated value of our invested capital based on the income approach increased from $203 million to $302 million since the last valuation date. This was due to a wide variety of variables in the valuation model but was primarily driven by an improved business outlook based upon a more robust enterprise server market in 2010, volume production orders being placed and confirming market acceptance of our next generation low voltage registers and PLLs as well as increased visibility on our opportunities in the 100G Ethernet market in the 2012 to 2019 time frame.

 

   

Discount rate applied was 14% based on the calculated weighted average cost of capital, a 2% decrease from the previous valuation.

 

   

Lack of marketability discount was determined at 12.5%, the same as the previous valuation.

 

44


Table of Contents
   

PWERM scenario probabilities—Our management also estimated a 25% probability and 30% probability that we would complete an initial public offering through September 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011, respectively. There was also an approximate 20% and 20% chance assessed that we could be sold or acquired in approximately one year and two years, respectively. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed unlikely and was assigned a probability of approximately 5%.

 

We believe consideration of the factors described above by our board of directors was a reasonable approach to estimating the fair value of our common stock for those periods. Determining the fair value of our common stock requires complex and subjective judgments, however, and there is inherent uncertainty in our estimates of fair value.

 

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock options vested and expected to vest as of March 31, 2010 was $             million, of which $             million related to vested options and $             million related to options expected to vest.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when and where the differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we considered historical levels of income, projections of future income, expectations and risk associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and practical tax planning strategies. To the extent that we believe it is more likely than not that some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized, we would increase the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. Although, we believe that the judgment we used is reasonable, actual results can differ due to a change in market conditions, changes in tax laws and other factors.

 

From inception through 2008, we incurred annual losses, and accordingly, we determined that a valuation allowance should be recorded against all of our deferred tax assets. We considered future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in determining the need for a valuation allowance and evaluated the need for a valuation allowance on a regular basis. The determination of recording or releasing a tax valuation allowance is made, in part, pursuant to an assessment performed by management regarding the likelihood that we will generate sufficient future taxable income against which the benefits of our deferred tax assets may or may not be realized. This assessment requires management to exercise significant judgment and make estimates with respect to our ability to generate revenue, gross profits, operating income and taxable income in future periods. Among other factors, management must make assumptions regarding current and projected overall business and semiconductor industry conditions, operating efficiencies, our ability to timely develop, introduce and consistently manufacture new products to meet our customers’ needs and specifications, our ability to adapt to technological changes and the competitive environment, which may impact our ability to generate taxable income and, in turn, realize the value of our deferred tax assets. Significant cumulative operating losses in 2008 and prior years, uncertainty with respect to the acceptance of our products by end customers and significant economic uncertainties in the market made our ability to project future taxable income highly uncertain and volatile at December 31, 2009. Although 2009 was our first profitable year, only the last three quarters of the year were profitable and the vast majority of our pre-tax income was generated in the last two quarters of the year. Based upon management’s assessment of all available evidence, including a relatively short period of recent profitability coupled with significant uncertainties associated with our 2010 business outlook, we have concluded, as of December 31, 2009, that it was not more likely than not that our net deferred tax assets would be realized. See note 6 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

45


Table of Contents

In March 2010, we received our first substantial quantity of production orders for a new low voltage product. This low voltage product is widely expected in the market to be significant and is expected to begin shipping in high volumes for both us and our competitors with a new Intel platform in the second half of 2010. The arrival of these production orders from one of our largest customers reduced concerns and increased our confidence in the strength of our business outlook for the balance of 2010. In addition, certain other new product introductions began to gain traction with customers, providing additional confidence in our longer term outlook. We also achieved further clarity around certain contingencies related to ongoing litigation and certain other product acceptance concerns that existed at December 31, 2009. Furthermore, during the first quarter of 2010, we unexpectedly received additional orders for an older product that allowed us to exceed the overall plan for the quarter and continue our recent trend of profitability into the first quarter of 2010. At its April 30, 2010 meeting, based on a review of the positive developments that materialized in the first quarter of 2010, our board of directors decided to authorize management to retain investment bankers and proceed with plans to pursue a potential initial public offering. Based on these positive developments and an additional quarter of profitable operation, we reassessed the need for a valuation allowance at March 31, 2010 and concluded that a change in circumstances had occurred. Management determined that, based on our prospects and business outlook, it was now reasonable to conclude that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, we then released the full valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets based on the weight of positive evidence that existed at March 31, 2010. Significant judgment is required to determine the timing and extent of a valuation allowance release and our ability to utilize deferred tax assets will continue to be dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods.

 

On January 1, 2007, we adopted the authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB. The guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. As a result of the implementation, we determined the tax liability for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to determine whether it is more likely than not that each income tax position would be sustained upon audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. There was no net cumulative effect of applying the recognition and measurement provisions upon adoption as the unrecognized tax benefit decreased deferred tax assets, which were fully offset by the valuation allowance. The assessment of each tax position requires significant judgment and estimates. We believe our tax return positions are fully supported, but tax authorities could challenge certain positions, which may not be fully sustained. All tax positions are periodically analyzed and adjusted as a result of events, such as the resolution of tax audits, issuance of new regulations or new case law, negotiations with tax authorities, and expiration of statutes of limitations.

 

Results of Operations and Key Operating Metrics

 

The following describes the line items in the statements of operations, which we consider to be our key operating metrics.

 

Revenue. We generate revenue from sales of our semiconductor products to end customers. A portion of our products is sold indirectly to customers through distributors.

 

We design and develop high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications and computing markets. Our revenue is driven by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader market adoption of next generation 40G and 100G technologies in communications and enterprise networks, the timing of next generation network and enterprise server upgrades in different geographic locations worldwide, the introduction and broader market adoption of next generation server platforms such as Intel’s Nehalem-based platform, and the deployment of high-speed memory interfaces in server and computing platforms.

 

 

46


Table of Contents

Our revenue is also impacted by changes in the number and average selling prices of our semiconductor products. Our products are typically characterized by a life cycle that begins with higher average selling prices and lower volumes, followed by broader market adoption, higher volumes, and average selling prices that are lower than initial levels.

 

Sales of our high-speed memory interface products have accounted for a substantial majority of our total revenue over the past five years. Our high-speed memory interface products are comprised of our integrated PLLs and register solution and are primarily used in conjunction with DDR2 and DDR3 memory modules. We expect that high-speed memory interface products will continue to account for a significant portion of our total revenue due to increasing demand for next generation servers and the introduction of our second generation high-speed memory interface product.

 

The following table is based on the geographic location to which our product is initially shipped. In most cases this will differ from the ultimate location of the end user of a product containing our technology. For sales to our distributors, their geographic location may be different from the geographic locations of the ultimate end customer. Sales by geography for the periods indicated were:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended
March 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2009    2010
     (in thousands)

Korea

   $ 12,066    $ 15,147    $ 18,307    $ 3,510    $ 3,881

United States

     14,609      12,265      10,727      1,586      3,298

China

     262      2,258      9,924      2,378      5,257

Japan

     5,187      5,903      5,688      1,254      1,474

Taiwan

     1,079      1,544      5,687      481      2,389

Other

     3,034      5,837      8,519      1,127      2,787
                                  
   $ 36,237    $ 42,954    $ 58,852    $ 10,336    $ 19,086
                                  

 

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue includes cost of materials such as wafers processed by third-party foundries, costs associated with packaging and assembly, test and shipping, cost of personnel, including stock-based compensation, as well as equipment associated with manufacturing support, logistics and quality assurance, warranty costs, write down of inventories, amortization of production mask costs, overhead and other indirect costs, such as allocated occupancy and IT costs.

 

As some semiconductor products mature and unit volumes increase, their average selling prices may decline. These declines are often paired with improvements in manufacturing yields and lower wafer, assembly and test costs, which offset some of the margin reduction that results from lower prices. However, our gross profit, period over period, may fluctuate as a result of changes in average selling prices due to new product introductions or existing product transitions into larger scale commercial volumes, manufacturing costs as well as our product mix.

 

Research and development. Research and development expense includes personnel-related expenses, including salaries, stock-based compensation and employee benefits. It also includes pre-production engineering mask costs, software license expenses, prototype wafer, packaging and test costs, design and development costs, testing and evaluation costs, depreciation expense and other indirect costs. All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We expect research and development expense to increase as a result of the establishment of a design center in the United Kingdom and in the event of the closing of the acquisition of Winyatek, a Taiwanese company, which is currently anticipated to close in the second or third quarter of 2010 if all closing conditions are met. In addition, we expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest resources to develop more products and enhance our existing product portfolio.

 

 

47


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, travel, promotions, trade shows, marketing and customer support, commission payments to employees, depreciation expense and other indirect costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars to support the growth of our business and promote our products to current and potential customers.

 

General and administrative . General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits and expenses for executive management, legal, finance and human resources. In addition, general and administrative expenses include fees for professional services and other indirect costs. After this offering, we expect general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars due to the general growth of our business and the costs associated with becoming a public company for, among other things, SEC reporting and compliance, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, director fees, insurance, transfer agent fees and similar expenses.

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes. In each period since our inception to December 31, 2009, we have recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount of our deferred tax asset, as the realization of the full amount of our deferred tax asset is uncertain. Therefore, no deferred tax expense or benefit was recognized in the consolidated financial statements. In 2009, a provision for current income tax has been recorded primarily due to our inability to use net operating loss carryforwards for state tax purposes in California and alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, we recorded a net tax benefit of $9.1 million, which reflects an effective tax rate benefit of 316%. The effective tax rate benefit of 316% differs from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to a release of our deferred tax valuation allowance and, to a lesser extent, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability and recognition of California research and development credits.

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009    2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Total revenue

   $ 36,237      $ 42,954      $ 58,852    $ 10,336      $ 19,086   

Cost of revenue

     16,028        19,249        21,269      3,703        7,187   
                                       

Gross profit

     20,209        23,705        37,583      6,633        11,899   
                                       

Operating expense:

           

Research and development

     17,332        17,501        17,847      4,707        5,066   

Sales and marketing

     5,157        6,339        7,704      1,662        2,075   

General and administrative

     2,966        3,169        3,947      739        1,903   
                                       

Total operating expenses

     25,455        27,009        29,498      7,108        9,044   
                                       

Income (loss) from operations

     (5,246     (3,304     8,085      (475     2,855   

Other income (expense)

     (95     (124     73      14        27   
                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (5,341     (3,428     8,158      (461     2,882   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                   829             (9,117
                                       

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 7,329    $ (461   $ 11,999   
                                       

 

48


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations as a percentage of each line item to the revenue:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2007             2008             2009         2009     2010  

Total revenue

   100   100   100   100   100

Cost of revenue

   44      45      36      36      38   
                              

Gross profit

   56      55      64      64      62   
                              

Operating expense:

          

Research and development

   49      41      30      46      26   

Sales and marketing

   14      15      13      16      11   

General and administrative

   8      7      7      7      10   
                              

Total operating expenses

   71      63      50      69      47   
                              

Income (loss) from operations

   (15   (8   14      (5   15   

Other income (expense)

                         
                              

Income (loss) before income taxes

   (15   (8   14      (5   15   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

             2           (48
                              

Net income (loss)

   (15 )%    (8 )%    12   (5 )%    63
                              

 

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010

 

Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,    Change  
         2009            2010        Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Total revenue

   $ 10,336    $ 19,086    $ 8,750    85

 

Total revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 increased by $8.8 million due to a near year over year doubling in the number of units sold of our high-speed memory interface products. The increase in unit volumes was a result of a wider acceptance of our products and technology in new server platforms, such as Intel’s Nehalem-based platform servers. This increase was partially offset by a year over year decrease in average selling price of certain products of approximately 15%. Our average selling price decreased primarily as a result of the maturation of certain products that were introduced in the first quarter of 2009 and then transitioned to broader market adoption and higher volumes over the course of the year.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,     Change  
         2009             2010         Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 3,703      $ 7,187      $ 3,484    94

Gross profit

   $ 6,633      $ 11,899      $ 5,266    79

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue

     64     62        (2 )% 

 

Cost of revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 increased by $3.5 million primarily due to an increase in the number of units purchased by customers as described above. Gross profit percentage decreased by 2% because of a decline in average selling price due to a change in our product mix, as well as the maturation of certain products that transitioned from initial production to broader market adoption.

 

49


Table of Contents

Research and Development

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,    Change  
         2009            2010        Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 4,707    $ 5,066    $ 359    8

 

Research and development expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 increased by $0.4 million due to the increase in research and development headcount, which resulted in a $0.2 million increase in personnel costs and stock-based compensation expense, and a $0.2 million increase in pre-production engineering mask costs and packaging development expense. The increase in personnel and development expense was primarily driven by our strategy to expand our product offerings and enhance our existing products. Specifically, we accelerated the development of our products for next generation communications networks and high-speed memory interfaces.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,    Change  
         2009            2010        Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 1,662    $ 2,075    $ 413    25

 

Sales and marketing expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 increased by $0.4 million primarily due to an increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense of $0.1 million, and an increase of $0.2 million for expenses incurred on trade shows and communication to introduce our products to potential customers.

 

General and Administrative

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,    Change  
         2009            2010        Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 739    $ 1,903    $ 1,164    158

 

General and administrative expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 increased by $1.2 million primarily due to third-party professional fees. Outside legal fees increased by $0.5 million related primarily to litigation matters described in note 14 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Accounting and consulting fees increased by $0.3 million due to the acceleration of the 2009 audit into the first quarter of 2010 from the second quarter of 2010, and the establishment of our subsidiary in Singapore. In addition, general and administrative headcount increased, resulting in a $0.1 increase in personnel costs and stock-based compensation expense.

 

Provision (benefit) for Income Tax

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,     Change
        2009           2010         Amount      %
    (dollars in thousands)

Provision (benefit) for income tax

  $   $ (9,117   $ (9,117    N/M

 

The income tax benefit of $9.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 reflects an effective tax rate benefit of 316%. The effective tax rate benefit of 316% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 differs from the statutory rate of 35% primarily due to a release of our deferred valuation allowance and, to a lesser

 

50


Table of Contents

extent, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability and recognition of California research and development credits. During the three months ended March 31, 2009, we realized a loss, however, we did not record any income tax benefit as we provided a full valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009

 

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change  
      2008     2009  
     2007    2008    2009    Amount    %     Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Total revenue

   $ 36,237    $ 42,954    $ 58,852    $ 6,717    19   $ 15,898    37

 

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $6.7 million due to a 28% increase in the number of units, partially offset by a modest decrease in average selling price of 7%. The increase in revenue was driven by the introduction of our next generation high-speed communications products and our high-speed memory interface products in enterprises and the broader adoption of our semiconductor products in next generation servers and computing platforms.

 

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $15.9 million due to a combination of a 7% increase in the number of units sold and an increase in average selling price of 29%, primarily due changes in product mix. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by the increased adoption of high-speed memory interfaces by our end customers.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
     2008     2009  
     2007     2008     2009     Amount    %     Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 16,028      $ 19,249      $ 21,269      $ 3,221    20   $ 2,020    10

Gross profit

     20,209        23,705        37,583        3,496    17     13,878    59

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue

     56     55     64        (1 )%         9

 

Cost of revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $3.2 million and $3.5 million, respectively, compared to the prior year primarily due to an increase in the number of units purchased by customers consistent with the overall increase in revenue. Product costs as a percentage of revenue were relatively unchanged compared to the prior period.

 

Cost of revenue in 2009 increased by $2.0 million as a result of an increase in the number of units sold in 2009, compared to 2008 specifically for our high-speed memory interface products. Gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased in 2009 relative to 2008 primarily because of a shift in product mix to newer higher margin products shipping in volume.

 

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change  
      2008     2009  
     2007    2008    2009    Amount    %     Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 17,332    $ 17,501    $ 17,847    $ 169    1   $ 346    2

 

51


Table of Contents

Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $0.2 million due to the increase in new product development and product enhancement projects.

 

Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $0.3 million primarily due to continued product enhancements initiatives. Specifically, the increase is related to pre-production engineering mask costs of $0.3 million and additional personnel costs, including stock-based compensation of $0.2 million. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in recruiting expenses by $0.2 million due to payment of fees to an outside recruitment company for new employees hired in 2008.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

          Change  
   Year Ended December 31,    2008     2009  
         2007            2008            2009        Amount    %     Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 5,157    $ 6,339    $ 7,704    $ 1,182    23   $ 1,365    22

 

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $1.2 million from the prior year primarily due to hiring of sales personnel to support increasing sales activities. Specifically, the change was primarily due to an increase in personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense of $1.4 million, offset by a decrease in commission expense of $0.3 million, due to a change in sales mix between direct customers and sales through third-party representatives.

 

Sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $1.4 million from 2008 primarily due to an increase in sales activities. Personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense increased by $0.2 million and commission expense increased by $0.5 million. In addition, marketing expenses increased by $0.3 million.

 

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change  
      2008     2009  
         2007            2008            2009        Amount    %     Amount    %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 2,966    $ 3,169    $ 3,947    $ 203    7   $ 778    25

 

General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $0.2 million from the prior period primarily due to the hiring of additional personnel to support increasing business activities. Personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense in 2008, increased by $0.2 million.

 

General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased compared to 2008 due to additional personnel costs of $0.6 million which consist of salaries of new employees, stock-based compensation and incentive pay.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Change
      2008     2009
         2007            2008            2009        Amount    %     Amount    %
     (dollars in thousands)

Provision for income taxes

   $    $    $ 829    $      $ 829    N/M

 

52


Table of Contents

During 2007 and 2008, we did not record a provision for income tax primarily due to net losses realized and a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.

 

The provision for income taxes in 2009 consisted of state income taxes recorded due to our inability to use net operating loss carryforwards for state tax purposes in California and Federal income taxes related to alternative minimum tax.

 

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following table presents our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the five quarters in the period ended March 31, 2010. This unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and includes all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the information for the quarters presented. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto. The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2009
    Jun. 30,
2009
   Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
   Mar. 31,
2010
 
     (in thousands)  

Total revenue

   $ 10,336      $ 12,986    $ 18,370      $ 17,160    $ 19,086   

Cost of revenue

     3,703        4,652      6,373        6,541      7,187   
                                      

Gross profit

     6,633        8,334      11,997        10,619      11,899   
                                      

Operating expense:

            

Research and development

     4,707        4,327      4,714        4,099      5,066   

Sales and marketing

     1,662        1,742      2,032        2,268      2,075   

General and administrative

     739        967      945        1,296      1,903   
                                      

Total operating expense

     7,108        7,036      7,691        7,663      9,044   
                                      

Income (loss) from operations

     (475     1,298      4,306        2,956      2,855   

Other income (expense)

     14        11      (23     71      27   
                                      

Income (loss) before income tax

     (461     1,309      4,283        3,027      2,882   

Provision (benefit) for income tax

            86      437        306      (9,117
                                      

Net income (loss)

   $ (461   $ 1,223    $ 3,846      $ 2,721    $ 11,999   
                                      

 

53


Table of Contents

The following table presents the unaudited quarterly results of operations as a percentage of revenue:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2009
    Jun. 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31,
2009
    Mar. 31,
2010
 

Total revenue

   100   100   100   100   100

Cost of revenue

   36      36      35      38      38   
                              

Gross profit

   64      64      65      62      62   
                              

Operating expense:

          

Research and development

   46      33      26      24      26   

Sales and marketing

   16      14      11      13      11   

General and administrative

   7      7      5      8      10   
                              

Total operating expense

   69      54      42      45      47   
                              

Income (loss) from operations

   (5   10      23      17      15   

Other income (expense)

                         
                              

Income (loss) before income tax

   (5   10      23      17      15   

Provision (benefit) for income tax

        1      2      1      (48
                              

Net income (loss)

   (5 )%    9   21   16   63
                              

 

Total revenue has generally increased over the five quarters presented due to the success of our high-speed memory interface and next generation high-speed communications products which were introduced in 2007 and 2008, respectively. Total revenue for the fourth quarter of 2009 decreased slightly, primarily related to a delay in delivery of a high-speed communications product to a specific customer who, due to the specifications of their particular platform design, required that our products be screened and pre-selected for certain performance characteristics. The process for screening was established late in the first quarter and our products associated with this order will be shipped in the second and third quarters of 2010. To date, we have not experienced any material impact from seasonal effects on an annual or quarterly basis. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue remained relatively constant from period to period except for the fourth quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010 when gross profit percentage decreased due to a change in product mix.

 

To accommodate our growth, our operating expenses increased in the third quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010. Increases in operating expenses have been largely attributable to growing investment in research and development, increase in sales and marketing efforts and general and administrative expenses for accounting and professional fees, including consulting expenses. Research and development expense increased in the first quarter of 2010 primarily due to an increase in the number of employees, the establishment of a design center in United Kingdom and an increase in pre-production engineering mask costs. General and administrative expense increased in the first quarter of 2010 primarily due to legal fees incurred as a result of the litigation matters as described in legal proceedings below, as well as accounting and consulting fees incurred in connection with the establishment of our subsidiary in Singapore.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We have historically financed our operating activities and capital expenditures primarily through proceeds from the issuances of convertible preferred stock. We achieved profitability on an annual basis beginning in 2009 and on a quarterly basis in the second quarter of 2009. We have funded our operating activities and capital expenditures primarily through cash generated from operations since 2009. As of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19.1 million and $23 million, respectively.

 

Our primary uses of cash are to fund operating expenses, purchase inventory and acquire property and equipment. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as

 

54


Table of Contents

reflected in the changes in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses. Our primary sources of cash are cash receipts on accounts receivable from our revenue. Aside from the growth in amounts billed to our customers, net cash collections of accounts receivable are impacted by the efficiency of our cash collections process, which can vary from period to period, depending on the payment cycles of our major customers.

 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009         2009             2010      
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (4,178   $ 1,377      $ 9,849      $ (1,488   $ 4,286   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,774     (2,478     (556     (69     (456

Net cash provided by financing activities

     3,633        6,885        716        2        119   
                                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (2,319   $ 5,784      $ 10,009      $ (1,555   $ 3,949   
                                        

 

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities in 2007 primarily reflected the net loss of $5.3 million, growth in inventory of $1.6 million and receivables of $0.6 million, offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $1.4 million, depreciation of $1.3 million and stock-based compensation of $0.8 million, respectively. Inventories and receivables increased primarily due to an increase in sales in 2007 and increasing forecasted sales for 2008. Increase in deferred revenue resulted from shipments made to distributors close to the end of 2007 to meet the delivery requirement of end customers in early 2008.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2008 primarily reflected the decline in receivables and inventory of $1.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively, increases to accrued expenses by $0.5 million and deferred revenue by $0.4 million, depreciation of $1.4 million and stock-based compensation of $1 million. These were partially offset by a net loss of $3.4 million and a decrease in accounts payable of $1.2 million. Receivables decreased due to improved collection efforts. Inventory decreased due to increased shipment of products to customers. The decrease in accounts payable was due to the timing of payments of vendors as a result of purchasing activities.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2009 primarily reflected net income of $7.3 million, increases to accounts payable of $1.4 million, accrued expense of $1.1 million and deferred revenue of $1.6 million, depreciation of $1.3 million and stock-based compensation of $1.2 million. These were offset by an increase in receivables of $4.6 million. Our accounts payable and accrued expenses increased in 2009 to support our increased production volumes and overall operational growth. Our deferred revenue increased due to payments received from customers for future shipments. Our accounts receivable increased as a result of significantly higher product shipments in the fourth quarter of 2009 to meet customer demand.

 

Net cash provided by operating activities during the three months ended March 31, 2010 primarily reflected net income of $12.0 million, increases to accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.0 million, deferred revenue of $2.3 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.4 million and stock-based compensation of $0.3 million offset by increases in inventory of $1.1 million, accounts receivable of $0.7 million and deferred income taxes of $9.6 million. Our accounts payable and accrued expenses increased as a result of increased production volumes. Our deferred revenue increased because of shipments made to distributors close to the end of the period to meet delivery requirements of end customers. Our inventory increased as a result of growing production for immediate delivery to customers in the second quarter of 2010, and accounts receivable increased as a result of increased shipments.

 

55


Table of Contents

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 consisted of purchases of property and equipment of $1.8 million, $2.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

 

Net cash used in investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2010 consisted of purchases of property and equipment of $0.5 million.

 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2007 consisted of net proceeds of $3.7 million from our line of credit and the exercise of stock options of $0.6 million, offset by the repayment on the line of credit of $0.6 million.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2008 consisted of net proceeds of $9.9 million from our sale of Series E preferred stock and $0.6 million of net proceeds from the exercise of stock options, offset by the repayment on our line of credit of $3.7 million.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2009 consisted primarily of $0.7 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2010 consisted of $0.1 million proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

 

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

 

Our principal source of liquidity as of December 31, 2009 consisted of $19.1 million of cash and cash equivalents. Since inception, our operations have been financed primarily by net proceeds of approximately $77.6 million from sales of our convertible preferred stock and, beginning in 2009, by cash generated from operations. Based on our current operating plan, and in the absence of this offering, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents from operations will be sufficient to finance our operational cash needs through at least the next 12 to 18 months. In the future, we expect our operating and capital expenditures to increase as we increase headcount, expand our business activities and grow our end customer base which will result in higher needs for working capital. Our ability to generate cash from operations is also subject to substantial risks described under the caption “Risk Factors.” If any of these risks occur, we may be unable to generate or sustain positive cash flow from operating activities and the proceeds from this offering. We would then be required to use existing cash and cash equivalents to support our working capital and other cash requirements. If additional funds are required to support our working capital requirements, acquisitions or other purposes, we may seek to raise funds through debt financing or from other sources. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders, including those acquiring shares in this offering. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility, and would also require us to incur interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us.

 

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies

 

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009:

 

     Payments due by period
     Total    Less
Than

1 Year
   1-3
Years
   3-5
Years
   More
Than
5 Years
     (in thousands)

Operating lease obligations

   $ 4,693    $ 3,214    $ 1,479    $    $

 

 

56


Table of Contents

For the three months ended March 31, 2010, we recorded a liability for our uncertain tax position of $0.1 million. We are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of payments in individual years due to uncertainties in the timing of the effective settlement of tax positions.

 

As of March 31, 2010, we have obligations under noncancelable purchase orders of $0.2 million, which are expected to be paid in 2010.

 

Subsequent to March 31, 2010, we entered into new lease agreements for our two offices in California. The lease agreements have terms of 63 and 72 months and required minimum lease payments as specified in the agreements. The increase in our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009, as a result of these two leases is as follows:

 

     Payments due by period
     Total    Less
Than
1 Year
   1-3
Years
   3-5
Years
   More
Than

5 Years
     (in thousands)

Operating lease obligations

   $ 5,731    $    $ 1,649    $ 2,341    $ 1,741

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are currently a party to lawsuits involving Netlist. For additional information regarding this litigation, see “Business—Legal Proceedings.” In addition, we may from time to time become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of business. These claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and diversion of managerial resources.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, such as the use of structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity

 

We had cash and cash equivalents of $19.1 million and $23.0 million at December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, respectively, which was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We do not believe that we have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these investments as a result of changes in interest rates due to their short-term nature. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income.

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

To date, our international customer and vendor agreements have been denominated almost exclusively in United States dollars. Accordingly, we have limited exposure to foreign currency exchange rates and do not currently enter into foreign currency hedging transactions.

 

Recent Authoritative Accounting Guidance

 

See note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements.

 

57


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications and computing markets. Our analog semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data speeds while reducing system power consumption. Our semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation communications and computing infrastructures. Our solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between analog signals and digital information in high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment, datacenters and enterprise servers, storage platforms, test and measurement equipment and military systems. We believe we are a leader in 40G and 100G high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications market and high-speed memory interface solutions for the computing market. We have a broad product portfolio with 17 product lines and over 170 products as of December 31, 2009.

 

We leverage our proprietary high-speed analog signal processing expertise and our deep understanding of system architectures to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging communications, enterprise network, computing and storage architectures. We develop these solutions as a result of our competitive strengths, including our system-level simulation capabilities, analog design expertise, strong relationships with industry leaders, extensive broad process technology experience and high-speed package modeling and design expertise. We use our core technology and strength in high-speed analog design to enable our customers to deploy next generation communications and computing systems that operate with high performance at high speed. We believe we are at the forefront of developing semiconductor solutions that deliver 100G speeds throughout the network infrastructure, including core, metro and the datacenter. Furthermore, our analog signal processing expertise enables us to improve throughput in computing systems. For example, some of our computing products enable up to four times the memory capacity on server platforms while using the current generation of memory devices.

 

We work closely with industry and technology leaders such as AMD, Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco, Huawei and Intel to design architectures and products that solve bandwidth bottlenecks in existing and next generation communications and computing systems. We help define industry conventions and standards within the markets we target by collaborating with technology leaders, OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies. The complex and proprietary nature of our technology often makes it difficult for other suppliers to deliver competitive products, thereby enabling us to be the sole supplier or one of a limited numbers of suppliers. Our products are designed into systems sold by OEMs, including Agilent, Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco, Danaher, Dell, EMC, HP, Huawei, IBM and Oracle. We sell both directly to these OEMs and to other intermediary systems or module manufacturers that, in turn, sell to these OEMs. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we sold our products to more than 160 customers. Since 2006, we have shipped more than 90 million high-speed analog semiconductors. Our total revenue increased to $58.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, our total revenue increased to $19.1 million from $10.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. As of March 31, 2010, our accumulated deficit was $48.8 million.

 

Industry Background

 

The proliferation of mobile devices and wireless connectivity is driving growth in demand for network bandwidth as users seek faster access to high-definition video and multimedia content and applications. According to the Cisco Visual Networking Index, global IP traffic is projected to increase more than four-fold from 2009 to 2014, reaching 63.9 exabytes per month in 2014. Global mobile IP traffic is a key driver of this growth, and is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 108% from 2009 to 2014. This is expected to drive over 3.5 exabytes of traffic per month in 2014 as compared to less than 0.1 exabytes in 2009. In addition, the emergence of cloud computing, which allows multiple users to simultaneously execute applications and

 

58


Table of Contents

access data at high speeds is creating additional demand for network bandwidth and computing resources. In order to handle growing network bandwidth and faster computing speeds, communications and computing systems require greater processing resources and higher access speeds.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Cisco Visual Networking Index.

 

59


Table of Contents

Emergence of Cloud Computing

 

Cloud computing centralizes computing resources, including hardware, software and data in third-party datacenters. Users are able to access these resources through broadband or wireless connections. Users benefit from increased mobility as well as limited capital and operating expenditures, while maintaining data security and reliability. Providers benefit from increased utilization through economies of scale. According to the IDC eXchange, New IT Cloud Services Forecast: 2009-2013, October 2009, spending on public cloud-based server and storage services is expected to grow from $3.7 billion in 2009 to $12.8 billion in 2013, representing a compound annual growth rate of 37%.

 

LOGO

 

The continued successful adoption of cloud computing requires networks that are scalable and efficient. In order to allow multiple users to simultaneously access data at high speeds, service provider, enterprise and datacenter networks require additional bandwidth and storage. For example, in order to provide new and advanced applications, leading Internet companies, such as Google, Inc. and Facebook, Inc., operate datacenters that demand additional network bandwidth and storage capacity to scale as their user base grows and applications increase and become more sophisticated. The proliferation of cloud computing is expected to accelerate service provider and enterprise network upgrades and lead to the widespread deployment of the next generation of high-speed network technologies.

 

Trends Across the Network and Computing Infrastructure

 

Service providers have historically driven network upgrade cycles to increase bandwidth and increase the number and quality of services they provide to customers. These upgrade cycles are generally characterized by

 

60


Table of Contents

increased speed requirements for data transmission. For example, transmission speeds in the Internet backbone increased from 622 Mbps (megabits per second) in the early 1990s to 2.5 Gbps by the end of that decade, and to 10 Gbps by the mid 2000s. Beginning in 2006, carriers began upgrading core and metro networks from 10 Gbps to 40 Gbps to meet increasing bandwidth demand. Ovum Research expects the total 40G market to grow from $469 million in 2010 to $1.3 billion in 2015, representing a compound annual growth rate of 23%. Beyond 40G, 100G network upgrades are expected to begin to be deployed in 2012, both in the communication networks as well as in enterprise datacenters. Ovum Research expects the total 100G market to grow by a compound annual growth rate of 88% to $1.2 billion from 2012 to 2015.

 

Enterprises are addressing the increased bandwidth demand by upgrading their corporate networks and expanding computing capacity in datacenters. At the same time, enterprises are trying to minimize power consumption and space requirements. Historically, enterprises have deployed various technologies in their networks, and Ethernet has emerged as a commonly deployed solution to upgrade corporate networks because of its ability to cost-effectively scale bandwidth capacity while minimizing power consumption, space and operational support requirements. Due to favorable performance attributes of 100G technology, enterprise networking equipment is also expected to transition to 100G technology. For example, a single 100G Ethernet link can provide the same bandwidth, better latency and reduced system complexity while utilizing a fraction of the power and space as compared to ten 10G Ethernet links. As a result, 100G Ethernet technology is expected to improve energy efficiency and lower capital expenditures as compared to 10G Ethernet technology.

 

Increasing data volumes, coupled with software technologies such as virtualization, which allows multiple users to run different operating systems and applications on a single server, require increased server processing capacity in the datacenter. As server virtualization and efficiency become more important to enterprise information technology, or IT, management, we believe that servers with multi-core central processing units, or CPUs, and high-speed technology will become more prevalent in the datacenter. These high-end servers must support the transfer of large volumes of data between the CPU, the system memory and other input-output, or I/O, devices at extremely high speeds and with low latency. This requirement is particularly challenging because increases in memory density have failed to keep pace with advances in processing power, resulting in bottlenecks within the server. As enterprises continue to migrate to cloud computing models, these high-end servers and other datacenter solutions require technology solutions that allow them to process greater data volume from multiple sources, maximize server floor space, cost-effectively upgrade new and existing networks and reduce power consumption.

 

The Need for High-Speed Analog Semiconductors to Address Critical Signal Integrity Challenges

 

Communications and computing systems must manage data reliably at increasing speeds using a wide range of physical media or interfaces, including wireless, twisted pair copper wires, coaxial cables and fiber optic cables. At higher speeds, signal integrity and data transmission and recovery become increasingly difficult to achieve. Moreover, in many networks and computing systems, bandwidth bottlenecks arise where the physical media and traditional semiconductor solutions are incapable of supporting the increased data transfer rates and cause signal deterioration. These signal deterioration issues are addressed with high-speed analog semiconductors that maintain or improve signal integrity at every point of the physical interface. These high-speed analog semiconductors employ sophisticated analog signal processing techniques to accurately generate, amplify, reshape, retime and receive the transmitted data.

 

High-speed analog semiconductor solutions address critical engineering needs of the different markets within the communications and computing infrastructures. These needs include: high signal integrity at high speeds, reduced power consumption, system-wide cost efficiency, small form factor and rapid time to market. Signal integrity, especially at high speeds, has been a technical challenge that has not been met by many existing analog semiconductor solutions. Further, those analog solutions that have met the required signal integrity

 

61


Table of Contents

benchmarks at high speeds are often constrained by power, cost, footprint and other performance considerations. These constraints differ by end market, and are outlined below:

 

   

Communications Networks. Network operators are upgrading their networks from 10G to 40G and 100G, requiring error-free or low-error transmission of data up to several thousands of kilometers in distance. In these networks, high-speed analog semiconductors are required to ensure high signal integrity as well as increased data transfer from transmission through receipt. Current solutions that achieve high signal integrity typically do so at the expense of power consumption, footprint and size.

 

   

Enterprise and Datacenter Networks. In the datacenter, Ethernet switches and routers have traditionally connected downstream servers with 1G Ethernet ports to upstream switches and routers with 10G Ethernet ports. The advent of more powerful downstream servers results in data bottlenecks in these switches and routers as they provide upstream connections with existing 10G ports. High-speed analog semiconductors are required to address these data bottlenecks that arise as server interconnect port speeds increase.

 

   

Computing and Storage . The proliferation of advanced multi-core processing and higher CPU speeds has made it more challenging to incorporate additional I/O and memory devices. At high speeds, signal deterioration within communication channels restricts the maximum number of I/O interface or memory devices that can connect to a single controller or CPU. As speeds within each channel and the number of channels increases, the impact of these limitations is magnified, resulting in reduced I/O, memory and CPU communication channel capacity and throughput. This results in decreased server utilization, which creates the need for additional server racks and increases system power consumption. To increase throughput, high-speed analog semiconductors are required to manage signals along the communication channels between the CPU, system memory and other interface devices.

 

High-speed analog semiconductors also serve critical functions within high-performance systems deployed in other markets such as test and measurement equipment and military systems. For example, to support the measurement and validation of communications systems, research and development teams within systems providers need to use signal test and measurement tools with even more advanced, next generation capabilities. These test and measurement systems, require high-speed analog semiconductors to enable high frequency signal acquisition. In addition, military systems, such as next generation radar detection systems, incorporate high-speed analog semiconductors to improve signal integrity and data throughput at higher speeds while limiting system power consumption, size and cost. As the speed requirements for next generation test and measurement systems and military equipment continue to increase, we believe that many current solutions will fall short of addressing market needs.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

Our semiconductor solutions leverage our deep understanding of high-speed analog signal processing and our system architecture knowledge to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging network architectures. We design and develop our products for the communications and computing markets, which typically have two to three year design cycles, and product life cycles of 10 or more years. We believe our leadership position in developing high-speed analog semiconductors is a result of the following core strengths:

 

   

System-Level Simulation Capabilities . We design our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions to be critical components in complex systems. In order to understand and solve system problems, we work closely with systems vendors to develop proprietary component, channel and system simulation models. We use these proprietary simulation and validation tools to accurately predict system performance prior to fabricating the semiconductor or alternately, to identify and optimize critical semiconductor parameters to satisfy customer system requirements. We use these simulation and validation capabilities to reduce our customers’ time to market and engineering investments, thus enabling us to establish differentiated design relationships with our customers.

 

62


Table of Contents
   

Analog Design Expertise . We believe that we are a leader in developing broadband analog semiconductors operating at high frequencies of up to 100 GHz. High-speed analog circuit design is extremely challenging because, as frequencies increase, semiconductors are increasingly sensitive to temperature, power supply noise, process variation and interaction with neighboring circuit elements. Development of components that work robustly at high frequencies requires an understanding of analog circuit design, including electromagnetic theory and practical experience in implementation and testing. Our analog design expertise has enabled us to design and commercially ship the first 18 GHz track-and-hold amplifier, 28 GHz linear transimpedance amplifier, 40 GHz transimpedance amplifier and 50 GHz MUX and DEMUX components.

 

   

Strong Relationships with Industry Leaders . We develop many of our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for applications and systems that are driven by industry leaders in the communications and computing markets. Through our established relationships with industry leaders, we have repeatedly demonstrated the ability to address their technological challenges. As a result, we are designed into several of their current systems and believe we are well-positioned to develop high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for their emerging architectures. For instance, our high-speed memory interface designs have been validated for Intel’s Xeon ® Core i7 ® and next generation platforms. We also work with communication companies such as Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco and Huawei to address their next generation 100G efforts. As a result of our development efforts with industry leaders, we help define industry conventions and standards within the markets we target by collaborating with technology leaders, OEMs and systems manufacturers, as well as standards bodies such as the Joint Electronic Device Engineering Councils, or JEDEC, and the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, or IEEE, and the Optical Internetworking Forum, or OIF, to establish industry standards.

 

   

Broad Process Technology . We employ process technology experts, device technologists and circuit designers who have extensive experience in many process technologies including CMOS, SiGe and III-V technologies such as GaAs or InP. We have developed specific internal models and design kits for each process to support a uniform design methodology across all of our semiconductor solutions. For example, our products using 40nm CMOS technology require development of accurate models for sub-circuits such as phase locked loops, varactors and inductors. As another example, for III-V materials-based processes, in-house model development is a necessity and we believe also provides a substantial competitive advantage because these processes have complex material and device interactions. Combined with our fabless manufacturing strategy, our design expertise, proprietary model libraries and uniform design methodology allow us to use the best possible materials and substrates to design and develop our semiconductor solutions. We believe that our ability to design high-speed analog semiconductors in a wide range of materials and process technologies allows us to provide superior performance, power, cost and reliability for a specific set of market requirements.

 

   

High-Speed Package Modeling and Design . We have developed deep expertise in high-speed package modeling and design, since introducing the first high-speed 50 GHz MUX and DEMUX product in 2001. At high frequencies, the interaction between an analog device, its package and the external environment can significantly affect product performance. Accurately modeling and developing advanced packaging allows semiconductor solutions to address this challenge. Due to the advanced nature of this work, there is a limited supply of engineers with experience in high-speed package modeling and design, and therefore this required expertise can be difficult to acquire for companies that have not invested in developing such a skill set. We have developed an infrastructure to simulate electrical, mechanical and thermal properties of devices and packages that we integrate within our semiconductor design process and implement at our third-party packaging providers. Modeling is an inherently iterative process, and since our model libraries are used extensively by our circuit designers, the accuracy and value of these models increases over time. Our current packaging and modeling techniques enable us to deliver semiconductors that are energy efficient, offer high-speed processing and enable advanced signal integrity, all in a small footprint.

 

63


Table of Contents

We believe that our system-level simulation capabilities, our analog design and broad process technology design capabilities as well as our strengths in packaging enable us to differentiate ourselves by delivering advanced high-speed analog signal processing solutions. For example, we believe we have successfully demonstrated the feasibility of our next generation 100G Ethernet architecture well ahead of our competitors. Within the server market, we have applied our analog signal processing expertise to develop our iMB TM technology, which is designed to expand the memory capacity in existing server and computing platforms. Adoption of the iMB TM allows up to four times the memory capacity to be installed in a server platform, while using the current generation of memory devices.

 

Benefits We Provide to Our Customers

 

We believe the key benefits that our solutions provide to our customers are as follows:

 

   

High Performance . Our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions are designed to meet the specific technical requirements of our customers in their respective end-markets. In many cases, our close design relationships and deep engineering expertise put us in a position where we are one of a limited group of semiconductor vendors that can provide the necessary solution. For instance, in the broadband communications market, we believe our products achieve the highest signal integrity and attain superior signal transmission distance at required error-free or low error rates. In the computing market, we believe our products achieve industry leading data transfer rates at the smallest die size.

 

   

Low Power and Small Footprint . In each of the end markets that we serve, the power budget of the overall system is a key consideration for systems designers. Power consumption greatly impacts system operation cost, footprint and cooling requirements, and is increasingly becoming a point of focus for our customers. We believe that our high speed analog signal processing solutions enable our customers to implement system architectures that reduce overall system power consumption. We also believe that, at high frequencies, our high-speed analog semiconductor devices typically consume less power than competitors’ standard designs, which often incorporate power-consuming digital signal processing to perform data transfer functions, thereby further reducing overall system power consumption. In addition, in many of our applications, we are able to design and deliver semiconductors that have a smaller footprint and therefore reduce the overall system size.

 

   

Faster Time to Market . Our customers compete in markets that require high-speed, reliable semiconductors that can be integrated into their systems as soon as new market opportunities develop. To meet our customers’ time-to-market requirements, we work closely with them early in their design cycles and are actively involved in their development processes. Over the past nine years, we have developed methodologies and simulation environments that accurately predict the behavior of complex integrated circuits within various communications systems. In addition, we have developed an extensive internal library of proven building block circuits such as amplifiers, phase frequency detectors and transmitters that are reused to shorten design cycles and reduce risk.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our mission is to enable faster communications and computing infrastructure with high-speed analog semiconductor solutions that reliably capture critical analog signals, convert them to useful data, and transport the data at high speeds. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Focus on Markets that Require High Signal Integrity at High Speeds . We believe our target markets are driven by expected growth trends in video applications, mobile Internet and cloud computing, causing a greater demand for network bandwidth and computing speeds. Due to higher bandwidth and faster computing needs, these applications require our specialized semiconductor solutions that provide high-speed data traffic, preserve signal integrity and increase power efficiency. For example, we provide high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for high growth markets such as 40G and 100G communications. We intend to continue to focus our efforts in markets where high signal integrity at high speeds is imperative.

 

64


Table of Contents
   

Extend Technology Leadership in High-Speed Analog Semiconductors . We believe we employ best-in-class technology and design capabilities in our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions. Our innovative approaches have allowed us to be first to market in a number of key product lines. For example, we designed and commercially shipped the first 18 GHz track-and-hold amplifier, 28 GHz linear transimpedance amplifier, 40 GHz transimpedance amplifier and 50 GHz MUX and DEMUX components. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to extend our leadership in existing markets and enable the widespread deployment of our next generation technology into newer markets.

 

   

Expand Global Presence . Given the continued globalization of the semiconductor supply chain, we believe that a global presence is critical to securing design wins from both new and existing customers. We currently have offices in North America, Asia and Europe coupled with 16 sales channel partners worldwide. We plan to continue the expansion of our sales, design and technical support organization to broaden our customer reach in new markets, primarily in Asia and Europe. For example, we recently opened new design centers in the United Kingdom and Singapore to capitalize on local design talent. Additionally, we continue to increase the number of global sales professionals directly and through channel partners.

 

   

Continue to Build Deep Relationships with Customers . We intend to continue to develop long-term, collaborative relationships with customers who are regarded as leaders in their respective markets. We work closely with customers throughout design cycles that often last two to three years, and often in situations where we are their sole supplier for a given product. As a result, we are able to develop long-term relationships with our customers as our technology becomes embedded in their products. We plan to continue to work with customers to enable them to develop innovative solutions that address both existing and new performance challenges.

 

   

Attract and Retain Top Talent . We believe one of our key differentiators resides in the design of solutions that address complex, real world problems for our customers. In this respect, our team of analog engineers and systems designers is critical to our success. Our technical team typically has, on average, more than 20 years of industry experience with more than 75% having advanced degrees and more than 25% having Ph.Ds. We intend to continue to aggressively recruit and seek to retain talented engineering and design personnel. For example, in May 2010, we signed a definitive agreement to acquire Winyatek Technology Inc., in part to further strengthen our technology and engineering resources.

 

65


Table of Contents

Products

 

As of December 31, 2009, we had more than 170 products across 17 product lines, including products that have not yet commercially shipped, that perform a wide range of functions such as amplifying, encoding, multiplexing, demultiplexing, retiming and buffering data and clock signals at speeds up to 100 Gbps. These products are key enablers for servers, routers, switches, storage and other equipment that process, store and transport data traffic. Our products are also used in test and measurement equipment and military radar systems that capture and process high-speed and ultra broadband signals. We introduced 11 new products in 2009. We design and develop our products for the communications and computing markets, which typically have two to three year design cycles, and product life cycles as long as 10 years or more.

 

LOGO

 

Given the complex and proprietary nature of our technology, we believe it is difficult for other suppliers to deliver competitive high-speed analog products. As a result, we often become either the sole supplier or one of a few of suppliers.

 

66


Table of Contents

The table below lists our products, their application speed and functional description.

 

Product Line   Speed   Description   Application
Clock and Data Recovery (CDR)   100G   Recovers the clock from high-speed signals; used to retime the signal prior to re-transmitting to ensure the highest signal integrity   Enables the next generation of small form factor 100G Ethernet modules, line cards and backplane applications
Clock fanout   10G to 50G   Provides replication and buffering of high-speed clock signals   Typically used to distribute a high-speed clock to multiple chips in a system
Demultiplexer (DEMUX)   10G to 50G   De-serializes a high-speed data stream to multiple lower speed data streams for further signal processing   Typically used in high-speed data acquisition applications
D Flip Flops   10G to 50G   Retimes the input signal to deliver optimal signal integrity   Typically used in high-speed pattern generation applications
Differential Amplifiers   10G   Amplifies differential signals and drives high-speed analog-to-digital converters   Typically used to amplify linear broadband signals or drive high-speed analog-to-digital converters for data acquisition applications
Differential Encoders   10G   Provides differential encoding function for Differential Phase Shift Keying (DPSK) transmission   Typically used in 10 Gbps ultra long haul optical transceivers
Isolation Memory Buffer (iMB TM )   2.133G   Provides critical high-speed interface between CPU and memory   Architecture adopted by JEDEC as an industry standard
Latched Comparator   10G to 50G   Used as a high-speed 1-bit analog-to-digital converter   Typically used in high-speed data acquisition applications
Logic Gates   10G to 50G   Standard AND, OR, XOR logic gates used as general-purpose building blocks for high-speed data processing   Typically used in test and measurement applications
Modulator Driver   40G to 100G   Amplifies a small signal to 8V (or higher) output voltage in order to drive optical modulators for very long distance data transmission   Typically used in optical transmission systems and test and measurement equipment
Multiplexer (MUX)   10G to 50G   Serializes multiple data streams to a high-speed data stream prior to transmission   Typically used in high-speed pattern generation applications
Phase-Lock Loop (PLL)   2.133G   Provides critical high-speed interface between CPU and memory   Typically used for all but the lowest capacity modules in order to install sufficient memory in computing and storage platforms
Prescalers   10G to 50G   Divides the high frequency clock to a lower frequency clock  

Typically used in test and measurement, military and ultra long haul optical transmission equipment

Register Buffers   2.133G   Regenerates a CPU’s command and address signals   Typically used for all but the lowest capacity modules in order to install sufficient memory in computing and storage platforms
RZ Converter   10G   Converts a Non-Return-to-Zero (NRZ) digital bit stream to Return-to-Zero (RZ) format   Typically used in 10 Gbps ultra long haul optical transceivers
Serializer-Deserializer (SERDES)   100G   Combines a serializer, deserializer, equalizer and CDR functions on one chip   Enables the next generation of high density 100G Ethernet linecards
Transimpedance Amplifier (TIA)   10G to 100G   Amplifies small currents generated by a photodetector for further signal processing   Typically used in optical transceivers for Ethernet, SONET, DWDM, as well as other optical receiver applications

 

67


Table of Contents

Customers

 

We sell our products directly to OEMs and indirectly to OEMs through module manufacturers, ODMs and sub-systems providers. We work closely with technology leaders, including microprocessor and communications equipment companies, to design architectures and products that help solve bandwidth bottlenecks in and between systems. These technology leaders often design our products into reference designs, which they provide to their customers and suppliers. For example, in the server market we work closely with major CPU manufacturers to address the bottleneck between their CPU and the increasing amount of memory attached to it. These CPU manufacturers then provide their server CPU customers and memory module partners with a validation report, including validation of our memory interface products. These server OEMs and memory module companies then design our memory interface products into their production systems. Ultimately, our sales into these servers are to memory module companies, including Hynix, Micron, Samsung and others. In the networking market, we work closely with OEMs to deliver high performance communication links. These OEMs design our product into their systems and then require their ODM and electronics manufacturing services, or EMS, suppliers to purchase and use that specific product from us. We also work directly with module manufacturers to design our products into their modules, which they sell to OEMs.

 

We work closely with our customers throughout design cycles that often last two to three years and we are able to develop long-term relationships with them as our technology becomes embedded in their products. As a result, we believe we are well-positioned to not only be designed into their current systems, but also to continually develop next generation high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for their future products. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we sold our products to more than 160 customers.

 

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 54%, 64% and 77% of our total revenue in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Because many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future revenue will continue to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in Asia, we believe that a significant number of the systems designed by these customers and incorporating our semiconductor products are then sold to end users outside Asia.

 

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenue. Samsung directly accounted for 36% of our total revenue and sales directly and through distributors to Micron accounted for 17% of our total revenue during the year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, most of this revenue concentration was attributable to sales of our high-speed memory interface products into the computing market. No other single customer directly or indirectly accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2009 or the three months ended March 31, 2010.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years, with product life cycles in the markets we serve ranging from two to 10 years or more. For many of our products, early engagement with our customers’ technical staff is necessary for success. To ensure an adequate level of early engagement, our application and development engineers work closely with our customers to identify and propose solutions to their systems challenges.

 

In addition to our direct customers, we work closely with technology leaders such as Intel and AMD for the computing and storage markets and Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco, Huawei for the networking and communications market to anticipate and solve next generation challenges facing our customers. As part of the sales and product development process, we often design our products in close collaboration with these industry leaders and help define their architecture. We also participate actively in setting industry standards with organizations such as IEEE, JEDEC and OIF to have a voice in the definition of future market trends.

 

We sell our products worldwide through multiple channels, including our direct sales force and a network of sales representatives and distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2009, 78% of our revenue was generated

 

68


Table of Contents

by our direct sales team and third-party sales representatives. We operate direct sales offices in Japan, Korea, Singapore, Taiwan and the United States and employ sales personnel that cover our direct customers and manage our channel partners. We utilize two primary distributors in Europe and Japan and sales representatives in North America and China to sell our products. We believe these distributors and sales representatives have the requisite technical experience in our target markets and are able to leverage existing relationships and understanding of our customers’ products to effectively sell our products. Given the breadth of our target markets, customers and products, we provide our direct and indirect sales teams with regular training and share product information with our customers and sales team using web-based tools.

 

Manufacturing

 

We operate a fabless business model and use third-party foundries and assembly and test manufacturing contractors to manufacture, assemble and test our semiconductor products. This outsourced manufacturing approach allows us to focus our resources on the design, sale and marketing of our products. In addition, we believe outsourcing many of our manufacturing and assembly activities provides us the flexibility needed to respond to new market opportunities, simplifies our operations and significantly reduces our capital requirements.

 

We subject our third-party manufacturing contractors to rigorous qualification requirements in order to meet the extremely high quality and reliability standards required of our products. We carefully qualify each of our partners and processes before applying the technology to our products. Our engineers work closely with our foundries and other contractors to increase yield, lower manufacturing costs and improve product quality.

 

   

Wafer Fabrication . We currently utilize a wide range of semiconductor processes to develop and manufacture our products. Each of our foundries tends to specialize in a particular semiconductor wafer process technology. We choose the semiconductor process and foundry that we believe provides the best combination of performance attributes for any particular product. For most of our products, we utilize a single foundry for semiconductor wafer production. Our principal foundries are TSMC in Taiwan, Sumitomo in Japan, GCS in California and UMS in France.

 

   

Package and Assembly . Upon the completion of processing at the foundry, the finished wafers are shipped to our third-party assemblers for packaging and assembly. Currently, our principal packaging and assembly contractors are OSE in Taiwan, STATS ChipPAC in Korea, Signetics in Korea, Kyocera in America and Japan, and Natel in California.

 

   

Test . At the last stage of integrated circuit production, our third-party test service providers test the packaged and assembled integrated circuits. Currently, OSE in Taiwan, STATS ChipPAC in Korea and Signetics in Korea are our test partners. We also perform testing in our Westlake Village, California, facility.

 

We are committed to maintaining the highest level of quality in our products. Our objective is that our products meet all of our customer requirements, are delivered on-time and function reliably throughout their useful lives. As part of our total quality assurance program, our quality management system has been certified to ISO 9001:2008 standards. Our manufacturing partners are also ISO 9001 certified.

 

Research and Development

 

We focus our research and development efforts on developing products that address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks and minimize latency in computing environments. We believe that our continued success depends on our ability to both introduce improved versions of our existing products and to develop new products for the markets that we serve. We devote a portion of our resources to expanding our core technology including efforts in system-level simulation, high-speed analog design, supporting a broad range of process technologies and high-speed package modeling and design.

 

69


Table of Contents

We develop models that are used as an input to a combination of proprietary and commercially available simulation tools. We use these tools to predict overall system performance based on the performance of our product. After our product is manufactured, we perform system measurements and refine our model set to improve the model’s accuracy and predictive ability. As a result, our models and simulation tools have improved over time and we have been able to very accurately predict overall system performance prior to fabricating a part.

 

We have assembled a core team of experienced engineers and systems designers in three design centers located in the United States, the United Kingdom and Taiwan. Our technical team typically has, on average, more than 20 years of industry experience with more than 75% having advanced degrees and more than 25% having Ph.Ds. These engineers and designers are involved in advancing our core technologies, as well as applying these core technologies to our product development activities across a number of areas including telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment, datacenters and enterprise servers, storage platforms, test and measurement and military systems. In 2007, 2008, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, our research and development expenses were $17.3 million, $17.5 million, $17.8 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

 

Competition

 

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications and computing markets in particular, are highly competitive. We expect competition to increase and intensify as more and larger semiconductor companies enter our markets. Increased competition could result in price pressure, reduced profitability and loss of market share, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, revenue and operating results.

 

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products to smaller companies specializing in narrow markets. Our primary competitors include Broadcom, Hittite, IDT and Texas Instruments, as well as other smaller analog signal processing companies. We expect competition in our target markets to increase in the future as existing competitors improve or expand their product offerings. In addition, as we continue to develop our 100G semiconductor solutions for enterprise networks, we may face competition from companies such as Broadcom and NetLogic.

 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and general economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate intensified as our customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors are significantly larger, have greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution, customer support and other resources, are more established than we are, and have significantly better brand recognition and broader product offerings with which to withstand similar adverse economic or market conditions in the future. These developments may materially and adversely affect our current and future target markets and our ability to compete successfully in those markets.

 

We compete or plan to compete in different target markets to various degrees on the basis of a number of principal competitive factors, including:

 

   

product performance;

 

   

power budget;

 

   

features and functionality;

 

   

customer relationships;

 

   

size;

 

   

ease of system design;

 

   

product roadmap;

 

   

reputation and reliability;

 

70


Table of Contents
   

customer support; and

 

   

price.

 

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. We maintain our competitive position through our ability to successfully design, develop and market complex high-speed analog solutions for the customers that we serve.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, and contractual protections, to protect our core technology and intellectual property. As of March 31, 2010, we had 28 issued and allowed patents in the United States and other patent applications pending in the United States. The 28 issued and allowed patents in the United States expire in the years beginning in 2021 through 2027. Many of our issued patents and pending patent applications relate to high-speed circuit and package designs.

 

We may not receive competitive advantages from any rights granted under our patents, and our patent applications may not result in the issuance of any patents. In addition, any future patent may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by a third party or found to be unenforceable or invalidated. Others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate our proprietary technologies or design around patents owned or licensed by us.

 

In addition to our own intellectual property, we also rely on third-party licensors for certain technologies embedded in our semiconductor solutions. These are typically non-exclusive contracts provided under paid-up licenses. These licenses are generally perpetual or automatically renewed for so long as we continue to pay any maintenance fees that may be due. We have entered into a number of licensing arrangements pursuant to which we license third-party technologies. We do not believe our business is dependent to any significant degree on any individual third-party license.

 

We generally control access to and use of our confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors and customers. We rely in part on United States and international copyright laws to protect our mask work. All employees and consultants are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship.

 

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary intellectual property. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available or may be limited in foreign countries.

 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights and positions, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We have in the past received and, particularly as a public company, we expect that in the future we may receive, communications from various industry participants alleging our infringement of their patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights. Any lawsuits could subject us to significant liability for damages, invalidate our proprietary rights and harm our business and our ability to compete. Any litigation, regardless of success or merit, could cause us to incur substantial expenses, reduce our sales and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. In the event we receive an adverse result in any litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, seek licenses from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, cease sale of products, expend significant resources to develop alternative technology or discontinue the use of processes requiring the relevant technology.

 

71


Table of Contents

Employees

 

At March 31, 2010, we employed 110 full-time equivalent employees, including 65 in research, product development and engineering, 20 in sales and marketing and 14 in general and administrative management and 11 in manufacturing logistics. We consider relations with our employees to be good and have never experienced a work stoppage. None of our employees are either represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement.

 

Facilities

 

We currently lease our principal executive offices in Sunnyvale, California, under a sublease for 8,000 square feet of office space that expires on December 31, 2010. We also lease 15,069 square feet of office space in Westlake Village, California under a lease that expires on December 31, 2010. In April and June 2010, we entered into new lease agreements for office space in Santa Clara, California and Thousand Oaks, California, respectively. The lease for 11,351 square feet of office space in Santa Clara, California has a term of 63 months and the total minimum lease payments are $2.1 million. The lease for 27,846 square feet of office space in Thousand Oaks has a term of 72 months and the total minimum lease payments are $3.6 million. Our Singapore subsidiary currently leases 2,368 square feet of office space in Singapore under a lease that expires on March 14, 2012. Our United Kingdom subsidiary currently leases office space in Northamptonshire, England under a lease that expires on September 24, 2011. We believe that current facilities are sufficient to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are currently a party to the following legal proceedings:

 

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)

 

On September 22, 2009, Netlist filed suit in the United States District Court, Central District of California, or the Court, asserting that we infringe U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. Netlist filed an amended complaint on December 22, 2009, further asserting that we infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, collectively with U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537, the patents-in-suit, and seeking both monetary damages to be determined and an injunction to prevent further infringement. These infringement claims allege that our iMB™ and certain other memory module components infringe the patents-in-suit. We answered the amended complaint on February 11, 2010 and asserted that we do not infringe the patents-in-suit and that the patents-in-suit are invalid. We have since filed inter partes requests for reexamination with the USPTO asserting that the patents-in-suit are invalid. The USPTO is required to grant or deny the reexamination requests within three months of their effective filing dates, which, due to re-filing of certain papers due to procedural requests of the USPTO, was June 4, 2010 for U.S. Patent No. 7,636,274, June 8, 2010 for U.S. Patent No. 7,619,912 and June 9, 2010 for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. The USPTO has accepted the filings of the reexamination requests for U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, and we re-filed our reexamination request for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 on June 9, 2010. If the reexamination requests are granted, the USPTO will then evaluate the validity of the patents-in-suit in reexamination proceedings. The reexamination proceedings could result in a determination that the patents-in-suit, in whole or in part, are valid or invalid, as well as modifications of the scope of the patents-in-suit.

 

A third party, Sanmina-SCI Corporation, or SSC, has also requested interference proceedings with the USPTO with respect to each of the patents-in-suit. In its April 21, 2010 Request for Continued Examination of U.S. Application No. 11/142,989, SSC asserted that it has priority to the inventions claimed by the patents-in-suit and should be granted rights to those inventions. We have entered into an agreement with SSC for a non-exclusive license to those rights, if any, that SSC may obtain to the inventions claimed by the patents-in-suit if the USPTO agrees to commence interference proceedings and if SSC prevails in those proceedings.

 

In connection with the reexamination requests and the interference proceedings, we also filed a motion to stay proceedings with the Court, which was granted on May 18, 2010, whereby the Court stayed the proceedings

 

72


Table of Contents

until at least February 14, 2011, requested that Netlist notify the Court within one week of any action taken by the USPTO in connection with the reexamination or interference proceedings, and requested that the parties file papers by January 31, 2011 stating their position on whether the stay should be extended. While the Court granted a stay until February 14, 2011, the Court could lift the stay before then. For example, the USPTO is required to evaluate the reexamination requests well before February 14, 2011, as noted above, and if the USPTO denies the reexamination requests, the Court may decide to lift the stay.

 

Inphi Corporation v. Netlist, Inc, Case No. 09-cv-8749 (C.D. Cal.).

 

On November, 30, 2009, we filed suit in the United States District Court, Central District of California asserting that Netlist infringes U.S. Patent Nos. 7,307,863 and 7,479,799, collectively the patents-in-suit, and are seeking both monetary damages and an injunction to prevent further infringement. Netlist answered the complaint on January 15, 2010 and filed an amended answer on April 22, 2010, asserting that it does not infringe the patents-in-suit, that the patents-in-suit are invalid and that U.S. Patent No. 7,479,799 is unenforceable due to inequitable conduct before the USPTO. Discovery is currently proceeding, and the Court has set a trial date of October 11, 2011.

 

While we intend to defend the lawsuit vigorously, litigation, whether or not determined in our favor or settled, could be costly and time-consuming and could divert our attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business. We are unable to assess the possible outcome of these matters. However, because of the nature and inherent uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

 

We are not currently a party to any other material litigation. The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights as well as improper hiring practices. We may from time to time become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of business. These claims, even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

 

73


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table shows information about our executive officers and directors as of May 31, 2010:

 

Name

   Age   

Position(s)

Young K. Sohn

   54   

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

John Edmunds

   53   

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer

Gopal Raghavan, Ph.D.

   49   

Chief Technology Officer

Ron Torten

   43   

Vice President of Worldwide Sales

Diosdado P. Banatao

   64   

Chairman of the Board

David J. Ladd (1)(2)(3)

   63   

Director

Timothy D. Semones

   50   

Director

Peter J. Simone (1)(2)(3)

   62   

Director

Sam S. Srinivasan (1)(2)(3)

   65   

Director

Lip-Bu Tan

   50   

Director

 

(1)   Member of our audit committee
(2)   Member of our compensation committee
(3)   Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee

 

Young K. Sohn has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since August 2007 and as a director since July 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sohn served as an Advisor at Panorama Capital, a venture capital firm, from June 2006 to June 2007. From August 2003 until his retirement in March 2005, Mr. Sohn served as President of Agilent Technologies, Inc.’s Semiconductor Group, now known as Avago Technologies, and as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Oak Technology, Inc., a semiconductor company, from 1999 until it was acquired by Zoran Corporation in August 2003. In addition, Mr. Sohn was an advisor to the Massachusetts Institute of Technology Media Lab’s OLPC (One Laptop Per Child) program from 2005 to 2007 and was the past President and Chairman of the Asia America MultiTechnology Association (AAMA) from 2001 to 2003. He currently serves on the board of directors for ARM Holdings PLC and Cymer, Inc. Mr. Sohn holds a B.S. degree in electrical engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.S. degree from the MIT Sloan School of Management.

 

John Edmunds has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer since January 2008. He previously served as Chief Financial Officer of Trident Microsystems, a semiconductor company, from June 2004 to January 2008. Mr. Edmunds also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Oak Technology, Inc. from January 2000 until it was acquired by Zoran Corporation in August 2003. He continued to serve as Vice President of Finance for Zoran until June 2004. Mr. Edmunds started his career as a C.P.A. with Coopers & Lybrand in San Francisco and San Jose. He holds a B.S. degree in finance and accounting from the University of California, Berkeley.

 

Dr. Gopal Raghavan is one of our founders and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since January 2001. Dr. Raghavan previously served as a principal engineer for Conexant Systems, Inc., a semiconductor company, designing integrated circuits for 10 Gbps SONET applications from June 2000 to November 2000. He served as a senior scientist for Hughes Electronics from September 1994 to May 2000 and as a senior engineer with Intel Corporation from 1984 to 1994. Dr. Raghavan holds 15 patents and has published more than 30 technical publications. He holds a B. Tech degree in electrical engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology and an M.S. degree and a Ph.D. in electrical engineering from Stanford University.

 

74


Table of Contents

Ron Torten has served as our Vice President of Worldwide Sales since December 2007. Mr. Torten previously served as Chief Executive Officer of NemeriX, a semiconductor company, from January 2006 to December 2007. From January 2004 to December 2005, he served as Vice President, Worldwide Materials, at Agilent Technologies, Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Torten served as Vice President and General Manager for the Networking Entertainment Division at Agere Systems, Inc., a semiconductor company, from April 2000 to January 2004. He holds a B.S. degree in chemical engineering from the Technion—Israel Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Davis.

 

Diosdado P. Banatao has served on our board of directors and as chairman of our board of directors since December 2000 and served as our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer from October 2006 to August 2007. Mr. Banatao has been a Managing Partner of Tallwood Venture Capital, a venture capital firm, since July 2000 and has served as Interim President and Chief Executive Officer at Ikanos Communications, Inc. since April 2010. From April 2008 to June 2009, he also served as Interim Chief Executive Officer of SiRF Technology Holdings, Inc., which was acquired by CSR plc in June 2009. Prior to forming Tallwood, Mr. Banatao was a venture partner at Mayfield Fund from January 1998 to May 2000. Mr. Banatao co-founded three technology startups: S3 Incorporated, Chips & Technologies and Mostron. He also held positions in engineering and general management at National Semiconductor Corporation, Seeq Technologies and Intersil Corporation. Mr. Banatao currently serves on the board of directors of CSR plc, a public company traded on the London Stock Exchange, and Ikanos Communications, Inc. He previously served as Chairman and led investments in SiRF Technology, acquired by CSR (CSR); Marvell Technology Group (MRVL); Acclaim Communications, acquired by Level One (INTC); Newport Communications, acquired by Broadcom (BRCM); Cyras Systems, acquired by Ciena (CIEN); and Stream Machine, acquired by Cirrus Logic (CRUS). He has also served on the board of directors of various privately held companies in the semiconductor industry. Mr. Banatao holds a B.S. degree in electrical engineering, cum laude, from the Mapua Institute of Technology in the Philippines and an M.S. degree in electrical engineering from Stanford University.

 

Mr. Banatao’s background as a technologist, as well as a senior manager of, board member of, and investor in numerous semiconductor companies provides a diversity of experience for his service on our board of directors. The companies with which he has been involved range from start-up companies to very large public corporations.

 

David J. Ladd has served on our board of directors since June 2007. In 1997, Mr. Ladd joined Mayfield Fund, a forty-one year old venture capital firm, where he has served in various capacities as a member of Mayfield Fund’s investment team. Currently, Mr. Ladd manages three Mayfield Fund related portfolio company investments, including us. Prior to joining Mayfield Fund, he served as Chief Technology Officer of Octel Communications Corporation from 1994 until it was acquired by Lucent Technologies in 1997. In 1981 he co-founded Opcom/VMX, a voice messaging company, which was acquired by Octel in 1994. Mr. Ladd holds a B.S. degree in electrical engineering from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.S. degree in Computer Science from Stevens Institute of Technology.

 

Mr. Ladd’s experience as a technologist and as a technology-focused investor, which gives him in-depth knowledge of, and exposure to, current technology and industry trends and developments, provides us with valuable insight into our industry and target markets.

 

Timothy D. Semones is one of our founders and has served as a director since 2001. Mr. Semones also served as our Chief Financial Officer from November 2000 to January 2008 and as our Chief Operating Officer from October 2006 to June 2007. Mr. Semones previously served as the Director of Marketing at MindSpring Enterprises, an Internet service provider, and the Director of Broadband Technology at Earthlink Network, an Internet service provider. He has also held general management and engineering positions with Measurement Systems, Inc. and Hewlett-Packard Company. Mr. Semones also sits on the board of directors of Semi Dice, Inc. He holds a B.S. degree in electrical engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles.

 

75


Table of Contents

As one of our founders and a technologist, Mr. Semones has comprehensive expertise and knowledge regarding our semiconductor solutions and technology, as well as insight into our anticipated future technological needs and industry needs.

 

Peter J. Simone has served on our board of directors since April 2010. Mr. Simone has served as an investment consultant and as a consultant to numerous private companies since February 2001. He also served as Executive Chairman of SpeedFam-IPEC, Inc., a semiconductor equipment manufacturing company, which was acquired by Novellus Systems, Inc., from June 2001 to December 2002. From February 2000 to February 2001, Mr. Simone served as a director and President of Active Controls Experts, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of solid-state actuators, and served as President, Chief Executive Officer and director of Xionics Document Technologies, Inc., a software company, from April 1997 until Xionics’ acquisition by Oak Technology, Inc. in January 2000. Mr. Simone currently serves on the board of directors of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc., Newport Corporation, Veeco Instruments, Inc. and Cymer, Inc. He previously served on the board of directors of Sanmina-SCI Corporation from 2003 to 2008. Mr. Simone is also a member of the board of directors of the Massachusetts High Technology Council and is vice president of the board of Walker Home and School for Children. Mr. Simone holds a B.S. degree in accounting from Bentley University and an M.B.A. from Babson College.

 

Mr. Simone possesses particular knowledge and operational experience across several industries as well as broad experience in financial markets, which provides a diversity of experience.

 

Sam S. Srinivasan has served on our board of directors since June 2007. Mr. Srinivasan served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Health Language, Inc., a software company, from May 2000 to March 2002 and currently serves as Chairman Emeritus. He also served as Senior Vice President, Finance Chief Financial Officer of Cirrus Logic, Inc., a semiconductor company, from November 1988 to March 1996, and as Director, Internal Audits and subsequently as Corporate Controller of Intel Corporation, a semiconductor company, from May 1984 to November 1988. Currently, Mr. Srinivasan serves on the board of directors of TranSwitch Corporation, as well as its nominating and corporate governance committee and is the chairman of its audit committee. Mr. Srinivasan previously served on the board of directors of SiRF Technology Holdings, Inc. from 2004 to 2009, Centillium Communications, Inc. from 2006 to 2008, and Leadis Technology, Inc. from 2008 to 2009. He holds a B.A. in commerce from Madras University, India and an M.B.A. from Case Western Reserve University. Mr. Srinivasan is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

 

Mr. Srinivasan has considerable financial experience with publicly-traded companies and is a certified public accountant. He has also served as a director for a number of technology companies and as member of various board of director committees.

 

Lip-Bu Tan has served on our board of directors since May 2002. Mr. Tan has served as Chairman of Walden International, an international venture capital firm, since he founded the firm in 1987. He has also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cadence Design Systems, Inc., an electronic design automation software and engineering services company, since January 2009 and as a director since 2004. Mr. Tan currently serves on the board of directors of Flextronics International Ltd., Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation and SINA Corporation. He previously served on the board of directors of Centillium Communications, Inc. from 1997 to 2007, Creative Technology, Ltd. from 1990 to 2009, Integrated Silicon Solution, Inc. from 1990 to 2007, Leadis Technology, Inc. from 2002 to 2006 and MindTree Ltd. from 2006 to 2009. He holds a B.S. degree in physics from Nanyang University in Singapore, an M.S. degree in nuclear engineering from Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the University of San Francisco.

 

As Chief Executive Officer of Cadence and a Chairman of an international venture capital firm, as well as a director of a number of technology companies, Mr. Tan has extensive experience in the electronic design and semiconductor industries, as well as international operations and corporate governance expertise.

 

76


Table of Contents

Board of Directors

 

We currently have seven directors on our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, our bylaws will provide for a board of directors consisting of not fewer than 3 nor more than 11 members. The authorized number of directors may be changed by resolution of our board of directors. Vacancies on the board can be filled by resolution of our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each serving staggered, three-year terms:

 

   

Our Class I directors will be Messrs. Ladd, Semones and Tan and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus;

 

   

Our Class II directors will be Messrs. Banatao and Sohn and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

Our Class III directors will be Messrs. Simone and Srinivasan and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus.

 

As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective terms. This classification of our board of directors may delay or prevent a change in control of Inphi.

 

Corporate Governance

 

We believe our corporate governance initiatives comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of the SEC adopted thereunder. In addition, we believe our corporate governance initiatives comply with the rules of the NYSE. After this offering, our board of directors will continue to evaluate our corporate governance principles and policies.

 

Our board of directors also adopted a code of business conduct that applies to each of our directors, officers and employees. The code addresses various topics, including:

 

   

compliance with laws, rules and regulations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

   

conflicts of interest;

 

   

insider trading;

 

   

corporate opportunities;

 

   

competition and fair dealing;

 

   

equal employment and working conditions;

 

   

record keeping;

 

   

confidentiality;

 

   

giving and accepting gifts;

 

   

compensation or reimbursement to customers;

 

   

protection and proper use of company assets; and

 

   

payments to government personnel and political contributions.

 

Our board of directors also adopted a code of ethics for senior financial officers applicable to our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, controller and other key management employees addressing ethical issues. Upon completion of this offering, the code of business conduct and the code of ethics will each be posted on our website. The code of business conduct and the code of ethics can only be amended by the approval of a majority of our board of directors. Any waiver to the code of business conduct for an executive

 

77


Table of Contents

officer or director or any waiver of the code of ethics may only be granted by our board of directors or our nominating and corporate governance committee and must be timely disclosed as required by applicable law. We also implemented whistleblower procedures that establish formal protocols for receiving and handling complaints from employees. Any concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters reported under these procedures will be communicated promptly to our audit committee.

 

Director Independence

 

In June 2010, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Banatao, Ladd, Simone and Srinivasan, representing a majority of our directors, are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the NYSE. Mr. Banatao served as our Interim Chief Executive Officer and beneficially owns approximately 20.7% of our common stock, which represents shares held by Tallwood I, L.P., a venture fund affiliated with Tallwood Venture Capital, of which Mr. Banatao is a Managing Partner. Our board of directors considered Mr. Banatao’s prior role with us and his beneficial stock ownership in its determination that Mr. Banatao qualifies as an independent director as defined under the rules of the NYSE.

 

Lead Director

 

Our board of directors has established certain corporate governance principles in connection with this offering. Our board of directors determined as part of our corporate governance principles that one of our independent directors should serve as a lead director at any time when the title of chairman is held by an employee director. Mr. Banatao is our Chairman and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Banatao qualified as an independent director under the rules of the NYSE. Accordingly, our board of directors does not currently have a separate lead independent director. Mr. Banatao will, among other responsibilities, preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors and oversee the function of our board of directors and committees.

 

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

 

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the board of directors as a whole, as well as through various board of directors standing committees that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our internal audit function. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

 

Board Committees

 

We have established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We believe that the composition of these committees meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees complies with the applicable requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the current rules of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future

 

78


Table of Contents

requirements as they become applicable to us. Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Simone and Srinivasan are each an audit committee financial expert, as defined by the rules promulgated by the SEC. Each committee has the composition and responsibilities described below:

 

Audit Committee . Messrs. Ladd, Simone and Srinivasan serve on our audit committee. Mr. Srinivasan is chairperson of this committee. Our audit committee assists our board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions, and is directly responsible for the approval of the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing of their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. Our audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the accountants are independent of management. Our audit committee is also responsible for monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters.

 

In addition, our board of directors considered Mr. Simone’s services on the audit committee of four other corporate boards of directors. Mr. Simone serves as a member of our audit committee. He also serves as the chairman of the audit committee of Monotype, Newport, Veeco and Cymer, all publicly-traded companies. Pursuant to the terms of the audit committee charter and the regulations of the NYSE, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Simone’s simultaneous service on multiple audit committees would not impair his ability to effectively serve on our audit committee.

 

Compensation Committee . Messrs. Ladd, Simone and Srinivasan serve on our compensation committee. Mr. Simone is chairperson of this committee. Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in meeting its responsibilities with regard to oversight and determination of executive compensation and assesses whether our compensation structure establishes appropriate incentives for officers and employees. Our compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations to our board of directors with respect to our major compensation plans, policies and programs. In addition, our compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations for approval by the independent members of our board of directors regarding the compensation for our executive officers, establishes, modifies the terms and conditions of employment of our executive officers and administers our stock option plans.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee . Messrs. Ladd, Simone and Srinivasan serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Ladd is chairperson of this committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board. In addition, our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines, and reporting and making recommendations to the board concerning corporate governance matters.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

Messrs. Ladd, Srinivasan and Tan served as members of our compensation committee during 2009. None of the members of our compensation committee is or has in the past served as an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Currently, our independent directors receive an annual retainer of $32,000 and the chairman of our audit committee receives an additional annual retainer of $10,000. In addition, for a description of our compensation arrangements with Young K. Sohn, see “Executive Compensation,” and for a description of compensation paid to Diosdado Banatao, see “Related Party Transactions.”

 

79


Table of Contents

Following completion of this offering, our non-employee directors, other than our Chairman of our board of directors and the lead director, will receive an annual retainer of $32,000, prorated for partial service in any year. Our Chairman of our board of directors and lead director will receive an annual retainer of $50,000 and $40,000, respectively, so long as such director is not an employee of Inphi. Members of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, other than the chairpersons of those committees, will receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500, $5,000 and $4,000, respectively. The chairpersons of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will each receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000, $10,000 and $7,500, respectively.

 

In addition, non-employee directors will receive nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan. A non-employee director, other than those currently serving on our board of directors, will be automatically granted an initial option to purchase shares of our common stock that have a value of $160,000, calculated using the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, upon becoming a member of our board of directors. The initial option will vest and become exercisable over four years in equal monthly installments. On the first business day following each of our regularly scheduled annual meetings of stockholders, each non-employee director will be automatically granted a nonstatutory option to purchase shares of our common stock that have a value of $80,000, calculated using the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, provided the director has served on our board of directors for at least six months. These options will vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant or immediately prior to our next annual meeting of stockholders, if earlier. The options granted to non-employee directors will have a per share exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant and will become fully vested if a change in control occurs. See “Employee Benefit Plans—2010 Stock Incentive Plan.”

 

2009 Director Compensation

 

In August 2009, our board of directors approved cash compensation to be paid to the independent directors and the chair of our audit committee. Prior to that date, the independent directors had not received any cash compensation for their services as members of our board of directors or any committee of our board of directors. Beginning August 2009, members of our board of directors began receiving the following compensation for their services:

 

   

$32,000 per year for independent directors; and

 

   

$10,000 per year for the chairperson of our audit committee.

 

We also reimbursed our non-employee directors for their reasonable out of pocket costs and travel expenses in connection with their attendance at board and committee meetings.

 

The following table sets forth the compensation paid or accrued by us to Sam S. Srinivasan, who was the only director who received compensation during fiscal 2009. The table excludes Young K. Sohn, who did not receive any additional compensation from us for his role as a director because he is our Chief Executive Officer.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash  ($)
   Option
Awards (1)(2)
   Total ($)

Sam S. Srinivasan

   21,000    31,446    52,446

 

  (1)  

Amounts listed in this column represent the aggregate fair value of the awards computed as of the grant date of each award in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification No. 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation , or FASB ASC Topic 718, rather than amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. Our assumptions with respect to the calculation of these values are set forth above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Accounting for stock-based

 

80


Table of Contents
  compensation.” There can be no assurance that options will be exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the individual) or that the value on exercise will approximate the fair value as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
  (2)   Please see the outstanding equity awards table below for the details of the option granted.

 

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by non-employee directors as of the end of December 31, 2009:

 

Name

   Option
Grant
Date (1)
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
   Option
Exercise
Price
   Option
Expiration
Date

Sam S. Srinivasan

   8/15/07    60,000    —      $ 0.76    8/15/2017
   8/27/09    45,000    —      $ 1.12    8/27/2019

Timothy D. Semones

   6/7/02    16,022    —      $ 1.00    6/7/2012
   5/5/06    10,000    —      $ 0.45    5/5/2016
   2/16/07    132,739    —      $ 0.52    2/16/2017
   8/15/07    66,370    —      $ 0.76    8/15/2017
   10/17/07    120,000    —      $ 0.83    10/17/2017

 

  (1)   The grant date fair value of the common stock underlying these option awards was equal to the option exercise price on the date the stock options were granted.

 

81


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

Executive Summary

 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis discusses the compensation programs and policies for our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and our two other mostly highly compensated executive officers as determined by the rules of the SEC. Our named executive officers and their positions in 2009 were:

 

Young K. Sohn

   President and Chief Executive Officer

John Edmunds

   Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer

Gopal Raghavan

   Chief Technology Officer

Ron Torten

   Vice President of Worldwide Sales

 

Recommendations for executive compensation are made by our compensation committee and approved by our board of directors, except that compensation recommendations for our Chief Executive Officer are approved by the non-employee members of our board of directors. The primary components of compensation for our named executive officers were base salary, cash incentive compensation and equity-based compensation. In 2009, we did not have a formal cash incentive plan; however our compensation committee did approve a bonus pool for all employees based on our earnings before income tax, stock-based compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization. The following information should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below.

 

Objectives of the Executive Compensation Program

 

Our executive compensation program is shaped by the competitive market for executives in the semiconductor industry. We have designed an executive compensation program with the following primary objectives:

 

   

to attract, retain and motivate talented and experienced executives;

 

   

to provide fair, equitable and reasonable compensation to each executive officer;

 

   

to reward job performance; and

 

   

to further align the interest of our executive officers with that of our stockholders.

 

Since we were founded in 2000, our executive compensation program has focused primarily on attracting executive talent to manage and operate our business, retaining individuals whose employment is key to our success and growth, and rewarding individuals who help us achieve our business objectives. We aim to achieve these objectives while preserving our cash resources, largely through equity-based compensation. By focusing our executive compensation program primarily on equity-based compensation, we have sought to align the interest of our executive officers and stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase the value of our stock over time.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee expects to:

 

   

refine and modify our compensation programs to further reflect the competitive market for executive talent and our changing business needs as a public company;

 

   

use individual and corporate performance goals to tie the compensation of our executive officers to our financial performance and creation of stockholder value;

 

   

use equity-based award programs to continue the long-term connection with stockholder value and executive compensation; and

 

   

structure our executive compensation program as to not incentivize unnecessary risk-taking.

 

82


Table of Contents

Role of our Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee is currently comprised of three independent, non-employee directors, Mr. David Ladd (Chairman), Mr. Sam Srinivasan and Mr. Lip-Bu Tan. Our compensation committee determines and recommends to our board of directors the compensation for our executive officers. With respect to our named executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer, our compensation committee meets with our Chief Executive Officer as needed to provide evaluations of our executive officers and other relevant information to our compensation committee and makes recommendations regarding appropriate compensation for each executive, including merit increases, changes to incentive compensation and grant of equity awards. Historically, our compensation committee has established the executive compensation by considering the competitive market for corresponding positions at companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the semiconductor industry. Specifically, our compensation committee used research and industry standards based on their personal knowledge of the competitive market. In 2010, to complement its review of executive compensation for our named executive officers, our compensation committee consulted the 2009 High Technology Executive Compensation Survey, a publicly available compensation survey prepared by Radford, a compensation consulting firm, to benchmark our executive compensation against companies with similar revenues, market capitalization and other financial measures within our industry. We expect that our compensation committee will continue to engage an independent consultant in setting our executive compensation program.

 

2010 Competitive Market Review

 

Our compensation committee has the sole authority to retain compensation consultants to assist in its evaluation of our executive compensation program, including authority to approve the consultant’s fees and other terms of its engagement. Our compensation committee engaged Radford in January 2010 to perform the following services:

 

   

assess and provide recommendations with respect to updating the list of peer companies against which we benchmark our executive compensation;

 

   

brief our compensation committee on current compensation market trends;

 

   

assess our performance against our peer groups and evaluate our current executive compensation program with a view to supporting and reinforcing our long-term strategic goals; and

 

   

assist our compensation committee in developing a competitive executive compensation program to reinforce our long-term strategic goals.

 

To understand our position relative to market, it has been our historical practice to consider the market for comparable positions on an annual basis to ensure executive compensation remains competitive. Going forward, our compensation committee intends to evaluate the practice of setting our executive compensation program at the median of our peer group as established by our compensation committee. In 2010, Radford selected the following 16 companies to create a benchmark for assistance in determining competitive compensation packages.

 

Advanced Analogic Technologies

   Hittite Microwave    Microsemi    Semtech

Applied Micro Circuits

   Integrated Device Technology    Monolithic Power Systems    Silicon Labs

Cavium Networks

   Lattice Semiconductor    Netlogic Microsystems    Standard Microsystems

Cirrus Logic

   Micrel    Power Integrations    Volterra Semiconductor

 

Elements of Executive Compensation

 

Overview

 

Our executive compensation program consists of three principal components:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

cash incentive compensation; and

 

   

equity-based compensation.

 

83


Table of Contents

We also provide our executive officers with other benefits, including commuting allowance, severance, change-of-control benefits and the ability to participate in employee benefit plans on the same terms as all other eligible employees. While we do not have an exact formula for allocating between cash and non-cash compensation, we try to balance long-term equity versus short-term cash compensation and variable compensation versus fixed compensation.

 

Base Salary

 

Our base salaries are intended to provide financial stability, predictability and security of compensation for our executive officers for fulfilling their core job responsibilities. Our compensation committee considered several factors in determining base salaries, including each executive officer’s position, functional role, scope of responsibilities and seniority, individual performance, our financial performance and the relative ease or difficulty of replacing such executive officer with a person with comparable experience.

 

The effective base salary for each of our named executive officers for 2008 and 2009 was and for 2010 will be as follows:

 

     Annual Base Salary (1)

Named Executive Officer

   2008    2009    2010

Young K. Sohn

   $ 250,000    $ 250,000    $ 300,000

John Edmunds

   $ 250,000    $ 250,000    $ 260,000

Gopal Raghavan

   $ 200,000    $ 200,000    $ 225,000

Ron Torten

   $ 200,000    $ 200,000    $ 225,000

 

(1)   Reflects the highest annualized base salary established for the named executive officer during each year.

 

From our time of incorporation until 2009, we did not make substantial increases in our base salary structure for our executive officers. As we did not realize net profits and positive cash flows from operations until second quarter of 2009, our base salaries reflected our status as a start-up company focused principally on technology and product development and efficient use of limited cash resources. However, in 2009, our revenue began to increase and we generated positive cash flows. Accordingly, our compensation committee approved the increase in base salaries of our executive officers in light of their additional responsibilities as we focused on increased customer and revenue growth. The increase was consistent with the Radford survey of base salaries from our peer group and brought our executive officers’ base salaries to approximately the 25th percentile of base salaries of our peer group.

 

Cash Incentive Compensation

 

Our cash incentive compensation is intended to incentivize our executive officers in the achievement of our pre-determined financial objectives and individual performance objectives. We believe it is important to provide our executive officers with the opportunity to earn annual cash incentive payments to reward performance and the achievement of various pre-determined objectives. We did not realize net profits and positive cash flows until the second quarter of 2009. Therefore, we did not formally establish a cash incentive plan for 2009. In 2010, we established an annual cash incentive plan for our executive officers and we anticipate that we will establish similar cash incentive plans in the future. Under the annual cash compensation plan, an executive officer’s annual cash incentive award will generally depend on two performance factors, one related to our financial performance and one related to the executive officer’s individual performance as measured against specific management-by-objective goals, or MBO.

 

Year 2009

 

Although, we did not formally establish a cash incentive program for executive officers in 2009, our compensation committee approved a bonus program for all employees, including executive officers. Under this bonus program, if we exceeded our annual operating plan goal for earnings before income tax, stock-based

 

84


Table of Contents

compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, then we could pay bonuses, in an aggregate amount, equal to 15% of our targeted earnings before income tax, stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, up to $1.2 million. The bonus pool was distributed to all employees based on their performance and contribution to our company. In addition, Mr. Torten was eligible to earn a bonus of $100,000, 70% of which was based upon us achieving our corporate revenue objective of $60 million and the remaining 30% based upon achieving his individual MBO goals. In the event we do not achieve our corporate revenue objective, 70% of his bonus will be prorated. For 2009, his MBO goals were to increase sales in order for us to achieve our corporate revenue target of $60 million, increase design wins and to maintain our leadership position in the markets for we compete. In 2009, Mr. Torten earned a bonus of $68,661 based upon us achieving our corporate revenue objectives and $25,500 based upon achieving his MBO goals. Mr. Torten also earned a $15,000 bonus under our bonus program described above. The bonus paid to each of our named executive officers is set forth in the 2009 Summary Compensation Table under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.

 

Year 2010

 

In 2010, our compensation committee approved a financial performance-based cash incentive plan for our executive officers. The performance target is based on our revenue growth, and the MBO goals for each of our named executive officers, which include, but are not limited to, achieving our financial performance goals, maintaining leadership in the market, building strong engagements with customers, introducing new products and preparing for our initial public offering. Under this cash incentive plan, if our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010 equals or exceeds $72 million, then we will have a bonus pool equal to 6% of our targeted earnings before income tax, stock-based compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization. Our bonus pool could increase up to a maximum of 12% of our targeted earnings before income tax, stock-based compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization if we exceed our revenue target by 15% or more. The target amounts for our named executive officers are as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Target Cash
Incentive ($)
   Percentage of
Base Salary (%)
   Maximum Cash
Incentive ($)
   Percentage of
Base Salary (%)

Young K. Sohn

   $ 150,000    50    300,000    100

John Edmunds

     78,000    30    156,000    60

Gopal Raghavan

     67,500    30    135,000    60

Ron Torten

     67,500    30    135,000    60

 

Equity-Based Compensation

 

Our equity-based compensation is intended to incentivize and retain executive officers through the use of time-based vesting while tying our long-term financial performance and stockholder value creation to the executive officer’s financial gain. Historically, equity-based compensation has been our primary long-term incentive compensation component. We believe that equity-based compensation has been and will continue to be a significant part of our executive officers’ total compensation packages. We believe both time-based vesting and shared financial success are long-term incentives that motivate executive officers to grow revenue and earnings, enhance stockholder value and align the interests of our stockholders and executives over the long-term. We believe that long-term performance is achieved through an ownership culture that encourages a high level of continuously improving performance by our executive officers through grants of equity awards. The vesting feature of our equity grants contributes to executive officer retention as this feature provides an incentive to our executive officers to remain in our employ during the vesting period. To date, stock options have been the only type of equity award granted to our executive officers.

 

The equity-based awards granted to our executive officers have been in the form of stock options granted at fair market value with time-based vesting under our 2000 Stock Plan. All of our executive officers receive equity-based awards when they are hired and these awards typically vest over a four-year period, with 1/4th of the shares vesting one year from the vesting commencement date and the remaining shares vesting in equal

 

85


Table of Contents

monthly installments over the following 36 months. The level of equity-based compensation is reviewed periodically and additional option grants are made from time to time. In the future, we expect our compensation committee to review equity-based compensation levels, along with our base salary and annual cash incentives, on an annual basis.

 

Year 2009

 

In 2009, certain named executive officers were awarded stock options under our 2000 Stock Plan based on our compensation committee’s periodic review. The following table presents the stock options granted in 2009 to our named executive officers:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Date of Award    Number of  Shares (1)

John Edmunds

   2/25/2009    30,000

Gopal Raghavan

   2/25/2009    100,000
   8/27/2009    1,000

Ron Torten

   2/25/2009    20,000
   8/27/2009    10,000

 

(1)   The awards granted in February 2009 vest in full after three years of service. The awards granted in August 2009 to Dr. Raghavan and Mr. Torten vested immediately.

 

In determining the size of the equity awards, our compensation committee considered the functional role and responsibility of the executive officer’s position, the importance of such position within the organization, the relative ease or difficulty of identifying and hiring a candidate with comparable experience to assume the individual’s role and the committee’s historical grant practices. With respect to Messrs. Edmunds and Torten, our compensation committee also considered the relative amount of equity-based compensation as compared to other executive officers in privately-held companies, as well as the contributions expected to be made by Messrs. Edmunds and Torten in connection with our planned growth. In determining the size of the equity-based awards for Dr. Raghavan, our compensation committee considered the amount of equity previously awarded to him and the vesting status of such awards, his position, seniority, job performance and overall level of responsibility. Based on these considerations and that most of Dr. Raghavan’s awards were fully vested, our compensation committee determined the grant of an option to purchase 100,000 shares was appropriate. In light of the stock options granted to Mr. Sohn at the time we hired him, our compensation committee did not grant him any stock options in 2009.

 

Each of the above equity-based awards is subject to acceleration upon a change of control of our company, the terms of which are described below under the section “Employee Benefit Plans—2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.”

 

Year 2010

 

In April 2010, our named executive officers were awarded the following stock options under our 2000 Stock Plan:

 

Named Executive Officer

   Date of Award    Number of  Shares (1)

Young K. Sohn

   4/30/2010    300,000

John Edmunds

   4/30/2010    100,000

Gopal Raghavan

   4/30/2010    250,000

Ron Torten

   4/30/2010    50,000

 

(1)   The awards will begin vesting on April 30, 2011 and will vest as to 1/48th of the shares monthly thereafter over the 48 succeeding months.

 

86


Table of Contents

Our compensation committee granted the above awards in recognition of our named executive officers’ efforts during the previous year after considering the extraordinary growth and development of our business. In determining the amount of the awards above, our compensation committee considered the executive officer’s position, the existing equity awards held by the executive officer and the total number of equity awards outstanding. The equity-based awards are meant to provide long-term incentives to motivate the executive officers to stay and contribute to our continuous growth.

 

Other Compensatory Benefits

 

We believe it is appropriate and necessary for recruitment and retention to provide our executive officers with other forms of compensatory benefits, including the following:

 

Severance and Change of Control Benefits . Certain of our named executive officers are entitled to severance and change of control benefits pursuant to their offer letters. We believe these severance and change of control benefits are an essential element of our executive compensation package that enables us to recruit and retain talented executives, the terms of which are described below under “—Employment, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements.”

 

Benefits . We maintain broad-based benefits that are provided to all eligible employees, including our 401(k), flexible spending accounts, medical, dental and vision care plans, our life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance policies and long-term and short-term disability plans. Executive officers are eligible to participate in each of these programs on the same terms as non-executive employees. We do not provide any retirement benefits separate from the 401(k).

 

Other Compensation . We pay Mr. Sohn a commuting allowance to reimburse him for expenses incurred traveling between our Westlake Village office and his place of residence. Under his offer letter, Mr. Sohn is entitled to a commuting allowance of $50,000 per year. The value of this benefit is included in the “2009 Summary Compensation Table” under “All Other Compensation.”

 

Accounting and Tax Considerations

 

Section 162(m) . Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, which will become applicable to us upon the closing of this offering, generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation in excess of $1.0 million paid to any and each of our Chief Executive Officer and other highest paid officers in office at year end. Qualifying performance-based compensation is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met. We periodically review the potential consequences of Section 162(m) and we generally intend to structure the performance-based portion of our executive compensation, where feasible, to comply with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax deductible to us. However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

 

Share-based compensation cost is measured at grant date, based on the fair value of the awards, and is recognized as an expense over the requisite employee service period. Our compensation committee has determined to retain for the foreseeable future our stock option program as the sole component of its long-term compensation program and to record this expense on an ongoing basis.

 

Compensation Policies and Practices as They Relate to Risk Management

 

We believe that our compensation policies and practices for all employees, including our executive officers, do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our company.

 

87


Table of Contents

2009 Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth compensation for services rendered in all capacities to us for the year ended December 31, 2009 for our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2009, whom we refer to as the named executive officers.

 

Name & Principal Position

   Year    Salary
($)
   Option
Awards (1)
($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)
($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)

Young K. Sohn

   2009    250,000       100,000    50,000 (3)     400,000

President and Chief Executive Officer

                

John Edmunds

   2009    250,000    12,195    40,000         302,195

Chief Financial Officer and Chief

Accounting Officer

                

Gopal Raghavan

   2009    200,000    41,349    53,200         294,549

Chief Technology Officer

                

Ron Torten

   2009    200,000    15,118    109,161         324,279

Vice President of Worldwide Sales

                

 

(1)   The amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock option awards made to executive officers in note 10 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements. There can be no assurance that awards will vest or will be exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the individual), or that the value upon exercise will approximate the aggregate grant date fair value. None of our executive officers forfeited any option awards in 2009.
(2)   Reflects the amount approved by our compensation committee as cash incentive to executive officers for 2009 based upon satisfaction of the criteria under our 2009 bonus program. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Cash Incentive Compensation” for a discussion on our bonus plan in 2009.
(3)   Represents commuting allowance earned in 2009.

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2009

 

The following table sets forth information on grants of plan-based awards in fiscal year 2009 to our named executive officers.

 

Name

   Grant Date    All Other Option Awards:
Number of Securities
Underlying Options (#)
   Exercise or Base Price of
Option Awards ($/Sh)
   Grant Date Fair Value
of Stock and Option
Awards($) (1)

Young K. Sohn

           

John Edmunds

   2/25/09    30,000    0.63    12,195

Gopal Raghavan

   2/25/09    100,000    0.63    40,650
   8/27/09    1,000    1.12    699

Ron Torten

   2/25/09    20,000    0.63    8,130
   8/27/09    10,000    1.12    6,988

 

(1)   The amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all awards of stock options made to executive officers in note 10 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements. There can be no assurance that awards will vest or will be exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the individual), or that the value upon exercise will approximate the aggregate grant date fair value. None of our executive officers forfeited any option awards in 2009.

 

88


Table of Contents

Narrative to 2009 Summary Compensation Table and Grants Plan-Based Awards in 2009 Table

 

Please see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above for a complete description of compensation plans pursuant to which the amounts listed under the 2009 Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2009 Table were paid or awarded and the criteria for such payment, including targets for payment of annual incentives, as well as performance criteria on which such payments were based. The Compensation Discussion and Analysis also describes the options grants.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2009

 

The following table presents certain information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at December 31, 2009.

 

     Option Awards (1)

Name

   Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable
    Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Unexercisable
   Option
Exercise
Price ($)
   Option Expiration
Date

Young K. Sohn

   2,022,310         0.76    8/15/2017

John Edmunds

   427,516         0.84    3/12/2018
   30,000 (2)        0.63    2/25/2019

Gopal Raghavan

   335,223 (3)        1.00    6/7/2012
   752,108 (3)        0.30    5/19/2014
   500,000         0.45    5/5/2016
   100,000 (2)        0.63    2/25/2019
   1,000 (3)        1.12    8/27/2019

Ron Torten

   474,718         0.84    3/12/2018
   20,000 (2)        0.63    2/25/2019
   10,000 (3)        1.12    8/27/2019

 

(1)   Except as otherwise noted, all option awards listed in the table vest as to 1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the option 12 months after the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares vest at a rate of 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the option each moth thereafter. Unless otherwise noted, all option awards are subject to early exercise, subject to our right of repurchase during the vesting period.
(2)   This stock option vests in full after three years of service from the grant date.
(3)   This stock option is fully vested.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2009

 

The following table sets forth the number of shares acquired upon exercise of options by each named executive officer during 2009.

 

     Option Awards

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on Exercise (#)
    Value Realized
On Exercise  ($) (1)

Young K. Sohn

   526,000 (2)    

John Edmunds

       

Gopal Raghavan

       

Ron Torten

       

 

(1)   Value realized is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise minus the exercise price. As there was no public market for our common stock on the dates the options were exercised, we have assumed the fair market value on the date of exercise was $            , which is the mid-point of the proposed price range of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

89


Table of Contents
(2)   Includes 208,209 shares of unvested common stock acquired pursuant to the early exercise of a stock option that are subject to our right to repurchase in the event that Mr. Sohn employment with us terminates prior to the shares being fully vested, which right of repurchase lapses as to 1/19th of the exercised unvested shares on a monthly basis.

 

Employment, Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

 

In July 2007, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Young K. Sohn, our Chief Executive Officer. This offer letter agreement set Mr. Sohn’s base salary at an annual rate of $250,000. Pursuant to the offer letter agreement, Mr. Sohn is entitled to a commuting allowance of $50,000 annually, or $4,167 per month. In addition, Mr. Sohn was granted options to purchase 2,848,310 shares of our common stock under the 2000 Stock Plan. Mr. Sohn is also entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, including group health care plans and all fringe benefit plans. Mr. Sohn’s offer letter agreement provides that he is an at-will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us. On June 8, 2010, we entered into an amendment to Mr. Sohn’s offer letter to conform his offer letter to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

Pursuant to Mr. Sohn’s offer letter agreement, if Mr. Sohn’s employment terminates after a “corporate transaction” as defined below, he will receive one year of benefits and salary. If he is involuntarily terminated within 18 months of a “corporate transaction,” then his options granted under the offer letter agreement will become fully vested. If Mr. Sohn’s employment is involuntarily terminated and his termination is not subsequent to a “corporate transaction”, as defined below, Mr. Sohn will receive one year of benefits. However, these provisions were superseded pursuant to a change of control severance agreement we entered into with Mr. Sohn on June 8, 2010. Under this change of control severance agreement, if Mr. Sohn is terminated by us without “cause,” as defined below, or if he resigns for “good reason,” as defined below, within 12 months of an Inphi “change of control,” as defined below, Mr. Sohn will be entitled to receive a lump sum equal to 200% of the sum of his annual base salary, plus his annual target bonus as in effect on his termination date. In addition, if Mr. Sohn elects and pays to continue health insurance under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, or COBRA, we will reimburse Mr. Sohn on a monthly basis an amount equal to the monthly amount we were paying as the employer-portion of premium contributions for health coverage for Mr. Sohn and his eligible dependents, until the earlier of (a) the end of the 24–month period following his termination date or (b) the date Mr. Sohn or his eligible dependents lose eligibility for COBRA continued coverage. We also agreed to accelerate the vesting of 100% of his unvested outstanding equity awards.

 

In October 2007, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Ron Torten, our Vice President of Worldwide Sales. This offer letter agreement set Mr. Torten’s base salary at an annual rate of $200,000. Pursuant to the offer letter agreement, Mr. Torten was entitled to a relocation bonus of $50,000 either in the form of reimbursement for expenses or a flat bonus. In addition, Mr. Torten was granted options to purchase 474,718 shares of common stock under the 2000 Stock Plan. Mr. Torten is also eligible to earn a $100,000 bonus based on our ability to achieve our corporate revenue objective and his ability to achieve his individual MBO goals. Mr. Torten is also entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, including group health care plans and all fringe benefit plans. Mr. Torten’s offer letter agreement provides that he is an at-will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us. On June 10, 2010, we amended Mr. Torten’s offer letter agreement to terminate certain rights upon the effectiveness of an initial public offering of shares of our common stock.

 

In December 2007, we entered into an offer letter agreement with John Edmunds, our Chief Financial Officer. This offer letter agreement set Mr. Edmunds’ base salary at an annual rate of $250,000. Pursuant to the offer letter agreement, Mr. Edmunds was entitled to a commuting allowance of $2,000 per month and a relocation allowance of up to $25,000 in the event he relocates to Westlake Village. However, it was agreed that instead of receiving this commuting allowance, we would reimburse Mr. Edmunds for travel expenses incurred for traveling between our headquarters in Sunnyvale, California and Westlake Village, California. In addition, Mr. Edmunds was granted options to purchase 427,516 shares of common stock, determined by our board of

 

90


Table of Contents

directors under the 2000 Stock Plan. Mr. Edmunds is also entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, including group health care plans and all fringe benefit plans. Mr. Edmunds’ offer letter agreement provides that he is an at-will employee and his employment may be terminated at any time by us.

 

The offer letter agreement further provided that; if Mr. Edmunds’ employment terminates within 18 months after a “corporate transaction”, as defined below, his option granted under his offer letter agreement will accelerate as to 50% of the unvested shares. However, pursuant to his stock option agreement, the vesting of the option will accelerate and the option will become fully vested. These provisions were superseded pursuant to a change of control severance agreement we entered into with Mr. Edmunds on June 8, 2010. Under this change of control severance agreement, if Mr. Edmunds is terminated by us without “cause,” as defined below, or if he resigns for “good reason,” as defined below, within 12 months of an Inphi “change of control,” as defined below, Mr. Edmunds will be entitled to receive a lump sum equal to 150% of the sum of his annual base salary, plus his annual target bonus as in effect on his termination date. In addition, if Mr. Edmunds elects and pays to continue health insurance under COBRA, we will reimburse Mr. Edmunds on a monthly basis an amount equal to the monthly amount we were paying as the employer-portion of premium contributions for health coverage for Mr. Edmunds and his eligible dependents, until the earlier of (a) the end of the 18 – month period following his termination date or (b) the date Mr. Edmunds or his eligible dependents lose eligibility for COBRA continued coverage. We also agreed to accelerate the vesting of 100% of his unvested outstanding equity awards.

 

For purposes of the offer letter agreements above, “corporate transaction” is defined as: (a) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction or (b) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of our company.

 

For purposes of the change of control agreements above, “good reason” is defined as (a) a reduction in compensation by greater than 10%, unless part of a general reduction in compensation applicable to our senior executives, (b) relocation of job site by more than 50 miles, or (c) a material reduction in job responsibilities, change in title or change in reporting structure.

 

The term “cause” is defined as (a) commission of a felony, an act involving moral turpitude, or an act constituting common law fraud, and which has a material adverse effect on our the business or affairs or that of our affiliates or stockholders, (b) intentional or willful misconduct or refusal to follow the lawful instructions of our board of directors, or (c) intentional breach of our confidential information obligations which has an adverse effect on us or our affiliates or stockholders.

 

The term “change of control” is defined as the occurrence of any one of the following events:

 

   

the approval by our stockholders of our liquidation or dissolution or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

a merger or consolidation where we are not the surviving entity;

 

   

any person or persons becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of our then outstanding voting securities; or

 

   

a change in the composition of our board of directors, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors who are currently on our board of director or who are elected, or nominated for election, to our board of directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of those directors whose election or nomination was not in connection with any transactions described in subsections (a), (b) or (c), or in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to our election of directors.

 

91


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination and Change Of Control

 

The following table shows the potential payments that would have been paid to our named executive officers if they had been involuntarily terminated on December 31, 2009.

 

     Involuntary
Termination
without a
Change of Control
   Involuntary Termination Following a Change of  Control

Name

   Health Care
Benefits ($)
   Severance
Payments
Attributable
to Salary ($)
   Value of
Accelerated Equity
Awards ($)
    Health Care
Benefits ($)

Young K. Sohn

   20,926    250,000                 (1)     20,926

John Edmunds

                      (2)    

Gopal Raghavan

             

Ron Torten

             

 

(1)   The amount represents the fair market value per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2009, less the option exercise price ($0.76) multiplied by the unvested options as of December 31, 2009 (1,127,457 options). As there was no public market for our common stock on the dates the options were exercised, we have assumed the fair market value on the date of exercise was $            , which is the mid-point of the proposed price range of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
(2)   The amount represents the fair market value per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2009, less the option exercise price ($0.63 and $0.84) multiplied by unvested options as of December 31, 2009 (252,666 options). As there was no public market for our common stock on the dates the options were exercised, we have assumed the fair market value on the date of exercise was $            , which is the mid-point of the proposed price range of our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

Each executive will not receive a gross-up payment if the executive officer is required to pay excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

 

In addition to the benefits described above, our 2000 Stock Plan provides for the acceleration of vesting of awards in certain circumstances in connection with a change of control of our company. See “Employee Benefit Plans” below.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

Our board of directors adopted our 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as amended, or 2000 Stock Plan. The 2000 Stock Plan was last amended on April 30, 2010. Our 2000 Stock Plan is divided into two separate equity programs:

 

   

The Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may be granted options to purchase shares of common stock; and

 

   

The Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may be issued shares of common stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares, as a bonus for services rendered to us or for services to be rendered to us.

 

The persons eligible to participate in the plan are employees, non-employee members of our board of directors and consultants who provide services to us.

 

Share Reserve . As of March 31, 2010, we had reserved a total of 18,436,036 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to the 2000 Stock Plan. As of March 31, 2010, options to purchase 12,540,752 shares of common stock were outstanding, and 1,415,651 shares were available for future grant under the 2000 Stock Plan.

 

92


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, no additional awards will be granted and no shares of our common stock will remain available for future issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan. Shares originally reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan but which are not issued or subject to outstanding grants on the effective date of our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options or forfeiture restrictions under our 2000 Stock Plan on the effective date of our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares, will again become available for awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Administration . Our board of directors currently administers our 2000 Stock Plan. Under our 2000 Stock Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the employees, directors and consultants who will receive awards, the exercise price or purchase price of awards, the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of awards and the form of consideration payable for shares issued under the 2000 Stock Plan.

 

Stock Options . With respect to all incentive stock options granted under the 2000 Stock Plan, the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the date of grant. Incentive stock options granted to any holder of more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. With respect to all non-statutory options granted under the 2000 Stock Plan, the exercise price shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. However, with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the exercise price of the option shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an option may not exceed 10 years.

 

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, other than due to death or disability, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for a period of three months following such termination or such longer period of time as specified in the stock options agreement. If termination is due to disability, the option will remain exercisable for a period of 12 months following such termination or such longer period of time as specified in the stock option agreement. If termination is due to death, the option will remain exercisable for a period of 12 months following the date of death or such longer period of time as specified in the stock options agreement. If termination is due to misconduct, all options shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

 

Transferability . Our 2000 Stock Plan does not allow for the transfer of incentive stock options under the 2000 Stock Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution. Only the recipient of an incentive stock option may exercise such award during his or her lifetime. A nonstatutory stock option may be assigned by gift or domestic relations order to family members, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

Stock Issuances . Shares of our common stock may be issued directly under the 2000 Stock Plan. Such shares may be subject to vesting conditioned upon continued service or upon the attainment of specified performance objectives. However, the vesting of such shares may not be more restrictive than 20% of shares subject to the award vesting per year, with initial vesting to occur no later than one year after the issuance date. With respect to such shares issued under the 2000 Stock Plan, the purchase price (if any) shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the date of issuance. Participants who are granted shares under the 2000 Stock Plan will generally have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, other than the right to transfer such shares before vesting.

 

Adjustments . In the event of a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting our common stock without our receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments will be made to the maximum number or class of securities issuable under the 2000 Stock Plan and the number or class of securities and exercise price per share under each outstanding option in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits under outstanding options.

 

93


Table of Contents

Corporate Transaction . Upon a merger, consolidation, sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets in the event of a complete liquidation or dissolution, our 2000 Stock Plan provides that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume, substitute or replace an equivalent award for each outstanding award under the 2000 Stock Plan. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, such awards will become fully vested and exercisable.

 

Plan Amendments and Termination . According to its terms, the 2000 Stock Plan shall terminate upon the earliest (a) the expiration of the 10-year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, (b) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (c) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a corporate transaction. All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of a clause (a) termination event shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those options or issuances.

 

2010 Stock Incentive Plan

 

General . Our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors in June 2010, subject to stockholder approval, and will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering.

 

The 2010 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of Code to employees and the granting of nonstatutory stock options to employees, non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. The 2010 Stock Incentive Plan also provides for the grants of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and stock unit awards to employees, non-employee directors, advisors and consultants.

 

Administration . Our compensation committee of our board of directors will administer the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, including the determination of the recipient of an award, the number of shares subject to each award, whether an option is to be classified as an incentive stock option or nonstatutory option, and the terms and conditions of each award, including the exercise and purchase prices and the vesting or duration of the award.

 

At the discretion of our board of directors, our compensation committee may consist solely of two or more “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or solely of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. Our board of directors may appoint one or more separate committees of our board, each consisting of one or more members of our board of directors, to administer our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan with respect to employees who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Subject to applicable law, our board of directors may also authorize one or more officers to designate employees, other than employees who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan and/or determine the number of such awards to be received by such employees subject to limits specified by our board of directors.

 

Authorized Shares . Under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, 2,000,000 shares of our common stock have been authorized for issuance. In addition, the number of shares that have been authorized for issuance under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan will be automatically increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2011 and ending in 2020, in an amount equal to the least of (a) 3,000,000 shares, (b) 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding year or (c) another amount determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to awards granted under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan that are forfeited or terminated before being exercised or settled, or are not delivered to the participant because such award is settled in cash will again become available for issuance under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan. Shares withheld to satisfy the grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation related to an award will again become available for issuance under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan. However, shares that have actually been issued shall not again become available unless forfeited. No more than 10,000,000 shares may be delivered upon the exercise of incentive stock options granted under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan plus, to the extent allowable under applicable law, any shares that again become available for issuance under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan. In addition, shares originally reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan but which are not issued or subject to outstanding grants on the effective

 

94


Table of Contents

date of the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, and shares subject to outstanding options or forfeiture restrictions under our 2000 Stock Plan on the effective date of the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised, up to a number of additional shares not to exceed an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares, will again become available for awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan on the date the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan is effective.

 

No participant in the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan can receive option grants, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights or stock units totaling more than an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares in any calendar year, except in the participant’s first year of employment in which the participant may receive equity awards totaling up to 6,000,000 shares. No participant in the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan may be paid more than an aggregate of $2,000,000 in cash during any calendar year with respect to equity awards that are payable in cash.

 

Types of Awards.

 

   

Stock Options . A stock option is the right to purchase a certain number of shares of stock, at a certain exercise price, in the future. Under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, incentive stock options and nonstatutory options must be granted with an exercise price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Incentive stock options granted to any holder of more than 10% of the voting shares of our company must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. No incentive stock option can be granted to an employee if as a result of the grant, the employee would have the right in any calendar year to exercise for the first time one or more incentive stock options for shares having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000. The stock option agreement specifies the date when all or any installment of the option is to become exercisable. We expect that 1/4th of the total number of shares subject to the options will vest and become exercisable 12 months after the vesting commencement date for options granted, and the remaining options will vest and become exercisable at a rate of 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to the options each month thereafter. Each stock option agreement sets forth the term of the options, which is prohibited from exceeding 10 years (five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any holder of more than 10% of our voting shares), and the extent to which the optionee will have the right to exercise the option following termination of the optionee’s service with the company. Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash or cash equivalents or, if provided for in the stock option agreement evidencing the award, (a) by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, shares which have already been owned by the optionee, (b) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to us in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (c) by delivery of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge shares and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to us in payment of the aggregate exercise price, (d) by delivering a full-recourse promissory note or (e) by any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

 

   

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock is a share award that may be subject to vesting conditioned upon continued service, the achievement of performance objectives or the satisfaction of any other condition as specified in a restricted stock agreement. Participants who are granted restricted stock awards generally have all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such stock, other than the right to transfer such stock prior to vesting. Subject to the terms of the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, our compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of any restricted stock award, including any vesting arrangement, which will be set forth in a restricted stock agreement to be entered into between us and each recipient. Restricted stock may be awarded for such consideration as our compensation committee may determine, including without limitation cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, future services or services rendered prior to the award, without cash payment by the recipient.

 

   

Stock Units. Stock units give recipients the right to acquire a specified number of shares of stock at a future date upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, including any vesting arrangement, established by our compensation committee and as set forth in a stock unit agreement. Unlike restricted stock, the stock

 

95


Table of Contents
 

underlying stock units will not be issued until the stock units have vested and are settled, and recipients of stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time the vesting conditions are satisfied and the award is settled. Our compensation committee may elect to settle vested stock units in cash or in common stock or in a combination of cash and common stock. Subject to the terms of the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, our compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of any stock unit award, which will be set forth in a stock unit agreement to be entered into between us and each recipient.

 

   

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights typically will provide for payments to the recipient based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The exercise price of a stock appreciation right will be determined by our compensation committee, which shall not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Our compensation committee may elect to pay stock appreciation rights in cash or in common stock or in a combination of cash and common stock.

 

Other Plan Features.

 

Under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan:

 

   

Unless the agreement evidencing an award expressly provides otherwise, no award granted under the plan may be transferred in any manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to shares issued under such award), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

   

Nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options will be made to outside directors. Any outside director who first joins our board of directors on or after the effective date, will be automatically granted an initial nonstatutory option to purchase shares of our common stock that have a value of $160,000, calculated using the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, upon first becoming a member of our board of directors. The initial option will vest and become exercisable over four years in equal monthly installments. On the first business day after each of our regularly scheduled annual meetings of stockholders, each outside director will be automatically granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock that have a value of $80,000, calculated using the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, provided that the outside director has served on our board of directors for at least six months. Each annual option will vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant, or immediately prior to the next regular annual meeting of the company’s stockholders following the date of grant if the meeting occurs prior to the first anniversary date. The options granted to outside directors will have a per share exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant and will become fully vested if we are subject to a change of control. In addition, such options will terminate on the earlier of (a) the day before the 10th anniversary of the date of grant or (b) the date 12 months after the termination of the outside director’s termination of service for any reason.

 

   

In the event of a recapitalization, stock split or similar capital transaction, our compensation committee we will make appropriate and equitable adjustments to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, including the share number in the formula for automatic annual increases, the limitation regarding the total number of shares underlying awards given to an individual participant in any calendar year, the number of shares that can be issued as incentive stock options and other adjustments in order to preserve the benefits of outstanding awards under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

   

Generally, if we merge with or into another corporation, we will provide for full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of outstanding awards or settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding awards in cash or cash equivalents followed by cancellation of such awards unless the awards are continued if we are the surviving entity, or assumed or substituted for by any surviving entity or a parent or subsidiary of the surviving entity.

 

96


Table of Contents
   

If we are involved in an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger or similar transaction with another entity, our compensation committee may make awards under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan by the assumption, substitution or replacement of awards granted by another entity. The terms of such assumed, substituted or replaced awards will be determined by our compensation committee in its discretion.

 

   

Awards under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan may be made subject to the attainment of performance criteria including cash flows, earnings per share, earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, return on equity, total stockholder return, share price performance, return on capital, return on assets or net assets, revenue, income or net income, operating income or net operating income, operating profit or net operating profit, operating margin or profit margin, return on operating revenue, return on invested capital, market segment, shares, costs, expenses, regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product or implementation or completion of critical projects.

 

   

The 2010 Stock Incentive Plan terminates 10 years after its initial adoption, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where required by applicable law. Any amendment or termination may not materially impair the rights of holders of outstanding awards without their consent.

 

97


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described elsewhere in this prospectus, the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2006 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals (other than tenants or employees), had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Registration Rights

 

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with each of the purchasers of our preferred stock. Under this agreement, our preferred stockholders are entitled to registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of their convertible preferred stock immediately prior to completion of this offering and common stock, respectively. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

Sale of Preferred Stock

 

Messrs. Banatao and Tan, two of our directors, are affiliated with Tallwood I, L.P. and entities affiliated with Walden International, respectively.

 

From November 3, 2005 through May 31, 2006, Tallwood I, L.P. and entities affiliated with Walden International purchased 625,278 and 747,016 shares of our Series D preferred stock, respectively, at a purchase price of $1.4640 per share. In connection with these purchases of our Series D preferred stock, Tallwood I, L.P. and entities affiliated with Walden International entered into the same agreements as the other investors, and we believe that the significant terms of these purchases of preferred stock would not differ in any material way from the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties.

 

From January 30, 2008 through April 21, 2008, Tallwood I, L.P., entities affiliated with Walden International, an entity associated with Samsung, and Mr. Srinivasan, one of our directors, purchased 417,035, 623,134, 374,722 and 73,062 shares of our Series E preferred stock, respectively, at a purchase price of $4.1061 per share. In connection with these purchases of our Series E preferred stock, Tallwood I, L.P., entities affiliated with Walden International, an entity associated with Samsung and Mr. Srinivasan entered into the same agreements as the other investors, and we believe that the significant terms of these purchases of preferred stock would not differ in any material way from the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties.

 

Compensation for Interim President and Chief Executive Officer

 

From October 2006 to August 2007, Mr. Banatao, one of our directors, served as our Interim President and Chief Executive Officer. As compensation for this services, we granted Mr. Banatao an option to purchase 850,000 shares of our common stock. We granted the option on February 16, 2007 with an exercise price of $0.52 per share, the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors. This option was fully vested on the grant date. In April 2007, Mr. Banatao exercised this option in full and subsequently transferred 845,000 shares to Tallwood I, L.P. and 5,000 shares to an unaffiliated individual.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under

 

98


Table of Contents

Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

 

Other Transactions

 

We have a business relationship with Samsung, which holds approximately 6.9%, directly, and an additional 6.2%, indirectly, of our outstanding shares of common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010, Samsung purchased high speed PLLs and register solution for approximately $21.2 million and $6.4 million, respectively, constituting 36% and 34% of our total revenue, respectively. While Samsung is a significant stockholder, we believe that the terms of our purchase orders, including pricing, would not differ in any material way from the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties.

 

As of December 31, 2009, we have a software subscription and maintenance agreement with Cadence Design Systems, Inc. In connection with this agreement, we committed to pay approximately $7.0 million, payable in 16 quarterly payments through May 2011. We paid $1.4 million, $1.8 million and $0.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010, respectively. Mr. Tan, one of our directors, is currently the Chief Executive Officer of Cadence. Mr. Tan did not participate in the negotiation of, and did not derive any direct or indirect material benefit from, this agreement. The amounts to be paid to Cadence under this agreement will not constitute a material percentage of the revenue of Cadence. We believe that the significant terms of these purchases, including pricing, would not differ in any material way from the terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties.

 

Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions

 

Currently, any related party transaction is submitted to our board of directors and is approved by a disinterested majority of our board of directors. Our board of directors has approved a Related Person Transactions Policy that will be effective upon consummation of this offering. This Related Person Transactions Policy will provide for approval by the audit committee of our board of directors of transactions with our company valued at or above more than $120,000 in which any director, officer, 5% or greater stockholder or certain related persons or entities has a direct or indirect material interest.

 

99


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information as of May 31, 2010 regarding the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned and the percentage of common stock beneficially owned before and after the completion of this offering by:

 

   

each person or group of persons known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each of the selling stockholders.

 

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Inphi Corporation, 1154 Sonora Court, Sunnyvale, California 94086.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 39,364,668 shares of common stock outstanding on May 31, 2010, which gives effect to the conversion of each share of our preferred stock into one share of common stock. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that              shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering. The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option from us. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options and warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2010. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

  Beneficial
Ownership of Shares
Before the Offering
    Number
of
Shares
Offered
  Beneficial Ownership
of Shares After the
Offering
  Number   Percent       Number   Percent

5% Stockholders:

         

Entities affiliated with Walden International (1)

  8,184,096   20.8      

Tallwood I, L.P. (2)

  8,068,885   20.5         

Entities affiliated with Mayfield Fund (3)

  7,313,661   18.6         

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (4)

  2,732,241   6.9         

Entities affiliated with SVIC No. 6 New Technology Business Investment L.L.P. (5)

  2,423,902   6.2         

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

         

Young K. Sohn (6)

  3,148,310   7.6         

John Edmunds (7)

  557,516   1.4         

Gopal Raghavan (8)

  2,116,108   5.1         

Ron Torten (9)

  554,718   1.4         

Diosdado P. Banatao (2)

  8,068,885   20.5         

David J. Ladd (3)

  7,313,661   18.6         

Timothy D. Semones (10)

  522,908   1.3         

Sam S. Srinivasan (11)

  238,062   *         

Peter J. Simone (12)

  40,000   *         

Lip-Bu Tan (1)

  8,184,096   20.8         

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (13)

  30,744,264   68.3         

 

Selling Stockholders:

 

 

*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

100


Table of Contents
(1)   Represents 138,159 shares held by Asian Venture Capital Investment Corporation, or AVCIC, 138,159 shares held by International Venture Capital Investment Corporation, or IVCIC, 138,159 shares held by International Venture Capital Investment III Corp., or IVCIC III, 122,323 shares held by Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel V-A C.V., 122,323 shares held by Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel V-B. C.V., 146,168 shares held by Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel VI, L.P., 13,013 shares held by Pacven Walden Ventures V Associates Fund, L.P., 5,308,075 shares held by Pacven Walden Ventures V, L.P., 1,877,167 shares held by Pacven Walden Ventures VI, L.P., 85,571 shares held by Pacven Walden Ventures V-QP Associates Fund, L.P. and 94,979 shares held by Seed Ventures III Ptd Ltd. Lip-Bu Tan, one of our directors, is the sole director of Pacven Walden Management V Co. Ltd,. which is the general partner of Pacven Walden Ventures V, L.P., Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel V-A C.V., Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel V-B C.V., Pacven Walden Ventures V Associates Fund, L.P. and Pacven Walden Ventures V-QP Associates Fund, L.P., or Pacven V and affiliated funds. He is also the sole director of Pacven Walden management VI Co. Ltd., which is the general partners of Pacven Walden Ventures VI, L.P. and Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel VI, L.P., or Pacven VI and Parallel Funds. Mr. Tan is also the President of each of AVCIC, IVCIC and IVCIC III. Mr. Tan shares voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by AVCIC, IVCIC, IVCIC III, Pacven V and affiliated funds and Pacven VI and Parallel Funds. Mr. Tan disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Walden International is One California Street, Suite 2800, San Francisco, CA 94111.
(2)   Represents 8,068,885 shares held by Tallwood I, L.P. Diosdado Banatao, one of our directors, is the managing member of Tallwood Management Co. LLC, which is the general partner of Tallwood I, L.P. Tallwood Management Co. LLC holds voting and dispositive power over the securities held by this fund. Mr. Banatao disclaims beneficial ownership of the reported securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of Tallwood I, L.P. and Tallwood Management Co. LLC is 400 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 230, Palo Alto, CA 94301.
(3)   Represents 131,646 shares held by Mayfield Associates Fund VI, a Delaware limited partnership, or MF AF VI, 453,446 shares held by Mayfield Principals Fund II, a Delaware limited liability company, or MF PF II, 394,938 shares held by Mayfield XI, a Delaware limited partnership, or MF XI, and 6,333,631 shares held by Mayfield XI Qualified, a Delaware limited partnership, or MF XI Q. Mr. Ladd, one of our directors, Yogen K. Dalal, Allen L. Morgan, Janice M. Roberts and Robert T. Vasan are members of Mayfield XI Management, L.L.C., which is the general partner of MF XI Q, MF XI and MF AF VI and the sole Managing Director of MF PF II. The individuals listed herein may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares which are, or may be, deemed to be beneficially owned by MF XI Q, MF PF II, MF XI and MF AF VI, but disclaim such beneficial ownership except to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein. The address of the entities affiliated with Mayfield Fund is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 250, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(4)   Represents 2,732,241 shares held by Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd., or Samsung. Soo In Cho, Executive Vice President of Samsung, holds voting and dispositive power over the securities held by Samsung. Mr. Cho disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares held by Samsung. Samsung disclaims beneficial ownership of the reported securities held by SVIC No. 4 New Technology Business Investment L.L.P. and SVIC No. 6 New Technology Business Investment L.L.P. The principal business address of Samsung is 85 West Tasman Drive, San Jose, CA 95134.
(5)   Represents 374,722 shares held by SVIC No. 4 New Technology Business Investment L.L.P., or SVIC No. 4, and 2,049,180 shares held by SVIC No. 6 New Technology Business Investment L.L.P., or SVIC No. 6. Myung-gu Kang, Chief Financial Officer of Samsung Venture Investment Company, holds voting and dispositive power over the securities held by these funds. Mr. Kang disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares held by these funds. The principal business address of SVIC No. 4 and SVIC No. 6 is 16th Floor, KIPS Center, 647-9, Yeosam 1-Dong, Kangnam-Gu, Seoul, Korea 135-980.
(6)   Includes 2,322,310 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 880,578 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010, and 131,500 restricted shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010. Also includes 100,000 shares held by each of Mr. Sohn’s three children.
(7)   Includes 557,516 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 290,319 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010.
(8)   Includes 1,781,331 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 350,000 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010.
(9)   Includes 530,718 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 238,130 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010.
(10)   Includes 345,131 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, none of which are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010.
(11)   Includes 105,000 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 40,000 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010.
(12)   Consists of 40,000 restricted shares that are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010.
(13)   Includes 5,642,006 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, of which 1,799,027 shares are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010, and 171,500 outstanding restricted shares that are subject to our right of repurchase as of July 30, 2010.

 

101


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. You should also refer to the copies of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the provisions of Delaware law. Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock and the restatement of our certificate of incorporation.

 

Common Stock

 

As of March 31, 2010, there were 38,805,785 shares of common stock outstanding held by approximately 161 stockholders of record, assuming the conversion on a one-for-one basis of each outstanding share of Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and Series E preferred stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Upon completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our common stockholders will not be entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors by our certificate of incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the voting shares will be able to elect all of the directors then standing for election. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine from time to time. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All currently outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering, when paid for, will also be fully paid and nonassessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Upon the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of our Series A preferred stock will be converted into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of 1,209,998 shares of common stock; each outstanding share of our Series B preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of 6,780,198 shares of common stock; each outstanding share of our Series C preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of 15,175,770 shares of common stock; each outstanding share of our Series D preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of 8,189,463 shares of common stock; and each outstanding share of our Series E preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock, or an aggregate of 2,435,394 shares of common stock.

 

Following the conversion of each share of our preferred stock into shares of common stock, our certificate of incorporation will be amended to delete all references to the prior series of preferred stock and our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law, to issue from time to time up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Our board of directors will be authorized to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors will also be able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.

 

102


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could dilute the voting power or alter other rights of the holders of our common stock, or that could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and might harm the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock after the completion of this offering.

 

Warrants

 

As of May 31, 2010, there were warrants outstanding exercisable for an aggregate of 130,107 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.51 per share, including 40,107 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, which will convert into warrants to purchase 40,107 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering.

 

Registration Rights

 

After this offering, the holders of 33,860,930 shares of common stock, without taking into account any shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders, but including shares to be issued upon the conversion of the preferred stock, and upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock, are entitled to contractual rights by which they may require us to register those shares under the Securities Act. All of these shares are subject to a lock-up period for 180 days. If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act for our own account, holders of those shares are entitled to include their shares in our registration, provided they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between us and the underwriters selected by us, and among other conditions, that the underwriters of any such offering have the right to limit the number of shares included in the registration. Six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and subject to limitations and conditions specified in the amended and restated investor rights agreement with the holders, holders of at least 30% of the shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and Series E preferred stock and shares of common stock issued as a result of the exercise of certain warrants may require us to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our expense covering those shares, provided that the shares to be included in the registration shall include at least 20% of the shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and Series E preferred stock and shares issued as a result of the exercise of certain warrants, or a lesser percentage if the anticipated aggregate public offering price would exceed $10,000,000. We are not obligated to effect more than two of these demand registrations.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws described below may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us.

 

Delaware Law

 

We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

the transaction is approved by the board before the date the interested stockholder attained that status;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

 

103


Table of Contents
   

on or after the date the business combination is approved by our board of directors, the business combination is authorized at a meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

In general, Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

 

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any such entity or person.

 

A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. While we have opted out of Section 203 in our certificate of incorporation currently in effect, we do not opt out of this provision in the certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the completion of the offering. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

 

Charter and Bylaws

 

Following the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that:

 

   

no action can be taken by stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws, and stockholders may not act by written consent;

 

   

the classification of our board of directors so that only a portion of our directors is elected each year, with each director serving a three-year term;

 

   

the approval of holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action by written consent or call a special meeting;

 

   

our board of directors will be expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws;

 

   

the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will have the sole and exclusive forum for derivative actions, claims of breach of a fiduciary duty, claims asserted under the Delaware General Corporation Law or claims governed by the internal affairs doctrine;

 

   

stockholders may not call special meetings of the stockholders or fill vacancies on the board;

 

   

stockholders must provide notice of nominations of directors or the proposal of business to be voted on at an annual meeting;

 

104


Table of Contents
   

our board of directors will be authorized to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, as described above;

 

   

directors may only be removed for cause; and

 

   

we will indemnify officers and directors against losses that they may incur in investigations and legal proceedings resulting from their services to us, which may include services in connection with takeover defense measures.

 

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

We will adopt provisions in our certificate of incorporation that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Accordingly, our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except for liabilities:

 

   

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions, as provided under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Any amendment or repeal of these provisions will require the approval of the holders of shares representing at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also permit us to purchase insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his actions as our officer, director, employee or agent, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that could require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that the limitation of liability provision in our certificate of incorporation and the indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.

 

The New York Stock Exchange Listing Symbol

 

We intend to apply to list our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IPHI.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is             .

 

105


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

 

Sale of Restricted Shares

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 38,805,785 outstanding shares of common stock, assuming that there are no exercises of outstanding options after March 31, 2010. The shares of common stock being sold in this offering will be freely tradable, other than by any of our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144(a) under the Securities Act, without restriction or registration under the Securities Act. All remaining shares were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale if registered under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These remaining shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as described below.

 

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below, other contractual restrictions on resale and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 described below, the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

no shares will be eligible for sale prior to 180 days after the date of this prospectus;

 

   

             shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus and when permitted under Rule 144 or 701; and

 

   

             shares will be eligible for sale upon the exercise of vested options 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed with limited exceptions that they will not sell any shares of common stock owned by them without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. At any time and without public notice, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. may in their sole discretion release some or all of the securities from these lock-up agreements. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and these shares are sold into the market, the market price of our common stock could decline. Immediately following the 180-day lock-up period,             shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will become available for sale, subject to legal restrictions on resale. See “Underwriting—Lock-Up Agreements.”

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

 

106


Table of Contents

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

   

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

   

the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

 

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person deemed to be our affiliate, who beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, or approximately              shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are subject to requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 701

 

Subject to various limitations on the aggregate offering price of a transaction and other conditions, Rule 701 may be relied upon with respect to the resale of securities originally purchased from us by our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisers prior to the completion of this offering, pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or written contracts relating to the compensation of such persons. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to stock options granted by us before this offering, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of those options. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are deemed to be restricted securities and, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, unless subject to the contractual restrictions described above, may be sold by persons other than affiliates subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with the minimum holding period requirements. All securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are also subject to the 180-day lock-up period described above.

 

Stock Plans

 

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering 2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan and 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. This registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under this registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless those shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described above.

 

Registration Rights

 

In addition, after this offering, the holders of approximately 33,860,930 shares of common stock, without taking into account any shares sold in this offering by the selling stockholders, but including shares to be issued upon the conversion of the preferred stock, and upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock, will be entitled to rights to cause us to register the sale of those shares under the Securities Act. All of these shares are subject to the 180-day lock-up period. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares, other than shares purchased by our affiliates, becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

107


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX

CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below.

 

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any U.S. state or local or any non-U.S. jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” or “passive foreign investment companies,” each as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or any investors in such entities;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our common stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

   

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

 

If a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

 

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any U.S. state or local or any non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

 

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder (other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

108


Table of Contents
   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the U.S. or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

Distributions

 

If we make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

 

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

 

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Payment of effectively connected dividends that are included in the gross income of a non-U.S. holder generally are exempt from withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption.

 

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may be able to obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the U.S.), in which case you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions or credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and for a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation, such non-U.S. holder may be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty;

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met, in which case you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the U.S.) subject to applicable income tax or other treaties providing otherwise; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a USRPHC, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our

 

109


Table of Contents
 

common stock. We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the five year (or shorter) period that is described above.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Our common stock held (or treated as held) by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and therefore may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

Current U.S. federal tax law provides for reductions in U.S. federal estate tax through 2009 and the elimination of such estate tax entirely in 2010. Under this law, such estate tax would be fully reinstated, as in effect prior to the reductions, in 2011, unless further legislation is enacted.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

 

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of common stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

Recent Legislative Developments

 

Recently enacted federal legislation, generally applicable to payments made after December 31, 2012, imposes a 30% U.S. withholding tax on dividends on our common stock and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to (a) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in this new legislation) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the United States Treasury to collect and disclose information regarding United States account holders of such institution (including certain account holders that are foreign entities with United States owners) and (b) a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the payor with a certification identifying the direct and indirect United States owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock may be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. You are encouraged to consult with your own tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this legislation on your investment in our common stock.

 

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

110


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares of common stock indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

  

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
    

Total

  
    

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of our common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             a share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

We and certain selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent that the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $            , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be $            , and total proceeds to us would be $            .

 

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, in addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $            , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with registering and listing our common stock. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain of these expenses.

 

The underwriters have informed us and the selling stockholders that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

We intend to apply to list our common stock for quotation on The New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “IPHI.”

 

111


Table of Contents

We, the selling stockholders and all of our directors and executive officers and substantially all of our stockholders of have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock beneficially owned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

   

in the case of us, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,

 

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares of common stock to the underwriters;

 

   

the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

   

the filing by us of a registration statement on Form S-8 in respect of any shares issued under or the grant of any award pursuant to our 2000 Stock Option Plan/Stock Issuance Plan and 2010 Stock Incentive Plan;

 

   

transactions by a director, officer or stockholder relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

   

in the case of a director, officer or stockholder, transfers of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (i) by will or intestate succession to the immediate family of the director, officer or other stockholder or to a trust formed for the benefit of an immediate family member or (ii) by bona fide gift;

 

   

in the case of a stockholder which is a corporation, partnership or other business entity, transfers of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to an affiliate, subsidiary, limited partner, general partner, member or stockholder, as applicable, of the director, officer or other stockholder;

 

   

the transfer of common stock to us by a director, officer or stockholder upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of common stock, including standalone options or options issued pursuant to our 2000 Stock Option Plan/Stock Issuance Plan and 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, to cover tax withholding obligations in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a disposition of shares of common stock shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with the exercise; or

 

   

the establishment by a director, officer or stockholder of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the directors, officers or other stockholders or us during the 180-day restricted period;

 

112


Table of Contents

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the fifth and sixth bullets above, it shall be a condition of the transfer or distribution that there shall be no disposition for value, each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a copy of the lock-up agreement and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock shall be required or shall be made voluntarily during the 180-day restricted period.

 

Without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, no party to the agreement will be able, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, to make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

 

The lock-up agreements described above do not contain provisions to extend the 180-day restricted period if we announce material developments, including earnings information. Accordingly, under applicable rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, research analysts from firms participating in this offering will not be able to provide or update their research reports for the period beginning 15 calendar days before and ending 15 calendar days after the expiration of the 180-day restricted period.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriting syndicate also may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

 

The underwriters may in the future provide investment banking services to us for which they would receive customary compensation.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and the future prospects of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

 

113


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer of securities may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they are implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b)   to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c)   to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

 

provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement that we or any underwriter publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of any securities to the public” in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

 

United Kingdom

 

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (Qualified Investors) that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

114


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP, Palo Alto, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California is representing the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Please refer to the registration statement, exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or other document are only summaries. With respect to any contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should refer to the exhibit for a copy of the contract or document, and each statement in this prospectus regarding that contract or document is qualified by reference to the exhibit. A copy of the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules may be inspected without charge at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and we intend to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference room and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

115


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the board of directors and stockholders of Inphi Corporation:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Inphi Corporation at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Los Angeles, California

June 16, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    December 31,     March  31,
2010
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity
March 31,

2010
 
    2008     2009      
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,052      $ 19,061      $ 23,010     

Accounts receivable, net

    2,935        4,570        6,257     

Accounts receivable from related party

    458        3,411        2,449     

Inventories

    4,085        3,942        5,048     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    152        374        930     
                         

Total current assets

    16,682        31,358        37,694     

Property and equipment, net

    3,557        3,114        3,101     

Deferred tax assets

                  9,200     

Other assets, net

    134                   
                         

Total assets

  $ 20,373      $ 34,472      $ 49,995     
                         

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 2,814      $ 4,438      $ 4,940     

Income tax payable

           444        272     

Deferred revenue

    1,778        3,383        5,703     

Accrued employee expenses

    1,051        1,274        1,563     

Other accrued expenses

    301        1,248        1,359     

Other current liabilities

    17        516        516     
                         

Total current liabilities

    5,961        11,303        14,353     

Other liabilities

    597        285        294     
                         

Total liabilities

    6,558        11,588        14,647     
                         

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

       

Convertible Preferred Stock:

       

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 1,234,000 shares authorized; 1,209,998 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $12,100 at December 31, 2009 and March 31, 210 (unaudited)

    12,016        12,016        12,016      $   

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 6,828,895 shares authorized; 6,780,198 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $24,985 at December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    24,985        24,985        24,985          

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 15,175,770 shares authorized; 15,175,770 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $18,690 at December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    18,690        18,690        18,690          

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 8,196,720 shares authorized; 8,189,463 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $11,989 at December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    11,989        11,989        11,989          

Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 2,440,000 shares authorized; 2,435,394 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited); liquidation preference of $10,000 at December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

    9,936        9,936        9,936          
                               

Total convertible preferred stock

    77,616        77,616        77,616          
                               

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

       

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 52,000,000 shares authorized; 3,681,990, 4,745,002 and 5,014,962 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), respectively and 38,805,785 shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    4        5        5        39   

Additional paid-in capital

    4,299        6,038        6,503        84,133   

Accumulated deficit

    (68,104     (60,775     (48,776     (48,776
                               

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (63,801     (54,732     (42,268   $ 35,396   
                               

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 20,373      $ 34,472      $ 49,995     
                         

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Year Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009   2009     2010  
                    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenue

  $ 31,681      $ 32,727      $ 37,617   $ 7,337      $ 12,662   

Revenue from related party

    4,556        10,227        21,235     2,999        6,424   
                                     

Total revenue

    36,237        42,954        58,852     10,336        19,086   

Cost of revenue

    16,028        19,249        21,269     3,703        7,187   
                                     

Gross profit

    20,209        23,705        37,583     6,633        11,899   
                                     

Operating expense:

         

Research and development

    17,332        17,501        17,847     4,707        5,066   

Sales and marketing

    5,157        6,339        7,704     1,662        2,075   

General and administrative

    2,966        3,169        3,947     739        1,903   
                                     

Total operating expense

    25,455        27,009        29,498     7,108        9,044   
                                     

Income (loss) from operations

    (5,246     (3,304     8,085     (475     2,855   

Other income (expense)

    (95     (124     73     14        27   
                                     

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (5,341     (3,428     8,158     (461     2,882   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                  829            (9,117
                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 7,329   $ (461   $ 11,999   
                                     

Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders

  $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 130   $ (461   $ 1,302   
                                     

Net income (loss) per share:

         

Basic

  $ (2.81   $ (1.14   $ 0.03   $ (0.12   $ 0.28   
                                     

Diluted

  $ (2.81   $ (1.14   $ 0.02   $ (0.12   $ 0.11   
                                     

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per share:

         

Basic

    1,897,745        3,008,751        3,894,132     3,724,253        4,665,332   

Diluted

    1,897,745        3,008,751        6,509,191     3,724,253        12,236,714   

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited):

         

Basic

      $ 0.19     $ 0.31   
                   

Diluted

      $ 0.18     $ 0.26   
                   

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share (unaudited):

         

Basic

        37,684,955       38,456,155   

Diluted

        40,300,014       46,027,537   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Series A
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
  Series B
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
  Series C
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
  Series D
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
  Series E
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
  Total
Preferred
Stock
    Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumu-
lated
Deficit
    Total
Stock-
holders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
      Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount     Shares   Amount      

Balance at December 31, 2006

  1,209,998   $ 12,016   6,780,198   $ 24,985   15,175,770   $ 18,690   8,189,463   $ 11,989     $   $ 67,680       1,133,728   $ 1   $ 1,258   $ (59,335   $ (58,076

Exercise of stock options

                                       1,167,103     1     577            578   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                               827            827   

Net loss

                                                   (5,341     (5,341
                                                                                         

Balance at December 31, 2007

  1,209,998     12,016   6,780,198     24,985   15,175,770     18,690   8,189,463     11,989           67,680      2,300,831     2     2,662     (64,676     (62,012

Exercise of stock options

                                       1,381,159     2     642            644   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                               995            995   

Issuance of preferred stock, net

                          2,435,394     9,936     9,936                           

Net loss

                                                   (3,428     (3,428
                                                                                         

Balance at December 31, 2008

  1,209,998     12,016   6,780,198     24,985   15,175,770     18,690   8,189,463     11,989   2,435,394     9,936     77,616      3,681,990     4     4,299     (68,104     (63,801

Exercise of stock options

                                       1,063,012     1     574            575   

Stock-based compensation expense

                                               1,165            1,165   

Net income

                                                   7,329        7,329   
                                                                                         

Balance at December 31, 2009

  1,209,998     12,016   6,780,198     24,985   15,175,770     18,690   8,189,463     11,989   2,435,394     9,936     77,616      4,745,002     5     6,038     (60,775     (54,732

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                                       269,960         144            144   

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                               321            321   

Net income (unaudited)

                                                   11,999        11,999   
                                                                                         

Balance at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

  1,209,998   $ 12,016   6,780,198   $ 24,985   15,175,770   $ 18,690   8,189,463   $ 11,989   2,435,394   $ 9,936   $ 77,616      5,014,962   $ 5   $ 6,503   $ (48,776   $ (42,268
                                                                                         

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                      (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 7,329      $ (461   $ 11,999   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    1,307        1,430        1,291        354        355   

Stock-based compensation

    827        995        1,165        255        321   

Deferred income taxes

                                (9,571

Other noncash items

    43        51        27        5        (7

Changes in assets and liabilities:

         

Accounts receivable

    (628     1,766        (4,588     (2,648     (725

Inventories

    (1,650     635        143        280        (1,106

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    18        245        (88     97        (185

Income tax payable

                  444               (34

Accounts payable

    (234     (1,185     1,413        415        598   

Accrued expenses

    75        492        1,062        576        425   

Deferred revenue

    1,405        373        1,605        (451     2,320   

Other

           3        46        90        (104
                                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (4,178     1,377        9,849        (1,488     4,286   
                                       

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (1,774     (2,550     (560     (73     (456

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

           72        4        4          
                                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,774     (2,478     (556     (69     (456
                                       

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Repayment of capital lease obligations

    (45     (45     (17     (12       

Proceeds from line of credit

    3,650                               

Repayment of line of credit

    (550     (3,650                     

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    578        644        733        14        119   

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

           9,936                        
                                       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    3,633        6,885        716        2        119   
                                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (2,319     5,784        10,009        (1,555     3,949   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    5,587        3,268        9,052        9,052        19,061   
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 3,268      $ 9,052      $ 19,061      $ 7,497      $ 23,010   
                                       

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

         

Interest paid

  $ 138      $ 63      $      $      $   

Income taxes paid

                  381               485   
                                       

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Inphi Corporation (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in November 2000. The Company is a fabless provider of high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications and computing markets. The Company’s semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation communications and computing infrastructures. In addition, the semiconductor solutions provide a vital high-speed interface between analog signals and digital information in high-performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment, datacenter and enterprise servers, storage platforms, test and measurement equipment and military systems.

 

The Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties and believes changes in any of the following areas could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial position or results of operations or cash flows: ability to sustain profitable operations due to history of losses and accumulated deficit, dependence on limited number of customers for a substantial portion of revenue, product defects, risks related to intellectual property matters, lengthy sales cycle and competitive selection process, lengthy and expensive qualification process, ability to develop new or enhance products in a timely manner, market development of and demand for the Company’s products, reliance on third parties to manufacture, assemble and test products and ability to compete.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying financial statements through December 31, 2009 reflect the stand-alone operations of the Company. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company established wholly owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Singapore. Accordingly, for the three month period ended March 31, 2010, the financial statements reflect the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to (i) the collectibility of accounts receivable; (ii) write down for excess and obsolete inventories; (iii) warranty obligations; (iv) the value assigned to and estimated useful lives of long-lived assets; (v) the realization of tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities and tax reserves; (vi) the valuation of equity securities; and (vii) the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The Company may engage third party valuation specialists to assist with estimates related to the valuation of financial instruments and assets associated with various contractual arrangements, as well as the

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

underlying value of its common equity. Such estimates often require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or circumstances.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions and, at times, such balances with any one financial institution may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. Cash equivalents primarily consist of money market funds.

 

Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amount reflected in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories include materials, labor and overhead and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. Inventories are reduced for write downs based on periodic reviews for evidence of slow-moving or obsolete parts. The write-down is based on comparison between inventory on hand and estimated future sales for each specific product. Once written down, inventory write downs are not reversed until the inventory is sold or scrapped. Inventory write downs are also established when conditions indicate that the net realizable value is less than cost due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price level or other causes.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is provided on property and equipment over the estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Useful lives by asset category are as follows:

 

Asset Category

 

Years

Office equipment

 

3 years

Software

 

3 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life

Production equipment

 

2 years

Computer equipment

 

5 years

Lab equipment

 

5 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

7 years

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Equipment Under Capital Leases

 

The Company leases certain of its equipment under capital lease agreements. The assets and liabilities under capital leases are initially recorded at the fair value of the assets under lease. There were no material capital lease obligations outstanding at December 31, 2008 or 2009 or March 31, 2010 (unaudited).

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired and the carrying value may not be recoverable. Events or changes in circumstances that may indicate that an asset is impaired include significant decreases in the market value of an asset, significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations, a change in the extent or manner in which an asset is utilized, significant declines in the estimated fair value of the overall Company for a sustained period, shifts in technology, loss of key management or personnel, changes in the Company’s operating model or strategy and competitive forces.

 

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and the expected undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated expected future cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved, quoted market prices or appraised values, depending on the nature of the assets.

 

Internal Use Software Costs

 

Certain external and internal computer software costs acquired for internal use are capitalized. Training costs and maintenance are expensed as incurred, while upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that such expenditures will result in additional functionality. Capitalized costs are included within property and equipment.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company’s products are fully functional at the time of shipment and do not require additional production, modification, or customization. The Company recognizes revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. The Company’s sales arrangements do not include multiple elements.

 

Product revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to customers, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances, which to date, have not been significant. However, some of the Company’s sales are made through distributors under arrangements that allow for price protection or rights of return on product unsold by the distributors. Product revenue on sales made through distributors with rights of return or price protection is deferred until the distributors sell the product to end customers. Sales to distributors are included in deferred revenue and the Company includes the related costs in inventory until sale to the end customers occurs. Price protection rights allow distributors the right to a credit in the event of declines in the price of the Company’s product that they hold prior to the sale to an end customer. In the event that the Company reduces the selling price of products held by distributors, deferred revenue related to distributors with price protection rights is

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

reduced upon notification to the customer of the price change. There were no material product returns or price declines in 2007, 2008 and 2009. The Company’s sales to direct customers are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders for delivery of products. The Company generally allows customers to cancel or change purchase orders within limited notice periods prior to the scheduled shipment.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue includes cost of materials, such as wafers processed by third-party foundries, cost associated with packaging and assembly, test and shipping, cost of personnel, including stock-based compensation, and equipment associated with manufacturing support, logistics and quality assurance, warranty cost, write down of inventories, amortization of production mask costs, overhead and an allocated portion of occupancy costs.

 

Warranty

 

The Company’s products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one year. The Company accrues for estimated warranty cost at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and actual historical warranty claims experience. The warranty obligation is determined based on product failure rates, cost of replacement and failure analysis cost. If actual warranty costs differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments may be required in the future. The warranty liability as of December 31, 2008 was not material. In 2009, the Company provided a warranty liability of $450. As of March 31, 2010 (unaudited), the warranty liability remained at $450. To date, actual warranty experience has been consistent with the Company’s expectations and related estimates.

 

Research and Development Expense

 

Research and development expense consists of costs incurred in performing research and development activities including salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, occupancy costs, overhead costs and prototype wafer, packaging and test costs. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Sales and Marketing Expense

 

Sales and marketing expense consists of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, travel and trade show costs. The Company expenses sales and marketing costs as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) were not material.

 

General and Administrative Expense

 

General and administrative expense consists of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits and expenses for executive management, legal, finance and human resources personnel. In addition, general and administrative expense includes fees for professional services and occupancy costs. These costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company must also make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent that it believes that recovery is not likely, the Company must establish a valuation allowance. The carrying value of the Company’s net deferred tax asset is

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

based on whether it is more likely than not that the Company will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets which the Company does not believe meet the “more likely than not” criteria. The Company’s judgments regarding future taxable income may change in the near term due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws, tax planning strategies or other factors. If the Company’s assumptions and consequently its estimates change in the future, the valuation allowance the Company has established may be increased or decreased, resulting in a material respective increase or decrease in income tax expense (benefit) and related impact on the Company’s reported net income (loss).

 

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, which requires that realization of an uncertain income tax position must be more likely than not (i.e., greater than 50% likelihood of receiving a benefit) before it can be recognized in the financial statements. The guidance further prescribes the benefit to be realized assuming a review by tax authorities having all relevant information and applying current conventions. The interpretation also clarifies the financial statement classification of tax-related penalties and interest and sets forth new disclosures regarding unrecognized tax benefits. The Company adopted the guidance on January 1, 2007 and the provisions of the guidance have been applied to all income tax positions commencing from that date. The Company recognizes potential interest on income tax over/underpayments and penalties in income taxes.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

Stock-based compensation for stock option awards issued to the Company’s employees is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period, on a straight-line basis. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for valuing awards granted to employees and directors at the grant date. Determining the fair value of stock-based compensation awards at the grant date requires the input of various assumptions, including fair value of the underlying common stock, expected future share price volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend rate. Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the options. The Company based its estimate of expected volatility on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected life of the options. The weighted average expected life of options was calculated using the simplified method as prescribed by guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission. This decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to the Company’s limited experience and the lack of an active market for the Company’s common stock. The expected dividend yield is zero because the Company has not historically paid dividends and has no present intention to pay dividends. The Company establishes the estimated forfeiture rates based on historical experience. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period which is equal to vesting period.

 

The Company has elected to treat share-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as single awards and recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the requisite service period.

 

The Company recognizes non-employee stock-based compensation expenses based on estimated fair value of the equity instrument determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of each non-employee variable stock award is re-measured each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Net Income (Loss) per Share

 

The Company applies the two-class method for calculating net income (loss) per share. Under the two–class method, net income is allocated between common stock and other participating securities based on their participation rights. Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing income (loss) allocable to common stockholders (after the reduction for any preferred stock dividends assuming current income for the period had been distributed) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, net of shares subject to repurchase by the Company, during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for the effects of potentially dilutive common stock, which are comprised of stock options and warrants to purchase common stock and convertible preferred stock.

 

Segment Information

 

The Company’s operations are located primarily in the United States, and materially all tangible assets are located in Westlake Village, California. The Company operates in one segment related to the design, development and sale of high speed analog connectivity components that operate to maintain, amplify and improve signal integrity at high speeds in a wide variety of applications. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews operating results on an aggregate basis and manages the Company’s operations as a single operating segment.

 

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

 

The interim balance sheet as of March 31, 2010 and the statements of operations and of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 and statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and related interim information contained in the notes to these financial statements are unaudited. In the opinion of management, such unaudited interim information has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and includes all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the interim information when read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto. Results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

 

If the offering contemplated by this prospectus is consummated, all of the convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into 33,790,823 shares of common stock, based on the shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at March 31, 2010. Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrants, is reflected in the pro forma balance sheet.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

The FASB issued new accounting guidance on fair value measurements. The new guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the new guidance for financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (see Note 12—Fair Value Measurements). On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new guidance for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

on a nonrecurring basis. In April 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased that was effective for the Company in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. This includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. In August 2009, the FASB issued clarifying guidance that in circumstances in which a quoted price, in an active market, for an identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value of such liability using one or more of the of the techniques prescribed by the update. The adoption of the fair value measurements guidance increased the disclosure requirements but did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2007, the FASB revised the authoritative guidance for business combinations, which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer: (a) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, (b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. The guidance applies prospectively to the Company’s business combinations, if any, for which the acquisition date was on or after January 1, 2009. In April 2009, the FASB issued a new guidance that amends and clarifies the initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. There were no business combinations in 2009 or the three months ended March 31, 2010, therefore, the adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.

 

In June 2008, FASB issued new accounting guidance on determining whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities . The guidance requires that unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of basic earnings per share. This guidance is effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. The Company has concluded that its unvested early exercised options meet the definition of a participating security and should be included in the computation of basic earnings per share. All prior period net income per share data presented has been prepared to conform with the provisions of this accounting guidance.

 

In May 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance relating to subsequent events, which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. In February 2010, the FASB amended this guidance. The new guidance eliminates the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose the date through which it has evaluated subsequent events, clarifies the period through which conduit bond obligors must evaluate subsequent events, and refines the scope of the disclosure requirements for reissued financial statements. Entities that are not SEC filers are required to disclose both the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated and whether that date represents the date the financial statements were issued or available to be issued. This accounting guidance is effective for interim or annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company has adopted this guidance in connection with the issuance of its 2009 financial statements (see Note 16).

 

Effective July 2009, the FASB adopted the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or the Codification, as the official single source of authoritative U.S. GAAP. All existing accounting standards are superseded. All other accounting guidance not included in the Codification will be considered nonauthoritative. The Codification also includes all relevant SEC guidance organized using the same topical structure in separate sections within the Codification. Following the Codification, FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue Accounting Standards Updates,

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

which will serve to update the Codification, provide background information about the guidance and provide the basis for conclusions on the changes to the Codification. The Codification is not intended to change U.S. GAAP, but it will change the way U.S. GAAP is organized and presented. The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. There will be no change to the financial statements due to implementation of the Codification other than changes in reference to various authoritative accounting pronouncements in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In October 2009, the FASB reached final consensus on a new revenue recognition guidance regarding revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new accounting guidance addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting. The new accounting guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2010 and may be applied retrospectively or prospectively for new or materially modified arrangements. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

 

In January 2010, FASB issued an amendment regarding improving disclosures about fair value measurements. This new guidance requires some new disclosures and clarifies some existing disclosure requirements about fair value measurement. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s disclosures for the three months ended March 31, 2010. The Company does not expect that the adoption of the guidance relating to Level 3 fair value measurements will have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

 

2. Concentrations

 

Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company extends differing levels of credit to customers and does not require collateral deposits. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), the Company maintained an allowance for doubtful accounts of $68.

 

The following table summarizes the significant customers’ and distributors’ revenue and accounts receivable as a percentage of total revenue and total accounts receivable, respectively:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
Revenue      2007         2008         2009       2009     2010  
                     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Customer A

   13   24   36   29   34

Customer B

   15      12      *      *      *   

Customer C

   21      11      *      *      *   

Customer D

   11      *      *      *      *   

Customer E

   *      *      *      23      *   

Customer F

   *      *      *      11      *   

Customer G

   *      *      *      *      *   

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     March 31,
2010
 
Accounts Receivable      2008         2009      
               (Unaudited)  

Customer A

   13   42   28

Customer B

   *      *      *   

Customer C

   *      *      *   

Customer D

   *      11      11   

Customer E

   29      *      *   

Customer F

   11      *      *   

Customer G

   *      12      11   

 

*   Less than 10% of total accounts receivable or revenue

 

Customers D and G are distributors that sell the Company’s products exclusively to Customer F. In the aggregate, revenue to Customer F, including revenue made through distributors as a percentage of total revenue was 11%, 11% and 17% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and 17% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited).

 

3. Inventories

 

Inventories consist of the following:

 

     December 31,    March  31,
2010
     2008    2009   
               (Unaudited)

Raw materials

   $ 933    $ 1,002    $ 1,069

Work in process

     1,209      1,375      1,243

Finished goods

     1,943      1,565      2,736
                    
   $ 4,085    $ 3,942    $ 5,048
                    

 

Finished goods held by distributors were $549, $442 and $793 as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), respectively.

 

4. Property and Equipment, net

 

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     December 31,     March  31,
2010
 
     2008     2009    
                 (Unaudited)  

Laboratory and production equipment

   $ 10,181      $ 10,556      $ 10,637   

Office, software and computer equipment

     2,109        2,575        2,836   

Furniture and fixtures

     166        166        166   

Leasehold improvements

     48        48        48   
                        
     12,504        13,345        13,687   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (8,947     (10,231     (10,586
                        
   $ 3,557      $ 3,114      $ 3,101   
                        

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $1,307, $1,430 and $1,291, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited) was $354 and $355, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), laboratory and production equipment includes $397 in assets that have been capitalized under capital leases. Accumulated amortization of equipment under capital leases was $272, $342 and $360 as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), respectively. Amortization expense in connection with equipment purchased under capital leases was $79, $73 and $70 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Amortization expense in connection with equipment purchased under capital leases was $18 for both the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited).

 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), computer software costs included in property and equipment were $888, $1,251 and $1,434, respectively. Amortization expense of capitalized computer software costs was $102, $125 and $134 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Amortization expense of capitalized software costs was $33 and $39 for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited).

 

5. Lines of Credit

 

In June 2007, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with an unrelated financial institution, which provided for borrowing up to an aggregate of $10 million. Amounts borrowed under the Loan and Security Agreement were collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company and carried an interest rate of prime per annum. The average effective interest rate during 2008 was 6.25%. The Company repaid the entire outstanding balance of $3,650 in February 2008, and the $10 million facility was terminated on June 8, 2009.

 

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock (see Note 9).

 

6. Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense consisted of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
       2007        2008        2009  

Current:

        

U.S. Federal

   $    $    $ 253

U.S. State

               576
                    
               829
                    

Deferred:

        

U.S. Federal

              

U.S. State

              
                    
              
                    

Total

   $    $    $ 829
                    

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income (loss) as a result of the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  

Provision at statutory rate

   $ (1,869   $ (1,200   $ 2,855   

State income taxes

     6        16        375   

Research and development credits

     (601     (528     (713

Change in valuation allowance

     2,334        1,544        (1,964

Other

     130        168        276   
                        
   $      $      $ 829   
                        

 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred taxes consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2009  

Deferred tax assets

    

Net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 19,310      $ 15,424   

Research and development credits

     4,781        4,602   

Other temporary differences

     2,211        4,452   
                

Total deferred tax assets

     26,302        24,478   
                

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Amortization and depreciation

            (425

Other

            (31
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

            (456
                

Less: valuation allowance

     (26,302     (24,022
                

Deferred taxes, net

   $      $   
                

 

Valuation Allowance

 

The Company recorded a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2008 and 2009. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, management reviewed all available evidence pursuant to the requirements of ASC 740. The determination of recording or releasing tax valuation allowances is made, in part, pursuant to an assessment performed by management regarding the likelihood that the Company will generate sufficient future taxable income against which benefits of the deferred tax assets may or may not be realized. This assessment requires management to exercise significant judgment and make estimates with respect to the Company’s ability to generate revenue, gross profits, operating income and taxable income in future periods. Amongst other factors, management must make assumptions regarding overall current and projected business and semiconductor industry conditions, operating efficiencies, the Company’s ability to timely develop, introduce and consistently manufacture new products to customers’ specifications, acceptance of new products, customer concentrations, technological change and the competitive environment which may impact the Company’s ability to generate taxable income and, in turn, realize the value of the deferred tax assets. Significant cumulative operating losses in 2008 and prior years, uncertainty with respect to the acceptance of the Company’s products by end customers and significant economic uncertainties in the market made the Company’s ability to

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

project future taxable income highly uncertain and volatile at December 31, 2009. Although 2009 was the Company’s first profitable year, only the last three quarters of the year were profitable and the vast majority of the Company’s pre-tax income was generated in the last two quarters of the year. Based upon management’s assessment of all available evidence, including a relatively short period of recent profitability, coupled with significant uncertainties associated with the Company’s 2010 business outlook, the Company concluded as of December 31, 2009, that it was not more likely than not that its net deferred tax assets would be realized.

 

In March 2010, the Company received its first substantial quantity of production orders for a new low voltage product. This low voltage product is widely expected in the market to be significant and is expected to begin shipping in high volumes for both the Company and its competitors with a new Intel platform in the second half of 2010. The arrival of these production orders from one of the Company’s largest customers reduced concerns and increased confidence in the strength of the Company’s business outlook for the balance of 2010. In addition, certain other new product introductions began to gain traction with customers, providing additional confidence in the Company’s longer term outlook. The Company also achieved further clarity around certain contingencies related to ongoing litigation and certain other product acceptance concerns that existed at December 31, 2009. Furthermore, during the first quarter of 2010 the Company unexpectedly received additional orders for an older product that allowed the Company to exceed its overall plan for the quarter and continue the recent trend of profitability into the first quarter of 2010. At its April 30, 2010 meeting, based on a review of the positive developments that materialized in the first quarter of 2010, the Company’s board of directors decided to authorize management to retain investment bankers and proceed with plans to pursue a potential initial public offering. Based on these positive developments and an additional quarter of profitable operation, management reassessed the need for a valuation allowance at March 31, 2010 and concluded that a change in circumstances had occurred. Management determined that, based on the Company’s prospects and business outlook, it was reasonable to conclude that it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, the Company released the full valuation allowance recorded against its deferred tax assets based on the weight of positive evidence that existed at March 31, 2010. Significant judgment is required to determine the timing and extent of a valuation allowance release and the Company’s ability to utilize deferred tax assets will continue to be dependent on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income in future periods.

 

General Income Tax Disclosures

 

The Company has net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $37 million and $42 million, respectively at December 31, 2009 that will begin to expire in 2022 and 2014 for federal income tax purposes and state income tax purposes, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2009, the Company also has federal and state research and development (“R&D”) credit carryforwards of $3 million and $4 million, respectively. The federal tax credit will begin to expire in 2024, unless previously utilized. The state tax credits do not expire.

 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code sections 382 and 383, use of the Company’s NOL and R&D credits generated prior to June 2004 are subject to an annual limitation due to a cumulative ownership percentage change that occurred in that period. The Company has had two changes in ownership, one in December 2000 and the second in June 2004, resulting in an annual limitation on NOL and R&D credit utilization. Additionally, further limitation may occur as a result of the Company’s planned initial public offering or other future changes in ownership.

 

As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes on January 1, 2007. The cumulative effect of applying the recognition and measurement provisions upon

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

adoption of $0.7 million was recorded and fully offset by a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. As a result, there was no impact on accumulated deficit from the cumulative effect of applying the guidance. At adoption on January 1, 2007, the Company had approximately $0.7 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, $0.5 million of which, if recognized upon release of the valuation allowance, would affect the effective income tax rate. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had approximately $1.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits, $0.8 million of which, if recognized upon release of the valuation allowance, would affect the effective income tax rate. The Company does not expect any significant increases or decreases to its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

 

The following table summarizes the changes in unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
       2007        2008        2009  

Balance as of January 1

   $ 701    $ 891    $ 1,057

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     190      166      226

Additions based on tax positions of prior year

              
                    

Balance as of December 31

   $ 891    $ 1,057    $ 1,283
                    

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company recognized no interest or penalties upon the adoption of the guidance or during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 as the unrecognized tax benefits relate to tax attributes that have not yet been utilized on the Company’s tax return.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, state of California and certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 2004 or to California state income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 2003. However, to the extent allowed by law, the tax authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the net operating loss or credit carryforward.

 

The income tax benefit of $9.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited) represents an effective tax rate of approximately (316)%, which differs from the statutory rate of 35%, primarily due to the release of the valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets, and, to a lesser extent, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in expected operating results and recognition of California research and development credits. Of the total release of the valuation allowance of approximately $24 million during the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited), approximately $7.8 million (unaudited) was recorded as a discrete benefit for income taxes as this portion of the release related to a change in estimate of future taxable income, and approximately $16.2 million (unaudited) of the valuation release was attributable to a change in estimate for the current year reflected in the Company’s annual effective tax rate calculation for 2010.

 

On December 31, 2009, the federal R&D credit expired and had not been reinstated into law as of March 31, 2010. Accordingly, the Company did not record a tax benefit for federal research credits during the three months ended March 31, 2010.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the gross amount of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits increased approximately $0.1 million (unaudited) as a result of tax positions taken during the current

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

year. Substantially all of the unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2010, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate. As of March 31, 2010, the Company does not expect any significant increases or decreases to its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

 

The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its controlled foreign corporations that are intended to be invested indefinitely outside the United States.

 

7. Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

The following shows the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                       (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Numerator

          

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 7,329      $ (461   $ 11,999   

Less amount allocable to preferred stockholders

                   (7,193            (10,650

Less unvested early exercised options

                   (6            (47
                                        

Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders

   $ (5,341   $ (3,428   $ 130      $ (461   $ 1,302   
                                        

Denominator

          

Weighted average common stock

     1,897,745        3,008,751        3,900,407        3,724,253        4,840,666   

Less weighted average unvested common stock subject to repurchase

                   (6,275            (175,334
                                        

Weighted average common stock—basic

     1,897,745        3,008,751        3,894,132        3,724,253        4,665,332   

Effect of potentially dilutive securities:

          

Add options to purchase common stock

                   2,585,723               7,325,517   

Add unvested common stock subject to repurchase

                                 175,334   

Add warrants to purchase common stock

                   29,336               70,531   
                                        

Weighted-average common stock—diluted

     1,897,745        3,008,751        6,509,191        3,724,253        12,236,714   
                                        

Net income (loss) per share

          

Basic

   $ (2.81   $ (1.14   $ 0.03      $ (0.12   $ 0.28   
                                        

Diluted

   $ (2.81   $ (1.14   $ 0.02      $ (0.12   $ 0.11   
                                        

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Net income has been allocated to the common stock, convertible participating preferred stock and unvested early exercised options based on their respective rights to share in dividends.

 

The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share as inclusion would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended
March 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2009    2010
                    (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)

Convertible preferred stock

   31,355,429    33,523,848    33,790,823    33,790,823    33,790,823

Common stock options

   10,461,589    13,152,063    5,006,712    13,413,862    239,400

Warrant to purchase common stock

   48,740    90,000       90,000   

Warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

   40,107    40,107    40,107    40,107    35,107

Unvested early exercised options

         6,275      
                        
   41,905,865    46,806,018    38,843,917    47,334,792    34,065,330
                        

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income per Share

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share have been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at January 1, 2009.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2009
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2010
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Numerator

    

Net income

   $ 7,329      $ 11,999   

Less amount allocated to unvested early exercised options

     (6     (47

Less change in fair value of preferred stock warrant

     (17     (7
                

Net income allocable to common stock—basic and diluted

   $ 7,306      $ 11,945   
                

Denominator

    

Weighted-average common stock used to compute basic net income per share

     3,894,132        4,665,332   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed weighted effect of conversion of preferred stock

     33,790,823        33,790,823   
                

Pro forma weighted average common stock—basic

     37,684,955        38,456,155   

Add options to purchase common stock

     2,585,723        7,325,517   

Add unvested common stock subject to repurchase

            175,334   

Add warrants to purchase common stock

     29,336        70,531   
                

Pro forma weighted average common stock—diluted

     40,300,014        46,027,537   
                

Pro forma net income per share

    

Basic

   $ 0.19      $ 0.31   
                

Diluted

   $ 0.18      $ 0.26   
                

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

8. Convertible Preferred Stock

 

Convertible preferred stock consists of the following:

 

     Par Value
Per Share
   Shares    Liquidation
Value
      Authorized    Outstanding   

Series A

   $ 0.001    1,234,000    1,209,998    $ 12,100

Series B

   $ 0.001    6,828,895    6,780,198      24,985

Series C

   $ 0.001    15,175,770    15,175,770      18,690

Series D

   $ 0.001    8,196,720    8,189,463      11,989

Series E

   $ 0.001    2,440,000    2,435,394      10,000
                   
      33,875,385    33,790,823    $ 77,764
                   

 

The Company’s Board of Directors is authorized to determine the rights of each offering of convertible preferred stock including, among other terms, dividend rights, voting rights, conversion rights, redemption prices and liquidation preferences, if any, subject to the limitations of applicable laws, regulations and its charter. The following summarizes the terms of each series of convertible preferred stock:

 

Conversion Rights

 

Each share of Series E and Series D is convertible, at the holder’s option, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the applicable original issuance price by the conversion price, as defined. At December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), the conversion price of the Series E and Series D is equal to its original issuance price such that each share of Series E and Series D is convertible into one share of common stock.

 

Each share of Series C, Series B and Series A is convertible, at the holder’s option, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as determined by dividing $1.2316 by the applicable conversion price, as defined. At December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), the conversion price of the Series C, Series B and Series A is $1.2316 such that each share of Series C, Series B or Series A is convertible into one share of common stock.

 

In the event of the issuance of additional shares of common stock, subject to certain exclusions, at a price per share less than the conversion price for any series of convertible preferred stock in effect on the date of such issuance, the conversion price for that series will be adjusted based on a weighted average anti-dilution formula. The conversion price is also subject to adjustment based on certain other anti-dilution provisions. Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at its then effective conversion rate immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock with gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $40 million at a price per share of at least $6.1592 (“Qualified IPO”). The Company is required to reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock, 33,790,823 shares for the conversion of convertible preferred stock.

 

Redemption Provisions

 

The holders of Series E, Series D, Series C and Series B are entitled to redeem their shares in three equal installments at any time between July 30, 2012 and July 30, 2013, upon the written election of the holders of then outstanding shares. The redemption provisions require at least 50% of Series E and Series D and 66  2 / 3 % of the

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Series C and Series B, voting on an as converted to common stock basis. The first installment will be on the 180th day after the receipt of the redemption request. The second installment will be on the first anniversary of the first redemption date, and the third installment will occur on the second anniversary of the first redemption date. The Company will be liable to redeem each share of preferred stock in a sum equal to the Original Issue Price for each share of preferred stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares at the time of payment. The Series A is not redeemable.

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series E are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or surplus funds to the holders of the Series D, Series C, Series B, Series A or common stock, $4.1061 per share for Series E plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares. If the funds to be distributed are insufficient to permit full payment of the preferential amounts, then the assets will be distributed to the Series E holders ratably in proportion to the full amount due to the Series E holders. After the payment of the Series E liquidation preference, any excess assets and funds of the Company will be distributed to the holders of the Series D, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or surplus funds to the holders of the Series C, Series B, Series A or common stock, at $1.464 per share for Series D plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares. If the funds to be distributed are insufficient to permit full payment of the preferential amounts, then the assets will be distributed to the Series D holders ratably in proportion to the full amount due to the Series D holders. After the payment of the Series D liquidation preference, any excess assets and funds of the Company will be distributed to the holders of the Series C and Series B, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or surplus funds to the holders of the Series A or common stock, at $1.2316 per share for Series C and $3.685 per share of Series B, plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares. If the funds to be distributed are insufficient to permit full payment of the preferential amounts, then the assets will be distributed to the Series C and Series B holders on a pari passu basis ratably in proportion to the full amount due to the Series C and Series B holders. After the payment of the Series C and Series B liquidation preference, any excess assets and funds of the Company will be distributed to the holders of the Series A, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets or surplus funds to the holders of the common stock, at $10.00 per share for Series A plus any dividends declared but unpaid on such shares. If the funds to be distributed are insufficient to permit full payment of the preferential amounts, then the assets will be distributed to the Series A holders ratably in proportion to the full amount due to the Series A holders.

 

After the payment of the convertible preferred stock liquidation preferences, any excess assets and funds of the Company will be distributed ratably among the holders of the common stock and convertible preferred stockholders in proportion to the number of common shares held by them or issuable upon the conversion of the convertible preferred stock.

 

Liquidation is deemed to include the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of the Company by another person or entity by means of merger or consolidation resulting from the transfer of 50% or more of the Company’s voting power. Convertible preferred stockholders can waive this “deemed” liquidation preference by a vote of at least 67% of the convertible preferred stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis.

 

Voting Rights

 

The convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such convertible preferred stock can be converted.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Dividends

 

The holders of each series of convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends per annum when and if declared by the Board of Directors. The Series E, Series D, Series C, Series B and Series A are entitled to dividends of $0.3285, $0.1171, $0.098528, $0.2948, and $0.80, per share, respectively. After the foregoing dividend payments, if any have been made in full for in a given calendar year, the holders of the preferred stock shall be entitled to receive dividends with the holders of common stock on an as-converted common stock basis if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared or paid to date.

 

9. Warrants

 

In connection with various financing agreements, the Company issued warrants to purchase common stock and preferred stock. At December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), the following warrants were outstanding:

 

     Number
of

Shares
   Exercise
Price
per Share

Series B Preferred Stock Warrants

   35,107    $ 3.685

Series D Preferred Stock Warrants

   5,000      1.464

Common Stock Warrants

   90,000      0.660

 

The warrants to purchase Series B expire upon the earlier to occur of 1) a Qualifying Acquisition as defined or 2) December 31, 2010. The warrant to purchase Series D expires on the longer to occur of 1) the seventh anniversary after the issuance date or 2) 3 years after the Company’s initial public offering. The warrant to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock expires on June 8, 2014. The warrant to purchase 60,000 of common stock expires on the earliest to occur of 1) June 22, 2012, 2) a Qualified Initial Public Offering, or 3) a Qualifying Acquisition as defined.

 

In June 2005, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on the classification of freestanding warrants and other similar instruments on shares that are redeemable (either puttable or mandatorily redeemable). The guidance requires liability classification for warrants issued that are exercisable into convertible preferred stock. Liability classification requires the warrants to be remeasured to their fair value each reporting period. At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), the fair value of the warrants of $72, $55 and $48, respectively, have been included in accrued liabilities and the changes in fair value has been recorded in other income (expense).

 

10. Stock Option Plan

 

In 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the Plan). Under provisions of the Plan, employees, outside directors, consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Company may be issued incentive and non-qualified stock options to purchase common stock or may be issued shares of common stock directly. The Board of Directors is authorized to administer the Plan and establish the stock option terms, including the exercise price and vesting period. Options granted under the plan may have varying vesting schedules; however, options generally vest 25% upon completion of one year of service and thereafter in 36 equal monthly installments. Options granted are immediately exercisable and the shares issued upon exercise of the option are subject to a repurchase right held by the Company. The repurchase price under the repurchase right is the original exercise price and the right lapses in accordance with the option-vesting schedule. There were 208,209 and 175,334 unvested shares subject to the Company’s repurchase right as of

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), respectively. The proceeds received from unvested early exercise of options are presented in the balance sheet as liabilities and subsequently classified to equity based on the vesting schedule. The vesting of certain options granted or shares issued under the Plan is subject to acceleration of vesting upon the occurrence of certain events as defined in the Plan.

 

Under the Plan, the exercise price, in the case of an incentive stock option, shall not be less than 100%, and in the case of a nonqualified stock option, not less than 85%, of the fair market value of such shares on the date of grant. The term of the option is determined by the Board but in no case shall exceed 10 years. At December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited), 18,436,036 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Plan.

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
       2007         2008         2009       2009     2010  
                       (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rate

   4.56   4.13   2.67   2.30   3.13

Expected life (in years)

   6.25      6.25      6.25      6.25      6.25   

Dividend yield

                         

Expected volatility

   55.00   55.00   68.00   70.00   60.00

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes information regarding options outstanding:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   8,666,677      $ 0.53      

Granted

   5,892,004        0.70      

Exercised

   (1,167,103     0.50      

Canceled

   (1,220,763     0.47      
                  

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

   12,170,815        0.61      

Granted

   3,166,234        0.83      

Exercised

   (1,381,159     0.47      

Canceled

   (817,435     0.75      
                  

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   13,138,455        0.67      

Granted

   1,630,500        0.94      

Exercised

   (1,063,012     0.69      

Canceled

   (1,193,147     0.84      
                  

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

   12,512,796        0.69    6.84    $ 15,175
                

Granted (unaudited)

   440,000        2.30      

Exercised (unaudited)

   (269,960     0.44      

Canceled (unaudited)

   (139,584     0.80      
                  

Outstanding at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   12,543,252      $ 0.75    6.70    $ 40,542
                        

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

   12,512,796      $ 0.69    6.84    $ 15,175
                        

Vested at December 31, 2009

   8,144,099      $ 0.62    5.98    $ 10,457
                        

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2009

   12,495,102      $ 0.69    6.84    $ 15,156
                        

Exercisable at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   12,543,252      $ 0.75    6.70    $ 40,542
                        

Vested at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   8,361,877      $ 0.63    5.84    $ 28,029
                        

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2010 (unaudited)

   12,525,854      $ 0.75    6.70    $ 40,492
                        

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

The intrinsic value of options outstanding, exercisable and vested and expected to vest is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the respective balance sheet date.

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s options granted in 2009 through the three months ended March 31, 2010 and its contemporaneous valuations:

 

     Number of
Shares
   Exercise
Price
   Fair
Value
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

February 2009

   879,000    $ 0.63    $ 0.63   

April 2009

   12,000      0.63      0.63   

August 2009

   492,000      1.12      1.12   

October 2009

   142,500      1.60      1.60   

December 2009

   105,000      1.90      1.90   

February 2010 (unaudited)

   440,000      2.30      2.30   

 

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the Company’s results of operations as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended
March 31,
         2007            2008            2009        2009    2010
                    (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)

Operating expenses

              

Cost of goods sold

   $ 19    $ 119    $ 31    $ 6    $ 11

Research and development

     168      358      475      101      122

Sales and marketing

     66      101      238      48      76

General and administrative

     574      417      421      100      112
                                  
   $ 827    $ 995    $ 1,165    $ 255    $ 321
                                  

 

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options at December 31, 2009, prior to the consideration of expected forfeitures, is approximately $2,102 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.26 years. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options at March 31, 2010 (unaudited), prior to the consideration of expected forfeitures, is approximately $2,359 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.51 years.

 

The total fair value of employee options vested during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $731, $1,007 and $963, respectively and $199 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited).

 

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $0.42, $0.47 and $0.57, respectively and $1.36 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited).

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 was $202, $294 and $890, respectively and $605 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited). The intrinsic value of exercised options is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the exercise date. Cash received from the exercise of stock options was $578, $644 and $733, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and $119 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited).

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

11. Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company has established a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan (the “Plan”) which permits participants to make contributions by salary deduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Company may, at its discretion, make matching contributions to the Plan. Furthermore, the Company is responsible for administrative costs of the Plan. The Company has not made contributions to the Plan since its inception.

 

12. Fair Value Measurements

 

On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the new authoritative guidance for fair value measurements with respects to its financial assets and financial liabilities. Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the new authoritative guidance for fair value measurements with respect to its non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. The adoption of the guidance for fair value measurement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements but requires additional disclosure.

 

The new guidance on fair value measurements requires fair value measurements to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

Level 1 : Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2 : Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, or

 

Level 3 : Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

 

The following table presents information about assets and liabilities required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

December 31, 2008

   Level 1    Level 3     Total  

Cash equivalents

   $ 7,056    $      $ 7,056   

Warrants

          (72     (72
                       
   $ 7,056    $ (72   $ 6,984   
                       

 

December 31, 2009

   Level 1    Level 3     Total  

Cash equivalents

   $ 15,212    $      $ 15,212   

Warrants

          (55     (55
                       
   $ 15,212    $ (55   $ 15,157   
                       

 

March 31, 2010 (Unaudited)

   Level 1    Level 3     Total  

Cash equivalents

   $ 6,227    $      $ 6,227   

Warrants

          (48     (48
                       
   $ 6,227    $ (48   $ 6,179   
                       

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Cash equivalents consist mainly of money market funds which are traded in active exchange markets. Cash equivalents are categorized as Level 1. The cash equivalents declined in the three months ended March 31, 2010 as the Company was transferring funds in one bank to a demand account in a new primary banking relationship.

 

The Company utilized a Black-Scholes option pricing model in order to determine the fair value of the preferred stock warrants, including the consideration of a risk-free interest rate, expected term and expected volatility. Certain inputs used in the model are unobservable. The fair values could change significantly based on future market conditions. Preferred stock warrants are categorized as Level 3.

 

The following table summarizes the change in value of the preferred stock warrants:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
         2008            2009         2009     2010  
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 21    $ 72      $  72      $  55   

Change in fair value included in other (income) expense

      51      (17     (3     (7
                               

Balance at end of period

   $ 72    $ 55      $ 69      $ 48   
                               

 

13. Segment Information

 

The Company operates in one reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is considered to be the chief operating decision maker, manages the Company’s operations as a whole and reviews financial information for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. Revenue by region is classified based on the locations to which the product is transported, which may differ from the customer’s principal offices.

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenue by geographic region:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Three Months Ended
March 31,
     2007    2008    2009    2009    2010
                    (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)

United States

   $ 14,609    $ 12,265    $ 10,727    $ 1,586    $ 3,298

Korea

     12,066      15,147      18,307      3,510      3,881

Japan

     5,187      5,903      5,688      1,254      1,474

China

     262      2,258      9,924      2,378      5,257

Taiwan

     1,079      1,544      5,687      481      2,389

Other

     3,034      5,837      8,519      1,127      2,787
                                  
   $ 36,237    $ 42,954    $ 58,852    $ 10,336    $ 19,086
                                  

 

Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived tangible assets are located in the United States.

 

14. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Leases

 

The Company leases its facility and certain equipment under noncancelable lease agreements expiring in various years through 2010. The Company also licenses certain software used in its research and development activities under a term license subscription and maintenance arrangement.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases having initial terms in excess of one year are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2009    March 31, 2010
          (Unaudited)

2010

   $ 3,214    $ 2,483

2011

     1,474      1,590

2012

     5      26
             
   $ 4,693    $ 4,099
             

 

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, lease operating expense was $2,185, $2,649 and $2,811, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited), lease operating expense was $693 and $706, respectively.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)

 

On September 22, 2009, Netlist filed suit in the United States District Court, Central District of California, or the Court, asserting that the Company infringes U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. Netlist filed an amended complaint on December 22, 2009, further asserting that the Company infringes U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, collectively with U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537, the patents-in-suit, and seeking both monetary damages to be determined and an injunction to prevent further infringement. These infringement claims allege that the Company’s iMB™ and certain other memory module components infringe the patents-in-suit. The Company answered the amended complaint on February 11, 2010 and asserted that the Company does not infringe the patents-in-suit and that the patents-in-suit are invalid. The Company has since filed inter partes requests for reexamination with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, asserting that the patents-in-suit are invalid. The USPTO is required to grant or deny the reexamination requests within three months of their effective filing dates, which, due to re-filing of certain papers due to procedural requests of the USPTO, was June 4, 2010 for U.S. Patent No. 7,636,274, June 8, 2010 for U.S. Patent No. 7,619,912 and June 9, 2010 for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. The USPTO has accepted the filings of the reexamination requests for U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, and the Company re-filed its reexamination request for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 on June 9, 2010. If the reexamination requests are granted, the PTO will then evaluate the validity of the patents-in-suit in reexamination proceedings. The reexamination proceedings could result in a determination that the patents-in-suit, in whole or in part, are valid or invalid, as well as modifications of the scope of the patents-in-suit.

 

A third party, Sanmina-SCI Corporation, or SSC, has also requested interference proceedings with the USPTO with respect to each of the patents-in-suit. In its April 21, 2010 Request for Continued Examination of U.S. Application No. 11/142,989, SSC asserted that it has priority to the inventions claimed by the patents-in-suit and should be granted rights to those inventions. The Company has entered into an agreement with SSC for a non-exclusive license to those rights, if any, that SSC may obtain to the inventions claimed by the patents-in-suit if the USPTO agrees to commence interference proceedings and if SSC prevails in those proceedings.

 

In connection with the reexamination requests and the interference proceedings, the Company also filed a motion to stay proceedings with the Court, which was granted on May 18, 2010, whereby the Court stayed the proceedings until at least February 14, 2011, requested that Netlist notify the Court within one week of any action taken by the USPTO in connection with the reexamination or interference proceedings, and requested that

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

the parties file papers by January 31, 2011 stating their position on whether the stay should be extended. While the Court granted a stay until February 14, 2011, the Court could lift the stay before then. For example, the USPTO is required to evaluate the reexamination requests well before February 14, 2011, as noted above, and if the USPTO denies the reexamination requests, the Court may decide to lift the stay. While the Company intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously, litigation, whether or not determined in the Company’s favor or settled, could be costly and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

Inphi Corporation v. Netlist, Inc, Case No. 09-cv-8749 (C.D. Cal.).

 

On November, 30, 2009, the Company filed suit in the United States District Court, Central District of California asserting that Netlist infringes U.S. Patent Nos. 7,307,863 and 7,479,799, collectively the patents-in-suit, and are seeking both monetary damages and an injunction to prevent further infringement. Netlist answered the complaint on January 15, 2010 and filed an amended answer on April 22, 2010, asserting that it does not infringe the patents-in-suit, that the patents-in-suit are invalid and that U.S. Patent No. 7,479,799 is unenforceable due to inequitable conduct before the USPTO. Discovery is currently proceeding, and the Court has set a trial date of October 11, 2011.

 

The Company is unable to assess the possible outcome of these matters. However, because of the nature and inherent uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Indemnifications

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, investors, directors, officers, employees and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the Company’s breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third-parties. These indemnifications may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. The Company has not incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnifications. As a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is immaterial. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited).

 

15. Related Party Transactions

 

The Company recognized $4,556, $10,227, $21,235, $2,999 and $6,424 in revenue during the December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2009 and 2010 (unaudited), respectively from a Series E and Series D investor. The receivable balance from the investor as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and March 31, 2010 (unaudited) was $458, $3,411 and $2,449, respectively.

 

In 2007, the Company entered into software subscription and maintenance agreement with Cadence Design Systems, Inc. (“Cadence”), a related party company. A member of the Company’s Board of Directors is also the Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of Cadence. The Company committed to pay $7 million payable in 16 quarterly payments through May 2011. The Company paid $1.4 million, $1.8 million and $0.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Inphi Corporation

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

(unaudited), respectively. Operating lease expense related to this agreement included in research and development expense was $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 (unaudited).

 

16. Subsequent Events

 

The Company has performed an evaluation of subsequent events through June 16, 2010, the date of issuance of the financial statements.

 

In April 2010, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Company’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance by 1,946,489 shares, bringing the authorized number of shares reserved for issuance to 20,382,525. In addition, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 2,483,000 stock options with an exercise price of $3.98 per share to employees of the Company and the grant of a restricted stock award of 40,000 shares to a Board member.

 

In April and June 2010, the Company entered into new lease agreements for office space in Santa Clara, California and Thousand Oaks, California, respectively. The lease in Santa Clara has a term of 63 months and the total minimum lease payments are $2.1 million. The lease in Thousand Oaks has a term of 72 months and the total minimum lease payments are $3.6 million.

 

In May 2010, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire all of the outstanding shares of Winyatek Technology, Inc, in exchange for $2.5 million cash, 732,000 shares of its Series E preferred stock and earn-out consideration up to $2.0 million, to be determined based on certain operating metrics. The acquisition is expected to close during the second or third quarter of 2010, subject to approvals and other customary closing conditions.

 

In June 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved the filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission for an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Board of Directors also approved the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan to become effective immediately prior to the completion of the initial public offering.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the various expenses expected to be incurred by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts are estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee and The New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 8,200

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee

     12,000

The New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *

Accounting fees and expenses

     *

Legal fees and expenses

     *

Printing and engraving expenses

     *

Registrar and Transfer Agent’s fees

     *

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *
      

Total

   $ *
      

 

*   To be filed by amendment

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of the Delaware General Corporation Law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that we may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of the Registrant, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, agent or employee of the Registrant, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, agent or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies (a) if such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such person acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interest, or not opposed to the best interest, of the Registrant, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the Registrant as well but only to the extent of defense expenses, including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of liability to the Registrant, unless the court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

 

Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were

 

II-1


Table of Contents

approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of our board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

 

The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws, attached as Exhibit 3(ii).2 hereto, provide that the Registrant shall indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law. In addition, the Registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements, attached as Exhibit 10.3 hereto, with its directors and officers which would require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act. The Registrant also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

 

The form of Underwriting Agreement, to be attached as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since our inception through May 31, 2010 and gives effect to the one for ten reverse stock split effected April 16, 2004:

 

On November 13, 2000, we issued and sold 533,331 shares of our common stock to our three founders, at a purchase price of $0.01 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $5,333.33.

 

On February 28, 2001 we issued and sold 1,500 shares of our common stock to one accredited investor pursuant to a Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 28, 2001, at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $1,500.00.

 

On various dates between January 24, 2001 and May 13, 2010, we granted stock options to purchase 23,819,324 shares of our common stock to our directors, officers, employees and consultants pursuant to our 2000 Stock Plan, with exercise prices ranging from $0.30 to $3.98 per share.

 

On April 30, 2010, we granted a restricted stock bonus to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock, which was immediately exercised, to one of our directors, pursuant to our 2000 Stock Plan, with an exercise price of $3.98 per share.

 

On various dates between April 26, 2001 and August 13, 2003, we granted stock options to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock to our consultants outside of our 2000 Stock Plan, with an exercise price of $1.00 per share.

 

On various dates between July 18, 2001 and May 29, 2010, we issued and sold an aggregate of 5,019,671 shares of our common stock to our directors, officers, employees and consultants pursuant to the exercise of options granted under our 2000 Stock Plan. The exercise prices ranged from $0.30 to $1.00 per share, for an aggregate consideration of $2,689,776.68.

 

On April 19, 2002, we issued and sold an aggregate of 500 shares of our common stock to a consultant pursuant to the exercise of options granted outside of our 2000 Stock Plan. The exercise price was $1.00 per shares, for an aggregate consideration of $500.00.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

From June 8, 2007 to June 22, 2007, we issued warrants to two accredited investors to purchase up to 90,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.66 per share.

 

On December 4, 2000, we issued and sold an aggregate of 1,209,998 shares of our Series A preferred stock at $10.00 per share to 10 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $12,100,000.

 

From May 13, 2002 to July 10, 2002, we issued and sold 6,780,198 shares of our Series B preferred stock at $3.6850 per share to 31 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $24,985,103.83.

 

On December 19, 2002, we issued a warrant to an accredited investor to purchase up to 35,107 shares of our Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.6850 per share.

 

From April 20, 2004 through October 29, 2004, we issued and sold an aggregate of 15,175,770 shares of our Series C preferred stock at $1.2316 per share to 39 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $18,690,478.33.

 

From November 3, 2005 through May 31, 2006, we issued and sold an aggregate of 8,189,463 shares of our Series D preferred stock at $1.4640 per share to 37 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $11,989,373.83.

 

On April 19, 2006, we issued a warrant to an accredited investor to purchase up to 5,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.4640 per share.

 

From January 30, 2008 through April 21, 2008, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,435,394 shares of our Series E preferred stock at $4.1061 per share to 19 accredited investors for an aggregate consideration of $9,999,996.51.

 

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with Inphi, to information about Inphi.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1*  

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3(i).1  

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

  3(i).2  

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

  3(i).3   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  3(ii).1  

Bylaws of the Registrant.

  3(ii).2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  4.1*  

Specimen Common Stock Certificate.

  4.2  

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of January 30, 2008.

  5.1*  

Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP.

10.1+   Inphi Corporation 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (as amended on June 2, 2010) and related form stock option plan agreements.
10.2+  

Inphi Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan and related form agreements.

10.3+  

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors.

10.4+  

Offer letter dated July 14, 2007 between Young K. Sohn and the Registrant, as amended.

10.5+   Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated June 8, 2010, by and between Young K. Sohn and the Registrant.
10.6+  

Offer letter dated December 10, 2007 between John Edmunds and the Registrant, as amended.

10.7+   Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated June 8, 2010, by and between John Edmunds and the Registrant.
10.8+  

Offer letter dated October 3, 2007 between Ron Torten and the Registrant, as amended.

10.9   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and H&G Selvin Properties dated as of June 30, 2006, including amendments thereto.
10.10   Sublease Agreement between the Registrant and Scintera Networks, Inc. dated as of December 1, 2009, including amendments thereto.
10.11   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Santa Clara Towers, L.P. dated as of April 27, 2010.
10.12   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and LBA Realty Fund III—Company VII, LLC dated as of June 4, 2010.
21.1  

List of Subsidiaries.

23.1  

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

23.2*  

Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1  

Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of this Registration Statement).

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
+   Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing(s) specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser: If the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i)   Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

  (ii)   Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

  (iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

  (iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on the 16 th day of June, 2010.

 

INPHI CORPORATION

By:

 

/ S /    Y OUNG K. S OHN

  Young K. Sohn
  Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Young K. Sohn and John Edmunds and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys in fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys in fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    Y OUNG K. S OHN        

Young K. Sohn

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer), President and Director

 

June 16, 2010

/ S /    J OHN E DMUNDS         

John Edmunds

  

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

June 16, 2010

/ S /    D IOSDADO B ANATAO         

Diosdado Banatao

   Chairman of the Board  

June 16, 2010

/ S /    D AVID L ADD         

David Ladd

   Director  

June 16, 2010

/ S /    T IMOTHY S EMONES         

Timothy Semones

   Director  

June 16, 2010

/ S /    P ETER J. S IMONE         

Peter J. Simone

   Director  

June 16, 2010

/ S /    S AM S. S RINIVASAN         

Sam S. Srinivasan

   Director  

June 16, 2010

/ S /    L IP -B U T AN         

Lip-Bu Tan

   Director  

June 16, 2010

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3(i).1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3(i).2   Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3(i).3   Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  3(ii).1   Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3(ii).2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.
  4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2   Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of January 30, 2008.
  5.1*   Opinion of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP.
10.1+   Inphi Corporation 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (as amended on June 2, 2010) and related form stock option plan agreements.
10.2+   Inphi Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors.
10.4+   Offer letter dated July 14, 2007 between Young K. Sohn and the Registrant, as amended.
10.5+   Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated June 8, 2010, by and between Young K. Sohn and the Registrant.
10.6+   Offer letter dated December 10, 2007 between John Edmunds and the Registrant, as amended.
10.7+   Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated June 8, 2010, by and between John Edmunds and the Registrant.
10.8+   Offer letter dated October 3, 2007 between Ron Torten and the Registrant, as amended.
10.9   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and H&G Selvin Properties dated as of June 30, 2006, including amendments thereto.
10.10   Sublease Agreement between the Registrant and Scintera Networks, Inc. dated as of December 1, 2009, including amendments thereto.
10.11   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Santa Clara Towers, L.P. dated as of April 27, 2010.
10.12   Lease Agreement between the Registrant and LBA Realty Fund III—Company VII, LLC dated as of June 4, 2010.
21.1   List of Subsidiaries.
23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*   Consent of Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of this Registration Statement).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 3(i).1

 

     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 07:30 PM 01/29/2008

FILED 07:28 PM 01/29/2008

SRV 080097013 - 3315425 FILE

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INPHI CORPORATION

INPHI CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

ONE : The original Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation was filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on November 13, 2000, under its original name of “TCOM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.”

TWO : This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THREE : This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 12, 2005.

FOUR : The provisions of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, as amended, shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is INPHI CORPORATION.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 32 W. Loockerman St., Suite 201, in the City of Dover, Delaware, 19904, County of Kent, and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Registered Agent Solutions, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

A. Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares of stock designated “Common Stock,” and “Preferred Stock,” respectively. The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 85,875,385 shares. 52,000,000 shares shall


be Common Stock, par value $.001 per share and 33,875,385 shares shall be Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, consisting of (i) 1,234,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), (ii) 6,828,895 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), (iii) 15,175,770 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”) (iv) 8,196,720 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”) and (v) 2,440,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”); the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are sometimes referred to in this Certificate of Incorporation as the “ Preferred Stock ”.

B. Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV.B.

1. Dividend Provisions .

(a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of any assets legally available therefore, on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any payment of any dividend of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Common Stock in each calendar year, noncumulative dividends at a rate of $0.3285 per share of Series E Preferred Stock per annum payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. After the dividend payments, if any, of the Series E Preferred Stock have been made in full for a given calendar year, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of any assets legally available therefor, on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any payment of any dividend of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock in each calendar year, noncumulative dividends at a rate of $0.1171 per share of Series D Preferred Stock per annum payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. After the dividend payments, if any, of the Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock have been made in full for a given calendar year, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, on a pari passu basis prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock or the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of $0.098528 per share of Series C Preferred Stock and $0.2948 per share of Series B Preferred Stock. After the foregoing dividend payments, if any, have been made in full for a given calendar year, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of at the rate of $0.80 per share of Series A Preferred Stock per annum, payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. After the foregoing dividend payments, if any, have been made in full for a given calendar year, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends with the holders of the Common Stock on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. None of the dividends set forth in this Subsection 1(a) shall be cumulative. The dividend rates set forth in this Subsection 1(a) shall be subject to adjustment for stock splits,

 

2


stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like. The number of shares of Common Stock into which shares of Preferred Stock are convertible shall be determined as of the date on which the dividend is declared.

(b) Any dividend or distribution which is declared by the Corporation and payable with assets of the Corporation other than cash shall be governed by the provisions of subsections 4(d)(iii) and 4(e), as applicable, of this Article IV.B.

2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (“ Liquidation ”), whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of $4.1061 (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization and the like) for each outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such share (the “ Series E Preference ”). After payment in full of the Series E Preference, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of $1.464 (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization and the like) for each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such share (the “ Series D Preference ”). After payment in full of the Series E Preference and the Series D Preference, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis (except as provided below) prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the sum of $1.2316 (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization and the like) for each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such share, and, with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, an amount per share equal to the sum of $3.685 (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization and the like) for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such share.

If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payments to such holders of the full preferential amounts aforesaid, then, subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, all of the assets available for distribution shall be distributed (i) first among and paid to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the amounts that would be payable to such holders if such assets were sufficient to permit payment in full, (ii) upon payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock in full,

 

3


second among and paid to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the amounts that would be payable to such holders if such assets were sufficient to permit payment in full, and (iii) upon payment to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, thereafter all of the remaining available assets for distribution shall be distributed to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis ratably in proportion to the amounts that would be payable to such holders if such assets were sufficient to permit payment in full.

(b) Upon the completion of the distribution required by subparagraph (a) of this Section 2 and any other distribution that may be required with respect to any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, in the event of any Liquidation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the sum of $10.00 (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization and the like) for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such share. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payments to such holders of the full preferential amounts aforesaid, then, subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence, all of the assets available for distribution to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be distributed among and paid to such holders ratably in proportion to the amounts that would be payable to such holders if such assets were sufficient to permit payment in full.

(c) Upon the completion of the distribution required by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2 and any other distribution that may be required with respect to any series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time come into existence, in the event of any Liquidation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock).

(d)(i) For purposes of this Section 2, a Liquidation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (A) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but, excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation), unless the Corporation’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition or sale will by virtue of their ownership of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock prior to such transaction or related series of transactions, immediately after such acquisition or sale (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Corporation’s acquisition or sale or otherwise) hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving, acquiring or licensing entity (“ Merger Transaction ”), or (B) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (“ Sale Transaction ”) (either (A) or (B) individually, a “ Liquidation Event ”).

 

4


(ii) In any Liquidation Event, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors. Any securities shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (B) below:

(1) If traded on a national securities exchange or through the Nasdaq Global Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30)-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30)-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a shareholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (A) (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors with the concurrence of at least a majority of the directors elected by the Preferred Stock.

(iii) In the event the requirements of this subsection 2(d) are not complied with, this Corporation shall forthwith either:

(A) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with; or

(B) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in subsection 2(d)(iv) hereof.

(iv) The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods

 

5


may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.

3. Redemption .

(a) The Series A Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

(b) At any time between July 30, 2012 and July 30, 2013, upon the written election (the “ Series E Redemption Request ”) of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting together on an as converted to Common Stock basis, the Corporation shall redeem, from any source of funds legally available therefor, all shares of Series E Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Redeemable Series E Preferred Stock ”) then outstanding in three equal annual installments (each date being referred to herein as a “ Series E Redemption Date ”). The first installment of such redemption shall occur on the 180th day after the receipt by the Corporation of the Series E Redemption Request or such other later date specified by the electing holders in the Series E Redemption Request (the “ First Series E Redemption Date ”). The second installment shall occur on the first anniversary of the First Series E Redemption Date, and the third installment shall occur on the second anniversary of the First Series E Redemption Date.

(c) At any time between July 30, 2012 and July 30, 2013, upon the written election (the “ Series D Redemption Request ”) of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together on an as converted to Common Stock basis, the Corporation shall redeem, from any source of funds legally available therefor, all shares of Series D Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Redeemable Series D Preferred Stock ”) then outstanding in three equal annual installments (each date being referred to herein as a “ Series D Redemption Date ”). The first installment of such redemption shall occur on the 180th day after the receipt by the Corporation of the Series D Redemption Request or such other later date specified by the electing holders in the Series D Redemption Request (the “ First Series D Redemption Date ”). The second installment shall occur on the first anniversary of the First Series D Redemption Date, and the third installment shall occur on the second anniversary of the First Series D Redemption Date.

(d) At any time between July 30, 2012 and July 30, 2013, upon the written election (the “ Series C Redemption Request ”) of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together on an as converted to Common Stock basis, the Corporation shall redeem, from any source of funds legally available therefor, all shares of Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Redeemable Series C Preferred Stock ”) then outstanding in three equal annual installments (each date being referred to herein as a “ Series C Redemption Date ”). The first installment of such redemption shall occur on the 180th day after the receipt by the Corporation of the Series C Redemption Request or such other later date specified by the electing holders in the Series C Redemption Request (the “ First Series C Redemption Date ”). The second installment shall occur on the first anniversary of the First Series C Redemption Date, and the third installment shall occur on the second anniversary of the First Series C Redemption Date.

 

6


(e) At any time between July 30, 2012 and July 30, 2013, upon the written election (the “ Series B Redemption Request ”) of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together on an as converted to Common Stock basis, the Corporation shall redeem, from any source of funds legally available therefor, all shares of Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Redeemable Series B Preferred Stock ”) then outstanding in three equal annual installments (each date being referred to herein as a “ Series B Redemption Date ”). The first installment of such redemption shall occur on the 180th day after the receipt by the Corporation of the Series B Redemption Request or such other later date specified by the electing holders in the Series B Redemption Request (the “ First Series B Redemption Date ”). The second installment shall occur on the first anniversary of the First Series B Redemption Date, and the third installment shall occur on the second anniversary of the First Series B Redemption Date.

(f) At least ten (10) days but not more than twenty (20) days after receipt of any of a Series E Redemption Request, Series D Redemption Request, Series C Redemption Request or Series B Redemption Request (collectively, the “ Redemption Request ”), written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day immediately prior to the day on which the Redemption Request is deemed to have been given) of Redeemable Series E Preferred Stock, Redeemable Series D Preferred Stock, Redeemable Series C Preferred Stock and Redeemable Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Redeemable Preferred Stock ”), at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the Redemption Request (the “ Election Notice ”). Within ten (10) days after the mailing of the Election Notice, any series of Redeemable Preferred Stock that had not previously made a Redemption Request may elect to join in the Redemption Request in the manner set forth in subsections 3(b), 3(c), 3(d) or 3(e) hereof, as applicable. Once a series of Redeemable Preferred Stock has made or elected to join in a Redemption Request, that series of Redeemable Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to make or elect to join in any further Redemption Requests. In the event that more than one series of Redeemable Preferred Stock elects to participate in the Redemption Request, then the three equal annual installments (each date being referred to herein as a “ Redemption Date ”) of such redemption for all participating series of Redeemable Preferred Stock shall be measured beginning with the 180th day after the receipt by the Corporation of the Redemption Request by the electing holders who first initiated the Redemption Request or such other later date specified by the electing holders who first initiated the Redemption Request.

(g) The number of shares of each series of Redeemable Preferred Stock that the Corporation shall be required to redeem on any one Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (x) the aggregate number of shares of such series outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date, by (y) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). The Corporation shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Redemption Dates by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of the Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed a sum equal to $3.685 per share in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock; $1.2316 per share in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock; $1.464 per share in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock; and $4.1061 per share in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock (each as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, reclassification or similar event) (each a “ Redemption Price ”).

 

7


(h) At least ten (10) days but not more than twenty (20) days prior to each Redemption Date, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day immediately prior to the day on which notice is given) of Redeemable Preferred Stock, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected on the applicable Redemption Date, specifying the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, the applicable Redemption Date, the applicable Redemption Price, and the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”).

(i) Except as provided below, on or after each Redemption Date, each holder of Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the applicable Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. Once the Redemption Request for any applicable Redemption Date has been delivered to the Corporation, upon the timely payment of each Redemption Price, all rights of the holders with respect only to those shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock that have been redeemed and for which the applicable Redemption Price has been made on such Redemption Date shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall be cancelled and shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of this Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein (but subject to the provisos at the end of this sentence), the shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock that have not yet been redeemed and for which the Redemption Price has not been paid shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all the rights and preferences provided for herein or in any applicable agreement between the holder of such shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock and the Corporation; provided that, once a Redemption Request is delivered to the Corporation, the shares of the Redeemable Preferred Stock subject to such Redemption Request shall no longer be convertible into Common Stock; and provided further, that if on an applicable Redemption Date the Corporation shall fail to make timely payment of the applicable Redemption Payment, then until such Redemption Payment shall be made, such shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock shall once again be convertible into Common Stock hereunder, be subject to the automatic conversion provisions contained herein and shall be entitled to all the rights and preferences provided for in this Certificate of Incorporation.

(j) If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of the Redeemable Preferred Stock on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem on such Redemption Date all shares specified for redemption, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum number of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis among the holders of such shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, in proportion to the aggregate Redemption Price each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive if such funds were sufficient to permit the payment in full of the aggregate Redemption Price. The shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed pursuant to this Section 3 above shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter,

 

8


when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of Preferred Stock specified for redemption pursuant to this Section 3, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of such shares which the Corporation has become obligated to redeem pursuant to this Section 3, on the same terms and conditions as are set forth above.

4. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the following conversion rights (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Subject to subsection 4(d) below, each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, into such number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.2316 by the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock. The initial “Conversion Price” per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be $1.2316; but shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d). Subject to subsection 4(d) below, each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series D Preferred Stock, into such number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $1.464 by the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock. The initial “Conversion Price” per share for the Series D Preferred Stock shall be $1.464; but shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d). Subject to subsection 4(d) below, each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series E Preferred Stock, into such number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $4.1061 by the applicable Conversion Price at the time in effect for such series of Preferred Stock. The initial “Conversion Price” per share for the Series E Preferred Stock shall be $4.1061; but shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in subsection 4(d).

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, immediately upon the earlier to occur of (i) the consummation, except as provided in 4(c), of the Corporation’s initial sale of its Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting on the date of closing of such offering in aggregate proceeds to the Corporation of an amount not less than $40,000,000 and at a price per share (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses) of Common Stock not less than $6.1592 per share (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits or recapitalizations after the Series E Purchase Date (as defined below)) (an “ IPO ”), or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of the written consent or request from the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, that all of the shares of Preferred Stock be so converted.

 

9


(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the applicable series of Preferred Stock and shall give written notice by mail, postage prepaid, to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of any such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriter of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock . The applicable Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) (A) If the Corporation shall issue, after the date upon which any shares of Series E Preferred Stock were first issued (the “ Series E Purchase Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying the then applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of the calculation set forth above, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding both immediately prior to and immediately after such issue or sale shall be calculated on a fully diluted basis, as if all outstanding securities convertible into Common Stock had been converted, and all outstanding options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or convertible securities had been fully exercised (and the resulting securities fully converted into shares of Common Stock, if so convertible).

(B) No adjustment of the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried

 

10


forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three (3) years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in subsection (F) below, no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this subsection 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as the case may be, above the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(C) In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(D) In the case of the issuance of the Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, the consideration for the Additional Stock shall be deemed to be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in paragraphs (C) and (D) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(F) In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Series E Purchase Date) of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, or the fixing of a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such options or rights or convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this subsection 4(d)(i) and subsection 4(d)(ii):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued or, in case a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C), (D) and (E)), if any, received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for any such convertible

 

11


or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued or, in case a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(d)(i)(C), (D) and (E)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, including, but not limited to, a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(4) No readjustment pursuant to paragraph (3) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(5) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(6) If any such record date shall have been fixed and such options or rights, or convertible or exchangeable securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Prices shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i)(F) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(7) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections 4(d)(i)(F)(1)

 

12


and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection 4(d)(i)(F)(3), (4), (5) or (6).

(ii) “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to subsection 4(d)(i)(F)) by this Corporation after the Series E Purchase Date, other than

(A) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to a transaction described in subsections 4(d)(iii) hereof;

(B) Shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents (as defined in Subsection 4(d)(iii) below) issued or deemed to be issued either before, on or after the Series E Purchase Date to employees, consultants, contractors, advisors, officers or directors of the Corporation or persons having a professional relationship with or providing services to the Corporation, directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan so long as such plans have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including by a majority of the directors elected by the Preferred Stock);

(C) Shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents issued in connection with a bona fide acquisition of technology by the Corporation or a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Corporation, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including by a majority of the directors elected by the Preferred Stock);

(D) Shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents issued in connection with a bona fide institutional loan transaction, an equipment lease or financing transaction, a commercial credit arrangement or to a strategic partner of the Corporation, in each case as approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including by a majority of the directors elected by the Preferred Stock);

(E) Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents issued or issuable pursuant to a resolution unanimously approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors;

(F) Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock;

(G) Shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options and warrants which are outstanding immediately prior to the Series E Purchase Date;

(H) Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a result of an adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4(d)(i); or

(I) Shares of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to subsection 4(e) hereof.

 

13


(iii) In the event the Corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Series E Purchase Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Prices of each series of Preferred Stock shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in subsection 4(d)(i)(F).

(iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Series E Purchase Date is decreased (without a corresponding proportional decrease in the number of shares of Preferred Stock) by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Prices for each series of Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of each such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event this Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or Common Stock Equivalents not referred to in subsection 4(d)(iii), then, in each such case, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or Section 2), provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Prices then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of each series of Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalent as may be practicable.

 

14


(g) No Impairment . The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, stock split, stock combination, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action (including any Liquidation Event), avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

(h) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole share. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate serial conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, this Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect for each such series, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder’s Preferred Stock.

(i) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by this Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of shares of the Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall

 

15


be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

(k) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given (i) upon personal delivery, (ii) if sent and delivered within the United States, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, first-class, postage prepaid, or the day after delivery to an overnight delivery service of national reputation, or (iii) if sent or delivered outside the United States, three (3) days after deposit with a recognized international courier service. All such notices shall be delivered to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of this Corporation.

5. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(a) Preferred Stock Voting Rights . Each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock held by each such holder could then be converted. The holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation.

(b) Election of Directors . Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) for so long as at least 250,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) remain outstanding, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors (the “ Series A/B Directors ”), (ii) for so long as at least 450,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) remain outstanding, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director (the “ Series C Director ”), (iii) for so long as at least 450,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, will be entitled to elect one (1) director (the “ Series D Director ”), (iv) holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors (the “ Common Directors ”) and (v) holders of a majority of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director (the “ Independent Director ”). The authorized number of directors is eight (8). Notwithstanding any bylaw provision to the contrary, the stockholders entitled to elect a particular director shall be entitled to remove such director or to fill a vacancy in the seat formerly held by such director, all in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

6. Protective Provisions . Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock which may from time to time come into existence:

 

16


(a) so long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of sixty-six and two thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the voting power of the holders of then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the rights, preferences or privileges of such shares;

(ii) take any action (directly or indirectly, by merger or otherwise) that amends or repeals the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner which adversely affects the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock;

(iii) authorize, create or issue (directly or indirectly, by merger or otherwise) or obligate itself to authorize, create or issue any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock; or

(iv) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(b) so long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of a majority of the voting power of the holders of then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting or consenting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the rights, preferences or privileges of such shares;

(ii) take any action (directly or indirectly, by merger or otherwise) that amends or repeals the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner which adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock;

(iii) authorize, create or issue (directly or indirectly, by merger or otherwise) or obligate itself to authorize, create or issue any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on parity with the Series D Preferred Stock; or

(iv) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(c) so long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first

 

17


obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of a majority of the voting power of the holders of then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting or consenting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the rights, preferences or privileges of such shares;

(ii) take any action (directly or indirectly, by merger or otherwise) that amends or repeals the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner which adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(iii) authorize, create or issue (directly or indirectly, by merger or otherwise) or obligate itself to authorize, create or issue any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on parity with the Series E Preferred Stock; or

(iv) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

(d) so long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of a majority of the voting power of the holders of then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting or consenting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis (except with respect to subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii) and (vi) below, in which each such case, the additional approval of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting or consenting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, shall be required if such Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock are adversely affected thereby):

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the rights, preferences or privileges of such shares;

(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

(iii) authorize, create or issue (directly or indirectly, by merger or otherwise) or obligate itself to authorize, create or issue any new class or series of shares having rights, preferences or privileges superior to or on parity with the Preferred Stock;

(iv) authorize or consummate a Liquidation or Liquidation Event;

 

18


(v) increase or decrease the authorized number of members on the Corporation’s Board of Directors above or below, as the case may be, seven (7) members;

(vi) take any action (directly or indirectly, by merger or otherwise) that amends or repeals the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner which adversely affects the rights, preferences, or privileges of the Preferred Stock;

(vii) repurchase or otherwise reacquire shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (other than pursuant to the Corporation’s redemption obligations with respect to the Redeemable Preferred Stock as set forth in Section IV.B(3) hereof or in connection with written agreements providing for such repurchase from employees, directors or consultants at or below cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment); or

(viii) pay or declare any cash dividend on the Common Stock.

7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue.

C. Common Stock .

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Paragraph 2 of Section A of this Article IV.

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

4. Voting Rights . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing the majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE V

A director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for

 

19


liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. The foregoing sentence notwithstanding, if the Delaware General Corporation Law hereafter is amended to authorize further limitations of the liability of a director of a corporation, then a director of this Corporation, in addition to the circumstances in which a director is not personally liable as set forth in the preceding sentence, shall not be liable to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article V by the stockholders of this Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VI

This Corporation shall, to the broadest and maximum extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists from time to time indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of this Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.

In addition, this Corporation shall, to the broadest and maximum extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same may exist from time to time pay to such person any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending or settling any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer, to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by this Corporation as authorized in this Article.

Subsections (a) and (b) of this Article VI to the contrary notwithstanding, this Corporation shall not indemnify any such person with respect to any of the following matters: (i) remuneration paid to such person if it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law; or (ii) any accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by such person of this Corporation’s securities within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law; or (iii) actions brought about or contributed to by the dishonesty of such person, if a final judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such person establishes that acts of active and deliberate dishonesty were committed or attempted by such person with actual dishonest purpose and intent and were material to the adjudication; or (iv) actions based on or attributable to such person having gained any personal profit or advantage to which he or she was not entitled, in the event that a final judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such person establishes that such person in fact gained such personal profit or other advantage to which he or she was not entitled; or (v) any matter in

 

20


respect of which a final decision by a court with competent jurisdiction shall determine that indemnification is unlawful.

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of this Corporation, by agreement, vote of stockholders, or disinterested directors or otherwise.

The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII

In the event that a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities, or an employee of an entity that manages such an entity (each, a “ Fund ”) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter in such individual’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund or the manager or general partner of the Fund (and other than directly in connection with such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation) and that may be an opportunity of interest for both the Corporation and such Fund (a “ Corporate Opportunity ”), then the Corporation (i) renounces any expectancy that such director or Fund offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Corporation and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented by such director or Fund to the Corporation or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that such director acts in good faith.

ARTICLE VIII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

Election of directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE X

Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time (a) by the Board of Directors, (b) by a committee of the Board of Directors which has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority, as provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation, include the power to call such meetings, or (c) by one or more of the Series A/B Directors, the Series C Director, or the Series D Director if called in connection with an IPO, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons; provided, however, that

 

21


if and to the extent that any special meeting of stockholders may be called by any other person or persons specified in any provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereto or any certificate filed under Section 151(g) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (or its successor statute as in effect from time to time hereunder), then such special meeting may also be called by the person or person in the manner, at the times and for the purposes so specified above.

ARTICLE XI

The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE XII

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank ]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on January 29, 2008.

 

/s/ Young Sohn

Young Sohn,
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ John Edmunds

John Edmunds,
Secretary

 

23

Exhibit 3(i).2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INPHI CORPORATION

INPHI CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that:

1. The original Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation was filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on November 13, 2000, under its original name of “TCOM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.”

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

RESOLVED, that ARTICLE IV, Section A as presently in effect be, and the same hereby is, amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“A. Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares of stock designated “Common Stock,” and “Preferred Stock,” respectively. The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 94,603,385 shares. 60,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, par value $.001 per share and 34,603,385 shares shall be Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, consisting of (i) 1,234,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), (ii) 6,828,895 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), (iii) 15,175,770 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”), (iv) 8,196,720 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”) and (v) 3,168,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”); the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are sometimes referred to in this Certificate of Incorporation as the “ Preferred Stock ”.”


3. The Certificate of Amendment of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth above and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference. All other provisions of the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation remain in full force and effect.

* * *

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Amendment to Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on June 10, 2010.

 

/s/ Young Sohn

Young Sohn,
Chief Executive Officer

/s/ John Edmunds

John Edmunds,
Secretary

 

3

Exhibit 3(i).3

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

INPHI CORPORATION

Inphi Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Inphi Corporation.

SECOND: The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 13, 2000 and the original name of the corporation was TCom Communications, Inc., and a Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on December 4, 2000. A Certificate of Amendment of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, whereby the corporation changed its name, was filed with the Secretary of State on February 27, 2001.

THIRD: Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation.

FOURTH: The Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Inphi Corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

A. Classes of Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 510,000,000, of which 500,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and of which 10,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, without a vote of


the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such Preferred Stock holders is required pursuant to the provisions established by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such Preferred Stock, and if such holders of such Preferred Stock are so entitled to vote thereon, then, except as may otherwise be set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, the only stockholder approval required shall be the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock so entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

B. Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, as determined by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issue, in one or more series, of all or any of the remaining shares of Preferred Stock and, in the resolution or resolutions providing for such issue, to establish for each such series the number of its shares, the voting powers, full or limited, of the shares of such series, or that such shares shall have no voting powers, and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized (unless forbidden in the resolution or resolutions providing for such issue) to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series. In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

C. Common Stock .

1. Relative Rights of Preferred Stock and Common Stock . All preferences, voting powers, relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges, and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the Common Stock are expressly made subject and subordinate to those that may be fixed with respect to any shares of the Preferred Stock.

2. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law or the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of stock held by such holder of record on the books of the Corporation for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

3. Dividends . Subject to the preferential rights of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the assets of the Corporation which are by law available therefor, dividends payable either in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.

4. Dissolution, Liquidation or Winding Up . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be distributed to the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled, unless otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation of

 

2


whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.

ARTICLE V

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware:

A. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation, without any action on the part of the stockholders, by the vote of at least a majority of the directors of the Corporation then in office. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, the bylaws may also be adopted, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders representing only a majority of the voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class, shall be required if such adoption, amendment or repeal of the bylaws has been previously approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors of the Corporation then in office.

B. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

C. The books of the Corporation may be kept at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the bylaws of the Corporation may provide or as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors. Other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof, each director shall serve until his successor shall be duly elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity.

B. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by a majority vote of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. Directors chosen pursuant to any of the foregoing provisions shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and have qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, or by the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the corporation, may exercise the powers of the full board until the vacancy is filled.

 

3


ARTICLE VII

A. No action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

B. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied.

C. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.

D. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article VII, Paragraph D.

ARTICLE VIII

A. Limitation on Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended (including, but not limited to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL), a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL hereafter is amended to further eliminate or limit the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Any repeal or modification of this paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

B. Indemnification . Each person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified and advanced expenses by the Corporation, in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the

 

4


Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) or any other applicable laws as presently or hereinafter in effect. The right to indemnification and advancement of expenses hereunder shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

C. Insurance . The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

D. Repeal and Modification . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

The affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend in any respect or repeal this Article IX, Paragraph A of Article V, Articles VI, VII and VIII.

*    *    *

FIFTH: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

SIXTH: This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Written consent of the stockholders has been given with respect to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and written notice has been given as provided in Section 228.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer and attested by its Secretary this      day of                 , 2010.

 

      INPHI CORPORATION
      By  

 

        Young K. Sohn, Chief Executive Officer and President
Attest:      
By  

 

     
  John Edmunds, Secretary      

 

6

Exhibit 3(ii).1

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

TCOM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office shall be at the office of National Registered Agents, Inc. in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated on an annual basis by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

Section 2. Notice of Annual Meeting . Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

Section 3. Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, or cause a third party to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.


Section 4. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders of this corporation, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or holders of a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of this corporation then entitled to vote, and may not be called absent such a request. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 5. Notice of Special Meetings . As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of a request as provided in Section 4 of this Article II, written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date (which shall be not less than ten nor more than sixty days from the date of the notice) and hour of the special meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the special meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such special meeting.

Section 6. Scope of Business at Special Meeting . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as provided in Section 5 of this Article II.

Section 8. Qualifications to Vote . The stockholders of record on the books of the corporation at the close of business on the record date as determined by the Board of Directors and only such stockholders shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof.

Section 9. Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any stockholders’ meeting and at any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. The record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, and not more than sixty days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of

 

2.


stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 10. Action at Meetings . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 11. Voting and Proxies . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

Section 12. Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, provided, however, that action by written consent to elect directors, if less than unanimous, shall be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings or meetings of stockholders are recorded.

 

3.


ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Powers . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number Election Tenure and qualification . The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders at an annual meeting of the Stockholders (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in Article II, Section 12); provided that the number of directors shall be not less than three (3) nor more than five (5). With the exception of the first Board of Directors, which shall be elected by the incorporator, and except as provided in the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) or in Section 3 of this Article III, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders by a plurality vote of the shares represented in person or by proxy and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified unless he shall resign, become disqualified, disabled, or otherwise removed. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall serve until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by applicable law. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 4. Location of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Meeting of Newly Elected Board of Directors . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not held at such time, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

4.


Section 6. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of such location.

Section 7. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on two days’ notice to each director by mail, overnight courier service or facsimile. Special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner or on like notice on the written request of not less than twenty five percent (25%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of the Company. Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 229 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 8. Quorum and Action at Meetings . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 9. Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

Section 10. Telephonic Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 11. Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation; provided, that for so long as any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation, each committee shall consist of at least one such director. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present

 

5.


at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 12. Committee Authority . Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (a) approving, adopting or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 13. Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required to do so by the Board of Directors.

Section 14. Directors Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 15. Resignation . Any director or officer of the corporation may resign at any time. Each such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by either the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

Section 16. Removal . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV.

NOTICES

Section 1. Notice to Directors and Stockholders . Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice

 

6.


shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. Notice to directors may also be given by telephone, facsimile or telegram (with confirmation of receipt).

Section 2. Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. The written waiver need not specify the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at the meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.

ARTICLE V.

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman or Chairmen of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Section 3. Appointment of Other Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Compensation . The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof The salaries of agents of the corporation shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors, be fixed by the President or any Vice-President of the corporation.

Section 5. Tenure . The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors of the Board of

 

7.


Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Chairman shall be present. The Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Vice Chairman shall be present. The Vice Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to such person by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

Section 7. President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation unless such title is assigned to another officer of the corporation; in the absence of a Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside as the chairman of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; and the President shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

Section 8. Vice-President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice-President, the Vice-Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice-President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be subject. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the Secretary’s signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by such officer’s signature.

Section 10. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such

 

8.


determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, President or Chief Executive Officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all such transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the Treasurer’s office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the Treasurer that belongs to the corporation.

Section 12. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI.

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1. Certificates . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice-President, and (b) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the corporation. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

Section 2. Class or Series . If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to

 

9.


represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the Delaware Corporation Law or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge, to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 3. Signature . Any of or all of the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 4. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5. Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

Section 6. Record Date . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholder or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall

 

10.


not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 7. Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the applicable provisions, if any, of the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 5. Loans . The Board of Directors of this corporation may, without stockholder approval, authorize loans to, or guaranty obligations of, or otherwise assist, including, without limitation, the adoption of employee benefit plans under which loans and guarantees may be made, any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may

 

11.


reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.

ARTICLE VIII.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Scope . The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by that Section, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

Section 2. Advancing Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer of the corporation in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware; provided, however, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director (i) who commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (ii) who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such director’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation, or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

Section 3. Liability Offset . The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Article VIII shall be offset to the extent the indemnified party is indemnified by any other source including, but not limited to, any applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation, the indemnified party or any other person.

Section 4. Continuing Obligation . The provisions of this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director of the corporation who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or

 

12.


theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

Section 5. Nonexclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 6. Other Persons . In addition to the indemnification rights of directors, officers, employees, or agents of the corporation, the Board of Directors in its discretion shall have the power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any other person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding who the corporation may indemnify under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 7. Definitions . The phrases and terms set forth in this Article VIII shall be given the same meaning as the identical terms and phrases are given in Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting; provided, that any amendment that adversely affects the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of Preferred Stock may only be amended by the stockholders holding shares representing not less than a majority in interest of such Series of Preferred Stock. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

13.


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

TCOM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The undersigned certifies:

1. That the undersigned is the duly elected and acting Secretary of TCom Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”); and

2. That the foregoing Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by the Action by Unanimous Written Consent in Lieu of the Organizational Meeting by the Board of Directors of TCom Communications, Inc., dated the 3rd day of December 2000.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the Corporation as of this 3rd day of December 2000.

 

/s/ Richard A. Fink

Richard A. Fink,
Secretary


AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF

DIRECTORS OF INPHI CORPORATION ON MAY 7, 2002 AND BY THE

STOCKHOLDERS ON MAY 8, 2002

Section 2 of Article III of the Bylaws of Inphi Corporation, a Delaware corporation, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders at an annual meeting of the Stockholders (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in Article II, Section 12); provided that the number of directors shall be not less than four (4) nor more than seven (7)”.

Exhibit 3(ii).2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

B Y L A W S

OF

INPHI CORPORATION

(a Delaware corporation)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE 1 Offices    1

1.1

  

Registered Office

   1

1.2

  

Other Offices

   1
ARTICLE 2 Meeting of Stockholders    1

2.1

  

Place of Meeting

   1

2.2

  

Annual Meeting

   1

2.3

  

Special Meetings

   2

2.4

  

Notice of Meetings

   3

2.5

  

List of Stockholders

   3

2.6

  

Organization and Conduct of Business

   3

2.7

  

Quorum

   3

2.8

  

Adjournments

   4

2.9

  

Voting Rights

   4

2.10

  

Majority Vote

   4

2.11

  

Record Date for Stockholder Notice and Voting

   4

2.12

  

Proxies

   4

2.13

  

Inspectors of Election

   5
ARTICLE 3 Directors    5

3.1

  

Number, Election, Tenure and Qualifications

   5

3.2

  

Enlargement and Vacancies

   7

3.3

  

Resignation and Removal

   7

3.4

  

Powers

   7

3.5

  

Chairman of the Board

   7

3.6

  

Place of Meetings

   7

3.7

  

Regular Meetings

   7

3.8

  

Special Meetings

   8

3.9

  

Quorum, Action at Meeting, Adjournments

   8

3.10

  

Action Without Meeting

   8

3.11

  

Telephone Meetings

   8

3.12

  

Committees

   8

3.13

  

Fees and Compensation of Directors

   9
ARTICLE 4 Officers    9

4.1

  

Officers Designated

   9

4.2

  

Election

   9

4.3

  

Tenure

   9

4.4

  

The Chief Executive Officer

   10

4.5

  

The President

   10

4.6

  

The Vice President

   10

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

4.7

  

The Secretary

   10

4.8

  

The Assistant Secretary

   11

4.9

  

The Chief Financial Officer

   11

4.10

  

The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers

   11

4.11

  

Bond

   11

4.12

  

Delegation of Authority

   11
ARTICLE 5 Notices    11

5.1

  

Delivery

   11

5.2

  

Waiver of Notice

   12
ARTICLE 6 Indemnification and Insurance    12

6.1

  

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

   12

6.2

  

Indemnification of Others

   13

6.3

  

Advance Payment

   13

6.4

  

Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit

   14

6.5

  

Non-Exclusivity and Survival of Rights; Amendments

   14

6.6

  

Insurance

   14

6.7

  

Reliance

   14

6.8

  

Severability

   15
ARTICLE 7 Capital Stock    15

7.1

  

Certificates for Shares

   15

7.2

  

Signatures on Certificates

   15

7.3

  

Transfer of Stock

   15

7.4

  

Registered Stockholders

   16

7.5

  

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

   16
ARTICLE 8 General Provisions    16

8.1

  

Dividends

   16

8.2

  

Checks

   16

8.3

  

Corporate Seal

   16

8.4

  

Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

   16

8.5

  

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

   17
ARTICLE 9 Amendments    17

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED

B Y L A W S

OF

INPHI CORPORATION

(a Delaware corporation)

ARTICLE 1

Offices

1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation shall be set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.

1.2 Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors of the corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time designate, or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE 2

Meeting of Stockholders

2.1 Place of Meeting . Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by or in the manner provided in these bylaws, or, if not so designated, at the principal executive offices of the corporation.

2.2 Annual Meeting . Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held each year at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. At each such annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect the number of directors equal to the number of directors of the class whose term expires at such meeting (or, if fewer, the number of directors properly nominated and qualified for election) to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. The stockholders shall also transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

To be properly brought before the annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of record. A motion related to business proposed to be brought before any stockholders’ meeting may be made by any stockholder entitled to vote if the business proposed is otherwise proper to be brought before the meeting. However, any such stockholder may propose business to be brought before a meeting only if such stockholder has given timely notice to the Secretary of the corporation in proper written form of the stockholder’s intent to propose such business. To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered by a nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class United States mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at the


principal executive offices of the corporation addressed to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation not more than one hundred twenty (120) days nor less than ninety (90) days in advance of the anniversary of the date of the corporation’s proxy statement provided in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is more than thirty (30) days before or after the anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder must be received by the Secretary of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. For the purposes of these bylaws, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and record address of the stockholder proposing such business and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by the stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business; and (v) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ 1934 Act ”) in such stockholder’s capacity as a proponent of a stockholder proposal.

Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section; provided , however , that nothing in this Section shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any business properly brought before the annual meeting.

The Chairman of the Board (or such other person presiding at the meeting in accordance with these bylaws) shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

2.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, by the Secretary only at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any

 

-2-


special meeting shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

2.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law or these bylaws, written notice of each meeting of stockholders, annual or special, stating the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such special meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.5 List of Stockholders . The officer in charge of the stock ledger of the corporation or the transfer agent shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to gain access to such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.6 Organization and Conduct of Business . The Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer or President of the corporation or, in their absence, such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her in order.

2.7 Quorum . Except where otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

 

-3-


2.8 Adjournments . If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of stockholders, a majority of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote, though less than a quorum, or by any officer entitled to preside at such meeting, shall be entitled to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however , that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, if any, date, time and means of remote communications, if any, of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.9 Voting Rights . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder.

2.10 Majority Vote . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock and entitled to vote present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or of these bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Notice and Voting . For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any right in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days before any other action to which the record date relates. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

2.12 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Subject to the limitation set forth in

 

-4-


the last clause of the first sentence of this Section 2.12, a duly executed proxy that does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (a) revoked by the person executing it, before the vote pursuant to that proxy, by a writing delivered to the corporation stating that the proxy is revoked or by a subsequent proxy executed by, or attendance at the meeting and voting in person by, the person executing the proxy, or (b) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the corporation before the vote pursuant to that proxy is counted.

2.13 Inspectors of Election . The corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons to act as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

ARTICLE 3

Directors

3.1 Number, Election, Tenure and Qualifications . The number of directors that shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall be not fewer than three (3) nor more than eleven (11). Within such range, the number of directors that shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the directors of the corporation then in office. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. Each class shall serve for a term of three (3) years upon election or re-election to the Board; provided, however, directors serving as Class I or Class II directors on the effective date of these bylaws will serve an initial term of one year and two years, respectively. Class I shall be comprised of directors who shall serve until the first annual meeting of stockholder following the effective date of these bylaws. Class II shall be comprised of directors who shall serve until the second annual meeting of stockholder following the effective date of these bylaws. Class III shall be comprised of directors who shall serve until the third annual meeting of stockholder following the effective date of these bylaws.

At each annual meeting of the stockholders, directors shall be elected for that class of directors whose terms are then expiring, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2, and each director so elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation, removal, death or incapacity.

Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors must be (a) made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly

 

-5-


authorized committee thereof) or (b) made by any stockholder of record of the corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the applicable meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.2. Directors need not be stockholders. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered by a nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class United States mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation addressed to the attention of the Secretary of the corporation (i) in the case of an annual meeting of stockholders, not more than one hundred twenty (120) days nor less than ninety (90) days in advance of the anniversary of the date of the corporation’s proxy statement provided in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date more than thirty (30) days before or after the anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder must be received by the Secretary of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (A) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and (B) the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made, and (ii) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made. Such stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation that are owned beneficially by the person, (iv) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (v) the nominee’s written consent to serve, if elected, and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice, (i) the name and record address of the stockholder, (ii) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the corporation that are owned beneficially by the stockholder, and (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each person the stockholder proposes for election or re-election as a director pursuant to which such proposed nomination is being made. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.

In connection with any annual meeting of the stockholders (or, if and as applicable, any special meeting of the stockholders), the Chairman of the Board (or such other person presiding at such meeting in accordance with these bylaws) shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

-6-


3.2 Enlargement and Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by a majority vote of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. Directors chosen pursuant to any of the foregoing provisions shall hold office until the next annual election at which the term of the class to which he or she has been elected expires and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, or by the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the corporation, may exercise the powers of the full board until the vacancy is filled.

3.3 Resignation and Removal . Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation at its principal place of business addressed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt of such notice unless the notice specifies such resignation to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, but only for cause, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock issued and outstanding then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

3.4 Powers . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.5 Chairman of the Board . The directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board and may elect a Vice Chair of the Board, each to hold such office until their successor is elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chair of the Board, if one has been elected, or another director designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of the corporation shall if present preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors and shall have such other duties as may be vested in the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors. The Vice Chair of the Board of the corporation shall have such duties as may be vested in the Vice Chair of the Board by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided, however , that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given prompt notice of such determination.

 

-7-


3.8 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by the written request of a majority of the directors then in office. Notice of the time and place, if any, of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director, or sent by first-class mail or commercial delivery service, facsimile transmission, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, charges prepaid, sent to such director’s business or home address as they appear upon the records of the corporation. In case such notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days prior to the time of holding of the meeting. In case such notice is delivered personally or by telephone or by commercial delivery service, facsimile transmission, or electronic mail or other electronic means, it shall be so delivered at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

3.9 Quorum, Action at Meeting, Adjournments . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of directors then in office, but in no event less than one-third (1/3) of the entire Board of Directors, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, or by the bylaws of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 3.9, the term “entire Board of Directors” shall mean the number of directors last fixed by directors in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of the corporation; provided , however , that if fewer than all the number of directors so fixed have been elected (by the stockholders or the Board of Directors), the “entire Board of Directors” shall mean the greatest number of directors so elected to hold office at any one time pursuant to such authorization. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.10 Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

3.11 Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws, any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or by any form of communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the

 

-8-


absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not the member or members present constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all of the lawfully delegated powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and make such reports to the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may request or the charter of such committee may then require. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these bylaws for the conduct of its business by the Board of Directors.

3.13 Fees and Compensation of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

ARTICLE 4

Officers

4.1 Officers Designated . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors may also choose a Chief Operating Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, and one or more assistant Secretaries or assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

4.2 Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting, at any other meeting, by written consent or may be appointed by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to a delegation of authority from the Board of Directors.

4.3 Tenure . Each officer of the corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote choosing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation, removal or incapacity. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer may be removed with or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors or a committee duly authorized to do so. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation may be filled by the Board of Directors, at its discretion. Any officer may resign by delivering such officer’s written resignation to the corporation at its principal place of business to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Such

 

-9-


resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

4.4 The Chief Executive Officer . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He or she shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

4.5 The President . The President shall, in the event there is no Chief Executive Officer or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his or her disability, perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed for such person by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or these bylaws.

4.6 The Vice President . The Vice President (or in the event there be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the President or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice President(s) shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed for them by the Board of Directors, the President, the Chairman of the Board or these bylaws.

4.7 The Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and the stockholders and record all votes and the proceedings of the meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees, when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he or she shall act. The secretary shall sign such instruments on behalf of the corporation as the secretary may be authorized to sign by the Board of Directors or by law and shall countersign, attest and affix the corporate seal to all certificates and instruments where such countersigning or such sealing and attesting are necessary to their true and proper execution. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

 

-10-


4.8 The Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any Assistant Secretaries in the order designated by the Board of Directors (or in the absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall assist the Secretary in the performance of his or her duties and, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

4.9 The Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal accounting officer in charge of the general accounting books, accounting and cost records and forms. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and have other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

4.10 The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer (if one is appointed) shall have such duties as may be specified by the Chief Financial Officer to assist the Chief Financial Officer in the performance of his or her duties and to perform such other duties and have other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. It shall be the duty of any Assistant Treasurers to assist the Treasurer in the performance of his or her duties and to perform such other duties and have other powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

4.11 Bond . If required by the Board of Directors, any officer shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties and upon such terms and conditions as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, including without limitation a bond for the faithful performance of the duties of such officer’s office and for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in such officer’s possession or under such officer’s control and belonging to the corporation.

4.12 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE 5

Notices

5.1 Delivery . Whenever, under the provisions of law, or of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or these bylaws, written notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail or delivered to a nationally recognized courier service. Unless written notice by mail is required by law, written notice may also be given by commercial delivery service, facsimile transmission, electronic means or similar means addressed to such director or stockholder at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation, in which case such notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered into the control of the

 

-11-


persons charged with effecting such transmission, the transmission charge to be paid by the corporation or the person sending such notice and not by the addressee. Oral notice or other in-hand delivery, in person or by telephone, shall be deemed given at the time it is actually given.

5.2 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of law or of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or of these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE 6

Indemnification and Insurance

6.1 Indemnification of Officers and Directors . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of the corporation (or any predecessor), or is or was serving at the request of the corporation (or any predecessor) as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the corporation, or other enterprise (or any predecessors of such entities) (hereinafter an “ Indemnitee ”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, including, but not limited to, Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), or by other applicable law as then in effect, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith. Each person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary of the corporation shall be deemed to be serving, or have served, at the request of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 6.1 shall be a contract right.

Any indemnification (but not advancement of expenses) under this Article 6 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances

 

-12-


because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment). Such determination shall be made with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not or were not parties to the proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by Indemnitee (the “ Disinterested Directors ”), even though less than a quorum, (b) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (d) by the stockholders.

6.2 Indemnification of Others . This Article 6 does not limit the right of the corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than those persons identified in Section 6.1 when and as authorized by the Board or by the action of a committee of the Board or designated officers of the corporation established by or designated in resolutions approved by the Board; provided, however , that the payment of expenses incurred by such a person in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt by the corporation of a written undertaking by such person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 6 or otherwise.

6.3 Advance Payment . The right to indemnification under this Article 6 shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the corporation within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time; provided, however , that if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under Section 6.1 or otherwise; and provided, further , that payment of such expenses incurred by other employees and agents of the corporation may be made by the corporation upon authorization by the Board in its discretion upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board deems appropriate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless such right is acquired other than pursuant to this Article 6, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of the

 

-13-


Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no Disinterested Directors or the Disinterested Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

6.4 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim for indemnification (following final disposition of such proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article 6 is not paid in full by the corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

6.5 Non-Exclusivity and Survival of Rights; Amendments . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article 6 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this Article 6 shall not in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights of any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation hereunder in respect of any occurrence or matter arising prior to any such repeal or modification.

6.6 Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

6.7 Reliance . Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the corporation shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this Article 6 in entering into or continuing such service. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this Article 6 shall apply to claims made against an Indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions that occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof.

 

-14-


6.8 Severability . If any word, clause, provision or provisions of this Article 6 shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article 6 (including, without limitation, each portion of any section or paragraph of this Article 6 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article 6 (including, without limitation, each such portion of any section or paragraph of this Article 6 containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

ARTICLE 7

Capital Stock

7.1 Certificates for Shares . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send or cause to be sent to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required by the DGCL or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

7.2 Signatures on Certificates . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

7.3 Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, and proper evidence of compliance of other conditions to rightful transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions and proper evidence of compliance of other

 

-15-


conditions to rightful transfer from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

7.4 Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.5 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may direct that a new certificate or certificates be issued to replace any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed and on such terms and conditions as the corporation may require. When authorizing the issue of a new certificate or certificates, the corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require, to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it may require, and/or to give the corporation a bond or other adequate security in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

ARTICLE 8

General Provisions

8.1 Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the DGCL or the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting or by unanimous written consent. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation.

8.2 Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

8.3 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the word “Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced. The seal may be altered from time to time by the Board of Directors.

8.4 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments . The Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or

 

-16-


agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.5 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . The Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporation is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any corporation or corporations or similar ownership interests of other business entities standing in the name of the corporation. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of the corporation any and all shares or similar ownership interests held by the corporation in any other corporation or corporations or other business entities may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officers.

ARTICLE 9

Amendments

These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors pursuant to the applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation at (a) any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or (b) any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws is contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

-17-


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, hereby certify:

(i) That I am a duly elected, acting and qualified Secretary of Inphi Corporation, a Delaware corporation; and

(ii) That the foregoing Bylaws, comprising 17 pages, constitute the Bylaws of such corporation as duly adopted by the board of directors of such corporation on June 7, 2010, which Bylaws became effective             , 2010.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name as of the      day of             , 2010.

 

 

John Edmunds, Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

INPHI CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

January 30, 2008


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page
1.   Registration Rights    1
  1.1    Definitions    1
  1.2    Request for Registration    2
  1.3    Company Registration    4
  1.4    Obligations of the Company    4
  1.5    Furnish Information    5
  1.6    Expenses of Demand and S-3 Registration    6
  1.7    Expenses of Company Registration    6
  1.8    Underwriting Requirements    6
  1.9    Delay of Registration    7
  1.10    Indemnification    7
  1.11    Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934    9
  1.12    Form S-3 Registration    10
  1.13    Assignment of Registration Rights    11
  1.14    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights    11
  1.15    Market Stand-Off Agreement    11
  1.16    Termination of Registration Rights    12
2.   Covenants of the Company    12
  2.1    Delivery of Financial Statements    12
  2.2    Inspection Covenants    13
  2.3    Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants    13
  2.4    Right of First Offer    13
  2.5    Qualified Small Business    15
  2.6    Employee and Other Stock Arrangements    16
  2.7    Proprietary Information Agreements    16
  2.8    Assignment of Right of First Refusal    16
3.   Miscellaneous    17
  3.1    Successors and Assigns    17
  3.2    Governing Law    17
  3.3    Counterparts    17
  3.4    Titles and Subtitles    17
  3.5    Notices    17
  3.6    Expenses    17
  3.7    Amendments and Waivers    17
  3.8    Severability    18
  3.9    Aggregation of Stock    18
  3.10    Entire Agreement    18
  3.11    Recapitalizations, Etc    18
  3.12    Additional Parties    18


AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of the 30 th day of January, 2008, by and among Inphi Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of whom is herein referred to as an “ Investor ,” and the founders listed on Schedule B hereto, each of which is herein referred to as a “ Founder .”

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 30, 2008 (the “ Series E Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company previously entered into an Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated as of November 3, 2005, among the Company, certain of the Investors and the Founders (the “ Prior Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) issuable to the Investors and certain other matters as set forth herein and, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be terminated and have no further force or effect.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) The term “ Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(b) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(c) The term “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities (subject to the limitations set forth in the definition thereof) or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.13 hereof.

(d) The term “ IPO ” shall mean the first sale of the Common Stock of the Company to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of Common Stock to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction).

(e) The term “ 1934 Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

1


(f) The term “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”), the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”) and the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”).

(g) The term “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness by the SEC of such registration statement or document.

(h) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock; (ii) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon exercise of the warrants as listed on Schedule 1.1(h) hereto (the “ Warrants ”) and (iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) - (ii) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under this Section 1 are not assigned.

(i) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

(j) The term “ SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.2 Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) the Company’s initial public offering, or (ii) January 30, 2011 (but not within 6 months of the effective date of a registration), a written request from the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percentage if the anticipated aggregate offering price would exceed $10,000,000), then the Company shall:

(i) within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders; and

(ii) use its best efforts to effect as soon as practicable, the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b).

 

2


(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to subsection 1.2(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period.

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) After the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and the securities offered pursuant to such registration have been sold; or

(ii) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that (A) the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and (B) the Company provides prior written notice to the Initiating Holders of any registration request of its intent to file a registration statement.

 

3


1.3 Company Registration . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of Common Stock to participants in a Company stock plan, a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

1.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided, however, that in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 120-day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided that Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that applicable rules under the Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment which (i) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or (ii) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (i) and (ii) above to be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act in the registration statement.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC and furnish to the Holders such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including all amendments thereto, and including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

4


(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Promptly notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary at such time to amend or supplement the registration statement or the prospectus in order to comply with the Act.

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(i) Use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (a) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (b) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities (to the extent the then applicable standards of professional conduct permit said letter to be addressed to the Holders).

1.5 Furnish Information .

(a) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

5


(b) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.12 if, due to the operation of subsection 1.5(a), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.12(b)(2), whichever is applicable.

1.6 Expenses of Demand and S-3 Registration . All expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities (the “ Selling Expenses ”)) incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2 and 1.12, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by Holders selling a majority of the subject Registrable Securities and reasonably acceptable to the Company, shall be borne by the Company (the “ Registration Expenses ”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.12 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating holders shall bear such expenses in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2 in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request in good faith as a result of such change with reasonable promptness following disclosure of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2. All Selling Expenses relating to the Registrable Securities so registered shall be borne by holders of such securities and, if it participates, the Company, pro rata on the basis of the number of shares of Registrable Securities so registered on their behalf.

1.7 Expenses of Company Registration . All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with any registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement (other than those pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.12), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by Holders selling a majority of the subject Registrable Securities and reasonably acceptable to the Company, shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to the Registrable Securities so registered shall be borne by holders of such securities and, if it participates, the Company, pro rata on the basis of the number of shares of Registrable Securities so registered on their behalf.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements; Allocation of Registration Opportunity . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters) and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such

 

6


offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case the selling stockholders may be entirely excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included, (ii) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced unless all of the securities of the Founders and any other non-Holder stockholder of the Company are first excluded from the offering, or (iii) notwithstanding (i) and (ii) above, any shares being sold by a stockholder exercising a demand registration right similar to that granted in Section 1.2 are excluded from such offering. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single selling stockholder, and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such selling stockholder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such selling stockholder, as defined in this sentence.

1.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, and such parties’ counsel against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations or alleged statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any

 

7


such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based solely upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its counsel, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act or the 1934 Act insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that, in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, shall not relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10 to the extent such failure is not prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, and the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability with respect to such claim or litigation.

 

8


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Section 1.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.11 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934 . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

 

9


(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Form S-3 Registration . After its IPO, the Company shall use its best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any successor form. Thereafter, in case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this section 1.12: (1) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (2) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; (3) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 60 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.12; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve month period; (4) if the Company has, within the six (6) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected on registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.12; or (5) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.12 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

 

10


1.13 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities who, after such assignment or transfer, holds at least one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of the Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) held by the transferor or assignor of such securities immediately prior to such transfer, provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1.15 below; (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act; and (d) such transfer or assignment shall not be effective if it is made to a competitor of the Company as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) transfers to transferees and assignees of a partnership or limited liability company who are partners or members or retired partners or members of such partnership or limited liability company (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession), (ii) transfers to an affiliated fund, partnership, entity or shareholder of any Investor shall not be subject to the minimum shareholding requirement set forth above, provided that all such assignees and transferees shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under this Section 1.

1.14 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of not less than sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a) or within one hundred twenty (120) days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2.

1.15 Market Stand-Off Agreement .

(a) Each Investor and each Founder hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act in connection with the Company’s IPO, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by it at any time during such period except Common Stock included in such registration, provided, however, that such market stand-off period shall not exceed 198 days.

 

11


(b) In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Investor and each Founder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

(c) The obligations described in Section 1.15(a) shall apply to the Investors only if all officers and directors of the Company, all one-percent (1%) securityholders, and all other persons with registration rights (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) enter into similar agreements. If the Company or the underwriter of any public offering of the Company’s securities waive or terminate any standoff or lockup restrictions imposed on any holder of securities of the Company, then such waiver or termination shall be granted to all Holders subject to standoff or lockup restrictions pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially held by such holder and the Holders. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that all holders of capital stock of the Company agree to be bound by terms substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 1.15.

1.16 Termination of Registration Rights . The rights under this Section 1 shall terminate (i) as to each Holder who, immediately following the consummation of the IPO, holds, or is entitled to hold upon conversion, shares of Registrable Securities which may be immediately sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period and (ii) as to all Holders upon the five-year anniversary of the consummation of the Company’s IPO.

2. Covenants of the Company .

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements .

(a) So long as any Investor holds at least one hundred thousand (100,000) Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like), the Company shall deliver to each such Investor (a “ Major Investor ”):

(i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement and a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, in each case, certified by Company’s Chief Financial Officer, with management’s analysis of results and a statement of an executive officer comparing monthly and year-to-date information to the Company’s budget for such fiscal quarter;

(iii) within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows for such month and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail; and

 

12


(iv) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, an annual budget for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis.

2.2 Inspection Covenants . The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers (including the use of an auditor in such inspection and discussion), all at such reasonable times as may be requested by such Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers, upon advice of legal counsel, to be trade secret or similar confidential information.

2.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants . The covenants set forth in Section 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect when either (i) the Company consummates its IPO; (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; or (iii) the closing of any transaction or series of related transactions by the Company (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) which will result in the Company’s stockholders immediately prior to such transaction not holding (by virtue of such shares or securities issued solely with respect thereto) at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or continuing entity.

2.4 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.4, for so long as any Major Investor owns any shares of outstanding Preferred Stock, the Company hereby grants to such Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners, members, directors, entities under common control and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice by certified mail (“ Notice ”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) By written notification received by the Company, within twenty (20) calendar days after receipt of the Notice, the Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding options, warrants and other convertible or exercisable securities). The

 

13


Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Investor which purchases all the shares available to it (“ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) calendar day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Investors which is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of common stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase some of the unsubscribed shares.

(c) If all Shares referred to in the Notice which Major Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to subsection 2.4(b) are not elected to be obtained as provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, the Company may, during the sixty (60) day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.4(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable:

(i) to the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock or other securities, or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”), to employees, consultants or directors of the Company or persons having a professional relationship with or providing services to the Company, directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or agreement or other stock option arrangements so long as such plan, agreements or arrangements have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including a majority of the directors designated by the holders of the Preferred Stock);

(ii) to the issuance or sale of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents in connection with a bona fide acquisition of technology by the Company or a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise, approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including a majority of the directors designated by the holders of the Preferred Stock);

(iii) to the issuance or sale of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, warrants or other securities or rights in connection with a bona fide loan transaction or bank financing or otherwise in connection with commercial credit and equipment financing arrangements or to a strategic partner of the Company, in each case as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including a majority of the directors designated by the holders of the Preferred Stock);

 

14


(iv) to or after consummation of a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock, registered under the Act pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1;

(v) to the issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents issued or issuable pursuant to a resolution unanimously approved by approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (including a majority of the directors designated by the holders of the Preferred Stock);

(vi) to the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities that are, or have been, approved for issuance by a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors (including a majority of the directors designated by the holders of the Preferred Stock);

(vii) to the issuance of securities in connection with a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof); or

(viii) to the issuance of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Agreement or any subsequent closing thereof or the issuance of the any shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock.

(e) The right of first offer set forth in this Section 2.4 may not be assigned or transferred except to affiliates of a Major Investor.

2.5 Qualified Small Business . The Company shall not take, or not fail to take, any action that would reasonably be expected to cause the Stock to fail to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to take any action, or refrain from any action, which in its good faith business judgment is not in the best interests of the Company or its stockholders. In the event that the Company is or becomes aware that the Stock will or may fail to qualify as a “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code, the Company will promptly notify the holders of the Stock, and will consult in good faith with Investors regarding a mutually agreeable and reasonable and alternative course of action that would preserve such status. Upon request by a holder of the Stock, the Company shall conduct a reasonable investigation to determine whether the Stock qualifies as “qualified small business stock” meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code, and shall deliver to such holder a duly executed Certificate of Representation in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ QSBS Certificate ”) as expeditiously as reasonably possible,

 

15


but in no event later than 30 days following the Company’s receipt of such request. If the Company is unable to deliver an executed QSBS Certificate because representation statement 2 in the QSBS Certificate is inaccurate, the Company covenants and agrees to deliver a statement explaining the reasons for such inaccuracy. The Company’s obligation to furnish a written statement pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Company’s stock may be traded on an established securities market.

2.6 Employee and Other Stock Arrangements . The Company has issued or reserved for issuance an aggregate of 15,500,411 shares of Common Stock (or Common Stock Equivalents) for issuance to employees, consultants and directors of the Company and persons having a professional relationship with or providing services to the Company, pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “ Option Plan ”). The Company shall not increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved under the Option Plan without the approval of a majority of the members of its Board of Directors. Unless otherwise approved by a majority of the members of its Board of Directors, all shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents issued under the Option Plan shall initially be unvested and shall vest twenty-five percent (25%) at the end of the first year of service, with the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued service to the Company. The Company shall have a right to repurchase any unvested shares issued to any person pursuant to the Option Plan upon the termination, with or without cause, of such person’s employment and shall also have a right of first refusal with respect to any shares of vested stock proposed to be transferred by an employee (subject to the standard exceptions set forth in the Company’s form documents under the Option Plan).

2.7 Proprietary Information Agreements . The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or any subsidiary to execute the Company’s standard agreement regarding confidentiality, proprietary information and inventions.

2.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company hereby covenants and agrees to assign to each Major Investor, on a pro-rata basis as set forth below, to the extent permitted under the Option Plan, the First Refusal Right granted to the Company under each Stock Purchase Agreement (a “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”) and Stock Issuance Agreement (a “ Stock Issuance Agreement ”) entered into with each person to whom an option is granted or shares are issued under the Option Plan in the event the Company does not exercise such First Refusal Right, such that the Major Investors shall have identical rights and obligations (except as herein provided) to those of the Company with respect to the exercise of a First Refusal Right for such shares; provided, however, that each Major Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Disposition Notice (as such term is defined in each Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Issuance Agreement, as the case may be) that number of shares equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities then held by such stockholder bears to the total number of shares of Registrable Securities of the Company then held by all other Major Investors. The Company covenants agrees to take all such further actions as may be necessary in order to enforce the foregoing First Refusal Right, including the imposition of stop-transfer instructions with respect to such shares. The Company further covenants and agrees that all issuances of Common Stock (or Common Stock Equivalents) to its employees, consultants and directors shall be made either under the Option Plan or pursuant to an agreement containing provisions substantially similar to those set forth Articles E and G(1) of the form of Stock Purchase Agreement concerning rights of first refusal.

 

16


3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.

3.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.5 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery to the party to be notified or five (5) days after deposit with the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the party to be notified at the address indicated for such party on the signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties.

3.6 Expenses . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

3.7 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided, however, no such waiver or amendment shall be effective as to a Holder if it adversely impacts such Holder in a manner different than the other Holders. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future Holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company. Each undersigned Major Investor having rights of first offer under Section 2.4 of the Prior Agreement, hereby waives any rights to purchase additional shares of Series E Preferred Stock in excess of those shares of Series E Preferred Stock purchased by such Major Investor under the Series E Agreement.

 

17


3.8 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.9 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons (including former and current partners, former and current members and former and current stockholders, the estates and family members of any such partners, members, retired partners or retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons) shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior written agreements and negotiations and oral understandings with respect thereto, including but not limited to the Prior Agreement and any similar provisions set forth in the Warrants.

3.11 Recapitalizations, Etc . Subject to Section 2.2 hereof, the provisions of this Agreement (including any calculation of share ownership) shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Registrable Securities and to the Common Stock, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership or member units or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) that may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of the Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

3.12 Additional Parties . In the event the Company issues additional shares of its Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Agreement, any purchaser of such additional shares shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and such purchaser shall be deemed to be an “ Investor ” hereunder. Schedule A hereto may be updated from time to time after the date hereof to reflect any subsequent purchasers, successors and permitted assigns.

[ Remainder of this page intentionally left blank ]

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
INPHI CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Young Sohn

Name:   Young Sohn
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:   2393 Townsgate Rd, Ste. 101
  Westlake Village, CA 91361

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


INVESTORS:

 

Print Name of Investor

 

Signature of Investor

 

Print Title of Signatory (if applicable)
Address, Phone Number, Fax Number and e-mail

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


INVESTORS:
SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD.
By:  

 

Name:  
Address:  
SVIC NO. 4 NEW TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INVESTMENT, L.L.P.
By:  

/s/ Sang-Ki Kim

Name:   Sang-Ki Kim
Address:   16th Fl., KIPS Center
  647-9, Yeosam1-Dong, Kangnam-Gu
  Seoul, Korea 135-980

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


PACVEN WALDEN VENTURES V, L.P.
By:   Pacven Walden Management V, Co., Ltd.
  As General Partner of
  Pacven Walden Ventures V, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Its:   Director
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111
PACVEN WALDEN VENTURES PARALLEL V-A C.V.
By:   Pacven Walden Management V, Co., Ltd.
  As General Partner of
  Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel V-A C.V.
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Its:   Director
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111
PACVEN WALDEN VENTURES PARALLEL V-B C.V.
By:   Pacven Walden Management V, Co., Ltd.
  As General Partner of
  Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel V-B C.V.
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Its:   Director
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


PACVEN WALDEN VENTURES V ASSOCIATES FUND, L.P.
By:   Pacven Walden Management V, Co., Ltd.
  As General Partner of Pacven Walden
  Ventures V Associates Fund, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Its:   Director
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111
PACVEN WALDEN VENTURES V-QP ASSOCIATES FUND, L.P.
By:   Pacven Walden Management V, Co., Ltd.
  As General Partner of Pacven Walden
  Ventures V-QP Associates Fund, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Its:   Director
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111
ASIAN VENTURE CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Title:   President
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


INTERNATIONAL VENTURE CAPITAL INVESTMENT CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Title:   President
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111
INTERNATIONAL VENTURE CAPITAL INVESTMENT III CORP.
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Title:   President
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111
BI WALDEN VENTURES KETIGA SDN. BHD.
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Title:   President
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111
SEED VENTURES III PTE LTD.
By:  

/s/ Lip-Bu Tan

Name:   Lip-Bu Tan
Title:   President
Address:   One California Street, Suite 2800
  San Francisco, CA 94111

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


MAYFIELD XI,
a Delaware Limited Partnership
By:   Mayfield XI Management, L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ David Ladd

Its:   Managing Director
Address:   2800 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025

MAYFIELD XI QUALIFIED,

a Delaware Limited Partnership

By:   Mayfield XI Management, L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ David Ladd

Its:   Managing Director
Address:   2800 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
MAYFIELD ASSOCIATES FUND VI,
a Delaware Limited Partnership
By:   Mayfield XI Management, L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ David Ladd

Its:   Managing Director
Address:   2800 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


MAYFIELD PRINCIPALS FUND II,
a Delaware Limited Liability Company
By:   Mayfield XI Management, L.L.C.
Its:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ David Ladd

Its:   Managing Director
Address:   2800 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


TALLWOOD I, L.P.
By:   TALLWOOD MANAGEMENT CO. LLC,
  General Partner
By:  

/s/ [Illegible]

Name:  
Address:   400 Hamilton Avenue
  Suite 230
  Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


DALI, HOOK PARTNERS, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Paul Dail

Name:   Paul Dali
Title:   General Partner
Address:   3000 Sand Hill Road, Building One
  Suite 185
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
DALI, HOOK ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Paul Dail

Name:   Paul Dali
Title:   General Partner
Address:   3000 Sand Hill Road, Building One
  Suite 185
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
DALI, HOOK ANNEX FUND, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Haru Kato

Name:   Haru Kato
Title:   General Partner
Address:   3000 Sand Hill Road, Building One
  Suite 185
  Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


HOOK PARTNERS V, L.P.
By:  

/s/ David Hook

Name:   David Hook
Title:   General Partner
Address:   Two Galleria Tower, Suite 1670
  13455 Noel Road
  Dallas, TX 75240
DHP B FUND, L.P.
By:  

/s/ David Hook

Name:   David Hook
Title:   General Partner
Address:   Two Galleria Tower, Suite 1670
  13455 Noel Road
  Dallas, TX 75240

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


KTBNETWORK CO., LTD.
By:  

/s/ Bum-Soo Kim

Name:   Bum-Soo Kim
Title:  
Address:   720 University Ave, Suite 100
  Palo Alto, CA 94301
TECH VENTURES II, L.P.
By:  

/s/ William M. Valtos, Jr.

Name:   William M. Valtos, Jr.
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Address:   c/o 15/F PSBank Centre
  777 Paseo de Roxas Ave.
  Makati City, Metro Manila 1226
  Philippines

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


FLEXTRONICS INTERNATIONAL, LTD.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:  

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


TVP II LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

SAM SRINIVASAN
By:  

/s/ Sam Srinivasan

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


NARRA VENTURE CAPITAL, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Francisco S.A. Sandejas

Name:   Francisco S.A. Sandejas
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:   Unit 105, Plaza B
  Northgate Cyberzone
  Muntinlupa City, 1781
  Philippines

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


OPTIGRAB II LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark R. Gordon

Name:   Mark R. Gordon
Title:  
Address:   565 Barbara Way
  Hillsborough, CA 94010

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


FOUNDERS:
LOI NGUYEN

/s/ Loi Nguyen

Name:   Loi Nguyen
GOPAL RAGHAVAN

/s/ Gopal Raghavan

Name:   Gopal Raghavan
TIMOTHY SEMONES

/s/ Timothy Semones

Name:   Timothy Semones
ASHOK DHAWAN

/s/ Ashok Dhawan

Name:   Ashok Dhawan

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF STOCKHOLDERS

Andrew A. Bogan

Asian Venture Capital Investment Corporation

Authosis Capital Inc.

BI Walden Ventures Ketiga Sdn. Bhd.

Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP

Bruce R. Hallett

BullsEye Ventures, LLC

Dali, Hook Annex Fund, L.P.

Dali, Hook Entrepreneur Fund, L.P.

Dali, Hook Partners, L.P.

David Hayes

David Piehler

DHP B Fund, L.P.

Elizabeth T. Hall

Ellen S. Bancroft

Fallen Oak Partners, L.P.

Flextronics International Ltd.

Gabrielle M. Wirth

Hook Partners V, L.P.

International Venture Capital Investment Corporation

International Venture Capital Investment III Corp.

John S. Baker

Joseph H. Chi

Kathleen W. Lowe

KTBnetwork Co., Ltd.

Laura Brower Hunter

Mayfield Associates Fund V

Mayfield Associates Fund VI

Mayfield Principals Fund II


Mayfield XI

Mayfield XI Qualified

Narra Venture Capital, L.P.

Optigrab II LLC

Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel V-A C.V.

Pacven Walden Ventures Parallel V-B. C.V.

Pacven Walden Ventures V Associates Fund, L.P.

Pacven Walden Ventures V, L.P.

Pacven Walden Ventures V-QP Associates Fund, L.P.

Patrick Arrington

Richard A. Fink

Sam Srinivasan

Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

Seed Ventures III Ptd Ltd.

Stephen R. Finn

SVIC No. 4 New Technology Business Investment L.L.P.

SVIC No. 6 New Technology

Tallwood I, L.P

Tech Ventures II L.P.

The Young Trust Dated July 27, 1993

Thomas R. Bogan

TVP II LLC

Venture Lending & Leasing III, LLC

William D. Unger/Teresa R. Luchsinger Family Trust DTD 12/19/90


SCHEDULE B

FOUNDERS

 

Name of Founder

   No. of Shares of
Common  Stock Held

Loi Nguyen

   177,777

Gopal Raghavan

   177,777

Timothy Semones

   177,777


SCHEDULE 1.1(h)

Warrants Issued

 

Warrant Holder

   Number of Shares    Type of Shares

Venture Lending & Leasing III, LLC

   19,504    Series B

Venture Lending & Leasing III, LLC

   15,603    Series B

SVB Financial Group

   5,000    Series D

Comerica Bank

   30,000    Common

Marilee Brooks

   60,000    Common


EXHIBIT A

INPHI Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

CERTIFICATE OF REPRESENTATIONS

REGARDING QUALIFIED SMALL BUSINESS STOCK

THIS CERTIFICATE OF REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING QUALIFIED SMALL BUSINESS STOCK (the “ Certificate ”) is executed as of                      ,              by INPHI Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), for the benefit of                              (the “ Purchaser ”). As used herein, the term “Stock” means those shares of Company stock issued by the Company to Purchaser and described more fully on Schedule A hereto.

Representations

Subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth below, the Company hereby represents as follows:

1. The Company has conducted a reasonable investigation into the question of whether the Stock is “qualified small business stock” (“ QSBS ”) within the meaning of Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”);

1. The Company has conducted a reasonable investigation into the question of whether the Stock is “qualified small business stock” (“ QSBS ”) within the meaning of Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”); and

2. To the best of the Company’s knowledge after reasonably diligent inquiry: (i) at all times prior to and immediately following the date hereof, the Company, together with any subsidiaries required to be aggregated with the Company (the “ Controlled Group ”) pursuant to section 1202(d)(3) of the Code, has been and will be a United States domestic C corporation with aggregate gross assets of less than $50,000,000; (ii) the Stock will be originally issued to the Investor on the date hereof in exchange for money within the meaning of Code section 1202(c)(1); (iii) the Company is an “eligible corporation” within the meaning of Code section 1202(e)(4); (iv) at least 80 percent (by value) of the Company’s assets are used in the active conduct of one or more qualified trades or businesses within the state of California within the meaning of Code section 1202(e) and California Revenue and Taxation Code section 18152.5; (v) as described in Code section 1202(c)(3), (a) during the one year period preceding the date hereof, the Company has not made one or more purchases of its stock with an aggregate value (as of the time of the respective purchases) exceeding five percent of the aggregate value of all of the Company’s stock as of the beginning of such period, and (b) during the two year period preceding the date hereof, the Company has not directly or indirectly purchased any of its stock from the Investor; (vi) as of and immediately following the date hereof, at least 80 percent of the Controlled Group’s payroll will be attributable to employment located within the state of


California within the meaning of California Revenue and Taxation Code section 18152.5; and (vii) the Company agrees to submit to the Internal Revenue Service, the California Franchise Tax Board, and the Investors such reports or other materials as such agencies may require;

3. The Company agrees use its reasonable business efforts to not take, or fail to take, any action which would cause the Stock to fail to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Code and Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code. In the event that the Company is or becomes aware that the Stock will or may fail to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Code or Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code, the Company will promptly notify Purchaser;

4. Upon request by Purchaser, the Company shall conduct a reasonable investigation to determine whether the Stock qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Code Sections 1045 and 1202 and Sections 18152.5 and 18038.5 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code, and shall transmit, in writing, the results of such investigation to Purchaser as expeditiously as reasonably possible, but in no event later than 30 days following the Company’s receipt of such request; and

5. As of the date first above written, and assuming that Purchaser has not sold the Stock, all of the Stock is QSBS.

Qualifications and Limitations

1. Qualification of the Stock as QSBS is based, in part, on the value of Company stock or other assets at certain relevant times. For purposes of the representations made in this Certificate, the Company has made a good faith determination of such values, taking into account all material facts and circumstances, but cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service or California tax authorities will not successfully assert that such determination is incorrect.

2. Qualification of the Stock as QSBS is based, in part, on whether the Company has been engaged in the active conduct of one or more qualified trades or businesses. The term “qualified trade or business” set forth in Section 1202(e)(3) of the Code is not clearly defined in all respects. For purposes of the representations made in this Certificate, the Company has made a good faith effort to apply the definition of qualified trade or business set forth in Section 1202(e)(3) of the Code, but cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service or California tax authorities will not successfully assert a contrary definition.

3. Qualification of the Stock as QSBS is based, in part, on whether at least eighty percent (by value) of the Company’s assets have been used in the active conduct of one or more qualified trades or businesses. For this purpose, assets held as “working capital” of a qualified trade or business within the meaning of Section 1202(e)(6) of the Code are treated as used in the active conduct of such trade or business. The term “working capital” set forth in Section 1202(e)(6) of the Code is not clearly defined in all respects. For purposes of the representations made in this Certificate, the Company has made a good faith effort to apply the definition of working capital set forth in Section 1202(e)(6) of the Code, but cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service or California tax authorities will not successfully assert a contrary definition.


4. Qualification of the Stock as QSBS is based, in part, on whether the Company purchased any of its stock from a person related to Purchaser during a relevant testing period. For purposes of the representations made in this Certificate, the Company has made a good faith determination that such purchases did not occur, but cannot guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service or California tax authorities will not successfully assert that such determination is incorrect.

5. While the representations contained herein are made in good faith, the Company assumes no liability for the failure of the Stock to qualify as QSBS

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Certificate as of the date first above written.

 

INPHI CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


SCHEDULE A

 

Class/Type of Stock

 

Certificate Number

 

Number of Shares

 

Issue Date

Series      Preferred

                   , 200   

Series      Preferred

                   , 200   

Series      Preferred

                   , 200   

Series      Preferred

                   , 200   

Exhibit 10.1

INPHI CORPORATION

2000 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

(as amended as of June 2, 2010)

ARTICLE ONE

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  I. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

This 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of INPHI Corporation, a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation’s employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

  II. STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan shall be divided into two (2) separate equity programs:

(i) the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

(ii) the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

  III. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

A. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.


B. The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option grant or stock issuance thereunder.

 

  IV. ELIGIBILITY

A. The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

(i) Employees,

(ii) non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

(iii) Consultants who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the grants made under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding, and (ii) with respect to stock issuances made under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances, the time or times when those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.

C. The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.

 

  V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

A. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed 20,860,525 shares.

B. Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) the options expire or terminate for any


reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

C. Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.


ARTICLE TWO

OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

  I. OPTION TERMS

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided , however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

A. Exercise Price .

1. The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) The exercise price per share shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

(ii) If the person to whom the option is granted is a 10% Shareholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

2. The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Corporation. Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:

(i) in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

(ii) to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.


Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

B. Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

C. Effect of Termination of Service .

1. The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:

(i) Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason other than death, Disability or Misconduct, then the Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

(ii) Should Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of Disability, then the Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

(iii) If the Optionee dies while holding an outstanding option, then the personal representative of his or her estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance or the Optionee’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of that option shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of the Optionee’s death to exercise such option.

(iv) Under no circumstances, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the option term.

(v) During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised. However, the option shall, immediately upon the Optionee’s cessation of Service, terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to any and all option shares for which the option is not otherwise at the time exercisable or in which the Optionee is not otherwise at that time vested.

 


(vi) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while holding one or more outstanding options under the Plan, then all those options shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

2. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

(i) extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following Optionee’s cessation of Service or death from the limited period otherwise in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

(ii) permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

D. Shareholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no shareholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

E. Unvested Shares . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, at the exercise price paid per share, any or all of those unvested shares. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right. The Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any option grant or the shares of Common Stock subject to that option which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with the initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the option grant date. However, such limitation shall not be applicable to any option grants made to individuals who are officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or Consultants.

F. First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.


G. Limited Transferability of Options . An Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during his or her lifetime and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death. A Non-Statutory Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee’s family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to Optionee’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Statutory Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under the Plan, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

 

  II. INCENTIVE OPTIONS

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

A. Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

B. Exercise Price . The exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

C. Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

D. 10% Shareholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Shareholder, then the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.


  III. CORPORATE TRANSACTION

A. The shares subject to each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Corporate Transaction shall automatically vest in full so that each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully-vested shares of Common Stock. However, the shares subject to an outstanding option shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction and any repurchase rights of the Corporation with respect to the unvested option shares are concurrently assigned to such successor corporation (or parent thereof) or (ii) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares or (iii) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time of the option grant.

B. All outstanding repurchase rights shall also terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, in the event of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.

C. Immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, all outstanding options shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

D. Each option which is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (i) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Corporate Transaction and (ii) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under this Plan, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Corporate Transaction.

 


E. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure one or more options so that those options shall automatically accelerate and vest in whole or in part (and any repurchase rights of the Corporation with respect to the unvested shares subject to those options shall immediately terminate) upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, whether or not those options are to be assumed in the Corporate Transaction.

F. The Plan Administrator shall also have full power and authority, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to structure such option so that the shares subject to that option will automatically vest in whole or in part on an accelerated basis should the Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which the option is assumed and the repurchase rights applicable to those shares do not otherwise terminate. Any option as so fully or partially accelerated shall remain exercisable for the vested option shares until the expiration or sooner termination of the option term. In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that one or more of the Corporation’s outstanding repurchase rights with respect to shares held by the Optionee at the time of such Involuntary Termination shall immediately terminate in whole or in part on an accelerated basis, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall accordingly vest at that time.

G. The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Corporate Transaction shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

H. The grant of options under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

  IV. CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new option grant date.

 


ARTICLE THREE

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

  I. STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.

A. Purchase Price .

1. The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issue date. However, the purchase price per share of Common Stock issued to a 10% Shareholder shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value.

2. Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

(i) cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or

(ii) services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Vesting Provisions .

1. Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. However, the Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any stock issuance effected under the Stock Issuance Program which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the issuance date. Such limitation shall not apply to any Common Stock issuances made to the officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or Consultants.

2. Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or


other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

3. The Participant shall have full shareholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

4. Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further shareholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to such surrendered shares.

5. The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to those shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

6. First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

  II. CORPORATE TRANSACTION

A. Upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest in full, except to the extent: (i) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with such Corporate Transaction or (ii) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator at the time the repurchase right is issued.


B. The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the unvested shares are issued or any time while the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part on an accelerated basis, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event the Participant’s Service should subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period (not to exceed eighteen (18) months) following the effective date of any Corporate Transaction in which those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof).

 

  III. SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 


ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  I. FINANCING

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Option Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments and secured by the purchased shares. In no event, however, may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of those shares) plus (ii) any Federal, state and local income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

  II. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

A. The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporation’s shareholders. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan. Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

B. The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Corporate Transaction. All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of a clause (i) termination event shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those options or issuances.

 

  III. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

A. The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require shareholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 


B. Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess grants or issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.

 

  IV. USE OF PROCEEDS

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

  V. WITHHOLDING

The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

  VI. REGULATORY APPROVALS

The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

 

  VII. NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 


VIII.    FINANCIAL REPORTS

The Corporation shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at least annually to each individual holding an outstanding option under the Plan, unless such individual is a key Employee whose duties in connection with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) assure such individual access to equivalent information.


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

A. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

B. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

C. Committee shall mean a committee of two (2) or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

E. Consultant shall mean an independent consultant or advisor to the Corporation within the meaning of Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933.

F. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following shareholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

G. Corporation shall mean INPHI Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of INPHI Corporation which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

H. Disability shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances.

I. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

J. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

 

A-1


K. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

L. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

M. Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

(i) such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or

(ii) such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

N. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure

 

A-2


by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

O. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

P. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

Q. Option Grant Program shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

R. Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

S. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

T. Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

U. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

V. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

W. Service shall mean the provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a Consultant, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant.

X. Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

Y. Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

Z. Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

 

A-3


AA. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

BB. 10% Shareholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

A-4


INPHI CORPORATION

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

RECITALS

A. The Board has adopted the Plan for the purpose of retaining the services of selected Employees, non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

B. Optionee is to render valuable services to the Corporation (or a Parent or Subsidiary), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection with the Corporation’s grant of an option to Optionee.

C. All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the attached Appendix.

NOW, THEREFORE , it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Grant of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase up to the number of Option Shares specified in the Grant Notice. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time to time during the option term specified in Paragraph 2 at the Exercise Price.

2. Option Term . This option shall have a term of ten (10) years measured from the Grant Date and shall accordingly expire at the close of business on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with Paragraph 5 or 6.

3. Limited Transferability .

(a) This option shall be neither transferable nor assignable by Optionee other than by will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death and may be exercised, during Optionee’s lifetime, only by Optionee. However, Optionee may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of this option, and this option shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding this option. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred option subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which this option may, pursuant to Paragraph 5, be exercised following Optionee’s death.

(b) If this option is designated a Non-Statutory Option in the Grant Notice, then this option may be assigned in whole or in part during Optionee’s lifetime to one or more members of Optionee’s family or to a trust established for the exclusive benefit of one or more such family members or to Optionee’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in


connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion shall be exercisable only by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to such assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for this option immediately prior to such assignment.

4. Dates of Exercise . This option shall become exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments as specified in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the option term under Paragraph 5 or 6.

5. Cessation of Service . The option term specified in Paragraph 2 shall terminate (and this option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become applicable:

(a) Should Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (other than death, Disability or Misconduct) while holding this option, then Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option, but in no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

(b) Should Optionee die while holding this option, then the personal representative of Optionee’s estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance shall have the right to exercise this option. However, if Optionee has designated one or more beneficiaries of this option, then those persons shall have the exclusive right to exercise this option following Optionee’s death. Any such right to exercise this option shall lapse, and this option shall cease to be outstanding, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of Optionee’s death or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(c) Should Optionee cease Service by reason of Disability while holding this option, then Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option. In no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

Note : Exercise of this option on a date later than three (3) months following cessation of Service due to Disability will result in loss of favorable Incentive Option treatment, unless such Disability constitutes Permanent Disability. In the event that Incentive Option treatment is not available, this option will be taxed as a Non-Statutory Option upon exercise.

(d) During the limited period of post-Service exercisability, this option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of Option Shares in which Optionee is, at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service, vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule specified in the Grant Notice or the special vesting acceleration provisions of

 

2


Paragraph 6. Upon the expiration of such limited exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested Option Shares for which the option has not been exercised. To the extent Optionee is not vested in one or more Option Shares at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service, this option shall immediately terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to those shares.

(e) Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while this option is outstanding, then this option shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

6. Accelerated Vesting .

(a) In the event of any Corporate Transaction, the Option Shares at the time subject to this option but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that this option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, become exercisable for all of the Option Shares as fully-vested shares and may be exercised for any or all of those Option Shares as vested shares. However, the Option Shares shall not vest on such an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (i) this option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in the Corporate Transaction and the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to the unvested Option Shares are assigned to such successor corporation (or parent thereof) or (ii) this option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested Option Shares at the time of the Corporate Transaction (the excess of the Fair Market Value of those Option Shares over the Exercise Price payable for such shares) and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same Vesting Schedule applicable to those unvested Option Shares as set forth in the Grant Notice.

(b) Immediately following the Corporate Transaction, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

(c) If this option is assumed in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then this option shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Corporate Transaction, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to Optionee in consummation of such Corporate Transaction had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, and appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the Exercise Price, provided the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of this option, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Corporate Transaction.

(d) This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

3


7. Adjustment in Option Shares . Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option and (ii) the Exercise Price in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

8. Shareholder Rights . The holder of this option shall not have any shareholder rights with respect to the Option Shares until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the Exercise Price and become the record holder of the purchased shares.

9. Manner of Exercising Option .

(a) In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:

(i) Execute and deliver to the Corporation a Purchase Agreement for the Option Shares for which the option is exercised.

(ii) Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one or more of the following forms:

(A) cash or check made payable to the Corporation; or

(B) a promissory note payable to the Corporation, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 14.

Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

(C) in shares of Common Stock held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

(D) to the extent the option is exercised for vested Option Shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (a) to a Corporation-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the

 

4


purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (b) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Purchase Agreement delivered to the Corporation in connection with the option exercise.

(iii) Furnish to the Corporation appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

(iv) Execute and deliver to the Corporation such written representations as may be requested by the Corporation in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of Federal and state securities laws.

(v) Make appropriate arrangements with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

(b) As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Corporation shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

(c) In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

10. REPURCHASE RIGHTS . ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE CORPORATION AND ITS ASSIGNS TO REPURCHASE THOSE SHARES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SPECIFIED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations .

(a) The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Corporation and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.

 

5


(b) The inability of the Corporation to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Corporation to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock pursuant to this option shall relieve the Corporation of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Corporation, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

12. Successors and Assigns . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Paragraphs 3 and 6, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate.

13. Notices . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Corporation under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporation at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature line on the Grant Notice. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

14. Financing . The Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the purchased Option Shares by delivering a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note secured by those Option Shares. The payment schedule in effect for any such promissory note shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

15. Construction . This Agreement and the option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

16. Governing Law . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

17. Shareholder Approval . If the Option Shares covered by this Agreement exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan as last approved by the shareholders, then this option shall be void with respect to such excess shares, unless shareholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

6


18. Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option . In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

(a) This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (i) more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Permanent Disability or (ii) more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Permanent Disability.

(b) This option shall not become exercisable in the calendar year in which granted if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which this option would otherwise first become exercisable in such calendar year would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock and any other securities for which one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. To the extent the exercisability of this option is deferred by reason of the foregoing limitation, the deferred portion shall become exercisable in the first calendar year or years thereafter in which the One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation of this Paragraph 18(b) would not be contravened, but such deferral shall in all events end immediately prior to the effective date of a Corporate Transaction in which this option is not to be assumed, whereupon the option shall become immediately exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option for the deferred portion of the Option Shares.

(c) Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

7


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

A. Agreement shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

B. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

C. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following shareholder-approved transactions to which the Corporation is a party:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

F. Corporation shall mean INPHI Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of INPHI Corporation which shall be appropriate action assume this option.

G. Disability shall mean the inability of Optionee to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances. Disability shall be deemed to constitute Permanent Disability in the event that such Disability is expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of twelve (12) months or more.

H. Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

I. Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the option shall have been exercised in accordance with Paragraph 9 of the Agreement.

J. Exercise Price shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in the Grant Notice.

 

A-1


K. Expiration Date shall mean the date on which the option expires as specified in the Grant Notice.

L. Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as the price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

M. Grant Date shall mean the date of grant of the option as specified in the Grant Notice.

N. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option accompanying the Agreement, pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the option evidenced hereby.

O. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

P. Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Optionee, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of Optionee or any other individual in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

A-2


Q. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

R. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

S. Option Shares shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option.

T. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the option is granted as specified in the Grant Notice.

U. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

V. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

W. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

X. Purchase Agreement shall mean the stock purchase agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B to the Grant Notice.

Y. Service shall mean the Optionee’s performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or an independent consultant (within the meaning of Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).

Z. Stock Exchange shall mean the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

AA. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

BB. Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice pursuant to which the Optionee is to vest in the Option Shares in a series of installments over his or her period of Service.

 

A-3


INPHI CORPORATION

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this      day of              ,              by and between INPHI Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and              , Optionee under the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Agreement or in the attached Appendix.

 

  A. EXERCISE OF OPTION

1. Exercise . Optionee hereby purchases              shares of Common Stock (the “Purchased Shares”) pursuant to that certain option (the “Option”) granted Optionee on              ,              (the “Grant Date”) to purchase up to              shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”) under the Plan at the exercise price of $              per share (the “Exercise Price”).

2. Payment . Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Corporation, Optionee shall pay the Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise, together with a duly-executed blank Assignment Separate from Certificate (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I) with respect to the Purchased Shares.

3. Shareholder Rights . Until such time as the Corporation exercises the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a shareholder (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions of Articles B and C.

 

  B. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE

1. Restricted Securities . The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by SEC Rule 701 for stock issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan. Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.


2. Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares . Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

(i) Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

(ii) Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

(iii) Optionee shall have provided the Corporation with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act or (b) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

3. Restrictive Legends . The stock certificates for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

“The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares may not be sold or offered for sale in the absence of (a) an effective registration statement for the shares under such Act, (b) a “no action” letter of the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such sale or offer or (c) satisfactory assurances to the Corporation that registration under such Act is not required with respect to such sale or offer.”

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to certain repurchase rights and rights of first refusal granted to the Corporation (and any assignee(s) of such rights) and accordingly may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, or in any manner disposed of except in conformity with the terms of a written agreement dated                      ,          between the Corporation and the registered holder of the shares (or the predecessor in interest to the shares). A copy of such agreement is maintained at the Corporation’s principal corporate offices.”

 

2


  C. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

1. Restriction on Transfer . Except for any Permitted Transfer, Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Shares which are subject to the Repurchase Right. In addition, Purchased Shares which are released from the Repurchase Right shall not be transferred, assigned, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the First Refusal Right or the Market Stand-Off.

2. Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Corporation) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Corporation that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the Repurchase Right, (ii) the First Refusal Right and (iii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

3. Market Stand-Off .

(a) In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Corporation’s initial public offering, Owner shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the Corporation or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Corporation or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, and the Market Stand-Off shall in no event be applicable to any underwritten public offering effected more than two (2) years after the effective date of the Corporation’s initial public offering.

(b) Owner shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Corporation are also subject to similar restrictions.

(c) Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent the Purchased Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

(d) In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

3


  D. REPURCHASE RIGHT

1. Grant . The Corporation is hereby granted the right (the “Repurchase Right”), exercisable at any time during the sixty (60)-day period following the date Optionee ceases for any reason to remain in Service or (if later) during the sixty (60)-day period following the execution date of this Agreement, to repurchase at the Exercise Price any or all of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee is not, at the time of his or her cessation of Service, vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule applicable to those shares or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Paragraph D.6 of this Agreement (such shares to be hereinafter referred to as the “Unvested Shares”).

2. Exercise of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares prior to the expiration of the sixty (60)-day exercise period. The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. The certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Corporation on the closing date specified for the repurchase. Concurrently with the receipt of such stock certificates, the Corporation shall pay to Owner, in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), an amount equal to the Exercise Price previously paid for the Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.

3. Termination of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely exercised under Paragraph D.2. In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable with respect to any and all Purchased Shares in which Optionee vests in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. All Purchased Shares as to which the Repurchase Right lapses shall, however, remain subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off.

4. Aggregate Vesting Limitation . If the Option is exercised in more than one increment so that Optionee is a party to one or more other Stock Purchase Agreements (the “Prior Purchase Agreements”) which are executed prior to the date of this Agreement, then the total number of Purchased Shares as to which Optionee shall be deemed to have a fully-vested interest under this Agreement and all Prior Purchase Agreements shall not exceed in the aggregate the number of Purchased Shares in which Optionee would otherwise at the time be vested, in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, had all the Purchased Shares (including those acquired under the Prior Purchase Agreements) been acquired exclusively under this Agreement.

5. Recapitalization . Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right and any escrow requirements hereunder, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right or escrow requirements. Appropriate

 

4


adjustments to reflect such distribution shall be made to the number and/or class of Purchased Shares subject to this Agreement and to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right in order to reflect the effect of any such Recapitalization upon the Corporation’s capital structure; provided , however, that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same.

6. Corporate Transaction .

(a) The Repurchase Right shall automatically terminate in its entirety, and all the Purchased Shares shall vest in full, immediately prior to the consummation of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent the Repurchase Right is to be assigned to the successor entity in such Corporate Transaction.

(b) To the extent the Repurchase Right remains in effect following a Corporate Transaction, such right shall apply to any new securities or other property (including any cash payments) received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Right to reflect the effect of the Corporate Transaction upon the Corporation’s capital structure; provided , however, that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same. The new securities or other property (including any cash payments) issued or distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction shall be immediately deposited in escrow with the Corporation (or the successor entity) and shall not be released from escrow until Optionee vests in such securities or other property in accordance with the same Vesting Schedule in effect for the Purchased Shares.

 

  E. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

1. Grant . The Corporation is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the “First Refusal Right”), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested in accordance with the provisions of Article D. For purposes of this Article E, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Purchased Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

2. Notice of Intended Disposition . In the event any Owner of Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (the Purchased Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “Target Shares”), Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Corporation written notice (the “Disposition Notice”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles B and C.

 

5


3. Exercise of the First Refusal Right . The Corporation shall, for a period of twenty-five (25) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice (i) at a purchase price equal to the lower of (x) the price set forth in the Disposition Notice and (y) the price most recently set by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as the fair market value of the Common Stock and (ii) upon such other terms and conditions as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Corporation shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Corporation.

Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Corporation shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the Corporation cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Corporation or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Owner and the Corporation. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth (5th) business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.

4. Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period, Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided , however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Articles B and C. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3. In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

5. Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Corporation makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have the option, exercisable by

 

6


written notice to the Corporation delivered within five (5) business days after Owner’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:

(i) sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of Paragraph E.4, as if the Corporation did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or

(ii) sale to the Corporation of the portion of the Target Shares which the Corporation has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of Paragraph E.3. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.

Owner’s failure to deliver timely notification to the Corporation shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (i) above.

6. Recapitalization/Reorganization .

(a) Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

(b) In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

7. Lapse . The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of (i) the first date on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than five hundred (500) persons, (ii) a determination made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least twenty million dollars ($20,000,000). However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right.

 

  F. SPECIAL TAX ELECTION

The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences which may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election must be filed within thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement. A description of the tax consequences applicable to the acquisition of the Purchased Shares and the form for making the Code Section 83(b) election are set forth in Exhibit II. OPTIONEE SHOULD

 

7


CONSULT WITH HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING THE PURCHASED SHARES AND THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF FILING THE CODE SECTION 83(b) ELECTION. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE CORPORATION’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE CORPORATION OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

 

  G. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. Assignment . The Corporation may assign the Repurchase Right and/or the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board, including (without limitation) one or more stockholders of the Corporation.

2. At Will Employment . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

3. Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated below such party’s signature line on this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement.

4. No Waiver . The failure of the Corporation in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Corporation and Optionee. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

5. Cancellation of Shares . If the Corporation shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Corporation shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

8


  H. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

1. Optionee Undertaking . Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Corporation may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

2. Agreement is Entire Contract . This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all respects be construed in conformity with the terms of the Plan.

3. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

4. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

 

INPHI CORPORATION
By:    
Title:    
Address:      
   
 
   
  OPTIONEE
Address:    
   

 

10


SPOUSAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the foregoing Stock Purchase Agreement. In consideration of the Corporation’s granting Optionee the right to acquire the Purchased Shares in accordance with the terms of such Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by all the terms of such Agreement, including (without limitation) the right of the Corporation (or its assigns) to purchase any Purchased Shares in which Optionee is not vested at time of his or her cessation of Service.

 

   
  OPTIONEE’S SPOUSE
Address:      
   


EXHIBIT I

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                      hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto INPHI Corporation (the “Corporation”),                      (                      ) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation represented by Certificate No.                      herewith and do(es) hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________________

Signature                                                        

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. Please sign exactly as you would like your name to appear on the issued stock certificate. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Corporation to exercise the Repurchase Right without requiring additional signatures on the part of Optionee.


EXHIBIT II

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES AND

SECTION 83(b) TAX ELECTION

I. Federal Income Tax Consequences and Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Non-Statutory Option . If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Non-Statutory Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then under Code Section 83, the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse over the Exercise Price paid for those shares will be reportable as ordinary income on the lapse date. For this purpose, the term “forfeiture restrictions” includes the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. However, Optionee may elect under Code Section 83(b) to be taxed at the time the Purchased Shares are acquired, rather than when and as such Purchased Shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions. Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the date of the Agreement. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date of the Agreement equals the Exercise Price paid (and thus no tax is payable), the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in the future. The form for making this election is attached as part of this exhibit. FAILURE TO MAKE THIS FILING WITHIN THE APPLICABLE THIRTY (30)-DAY PERIOD WILL RESULT IN THE RECOGNITION OF ORDINARY INCOME BY OPTIONEE AS THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS LAPSE.

II. Federal Income Tax Consequences and Conditional Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Incentive Option . If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then the following tax principles shall be applicable to the Purchased Shares:

(i) For regular tax purposes, no taxable income will be recognized at the time the Option is exercised.

(ii) The excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares will be includible in Optionee’s taxable income for alternative minimum tax purposes.

(iii) If Optionee makes a disqualifying disposition of the Purchased Shares, then Optionee will recognize ordinary income in the year of such disposition equal in amount to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Any additional gain recognized upon the disqualifying disposition will be either short-term or long-term capital gain depending upon the period for which the Purchased Shares are held prior to the disposition.

 

II-1


(iv) For purposes of the foregoing, the term “forfeiture restrictions” will include the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. The term “disqualifying disposition” means any sale or other disposition 1 of the Purchased Shares within two (2) years after the Grant Date or within one (1) year after the exercise date of the Option.

(v) In the absence of final Treasury Regulations relating to Incentive Options, it is not certain whether Optionee may, in connection with the exercise of the Option for any Purchased Shares at the time subject to forfeiture restrictions, file a protective election under Code Section 83(b) which would limit Optionee’s ordinary income upon a disqualifying disposition to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised over the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Accordingly, such election if properly filed will only be allowed to the extent the final Treasury Regulations permit such a protective election.

(vi) The Code Section 83(b) will be effective in limiting the Optionee’s alternative minimum taxable income to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares at the time the Option is exercised over the Exercise Price paid for those shares.

Page 2 of the attached form for making the election should be filed with any election made in connection with the exercise of an Incentive Option.

 

1 Generally, a disposition of shares purchased under an Incentive Option includes any transfer of legal title, including a transfer by sale, exchange or gift, but does not include a transfer to the Optionee’s spouse, a transfer into joint ownership with right of survivorship if Optionee remains one of the joint owners, a pledge, a transfer by bequest or inheritance or certain tax free exchanges permitted under the Code.

 

II-2


SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

This statement is being made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.83-2.

 

(1) The taxpayer who performed the services is:

Name:

Address:

Taxpayer Ident. No.:

 

(2) The property with respect to which the election is being made is                      shares of the common stock of INPHI Corporation.

 

(3) The property was issued on                      ,          .

 

(4) The taxable year in which the election is being made is the calendar year          .

 

(5) The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The issuer’s repurchase right will lapse in a series of annual and monthly installments over a four (4)-year period ending on                      , 200      .

 

(6) The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) is $              per share.

 

(7) The amount paid for such property is $              per share.

 

(8) A copy of this statement was furnished to INPHI Corporation for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of property.

 

(9) This statement is executed on                      ,          .

 

           
Spouse (if any)     Taxpayer

This election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which taxpayer files his or her Federal income tax returns and must be made within thirty (30) days after the execution date of the Stock Purchase Agreement. This filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Optionee must retain two (2) copies of the completed form for filing with his or her Federal and state tax returns for the current tax year and an additional copy for his or her records.

 

1


The property described in the above Section 83(b) election is comprised of shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). Accordingly, it is the intent of the Taxpayer to utilize this election to achieve the following tax results:

1. One purpose of this election is to have the alternative minimum taxable income attributable to the purchased shares measured by the amount by which the fair market value of such shares at the time of their transfer to the Taxpayer exceeds the purchase price paid for the shares. In the absence of this election, such alternative minimum taxable income would be measured by the spread between the fair market value of the purchased shares and the purchase price which exists on the various lapse dates in effect for the forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares.

2. Section 421(a)(1) of the Code expressly excludes from income any excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares over the amount paid for such shares. Accordingly, this election is also intended to be effective in the event there is a “disqualifying disposition” of the shares, within the meaning of Section 421(b) of the Code, which would otherwise render the provisions of Section 83(a) of the Code applicable at that time. Consequently, the Taxpayer hereby elects to have the amount of disqualifying disposition income measured by the excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares on the date of transfer to the Taxpayer over the amount paid for such shares. Since Section 421(a) presently applies to the shares which are the subject of this Section 83(b) election, no taxable income is actually recognized for regular tax purposes at this time, and no income taxes are payable, by the Taxpayer as a result of this election. The foregoing election is to be effective to the full extent permitted under the Code.

THIS PAGE 2 IS TO BE ATTACHED TO ANY SECTION 83(b) ELECTION FILED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION UNDER THE FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

 

2


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

A. Agreement shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement.

B. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

C. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following shareholder-approved transactions:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

F. Corporation shall mean INPHI Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of INPHI Corporation which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

G. Disposition Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.

H. Exercise Price shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

I. Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any relevant date, prior to the initial public offering of the Common Stock, shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as it shall deem appropriate.

J. First Refusal Right shall mean the right granted to the Corporation in accordance with Article E.

K. Grant Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

L. Grant Notice shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.

 

A-1


M. Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

N. Market Stand-Off shall mean the market stand-off restriction specified in Paragraph C.3.

O. 1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

P. 1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Q. Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

R. Option shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

S. Option Agreement shall mean all agreements and other documents evidencing the Option.

T. Optionee shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted under the Plan.

U. Owner shall mean Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee.

V. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

W. Permitted Transfer shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares, provided and only if Optionee obtains the Corporation’s prior written consent to such transfer, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death or (iii) a transfer to the Corporation in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

X. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

Y. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

Z. Prior Purchase Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.4.

AA. Purchased Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

 

A-2


BB. Recapitalization shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration.

CC. Reorganization shall mean any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity,

(ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets,

(iii) a reverse merger in which the Corporation is the surviving entity but in which the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger, or

(iv) any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Corporation is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

DD. Repurchase Right shall mean the right granted to the Corporation in accordance with Article D.

EE. SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

FF. Service shall mean the Optionee’s performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an employee, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance, a non-employee member of the board of directors or an independent consultant (within the meaning of Rule 701 under the 1933 Act).

GG. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

HH. Target Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.

II. Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice pursuant to which the Optionee is to vest in the Option Shares in a series of installments over his or her period of Service.

JJ. Unvested Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.1.

 

A-3


INPHI CORPORATION

STOCK ISSUANCE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made as of this      day of                      ,          by and between INPHI Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and                      , Participant in the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Agreement or in the attached Appendix.

 

  A. PURCHASE OF SHARES

1. Purchase . Participant hereby purchases                      shares of Common Stock (the “Purchased Shares”) pursuant to the provisions of the Stock Issuance Program at the purchase price of $              per share (the “Purchase Price”).

2. Payment . Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Corporation, Participant shall pay the Purchase Price for the Purchased Shares in cash or cash equivalent and shall deliver a duly-executed blank Assignment Separate from Certificate (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I) with respect to the Purchased Shares.

3. Shareholder Rights . Until such time as the Corporation exercises the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, Participant (or any successor in interest) shall have all shareholder rights (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions of Articles B and C.

 

  B. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE

1. Restricted Securities . The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Participant in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by SEC Rule 701 for stock issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan. Participant hereby confirms that Participant has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Participant hereby acknowledges that Participant is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Participant is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

2. Disposition of Purchased Shares . Participant shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

(i) Participant shall have provided the Corporation with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.


(ii) Participant shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

(iii) Participant shall have provided the Corporation with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Corporation, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act or (b) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

The Corporation shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

3. Restrictive Legends . The stock certificates for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

“The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares may not be sold or offered for sale in the absence of (a) an effective registration statement for the shares under such Act, (b) a “no action” letter of the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such sale or offer or (c) satisfactory assurances to the Corporation that registration under such Act is not required with respect to such sale or offer.”

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to certain repurchase rights and rights of first refusal granted to the Corporation and accordingly may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, or in any manner disposed of except in conformity with the terms of a written agreement dated                      ,          , between the Corporation and the registered holder of the shares (or the predecessor in interest to the shares). A copy of such agreement is maintained at the Corporation’s principal corporate offices.”

 

  C. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

1. Restriction on Transfer . Except for any Permitted Transfer, Participant shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Shares which are subject to the Repurchase Right. In addition, Purchased Shares which are released from the Repurchase Right shall not be transferred, assigned, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the First Refusal Right or the Market Stand-Off.

 

2


2. Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Corporation) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Corporation that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the Repurchase Right, (ii) the First Refusal Right and (iii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Participant.

3. Market Stand-Off .

(a) In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Corporation of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Corporation’s initial public offering, Owner shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the Corporation or its underwriters. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Corporation or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, and the Market Stand-Off shall in all events terminate two (2) years after the effective date of the Corporation’s initial public offering.

(b) Owner shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Corporation are also subject to similar restrictions.

(c) Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent the Purchased Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

(d) In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

  D. REPURCHASE RIGHT

1. Grant . The Corporation is hereby granted the right (the “Repurchase Right”), exercisable at any time during the sixty (60)-day period following the date Participant ceases for any reason to remain in Service, to repurchase at the Purchase Price any or all of the Purchased Shares in which Participant is not, at the time of his or her cessation of Service, vested in accordance with the provisions of the Vesting Schedule set forth in Paragraph D.3 or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Paragraph D.5 (such shares to be hereinafter referred to as the “Unvested Shares”).

2. Exercise of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares prior to the expiration of the sixty (60)-day exercise period. The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than

 

3


thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. The certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Corporation on the closing date specified for the repurchase. Concurrently with the receipt of such stock certificates, the Corporation shall pay to Owner, in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), an amount equal to the Purchase Price previously paid for the Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.

3. Termination of the Repurchase Right . The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely exercised under Paragraph D.2. In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable with respect to any and all Purchased Shares in which Participant vests in accordance with the following Vesting Schedule:

(i) Participant shall vest in twenty-five percent (25%) of the Purchased Shares, and the Repurchase Right shall concurrently lapse with respect to those Purchased Shares, upon Participant’s completion of one (1) year of Service measured from                      ,                      .

(ii) Participant shall vest in the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the Purchased Shares, and the Repurchase Right shall concurrently lapse with respect to those Purchased Shares, in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments upon Participant’s completion of each additional month of Service over the thirty-six (36)-month period measured from the date on which the first twenty-five percent (25%) of the Purchased Shares vests hereunder.

All Purchased Shares as to which the Repurchase Right lapses shall, however, remain subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off.

4. Recapitalization . Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right and any escrow requirements hereunder, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right or escrow requirements. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such distribution shall be made to the number and/or class of Purchased Shares subject to this Agreement and to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right in order to reflect the effect of any such Recapitalization upon the Corporation’s capital structure; provided , however, that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same.

5. Corporate Transaction .

(a) The Repurchase Right shall automatically terminate in its entirety, and all the Purchased Shares shall vest in full, immediately prior to the consummation of any Corporate Transaction, except to the extent the Repurchase Right is to be assigned to the successor entity in such Corporate Transaction.

 

4


(b) To the extent the Repurchase Right remains in effect following a Corporate Transaction, such right shall apply to any new securities or other property (including any cash payments) received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right. Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the price per share payable upon exercise of the Repurchase Right to reflect the effect of the Corporate Transaction upon the Corporation’s capital structure; provided , however, that the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same. The new securities or other property (including any cash payments) issued or distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction shall be immediately deposited in escrow with the Corporation (or the successor entity) and shall not be released from escrow until Participant vests in such securities or other property in accordance with the same Vesting Schedule in effect for the Purchased Shares.

 

  E. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

1. Grant . The Corporation is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the “First Refusal Right”), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Purchased Shares in which Participant has vested in accordance with the provisions of Article D. For purposes of this Article E, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Purchased Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

2. Notice of Intended Disposition . In the event any Owner of Purchased Shares in which Participant has vested desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (the Purchased Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “Target Shares”), Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Corporation written notice (the “Disposition Notice”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles B and C.

3. Exercise of the First Refusal Right . The Corporation shall, for a period of twenty-five (25) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Corporation shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Corporation.

Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Corporation shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the Corporation cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Corporation or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after

 

5


the Corporation’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Owner and the Corporation. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth (5th) business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.

4. Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period, Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided , however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Articles B and C. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article B and Paragraph C.3. In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

5. Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right . In the event the Corporation makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Corporation delivered within five (5) business days after Owner’s receipt of the Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:

(i) sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of Paragraph E.4, as if the Corporation did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or

(ii) sale to the Corporation of the portion of the Target Shares which the Corporation has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of Paragraph E.3. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.

Owner’s failure to deliver timely notification to the Corporation shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (i) above.

6. Recapitalization/Reorganization .

(a) Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

 

6


(b) In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

7. Lapse . The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of (i) the first date on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than five hundred (500) persons, (ii) a determination made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least twenty million dollars ($20,000,000). However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right.

 

  F. SPECIAL TAX ELECTION

1. Section 83(b) Election . Under Code Section 83, the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse over the Purchase Price paid for those shares will be reportable as ordinary income on the lapse date. For this purpose, the term “forfeiture restrictions” includes the right of the Corporation to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. Participant may elect under Code Section 83(b) to be taxed at the time the Purchased Shares are acquired, rather than when and as such Purchased Shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions. Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date of this Agreement equals the Purchase Price paid (and thus no tax is payable), the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in the future.

THE FORM FOR MAKING THIS ELECTION IS ATTACHED AS EXHIBIT II HERETO. PARTICIPANT UNDERSTANDS THAT FAILURE TO MAKE THIS FILING WITHIN THE APPLICABLE THIRTY (30)-DAY PERIOD WILL RESULT IN THE RECOGNITION OF ORDINARY INCOME AS THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS LAPSE.

2. FILING RESPONSIBILITY . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE CORPORATION’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE CORPORATION OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

 

  G. GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. Assignment . The Corporation may assign the Repurchase Right and/or the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board, including (without limitation) one or more shareholders of the Corporation.

 

7


2. At Will Employment . Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) or of Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Participant’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

3. Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated below such party’s signature line on this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement.

4. No Waiver . The failure of the Corporation in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Corporation and Participant. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

5. Cancellation of Shares . If the Corporation shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Corporation shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

  H. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

1. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California without resort to that State’s conflict-of-laws rules.

2. Participant Undertaking . Participant hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Corporation may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Participant or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

3. Agreement is Entire Contract . This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all respects be construed in conformity with the terms of the Plan.

 

8


4. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation and its successors and assigns and upon Participant, Participant’s assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Participant’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

 

INPHI CORPORATION

By:

 
   

Title:

 
   

Address:

 
   
 
   
   
  PARTICIPANT

Address:

 
   
 
   

 

9


SPOUSAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The undersigned spouse of Participant has read and hereby approves the foregoing Stock Issuance Agreement. In consideration of the Corporation’s granting Participant the right to acquire the Purchased Shares in accordance with the terms of such Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by all the terms of such Agreement, including (without limitation) the right of the Corporation (or its assigns) to purchase any Purchased Shares in which Participant is not vested at the time of his or her cessation of Service.

 

   
    PARTICIPANT’S SPOUSE

Address:

 
   
 
   


EXHIBIT I

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                      hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto INPHI Corporation (the “Corporation”),                      (              ) shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation standing in his or her name on the books of the Corporation represented by Certificate No.                      herewith and do(es) hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                          

Signature                                                                                  

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. Please sign exactly as you would like your name to appear on the issued stock certificate. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Corporation to exercise the Repurchase Right without requiring additional signatures on the part of Participant.


EXHIBIT II

SECTION 83(b) TAX ELECTION


SECTION 83(b) TAX ELECTION

This statement is being made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.83-2.

 

(1) The taxpayer who performed the services is:

Name:

Address:

Taxpayer Ident. No.:

 

(2) The property with respect to which the election is being made is                      shares of the common stock of INPHI Corporation

 

(3) The property was issued on                      ,          .

 

(4) The taxable year in which the election is being made is the calendar year          .

 

(5) The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property at the original purchase price if for any reason taxpayer’s service with the issuer terminates. The issuer’s repurchase right will lapse in a series of annual and monthly installments over a four (4)-year period ending on                      , 200      .

 

(6) The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) is $              per share.

 

(7) The amount paid for such property is $              per share.

 

(8) A copy of this statement was furnished to INPHI Corporation for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of property.

 

(9) This statement is executed on                      ,          .

 

      

Spouse (if any)

   Taxpayer

This election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which taxpayer files his or her Federal income tax returns and must be made within thirty (30) days after the execution date of the Stock Issuance Agreement. This filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Participant must retain two (2) copies of the completed form for filing with his or her Federal and state tax returns for the current tax year and an additional copy for his or her records.


EXHIBIT III

2000 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN


APPENDIX

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Agreement:

A. Agreement shall mean this Stock Issuance Agreement.

B. Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

C. Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

D. Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

E. Corporate Transaction shall mean either of the following shareholder-approved transactions:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation.

F. Corporation shall mean INPHI Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of INPHI Corporation which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

G. Disposition Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.

H. Exercise Notice shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.3.

I. Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any relevant date, prior to the initial public offering of the Common Stock, shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as it shall deem appropriate.

J. First Refusal Right shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article E.

K. Market Stand-Off shall mean the market stand-off restriction specified in Paragraph C.4.

L. 1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

M. Owner shall mean Participant and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Participant.

 

A-1


N. Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

O. Participant shall mean the person to whom shares are issued under the Stock Issuance Program.

P. Permitted Transfer shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares, provided and only if Participant obtains the Corporation’s prior written consent to such transfer, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Participant’s will or the laws of inheritance following Participant’s death or (iii) a transfer to the Corporation in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Participant in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

Q. Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan attached hereto as Exhibit III.

R. Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or a committee of the Board acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

S. Purchase Price shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

T. Purchased Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph A.1.

U. Recapitalization shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration.

V. Reorganization shall mean any of the following transactions:

(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity,

(ii) a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets,

(iii) a reverse merger in which the Corporation is the surviving entity but in which the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger, or

(iv) any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Corporation is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

W. Repurchase Right shall mean the right granted to the Corporation in accordance with Article D.

 

A-2


X. SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Y. Service shall mean the Participant’s performance of services for the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in the capacity of an employee, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance, a non-employee member of the board of directors or an independent consultant (within the meaning of Rule 701 under the 1933 Act).

Z. Stock Issuance Program shall mean the Stock Issuance Program under the Plan.

AA. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

BB. Target Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph E.2.

CC. Vesting Schedule shall mean the vesting schedule specified in Paragraph D.3 pursuant to which Participant is to vest in the Purchased Shares in a series of installments over the Participant’s period of Service.

DD. Unvested Shares shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph D.1.

 

A-3

Exhibit 10.2

INPHI CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

(Adopted by the Board of Directors on June 7, 2010)


Table of Contents

 

         Page

SECTION 1.

 

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

   1

SECTION 2.

 

DEFINITIONS.

   1

(a)  

 

“Affiliate”

   1

(b)  

 

“Award”

   1

(c)  

 

“Board of Directors”

   1

(d)  

 

“Change in Control”

   1

(e)  

 

“Code”

   2

(f)  

 

“Committee”

   2

(g)  

 

“Company”

   2

(h)  

 

“Consultant”

   3

(i)  

 

“Employee”

   3

(j)  

 

“Exchange Act”

   3

(k)  

 

“Exercise Price”

   3

(l)  

 

“Fair Market Value”

   3

(m)  

 

“ISO”

   3

(n)  

 

“Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO”

   3

(o)  

 

“Offeree”

   3

(p)  

 

“Option”

   4

(q)  

 

“Optionee”

   4

(r)  

 

“Outside Director”

   4

(s)  

 

“Parent”

   4

(t)  

 

“Participant”

   4

(u)  

 

“Plan”

   4

(v)  

 

“Purchase Price”

   4

(w)  

 

“Restricted Share”

   4

(x)  

 

“Restricted Share Agreement”

   4

(y)  

 

“SAR”

   4

(z)  

 

“SAR Agreement”

   4

(aa)

 

“Service”

   4

(bb)

 

“Share”

   4

(cc)

 

“Stock”

   5

(dd)

 

“Stock Option Agreement”

   5

(ee)

 

“Stock Unit”

   5

 

- i -


(ff)

  “Stock Unit Agreement”    5

(gg)

  “Subsidiary”    5

(hh)

  “Total and Permanent Disability”    5

SECTION 3.

  ADMINISTRATION.    5

(a)  

  Committee Composition    5

(b)  

  Committee for Non-Officer Grants    5

(c)  

  Committee Procedures    5

(d)  

  Committee Responsibilities    6

SECTION 4.

  ELIGIBILITY.    7

(a)  

  General Rule    7

(b)  

  Automatic Grants to Outside Directors    7

(c)  

  Ten-Percent Stockholders    8

(d)  

  Attribution Rules    8

(e)  

  Outstanding Stock    8

SECTION 5.

  STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.    9

(a)  

  Basic Limitation    9

(b)  

  Section 162(m) Award Limitation    9

(c)  

  Additional Shares    9

SECTION 6.

  RESTRICTED SHARES.    9

(a)  

  Restricted Stock Agreement    10

(b)  

  Payment for Awards    10

(c)  

  Vesting    10

(d)  

  Voting and Dividend Rights    10

(e)  

  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares    10

SECTION 7.

  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.    10

(a)  

  Stock Option Agreement    10

(b)  

  Number of Shares    10

(c)  

  Exercise Price    10

(d)  

  Withholding Taxes    11

(e)  

  Exercisability and Term    11

(f)  

  Exercise of Options    11

(g)  

  Effect of Change in Control    11

(h)  

  No Rights as a Stockholder    11

(i)  

  Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options    11

(j)  

  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares    12

(k)  

  Buyout Provisions    12

 

- ii -


SECTION 8.

  PAYMENT FOR SHARES.    12

(a)  

  General Rule    12

(b)  

  Surrender of Stock    12

(c)  

  Services Rendered    12

(d)  

  Cashless Exercise    12

(e)  

  Exercise/Pledge    12

(f)  

  Promissory Note    13

(g)  

  Other Forms of Payment    13

(h)  

  Limitations under Applicable Law    13

SECTION 9.

  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.    13

(a)  

  SAR Agreement    13

(b)  

  Number of Shares    13

(c)  

  Exercise Price    13

(d)  

  Exercisability and Term    13

(e)  

  Effect of Change in Control    13

(f)  

  Exercise of SARs    14

(g)  

  Modification or Assumption of SARs    14

(h)  

  Buyout Provisions    14

SECTION 10.

  STOCK UNITS.    14

(a)  

  Stock Unit Agreement    14

(b)  

  Payment for Awards    14

(c)  

  Vesting Conditions    14

(d)  

  Voting and Dividend Rights    14

(e)  

  Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units    15

(f)  

  Death of Recipient    15

(g)  

  Creditors’ Rights    15

SECTION 11.

  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.    15

(a)  

  Adjustments    15

(b)  

  Dissolution or Liquidation    16

(c)  

  Reorganizations    16

(d)  

  Reservation of Rights    16

SECTION 12.

  DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.    16

(a)  

  Committee Powers    16

(b)  

  General Rules    17

SECTION 13.

  AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.    17

SECTION 14.

  PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES.    17

(a)  

  Effective Date    17

(b)  

  Elections to Receive NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units    17

(c)  

  Number and Terms of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units    17

 

- iii -


SECTION 15.

  LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.    17

SECTION 16.

  WITHHOLDING TAXES.    18

(a)  

  General    18

(b)  

  Share Withholding    18

SECTION 17.

  OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS.    18

(a)  

  Transferability    18

(b)  

  Substitution and Assumption of Awards    19

(c)  

  Qualifying Performance Criteria    19

SECTION 18.

  NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.    20

SECTION 19.

  DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.    20

(a)  

  Term of the Plan    20

(b)  

  Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan    20

(c)  

  Effect of Termination    20

SECTION 20.

  EXECUTION.    21

 

- iv -


INPHI CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on June 7, 2010, and shall be effective immediately prior to the closing of the initial offering of Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) encouraging Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants to focus on critical long-range objectives, (b) encouraging the attraction and retention of Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants with exceptional qualifications and (c) linking Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants directly to stockholder interests through increased stock ownership. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of restricted shares, stock units, options (which may constitute incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options) or stock appreciation rights.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Affiliate” shall mean any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.

(b) “Award” shall mean any award of an Option, a SAR, a Restricted Share or a Stock Unit under the Plan.

(c) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

(d) “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors occurs, as a result of which fewer than one-half of the incumbent directors are directors who either:

(A) Had been directors of the Company on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “original directors”); or

(B) Were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of the original directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and the directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (the “continuing directors”); or

 

  (ii)

Any “person” (as defined below) who by the acquisition or aggregation of securities, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the

 

- 1 -


  Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote at elections of directors (the “Base Capital Stock”); except that any change in the relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any person resulting solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Base Capital Stock, and any decrease thereafter in such person’s ownership of securities, shall be disregarded until such person increases in any manner, directly or indirectly, such person’s beneficial ownership of any securities of the Company; or

 

  (iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity; or

 

  (iv) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

For purposes of subsection (d)(i) above, the term “look-back” date shall mean the later of (1) the Effective Date or (2) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a Change in Control.

For purposes of subsection (d)(ii)) above, the term “person” shall have the same meaning as when used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary and (2) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Stock.

Any other provision of this Section 2(d) notwithstanding, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction, and a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur if the Company files a registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial offering of Stock to the public.

(e) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee as designated by the Board of Directors, which is authorized to administer the Plan, as described in Section 3 hereof.

(g) “Company” shall mean Inphi Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

- 2 -


(h) “Consultant” shall mean a consultant or advisor who provides bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate as an independent contractor (not including service as a member of the Board of Directors) or a member of the board of directors of a Parent or a Subsidiary, in each case who is not an Employee.

(i) “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.

(j) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k) “Exercise Price” shall mean, in the case of an Option, the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. “Exercise Price,” in the case of a SAR, shall mean an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.

(l) “Fair Market Value” with respect to a Share, shall mean the market price of one Share, determined by the Committee as follows:

 

  (i) If the Stock was traded over-the-counter on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last transaction price quoted for such date by the OTC Bulletin Board or, if not so quoted, shall be equal to the mean between the last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted for such date by the principal automated inter-dealer quotation system on which the Stock is quoted or, if the Stock is not quoted on any such system, by the Pink Quote system;

 

  (ii) If the Stock was traded on any established stock exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Market or The Nasdaq Global Select Market) or national market system on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported for such date by the applicable exchange or system; and

 

  (iii) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.

In all cases, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(m) “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422 of the Code.

(n) “Nonstatutory Option” or “NSO” shall mean an employee stock option that is not an ISO.

(o) “Offeree” shall mean an individual to whom the Committee has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

- 3 -


(p) “Option” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(q) “Optionee” shall mean an individual or estate who holds an Option or SAR.

(r) “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not a common-law employee of, or paid consultant to, the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(s) “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be a Parent commencing as of such date.

(t) “Participant” shall mean an individual or estate who holds an Award.

(u) “Plan” shall mean this 2010 Stock Incentive Plan of Inphi Corporation, as amended from time to time.

(v) “Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Committee.

(w) “Restricted Share” shall mean a Share awarded under the Plan.

(x) “Restricted Share Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Share which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Shares.

(y) “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan.

(z) “SAR Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her SAR.

(aa) “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director, subject to such further limitations as may be set forth in the Plan or the applicable Stock Option Agreement, SAR Agreement, Restricted Share Agreement or Stock Unit Agreement. Service does not terminate when an Employee goes on a bona fide leave of absence, that was approved by the Company in writing, if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. However, for purposes of determining whether an Option is entitled to ISO status, an Employee’s employment will be treated as terminating three months after such Employee went on leave, unless such Employee’s right to return to active work is guaranteed by law or by a contract. Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends, unless such Employee immediately returns to active work. The Company determines which leaves of absence count toward Service, and when Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan.

(bb) “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 (if applicable).

 

- 4 -


(cc) “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(dd) “Stock Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Option.

(ee) “Stock Unit” shall mean a bookkeeping entry representing the Company’s obligation to deliver one Share (or distribute cash) on a future date in accordance with the provisions of a Stock Unit Agreement.

(ff) “Stock Unit Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Stock Unit which contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Stock Unit.

(gg) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, if the Company and/or one or more other Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of such corporation. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

(hh) “Total and Permanent Disability” shall mean any permanent and total disability as defined by section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Committee Composition . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board. The Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company. In addition, to the extent required by the Board, the composition of the Committee shall satisfy (i) such requirements as the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act; and (ii) such requirements as the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

(b) Committee for Non-Officer Grants . The Board may also appoint one or more separate committees of the Board, each composed of one or more directors of the Company who need not satisfy the requirements of Section 3(a), who may administer the Plan with respect to Employees who are not considered officers or directors of the Company under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, may grant Awards under the Plan to such Employees and may determine all terms of such grants. Within the limitations of the preceding sentence, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such committee or committees appointed pursuant to the preceding sentence. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Board of Directors may also authorize one or more officers of the Company to designate Employees, other than officers under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, to receive Awards and/or to determine the number of such Awards to be received by such persons; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall specify the total number of Awards that such officers may so award.

(c) Committee Procedures . The Board of Directors shall designate one of the members of the Committee as chairman. The Committee may hold meetings at such times and

 

- 5 -


places as it shall determine. The acts of a majority of the Committee members present at meetings at which a quorum exists, or acts reduced to or approved in writing (including via email) by all Committee members, shall be valid acts of the Committee.

(d) Committee Responsibilities. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority and discretion to take the following actions:

 

  (i) To interpret the Plan and to apply its provisions;

 

  (ii) To adopt, amend or rescind rules, procedures and forms relating to the Plan;

 

  (iii) To adopt, amend or terminate sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws including qualifying for preferred tax treatment under applicable foreign tax laws;

 

  (iv) To authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

 

  (v) To determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan;

 

  (vi) To select the Offerees and Optionees;

 

  (vii) To determine the number of Shares to be made subject to each Award;

 

  (viii) To prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including (without limitation) the Exercise Price and Purchase Price, and the vesting or duration of the Award (including accelerating the vesting of Awards, either at the time of the Award or thereafter, without the consent of the Participant), to determine whether an Option is to be classified as an ISO or as a Nonstatutory Option, and to specify the provisions of the agreement relating to such Award;

 

  (ix) To amend any outstanding Award agreement, subject to applicable legal restrictions and to the consent of the Participant if the Participant’s rights or obligations would be materially impaired;

 

  (x) To prescribe the consideration for the grant of each Award or other right under the Plan and to determine the sufficiency of such consideration;

 

  (xi) To determine the disposition of each Award or other right under the Plan in the event of a Participant’s divorce or dissolution of marriage;

 

  (xii) To determine whether Awards under the Plan will be granted in replacement of other grants under an incentive or other compensation plan of an acquired business;

 

- 6 -


  (xiii) To correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award agreement;

 

  (xiv) To establish or verify the extent of satisfaction of any performance goals or other conditions applicable to the grant, issuance, exercisability, vesting and/or ability to retain any Award; and

 

  (xv) To take any other actions deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

Subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Committee may designate persons other than members of the Committee to carry out its responsibilities and may prescribe such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate, except that the Committee may not delegate its authority with regard to the selection for participation of or the granting of Options or other rights under the Plan to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Offerees, all Optionees, and all persons deriving their rights from an Offeree or Optionee. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action that he has taken or has failed to take in good faith with respect to the Plan, any Option, or any right to acquire Shares under the Plan.

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) General Rule. Only common-law employees of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. Only Employees, Consultants and Outside Directors shall be eligible for the grant of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Nonstatutory Options or SARs.

(b) Automatic Grants to Outside Directors

 

  (i) Each Outside Director who first joins the Board of Directors on or after the Effective Date, and who was not previously an Employee, shall receive a Nonstatutory Option, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders, to purchase a number of Shares, having an aggregate fair market value equal to $160,000 calculated on the date of grant, on the date of his or her election to the Board of Directors. The Shares subject to each Option granted under this Section 4(b)(i) shall vest and become exercisable monthly over a 4-year period beginning on the day which is one month after the date of grant, at a monthly rate of 2.0833% of the total number of Shares subject to such Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each such Option shall become vested if a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company during the Optionee’s Service.

 

  (ii)

On the first business day following the conclusion of each regular annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, commencing with the annual meeting occurring after the Effective Date, each Outside Director who was not elected to the Board for the first time at such meeting and who will

 

- 7 -


  continue serving as a member of the Board of Directors thereafter shall receive an Option to purchase a number of Shares, having an aggregate fair market value equal to $80,000 calculated on the date of grant, provided that such Outside Director has served on the Board of Directors for at least six months. Each Option granted under this Section 4(b)(ii) shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date of grant; provided, however, that each such Option shall become exercisable in full immediately prior to the next regular annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders following such date of grant in the event such meeting occurs prior to such first anniversary date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Option granted under this Section 4(b)(ii) shall become vested if a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company during the Optionee’s Service.

 

  (iii) The Exercise Price of all Nonstatutory Options granted to an Outside Director under this Section 4(b) shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, payable in one of the forms described in

  Section 8(a), (b) or (d).

 

  (iv) All Nonstatutory Options granted to an Outside Director under this Section 4(b) shall terminate on the earlier of (A) the day before the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of such Options or (B) the date twelve months after the termination of such Outside Director’s Service for any reason; provided, however, that any such Options that are not vested upon the termination of the Outside Director’s Service as a member of the Board of Directors for any reason shall terminate immediately and may not be exercised.

(c) Ten-Percent Stockholders. An Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless such grant satisfies the requirements of Section 422(c)(5) of the Code.

(d) Attribution Rules. For purposes of Section 4(c) above, in determining stock ownership, an Employee shall be deemed to own the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such Employee’s brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors and lineal descendants. Stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for a corporation, partnership, estate or trust shall be deemed to be owned proportionately by or for its stockholders, partners or beneficiaries.

(e) Outstanding Stock. For purposes of Section 4(c) above, “outstanding stock” shall include all stock actually issued and outstanding immediately after the grant. “Outstanding stock” shall not include shares authorized for issuance under outstanding options held by the Employee or by any other person.

 

- 8 -


SECTION 5. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a) Basic Limitation. Shares offered under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The aggregate number of Shares authorized for issuance as Awards under the Plan shall not exceed 2,000,000 Shares, plus (x) any Shares subject to outstanding options or forfeiture restrictions under the Company’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Predecessor Plan”) on the effective date of this Plan that are subsequently forfeited or terminated for any reason before being exercised and any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the Predecessor Plan on the effective date of this Plan, such number of additional Shares not to exceed an aggregate of 1,000,000 Shares, and (y) an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2011 and ending in 2020, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 3,000,000 Shares, (ii) 5% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding year or (iii) an amount determined by the Board. No more than 10,000,000 Shares may be delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of ISOs granted under the Plan plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 5(c). The limitations of this Section 5(a) shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 11. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares which then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(b) Section 162(m) Award Limitation. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the Plan, and subject to the provisions of Section 11, no Participant may receive Options, SARs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units under the Plan in any calendar year that relate to an aggregate of more than 3,000,000 Shares, and no more than two times this amount in the first year of employment, and the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid to any Participant during any calendar year with respect to Awards payable in cash shall be $2,000,000.

(c) Additional Shares. If Restricted Shares or Shares issued upon the exercise of Options are forfeited, then such Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Stock Units, Options or SARs are forfeited or terminate for any reason before being exercised or settled, or an Award is settled in cash without the delivery of Shares to the holder, then any Shares subject to the Award shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. Only the number of Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of Awards shall reduce the number available in Section 5(a) and the balance shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. Any Shares withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(c), Shares that have actually been issued shall not again become available for Awards under the Plan, except for Shares that are forfeited and do not become vested.

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED SHARES.

(a) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

- 9 -


(b) Payment for Awards. Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services and future services.

(c) Vesting. Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement. A Restricted Stock Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, disability or retirement or other events. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting Restricted Shares of thereafter, that all or part of such Restricted Shares shall become vested in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights. The holders of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend and other rights as the Company’s other stockholders. A Restricted Stock Agreement, however, may require that the holders of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Award with respect to which the dividends were paid.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal or other restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

SECTION 7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a) Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Committee deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11.

(c) Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, except as otherwise provided in 4(c), and the Exercise Price of an NSO shall not be less 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with an Exercise Price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(c), the Exercise Price under any Option shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in one of the forms described in Section 8.

 

- 10 -


(d) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise. The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Committee may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

(e) Exercisability and Term . Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant (five years for ISOs granted to Employees described in Section 4(c)). A Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee’s death, disability, or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee’s Service. Options may be awarded in combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 7(e), the Committee at its sole discretion shall determine when all or any installment of an Option is to become exercisable and when an Option is to expire.

(f) Exercise of Options . Each Stock Option Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the right to exercise the Option of any executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or any person who has acquired such Option(s) directly from the Optionee by bequest or inheritance. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

(g) Effect of Change in Control . The Committee may determine, at the time of granting an Option or thereafter, that such Option shall become exercisable as to all or part of the Shares subject to such Option in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.

(h) No Rights as a Stockholder . An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by his Option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for such Shares. No adjustments shall be made, except as provided in Section 11.

(i) Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (to the extent not previously exercised), whether or not granted hereunder, in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price, or in return for the grant of a different Award for the same or a different number of Shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, materially impair his or her rights or obligations under such Option.

 

- 11 -


(j) Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Committee may determine. Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any general restrictions that may apply to all holders of Shares.

(k) Buyout Provisions . The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.

SECTION 8. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a) General Rule . The entire Exercise Price or Purchase Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as provided in Section 8(b) through Section 8(g) below.

(b) Surrender of Stock . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares which have already been owned by the Optionee or his representative. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the new Shares are purchased under the Plan. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.

(c) Services Rendered . At the discretion of the Committee, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company or a Subsidiary. If Shares are awarded without the payment of a Purchase Price in cash, the Committee shall make a determination (at the time of the Award) of the value of the services rendered by the Offeree and the sufficiency of the consideration to meet the requirements of Section 6(b).

(d) Cashless Exercise . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

(e) Exercise/Pledge . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form prescribed by the Committee) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender to pledge Shares, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate Exercise Price.

(f) Promissory Note . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so provides, payment may be made all or in part by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-recourse promissory note.

 

- 12 -


(g) Other Forms of Payment . To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement so provides, payment may be made in any other form that is consistent with applicable laws, regulations and rules.

(h) Limitations under Applicable Law . Notwithstanding anything herein or in a Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary, payment may not be made in any form that is unlawful, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

(a) SAR Agreement . Each grant of a SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 11.

(c) Exercise Price . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of a SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SARs may be granted with an Exercise Price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code. Subject to the foregoing in this Section 9(c), the Exercise Price under any SAR shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(d) Exercisability and Term . Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. A SAR Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee’s death, disability or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee’s service. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such an Award may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. A SAR may be included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of grant or thereafter. A SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control.

(e) Effect of Change in Control . The Committee may determine, at the time of granting a SAR or thereafter, that such SAR shall become fully exercisable as to all Common Shares subject to such SAR in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.

(f) Exercise of SARs . Upon exercise of a SAR, the Optionee (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after his or her death) shall receive from the Company (a) Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the

aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price.

 

- 13 -


(g) Modification or Assumption of SARs . Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price, or in return for the grant of a different Award for the same or a different number of Shares. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of a SAR shall, without the consent of the holder, materially impair his or her rights or obligations under such SAR.

(h) Buyout Provisions . The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents a SAR previously granted, or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out a SAR previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.

SECTION 10. STOCK UNITS.

(a) Stock Unit Agreement . Each grant of Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Unit Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Payment for Awards . To the extent that an Award is granted in the form of Stock Units, no cash consideration shall be required of the Award recipients.

(c) Vesting Conditions . Each Award of Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Stock Unit Agreement. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant’s death, disability or retirement or other events. The Committee may determine, at the time of granting Stock Units or thereafter, that all or part of such Stock Units shall become vested in the event that a Change in Control occurs with respect to the Company.

(d) Voting and Dividend Rights . The holders of Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Stock Unit awarded under the Plan may, at the Committee’s discretion, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share while the Stock Unit is outstanding. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents which are not paid shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions (including without limitation, any forfeiture conditions) as the Stock Units to which they attach.

(e) Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units . Settlement of vested Stock Units may be made in the form of (a) cash, (b) Shares or (c) any combination of both, as determined by

 

- 14 -


the Committee. The actual number of Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original Award, based on predetermined performance factors. Methods of converting Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Shares over a series of trading days. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide that vested Stock Units may be settled in a lump sum or in installments. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide that the distribution may occur or commence when all vesting conditions applicable to the Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred to any later date. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until an Award of Stock Units is settled, the number of such Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 11.

(f) Death of Recipient . Any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the recipient’s death shall be distributed to the recipient’s beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient of a Stock Units Award under the Plan shall designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Award recipient’s death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Award recipient, then any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the recipient’s death shall be distributed to the recipient’s estate.

(g) Creditors’ Rights . A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Unit Agreement.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a) Adjustments . In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make appropriate and equitable adjustments in:

 

  (i) The number of Options, SARs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units available for future Awards under Section 5;

 

  (ii) The limitations set forth in Sections 5(a) and (b);

 

  (iii) The number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and SAR;

 

  (iv) The Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR; and

 

  (v) The number of Stock Units included in any prior Award which has not yet been settled.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options, SARs and Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.

 

- 15 -


(c) Reorganizations . In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or other reorganization, outstanding Awards shall be subject to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, such agreement shall provide for:

 

  (i) The continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving corporation;

 

  (ii) The assumption of the outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary;

 

  (iii) The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for the outstanding Awards;

 

  (iv) Full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of the outstanding Awards; or

 

  (v) Settlement of the intrinsic value of the outstanding Awards in cash or cash equivalents followed by cancellation of such Awards.

(d) Reservation of Rights . Except as provided in this Section 11, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. In the event of any change affecting the Shares or the Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Award, including a merger or other reorganization, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty (30) days prior to the occurrence of such event.

SECTION 12. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.

(a) Committee Powers . Subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may permit or require a Participant to:

 

  (i) Have cash that otherwise would be paid to such Participant as a result of the exercise of a SAR or the settlement of Stock Units credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books;

 

  (ii) Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR converted into an equal number of Stock Units; or

 

- 16 -


  (iii) Have Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR or the settlement of Stock Units converted into amounts credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company’s books. Such amounts shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date when they otherwise would have been delivered to such Participant.

(b) General Rules . A deferred compensation account established under this Section 12 may be credited with interest or other forms of investment return, as determined by the Committee. A Participant for whom such an account is established shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Such an account shall represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement between such Participant and the Company. If the deferral or conversion of Awards is permitted or required, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may establish rules, procedures and forms pertaining to such Awards, including (without limitation) the settlement of deferred compensation accounts established under this Section 12.

SECTION 13. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.

The Company may grant awards under other plans or programs. Such awards may be settled in the form of Shares issued under this Plan. Such Shares shall be treated for all purposes under the Plan like Shares issued in settlement of Stock Units and shall, when issued, reduce the number of Shares available under Section 5.

SECTION 14. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR’S FEES IN SECURITIES.

(a) Effective Date . No provision of this Section 14 shall be effective unless and until the Board has determined to implement such provision.

(b) Elections to Receive NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units . An Outside Director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer payments and/or meeting fees from the Company in the form of cash, NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. Such NSOs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units shall be issued under the Plan. An election under this Section 14 shall be filed with the Company on the prescribed form.

(c) Number and Terms of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units . The number of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units to be granted to Outside Directors in lieu of annual retainers and meeting fees that would otherwise be paid in cash shall be calculated in a manner determined by the Board. The terms of such NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units shall also be determined by the Board.

SECTION 15. LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS.

Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares complies with (or is exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without

 

- 17 -


limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations and the regulations of any stock exchange on which the Company’s securities may then be listed, and the Company has obtained the approval or favorable ruling from any governmental agency which the Company determines is necessary or advisable. The Company shall not be liable to a Participant or other persons as to: (a) the non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the Company has not obtained from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares under the Plan; and (b) any tax consequences expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Award granted under the Plan.

SECTION 16. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

(a) General . To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant or his or her successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

(b) Share Withholding . The Committee may permit a Participant to satisfy all or part of his or her withholding or income tax obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Shares that he or she previously acquired. Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when taxes otherwise would be withheld in cash. In no event may a Participant have Shares withheld that would otherwise be issued to him or her in excess of the number necessary to satisfy the minimum legally required tax withholding.

SECTION 17. OTHER PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS.

(a) Transferability . Unless the agreement evidencing an Award (or an amendment thereto authorized by the Committee) expressly provides otherwise, no Award granted under this Plan, nor any interest in such Award, may be sold, assigned, conveyed, gifted, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner (prior to the vesting and lapse of any and all restrictions applicable to Shares issued under such Award), other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that an ISO may be transferred or assigned only to the extent consistent with Section 422 of the Code. Any purported assignment, transfer or encumbrance in violation of this Section 17(a) shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

(b) Substitution and Assumption of Awards . The Committee may make Awards under the Plan by assumption, substitution or replacement of stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock units or similar awards granted by another entity (including a Parent or Subsidiary), if such assumption, substitution or replacement is in connection with an asset acquisition, stock acquisition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company (and/or its Parent or Subsidiary) and such other entity (and/or its affiliate). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan (other than the maximum number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan), the terms of such assumed, substituted or replaced Awards shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.

 

- 18 -


(c) Qualifying Performance Criteria . The number of Shares or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals. The Committee may utilize any performance criteria selected by it in its sole discretion to establish performance goals; provided, however, that where any Award is intended to qualify for exemption from the deduction limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code as “qualified performance-based compensation,” the following conditions shall apply:

(i) The amount potentially available under an Award shall be subject to the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals relating to a specified period of service based on one or more of the following performance criteria: (a) cash flow, (b) earnings per share, (c) earnings before interest, taxes and amortization, (d) return on equity, (e) total stockholder return, (f) share price performance, (g) return on capital, (h) return on assets or net assets, (i) revenue, (j) income or net income, (k) operating income or net operating income, (l) operating profit or net operating profit, (m) operating margin or profit margin, (n) return on operating revenue, (o) return on invested capital, (p) market segment shares, (q) costs, (r) expenses, (s) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product, or (t) implementation or completion of critical projects (“Qualifying Performance Criteria”), any of which may be measured either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit or Subsidiary, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous years’ results or to a designated comparison group or index, in each case as specified by the Committee in the Award;

(ii) The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Qualifying Performance Criteria to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period: (i) asset write-downs, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, (iv) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs and (v) any extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in managements’ discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year, in each case within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code;

(iii) The Committee shall establish the applicable performance goals in writing and an objective method for determining the Award earned by a Participant if the goals are attained, while the outcome is substantially uncertain and not later than the 90 th day of the performance period (but in no event after 25% of the period of service with respect to which the performance goals relate has elapsed), and shall determine and certify in writing, for each Participant, the extent to which the performance goals have been met prior to payment or vesting of the Award; and

 

- 19 -


(iv) The Committee may not in any event increase the amount of compensation payable under the Plan upon the attainment of the pre-established performance goals to a Participant who is a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

SECTION 18. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.

No provision of the Plan, nor any Award granted under the Plan, shall be construed to give any person any right to become, to be treated as, or to remain an Employee or Consultant. The Company and its Subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate any person’s Service at any time and for any reason, with or without notice.

SECTION 19. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

(a) Term of the Plan . The Plan, as set forth herein, shall terminate automatically on June 6, 2020 and may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time. Rights and obligations under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be materially impaired by such amendment, except with consent of the Participant. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules.

(c) Effect of Termination . No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the termination thereof. The termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards previously granted under the Plan.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

- 20 -


SECTION 20. EXECUTION.

To record the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the same.

 

INPHI CORPORATION
By    
Name    
Title    

 

- 21 -


INPHI CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

You have been granted the following Option to purchase Common Stock of INPHI CORPORATION (the “Company”) under the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”):

 

Name of Optionee:

  [Name of Optionee]

Total Number of Option Shares Granted:

  [Total Number of Shares]

Type of Option:

  ¨ Incentive Stock Option
  ¨ Nonstatutory Stock Option

Exercise Price Per Share :

  $                     

Grant Date:

  [Date of Grant]

Vesting Commencement Date:

  [Vesting Commencement Date]

Vesting Schedule:

  [This Option becomes exercisable with respect to the first 1/4th of the Shares subject to this Option when you complete 12 months of continuous Service as an Employee or a Consultant from the Vesting Commencement Date. Thereafter, this Option becomes exercisable with respect to an additional 1/48th of the Shares subject to this Option when you complete each additional month of such Service.] [Vesting TBD by Bd or comm. ]

Expiration Date:

  [Expiration Date] This Option expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the Stock Option Agreement.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the term and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.

By signing this document you further agree that the Company may deliver by e-mail all documents relating to the Plan or this Award (including without limitation, prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements). You also agree that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it will notify you by e-mail.

 

OPTIONEE:      INPHI CORPORATION
       By:     

Optionee’s Signature

       
       Title:     

Optionee’s Printed Name

       

 

- 1 -


INPHI CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Tax Treatment    This Option is intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or a nonstatutory option, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Even if this Option is designated as an incentive stock option, it shall be deemed to be a nonstatutory option to the extent required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Vesting    This Option becomes exercisable in installments, as shown in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. This Option will in no event become exercisable for additional Shares after your Service as an Employee or a Consultant has terminated for any reason.
Term    This Option expires in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the Notice of Stock Option Grant (fifth anniversary for a more than 10% stockholder as provided under the Plan if this is an incentive stock option). This Option may expire earlier if your Service terminates, as described below.

Regular

Termination

   If your Service terminates for any reason except death or “Total and Permanent Disability” (as defined in the Plan), then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date three (3) months after the date your Service terminates (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date). The Company determines when your Service terminates for this purpose and all purposes under the Plan and its determinations are conclusive and binding on all persons.
Death    If your Service terminates because of death, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date your Service terminates (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date). During that period of up to 12 months, your estate or heirs may exercise the Option.
Disability   

If your Service terminates because of your Total and Permanent Disability, then this Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date 12 months after the date your Service terminates (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date).

Leaves of Absence   

For purposes of this Option, your Service does not terminate when you go on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if the leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service is required by the terms of the leave or by applicable law. But your Service terminates when the approved leave ends, unless you immediately return to active work.

 

- 1 -


   If you go on a leave of absence, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant may be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of your leave. If you commence working on a part-time basis, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant may be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between you and the Company pertaining to your part-time schedule.
Restrictions on Exercise    The Company will not permit you to exercise this Option if the issuance of Shares at that time would violate any law or regulation. The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of the Company stock pursuant to this Option shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Company stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained.
Notice of Exercise    When you wish to exercise this Option you must provide a notice of exercise form in accordance with such procedures as are established by the Company and communicated to you from time to time. Any notice of exercise must specify how many Shares you wish to purchase and how your Shares should be registered. The notice of exercise will be effective when it is received by the Company. If someone else wants to exercise this Option after your death, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so.
Form of Payment    When you submit your notice of exercise, you must include payment of the Option exercise price for the Shares you are purchasing. Payment may be made in the following form(s):
      Your personal check, a cashier’s check or a money order.
      Certificates for Shares that you own, along with any forms needed to effect a transfer of those Shares to the Company. The value of the Shares, determined as of the effective date of the Option exercise, will be applied to the Option exercise price. Instead of surrendering Shares, you may attest to the ownership of those Shares on a form provided by the Company and have the same number of Shares subtracted from the Shares issued to you upon exercise of the Option. However, you may not surrender or attest to the ownership of Shares in payment of the exercise price if your action would cause the Company to recognize a compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to this Option for financial reporting purposes.
      By delivery on a form approved by the Company of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the Shares that are issued to you when you exercise this Option and to deliver to the Company from the sale proceeds an amount

 

- 2 -


      sufficient to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding taxes. The balance of the sale proceeds, if any, will be delivered to you. The directions must be given by providing a notice of exercise form approved by the Company.
      By delivery on a form approved by the Company of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company to pledge Shares that are issued to you when you exercise this Option as security for a loan and to deliver to the Company from the loan proceeds an amount sufficient to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding taxes. The directions must be given by providing a notice of exercise form approved by the Company.
      Any other form permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion.
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may not be made in any form that is unlawful, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

Withholding

Taxes and   Stock

Withholding

   You will not be allowed to exercise this Option unless you make arrangements acceptable to the Company to pay any withholding taxes that may be due as a result of this Award or the Option exercise. These arrangements, at the sole discretion of the Company, may include (a) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf pursuant to this authorization), (b) having the Company withhold Shares that otherwise would be issued to you when you exercise this Option having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, or (c) any other arrangement approved by the Company. The Fair Market Value of any Shares withheld, determined as of the effective date of the Option exercise, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. You also authorize the Company, or your actual employer, to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company or your actual employer with respect to this Award from your wages or other cash compensation payable to you by the Company or your actual employer.

Restrictions on

Resale

   You agree not to sell any Shares at a time when applicable laws, Company policies or an agreement between the Company and its underwriters prohibit a sale. This restriction will apply as long as your Service continues and for such period of time after the termination of your Service as the Company may specify.

Transfer of Option

   In general, only you can exercise this Option prior to your death. You may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of this Option, other than as designated by you by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided below. For instance, you may not use this Option as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, this Option will immediately become invalid. You may in any event dispose of this Option in your will. Regardless of any marital property settlement

 

- 3 -


 

agreement, the Company is not obligated to honor a notice of exercise from your former spouse, nor is the Company obligated to recognize your former spouse’s interest in your Option in any other way.

  However, if this Option is designated as a nonstatutory stock option in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, then the Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this Option as a gift to one or more family members. For purposes of this Agreement, “family member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), any individual sharing your household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which one or more of these individuals have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which you or one or more of these persons control the management of assets, and any entity in which you or one or more of these persons own more than 50% of the voting interest.
  In addition, if this Option is designated as a nonstatutory stock option in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, then the Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow you to transfer this option to your spouse or former spouse pursuant to a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights.
  The Committee will allow you to transfer this Option only if both you and the transferee(s) execute the forms prescribed by the Committee, which include the consent of the transferee(s) to be bound by this Agreement.
Retention Rights   Neither your Option nor this Agreement gives you the right to be employed or retained by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company in any capacity. The Company and its subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate your Service at any time, with or without cause.

Stockholder

Rights

  Your Options carry neither voting rights nor rights to dividends. You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until you have exercised this Option by giving the required notice to the Company and paying the exercise price. No adjustments will be made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before you exercise this Option, except as described in the Plan.
Adjustments   In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in Company Shares, the number of Shares covered by this Option and the exercise price per Share shall be adjusted pursuant to the Plan.

Successors and

Assigns

  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, every term of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.
Notice   Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earliest of personal

 

- 4 -


   delivery, receipt or the third full day following mailing with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party hereto at the address last known in the Company’s records or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party hereto.
Applicable Law    This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to their choice-of-law provisions).
The Plan and Other Agreements    The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. All capitalized terms in the Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this Option are superseded. This Agreement may be amended by the Committee without your consent; however, if any such amendment would materially impair your rights or obligations under the Agreement, this Agreement may be amended only by another written agreement, signed by you and the Company.

BY SIGNING THE COVER SHEET OF THIS AGREEMENT,

YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS

DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

- 5 -


INPHI CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF CASH EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

OPTIONEE INFORMATION:

Name:   

 

    Social Security Number:   

 

Address:   

 

    Employee Number:   

 

OPTION INFORMATION:

 

Date of Grant:                  , 200     

  Type of Stock Option:

Exercise Price per Share: $             

  ¨     Nonstatutory (NSO)

Total number of Shares of INPHI CORPORATION (the

“Company”) covered by option:                     

  ¨     Incentive (ISO)

Number of Shares of the Company for which option is being exercised now:                       (“Purchased Shares”).

Total exercise price for the Purchased Shares: $             

Form of payment enclosed:

¨     Check for $              , payable to “Inphi Corporation”

Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered:

______________________________________________________

 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares should be sent

   

to the following address:

   
   
   

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS:

 

1. I understand that all sales of Purchased Shares are subject to compliance with the Company’s policy on securities trades.

 

2. I hereby acknowledge that I received and read a copy of the prospectus describing the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan and the tax consequences of an exercise.

 

3. In the case of a nonstatutory option, I understand that I must recognize ordinary income equal to the spread between the fair market value of the Purchased Shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price. I further understand that I am required to pay withholding taxes at the time of exercising a nonstatutory option.

 

4. In the case of an incentive stock option, I agree to notify the Company if I dispose of the Purchased Shares before I have met both of the tax holding periods applicable to incentive stock options (that is, if I make a disqualifying disposition).

SIGNATURE AND DATE:

__________________________________ _________ __, 200_

 

- 1 -


INPHI CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

You have been granted the following Restricted Shares of Common Stock of INPHI CORPORATION (the “Company”) under the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”):

 

Date of Grant:

   [Date of Grant]   
Name of Recipient:    [Name of Recipient]   
Total Number of Shares      
Granted:    [Total Shares]   
Fair Market Value per Share:    $[Value Per Share]   

Total Fair Market Value

Of Award:

   $[Total Value]   
Vesting Commencement Date:    [                      ]   
Vesting Schedule:   

[The Shares subject to this Award vest when you complete twelve months of continuous Service as an Employee or a Consultant from the Vesting Commencement Date.]

[Sample language – actual vesting to be inserted.]

  

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that these Restricted Shares are granted under and governed by the term and conditions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”), both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.

By signing this document you further agree that the Company may deliver by e-mail all documents relating to the Plan or this Award (including without limitation, prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements). You also agree that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it will notify you by e-mail.

 

[NAME OF RECIPIENT]     INPHI CORPORATION

 

    By:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

- 1 -


INPHI CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

Payment For Shares    No cash payment is required for the Shares you receive. You are receiving the Shares in consideration for Services rendered by you.
Vesting    The Shares that you are receiving will vest in installments, as shown in the Notice of Restricted Stock Award.
   No additional Shares vest after your Service as an Employee or a Consultant has terminated for any reason.
Shares Restricted    Unvested Shares will be considered “Restricted Shares.” Except to the extent permitted by the Committee, you may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of Restricted Shares.
Forfeiture    If your Service terminates for any reason, then your Shares will be forfeited to the extent that they have not vested before the termination date and do not vest as a result of termination. This means that the Restricted Shares will immediately revert to the Company. You receive no payment for Restricted Shares that are forfeited. The Company determines when your Service terminates for this purpose and all purposes under the Plan and its determinations are conclusive and binding on all persons.
Leaves Of Absence    For purposes of this Award, your Service does not terminate when you go on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if the leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service is required by the terms of the leave or by applicable law. But your Service terminates when the approved leave ends, unless you immediately return to active work.
   If you go on a leave of absence, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Restricted Stock Award may be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of your leave. If you commence working on a part-time basis, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Restricted Stock Award may be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between you and the Company pertaining to your part-time schedule.
Stock Certificates    The certificates for the Restricted Shares have stamped on them a special legend referring to the forfeiture restrictions. In addition to or in lieu of imposing the legend, the Company may hold the certificates in escrow. As your vested percentage increases, you may request (at reasonable intervals) that the Company release to you a non-legended certificate for your vested Shares.

 

- 1 -


Stockholder Rights    During the period of time between the date of grant and the date the Restricted Shares become vested, you shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Shares except for the right to transfer the Restricted Shares, as set forth above. Accordingly, you shall have the right to vote the Restricted Shares and to receive any cash dividends paid with respect to the Restricted Shares.
Withholding Taxes    No Shares will be released to you unless you have made arrangements acceptable to the Company to pay withholding taxes that may be due as a result of this Award or the vesting of the Shares. These arrangements, at the sole discretion of the Company, may include (a) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf pursuant to this authorization), (b) having the Company withhold Shares that otherwise would be released to you when they vest having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, or (c) any other arrangement approved by the Company. The Fair Market Value of any Shares withheld, determined as of the date when taxes otherwise would have been withheld in cash, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. You also authorize the Company, or your actual employer, to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company or your actual employer with respect to this Award from your wages or other cash compensation payable to you by the Company or your actual employer.
Restrictions On Resale    You agree not to sell any Shares at a time when applicable laws, Company policies or an agreement between the Company and its underwriters prohibit a sale. This restriction will apply as long as your Service continues and for such period of time after the termination of your Service as the Company may specify.
No Retention Rights    Neither your Award nor this Agreement gives you the right to be employed or retained by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company in any capacity. The Company and its subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate your Service at any time, with or without cause.
Adjustments    In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in Company Shares, or a merger or a reorganization of the Company, the forfeiture provisions described above will apply to all new, substitute or additional securities or other assets to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the Shares.

 

- 2 -


Successors and Assigns    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, every term of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.
Notice    Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earliest of personal delivery, receipt or the third full day following mailing with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party hereto at the address last known in the Company’s records or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party hereto.
Applicable Law    This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to their choice-of-law provisions).
The Plan and Other Agreements    The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Award. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this Award are superseded. This Agreement may be amended by the Committee without your consent; however, if any such amendment would materially impair your rights or obligations under the Agreement, this Agreement may be amended only by another written agreement, signed by you and the Company.

BY SIGNING THE COVER SHEET OF THIS AGREEMENT,

YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS

DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

- 3 -


INPHI CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK UNIT AWARD

You have been granted the following Stock Units representing Common Stock of INPHI CORPORATION (the “Company”) under the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

Name of Participant:  

 

Total Number of Stock Units Granted:  

 

Date of Grant:                     ,         
Vesting Commencement Date:                     ,         

Vesting Schedule :

  [The Stock Units subject to this Award vest when you complete each [12 months] of continuous Service as an Employee or a Consultant from the Vesting Commencement Date.] [Sample language – actual vesting to be inserted.]

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that these Stock Units are granted under and governed by the term and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Unit Agreement (the “Agreement”), both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.

By signing this document you further agree that the Company may deliver by e-mail all documents relating to the Plan or this Award (including without limitation, prospectuses required by the Securities and Exchange Commission) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including without limitation, annual reports and proxy statements). You also agree that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it will notify you by e-mail.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]    INPHI CORPORATION

 

   By:  

 

 

   Its:  

 

Print Name

    


INPHI CORPORATION

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

Payment for Stock

Units

   No cash payment is required for the Stock Units you receive. You are receiving the Stock Units in consideration for Services rendered by you.

Vesting

  

The Stock Units that you are receiving will vest in installments, as shown in the Notice of Stock Unit Award.

No additional Stock Units vest after your Service as an Employee or a Consultant has terminated for any reason.

Forfeiture

  

If your Service terminates for any reason, then your Award expires immediately as to the number of Stock Units that have not vested before the termination date and do not vest as a result of termination.

 

This means that the unvested Stock Units will immediately be cancelled. You receive no payment for Stock Units that are forfeited.

 

The Company determines when your Service terminates for this purpose and all purposes under the Plan and its determinations are conclusive and binding on all persons.

Leaves of Absence

  

For purposes of this Award, your Service does not terminate when you go on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if the leave of absence was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service is required by the terms of the leave or by applicable law. But your Service terminates when the approved leave ends, unless you immediately return to active work.

If you go on a leave of absence, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Stock Unit Award may be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of your leave. If you commence working on a part-time basis, then the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Stock Unit Award may be adjusted in accordance with the Company’s part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between you and the Company pertaining to your part-time schedule.

Nature of Stock Units

   Your Stock Units are mere bookkeeping entries. They represent only the Company’s unfunded and unsecured promise to issue Shares on a future date. As a holder of Stock Units, you have no rights other than the rights of a general creditor of the Company.

 

-1-


No Voting Rights or Dividends    Your Stock Units carry neither voting rights nor rights to dividends. You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until your Stock Units are settled by issuing Shares. No adjustments will be made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your Shares are issued, except as described in the Plan.
Stock Units Nontransferable    You may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Stock Units. For instance, you may not use your Stock Units as security for a loan. If you attempt to do any of these things, your Stock Units will immediately become invalid.
Settlement of Stock Units   

Each of your vested Stock Units will be settled when it vests.

 

At the time of settlement, you will receive one Share for each vested Stock Unit; provided, however, that no fractional Shares will be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement, and the Committee will determine whether cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional Share or whether such fractional Share and any rights thereto will be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated. In addition, the Shares are issued to you subject to the condition that the issuance of the Shares not violate any law or regulation.

Withholding Taxes and Stock Withholding    No Shares will be distributed to you unless you have made arrangements acceptable to the Company to pay withholding taxes that may be due as a result of this Award or the settlement of the Stock Units. These arrangements, at the sole discretion of the Company, may include (a) having the Company withhold taxes from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares, either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on your behalf pursuant to this authorization), (b) having the Company withhold Shares that otherwise would be distributed to you when the Stock Units are settled having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount necessary to satisfy the minimum statutory withholding amount, or (c) any other arrangement approved by the Company. The Fair Market Value of any Shares withheld, determined as of the date when taxes otherwise would have been withheld in cash, will be applied as a credit against the withholding taxes. You also authorize the Company, or your actual employer, to satisfy all withholding obligations of the Company or your actual employer with respect to this Award from your wages or other cash compensation payable to you by the Company or your actual employer.

 

-2-


Restrictions on Resale    You agree not to sell any Shares at a time when applicable laws, Company policies or an agreement between the Company and its underwriters prohibit a sale. This restriction will apply as long as your Service continues and for such period of time after the termination of your Service as the Company may specify.
No Retention Rights    Neither your Award nor this Agreement gives you the right to be employed or retained by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company in any capacity. The Company and its subsidiaries reserve the right to terminate your Service at any time, with or without cause.
Adjustments    In the event of a stock split, a stock dividend or a similar change in Company Shares, the number of Stock Units covered by this Award shall be adjusted pursuant to the Plan.
Successors and Assigns    Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Agreement, every term of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.
Notice    Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earliest of personal delivery, receipt or the third full day following mailing with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party hereto at the address last known in the Company’s records or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party hereto.
Applicable Law    This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to their choice-of-law provisions).
The Plan and Other Agreements    The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. All capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Award. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this Award are superseded. This Agreement may be amended by the Committee without your consent; however, if any such amendment would materially impair your rights or obligations under the Agreement, this Agreement may be amended only by another written agreement, signed by you and the Company.

BY SIGNING THE COVER SHEET OF THIS AGREEMENT,

YOU AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS

DESCRIBED ABOVE AND IN THE PLAN.

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.3

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of                              , 2010, between Inphi Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and                              (“ Indemnitee ”),

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is either a member of the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”), a director of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, an officer of the Corporation or an officer of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or one or more of such positions, and in such capacity or capacities, or otherwise as an Agent (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation, is performing a valuable service for the Corporation; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or other business entities unless they are protected by comprehensive indemnification and liability insurance, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such entities, and because the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors and officers; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation has concluded that, to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve or continue to serve as officers or directors of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Corporation, it is necessary for the Corporation contractually to indemnify directors and officers and to assume for itself to the fullest extent permitted by law expenses and damages in connection with claims against such officers or directors in connection with their service to the Corporation; and

WHEREAS, section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), under which the Corporation is organized, empowers the Corporation to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Corporation, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by the DGCL is not exclusive; and

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer or agent of the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Corporation; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation on the condition that he or she be indemnified as herein provided; and

WHEREAS, it is intended that Indemnitee shall be paid promptly by the Corporation all amounts necessary to effectuate in full the indemnity provided herein; and


WHEREAS, certain defined terms are set forth in Section 16 below:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants in this Agreement, and of Indemnitee serving or continuing to serve the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries as an Agent and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve (a) as a director or an officer of the Corporation, or as a director or employee of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or one or more of such positions, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws of the Corporation, and until such time as Indemnitee resigns or fails to stand for election or is removed from Indemnitee’s position, or (b) otherwise as an Agent of the Corporation. Indemnitee may from time to time also perform other services at the request or for the convenience of, or otherwise benefiting the Corporation or one or more of its subsidiaries. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign or be removed from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Corporation shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in any such position.

2. Indemnification of Indemnitee . Subject to the limitations set forth herein and particularly in Section 6 hereof, the Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee as follows:

(a) The Corporation shall, with respect to any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined), indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law or as such law may from time to time be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than the law permitted the Corporation to provide before such amendment). The right to indemnification conferred herein shall be presumed to have been relied upon by Indemnitee in serving or continuing to serve the Corporation as an Agent and shall be enforceable as a contract right. Without in any way diminishing the scope of the indemnification provided by this Section 2(a), the rights of indemnification of Indemnitee shall include but shall not be limited to those rights hereinafter set forth.

(b) The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an Agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against Expenses (as hereinafter defined) or Liabilities (as hereinafter defined), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

2


(c) The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Corporation, or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an Agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against Expenses and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Liabilities if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

3. Advancement of Expenses . All reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee (including costs of enforcement of this Agreement) shall be advanced from time to time by the Corporation to Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for an advance of Expenses, whether prior to or after final disposition of a Proceeding (except to the extent that there has been a Final Adverse Determination (as hereinafter defined) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses), including without limitation any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation. The written request for an advancement of any and all Expenses under this paragraph shall contain reasonable detail of the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In the event that such written request shall be accompanied by an affidavit of counsel to Indemnitee to the effect that such counsel has reviewed such Expenses and that such Expenses are reasonable in such counsel’s view, then such expenses shall be deemed reasonable in the absence of clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. By execution of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have made whatever undertaking as may be required by law at the time of any advancement of Expenses with respect to repayment to the Corporation of such Expenses. In the event that the Corporation shall breach its obligation to advance Expenses under this Section 3, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee’s remedies available at law would not be adequate and that Indemnitee would be entitled to specific performance.

4. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings . Upon making a request for indemnification, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in reaching any contrary determination. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, arbitration award or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not affect this presumption or, except as determined by a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to Indemnitee, establish a presumption with regard to any factual matter relevant to determining Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification hereunder. If the person or persons so empowered to make a determination pursuant to Section 5 hereof shall have failed to make the requested determination within the period provided for in Section 5, a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made.

 

3


5. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) Whenever Indemnitee believes that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit a written request for indemnification to the Corporation. Any request for indemnification shall include sufficient documentation or information reasonably available to Indemnitee for the determination of entitlement to indemnification. In any event, Indemnitee shall submit Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification within a reasonable time, not to exceed five (5) years after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal, arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or final determination, whichever is the later date for which Indemnitee requests indemnification. The Secretary or other appropriate officer shall, promptly upon receipt of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has made such request. Determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than sixty (60) days after the Corporation’s receipt of Indemnitee’s written request for such indemnification, provided that any request for indemnification for Liabilities, other than amounts paid in settlement, shall have been made after a determination thereof in a Proceeding. If it is so determined that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, and Indemnitee has already paid the Liabilities, reimbursement to the Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination; otherwise, the Corporation shall pay the Liabilities on behalf of Indemnitee if and when Indemnitee becomes legally obligated to make payment.

(b) The Corporation shall be entitled to select the forum in which Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be heard; provided , however , that if there is a Change in Control of the Corporation, Independent Legal Counsel (as hereinafter defined) shall determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The forum shall be any one of the following:

(i) a majority vote of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum;

(ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum;

(iii) Independent Legal Counsel, whose determination shall be made in a written opinion; or

(iv) the stockholders of the Corporation.

6. Specific Limitations on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment to Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding:

(a) To the extent that payment is actually made to Indemnitee under any insurance policy, or is made to Indemnitee by the Corporation or an affiliate otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the availability of such insurance, Indemnitee also may claim indemnification from the Corporation pursuant to this Agreement by assigning to the Corporation any claims under such insurance to the extent Indemnitee is paid by the Corporation;

 

4


(b) Provided there has been no Change in Control, for Liabilities in connection with Proceedings settled without the Corporation’s consent, which consent, however, shall not be unreasonably withheld;

(c) For an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation within the meaning of section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or similar provisions of any state statutory or common law;

(d) To the extent it would be otherwise prohibited by law, if so established by a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to Indemnitee; or

(e) In connection with a Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee (other than a Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement) unless the commencement of such Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

7. Fees and Expenses of Independent Legal Counsel . The Corporation agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Legal Counsel should such Independent Legal Counsel be retained to make a determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 5(b) of this Agreement, and to fully indemnify such Independent Legal Counsel against any and all expenses and losses incurred by any of them arising out of or relating to this Agreement or their engagement pursuant hereto.

8. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination pursuant to Section 5 hereof is made that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, (ii) advances of Expenses are not made pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) payment has not been timely made following a determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, or (iv) Indemnitee otherwise seeks enforcement of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to a final adjudication in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware of the remedy sought. Alternatively, unless court approval is required by law for the indemnification sought by Indemnitee, Indemnitee at Indemnitee’s option may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association now in effect, which award is to be made within ninety (90) days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The Corporation shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or arbitration award. In any such proceeding or arbitration Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses under this Agreement and the Corporation shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(b) In the event that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, in whole or in part, has been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the decision in the judicial proceeding or arbitration provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 8 shall be made de novo and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

 

5


(c) If a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification has been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof, or is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 4 hereof or otherwise pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination.

(d) The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable. The Corporation shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertion to the contrary.

(e) Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee’s request for indemnification under, seeking enforcement of or to recover damages for breach of this Agreement shall be advanced by the Corporation when and as incurred by Indemnitee irrespective of any Final Adverse Determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

9. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Corporation, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Corporation and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Corporation (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

10. Maintenance of Insurance . The Corporation represents that it presently has in place certain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies covering the directors and officers of the Corporation and the directors and officers of the wholly owned subsidiaries of the Corporation. Subject only to the provisions within this Section 10, the Corporation agrees that so long as Indemnitee shall have consented to serve or shall continue to serve as a director or officer of the Corporation as a director or officer of a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, or one or more of such positions, or as an Agent of the Corporation, and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding (such periods being hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Indemnification Period ”), the Corporation will use all reasonable efforts to maintain in effect for the benefit of Indemnitee one or more valid, binding and enforceable policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance from established and reputable insurers, providing, in all respects, coverage both in scope and amount which is no less favorable than that presently provided or, following the Corporation’s initial public offering, than that provided as of the time of such initial public offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not be required to maintain said policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance during any time period if during such period such insurance is not reasonably available or if it is determined in good faith by the then directors of the Corporation either that:

 

6


(i) The premium cost of maintaining such insurance is substantially disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided thereunder; or

(ii) The protection provided by such insurance is so limited by exclusions, deductions or otherwise that there is insufficient benefit to warrant the cost of maintaining such insurance.

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent that and for so long as the Corporation shall choose to continue to maintain any policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance during the Indemnification Period, the Corporation shall maintain similar and equivalent insurance for the benefit of Indemnitee during the Indemnification Period (unless such insurance shall be less favorable to Indemnitee than the Corporation’s existing policies).

11. Modification, Waiver, Termination and Cancellation . No supplement, modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

12. Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

13. Notice by Indemnitee and Defense of Claim . Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any matter, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative which may result in the right to indemnification or the advancement of Expenses, but the omission so to notify the Corporation will not relieve it from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee if such omission does not prejudice the Corporation’s rights. If such omission does prejudice the Corporation’s rights, the Corporation will be relieved from liability only to the extent of such prejudice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such omission will not relieve the Corporation from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Corporation of the commencement thereof:

(a) The Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; and

(b) The Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding if there has been a Change in Control or if Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense thereof, the Corporation will not be liable to Indemnitee under this

 

7


Agreement for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless:

(i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation;

(ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that counsel engaged by the Corporation may not adequately represent Indemnitee due to, among other things, actual or potential differing interests; or

(iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense in such Proceeding or shall not in fact have assumed such defense and be acting in connection therewith with reasonable diligence; in each of which cases the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation.

(c) The Corporation shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent; provided , however , that Indemnitee will not unreasonably withhold his or her consent to any proposed settlement.

14. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

  (a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature on the signature page hereof.

 

  (b) If to the Corporation, to:

Inphi Corporation

2393 Towngate Road

Westlake Village CA 91361

Attn: [                                          ]

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Corporation or to the Corporation by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

15. Nonexclusivity . The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under applicable law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, or any agreements, vote of stockholders, resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise, and to the extent that during the Indemnification Period the rights of the then existing directors and officers are more favorable to such directors or officers than the rights currently provided to Indemnitee thereunder or under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to the full benefits of such more favorable rights.

 

8


16. Indemnification and Advancement Rights Primary . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more parties other than the Company or an affiliate of the Company (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby acknowledges and the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree: (i) that the Company is the indemnitor of first resort; i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary; (ii) that the Company shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors; and (iii) that the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors that the Company may have for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or subrogation to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this provision.

17. Certain Definitions .

(a) “ Agent ” shall mean any person who is or was, or who has consented to serve as, a director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary, joint venturer, partner, manager or other official of the Corporation or a subsidiary or an affiliate of the Corporation, or any other entity (including without limitation, an employee benefit plan), in each case either at the request of, for the convenience of, or otherwise to benefit the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation. Any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary of the Corporation shall be deemed to be serving, or have served, at the request of the Corporation.

(b) “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence, after the Corporation’s initial public offering, of any of the following:

(i) Both (A) any “person” (as defined below) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing at least twenty percent (20%) of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities and (B) the beneficial ownership by such person of securities representing such percentage is not approved by a majority of the “Continuing Directors” (as defined below);

(ii) Any “person” is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation

 

9


representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities;

(iii) A change in the composition of the Board of Directors occurs, as a result of which fewer than two-thirds of the incumbent directors are directors who either (A) had been directors of the Corporation on the “look-back date” (as defined below) (the “ Original Directors ”) or (B) were elected, or nominated for election, to the Board of Directors with the affirmative votes of at least a majority in the aggregate of the Original Directors who were still in office at the time of the election or nomination and directors whose election or nomination was previously so approved (together, the directors referenced in clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 16(b)(iii) shall be referred to as the “ Continuing Directors ”);

(iv) The stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation, if such merger or consolidation would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto representing (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) 50% or less of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(v) The stockholders of the Corporation approve (A) a plan of complete liquidation of the Corporation or (B) an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets.

For purposes of Subsections (i) and (ii) above, the term “ person ” shall have the same meaning as when used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but shall exclude (x) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or of a parent or subsidiary of the Corporation or (y) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common stock of the Corporation.

For purposes of Subsection (iii) above, the term “ look-back date ” shall mean the later of (x) the date first written above in the preamble to this Agreement or (y) the date 24 months prior to the date of the event that may constitute a “Change in Control.”

Any other provision of this Section 17(b) notwithstanding, the term “Change in Control” shall not include a transaction, if undertaken at the election of the Corporation, the result of which is to sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another corporation (the “surviving corporation”); provided that the surviving corporation is owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Corporation immediately following such transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation’s common stock immediately preceding such transaction; and provided, further, that the surviving corporation expressly assumes this Agreement.

 

10


(c) “ Disinterested Director ” shall mean a director of the Corporation who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is being sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “ Expenses ” shall include all direct and indirect costs (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is otherwise not compensated by the Corporation or any third party) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with either the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, applicable law or otherwise; provided , however , that “Expenses” shall not include any Liabilities.

(e) “ Final Adverse Determination ” shall mean that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 5 hereof and either (1) a final adjudication in the courts of the State of Delaware from which there is no further right of appeal or decision of an arbitrator pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof shall have denied Indemnitee’s right to indemnification hereunder, or (2) Indemnitee shall have failed to file a complaint in a Delaware court or seek an arbitrator’s award pursuant to Section 8(a) for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days after the determination made pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

(f) “ Independent Legal Counsel ” shall mean a law firm or a member of a firm or law professor selected by the Corporation and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or, if there has been a Change in Control, selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Corporation (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), that neither is presently nor in the past five (5) years has been retained to represent: (i) the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or Indemnitee or any corporation of which Indemnitee was or is a director, officer, employee or agent, or any subsidiary or affiliate of such a corporation, in any material matter, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

(g) “ Liabilities ” shall mean liabilities of any type whatsoever including, but not limited to, any judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of any Proceeding.

(h) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, as a witness or otherwise, that is associated with Indemnitee’s being an Agent of the Corporation.

 

11


18. Binding Effect; Duration and Scope of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation), spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall be deemed to be effective as of the commencement date of the Indemnitee’s service as an officer or director of the Corporation and shall continue in effect during the Indemnification Period, regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an Agent.

19. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement (or any portion thereof) shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

(a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and

(b) to the fullest extent legally possible, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of any provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of laws rules.

21. Consent to Jurisdiction . The Corporation and Indemnitee each irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding that arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of Delaware.

22. Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and there are no other agreements, contracts or understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, except as specifically referred to herein or as provided in Section 15 hereof.

 

12


23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer and Indemnitee has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INPHI CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
By  

 

Its  

 

INDEMNITEE

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
 

 

13

Exhibit 10.4

LOGO

July 14, 2007

Mr. Young Sohn

Re: Offer of Employment

Dear Young,

On behalf of Inphi Corporation (“Inphi” or the “Company”), we are pleased to offer you full-time employment as CEO in our Westlake Village, CA facility reporting to the Chairman of the Board, subject to the following terms and conditions.

Cash Compensation/Benefits

Your starting base salary annualized will be $250,000 per year paid on a bi-monthly payroll schedule .

In addition, you will be eligible for Inphi standard benefits including health, dental, vision, life insurance, vacation and sick leave with an optional 401(k) plan.

In the event that Inphi undergoes a corporate transaction and you are subject to involuntary termination, you will receive one year of benefits and salary coverage.

In the event that you are subject to involuntary termination, you will receive one year of benefits coverage.

Inphi Corporation 2393 Townsgate Road, #101 Westlake Village, CA (v) 805.446.5100 (f) 805.446.5191


Commuting Allowance

Inphi recognizes that you will maintain your primary residence in the Bay Area during your employment and commute during the work week to Inphi in Westlake Village, CA. Inphi will provide a housing allowance of $4,167.67 per month ($50,000 annually) during your employment for a residence in Southern California. All weekly airline costs to travel to and from your home in the Bay Area and Southern California will be paid by the company. You will provide your own automobile in Southern California and bear those expenses yourself.

Equity

Contingent on approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will receive an incentive stock option package consisting of options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock equal to 2,848,310 shares of common shares subject to Board of Directors approval . The grant date and option price will be established on the date the Board of Directors grants the options to you pursuant to the Company’s Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”). Provided you remain in the service of the Company (as defined in the Plan), the option will vest four year period with one-fourth (25%) of the shares vesting on the date that is one year after the commencement of your service as an employee of the Company and the remaining shares vesting in a series of 36 equal monthly installments upon your completion of each month of service thereafter. Any shares purchased pursuant to the option will be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, and any shares that you decide to purchase before you become vested in the underlying option shall be subject to repurchase by the Company if your employment with the company terminates. All of the terms discussed above are described in, and your option shall be governed by the provisions of, the Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and the related documentation that you will receive.

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, you will be offered accelerated vesting of such shares following your termination after a corporate transaction in a form substantially similar to the form attached to this letter.

Young, as discussed if there is an acquisition before IPO that incurs substantial dilution to everyone, we will work to increase your equity ownership but not necessarily all the way up to 6%. The idea here is that the acquisition will increase the value of Inphi such that even with dilution, investors and employees will still retain most of their equity value.

“At Will” Employment

Employment with the Company is “at-will”. This means that it is not for any specified period of time and can be terminated by you or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause. It also means that your job duties, title and responsibility and reporting level, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s

 

2


personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with or without notice at any time in the sole discretion of the Company. This “at-will” nature of your employment shall remain unchanged during your tenure as an employee and may not be changed, except in an express writing signed by you and by the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Full-time Services to The Company

The Company requires that, as a full-time employee, you devote your full business time, attention, skills and efforts to the tasks and duties of your position as assigned by the Company. The Company recognizes that you currently have board obligations at ARM Holdings and Cymer as well as providing an advisory role at Panorama Capital. If you wish to request consent to provide services (for any or no form of compensation) to any other person or business entity while employed by the Company, please contact the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Confidential Information

Inphi was formed on the principles of working hard, doing things the right way and treating each project and customer as the top priority. We expect the highest quality and level of personal commitment from each employee. We are hiring people with the right skills and qualifications, not based upon any specific knowledge you may have obtained about potential products, clients or industries. For that reason, if you signed a confidentiality agreement with a previous employer, you should read it and honor it Inphi does not permit the use of trade secret information belonging to others or the violation of any agreements to keep information confidential. You must also sign a confidentiality and proprietary information agreement at the start of your employment with Inphi,

Conditions

This offer, and any employment pursuant to this offer, is conditioned upon the following:

 

 

As required by law, your ability to provide satisfactory documentary proof of your identity and right to work in the United States of America no later than the third day after you commence working for the Company.

 

 

Your signed agreement to, and ongoing compliance with, the terms of the enclosed Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement without modification.

 

 

Your return of the enclosed copy of this letter, after being signed by you without modification, to the undersigned no later than July 15, 2007 , after which time offer will expire. By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other legal obligation with any person, company or business enterprise which may be an impediment to your employment with, or your

 

3


 

providing services to, the Company, as its employee. If you accept employment, you may not either bring onto Company premises or use in any manner any confidential or proprietary information developed, used or disclosed to you while you were employed by some other company or entity.

Entire Agreement

If you accept this offer, this letter and the written agreements referenced in this letter shall constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company with respect to the initial terms and conditions of your employment. Any representations not contained in this letter, or contrary to those contained in this letter (whether written or oral), that may have been made to you are expressly cancelled and superceded by this offer, Except as otherwise specified in this letter, the terms and conditions of your employment pursuant to this letter may not be changed, except by a writing issued by Human Resources.

We look forward to you accepting this offer and a mutually rewarding relationship. As with all-important decisions, you should make a decision concerning this offer based on your own independent investigation and judgment concerning the Company and its future prospects.

If you accept this offer, please date and sign below, on the enclosed copy of this letter and return it to me no later than July 15, 2007 . You will be provided with an original copy for you to retain in your records. You should bring your INS Form I-9 required identification, and proof of authorization to work with you on your first day of employment

Your starting date will be July 16 th , 2007 per our discussions.

If you have any questions regarding this offer letter, please feel free to me directly at [REDACTED].

Sincerely,

LOGO

Dado Banatao

Chairman of the Board

I accept the above offer, and request to begin employment on July 16th, 2007 per our discussion.

 

Date July 19, 2007  

LOGO

  Signature

 

4


ADDENDUM

TO

STOCK ISSUANCE AGREEMENT

The following provisions are hereby incorporated into, and are hereby made a part of, that certain Stock Issuance Agreement (the “Issuance Agreement”) by and between INPHI Corporation (the “Corporation”) and Young Sohn (“Participant”) evidencing the shares of Common Stock purchased on this date by Participant under the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, and such provisions shall be effective immediately. All capitalized terms in this Addendum, to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Issuance Agreement.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING

CORPORATE TRANSACTION

1. To the extent the Repurchase Right is assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with a Corporate Transaction, no accelerated vesting of the Purchased Shares shall occur upon such Corporate Transaction, and the Repurchase Right shall continue to remain in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the Issuance Agreement. Participant shall, over his or her period of Service following the Corporate Transaction, continue to vest in the Purchased Shares in one or more installments in accordance with the provisions of the Issuance Agreement. However, upon an Involuntary Termination of Participant’s Service within eighteen (18) months following the Corporate Transaction, the Repurchase Right shall terminate automatically, and all the Purchased Shares shall immediately vest in full at that time. Any unvested escrow account maintained on Participant’s behalf pursuant to Paragraph D.5 of the Issuance Agreement shall also vest at the time of such Involuntary Termination and shall be paid to Participant promptly thereafter.

2. For purposes of this Addendum, the following definitions shall be in effect:

An Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of Participant’s Service by reason of:

(a) Participant’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than for Misconduct, or


(b) Participant’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing Participant) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in Participant’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of Participant’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation without Participant’s consent.

Misconduct shall mean the termination of Participant’s Service by reason or Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by Participant adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of the Participant or any other individual in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , INPHI Corporation has caused this Addendum to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Effective Date specified below.

 

INPHI CORPORATION
By:  

 

Title:  

 

EFFECTIVE DATE:                      ,         

 

2.


[Inphi Corporation]

June 7, 2010

Young Sohn

<ADDRESS>

<ADDRESS>

Re: Amendment of Offer Letter for Compliance with Section 409A

Dear Young:

This Amendment (the “Amendment”) amends the terms and conditions of the letter agreement by and between Inphi Corporation (the “Company”) and you dated July 14, 2007 (the “Agreement”) to conform to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”).

Benefits payable under the Agreement are intended to be exempt from the definition of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A in accordance with one or more of the exemptions available thereunder. In this regard, each such payment that is made in a series of scheduled installments shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. To the extent that any benefits payable under the Agreement are or become subject to Section 409A due to a failure to qualify for such an exemption, the Agreement is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A and any ambiguities shall be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with the foregoing statement of intent.

For purposes of clarification, any severance consisting of salary coverage payable to you under the Agreement shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule commencing at the time of your termination of employment. However, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, if you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of your termination of employment, then any payment or benefit otherwise due to you on or within the six (6) month period following your termination that is not exempt from Section 409A will accrue during such six (6) month period and will become payable in a lump sum on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of your termination of employment to the extent such delayed payment is required to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A. All subsequent payments or benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

Your date of termination of employment for purposes of determining the date that any payment or benefit that is treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A is to be paid or provided (or in determining whether an exemption to such treatment applies), and for purposes of determining whether you are a “specified employee” on the date of termination, shall be the date on which you have incurred a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A.


Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to the extent any expense reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit by the Company is determined to be subject to Section 409A, the amount of any such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the provision of any in-kind benefit, in one calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any life-time or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses), in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you incurred such expenses, and in no event shall any right to reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

Except as amended hereby, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment and the Agreement constitute the complete and entire agreement among the parties relating to the subject matter thereof, and there are no prior or contemporaneous oral or written representations, promises or agreements not expressly set forth therein. This Amendment may not be modified in any respect except by a writing dated and signed by the parties hereto.

If you accept the terms and conditions of this Amendment as set forth above, please sign and date this Amendment and return it to me by June 7, 2010.

Best regards,

Inphi Corporation

 

By:  

/s/ John Edmunds

Name:   John Edmunds
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Date:   June 7, 2010

Accepted and agreed:

 

   

/s/ Young Sohn

 

Young Sohn

Date: June 7, 2010

Exhibit 10.5

INPHI CORPORATION

CHANGE OF CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change of Control Severance Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of June 8, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Young Sohn (“Executive”) and Inphi Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 1 below.

RECITALS

A. It is expected that the Company from time to time will consider the possibility of a Change of Control. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that such consideration can be a distraction to Executive and can cause Executive to consider alternative employment opportunities.

B. The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to provide Executive with an incentive to continue his employment and to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its shareholders.

C. In recognition of Executive’s service with the Company during which time Executive’s leadership has been fundamental to the Company’s development and in order to provide Executive with enhanced financial security and sufficient encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control, the Board believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance and other benefits upon Executive’s termination of employment in connection with a Change of Control.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and the continued employment of Executive by the Company, the parties agree as follows:

1.  Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a)  Cause . “Cause” shall mean (i) commission of a felony, an act involving moral turpitude, or an act constituting common law fraud, and which has a material adverse effect on the business or affairs of the Company or its affiliates or stockholders; (ii) intentional or willful misconduct or refusal to follow the lawful instructions of the Board that is not cured within thirty (30) days following written notice from the Board; or (iii) intentional breach of Company confidential information obligations which has an adverse effect on the Company or its affiliates or stockholders. For these purposes, no act or failure to act shall be considered “intentional or willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, in bad faith without a reasonable belief that the action or omission is in the best interests of the Company.


(b)  Change of Control . “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the closing of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition to a subsidiary of the Company or to an entity, the voting securities of which are owned by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition;

(ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent directly or indirectly (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(iii) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(iv) a change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of those directors whose election or nomination was not in connection with any transactions described in subsections (i), (ii) or (iii), or in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Company files for bankruptcy protection, or if a petition for involuntary relief is filed against the Company.

(c)  Involuntary Termination . “Involuntary Termination” shall mean:

(i) without Executive’s express written consent, a material reduction in Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities relative to Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control or a material reduction in the title, authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the service provider is required to report relative to the supervisor’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control;

 

2


(ii) without Executive’s express written consent, a reduction by the Company of Executive’s base compensation of more than ten percent (10%) as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, unless such reduction in base compensation is part of a general reduction in compensation applicable to senior executives of the Company;

(iii) without Executive’s express written consent, the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from its location immediately prior to the Change of Control;

(iv) any termination of Executive by the Company which is not effected for Cause; or

(v) the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive by any successors contemplated in Section 7 below.

A termination shall not be considered an “Involuntary Termination” unless Executive provides notice to the Company of the existence of the condition described in subsections (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) above within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition, the Company fails to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days following the receipt of such notice, and Executive terminates employment within one-hundred eighty (180) days following the initial existence of such condition. A termination due to death or disability shall not be considered an Involuntary Termination.

(d)  Termination Date . “Termination Date” shall mean Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

2.  Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall terminate upon the date that all obligations of the parties hereto under this Agreement have been satisfied.

3.  At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law.

 

3


4.  Severance Benefits .

(a)  Involuntary Termination in Connection with a Change of Control . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of an Involuntary Termination on or at any time within twelve months (12) months after a Change of Control, and Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company in a form acceptable to the Company (the “Release”) within fifty (50) days following the Termination Date (or such shorter period as the Company may require), then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits:

(i) 200% of the sum of Executive’s annual base salary plus annual target bonus as in effect on the Termination Date, payable in a lump sum on the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (provided, however, that if any portion of such amount is subject to Section 409A of the Code as nonqualified deferred compensation, then payment shall be made on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date, subject to Section 6 below);

(ii) any earned but unpaid annual bonus for any annual bonus period which had ended prior to the Termination Date, which amount shall be paid at such time as annual bonuses are paid to other senior executives of the Company;

(iii) acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of 100% of Executive’s options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and stock units with respect to the Company or its successor, or the parent of either, to the extent outstanding, or of any deferred compensation into which Executive’s stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares or stock units were converted upon the Change of Control; and

(iv) if Executive so elects and pays to continue health insurance under Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, or corresponding provision of state law ( “COBRA” ), then starting the next calendar month after the Termination Date, Executive will be reimbursed on a monthly basis in an amount equal to the monthly amount the Company was paying as the employer-portion of premium contributions for health coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents immediately before the Termination Date, until the earlier of: (i) the end of the 24-month period following Termination Date or (ii) the date Executive or Executive’s eligible dependents lose eligibility for COBRA continuation coverage. The period of such employer-reimbursed COBRA continuation coverage shall be considered part of Executive’s (and Executive’s eligible dependents’) COBRA coverage entitlement period. Executive will be solely responsible for timely electing such continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents. Any increase in the premium contribution and/or in the number of covered dependents by Executive during the period that Executive continues in the Company’s health insurance benefit plans or receives company-paid reimbursement of COBRA premiums will be at Executive’s own expense.

(b)  Termination Apart from a Change of Control . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates other than as a result of an Involuntary Termination on or within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control then Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits hereunder.

 

4


(c)  Accrued Wages and Vacation; Expenses . Without regard to the reason for, or the timing of, Executive’s termination of employment: (i) the Company shall pay Executive any unpaid wages due for periods prior to the Termination Date; (ii) the Company shall pay Executive all of Executive’s accrued and unused vacation through the Termination Date; and (iii) following submission of proper expense reports by Executive, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Termination Date. These payments shall be made promptly upon termination and within the period of time mandated by law.

5.  Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be either:

(a) delivered in full or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants (the “Accountants”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 5. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5. In the event that a reduction is required, the reduction shall be applied first to any benefits that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code, and then shall be applied to benefits (if any) that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, with the benefits payable latest in time subject to reduction first.

6.  Section 409A; Delayed Commencement of Benefits . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, no cash severance and no Company-paid health care coverage to which Executive otherwise becomes entitled under this Agreement shall be made or provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the Termination Date or (ii) the date of Executive’s death, if Executive is deemed on the Termination Date to be a “specified

 

5


employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A and such delayed commencement is otherwise required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2). Upon the expiration of the applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2) deferral period, all payments and benefits deferred pursuant to this Section 6 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such deferral) shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein. Executive shall be entitled to interest on the deferred benefits and payments for the period the commencement of those benefits and payments is delayed by reason of Code Section 409A(a)(2), with such interest to accrue at the prime rate in effect from time to time during that period and to be paid in a lump sum upon the expiration of the deferral period. Each installment payment under Section 4 shall be considered a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

7.  Successors .

(a)  Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the Company’s obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this subsection (a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b)  Executive’s Successors . Without the written consent of the Company, Executive shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

8.  Notices .

(a)  General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

 

6


(b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive as a result of an Involuntary Termination shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Section 8. Such notice shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the Termination Date (which shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Involuntary Termination shall not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights hereunder, subject to the requirements of Section 1(c).

9.  Arbitration .

Any controversy involving the construction or application of any terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement, or any claims arising out of any alleged breach of this Agreement, will be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association and submitted to and settled by final and binding arbitration in Santa Clara County, California, except that any alleged breach of Executive’s confidential information obligations shall not be submitted to arbitration and instead the Company may seek all legal and equitable remedies, including without limitation, injunctive relief.

10.  Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)  No Duty to Mitigate . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(b)  Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c)  Integration . This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the payment of severance or other benefits if Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of an Involuntary Termination on or within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, and supersedes that certain Addendum to Stock Issuance Agreement between Executive and the Company referenced in Executive’s Offer of Employment dated as of July 14, 2007.

(d)  Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules, of the State of California.

 

7


(e)  Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(f) Employment Taxes . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

(g)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

* * *

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:     INPHI CORPORATION
   
    By:  

/s/ Diosdado Banatao

    Name:   Diosdado Banatao
    Title:   Chairman of the Board
     
EXECUTIVE:      
   
   

/s/ Young Sohn

    Signature
   
   

Young Sohn

    Printed Name

Exhibit 10.6

LOGO

December 10, 2007

Mr. John Edmunds

Re: Offer of Employment

Dear John,

On behalf of Inphi Corporation (“Inphi” or the “Company”), we are pleased to offer you full-time employment as CFO in our Westlake Village and Sunnyvale, CA facilities reporting to the CEO, subject to the following terms and conditions.

Cash Compensation/Benefits

Your starting base salary annualized will be $250,000 per year paid on a bi-monthly payroll schedule

In addition, you will be eligible for Inphi standard benefits including health, dental, vision, life insurance, vacation and sick leave with an optional 401(k) plan.

Commuting Allowance and Relocation

Inphi will provide housing and commuting allowance of $2,000.00 per month. Should you or the company decide that relocation to Westlake Village is required to effectively perform in your role, you will receive a relocation allowance not to exceed $25,000 upon relocation.

Equity

Contingent on approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will receive an incentive stock option package consisting of options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock equivalent to 0.9% of common shares subject to Board of Directors approval . The grant date and option price will be established on the date the Board of Directors grants the options to you pursuant to the Company’s Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”). Provided you

 

Inphi Corporation 2393 Townsgate Road, #101 Westlake Village, CA (v) 805.446.5100 (f) 805.446.5191


remain in the service of the Company (as defined in the Plan), the option will vest four year period with one-fourth (25%) of the shares vesting on the date that is one year after the commencement of your service as an employee of the Company and the remaining shares vesting in a series of 36 equal monthly installments upon your completion of each month of service thereafter. Any shares purchased pursuant to the option will be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, and any shares that you decide to purchase before you become vested in the underlying option shall be subject to repurchase by the Company if your employment with the company terminates. All of the terms discussed above are described in, and your option shall be governed by the provisions of, the Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and the related documentation that you will receive.

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, 50% of your unvested shares will be accelerated following your termination after a corporate transaction in a form substantially similar to the form attached to this letter.

“At Will” Employment

Employment with the Company is “at-will”. This means that it is not for any specified period of time and can be terminated by you or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause. It also means that your job duties, title and responsibility and reporting level, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with or without notice at any time in the sole discretion of the Company. This “at-will” nature of your employment shall remain unchanged during your tenure as an employee and may not be changed, except in an express writing signed by you and by the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Full-time Services to The Company

The Company requires that, as a full-time employee, you devote your full business time, attention, skills and efforts to the tasks and duties of your position as assigned by the Company.

Confidential Information

Inphi was formed on the principles of working hard, doing things the right way and treating each project and customer as the top priority. We expect the highest quality and level of personal commitment from each employee. We are hiring people with the right skills and qualifications, not based upon any specific knowledge you may have obtained about potential products, clients or industries. For that reason, if you signed a confidentiality agreement with a previous employer, you should read it and honor it. Inphi does not permit the use of trade secret information belonging to others or the violation of any agreements to keep information confidential. You must also sign a confidentiality and proprietary information agreement at the start of your employment with Inphi.

 

2


Conditions

This offer, and any employment pursuant to this offer, is conditioned upon the following:

 

 

As required by law, your ability to provide satisfactory documentary proof of your identity and right to work in the United States of America no later than the third day after you commence working for the Company.

 

 

Your signed agreement to, and ongoing compliance with, the terms of the enclosed Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement without modification.

 

 

Your return of the enclosed copy of this letter, after being signed by you without modification, to the undersigned no later than December 21, 2007 , after which time offer will expire. By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other legal obligation with any person, company or business enterprise which may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, the Company, as its employee. If you accept employment, you may not either bring onto Company premises or use in any manner any confidential or proprietary information developed, used or disclosed to you while you were employed by some other company or entity.

Entire Agreement

If you accept this offer, this letter and the written agreements referenced in this letter shall constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company with respect to the initial terms and conditions of your employment. Any representations not contained in this letter, or contrary to those contained in this letter (whether written or oral), that may have been made to you are expressly cancelled and superceded by this offer. Except as otherwise specified in this letter, the terms and conditions of your employment pursuant to this letter may not be changed, except by a writing issued by Human Resources.

We look forward to you accepting this offer and a mutually rewarding relationship. As with all-important decisions, you should make a decision concerning this offer based on your own independent investigation and judgment concerning the Company and its future prospects.

If you accept this offer, please date and sign below, on the enclosed copy of this letter and return it to me no later than December 21, 2007 . You will be provided with an original copy for you to retain in your records. You should bring your INS Form 1-9 required identification, and proof of authorization to work with you on your first day of employment.

Your starting date will be on or before January 14, 2008 per our discussions.

 

3


If you have any questions regarding this offer letter, please feel free to me directly at 805-807-8199.

Sincerely,

Young Sohn

CEO, Inphi Corporation

I accept the above offer, and request to begin employment on or prior to January 14, 2008 per our discussion.

 

Dated: December 10, 2007  

/s/ John Edwards

  Signature

 

4


ADDENDUM

TO

STOCK ISSUANCE AGREEMENT

The following provisions are hereby incorporated into, and are hereby made a part of, that certain Stock Issuance Agreement (the “Issuance Agreement”) by and between INPHI Corporation (the “Corporation”) and John Edmunds (“Participant”) evidencing the shares of Common Stock purchased on this date by Participant under the Corporation’s 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, and such provisions shall be effective immediately. All capitalized terms in this Addendum, to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Issuance Agreement.

INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION FOLLOWING

CORPORATE TRANSACTION

1. To the extent the Repurchase Right is assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with a Corporate Transaction, no accelerated vesting of the Purchased Shares shall occur upon such Corporate Transaction, and the Repurchase Right shall continue to remain in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the Issuance Agreement. Participant shall, over his or her period of Service following the Corporate Transaction, continue to vest in the Purchased Shares in one or more installments in accordance with the provisions of the Issuance Agreement. However, upon an Involuntary Termination of Participant’s Service within eighteen (18) months following the Corporate Transaction, the Repurchase Right shall terminate automatically, and all the Purchased Shares shall immediately vest in full at that time. Any unvested escrow account maintained on Participant’s behalf pursuant to Paragraph D.5 of the Issuance Agreement shall also vest at the time of such Involuntary Termination and shall be paid to Participant promptly thereafter.

2. For purposes of this Addendum, the following definitions shall be in effect:

An Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of Participant’s Service by reason of:

(a) Participant’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than for Misconduct, or


(b) Participant’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing Participant) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in Participant’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of Participant’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation without Participant’s consent.

Misconduct shall mean the termination of Participant’s Service by reason or Participant’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty, any unauthorized use or disclosure by Participant of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by Participant adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of the Participant or any other individual in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , INPHI Corporation has caused this Addendum to be executed by its duly-authorized officer as of the Effective Date specified below.

 

INPHI CORPORATION

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

EFFECTIVE DATE:                      ,         

 

2.


LOGO

June 7, 2010

Mr. John Edmunds

Re: Clarification to Offer Letter

Dear John,

This letter will serve to clarify that, effective as of your first day of employment with Inphi Corporation, the payments provided to you under “Commuting Allowance and Relocation” in your offer letter dated December 10, 2007 are solely for the reimbursement of expenses incurred by you in connection with commuting between Inphi’s Westlake Village and Sunnyvale, CA facilities.

If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me directly.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Young Sohn

Young Sohn
CEO, Inphi Corporation

I acknowledge the above clarification to my offer letter dated December 10, 2007.

 

Dated: June 7, 2010

     

/s/ John Edmunds

      Signature

 

lnphi Corporation 2393 Townsgate Road, #101 Westlake Village, CA (v) 805.446.5100 (f) 805.446.5191      

Exhibit 10.7

INPHI CORPORATION

CHANGE OF CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change of Control Severance Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of June 8, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), by and between John Edmunds (“Executive”) and Inphi Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 1 below.

RECITALS

A. It is expected that the Company from time to time will consider the possibility of a Change of Control. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that such consideration can be a distraction to Executive and can cause Executive to consider alternative employment opportunities.

B. The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to provide Executive with an incentive to continue his employment and to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its shareholders.

C. In recognition of Executive’s service with the Company during which time Executive’s leadership has been fundamental to the Company’s development and in order to provide Executive with enhanced financial security and sufficient encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control, the Board believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance and other benefits upon Executive’s termination of employment in connection with a Change of Control.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and the continued employment of Executive by the Company, the parties agree as follows:

1.  Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a)  Cause . “Cause” shall mean (i) commission of a felony, an act involving moral turpitude, or an act constituting common law fraud, and which has a material adverse effect on the business or affairs of the Company or its affiliates or stockholders; (ii) intentional or willful misconduct or refusal to follow the lawful instructions of the Board that is not cured within thirty (30) days following written notice from the Board; or (iii) intentional breach of Company confidential information


obligations which has an adverse effect on the Company or its affiliates or stockholders. For these purposes, no act or failure to act shall be considered “intentional or willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, in bad faith without a reasonable belief that the action or omission is in the best interests of the Company.

(b)  Change of Control . “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the closing of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition to a subsidiary of the Company or to an entity, the voting securities of which are owned by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such sale or disposition;

(ii) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent directly or indirectly (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(iii) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(iv) a change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of those directors whose election or nomination was not in connection with any transactions described in subsections (i), (ii) or (iii), or in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Company files for bankruptcy protection, or if a petition for involuntary relief is filed against the Company.

(c)  Involuntary Termination . “Involuntary Termination” shall mean:

(i) without Executive’s express written consent, a material reduction in Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities relative to Executive’s

 

2


title, authority, duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control or a material reduction in the title, authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the service provider is required to report relative to the supervisor’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control;

(ii) without Executive’s express written consent, a reduction by the Company of Executive’s base compensation of more than ten percent (10%) as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, unless such reduction in base compensation is part of a general reduction in compensation applicable to senior executives of the Company;

(iii) without Executive’s express written consent, the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from its location immediately prior to the Change of Control;

(iv) any termination of Executive by the Company which is not effected for Cause; or

(v) the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Executive by any successors contemplated in Section 7 below.

A termination shall not be considered an “Involuntary Termination” unless Executive provides notice to the Company of the existence of the condition described in subsections (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) above within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of such condition, the Company fails to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days following the receipt of such notice, and Executive terminates employment within one-hundred eighty (180) days following the initial existence of such condition. A termination due to death or disability shall not be considered an Involuntary Termination.

(d)  Termination Date . “Termination Date” shall mean Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

2.  Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall terminate upon the date that all obligations of the parties hereto under this Agreement have been satisfied.

3.  At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law.

 

3


4.  Severance Benefits .

(a)  Involuntary Termination in Connection with a Change of Control . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of an Involuntary Termination on or at any time within twelve months (12) months after a Change of Control, and Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company in a form acceptable to the Company (the “Release”) within fifty (50) days following the Termination Date (or such shorter period as the Company may require), then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits:

(i) 150% of the sum of Executive’s annual base salary plus annual target bonus as in effect on the Termination Date, payable in a lump sum on the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable (provided, however, that if any portion of such amount is subject to Section 409A of the Code as nonqualified deferred compensation, then payment shall be made on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date, subject to Section 6 below);

(ii) any earned but unpaid annual bonus for any annual bonus period which had ended prior to the Termination Date, which amount shall be paid at such time as annual bonuses are paid to other senior executives of the Company;

(iii) acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of 100% of Executive’s options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and stock units with respect to the Company or its successor, or the parent of either, to the extent outstanding, or of any deferred compensation into which Executive’s stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares or stock units were converted upon the Change of Control; and

(iv) if Executive so elects and pays to continue health insurance under Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, or corresponding provision of state law ( “COBRA” ), then starting the next calendar month after the Termination Date, Executive will be reimbursed on a monthly basis in an amount equal to the monthly amount the Company was paying as the employer-portion of premium contributions for health coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents immediately before the Termination Date, until the earlier of: (i) the end of the 18-month period following Termination Date or (ii) the date Executive or Executive’s eligible dependents lose eligibility for COBRA continuation coverage. The period of such employer-reimbursed COBRA continuation coverage shall be considered part of Executive’s (and Executive’s eligible dependents’) COBRA coverage entitlement period. Executive will be solely responsible for timely electing such continuation coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents. Any increase in the premium contribution and/or in the number of covered dependents by Executive during the period that Executive continues in the Company’s health insurance benefit plans or receives company-paid reimbursement of COBRA premiums will be at Executive’s own expense.

(b)  Termination Apart from a Change of Control . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates other than as a result of an Involuntary Termination on or within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control then Executive shall not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits hereunder.

 

4


(c)  Accrued Wages and Vacation; Expenses . Without regard to the reason for, or the timing of, Executive’s termination of employment: (i) the Company shall pay Executive any unpaid wages due for periods prior to the Termination Date; (ii) the Company shall pay Executive all of Executive’s accrued and unused vacation through the Termination Date; and (iii) following submission of proper expense reports by Executive, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Termination Date. These payments shall be made promptly upon termination and within the period of time mandated by law.

5.  Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be either:

(a) delivered in full or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants (the “Accountants”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 5. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5. In the event that a reduction is required, the reduction shall be applied first to any benefits that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code, and then shall be applied to benefits (if any) that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, with the benefits payable latest in time subject to reduction first.

6.  Section 409A; Delayed Commencement of Benefits . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, no cash severance and no Company-paid health care coverage to which Executive otherwise becomes entitled under this Agreement shall be made or provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration

 

5


of the six (6)-month period measured from the Termination Date or (ii) the date of Executive’s death, if Executive is deemed on the Termination Date to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A and such delayed commencement is otherwise required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2). Upon the expiration of the applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2) deferral period, all payments and benefits deferred pursuant to this Section 6 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such deferral) shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein. Executive shall be entitled to interest on the deferred benefits and payments for the period the commencement of those benefits and payments is delayed by reason of Code Section 409A(a)(2), with such interest to accrue at the prime rate in effect from time to time during that period and to be paid in a lump sum upon the expiration of the deferral period. Each installment payment under Section 4 shall be considered a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

7.  Successors .

(a)  Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the Company’s obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the Company’s obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this subsection (a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b)  Executive’s Successors . Without the written consent of the Company, Executive shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

8.  Notices .

(a)  General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

 

6


(b)  Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive as a result of an Involuntary Termination shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Section 8. Such notice shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the Termination Date (which shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by Executive to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Involuntary Termination shall not waive any right of Executive hereunder or preclude Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights hereunder, subject to the requirements of Section 1(c).

9.  Arbitration .

Any controversy involving the construction or application of any terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement, or any claims arising out of any alleged breach of this Agreement, will be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association and submitted to and settled by final and binding arbitration in Santa Clara County, California, except that any alleged breach of Executive’s confidential information obligations shall not be submitted to arbitration and instead the Company may seek all legal and equitable remedies, including without limitation, injunctive relief.

10.  Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)  No Duty to Mitigate . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(b)  Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c)  Integration . This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the payment of severance or other benefits if Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of an Involuntary Termination on or within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, and supersedes that certain Addendum to Stock Issuance Agreement between Executive and the Company referenced in Executive’s Offer of Employment dated as of December 10, 2007.

 

7


(d)  Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules, of the State of California.

(e)  Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(f)  Employment Taxes. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

(g)  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

* * *

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:      INPHI CORPORATION
     By:  

/s/ Young Sohn

     Name:   Young Sohn
     Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President
EXECUTIVE:       
    

/s/ John Edmunds

     Signature
    

John Edmunds

     Printed Name

Exhibit 10.8

LOGO

October 3, 2007

Mr. Ron J. Torten

Re: Offer of Employment

Dear Ron,

On behalf of Inphi Corporation (“Inphi” or the “Company”), we are pleased to offer you full-time employment as World Wide Vice President of Sales in our Westlake Village, CA facility reporting to the CEO, subject to the following terms and conditions.

Cash Compensation/Benefits

Your starting base salary annualized will be $200,000 per year paid on a bi-monthly payroll schedule .

In addition, you will be eligible for a $100,000 bonus based on corporate revenue (70%), and Executive MBO (30%), to be defined upon your start date.

In addition, you will be eligible for Inphi standard benefits including health, dental, vision, life insurance, vacation and sick leave with an optional 401(k) plan.

Commuting Allowance

Inphi recognizes that you will maintain your primary residence in the Switzerland during your employment and commute monthly to work for 3 weeks at Inphi in Westlake Village, CA. Inphi will provide a housing allowance of $3,000.00 per month until June 2008.

Relocation

Per our discussions, your family will relocate from Switzerland to Westlake Village, California on or about June 2008. You will receive a $50,000 relocation bonus either in the form of reimbursement for expenses or a flat bonus, whichever you prefer. Should you voluntarily terminate your employment at Inphi within one year of payment of this bonus, you will reimburse Inphi in full.

 

Inphi Corporation 2393 Townsgate Road, #101 Westlake Village, CA (v) 805.446.5100 (f) 805.446.5191


Equity

Contingent on approval by the Company’s Board of Directors, you will receive an incentive stock option package consisting of options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock equal to 474,718 shares of common shares subject to Board of Directors approval . The grant date and option price will be established on the date the Board of Directors grants the options to you pursuant to the Company’s Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “Plan”). Provided you remain in the service of the Company (as defined in the Plan), the option will vest four year period with one-fourth (25%) of the shares vesting on the date that is one year after the commencement of your service as an employee of the Company and the remaining shares vesting in a series of 36 equal monthly installments upon your completion of each month of service thereafter. Any shares purchased pursuant to the option will be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, and any shares that you decide to purchase before you become vested in the underlying option shall be subject to repurchase by the Company if your employment with the company terminates. All of the terms discussed above are described in, and your option shall be governed by the provisions of, the Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and the related documentation that you will receive.

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, you will be offered accelerated vesting of such shares following your termination after a corporate transaction in a form substantially similar to the form attached to this letter.

“At Will” Employment

Employment with the Company is “at-will”. This means that it is not for any specified period of time and can be terminated by you or by the Company at any time, with or without advance notice, and for any or no particular reason or cause. It also means that your job duties, title and responsibility and reporting level, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may be changed with or without notice at any time in the sole discretion of the Company. This “at-will” nature of your employment shall remain unchanged during your tenure as an employee and may not be changed, except in an express writing signed by you and by the Company’s Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Full-time Services to The Company

The Company requires that, as a full-time employee, you devote your full business time, attention, skills and efforts to the tasks and duties of your position as assigned by the Company.

Confidential Information

Inphi was formed on the principles of working hard, doing things the right way and treating each project and customer as the top priority. We expect the highest quality and level of personal commitment from each employee. We are hiring people with the right skills and qualifications, not based upon any specific knowledge you may have obtained about potential products, clients or industries. For that reason, if you signed a confidentiality agreement with a

 

2


previous employer, you should read it and honor it. Inphi does not permit the use of trade secret information belonging to others or the violation of any agreements to keep information confidential. You must also sign a confidentiality and proprietary information agreement at the start of your employment with Inphi.

Conditions

This offer, and any employment pursuant to this offer, is conditioned upon the following:

 

 

As required by law, your ability to provide satisfactory documentary proof of your identity and right to work in the United States of America no later than the third day after you commence working for the Company.

 

 

Your signed agreement to, and ongoing compliance with, the terms of the enclosed Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement without modification.

 

 

Your return of the enclosed copy of this letter, after being signed by you without modification, to the undersigned no later than October 19, 2007 , after which time offer will expire. By signing and accepting this offer, you represent and warrant that you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other legal obligation with any person, company or business enterprise which may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, the Company, as its employee. If you accept employment, you may not either bring onto Company premises or use in any manner any confidential or proprietary information developed, used or disclosed to you while you were employed by some other company or entity.

Entire Agreement

If you accept this offer, this letter and the written agreements referenced in this letter shall constitute the complete agreement between you and the Company with respect to the initial terms and conditions of your employment. Any representations not contained in this letter, or contrary to those contained in this letter (whether written or oral), that may have been made to you are expressly cancelled and superceded by this offer. Except as otherwise specified in this letter, the terms and conditions of your employment pursuant to this letter may not be changed, except by a writing issued by Human Resources.

We look forward to you accepting this offer and a mutually rewarding relationship. As with all-important decisions, you should make a decision concerning this offer based on your own independent investigation and judgment concerning the Company and its future prospects.

If you accept this offer, please date and sign below, on the enclosed copy of this letter and return it to me no later than October 19, 2007 . You will be provided with an original copy for you to retain in you records. You should bring your INS Form 1-9 required identification, and proof of authorization to work with you on your first day of employment.

 

3


Your starting date will be December 15, 2007.

If you have any questions regarding this offer letter, please feel free to contact me directly at 805-807-8199.

Sincerely,

LOGO

Young Sohn

CEO, Inphi Corporation

I accept the above offer, and request to begin employment on December 15th, 2007 per our discussion.

 

Dated: October 16, 2007  

LOGO

  Signature

 

4


[Inphi Corporation]

June 10, 2010

Ron J. Torten

<ADDRESS>

<ADDRESS>

 

  Re: Amendment of Stock Issuance Agreement

Dear Ron:

This Amendment (the “Amendment”) amends the terms and conditions of the offer letter between you and Inphi Corporation (the “Corporation”) dated October 3, 2007, including the Addendum to Stock Issuance Agreement incorporated therein (the “Agreement”). This Amendment revises the accelerated vesting provisions provided for in the Addendum to Stock Issuance Agreement (the “Addendum”).

1. Section 1 of the Addendum is hereby amended by deleting the existing Section 1 in its entirety and replacing it with the following new Section 1, effective on the date hereof:

“To the extent the repurchase right is assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with a corporate transaction, no accelerated vesting of the purchased shares shall occur upon such corporate transaction, and the repurchase right shall continue to remain in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the issuance agreement. Participant shall, over his or her period of service following the corporate transaction, continue to vest in the purchased shares in one or more installments in accordance with the provisions of the issuance agreement. However, upon an involuntary termination of participant’s service within eighteen (18) months following a corporate transaction that occurs prior to the initial public trading date, the repurchase right shall terminate automatically, and all the purchased shares shall immediately vest in full at that time. Any unvested escrow account maintained on participant’s behalf pursuant to paragraph D.5 of the issuance agreement shall also vest at the time of such involuntary termination and shall be paid to participant promptly thereafter.” “initial public trading date” means the closing of the initial offering of shares of common stock of the corporation to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the corporation with the securities and exchange commission.”


Except as amended hereby, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment and the Agreement constitute the complete and entire agreement among the parties relating to the subject matter thereof, and there are no prior or contemporaneous oral or written representations, promises or agreements not expressly set forth therein. This Amendment may not be modified in any respect except by a writing dated and signed by the parties hereto.

If you accept the terms and conditions of this Amendment as set forth above, please sign and date this Amendment and return it to me by June 10, 2010.

Best regards,

Inphi Corporation

 

By:  

/s/ John Edmunds

Name:   John Edmunds
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Date:   June 10, 2010

Accepted and agreed:

 

/s/ Ron J. Torten

Ron J. Torten

Date: June 10, 2010

Exhibit 10.9

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE – GROSS

AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

LOGO

1. Basic Lease Provisions (“Basic Lease Provisions”)

1.1 Parties: This Lease, dated, for reference purpose only. December 20, 2000, is made by and between H & G Selvin Properties, LTD., L.P., (herein called “Lessor”) and T Com Communications, Inc., doing business under the name of T Com Communications, Inc., (herein called “Lessee”)

1.2 Premises: Suite Numbers(s) 101 and 104 floors, consisting of approximately 8394 rentable S.F feet, more or less, as defined in paragraph 2 and as shown on Exhibit “A” hereto (the “Premises”).

1.3 Building: Commonly described as being located at 2393 Townsgate Road. in the City of Westlake Village. County of Ventura. State of California, as more particularly described in Exhibit A hereto, and as defined in paragraph 2.

1.4 Use: Sales, administrative and engineering offices, and any other legally permitted use., subject to paragraph 6.

1.5 Term: Three (3) years commencing See Exhibit F (“Commencement Date”) and ending Thirty-six (36) months following commencement date., as defined in paragraph 3.

1.6 Base Rent: $2.10 psf. or $17,627.40 per month per month, payable on the First day of each month, per paragraph 4.1

1.7 Base Rent Increase: On the first day of the thirteenth month and annually the monthly Base Rent payable under paragraph 1.6 above shall be adjusted as provided in paragraph 4.3 below . thereafter, the base rent shall be increased at a fixed rate of four percent (4%) per annum.

1.8 Rent Paid Upon Execution for Tenant Shall pay two (2) months of Base Rent as stated in Para. 1.6. **

1.9 Security Deposit: Six Months (6) $ 105,764.40 (6 @ $17,627.40)

1.10 Lessee’s Share of Operating Expense Increase: 35.20% % as defined in paragraph 4.2.

2. Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

2.1 Premises: The Premises are a portion of a building, herein sometimes referred to as the “Building” identified in paragraph 1.3 of the Basic Lease Provisions “Building” shall include adjacent parking structures used in connection therewith. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which the same are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon or thereunder, are herein collectively referred to as the “Office Building Project” Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from Lessor for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, the real property referred to in the Basic Lease Provisions, paragraph 1.2, as the “Premises”, including rights to the Common Areas as hereinafter specified.

2.2 Vehicle Parking: So long as Lessee is not in default, and subject to the rules and regulations attached hereto, and as established by Lessor from time to time. Lessee shall be entitled to [REMOVED] and use 4 per 1000 parking spaces in the Office Building Project at the monthly rate applicable from time to time for monthly parking as set by Lessor and/or its licensee. S.F. of premises leased.

2.2.1 If Lessee commits, permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in the Lease or the rules then in effect, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice. In addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

 

Init.   

[INITIALS]

   Init.   

[INITIALS]

2.2.2 The monthly parking rate per parking space will be $      per month at the commencement of the term of this Lease, and is subject to change upon five (5) days prior written notice to Lessee. Monthly parking fees shall be payable one month in advance prior to the first day of each calendar month.

2.3 Common Areas – Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Office Building Project that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor. Lessee and of other lessees of the Office Building Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers and invitees, including but not limited to common entrances, lobbies, corridors, stairways and stairwells, public restrooms, elevators, escalators, parking areas to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Lease, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, ramps, driveways, landscaped areas and decorative walls.

2.4 Common Areas – Rules and Regulations. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit B with respect to the Office Building Project and Common Areas, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, and invitees to so abide and conform Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to modify, amend and enforce said rules and regulations. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said rules and regulations by other lessees, their agents, employees and invitees of the Office Building Project.

2.5 Common Areas – Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Building interior and exterior and Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size shape, number, and appearance thereof, including but not limited to the lobbies, windows, stairways, air shafts, elevators, escalators, restrooms, driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, decorative walls, landscaped areas and walkways, provided, however, Lessor shall at all times provide the parking facilities required by applicable law.

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available.

(c) To designate other land and improvements outside the boundaries of the Office Building Project to be a part of the Common Areas, provided that such other land and improvements have a reasonable and functional relationship to the Office Building Project;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Office Building Project, or any portion thereof.

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Office Building Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment deem to be appropriate.

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The term and Commencement Date of this Lease shall be as specified in paragraph 1.5 of the Basic Lease Provisions

3.2 Delay In Possession. Notwithstanding said Commencement Date, if for any reason Lessor cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee on said date and subject to paragraph 3.2.2, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefore, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Lessee hereunder or extend the term hereof; but in such case. Lessee shall not be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, except as may be otherwise provided in this Lease, until possession of the Premises is tendered to Lessee as hereinafter defined; provided, however, that if Lessor shall not have delivered possession of the Premises within sixty (60) days following said

 

** To be applied to the first two months of Base Rent, upon Lease Commencement as stated in Exhibit F ($ 35,254.80)

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 1 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of e Work Letter executed by Lessor and Lessee, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, by notice in writing to Lessor within ten (10) days thereafter, cancel this Lease, in which event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder provided, however, that, as to Lessee’s obligations, Lessee first reimburses Lessor for all costs incurred for Non-Standard Improvements and, as to Lessor’s obligations, Lessor shall return any money previously deposited by Lessee (less any offsets due Lessor for Non-Standard Improvements); and provided further, that if such written notice Lessee is not received by Lessor within said ten (10) day period, Lessee’s right to cancel this Lease hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

3.2.1 Possession Tendered – Defined. Possession of the Premises shall be deemed tendered to Lessee (“Tender of Possession”) when (1) the improvements to be provided by Lessor under this Lease are substantially completed, (2) the Building utilities are ready for use in the Premises, (3) Leases has reasonable access to the Premises, and (4) ten (10) days shall have expired following advance written notice to Lessee of the occurrence of the matters described in (1), (2) and (3), above of this paragraph 3.2.1

3.2.2 Delays Caused by Lessee. There shall be no abatement of rent, and the sixty (60) day period following the Commencement Date before which Lessee’s right to cancel this Lease accrues under paragraph 3.2, shall be deemed extend to the extent of any delays caused by acts or omissions of Lessee, Lessee’s agents, employees and contractors.

3.3 Early Possession. If Lessee occupies the Premises prior to said Commencement Date, such occupancy shall be subject to all provisions of this Lease, such occupancy shall not change the termination date, and Lessee shall pay rent for such occupancy.

3.4 Uncertain Commencement. In the event commencement of the Lease term is defined as the completion of the improvements, Lessee and Lessor shall execute an amendment to this Lease establishing the date of Tender of Possession (as defined in paragraph 3.2.1) or the actual taking of possession by Lessee, whichever first occurs, as the Commencement Date.

4. Rent.

4.1 Base Rent. Subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided in paragraph 4.3, and except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the Base Rent for the Premises set forth in paragraph 1.6 of the Basic Lease Provisions, without offset or deduction Lessee shall pay Lessor upon execution hereof the advance Base Rent described in paragraph 1.8 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of the calendar month involved. Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United States to Lessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other places as Lessor may designate in writing.

4.2 Operating Expense Increase. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share, as hereinafter defined, of the amount by which all Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, for each Comparison Year exceeds the amount of all Operating Expenses for the Base Year, such excess being hereinafter referred to as the “Operating Expense Increase”, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “Lessee’s Share” is defined, for purposes of this Lease, as the percentage set forth in paragraph 1.10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, which percentage has been determined by dividing the approximate square footage of the Premises by the total approximate square footage of the rentable space contained in the Office Building Project. It is understood and agreed that the square footage figures set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions are approximations which Lessor and Lessee agree are reasonable and shall not be subject to revision except in connection with an actual change in the size of the Premises or a change in the space available for lease in the Office Building Project.

(b) “Base Year” is defined as the calendar year in which the Lease term commences.

(c) “Comparison Year” is defined as each calendar year during the term of this Lease subsequent to the Base Year, provided, however, Lessee shall have no obligation to pay a share of the Operating Expense Increase applicable to the first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term (other than such as are mandated by a governmental authority, as to which government mandated expenses Lessee shall pay Lessee’s Share, notwithstanding they occur during the first twelve (12) months). Lessee’s Share of the Operating Expense Increase for the first and last Comparison Years of the Lease Term shall be prorated according to that portion of such Comparison Year as to which Lessee is responsible for a share of such increase.

(d) “Operating Expense” is defined, for purposes of this Lease, to include all costs, if any, incurred by Lessor in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, for:

(i)The operation, repair, maintenance, and replacement, in neat, clean, safe, good order and condition, of the Office Building Project, including but not limited to, the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including their surfaces, coverings, decorative items, carpets, drapes and window coverings, and including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, stairways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, building exteriors and roofs, fences and gates;

(bb) All heating, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical systems, life safety equipment, telecommunication and other equipment used in common by, or for the benefit of, lessees or occupants of the Office Building Project, including elevators and escalators, tenant directories, fire detection systems including sprinkler system maintenance and repair.

(ii) Trash disposal, janitorial and security services;

(iii) Any other service to be provided by Lessor that is elsewhere in this Lease Stated to be an “Operating Expense”;

(iv) The cost of the premiums for the liability and property insurance policies to be maintained by Lessor under paragraph 8 hereof;

(v) The amount of the real property taxes to be paid by Lessor under paragraph 10.1 hereof;

(vi) The cost of water, sewer, gas, electricity, and other publicly mandated services to the Office Building Project;

(vii) Labor, salaries, and applicable fringe benefits and costs, materials, supplies and tools, used in maintaining and/or cleaning the Office Building Project and accounting and a management fee attributable to the operation of the Office Building Project;

(viii) Replacing and/or adding improvements mandated by any governmental agency and any repairs or removals necessitated thereby amortized over its useful life according to Federal Income tax regulations or guidelines for depreciation thereof (including interest on the unamortized balance as is then reasonable in the judgment of Lessor’s accountants);

(ix) Replacement of equipment or improvements that have a useful life for depreciation purposes according to Federal income tax guidelines of five (5) years or less, as amortized over such life.

(e) Operating Expenses shall not include the costs of replacements of equipment or improvements that have a useful life for Federal income tax purposes in excess of five (5) years unless it is of the type described in paragraph 4.2(d) (viii), in which case their cost shall be included as above provided.

(f) Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any lessee directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or by insurance proceeds.

(g) Lessee’s Share of Operating Expense increase shall be payable by Lessee within ten (10) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Lessee by Lessor. At Lessor’s option, however, an amount may be estimated by Lessor from time to time in advance of Lessee’s Share of the Operating Expense Increase for any Comparison Year, and the same shall be payable monthly or quarterly, as Lessor shall designate, during each Comparison Year of the Lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. In the event that Lessee pays Lessor’s estimate of Lessee’s Share of Operating Expense increase as aforesaid, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each Comparison Year a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Operating Expense increase incurred during such year. If Lessee’s payments under this paragraph 4.2(g) during said Comparison Year exceed Lessee’s Share as indicated on said statement, Lessee shall be entitled to credit the amount of such overpayment against Lessee’s Share of Operating Expense Increase next falling due. If Lessee’s payments under this paragraph during said Comparison Year were less than Lessee’s Share as indicated on said statement, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of said statement. Lessor and Lessee shall forthwith adjust between them by cash payment any balance determined to exist with respect to that portion of the last Comparison Year for which Lessee is responsible as to Operating Expense Increases, notwithstanding that the Lease term may have terminated before the end of such Comparison Year.

4.3 Rent Increase. Per Section 1.7

4.3.1 At the times set forth in paragraph 1.7 of the Basic Lease Provisions, the monthly Base Rent payable under paragraph 4.1 of this Lease shall be adjusted by the increase, if any, in the Consumer Price index of the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor for All Urban Consumers, (1967=100), “All items,” for the city nearest the location of the Building, herein referred to as “C.P.I.,” since the date of this Lease.

4.3.2 The monthly Base Rent payable pursuant to paragraph 4.3.1 shall be calculated as follows: the Base Rent payable for the first month of the term of this Lease, as set forth in paragraph 4.1 of this Lease, shall be multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the C.P.I. of the calendar month during which the adjustment is to take effect, and the denominator of which shall be the C.P.I for the calendar month in which the original lease form commences. The sum so calculated shall constitute the new monthly Base Rent hereunder, but, in no event, shall such new monthly Base Rent be less than the Base Rent payable for the month immediately preceding the date for the rent adjustment.

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 2 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


4.3.3 In the event the compilation and/or publication of the C.P.I shall be transferred to any other government department or bureau or agency or shall be discontinued, then the index most nearly the same as the C.P.I. shall be used to make such calculations. In the event that Lessor and Lessee cannot agree on such alternative index, then the matter shall be submitted for decision to the American Arbitration Association in the country in which the Premises are located, in accordance with the then rules of said association and the decision of the arbitrators shall be binding upon the parties, notwithstanding one party failing to appear after due notice of the proceeding. The cost of sale Arbitrators shall be paid equally by Lessor and Lessee.

4.3.4 Lessee shall continue to pay the rent at the rate previously in affect until the increase, if any, is determined. Within five (5) days following the date on which the increase is determined, Lessee shall make such payment to Lessor as will bring the increased rental current, commencing with the effective date of such increase through the date of any date of any rental instalments then due. Thereafter the rental shall be paid at the increased rate.

4.3.5 At such time as the amount of any change in the rental required by this Lease is known or determined, Lessor and Lessee shall execute an amendment to this Lease setting forth such change.

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the security deposit set forth in paragraph 1.9 of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of Lessee’s obligations hereunder. If Lessee fails to pay rent or other charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of the Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said deposit for the payment of any rent or other charge in default for the payment of any other sum to which Lessor may become obligated by reason of Lessee’s default, or to compensate Lessor for any loss or damage which Lessor may suffer thereby. If Lessor so uses or applies all or any portion of said deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor deposit cash with Lessor in an amount sufficient to restore said deposit to the full amount then required of Lessee. If the monthly Base Rent shall, from time to time, increase during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, at the time of such increase, deposit with Lessor additional money as a security deposit so that the total amount of the security deposit held by Lessor shall at all times bear the same proportion to the then current Base Rent as the initial security deposit bears to the initial Base Rent set forth in paragraph 1.6 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Lessor shall not be required to keep said security deposit separate from its general accounts. If Lessee performs all of Lessee’s obligations hereunder, said deposit, or so much thereof as has not heretofore been applied by Lessor, shall be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for its use, to Lessee (or, at Lessor’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Lessee’s interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof, and after Lessee has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Lessor and Lessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

6. Use.

6.1 Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for the purpose set forth in paragraph 1.4 of the Basic Lease Provisions or any other use which is reasonably comparable to that use and for no other purpose.

6.2 Compliance with Law.

(a) Lessor warrants to Lessee that the Premises, in the state existing on the date that the Lease term commences, but without regard to alterations or improvements made by Lessee or the use for which Lessee will occupy the Premises, does not violate any covenants or restrictions of record, or any applicable building code, regulation or ordinance in effect on such Lease term Commencement Date. In the event it is determined that this warranty has been violated, the it shall be the obligation of the Lessor, after written notice from Lessee, to promptly, at Lessor’s sole cost and expense, rectify any such violation.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph 6.2(e) Lessee shall, at Lessee’s expense, promptly comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, covenants and restrictions of record, and requirements of any fire insurance underwriters or rating bureaus, now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect, whether or not they reflect a change in policy from that now existing during the term or any part of the term hereof, relating in any manner to the Premises and the occupation and use by Lessee of the Premises. Lessee shall conduct its business in a lawful manner and shall not use or permit the use of the Premises or the Common Areas in any manner that will tend to create waste or a nuisance or shall tend to disturb other occupants of the Office Building Project.

6.3 Condition of Premises.

(a) Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in a clean condition on the Lease Commencement Date (unless Lessee is already in possession) and Lessor warrants to Lessee that the plumbing, lighting, air conditioning, and heating system in the Premises shall be in good operating Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature of the violation, to promptly, at Lessor’s sole cost, rectify such violation.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee hereby accepts the Premises and the Office Buildings Project in their condition existing as of the Lease Commencement Date or the date that Lessee takes possession of the Premises, whichever is earlier, subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the use of the Premises, and any easements, covenants or restrictions of record, and accepts this Lease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed thereby and by any exhibits attached hereto. Lessee acknowledges that it has satisfied itself by its own independent investigation that the Premises are suitable for its intended use, and that neither Lessor nor Lessor’s agent or agents has made any representation or warranty as to the present or future suitability of the Premises, Common Areas, or Office Building Project for the conduct of Lessee’s business.

7. Maintenance, Repairs, Alterations and Common Area Services.

7.1 Lessor’s Obligations. Lessor shall keep the Office Building Project, including the Premises, interior and exterior walls, roof, and common areas, and the equipment whether used exclusively for the Premises or in common with other premises, in good condition and repair, provided, however, Lessor shall not be obligated to paint, repair or replace wall coverings, or to repair or replace any improvements that are not ordinarily a part of the Building or are above then Building standards. Except as provided in paragraph 9.5, there shall be no abatement of rent or liability of Lessee on account of any injury or interference with Lessee’s business with respect to any improvements, alterations or repairs made by Lessor to the Office Building Project or any part thereof. Lessee expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Lessor’s failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair.

7.2 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) Notwithstanding Lessor’s obligation to keep the Premises in good condition and repair, Lessee shall be responsible for payment of the cost thereof to Lessor as additional rent for that portion of the cost of any maintenance and repair of the Premises, or any equipment (wherever located) that serves only Lessee or the Premises, to the extent such cost is attributable to causes beyond normal wear and tear. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of painting, repairing or replacing wall coverings, and to repair or replace any Premises improvements that are not ordinarily a part of the Building or that are above than Building standards. Lessor may, at its option, upon reasonable notice, elect to have Lessee perform any particular such maintenance or repairs the cost of which is otherwise Lessee’s responsibility hereunder.

(b) On the day of the term hereof, or on any sooner termination, Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same condition as received, ordinary wear and tear expected, clean and free of debris. Any damage or deterioration of the Premises shall not be deemed ordinary wear and tear if the same could have been prevented by good maintenance practices by Lessee. Lessee shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the installation or removal of Lessee’s trade fixtures, alterations, furnishings and equipment. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, Lessee shall leave the airlines, power panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, air conditioning, window coverings, wall coverings, carpets, wall panelling, ceilings and plumbing on the Premises and in good operating condition.

7.3 Alterations and Additions.

(a) Lessee shall not, without Lessor’s prior written consent make any alterations, improvements, additions. Utility installations or repairs in, on or about the Premises, or the Office Building Project. As used in this paragraph 7.3 the term “Utility Installation” shall mean carpeting, window and wall coverings, power panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, air conditioning, plumbing, and telephone and telecommunication wiring and equipment. At the expiration of the term, Lessor may require the removal of any or all of said alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations, and the restoration of the Premises and the Office Building Project to their prior condition, at Lessee’s expense. Should Lessor permit Lessee to make its own alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations, Lessee shall use only such contractor as has been expressly approved by Lessor, and Lessor may require Lessee to provide Lessor, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such improvements, to insure Lessor against any liability for mechanic’s and materialmen’s liens and to insure completion of the work.

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 3 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


Should Lessee make any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations without the prior approval of Lessor, or use a contractor not expressly approved by Lessor, Lessor may, at any time during the term of this Lease, require that Lessee remove any part or all of the same.

(b) Any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations In or about the Premises or the Office Building Project that Lessee shall desire to make shall be presented to Lessor in written form, with proposed detailed plans. If Lessor shall give its consent to Lessee’s making such alteration, improvement, addition or Utility Installation, the consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee acquiring a permit to do so from the applicable governmental agencies, furnishing a copy thereof to Lessor prior to the commencement of the work, and compliance by Lessee with all conditions of said permit in a prompt and expeditious manner.

(c) Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use in the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises, the Building or the Office Building Project, or any interest therein.

(d) Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises by Lessee, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises or the Buildings as provided by law. If Lessee shall in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend itself and Lessor against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises, the Building or the Office Building Project, upon the condition that if Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to such contested lien claim or demand indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same and holding the Premises, the Building and the Office Building Project free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Lessor may require Lessee to pay Lessor’s reasonable attorneys fees and costs in participating in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to Lessor’s best interest so to do.

(e) All alterations, improvements, additions and Utility Installations (whether or not such Utility Installations constitute trade fixtures of Lessee), which may be made to the Premises by Lessee, including but not limited to, floor coverings, panelings, doors, drapes, built-ins, moldings, sound attenuation, and lighting and telephone or communication systems, conduit, wiring and outlets, shall be made and done in a good and workmanlike manner and of good and sufficient quality and materials and shall be the property of Lessor and remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration of the Lease term, unless Lessor requires their removal pursuant to paragraph 7.3(a). Provided Lessee is not in default, notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph 7.3(e), Lessee’s personal property and equipment, other than that which is affixed to the Premises so that it cannot be removed without material damage to the Premises or the Building, and other than Utility Installations, shall remain the property of Lessee and may be removed by Lessee subject to the provisions of paragraph 7.2.

(f) Lessee shall provide Lessor with as-built plans and specifications for any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations.

7.4 Utility Additions. Lessor reserves the right to install new or additional utility facilities throughout the Office Building Project for the benefit of Lessor or Lessee, or any other lessee of the Office Building Project, including, but not by way of limitation, such utilities as plumbing, electrical systems, communication systems, and fire protection and detection systems, so long as such installations do not unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises.

 

Init.   

[INITIALS]

   Init.   

[INITIALS]

 

  ** 2,000,000 per occurrence.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Liability Insurance - Lessee. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s expense, obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy of Comprehensive General Liability insurance utilizing and Insurance Services Office standard form with Broad Form General Liability Endorsement (GL0404), or equivalent, in an amount of not less than [REMOVED] per occurrence of bodily injury and property damage combined or in a greater amount as reasonably determined by Lessor and shall insure Lessee with Lessor as an additional insured against liability arising out of the use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises. Compliance with the above requirement shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee hereunder.

8.2 Liability Insurance - Lessor. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy of Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury and Broad Form Property Damage insurance plus coverage against such other risks Lessor deems advisable from time to time, insuring Lessor, but not Lessee, against liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Office Building Project in an amount not less than $5,000,000.00 per occurrence.

8.3 Property insurance - Lessee. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s expense, obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease for the benefit of Lessee, replacement cost fire and extended coverage insurance, with vandalism and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage and earthquake sprinkler leakage endorsements, in an amount sufficient to cover not less than 100% of the full replacement cost, as the same may exist from time to time, of all of Lessee’s personal property, fixtures, equipment and tenant improvements.

8.4 Property insurance - Lessor. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Office Building Project Improvements, but not Lessee’s personal property, fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements, in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof, as the same may exist from time to time, utilizing Insurance Services Office standard form, or equivalent, providing protection against all perils included within the classification of fire, extended coverage vandalism, malicious mischief, plate glass, and such other perils as Lessor deems advisable or may be required by a lender having a lien on the Office Building Project. In addition, Lessor shall obtain and keep in force, during the term of this Lease, a policy of rental value insurance covering a period of one year, with loss payable to Lessor, which insurance shall also cover all Operating Expenses for said period. Lessee will not be named in any such policies carried by Lessor and shall have no right to any proceeds therefrom. The policies required by these paragraphs 8.2 and 8.4 shall contain such deductibles as Lessor or the aforesaid lender may determine. In the event that the Premise shall suffer an insured loss as defined in paragraph 9.1(f) hereof, the deductible amounts under the applicable insurance policies shall be deemed an Operating Expense. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate the insurance policies carried by Lessor. Lessee shall pay the entirety of any increase in the property insurance premium for the Office Building Project over what is was immediately prior to the commencement of the term of this Lease if the increase is specified by Lessor’s insurance a carrier as being caused by the nature of Lessee’s occupancy or any act or omission of Lessee.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of liability insurance policies required under paragraph 8.1 or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of such insurance within seven (7) days after the Commencement Date of this Lease. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modifications except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with renewals thereof.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relive the other, and waive their entire right of recovering against the other for direct or consequential loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils covered by property insurance carried by such party, whether due to the negligence of Lessor or Lessee or their agents, employees, contractors and/or Invitees. If necessary all property insurance policies required under this Lease shall be endorsed to so provide.

8.7 Indemnity. Lessee shall indemnity and hold harmless Lessor and its agents. Lessor’s master or proud lessor, partners and lenders, from and against any and all claims for damage to the person or property of anyone or any entity arising from Lessee’s use of the Office Building Project, or from the conduct of Lessee’s business or from any activity, work or things done, permitted or suffered by Lessee in or about the Premises or elsewhere and shall further indemnity and hold harmless Lessor from and against any and all claims costs and expenses arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Lessee’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, or arising from any act or omission of Lessee, or any of Lessee’s agents, conduct, activity, work, things done, permitted or suffered, breach, default or negligence, and in dealing reasonably therewith, including but not limited to the defense or pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding involved therein; and in case any action or proceeding be brought against Lessor by reason of any such matter, Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be so indemnified. Lessee as a material part of the consideration to Lessor, hereby assumes all risk of damage to property of Lessee or injury to persons, in, upon or about the Office Building Project arising from any cause and Lessee hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Lessor.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor from Liability. Lessee hereby agrees that Lessor shall not be liable for injury to Lessee’s business of any loss of income therefrom or for loss of or damage to the goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises or the Office Building Project, nor shall Lessor be liable for injury to the person of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, agents or contractors, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from theft, fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Office Building Project, or from other sources or places, or

No security is provided or implied by Landlord. Lessee, may, with Landlord approval, provide its own security equipment for the premises at its sole cost.

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 4 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E

 

Init.   

[INITIALS]

   Init.   

[INITIALS]


from new construction or the repair, alteration or improvement of any part of the Office Building Project, or of the equipment, fixtures or appurtenances applicable thereto, and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is inaccessible, Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other lessee, occupant or user of the Office Building Project, nor from the failure of Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease of any other lessee of the Office Building Project.

8.9 No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified in this paragraph 8 are adequate to cover Lessee’s property or obligations under this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Damage” shall mean if the Premises are damaged or destroyed to any extent.

(b) “Premises Building Partial Damage” shall mean if the Building of which the Premises are a part is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the cost to repair is less than fifty percent (50%) of the then Replacement Cost of the Building.

(c) “Premises Building Total Destruction” shall mean if the Building of which the Premises are a part is damaged or destroyed to the extent that the cost to repair is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Building.

(d) “Office Building Project Buildings” shall mean all of the buildings on the Office Building Project site.

(e) “Office Building Project Buildings Total Destruction” shall mean if the Office Building Project Buildings are damaged or destroyed to the extent that the cost to repair is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Office Building Project Buildings.

(f) “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in paragraph 8. The fact that an insured Loss has a deductible amount shall not make the loss an uninsured loss.

(g) “Replacement Cost” shall mean the amount of money necessary to be spent in order to repair or rebuild the damaged area to the condition that existed immediately prior to the damage occurring, excluding all improvements made by lessees, other than those installed by Lessor at Lessee’s expense.

9.2 Premises Damage; Premises Building Partial Damage.

(a) Insured Loss: Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and 9.5, if at any time during the term of this Lease there is damage which is an Insured Loss and which falls into the classification of either Premises Damage or Premises Building Partial Damage, then Lessor shall, as soon as reasonably possible end to the extent the required materials and labor are readily available through usual commercial channels, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements originally paid for by Lessee) to its condition existing at the time of the damage, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

(b) Uninsured Loss: Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and 9.5, if at any time during the term of this Lease there is damage which is not an Insured Loss and which falls within the classification of Premises Damage or Premises Building Partial Damage, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), which damage prevents Lessee from making any substantial use of the Premises, Lessor may at Lessor’s option either (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense. In which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor’s intention to cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage, in which event this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the occurrence of such damage.

9.3 Premises Building Total Destruction; Office Building Project Total Destruction. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and 9.5, if at any time during the term of this Lease there is damage, whether or not it is an Insured Loss, which falls into the classifications of either (i) Premises Building Total Destruction, or (ii) Office Building Project Total Destruction, then Lessor may at Lessor’s option either (i) repair such damage or destruction as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense (to the extent the required materials are readily available through usual commercial channels) to its condition existing at the time of the damage, but not Lessee’s fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage of Lessor’s intention to cancel and terminate this Lease, in which case this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the occurrence of such damage.

9.4 Damage Near End of Term.

(a) Subject to paragraph 9.4(b), if at any time during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease there is substantial damage to the Premises, Lessor may at Lessor’s option cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor’s election to do so within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph 9.4(a). In the event that Lessee has an option to extend or renew this Lease, and the time within which said option may be exercised has not yet expired, Lessee shall exercise such option, if it is to be exercised at all, no later than twenty (20) days after the occurrence of an Insured Loss falling within the classification of Premises Damage during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease. If Lessee duty exercises such option during said twenty (20) day period, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage, but not Lessee’s fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements, as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option during said twenty (20) day period, then Lessor may at Lessor’s option terminate and cancel this Lease as of the expiration of said twenty (20) day period by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor’s election to do so within ten (10) days after the expiration of said twenty (20) day period, notwithstanding any term or provision in the grant of option to the contrary.

9.5 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) In the event Lessor repairs or restores the Building or Premises pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph 9, and any part of the Premises are not usable (including loss of use due to loss of access or essential services), the rent payable hereunder (including Lessee’s Share of Operating Expense Increase) for the period during which such damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated, provided (1) the damage was not the result of the negligence of Lessee, and (2) such abatement shall only be to the extent the operation and profitability of Lessee’s business as operated from the Premises is adversely affected. Except for said abatement of rent, if any, Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration.

(b) If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises or the Building under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence such repair or restoration within ninety (90) days after such occurrence, or if Lessor shall not complete the restoration and repair within six (6) months after such occurrence, Lessee may at Lessee’s option cancel and terminate this Lease by giving Lessor written notice of Lessee’s election to do so at any time prior to the commencement or completion, respectively, of such repair or restoration. In such event this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice.

(c) Lessee agrees to cooperate with Lessor in connection with any such restoration and repair, including but not limited to the approval and/or execution of plans and specifications required.

9.6 Termination – Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance rent and any advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s security deposit as has not theretofore been applied by Lessor.

9.7 Waiver. Lessor and Lessee waive the provisions of any statute which relate to termination of leases when leased property is destroyed and agree that such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Payment of Taxes. Lessor shall pay the real property tax, as defined in paragraph 10.3, applicable to the Office Building Project subject to reimbursement by Lessee of Lessee’s Share of such taxes in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 4.2, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 10.2.

10.2 Additional Improvements. Lessee shall not be responsible for paying any increase in real property tax specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Office Building Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of any other lessee. Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time that Operating Expenses are payable under paragraph 4.2(c) the entirety of any increase in real property tax if assessed solely by reason of additional improvements placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request.

10.3 Definition of “Real Property Tax”. As used herein, the term “real property tax” shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, end any license fee, commercial rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes) imposed on the Office Building Project or any portion thereof by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 5 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


city, county,state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage or other improvement district thereof, as against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Office Building Project or in any portion thereof, as against Lessor’s right to rent or other income therefrom, and as against Lessor’s business of leasing the Office Building Project. The term “real property tax” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge (i) in substitution of, partially or totally, any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge hereinabove included within the definition of “real property tax”, or (ii) the nature of which was hereinbefore included within the definition of “real property tax”, or (iii) which is imposed for a service or right not charged prior to June 1, 1978 or, if previously charged, has been increased since June 1, 1978, or (iv) which is imposed as a result of a change in ownership, as defined by applicable local statutes for property tax purposes, of the Office Building Project or which is added to a tax or charge hereinbefore included within the definition of real property tax by reason of such change of ownership, or (v) which is imposed by reason of this transaction, any modification or changes hereto, or any transfers hereof.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the improvements or property, the taxes for which are to be paid separately by Lessee under paragraph 10.2 or 10.5 are not separately assessed, Lessee’s portion of that tax shall be equitably determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information (which may include the cost of construction) as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Personal Property Taxes.

(a) Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere.

(b) If any of Lessee’s said personal property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

Init.   

[INITIALS]

   Init.   

[INITIALS]

11. Utilities.

11.1 Services Provided by Lessor. Lessor shall provide heating, ventilation, air conditioning, and janitorial service as reasonably required, reasonable amounts of electricity for normal lighting and office machines , water for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use, and replacement light bulbs and/or fluorescent tubes and ballasts for standard overhead fixtures. *Janitorial Services

11.2 Services Exclusive to Lessee. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities and services specially or exclusively supplied and/or metered exclusively to the Premises or to Lessee, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered to the Premises, Lessee shall pay at Lessor’s option, either Lessee’s Share or a reasonable proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges jointly metered with other premises in the Building. *Janitorial Services shall be at a level class A office.

11.3 Hours of Service. Said services and utilities shall be provided during generally accepted business days and hours or such other days or hours as may hereafter be set forth. Utilities and services required at other times shall be subject to advance request and reimbursement by Lessee to Lessor of the cost thereof.

11.4 Excess Usage by Lessee. Lessee shall not make connection to the utilities except by or through existing outlets and shall not install or use machinery or equipment in or about the Premises that uses excess water, lighting or power, or suffer or permit any act that causes extra burden upon the utilities or services, including but not limited to security services, over standard office usage for the Office Building Project. Lessor shall require Lessee to reimburse Lessor for any excess expenses or costs that may arise out of a breach of this subparagraph by Lessee. Lessor may, in its sole discretion, install at Lessee’s expense supplemental equipment and/or separate matering applicable to Lessee’s excess usage or loading.

11.5 Interruptions. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

 

Init.   

[INITIALS]

   Init.   

[INITIALS]

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required. Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of Lessee’s Interest in the Lease or in the Premises, without Lessor’s prior written consent, which Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold. Lessor shall respond to Lessee’s request for consent hereunder in a timely manner and any attempted assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance or subletting without such consent shall be void, and shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease without the need for notice to Lessee under paragraph 13.1. “Transfer” within the meaning of this paragraph 12 shall include the transfers aggregating: (a) if Lessee is a corporation more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the voting elect of such corporation; or (b) if Lessee is a partnership, more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the profit and less participation in such partnership.

12.2 Lessee Affiliate. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 12.1 hereof, Lessee may assign or sublet the Premises, or any portion thereof, without Lessor’s consent, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Lessee, or to any corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation with Lessee, or to any person or entity which acquires all the assets of Lessee as a going concern of the business that is being conducted on the Premises, all of which are referred to as “Lessee Affiliate”; provided that before such assignment shall be effective, (a) said assignee shall assume, in full, the obligations of Lessee under this Lease and (b) Lessor shall be given written notice of such assignment and assumption. Any such Assignment shall not, in any way, affect or limit the liability of Lessee under the terms of this Lease even if after such assignment or subletting the terms of this Lease are materially changed or altered without the consent of Lessee, the consent of whom shall not be necessary.

12.3 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall release Lessee of Lessee’s obligation hereunder or alter primary liability of Lessee to pay the rent and other sums due Lessor hereunder including Lessee’s Share of Operating Expense Increase, and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Lessee hereunder.

(b) Lessor may accept rent from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of such assignment.

(c) Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment or subletting, nor the acceptance of rent, shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for the breach of any of the terms or conditions of this paragraph 12 or this Lease.

(d) If Lessee’s obligation under this Lease have been guaranteed by third parties, then an assignment or sublease, and Lessor’s consent thereto, shall not be effective unless said guarantors give their written consent to such sublease and the terms thereof.

(e) The consent by Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Lessee or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the sublessee. However, Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublesase or any amendments or modification thereto without notifying Lessee or anyone else liable on the Lease or sublease and without obtaining their consent and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this Lease or said sublease; however, such persons shall not be responsible to the extent any such amendment or modification enlarges or increases the obligations of the Lessee or sublessee under this Lease or such sublease.

(f) In the event of any default under this Lease, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of this Lease, including the sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor or Lessee.

(g) Lessor’s written consent to any assignment or subletting of the Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no default then exist under this Lease of the obligations to be performed by Lessee nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing default, except as may be otherwise stated by Lessor at the time.

(h) The discovery of the fact that any financial statement relied upon by Lessor in giving its consent to an assignment or subletting was materially false shall, at Lessor’s election, render Lessor’s said consent null and void.

12.4 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. Regardless of Lessor’s consent, the following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a default shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, Lessee may receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor shall not, by reason of this or any other assignment of such sublease to Lessor nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublease, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure to Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee under such sublease. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a default

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 6 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


exists the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor the rents due and to become due under the sublease. Lessee agrees that such sublessee shall have the right to relay upon any such statement and request from Lessor, and that sublessee shall pay such rents to Lessor without an obligation or right to inquire as to whether such default exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary Lessee shall have no right or claim against said sublessee or Lessor for any such rents so paid by sublessee to Lessor.

(b) No sublease entered into by Lessee shall be effective unless end till it has been approved in writing by Lessor. In entering into any sublease, Lessee shall use only such form of sublease as is satisfactory to Lessor, and once approved by Lessor, such sublease shall not be changed or modified without Lessor’s prior written consent. Any sublease shall, by reason of entering into a sublease under this Lease, be deemed for the benefit of Lessor, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every obligation herein to be performed by Lessee other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions contained in a sublease to which Lessor has expressly consented in writing.

(c) In the event Lesse shall default in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Lessor at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of Lessee under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the termination of such sublease; provided, however. Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to Lessee or for any other prior defaults of Lessee under such sublease.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) With respect to any subletting to which Lessor has consented, Lessor agrees to deliver a copy of any notice of default by Lessee to the sublesse. Such sublessee shall have the right to cure a default of Lessee within three (3) days after service of said notice of default upon such sublessee, end the sublesse shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such defaults cured by the sublessee.

12.5 Lessor’s Expenses. In the event Lessee shall assign or sublet the Premises or request the consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting or if Lessee shall request the consent of Lessor for any act Lessee proposes to do then Lessee shall pay Lessor’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, including attorneys’, Architects’, engineers’ or other consultants’ fees.

12.6 Conditions to Consent. Lessor reserves the right to condition any approval to assign or sublet upon Lessor’s determination that (a) the proposed assignee or sublessee shall conduct a business on the Premises of a quality substantially equal to that of Lessee and consistent with the general character of the other occupants of the Office Building Project and not in violation of any exclusive or rights then held by other tenants, and (b) the proposed assignee or sublessee be at least as financially responsible as Lessee was expected to be at the time of the execution of this Lease or of such assignment or subletting, whichever is greater.

13. Default; Remedies.

13.1 Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a material default of this Lease by Lessee:

(a) The vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Lessee. Vacation of the Premises shall include the failure to occupy the Premises for a continuous period of sixty (60) days or more, whether or not the rent is paid.

(b) The breach by Lessee of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of paragraphs 7.3(a), (b) or (d) (alterations), 12.1 (assignment or subletting), 13.1(a) (vacation or abandonment), 13.1(a) (insolvency), 13.1(f) (false statement), 16(a) (estoppal certificate), 30(b) (subordination), 33 (auctions), or 41.1 (easements), all of which are hereby deemed to be material, non-curable defaults without the necessity of any notice by Lessor to Lessee thereof.

(c) The failure by Lessee to make any payment of rent or any other payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee. In the event that Lessor serves Lessee with a Notice to Pay Rent or Quit pursuant to applicable Unlawful Detainer statutes such Notice to Pay Rent or Quit shall also constitute the notice required by this subparagraph.

(d) The failure by Lessee to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee other than those referenced in subparagraphs (b) and (c), above, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s noncompliance is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Lessee shall not be deemed to be in default if Lessee commenced such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion. To the extent by law, such thirty (30) day notice shall constitute the sole and exclusive notice required to be given to Lessee under applicable Unlawful Detainer statues.

(e) (I) The making by Lessee of any general arrangement or general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (II) Lessee becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. §101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days: (III) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premise or of Lessee’s Interest in this Lease, where possessions is not restored to Lessee within (30) days; or (IV) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within (30) days. In the event that any provision of this paragraph 13.1(a) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect.

(f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to Lessor by Lessee, or its successor in interest or by any guarantor of Lessee’s obligation hereunder, was materially false.

13.2 Remedies. In the event of any material default or breach of this Lease by Lessee, Lessor may at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such default:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, In which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee all damages incurred by Lessor by reason of Lessee’s default including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises; expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and any real estate commission actually paid; worth at the time of award by the court having jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of such award exceeds the amount of such rental loss for the same period that Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; that portion of the leasing commission paid by Lessor pursuant to paragraph 15 applicable of the unexpired term of this Lease.

(b) Maintain Lessee’s right to possession in which case this Lease shall continue in effect whether or not Lessee shall have vacated or abandoned the Premises. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to enforce all of Lessor’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes due hereunder.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under the Laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. Unpaid installments of rent and other unpaid monetary obligations of Lessee under the terms of this Lease shall bear interest from the date due at the maximum rate then allowable by law.

13.3 Default by Lessor. Lessor shall not be in default unless fails to perform obligations required of Lessor within a reasonable time, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Lessee to Lessor and not to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Lessee in writing, specifying wherein Lessor has failed to perform such obligations; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required to performance then Lessor shall not be in default if Lessor commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to Lessor of Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of Operating Expenses Increase or other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Lessor by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Office Building Project. Accordingly, if any installment of Base Rent, Operating Expense increase, or any other sum due from Lessee shall not be received by Lessor or Lessor’s designee within ten (10) days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to 6% of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof or the Office Building Project are taken under power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date of condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs; provided that is so much of the Premises or the Office Building Project are taken by

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 7 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


such condemnation as would substantially and adversely affect the operation and profitability of Lessee’s business conducted from the Premises, Lessee shall have the option, to be exercised only in writing within thirty (30) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within thirty (30) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession), to terminate this Lease as of the data the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the rent and Lessee’s Share of Operating Expense increase shall be reduced in the proportion that the floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total floor area of the Premises. Common Areas taken shall be excluded from the Common Areas usable by Lessee and no reduction of rent shall occur with respect thereto or by reason thereof. Lessor shall have the option in its sole discretion to terminate this Lease as of the taking of possession by the condemning authority, by giving written notice to Lessee of such election within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of a taking by condemnation of any part of the Premises or the Office Building Project. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises of the Office Building Project under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any separate award for loss of or damage to Lessee’s trade fixtures, removable personal property and unamortized tenant improvements that have been paid for by Lessee. For that purpose the cost of such improvements shall be amortized over the original term of this Lessee excluding any options. In the event that this Lessee is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of severance damages received by Lessor in connection with such condemnation, repair any damage to the Premises caused by such condemnation except to the extent that Lessee has been reimbursed therefore by the condemning authority. Lessee shall pay any amount in excess of such severance damages required to complete such repair.

15. Broker’s Fee.

(a) The brokers involved in this transaction are Owner (Selvin Properties) as “listing broker” and Nevin T. Spieker, CM Realty as “cooperating broker,” licensed real estate broker(s). A “cooperating broker” is defined as any broker other than the listing broker entitled to a share of any commission arising under this Lease. Upon execution of this Lease by both parties, Lessor shall pay to said brokers jointly, or in such separate shares as they may mutually designated in writing, a fee as set forth in a separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s), or in the event there is no separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s), the sum of $ Three percent (3%) of the total base, rental for thirty-six (36) mths,  1 / 2 payable on execution of Lease*. for brokerage services rendered by said broker(s) to Lessor in this transaction for brokerage services rendered by said broker(s) to Lessor in this transaction.

(b) Lessor further agrees that (i) if Lessee exercises any Option, as defined paragraph 39.1 of this Lease, which is granted to Lessee under this Lesse, or any subsequently granted option which is substantially similar to an Option granted to Lesse under this Lease, or (ii) if Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises described in this Lease which are substantially similar to what Lessee would have acquired had an Option herein granted to Lessee been exercised, or (iii) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the term of this Lease after having failed to exercise an Option, or (iv) if said broker(s) are the procuring cause of any other lease or sale entered into between the parties pertaining to the Premises and/or any adjacent property in which Lessor has an interest, or (v) if the Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause contained herein, then as to any of said transactions or rent increase, Lessor shall pay said broker(s) a fee in accordance with the schedule of said broker(s) in effect at the time of execution of this Lease. Said fee shall be paid at the time of such increased rental is determined.

(c) Lessor agrees to pay said fee not only on behalf of Lessor but also on behalf of any person, corporation, association, or other entity having an ownership interest in said real property or any part thereof, when such fee is due hereunder. Any transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease, whether such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation under this paragraph 15. Each listing and cooperating broker shall be a third party beneficiary of the provisions of this paragraph 15 to the extent of their interest in any commission arising under this Lease and may enforce that right directly against Lessor, provided, however, that all brokers having a right to any part of such total commission shall be a necessary party to any suit with respect thereto.

(d) Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that neither has had any dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the person(s), if any, whose names are set forth in paragraph 15(e), above) in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby, and no other broker or other person, firm or entity is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with said transaction and Lessee and Lessor do each hereby indemnity and hold the other harmless from and against any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying party.

16. Estoppel Certificate.

(a) Each party (as “responding party”) shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from the other party (“requesting party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance. If any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to the responding party’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of the requesting party, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrances of the Office Building Project or of the business of Lessee.

(b) At the requesting party’s option, the failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be a material default of this Lease by the party who is to respond, without any further notice to such party, or it shall be conclusive upon such party (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by the requesting party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the requesting party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the requesting party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refianance, or sell the Office Building Project, or any part thereof, Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to any lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements of Lessee as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser. Such statements shall include the past three (3) years’ financial statements of Lessee. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Lessor’s Liability. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title or a lessee’s interest in a ground lease of the Office Building Project, and except as expressly provided in paragraph 15, in the event or any transfer of such title or interest. Lessor herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers then the grantor) shall be relieved from and after the date of such transfer of all liability as respects Lessor’s obligations thereafter to be performed, provided that any funds in the hands of Lessor or the then grantor at the time of such transfer, in which Lessee has an interest, shall be delivered to the grantee. The obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by Lessor shall, subject as aforesaid, be binding on Lessor’s successors and assigns, only during their respective periods of ownership.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-due Obligations. Except as expressly herein provided, any amount due to Lessor not paid when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate then allowable by law or judgments from the date due. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Lessee under this Lease; provided, however, that interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred by Lessee nor on any amounts upon which late charges are paid by Lessee.

20. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the obligations to be performed under this Lease.

21. Additional Rent. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease, including but not limited to Lessee’s Share of Operating Expense increase and any other expenses payable by Lessee hereunder shall be deemed to be rent.

22. Incorporation of Prior Agreements; Amendments. This Lease contains all agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mention herein. No

 

* and 1/2 paid upon Lease Commencement.

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 8 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


prior, contemporaneous agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective. This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, Lessee hereby acknowledges that neither the real estate broker listed in paragraph 15 hereof nor any cooperating broker on this transaction nor the Lessor or any employee or agents of any of said persons has made any oral or written warranties or representations to Lessee relative to the condition or use by Lessee of the Premises or the Office Building Project and Lessee acknowledges that Lessee assumes all responsibility regarding the Occupational Safety Health Act, the legal use and adaptability of the Premises and the compliance thereof with all applicable laws and regulations in effect during the term of this Lease.

23. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and may be given by personal delivery or by certified or registered mail, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if delivered or addressed to Lessee or to Lessor at the address noted below or adjacent to the signature of the respective parties, as the case may be. Mailed notices shall be deemed given upon actual receipt at the address required, or forty-eight hours following deposit in the mail, postage prepaid, whichever first occurs. Either party may by notice to the other specify a different address for notice of purposes except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate by notice to Lessee.

24. Waivers. No waiver by Lessor of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Lessee of the same or any other provision. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Lessee. The acceptance of rent hereunder by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding breech by Lessee of any provision hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Lessor’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.

25. Recording. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other, execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a “short form” memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.

26. Holding Over. If Lessee, with Lessor’s consent, remains in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the term hereof, such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this Lease pertaining to the obligations of Lessee, except that the rent payable shall be two hundred percent (200%) of the rent payable immediately preceding the termination date of this Lease, and all Options, if any, granted under the terms of this Lease shall be deemed terminated and be of no further effect during said month to month tenancy.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions. Each provision of this Lease performable by Leasee shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. Subject to any provisions hereof restricting assignment or subletting by Lessee and subject to the provision of paragraph 17, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assign. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State where the Office Building Project is located and any litigation concerning this Lease between the parties hereto shall be initiated in the county in which the Office Building Project is located.

30. Subordination.

(a) This Lease, and any Option or right of first refusal granted hereby, at Lessor’s option, shall be subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation or security now or hereafter placed upon the Office Building Project and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination, Lessee’s right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Lessee is not in default and so long as Lessee shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. If any mortgages, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease and any Options granted hereby prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease and such Option shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, whether this Lease or such Options are dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof.

(b) Lessee agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate an attornment, a subordination, or to make this Lease or any Option granted herein prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be. Lessee’s failure to execute such documents within ten (10) days after written demand shall constitute a material default by Lessee hereunder without further notice to Lessee or, at Lessor’s option, Lessor shall execute such documents on behalf of Lessee as Lessee’s attorney-in-fact. Lessee does hereby make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Lessor as Lessee’s attorney-in-fact and in Lessee’s name, place and stead, to execute such documents in accordance with this paragraph 30(b).

31. Attorneys’ Fees.

31.1 If either party or the broker(s) named herein bring an action to enforce the terms hereof or decide rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such action, trial, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to his reasonable attorneys’ fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court in the same or separate suit, and whether or not such action is pursued to decision or judgment. The provisions of this paragraph shall inure to the benefit of the broker named herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.

31.2 The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred in good faith.

31.3 Lessor shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal transaction is subsequently commenced in connection with such default.

32. Lessor’s Access.

32.1 Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, performing any services required of Lessor, showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, taking such safety measures, erecting such scaffolding or other necessary structures, making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Office Building Project as Lessor may reasonably deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse affect to Lessee’s use of the Premises. Lessor may at any time place on or about the Premises or the Building any ordinary “For Sale” signs and Lessor may at any time during the last 120 days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs.

32.2 All activities of Lessor pursuant to this paragraph shall be without abatement of rent, nor shall Lessor have any liability to Lessee for the same.

32.3 Lessor shall have the right to retain keys to the Premises and to unlock all doors in or upon the Premises other than to files, vaults and safes, and in the case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonably appropriate means, and any such entry shall not be deemed a forceable or unlawful entry or detainer of the Premises or an eviction. Lessee waives any charges for damages or injuries or interference with Lessee’s property or business in connection therewith.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises or the Common Areas without first having obtained Lessor’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent. The holding of any auction on the Premises or Common Areas in violation of this paragraph shall constitute a material default of this Lease.

34. Signs. Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises or the Office Building Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. Under no circumstances shall Lessee place a sign on any roof of the Office Building Project.

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 9 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


35. Merger. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Lessor, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Lessor, terminate all or any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to Lessor of any or all of such subtenancies.

36. Consents. Except for paragraphs 33 (auctions) and 34 (signs) hereof, wherever in this Lease the consent of one party is required to an act of the other party such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

37. Guarantor. In the event that there is a guarantor of this Lease, said guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

38. Quiet Possession. Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Lessee shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease. The individuals executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor represent and warrant to Lessee that they are fully authorized and legally capable of executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor and that such execution is binding upon all parties holding an ownership interest in the Office Building Project.

39. Options.

39. 1 Definition. As used in this paragraph the word “Option” has the following meaning: (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (2) the option of right of first refusal to lease the Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first refusal to lease other space within the Office Building Project or other property of Lessor or the right of first offer to lease other space within the Office Building Project or other property of Lessor; (3) the right or option to purchase the Premises or the Office Building Project, or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or the Office Building Project or the right of first offer to purchase the Premises or the Office Building Project, or the right or option to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first refusal to purchase other property of Lessor or the right of first offer to purchase other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal. Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee and may be exercised only by the original Lessee while occupying the Premises who does so without the intent of thereafter assigning this Lease or subletting the Premises or any portion thereof, and may not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by or to any person or entity other than Lessee; provided, however, that an Option may be exercised by or assigned to any Lessee Affiliate as defined in paragraph 12.2 of this Lease. The Options, if any, herein granted to Lessee are not assignable separate and apart from this Lease, nor may any Option be separated from this Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple options to extend or renew this Lease a later option cannot be exercised unless the prior option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary, (i) during the time commencing from the date Lessor gives to Lessee a notice of default pursuant to paragraph 13.1(c) or 13.1(d) and continuing until the noncompliance alleged in said notice of default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time commencing on the day after a monetary obligation to Lessor is due from Lessee and unpaid (without any necessity for notice thereof to Lessee) and continuing until the obligation is paid, or (iii) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three or more notices of default under paragraph 13.1(c), or paragraph 13.1(d), whether or not the defaults are cured, during the 12 month period of time immediately prior to the time that Lessee attempts to exercise the subject Option, (iv) if Lessee has committed any non-curable breach, including without limitation those described in paragraph 13.1(b), or is otherwise in default of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessee fails to commence to cure a default specified in paragraph 13.1 (d) within thirty (30) days after the date that Lessor gives notice to Lessee of such default and/or Lessee fails thereafter to diligently prosecute said cure to completion, or (iii) Lessor gives to Lessee three or more notices of default under paragraph 13.1(c), or paragraph 13.1(d), whether or not the defaults are cured, or (iv) if Lessee has committed any non-curable breach, including without limitation those described in paragraph 13.1(b), or is otherwise in default of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

40. Security Measures-Lessor’s Reservations.

40.1 Lessee hereby acknowledges that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises or the Office Building Project. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of Lessee, its agents, and invitees and the property of Lessee and of Lessee’s agents and invitees from acts of third parties. Nothing herein contained shall prevent Lessor, at Lessor’s sole option, from providing security protection for the Office Building Project or any part thereof, in which event the cost thereof shall be included within the definition of Operating Expenses, as set forth in paragraph 4.2(b).

40.2 Lessor shall have the following rights:

(a) To change the name, address or title of the Office Building Project or building in which the Premises are located upon not less than 90 days prior written notice:

(b) To, at Lessee’s expense, provide and install Building standard graphics on the door of the Premises and such portions of the Common Areas as Lessor shall reasonably deem appropriate;

(c) To permit any lessee the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive does not conflict with any rights expressly given herein;

(d) To place such sighs, notices or displays as Lessor reasonably deems necessary or advisable upon the roof, exterior of the buildings or the Office Building Project or on pole signs in the Common Areas;

40.3 Lessee shall not:

(a) Use a representation (photographic or otherwise) of the Building or the Office Building Project or their name(s) in connection with Lessee’s business;

(b) Suffer or permit anyone, except in emergency, to go upon the roof of the Building.

41. Easements.

41.1 Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or desirable, and to cause the recordation of Parcel Maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, Maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Leasee. Lessee shall sign any of the aforementioned documents upon request of Lessor and failure to do so shall constitute a material default of this Lease by Lessee without the need for further notice to Lessee.

41.2 The obstruction of Lessee’s view, air, or light by any structure erected in the vicinity of the Building, whether by Lessor or third parties, shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability upon Lessor.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of said party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this Lease.

43. Authority. If Lessee is a corporation, trust, or general or limited partnership, Lessee, and each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represent and warrant that such individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity. If Lessee is a corporation, trust or partnership, Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Lessor evidence of such authority satisfactory to Lessor.

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 10 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions, Exhibits or Addends of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions, if any, shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. No Offer. Preparation of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor’s agent and submission of same to Lessee shall not be deemed an offer to Lessee to lease. This Lease shall become binding upon Lessor and Lessee only when fully executed by both parties.

46. Lender Modification. Lessee agrees to make such reasonable modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by an institutional lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Office Building Project.

47. Multiple Parties. If more than one person or entity is named as either Lessor or Lessee herein, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the obligations of the Lessor or Lessee herein shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee, respectively.

48. Work Letter. This Lease is supplemented by that certain Work Letter of even date executed by Lessor and Lessee, attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated herein by this reference.

49. Attachments. Attached hereto are the following documents which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

Exhibit A – Floor Plan

   Exhibit E – MCSi Letter dated 12/22/00

Exhibit B – Rules and Regulations

   Exhibit F – Rent & Lease Commencement Addendum

Exhibit C – Tenant Improvements

  

Exhibit D – Occupancy

  

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO YOUR ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKER OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION RELATING THERETO; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN LEGAL COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

 

  LESSOR     LESSEE
  H & G Selvin Properties, LTD., L.P.     T Com Communciations, Inc.
By  

/s/ Harry Selvin

  By  

/s/ Tim Semones

  Harry Selvin     Tim Semones
Its  

General Partner

  Its  

Chief Financial Officer

By  

 

  By  

 

Its  

 

  Its  

 

Executed at  

2393 Townsgate Rd., Suite 200

  Executed at  

 

on  

Westlake Village, CA 91361

  On  

12/23/00

Address  

(805) 497-8558

  Address  

 

 

NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and needs of the industry. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 South Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, CA 90017. (213) 687-8777.

 

     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 11 of 11    Form OFG-0/6/84E


STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

FLOOR PLAN

LOGO


RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

LOGO

Dated: December 20, 2000

By and Between Selvin Properties and T Com Communications, Inc.

GENERAL RULES

1. Lessee shall not suffer or permit the obstruction of any Common Areas, including driveways, walkways and stairways.

2. Lessor reserves the right to refuse access to any persons Lessor in good faith judges to be a threat to the safety, reputation, or property of the Office Building Project and its occupants.

3. Lessee shall not make or permit any noise or odors that annoy or interfere with other lessees or persons having business within the Office Building Project.

4. Lessee shall not keep animals or birds within the Office Building Project, and shall not bring bicycles, motorcycles or other vehicles into areas not designated as authorized for some.

5. Lessee shall not make, suffer or permit littler except in appropriate receptacles for that purpose.

6. Lessee shall not alter any lock or install new or additional locks or bolts.

7. Lessee shall be responsible for the inappropriate use of any toilet rooms, plumbing or other utilities. No foreign substances of any kind are to be inserted therein.

8. Lessee shall not deface the walls, partitions or other surfaces of the Premises or Office Building Project.

9. Lessee shall not suffer or permit anything in or around the Premises or Building that causes excessive vibration or floor loading in any part of the Office Building Project.

10. Furniture, significant freight and equipment shall be moved into or out of the building only with the Lessor’s knowledge and consent, and subject to such reasonable limitations, techniques and timing, as may be designated by Lessor. Lessee shall be responsible for any damage to the Office Building Project arising from any such activity.

11. Lessee shall not employ any service or contractor for services or work to be performed in the Building, except as approved by Lessor.

12. Lessor reserves the right to close and lock the Building on Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, and on other days between the hours of              P.M. and              A.M. of the following day. If Lessee uses the Premises during such periods, Lessee shall be responsible for securely locking any doors it may have opened for entry.

13. Lessee shall return all keys at the termination of its tenancy and shall be responsible for the cost of replacing any keys that are lost.

14. No window coverings, shades or awnings shall be installed or used by Lessee.

15. No Lessee, employee or invitee shall go upon the roof of the Building.

16. Lessee shall not suffer or permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigars or cigarettes in areas reasonably designated by Lessor or by applicable governmental agencies as non- smoking areas.

17. Lessee shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than as provided by Lessor.

18. Lessee shall not install, maintain or operate any vending machines upon the Premises without Lessor’s written consent.

19. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or manufacturing, cooking or food preparation.

20. Lessee shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation regulations established by Lessor or any applicable governmental agency.

21. Lessor reserves the right to waive any one of these rules or regulations, and/or as to any particular Lessee, and any such waiver shall not constitute a waiver of any other rule or regulation or any subsequent application thereof to such Lessee.

22. Lessee assumes all risks from theft or vandalism and agrees to keep its Premises locked as may be required.

23. Lessor reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and regulations as it may from time to time deem necessary for the appropriate operation and safety of the Office Building Project and its occupants. Lessee agrees to abide by these and such rules and regulations.

PARKING RULES

1. Parking areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles no longer than full size, passenger automobiles herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles are herein referred to as “Oversize Vehicles.”

2. Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

3. Parking stickers or identification devices shall be the property of Lessor and be returned to Lessor by the holder thereof upon termination of the holder’s parking privileges. Lessee will pay such replacement charge as is reasonably established by Lessor for the loss of such devices.

4. Lessor reserves the right to refuse the sale of monthly identification devices to any person or entity that willfully refuses to comply with the applicable rules, regulations, laws and/or agreements.

5. Lessor reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces from floor to floor, within one floor, and/or to reasonably adjacent offsite location(s), and to reasonably allocate them between compact and standard size spaces, as long as the same complies with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations.

6. Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated for vehicle parking.

7. Unless otherwise instructed, every person using the parking area is required to park and lock his own vehicle. Lessor will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to persons or loss of property, all of which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area.

8. Validation, if established, will be permissible only by such method or methods as Lessor and/or its licenses may establish at rates generally applicable to visitor parking.

9. The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking structure or Common Areas is prohibited.

10. Lessee shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents and invitees comply with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws and agreements.

11. Lessor reserves the right to modify these rules and/or adopt such other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations as it may deem necessary for the proper operation of the parking area.

12. Such parking use as is herein provided is intended merely as a license only and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby.

 

  EXHIBIT B     
     Initials:  

[INITIALS]

©1984 – American Industrial Real Estate Association   FULL SERVICE-GROSS     

[INITIALS]

  REVISED     
  Page 1 of 1    Form OFG-0/6/84E


Lease Addendum

This LEASE ADDENDUM (“Addendum”) is made to the certain Standard Office Lease-Gross dated as of December 20, 2000, Exhibits and Inserts (“Lease”) to which this Addendum is attached and made a part thereof, by and between H & G SELVIN PROPERTIES, LTD., L.P., (Lessor) and TERACOM (Lessee).

 

  1. Section 4.2 Operating Expense Increase . The following language is inserted as Section 4.2 (h)

 

  (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not include the following:
  1. fees, commissions, advertising costs or related expenses in connection with the leasing of the Office Building Project;
  2. capital repairs, alterations, additions, improvements or replacements connected with corrections to any defect in the Office Building Project;
  3. damage or repairs covered under any insurance policy carried by Lessor and under which insurance proceeds are actually received in connection with the Office Building Project;
  4. expenses for repair of replacement paid by condemnation awards;
  5. damage or repairs to the Office Building Project due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or Lessor’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees; (the term contractors shall not include other tenants).
  6. increases in insurance premiums over those in effect on the Commencement Date due to another lessee’s type of use in the office Building Project;
  7. reserves for repair, replacement or improvement of the Office Building Project;
  8. executive salaries or salaries of service personnel to the extent that such personnel are not engaged in the management, operation, repair or maintenance of the Office Building Project or common Areas;
  9. charitable or political contributions or fees paid to trade associates;
  10. lessor’s general overhead expenses not related to the Office Building Project;
  11. principal, interest, loan fees, and other carrying costs related to my ground lease, mortgage or deed to trust encumbering the Office Building Project;
  12. legal fees, accountant fees and other expenses incurred in disputes with other lessees or occupants of the Office Building Project;
  13. tenant improvement costs for lessees or other occupants of vacant space in the Office Building Project;
  14. any costs, fines, or penalties incurred due to violations by Lessor of any governmental rule of authority, this Lease or any other lease in the Office Building Project, or due to Lessor’s negligence or willful misconduct;
  15. payments for rented equipment, the cost of which equipment would be a capital expenditure if such equipment were purchased by Lessor;
  16. services or installations furnished to any Lessee in the Office building Project which are not furnished to more than one Lessee in the Office Building Project;
  17. the costs of repairs and/or replacements of the roof, foundation, and structural supports of the Premises unless such costs are amortized over the useful life of the item; and
  18. costs of acquisition of sculpture or other objects of art for the Office Building Project.”

 

  2. Section 6.2 Compliance with Law The following language is inserted as Section 6.2 (c):

 

  (c) Notwithstanding Section 6.2 (o), Lessee’s responsibilities under this paragraph 6.2 shall not extend to or cover the structural elements of the building, which shall be Lessor’s sole responsibility.”

Init. [INITIALS]                         Init. [INITIALS]


  3. Section 10.3 Definition of “Real Property Tax” The following language is inserted as Section 10.3 (a):

 

  (a) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.3 to the contrary, “Real Property Taxes” shall not include a) Lessor’s federal or state income, franchise, inheritance or estate taxes; b) any taxes on Lessor’s personal property not located in or on the Office Building Project; c) any environmental assessments, charges or liens arising from the remediation of hazardous materials from the Office Project which arose prior to the commencement of the Lease, or to the extent caused by Lessor, its agents, employees or contractors.

 

  4. Section 12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required . Section 12.1 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

  12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required. Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of “Lessee” interest in the Lease or in the premises, without Lessor’s prior written consent, which Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold, Lessor shall respond to lessee’s request for consent hereunder within ten (10) days and any failure to respond shall be deemed an approval of the assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance or subletting.”

 

  5. Section 12.2 Lessee Affiliate. The following language is inserted as Section 12.2 (a):

 

  (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Section 12, a public offering of Lessee’s stock shall not require Lessor’s prior consent in which no one person or entity acquires 25% or more of the voting stock of Lessee.

 

  6. Section 30 Subordination. The following language in inserted as Section 30 (c):

 

  (c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section, Lessee shall not be required to execute an attornment or subordination unless the party requesting the attornment or subordination delivers to Lessee a notarized nondisturbance agreement in writing stating that so long as Lessee is not in default under any of the terms, covenants, conditions, or agreements of this Lease, this Lease and all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Lease, shall remain in full force and effect, and neither this Lease, nor Lessee’s rights nor Lessee’s possession of the Premises will be disturbed during the Term of this Lease.”

 

LESSOR

  LESSEE

H & G Selvin Properties, LTD, L.P.

  TeraCom

By: /s/ Harry Selvin                                             

  By: /s/ Tim Semones                                

Name: Harry Selvin                                             

  Name: Tim Semones                                

Its: G.P.                                                                

  Its: Chief Financial Officer                        

 


T Com Communications, Inc.

2393 Townsgate

Westlake Village CA

Tenant Improvements:

Lessor agrees to build walls, install doors, and install ESD Floor Tile in Suite 104 as indicated on Exhibit A.

Init. [INITIALS]

Init. [INITIALS]

EXHIBIT C


T Com Communications, Inc.

2393 Townsgate

Westlake Village CA

Occupancy—Right to Terminate

 

1. Should Tenant not be able to occupy Suite 104 by February 1, 2001, Tenant shall have the right to terminate the Lease.

 

2. Landlord shall have sixty (60) days to complete the Tenant Improvements as described in Schedule C in Suite 104. If said improvements are not completed, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease.

Init. [INITIALS]

Init. [INITIALS]

EXHIBIT D


LOGO

- draft -

waiting dollar confirmation

December 22, 2000

Mr. Harry Selvin

Selvin Properties

2393 Townsgate Rd., Suite 200

Westlake Village, CA 91361

Re: Occupancy of Intellisys Group at

2393 Townsgate Rd., Suites 101 & 104

Dear Mr. Selvin:

As confirmation of our telephone conversation yesterday, it is the desire of MCSi, Inc. upon the closing of the purchase of Intellisys Group Assets out of bankruptcy (anticipated before year end) to remain in the building through January 31, 2001. Further, we will vacate and make available suite 104 by December 31, 2000 to allow for a new tenant to move in. Suite 101 will remain occupied to no later than January 31, 2001 at a reduced rental amount of $              , confirmed by you today.

Please be aware that the office furniture/cubicles in suite 104 will remain and are not forfeit as they are included in the asset purchase. Additionally, the computer equipment in suite 104 will remain there and available to persons in suite 101 through January 31, 2001.

We appreciate your willingness to work with us on this one month extended stay. Should you have any questions, please give me a call.

Thank you for your time and consideration.

Sincerely,

/s/ Alica R. Cramer

Alica R. Cramer

MCSi, Inc.—Corporate Finance, Real Estate

Init. [INITIALS]

4750 Hempstead Station Drive Dayton, OH 45429

Phone: 937-291-8282 Fax: 937-291-8288

www.mcsinet.com

Init. [INITIALS]

EXHIBIT E


Rent & Lease Commencement Addendum

 

1. As of January 1, 2001 Tenant shall be provided occupancy of a portion of Premises, commonly known as suite 104 (“Early Occupancy Period”). During such Early Occupancy Period, Tenant shall pay $5,296.20 for the 2522 Rentable square feet of the Premises which they occupy.

 

2. On February 1, 2001 following vacation of suite 101 by existing tenant, as referenced in Exhibit E, Tenant shall relocate to suite 101 from 104 making suite 104 available for Tenant Improvements referenced in Exhibit C. Following relocation to suite 101, within the Early Occupancy Period, Tenant shall pay Base Rent $12,331.20 on the 5872 square feet which they occupy.

 

3. The Lease shall commence on:

 

  a. Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant with all improvements required to be constructed by Landlord completed and in compliance with all laws and free of defects in workmanship and materials.

 

4. Following Lease Commencement referenced above, Tenant shall be responsible for paying Base Rent on the entire 8,394 Rentable square feet of Premises commonly known as suites 101 & 104, the first two months of which will be pre-paid upon Lease execution.

EXHIBIT F

Initials: [INITIALS]

Initials: [INITIALS]


LOGO

March 27, 2001

Tim Semones

Inphi, Inc.

2393 Townsgate Rd., Suite 101

Westlake Village, CA 91361

 

RE: Rent and Lease Commencement

This letter is to confirm the rent and lease commencement dates for your suites 101 & 104. Per Rent & Lease commencement addendum dated December 20, 2000; Landlord delivered the completed premises to you on or about March 21, 2001.

Per our discussion, your lease will commence April 1, 2001 and will expire on March 31, 2004. You have agreed to pay April 2001 rent in full and we will apply your prepaid rent to May and June 2001 respectively.

Thank you,

SELVIN PROPERTIES

/s/ Harry Selvin

Harry Selvin

2393 Townsgate Road; Suite 200 Westlake Village, CA 91361 Tel (805) 497-8558 Fax (805) 497-8858


ADDENDUM #2 TO LEASE

This Addendum #2 to Lease (hereinafter referred to as “Addendum #2”) dated December 20, 2000 is made on this 25 th day of February 2003, by and between Inphi Corporation (previously T Com Communications, Inc.), Lessee, and H & G Selvin Properties, LTD., L.P., Lessor, who agree as follows:

RECITALS

A. This Addendum #2 shall constitute an Addendum to that certain Lease between Lessor and Lessee dated December 20, 2000 for the premises commonly known as 2393 Townsgate Rd., Suites 101, 104, Westlake Village, California 91361 (the “Premises”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and mutual agreement of the parties hereto to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter contained, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. The term of the current lease will be extended an additional nine (9) months, beginning April 1, 2004 and expiring December 31, 2004.

 

  2. The rent shell increase by 3% on January 1, 2004, and annually each anniversary thereafter for the remainder of the lease term and any option periods.

 

  3. Beginning April 1, 2003, Suite 100 (3632 sq. ft.) will be added to the original lease, dated December 20, 2000. The base rent for Suites 100, 101, & 104 will be $24,275.00 per month.

 

  4. Tenant will have three (3) one (1) year options to renew in one year increments following the December 31, 2004 expiration date. Each option to renew term will be exercised by written notice to H & G Selvin Properties, LTD., L.P., nine (9) months prior to expiration of the current term. Base Rent for the option periods is addressed in Paragraph 2.

 

  5. All other terms, covenants, and conditions of the Lease dated December 20, 2000 will remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Addendum #2 as of the day and year written below.

 

LESSOR

  LESSEE

SELVIN PROPERTIES

  Inphi Corporation

Harry Selvin

  Tim Semones

BY: /s/ Harry Selvin                

  BY: /s/ Tim Semones                

        Harry Selvin, Owner

  Tim Semones, Chief Financial Officer

DATE: 3/5/03                        

  DATE: 3-4-03                


To:  

Tim Semones, CFO

Inphi Corporation

From:   Selvin Properties
Re:   Master Lease Agreement dated December 20 th , 2000 by and between Inphi Corporation and Selvin Properties (“Agreement”)
Date:  

April 24, 2003

 

This letter is to confirm our understanding as it relates to the above referenced Agreement. Selvin agrees that Inphi may sublease its Premises, without the prior written consent of Selvin, so long as its uses with its Sublessees the Sublease agreement in substantially the same form as attached hereto.

 

Signed By:   /s/ Stacy Selvin

Title:

  Property Manager 4/29/03
  Selvin Properties


LOGO

Executive Suite Sublease

STANDARD SUBLEASE

1. Parties. This Sublease, dated, for reference purposes only, April 1, 2002 is made by and between Inphi Corporation (“Sublessor”) and TBD (“Sublessee”) .

2. Premises. Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee and Sublessee hereby subleases from Sublessor for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, that certain real property, including all improvements therein, and commonly known by the street address of 2393 Townsgate Road (as outlined in Exhibit A), Westlake Village CA 91361 located in the County of Ventura , State of California and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property) Two (2) story general office building . (“Premises”) .

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The term of this Sublease shall be on a month to month basis commencing on April 1, 2003.

4. Rent.

4.1 Base Rent. Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor as Base Rent for the Premises equal monthly payments of $TBD in advance, on the first (1)  day of each month of the term hereof. Base Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one month shall be a pro rata portion of the monthly installment.

4.2 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Sublessee to Sublessor under the terms of this Sublease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”). Rent shall be payable in lawful money of the United States to Sublessor at the address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other places as Sublessor may designate in writing.

5. Security Deposit. Sublessee shall deposit with Sublessor upon execution hereof $TBD or N/A as security for Sublessee’s faithful performance of Sublessee’s obligations hereunder. If Sublessee fails to pay Rent or other charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Sublease, Sublessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said deposit for the payment of any Rent or other charge in default or for the payment of any other sum to which Sublessor may become obligated by reason of Sublessee’s default, or to compensate Sublessor for any loss or damage which Sublessor may suffer thereby If Sublessor so uses or applies all or any portion of said deposit, Sublessee shall within ten days after written demand therefore forward to Sublessor an amount sufficient to restore said Deposit to the full amount provided for herein and Sublessee’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Sublease. Sublessor shall not be required to keep said Deposit separate from its general accounts. If Sublessee performs all of Sublessee’s obligations hereunder, said Deposit, or so much thereof as has not therefore been applied by Sublessor, shall be returned, without payment of interest to Sublessee (or at Sublessor’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Sublessee’s interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof, and after Sublessee has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Sublessor and Sublessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

6. Use.

6.1 Agreed Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for general office and for no other purpose.

6.2 Compliance. Sublessor warrants that the improvements on the Premises comply with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and applicable building codes, regulations and ordinances (“Applicable Requirements”) in effect when constructed or installed. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Sublessee will put the Premises or to any alterations or utility installations made or to be made by Sublessee. NOTE: Sublessee is responsible for determining whether or not the zoning is appropriate for its intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Sublessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Sublessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Sublessor’s expense. If Sublessee does not give Sublessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 30 days following the commencement date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Sublessee at its sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Sublease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Building (“Capital Expenditure”) , Sublessor and Sublessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

 

Initials:                 

   Initials:                 

Page 1 of 3

 

         © 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association

   FORM SBL-1-3/97


(a) If such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Sublessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Sublessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, or Sublessor may elect to terminate the sublease. If the Parties mutually agree upon termination, Sublessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Sublessor written notice specifying a termination date at least ninety days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier then the last day that Sublessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Sublessee (such as governmentally mandated seismic modifications, then Sublessor shall pay for said Capital Expenditure and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Sublessor and Sublessee and Sublessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Sublease, on the date on which Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such Capital Expenditure by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the number of months of the useful life of such Capital Expenditure as such useful life is specified pursuant to Federal income tax regulations or guidelines for depreciation thereof (including interest on the unamortized balance as is then commercially reasonable in the judgment of Sublessor’s accountant), with Sublessee reserving the right to prepay its obligation at any time. Provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last two years of this Sublease or if Sublessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Sublessor shall have the option to terminate this Sublease upon ninety days prior written notice to Sublessee unless Sublessee notifies Sublessor, in writing, within ten days after receipt of Sublessor’s termination notice that Sublessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Sublessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Sublessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with interest, from Rent until Sublessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Sublessee is unable to finance Sublessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Sublease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Sublessee on an offset basis, Sublessee shall have the right to terminate this Sublease upon ten days written notice to Sublessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non- voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Sublessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Sublessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, and Sublessee shall not have any right to terminate this Sublease.

6.3 Acceptance of Premises and Lessee. Sublessee acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by Sublessor to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements), and their suitability for Sublessee’s intended use,

(b) Sublessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefore as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, and

(c) neither Sublessor, Sublessor’s agents, nor any Broker has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Sublease.

7. Master Lease

7.1 Sublessor is the lessee of the Premises by virtue of a lease agreement with Selvin Properties dated December 20, 2000, hereinafter the “Master Lease”, wherein Selvin Properties is the lessor, hereinafter the “Master Lessor”.

7.2 This Sublease is and shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease.

7.3 The terms, conditions and respective obligations of Sublessor and Sublessee to each other under this Sublease shall be the terms and conditions of the Master Lease except for those provisions of the Master Lease which are directly contradicted by this Sublease in which event the terms of this Sublease document shall control over the Master Lease. Therefore, for the purposes of this Sublease, wherever in the Master Lease the word “Lessor” is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessor herein and wherever in the Master Lease the word “Lessee” is used it shall be deemed to mean the Sublessee herein.

7.4 During the term of this Sublease and for all periods subsequent for obligations which have arisen prior to the termination of this Sublease, Sublessee does hereby expressly assume and agree to perform and comply with, for the benefit of Sublessor and Master Lessor, each and every obligation of Sublessor under the Master Lease except for the following paragraph which are excluded therefrom:

7.5 The obligations that Sublessee has assumed under paragraph 7.4 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the “Sublessee’s Assumed Obligations”. The obligations that sublessee has not assumed under paragraph 7.4 hereof are hereinafter referred to as the “Sublessor’s Remaining Obligations”.

7.6 Sublessee shall hold Sublessor free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands, including reasonable attorneys fees, arising out of Sublessee’s failure to comply with or perform Sublessee’s Assumed Obligations.

7.7 Sublessor agrees to maintain the Master Lease during the entire term of this Sublease, subject, however, to any earlier termination of the Master Lease without the fault of the Sublessor, and to comply with or perform Sublessor’s Remaining Obligations and to hold Sublessee free and harmless from all liability, judgments, costs, damages, claims or demands arising out of Sublessor’s failure to comply with or perform Sublessor’s Remaining Obligations.

 

Initials:                 

   Initials:                 

Page 2 of 3

 

         © 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association

   FORM SBL-1-3/97


7.8 Sublessor represents to Sublessee that the Master Lease is in full force and effect and that no default exists on the part of any Party to the Master Lease.

8. Assignment of Sublease and Default.

8.1 Sublessor hereby assigns and transfers to Master Lessor the Sublessor’s interest in this Sublease, subject however to the provisions of Paragraph 8.2 hereof.

8.2 Master Lessor, by executing this document, agrees that until a Default shall occur in the performance of Sublessor’s Obligations under the Master Lease, that Sublessor may receive, collect and enjoy the Rent accruing under this Sublease. However, if Sublessor shall Default in the performance of its obligations to Master Lessor then Master Lessor may, at its option, receive and collect, directly from Sublessee, all Rent owing and to be owed under this Sublease. Master Lessor shall not, by reason of this assignment of the Sublease nor by reason of the collection of the Rent from the Sublessee, be deemed liable to Sublessee for any failure of the Sublessor to perform and comply with Sublessor’s Remaining Obligations.

8.3 Sublessor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Sublessee upon receipt of any written notice from the Master Lessor stating that a Default exists in the performance of Sublessor’s obligations under the Master Lease, to pay to Master Lessor the Rent due and to become due under the Sublease. Sublessor agrees that Sublessee shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from Master Lessor, and that Sublessee shall pay such Rent to Master Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Default exist and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Sublessor to the contrary and Sublessor shall have no right or claim against Sublessee for any such Rent so paid by Sublessee.

8.4 No material changes or modifications shall be made to this Sublease without the consent of Master Lessor.

9. Attorney’s Fees. If any party or the Broker named herein brings an action to enforce the terms hereof or to declare rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such action, on trial and appeal, shall be entitled to his reasonable attorney’s fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the Court.

10. Additional Provisions.

a. Termination of lease requires a sixty (60) day written notice by either party.

b. Sublessee will not have more than two workstations in any office in Premises. Premises will not be altered without prior written consent of Sublessor.

c. A receptionist will not be included.

d. By executing this Sublease, Sublessee agrees to abide by the “Executive Suites Rules & Regulations” attached as Exhibit B.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY REAL ESTATE BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS SUBLEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1K ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS SUBLEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PROPERTY, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR SUBLESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE SUBLEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED.

 

Executed at: 2393 Townsgate Road, Suite 100

  Tim D. Semones

on: April 1, 2003

  By                                                                  

Address: 2393 Townsgate Road, Suite 100

  By                                                                  
  “Sublessor” (Corporate Seal)

 

Executed at:                                         

  By                                                                  

on:                                                      

  By                                                                  

Address:                                                

  “Sublessee” (Corporate Seal)

 

Initials:                 

   Initials:                 

Page 3 of 3

 

         © 1997 - American Industrial Real Estate Association

 

   FORM SBL-1-3/97


LOGO

March 30, 2004

Tim Semones

Inphi Corporation

2393 Townsgate Rd., #101

Westlake Village CA 91361

Re: Lease Option

Dear Tenant:

Per your lease dated December 20, 2000, and Addendum #2, the first of three (3) one (1) year lease options is available and must be exercised in writing, nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the current lease term, December 31, 2004.

As a courtesy to you, you may exercise this option by signing below and returning this original letter to the management office as soon as possible. All the terms and conditions of your original lease will remain in effect. The new expiration date will be December 31, 2005, and the next rental increase will occur on January 1, 2005.

If you have any questions, please give me a call at the office, 497-8558.

Sincerely,

SELVIN PROPERTIES

/s/ Lori Stokx

Lori Stokx

Property Manager

 

 

Per the terms and conditions of the lease dated 12/20/2000 for the premises commonly known as 2393 Townsgate Rd., #101,100, 104 the first one (1) year option as described in Section 4, of Addendum #2 is hereby exercised.

AGREED AND ACCEPTED

 

/s/ A. Maxfield                                                 

A. Maxfield, VP Operations.

        6/1/04                         

Date

2393 Townsgate Road, Suite 200 Westlake Village, CA 91361 Tel (805) 497-8558 Fax (805) 497-8858


LOGO

May 16, 2005

Inphi Corporation

2393 Townsgate Rd., #101

Westlake Village CA 91361

Re: Lease Option

Dear Tenant:

Per your lease dated December 20, 2000, and Addendum #2, the second of three (3) one (1) year lease options is available and must be exercised in writing, nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the current lease term, December 31, 2005.

As a courtesy to you, you may exercise this option by signing below and returning this original letter to the management office as soon as possible. All the terms and conditions of your original lease will remain in effect. The new expiration date will be December 31, 2006, and the next rental increase will occur on January 1, 2006.

If you have any questions, please give me a call at the office, 497-8558.

Sincerely,

SELVIN PROPERTIES

/s/ Lori Stokx

Lori Stokx

Property Manager

 

 

Per the terms and conditions of the lease dated 12/20/2000 for the premises commonly known as 2393 Townsgate Rd., #101, 100, 104 the second one (1) year option as described in Section 4, of Addendum #2 is hereby exercised.

AGREED AND ACCEPTED

 

    /s/ A. Maxfield            

        5/18/05        

Date

2393 Townsgate Road, Suite 200 Westlake Village, CA 91361 Tel (805) 497-8558 Fax (805) 497-8858


THIRD LEASE AMENDMENT

THIS THIRD LEASE AMENDMENT made as of this 30 day of June 2006 (“Effective Date”), by and between H & G Selvin Properties, LTD., L.P. (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”), and Inphi Corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”):

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, by written Standard Office Lease—Gross dated December 20, 2000, Landlord leased unto T Com Communications, Inc., the predecessor-in-interest of Tenant, for a period of approximately three (3) years, certain premises designated as Suite Numbers 101 and 104 in the building commonly known as 2393 Townsgate Road, Westlake Village, County of Ventura, California, as in said Lease more particularly described;

WHEREAS, by written undated Lease Addendum and by written Addendum #2 to Lease dated March 5, 2003, Landlord and Tenant amended and supplemented the aforedescribed Lease (the Standard Office Lease—Gross and the Lease Addendum and Addendum to Lease hereafter collectively referred to as the “Lease”). Pursuant to Addendum #2 to Lease Suite Number 100 was added to the Premises so that prior to the date of this Third Lease Amendment, the Premises consist of Suite Numbers 100, 101 and 104; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend and modify the Lease in certain respects,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and in the Lease amended and modified hereby and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof is hereby acknowledged by the parties, it is hereby mutually agreed as follows:

1. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Lease to the contrary, said Lease Term is hereby extended for a period of four (4) years commencing upon January 1, 2007 and ending on December 31, 2010 (hereinafter referred to as the “Extended Lease Term”). Further all terms, covenants and conditions applicable to the Lease Term will be equally applicable to the Extended Lease Term except as hereinafter modified. The phrase “Lease Term” wherever it appears in the Lease shall be deemed to include the original Lease Term and the Extended Lease Term.

2. Section 1.2 of the Lease shall be amended by adding the following language to that Section: “On November 1, 2006, Tenant shall lease from Landlord and the same shall from that date until the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease (including the Extended Lease Term) shall be considered as part of the Premises, Suite Number 202 which Suite consists of approximately 6,675 square feet.”

3. Section 1.5 of the Lease shall be amended in part by adding the following language to that Section: “Commencing on January 1, 2007, the Base Rent applicable to Suite Numbers 100, 101 and 104 shall be $27,127.04 per month, payable on the first day of each month throughout the Extended Term. The Base Rent applicable to Suite 202 shall be $15,056.79, but Tenant shall not be required to pay the Base Rent applicable to Suite 202 between the dates of November 1, 2006 and March 15, 2007. The Base Rent payable for the remainder of March 2007 shall be $7,528.39 and the Tenant shall begin paying the full Base Rent for Suite Number 202 on April 1, 2007.”

4. Section 1.6 of the Lease shall be amended in part by adding the following language to that Section: “Beginning on January 1, 2008 and annually on January 1 of each succeeding year of the Extended Lease Term, the Base Rent for Suite Numbers 100, 101, 104 and 202 shall be increased by 3% of the Base Rent payable by Tenant for the preceding year with respect to Suite Numbers 100, 101 and 104, on the one hand, and with respect to Suite Number 202 on the other hand. The increased Base Rent shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord until the next increase of Base Rent occurs under this Section 1.6.”

5. Section 4 of the Lease is amended in part by adding the following language to that Section: “The Base Year for determination of the Operating Expense Increase payable with respect to Suite Number 202 shall be 2007 and the first Comparison Year shall be 2008.”

6. Section 39.5 is hereby added to the Lease and shall read as follows: “Tenant shall have the option to extend the Term of this Lease for the Premises for one period of four years, which period shall begin, if at all, on January 1, 2011 and shall end on December 31, 2014 (hereinafter referred to as the “Option Term”), upon prior


written notice given to Landlord at least 180 days prior to the expiration of the Extended Lease Term (that is, prior to April 1, 2010). The Base Rent for the Premises shall be the Base Rent payable by Tenant for the last year of the Extended Lease Term but increased by 3%, and Base Rent payable during the Option Term shall continue to be increased by 3% of the Base Rent payable by Tenant for the preceding year for the Premises throughout the Option Term.”

7. Section 50 is hereby added to the Lease and shall read as follows: “Beginning on November 1, 2006, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense; shall make the following alterations, additions and improvements to Suite Number 202:

a. Construct 12 additional individual offices with an open area in Suite Number 202 for laboratory use. The quality of construction shall be comparable to that of the offices located on the first floor portion of the Premises. Landlord agrees to consult with Tenant regarding the design of the offices to be constructed by it, but each office shall have a standard door with a height of 6’8”. Tenant will provide to Landlord “rough” plans and specifications for the work to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Section 50 within 14 days of the Effective Date.

b. Paint and install new carpet throughout Suite Number 202. The Landlord and the Tenant shall agree upon paint color and color and design of carpet, both of which are to be comparable to that in the offices on the first floor portion of the Premises.

c. Ensure that the electrical power service to Suite Number 202 is adequate to meet Tenant’s reasonable needs, and if Landlord determines that the electrical service is not adequate to so meet Tenant’s reasonable needs, then Landlord shall bring additional electrical power service to Suite Number 202 so as to meet Tenant’s said needs.

d. Landlord shall complete the work described in this Section 50 not later than January 31, 2007.

8. Section 51 is hereby added to the Lease and shall read as follows: “If permitted by the City, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall construct two doors across the common hallway, one at each end of the first floor portion of the Premises, so as to isolate the first floor portion of the Premises from the rest of the building in which the Premises is located. The precise locations of the doors will be determined by the agreement of Landlord and Tenant. The doors shall have keyless entry locks and, if approved by the City, Landlord shall complete the installation of the doors not later than March 1, 2007. As partial consideration for the installation of the doors, Tenant shall permit Landlord or any agent, employee or contractor employed by Landlord to enter the first floor portion of the Premises in order to inspect and service the electrical panel for the building in which the Premises is located since the panel will be located in the portion of the first floor isolated by the doors.”

9. Section 51 is hereby added to the Lease and shall read as follows: “Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to place a sign depicting only its name, acceptable in all respects to Landlord and the appropriate governing authorities, upon the current concrete address block outside the building in which the Premises are located. Landlord shall have the right to recommend a fabricator and installer for Tenant’s use in manufacturing the sign and placing it on the address block. Upon Tenant’s vacation of the Premises, whether due to the expiration of the Term of the Lease or otherwise, Tenant, upon demand by Landlord, shall pay all costs incurred by Landlord in order to remove the sign and repair the address block to a condition acceptable to Landlord.”

10. Except as herein modified, all of the other terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

11. This Third Lease Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of not only the parties hereto, but also their successors and assigns.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Lease Amendment the day and year first above written.

 

H & G Selvin Properties, LTD., L.P.

By: /s/ Harry Selvin 7/18/06                

          Name:                             Date

          Title:


 

Inphi Corporation

By: /s/ [Illegible]                                                         

          Name:                                 Date June 30 2006

          Title: President & CEO

By:                                                                            

          Name:                                 Date

          Title:

Exhibit 10.10

SUBLEASE

This Sublease (this “Sublease”) is entered into between SCINTERA NETWORKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Sublessor”), and INPHI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Sublessee”), as of the 15th day of November, 2007.

1. Recitals . This Sublease is made with reference to the fact that Coast Properties, a California general partnership (“Coast”), as landlord, and Sublessor, as tenant, entered into that certain Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease—Net, dated as of August 10, 2006, as amended (the “Master Lease”), with respect to premises located at 1154 Sonora Court, Santa Clara, California (the “Premises”). Coast subsequently transferred the property in which the Premises are located to Inland American/Stephens (Sonora) Ventures, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Master Lessor”), which is the current “Lessor” under the Lease. A copy of the Master Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated by reference herein.

2. Subleased Premises . Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, a portion of the Premises more particularly shown on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Subleased Premises”). In connection with its use of the Subleased Premises, Sublessee shall also have the right to use (a) in common with Sublessor and the other occupants of the building in which the Premises are located, the common areas outside the Premises that Sublessor has the right to use under the Master Lease, (b) in common with Sublessor and the other occupants of the Premises, the hallways, stairways, restrooms and other areas of the Premises that may be reasonably necessary for Sublessee’s use of the Subleased Premises shown on Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Shared Areas”), and (c) the office furniture located in the Subleased Premises as of the date hereof described on Exhibit D attached hereto (the “Furniture”). Sublessee shall have no right to enter, and shall prevent its employees, agents, contractors, licensees and invitees from entering, portions of the Premises other than the Subleased Premises and the Shared Areas. Sublessee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent its agents, employees or contractors from discovering or otherwise coming into contact with confidential information of Sublessor or other occupants of the Premises. If, despite such efforts, any such confidential information is discovered, Sublessee shall promptly inform Sublessor of such discovery, and shall hold, and use reasonable efforts to cause its employees, agents, contractors, invitees and licensees to hold, such information confidential.

3. Term . The term of this Sublease (the “Term”) shall commence on November 15, 2007 (the “Commencement Date”), and shall terminate ninety (90) days after either Sublessor or Sublessee has given the other party written notice of such termination, or at such earlier time as this Sublease is terminated pursuant to its terms or the Master Lease is sooner terminated pursuant to its terms. The Term shall in any event expire no later than December 30, 2009.

4. Rent .

A. Base Rent . Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor as base rent for the Subleased Premises (“Base Rent”) for each month during the Term, (i) from the Commencement Date through December 31, 2007, the amount of Six Thousand Four Hundred Dollars ($6,400) per month, (ii) from January 1, 2008, through December 31, 2008, the amount of Seven Thousand Two Hundred Dollars ($7,200) per month, and (iii) from January 1, 2009, through the expiration of the Term, the amount of Eight Thousand Four Hundred Dollars ($8,400) per month. Base Rent shall be paid on or before the first (1st) day of each month; provided, however, Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor Base Rent for the first month of the Term upon execution hereof. Base Rent and Additional Rent (as defined below) for any period during the Term hereof which is for less than one (1) month of the Term shall be a pro rata portion of the monthly installment. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be payable without notice or demand and without any deduction, offset, or abatement, in lawful money of the United States of America. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid directly to Sublessor at the Premises, or such other address as may be designated in writing by Sublessor.


B. Other Premises Expenses. Sublessee shall also pay Sublessor for each month during the Term the sum of Eight Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars ($8,800) (“Additional Premises Expenses”), which amount Sublessor and Sublessee have agreed will cover regularly—scheduled expenses for depreciation of furniture, fixtures and equipment, cleaning and maintenance charges, utilities, telephone and data communication services, and kitchen supplies regularly provided by Sublessor for its own employees. Sublessee shall pay Sublessor such Additional Premises Expenses on the first day of each month at the same time as Sublessee pays Base Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any cost or expense is incurred by Sublessor under the Master Lease or otherwise for Sublessee’s sole benefit (including the disproportionate use of utilities) or as a result of Sublessee’s request for certain services (such as after hours HVAC charges), Sublessee shall pay the entire cost thereof upon demand.

C. Additional Rent. All monies other than Base Rent required to be paid by Sublessee under this Sublease, including, without limitation, Additional Premises Expenses, shall be deemed additional rent (“Additional Rent”). Base Rent and Additional Rent hereinafter collectively shall be referred to as “Rent”.

5. Security Deposit. Upon execution hereof, Sublessee shall deposit with Sublessor the sum of Sixteen Thousand Dollars ($16,000) (the “Security Deposit”), in cash, as security for the performance by Sublessee of the terms and conditions of this Sublease. If Sublessee fails to pay Rent or other charges due hereunder or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Sublease, then Sublessor may draw upon, use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or other charge in default, for the payment of any other sum which Sublessor has become obligated to pay by reason of Sublessee’s default, or to compensate Sublessor for any loss or damage which Sublessor has suffered thereby. If Sublessor so uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, then Sublessee, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, shall deposit cash with Sublessor in the amount required to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount stated above. Upon the expiration of this Sublease, if Sublessee is not in default, Sublessor shall return to Sublessee so much of the Security Deposit as has not been applied by Sublessor pursuant to this paragraph, or which is not otherwise required to cure Sublessee’s defaults.

6. Late Charge. If Sublessee fails to pay to Sublessor any amount due hereunder within five (5) days after the due date, Sublessee shall pay Sublessor upon demand a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the delinquent amount accruing from the due date. In addition, Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor interest on all amounts due, at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate allowed by law, whichever is less, from the due date to and including the date of the payment. The parties agree that the foregoing late charge represents a reasonable estimate of the cost and expense which Sublessor will incur in processing each delinquent payment. Sublessor’s acceptance of any interest or late charge shall not waive Sublessee’s default in failing to pay the delinquent amount.

7. Use; Compliance with Laws; Rules. Sublessee may use the Subleased Premises only for general office, engineering, and research and development for fabless semiconductors as previously used by Sublessor. Sublessee shall promptly observe and comply with all laws with respect to Sublessee’s use of the Subleased Premises. Sublessee shall comply with all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Sublessor or by Master Lessor.

8. Insurance. Sublessee shall obtain and keep in full force and effect, at Sublessee’s sole cost, a commercial general liability policy of insurance protecting Sublessee against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of Sublessee’s use or occupancy of the Subleased Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence. The policy shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Sublease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Sublessee’s indemnity obligations under this Sublease, shall be primary and shall name Sublessor and Master Lessor as an additional insured. Sublessee shall also obtain and keep in full force and effect, at Sublessee’s


sole cost, a policy of “all risk” property insurance insuring Sublessee’s personal property in the subleased Premises. In addition, Sublessee shall obtain and keep in full force and effect, at Sublessee’s sole cost, workmen’s compensation and employer’s liability insurance as required by law and business auto liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident. No later than five (5) days prior to the Commencement Date, Sublessee shall deliver certificates evidencing such insurance to Sublessor. Each such insurance policy shall be in a form and from an insurance company reasonably acceptable to Sublessor. Such insurance shall not be reduced, modified or cancelled on less than thirty (30) days notice to Sublessor and Master Lessor.

9. Taxes . Sublessee shall pay before delinquency all taxes imposed against Sublessee’s personal property in the Subleased Premises.

10. Release and Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Sublessor and Sublessee hereby release each other, and their respective agents, employees, sublessees, and contractors, from all liability for damage to any property that is caused by or results from a risk which is actually insured against or which would normally be covered by “all risk” property insurance, without regard to the negligence or willful misconduct of the entity so released.

11. Indemnity . Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor, its agents, employees or contractors, Sublessee shall defend, indemnify, protect and hold harmless Sublessor from and against any and all liability, loss, claim, damage and cost (including attorneys’ fees) to the extent due to Sublessee’s use of the Premises, the Furniture or the Shared Areas or the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessee or its agents, employees or contractors or Sublessee’s violation of the terms of this Sublease. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessee, its agents, employees or contractors, Sublessor shall defend, indemnify, protect and hold harmless Sublessee from and against any and all liability, loss, claim, damage and cost (including attorneys’ fees) to the extent due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor or its agents, employees or contractors or Sublessor’s violation of the terms of this Sublease. These indemnifications shall survive the termination of this Sublease.

12. Hazardous Materials . Sublessee shall not use, store, transport or dispose of, in or about the Premises, any material or substance that is now or hereafter designated by any applicable governmental authority to be, or regulated by any applicable governmental authority as, radioactive, toxic, hazardous or otherwise a danger to health, reproduction or the environment.

13. Repairs . Sublessee accepts the Subleased Premises and the Furniture in its “AS-IS/WHERE IS” condition with all faults and defects. Sublessee shall maintain the Subleased Premises and the Furniture in good condition and repair and promptly repair any damage it causes to the Premises and the Furniture. Sublessee shall not remove the Furniture from the Subleased Premises.

14. Alterations . No alterations or improvements shall be made to the Subleased Premises or the Furniture, except in accordance with the Master Lease, and with the prior written consent of Sublessor, which consent may be withheld in Sublessor’s sole discretion. Any alterations to the Subleased Premises shall be performed in strict accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3 of the Master Lease.

15. Damage/Condemnation . If the Subleased Premises or the Premises are damaged due to any peril, or if all or any part of the Subleased Premises or the Premises is taken by the exercise of the power of eminent domain or a voluntary transfer in lieu thereof, this Sublease, at Sublessor’s election, shall terminate immediately upon such damage or condemnation. If the Subleased Premises are so damaged or taken, Base Rent shall be abated on a percentage basis to the same extent that Sublessor’s rent is abated with respect to the Subleased Premises under the Master Lease. Sublessee shall not be entitled to any proceeds in connection with a condemnation of the Premises.


16. Assignment and Subletting. Sublessee may not assign this Sublease, sublet the Subleased Premises or permit any use of the Subleased Premises by another party (collectively, “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of Sublessor, which consent may be withheld in Sublessor’s sole discretion. The following shall also constitute Transfers requiring Sublessor’s consent hereunder: (a) the transfer, in one or more transactions, of over fifty percent (50%) of the capital stock or other ownership interests of Sublessee; and (b) any assignment or transfer by operation of law or otherwise in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization, stock sale or other like transaction. A consent to one Transfer shall not be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent Transfer. Any Transfer without such consent shall be void. Sublessor’s waiver or consent to any assignment or subletting shall be ineffective unless set forth in writing, and Sublessee shall not be relieved from any of its obligations under this Sublease unless the consent expressly so provides. Sublessor shall have all of the rights of Master Lessor under Section 12 of the Master Lease with respect to any Transfer.

17. Services . Sublessor shall provide or use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Master Lessor to provide Sublessee the services described in Exhibit E attached hereto; provided, however, Sublessor shall not be responsible for any interruption in such services or failure to provide such services for reasons beyond Sublessor’s reasonable control.

18. Default . Sublessee shall be in default of its obligations under this Sublease if any of the following events occur: (a) Sublessee fails to pay any Rent when due, when such failure continues for three (3) days; (b) Sublessee fails to perform any other term, covenant or condition of this Sublease and fails to cure such breach within fifteen (15) days after delivery of a written notice specifying the nature of the breach; provided, however, that if more than fifteen (15) days reasonably are required to remedy the failure, then Sublessee shall not be in default if Sublessee commences the cure within the fifteen (15) day period and thereafter diligently endeavors to complete the cure; (c) Sublessee makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of its creditors, including attachment of, execution on, or the appointment of a custodian or receiver with respect to a substantial part of Sublessee’s property or any property essential to the conduct of its business; (d) a petition is filled by or against Sublessee under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any other debtors’ relief law or statute, unless such petition is dismissed within sixty (60) days after filling; or (e) Sublessee commits any other act or omission which constitutes a default under the Master Lease, which has not been cured after delivery of written notice and passage of the applicable grace period provided in the Master Lease.

19. Remedies . In the event of any default by Sublessee, Sublessor shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by any law or otherwise provided in this Sublease or the Master Lease, to which Sublessor may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

a. Sublessor may, at Sublessor’s election, keep this Sublease in effect and enforce by an action at law or in equity all of its rights and remedies under this Sublease, including (i) the right to perform Sublessee’s obligations and be reimbursed by Sublessee for the cost thereof, and (ii) the remedies of injunctive relief and specific performance to compel Sublessee to perform its obligations under this Sublease.

b. Sublessor may terminate this Sublease by giving Sublessee written notice of termination, in which event this Sublease shall terminate on the date set forth for termination in such notice. Any such termination shall not release Sublessee from any claim against Sublessee for damages. In the event Sublessor terminates this Sublease, Sublessor shall be entitled, at Sublessor’s election, to damages as permitted under applicable law.

20. Right to Cure Defaults . If Sublessee fails to pay any sum of money due hereunder, or fails to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, then Sublessor may, but shall not be obligated to, after passage of any applicable notice and cure periods (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no


cure period is required), make such payment or perform such act. All such sums paid, and all reasonable costs and expenses of performing any such act, shall be payable by Sublessee to Sublessor upon demand.

21. Surrender; Holdover . Prior to expiration of this Sublease, Sublessee shall remove all of its personal property and shall surrender the Subleased Premises to Sublessor broom clean, in the same condition as exists on the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear, excepted. If the Subleased Premises are not so surrendered, then Sublessee shall be liable to Sublessor for all costs incurred by Sublessor (including payment of Holdover Rent) in returning the Subleased Premises to the required condition. In the event that Sublessee does not surrender the Subleased Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease as to such Subleased Premises as required above, Sublessee shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Sublessor from and against all loss, cost, claim, damage and liability resulting from Sublessee’s delay in surrendering such Subleased Premises and pay Sublessor holdover rent at a rate equal to two (2) times the Rent payable under this Sublease during the last month of the Term (the “Holdover Rent”).

22. Estoppel Certificates . Within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand by Sublessor, Sublessee shall execute and deliver to Sublessor an estoppel certificate certifying such information as is reasonably required by Sublessor.

23. Subordination . This Sublease is subject and subordinate to all present and future ground leases, underlying leases, mortgages, deeds of trust or other encumbrances, and all renewals, modifications and replacements thereof affecting any portion of the Premises.

24. Sublessor’s Right to Enter . Sublessor or its agents may enter the Subleased Premises at any reasonable time for the purpose of inspecting the same, supplying any service to be provided by Sublessor to Sublessee, making necessary alterations or repairs or for any other purpose permitted under this Sublease.

25. Broker . Sublessor and Sublessee each represent to the other that they have dealt with no real estate brokers, finders, agents or salesmen in connection with this transaction.

26. Notices . Any notice given under this Sublease shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered or mailed (by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid), addressed as follows: (a) if to Sublessor: 1154 Sonora Court, Santa Clara, California, Attn: Chief Financial Officer; and (b) if to Sublessee: 2393 Townsgate Road, Westlake Village, California 91361, Attn: Tim Semones. Any notice shall be deemed to have been given when hand delivered or, if mailed, three (3) business days after mailing.

27. Effect of Conveyance . As used in this Sublease, the term “Sublessor” means the holder of a leasehold interest in the Premises pursuant to the Master Lease. In the event of any assignment or transfer of any of the Premises by Sublessor, Sublessor shall be and hereby is entirely relieved of all covenants and obligations of Sublessor accruing after the date of such transfer, and it shall be deemed and construed that any transferee has assumed and shall carry out all covenants and obligations thereafter to be performed by Sublessor hereunder.

28. Master Lease . The parties acknowledge and agree that: (a) if the Master Lease terminates for any reason, this Sublease shall terminate concurrently therewith without any liability of Sublessor to Sublessee; (b) Sublessor shall have the right, at any time, to terminate the Master Lease, amend, or waive any provisions under the Master Lease and make any elections, exercise any right or remedy and give any consent or approval under the Master Lease without regard the Sublessee’s use of the Subleased Premises and without any liability to Sublessee in connection therewith; (c) Sublessee shall not do or permit anything to be done in, about or with respect to the Premises which would violate the Master Lease, and shall comply with all restrictions set forth in the Master Lease and all rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Master Lessor; (d) Sublessee shall obtain the prior written consent of Sublessor and Master Lessor with respect to any act which, if performed by Sublessor, would require Master Lessor’s approval under the Master Lease, and the consent of Sublessor may be withheld if Master Lessor’s consent is not obtained; (e) each


provision under the Master Lease in which Sublessor is required to (i) indemnify, release or waive claims against Master Lessor and (ii) execute and deliver documents or notices to Master Lessor, shall be binding on Sublessee as if incorporated fully herein and shall run from Sublessee to both Master Lessor and Sublessor, and (f) this Sublease shall be at all times subject and subordinate to the Master Lease.

29. Miscellaneous . This Sublease may not be amended except by the written agreement of both parties hereto. This Sublease shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of California. If any term of this Sublease is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Sublease shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent possible under the law, and shall not be affected or impaired. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Sublease in which time of performance is a factor. Any executed copy of this Sublease shall be deemed an original for all purposes. This Sublease shall, subject to the provisions regarding assignment and subletting, apply to and bind the respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of Sublessor and Sublessee. The language in all parts of this Sublease shall in all cases be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either Sublessor or Sublessee. The captions used in this Sublease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof. When a party is required to do something by this Sublease, it shall do so at its sole cost and expense without right of reimbursement from the other party unless specific provision is made therefor. If either party brings any action or legal proceeding with respect to this Sublease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees and court costs. Whenever one party’s consent or approval is required to be given as a condition to the other party’s right to take any action pursuant to this Sublease, unless another standard is expressly set forth, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. This Sublease may be executed in counterparts.

30. Parking . Sublessee shall have the right to use, on an unreserved basis, throughout the Term its pro rata share (based on the ratio of the square footage of the Subleased Premises to the square footage of the Premises) of the parking spaces available to Sublessor in the parking lot serving the Premises.

31. Signage . Sublessee shall be entitled to such signage with respect to the Subleased Premises as Sublessor shall reasonably approve; provided, however, that any such signage must comply with all applicable laws and the terms and conditions of the Master Lease (including, without limitation, Master Lessor’s approval thereof). Sublessee shall maintain such signage in good condition and repair at Sublessee’s sole expense and shall, prior to the expiration or other termination of this Sublease, remove all such signage and repair any damage caused by such removal.

32. Authority to Execute . Sublessee and Sublessor each represent and warrant to the other that each person executing this Sublease on behalf of each party is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Sublease on behalf of that party.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


33. Conditions Precedent. This Sublease and Sublessor’s and Sublessee’s obligations hereunder are conditioned upon the written consent of Master Lessor. If Sublessor fails to obtain Master Lessor’s consent within thirty (30) days after execution of this Sublease by Sublessor, then Sublessor, or Sublessee may terminate this Sublease by giving the other party written notice thereof before Master Lessor provides such consent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease as of the day first above written.

 

SUBLESSOR:   SUBLESSEE:
SCINTERA NETWORKS, INC.,   INPHI CORPORATION,
a Delware corporation   a Delware corporation
By: /s/ Arthur Reidel                           By: /s/ Tim D Semones                        
Name: Arthur Reidel                           Name: Tim D Semones                        
Its: CEO                                                Its: CFO                                             


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

LOGO

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE-NET

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

 

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“Lease”), dated for reference purposes only August 10, 2006 is made by and between Coast Properties, a California general partnership (“Lessor”) and Scintera Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lessee”), (collectively the “Parties”, or individually a “Party”).

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Project (as defined below), including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 1154 Sonora Court, located in the City of Sunnyvale, County of Santa Clara, State of California, with zip code 94086, as outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto (“Premises”) and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the Premises):                                          In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the any utility raceways of the building containing the Premises (“Building”) and to the common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below), but shall not have any rights to the roof of exterior walls of the Building or to any other buildings in the Project. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon with they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “Project” (See also Paragraph 2)

1.2(b) Parking: 55 unreserved which parking spaces. (See also Paragraph 2.6)

1.3 Term: Three years and months (“Original Term”) commencing January 1, 2007 (“Commencement Date”) and ending December 31, 2009 (“Expiration Date”). (See also Paragraph 3)

1.4 Early Possession: December 1, 2006 (“Early Possession Date”). (See also Paragraph 3.2 and 3.3)

1.5 Base Rent: $15,764.00 per month (“Base Rent”). payable on the First day of each month commencing January 1, 2007. (See also Paragraph 4)

þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted.

1.6 Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: fifty-nine and 61/100ths percent (59.61%) (“Lessee’s Share”). Lessee’s Share has been calculated by dividing the approximate square footage of the Premises by the approximate square footage of the Project. In the event that the size of the Premises and/or the Project are modified during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall recalculate Lessee’s Share to reflect such modification.

1.7 Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

(a) Base Rent: $15,764.00 for the period January 1, 2007 – January 31, 2007.

(b) Budgeted Common Area Operating Expenses: $3,389.00. for the period

(c) Security Deposit: $62,070.00 (“Security Deposit”). (See also Paragraph 5)

(d) Other: $             for                     .

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lessee: $81,223.00

1.8 Agreed Use: general office, engineering and research and development. (See also Paragraph 6)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “Insuring Party”. (See also Paragraph 8)

1.10 Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15)

(a) Representation: The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers”) and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

þ CPS CORFAC International represents Lessor exclusively (“Lessor’s Broker”):

þ NAI BT Commercial represents Lessee exclusively (“Lessee’s Broker”); or

¨                      represents both Lessor and Lessee (“Dual Agency”).

(b) Payment to Brokers: upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the procuring Brokers the brokerage fee agreed to in a separate written agreement (or if there is no such agreement, the sum of $39,015.00 or 6% of the total Base Rent for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers).

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to the guaranteed by N/A (“Guarantor”). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.12 Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

þ an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 50 through 57;

þ a site space plan depicting the Premises, (Exhibit “A”);

¨ a site plan depicting the Project;

¨ a current set of the Rules and Regulations for the Project;

¨ a current set of the Rules and Regulations adopted by the owners’ association;

 

    PAGE 1 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

¨ a Work Letter;

 

þ Other (specify): floorplan depicting the tenant improvements

  

[SIGNATURES]

 

2. Premises.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of size set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating Rent, is an approximation which the Parties agree is reasonable and any payments based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual size is more or less. NOTE: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver that portion of the Premises contained within the Building (“Unit”) to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“Start Date”), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date , warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Unit, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition and said date, that the structural elements of the roof bearing walls and foundation of the Unit shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with such warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fall within the appropriate warranty period. Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Unit. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense (except for the repairs to the fire sprinkler systems, roof, foundations, and/or bearing walls – see Paragraph 7).

2.3 Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises and the Common Areas comply with the building codes that were in effect at the time that each such improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed, and also with all applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances in effect on the Start Date (“Applicable Requirements”). Said warranty does not apply to the particular use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s particular use (see Paragraph 49), or to any Alterations or Utility installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements and especially the zoning are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with the warranty within 6-8 months 30 days following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Unit. Premises and/or Building (“Capital Expenditure”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months Base Rent. Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee. In writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and the amount equal to 6 months Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier that the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), than Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the obligation to pay for the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises pursuant to the formula set out in Paragraph 7.1(d) ; provided, however, that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or of Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditure are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either, (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not have any right to terminate this Lease.

2.4 Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical. HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (b) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes xxx responsibility therefore as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, and (c) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lessor or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability under suitability of all proposed tenants.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or affect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of parking spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Lessor may regulate the loading and unloading of vehicles by adopting Rules and Regulations as provided in Paragraph 2.9. No vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles may by parked in the Common Area without the prior written permission of Lessor. In addition;

 

    PAGE 2 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) Lessee shall not service or store any vehicles in the Common Areas.

(c) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.7 Common Areas – Definition. The term “Common Areas” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Project and interior utility raceways and installations within the Unit that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Leases and other tenants of the Project and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors, and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, walkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas – Lessee’s Rights. Lessor grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and the employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers, and invitees, during the term of the Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms thereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Project. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and change the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas – Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Project and their invitees. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and shall use its best efforts to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with and Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Project.

2.10 Common Areas – Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time: (See Addendum #54)

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Project to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Project, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Project as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

 

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in paragraph 1.3. (See Addendum #64)

3.2 Early Possession. The Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises has early access to the Premises (30-day maximum) prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent and common areas operating expenses shall be abated for the that period of such early possession . All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s Shares of Common Areas Operating Expenses, Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

3.3 Delay in Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession as agreed, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, not shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or enjoyed shall run from the date of the delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 80 days after the Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option; by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder, if such written notice is received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. Except as otherwise provided, if possession is not tendered to Lessee by the Start Date and Lessee not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus ant days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 4 months after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreement are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

3.4 Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to tender possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessees is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such condition are satisfied.

 

4. Rent.

4.1 Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”).

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof. In addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.8) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of the Lease, in accordance with the following provisions: (See Addendum #54)

(a) “common Area Operating Expenses” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the project, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  (i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in real, clean, good order and condition, and if necessary the replacement, of the following:

 

  (aa) The Common Areas and Common Area improvements, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, parkways, walkways, driveways, landscaped areas, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators, roofs, and roof drainage systems.

 

    PAGE 3 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

  (bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

 

  (cc) Any fire sprinkler systems.

 

  (ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas and any utilities not separately metered.

 

  (iii) Trash disposal, pest control services, property management, security services, owners’ association dues and fees, the cost to repaint the exterior of any structures and the cost of any environmental inspections.

 

  (iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance, repair and /or replacement of Common Area improvements and equipment.

 

  (v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10).

 

  (vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance maintained by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 8.

 

  (vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas, not to exceed $10,000.00 per incident.

 

  (viii) Auditors’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees and costs related to the operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Project.

 

  (ix) The cost of any capital improvement to the Building or the Project not covered under the provisions of Paragraph 2.3 provided; however, that Lessor shall allocate the cost of any such capital improvement over a 12 year period and Lessee shall not be required to pay more than Lessee’s Share of 1/144th of the cost of such capital improvement in any given month the useful life of the capital Item.

 

  (x) Any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

(b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Unit, the Building or to any other building in the Project or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to such Unit, Building, or other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Project.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Project already has the same. Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lessee to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses is payable monthly on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. The amount of such payments shall be based on Lessor’s estimate of the annual Common Area Operating Expenses. Within 80 days after written request (but not more than once such year) Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses Incurred during the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments during such year exceed Lessee’s Share, Lessor shall credit the amount of such over-payment against Lessee’s future payments. If Lessee’s payments during such year were less than Lessee’s Share, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within 40-30 days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of the statement.

(e) Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include any expenses paid by any tenant directly to third parties, or as to which Lessor is otherwise reimbursed by any third party, other tenant, or insurance proceeds.

4.3 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor as its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating, in the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest than to Base Rent and Common Area Operating Expenses, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

6. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessor fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss of damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of the Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor as that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit base to the Initial Base Rent Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 14 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, if Lessor elects to apply the Security Deposit only to unpaid Rent, and otherwise within 30 days after the Premises have been vacated pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(c) below. Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease. (See Addendum #54)

 

5. Use.

6.1 Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use of permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee

 

    PAGE 4 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Project. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises , is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises. (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products of fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which on constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements, “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence of the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefore. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit. (See Addendum #54)

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor. Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

(c) Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonable recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

(d) Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnity, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from areas outside of the Project not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

(e) Lesser Indemnification. Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which are suffered as a direct result of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee taking possession or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of Investigation, removal remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(f) Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to the Lessee taking possession, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises. In which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

(g) Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(a)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to lessor’s rights under Paragraph B.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if requires, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent of $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice. Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a lonely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendation of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants, which release in any manner to such Requirements, without regard to whether said Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved of any

 

    PAGE 5 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises. (See Addendum #54)

6.4 Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance condition (see Paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination and is Lessee’s responsibility hereunder. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of written request therefor.

7. Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction); and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (Intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.2. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

(b) Service Contracts. Lessee Lessor shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises; (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler and pressure vessels, (iii) clarifiers, and (iv) any other equipment, if reasonably required by Lessor. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

(d) Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (is, 1/144 th of the cost per month) the useful life of the item. Lessee shall pay interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 5 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler system, Common Area fire alarm and/or smoke detection systems, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease. (See Addendum #54)

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

(a) Definitions. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term Trade fixture’ shall mean Leasse’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

(b) Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations of Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or the safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

(c) Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at of for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein, Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor

 

    PAGE 6 of 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surely bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorney’s fees and costs.

7.4 Ownership; Removal; Surrender and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises, Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor at the time it consents thereto not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease . Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall also completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Project) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 25 below.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies required to be carried by Lessor, pursuant to Paragraphs 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), shall be a Common Area Operating Expense. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Start Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement of least as board as the insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement and coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(cies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carries by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(e). in addition to and not in lieu of the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance – Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of insurance in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee under Paragraph 8.4. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks or direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation, guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $1,000 per occurrence.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“ Rental Value Insurance ”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Project if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to Insure Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility installations unless the term in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance.

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 $5,000.00 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in focus.

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts on will

 

    PAGE 7 of 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all parts commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such parts.

(c) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies duly licensed or admitted to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A, VI, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and change the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the parts required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend, and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any an all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters. Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactorily to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor from Liability. Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to this person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customer, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction of other defects of pipes, fire sprinkles, wire, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building, or from other sources or pieces. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor nor from the failure of Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project. Notwithstanding Lessor’s negligence or breach of this Lease. Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

8.9 Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain of maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially causes Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirements for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the lien existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, not relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other that Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction, and the cost thereof does not exceed a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Premises Partial Damage shall not include damage to windows, doors, and/or other similar items which Lessee has the responsibility to repair or replace pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 7.1.

(b) “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction is the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 3 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction and/or the cost thereof exceeds a sum equal to 6 month’s Base Rent. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

(c) “Insurance Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 6.3(a). Irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage units involved.

(d) “Replacement Costs” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises which requires repair, remediation, or restoration.

9.2 Partial Damage – Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to affect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available. Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lesses provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days

 

     PAGE 8 of 17     

 

         

[INITIALS]

 

         

 

INITIALS           INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION       FORM MTN-4-8/04E
       


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage – Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense). Lessor may either shall ; (i)  repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense. In which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect , or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 50 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, (Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lesse shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice .

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises in impaired , but not to exceed the proceeds received From the Rental Value Insurance . All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

(b) Remedies. If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commence within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 8.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

9.8 Waive Statutes. Lesser and lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destination of the Premises with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent inconsistent herewith.

 

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment: real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Project address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Project is located. The term “Real Property Taxes” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or change, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Project, (ii) a change in the improvements thereon, and/or (iii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and tax year have in common. (See Addendum #54)

10.2 Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Project, and said payments shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Project by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.2 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations. Trade Fixtures or Utility installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxed allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxed for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

 

    PAGE 9 of 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

10.5 Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities and Services. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.2, if at any time in Lessor’s sole judgment. Lessor determines that Lessee is using a disproportionate amount of water, electricity or other commonly metered utilities, or that Lessee is generating such a large volume of trash as to require an increase in the size of the trash receptacle and/or an increase in the number of times per month that it is emptied, then Lessor may increase Lessee’s Base Rent by an amount equal to such increased costs. There shall be no abatement of Rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions. ( See Addendum #54 )

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required. ( See Addendum #54 )

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25 50% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sole, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered as assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

(d) An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c) , or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent than in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

(f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a diminimus portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under the Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefore to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 38)

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, be reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a

 

     PAGE 10 of 17     

 

         

[INITIALS]

 

         

 

INITIALS           INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION       FORM MTN-4-8/04E
       


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

(b) In the event of a Breach Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period. If any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee. (See Addendum # 54)

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default which any applicable grace period:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurance to minimize potential vandalism.

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surely bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice of Lessee.

(c) The commission of waste, act or acts contituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 5 business days following written notice to Lessee.

(d) The failure of Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements (ii) the service contacts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 41. (viii) material data safety sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation of information which Lessor may reasonably require or Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 2.9 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continued for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not effect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee falls to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount to equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach , Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach;

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result there from, including but, not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorney’s fees and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under Paragraph 12. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer. Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

    PAGE 11 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any Indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions”, shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other change, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any of this subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, not prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due as to scheduled payments (such as Base Rent) or within 30 days following the date on which it was due for non-scheduled payment, shall bear interest from the date when due, as to scheduled payments, or the 31st day after it was due as to non-scheduled payments. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

13.6 Breach by Lessor.

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in branch of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, than Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain of sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the Unit, or more than 25% of Lessee’s Reserved Parking Spaces, is taken by Condemnation. Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation for Lessee’s relocation expenses, less of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefore. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

15. Brokerage Fees.

15.1 Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.10 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing. Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the Project, (c) if Lessee remains in possessions of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee accordance with the schedule of the Brokers in effect at the at the time of the execution of this Lease.

15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessors interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1, 10, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorney’s fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

    PAGE 12 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

16. Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and affect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrances may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be a estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate.

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statement for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Except as provided in Paragraph 15, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease should mean and refer to calendar days.

20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor, or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, end to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessors partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains as agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breath hereof by either Party. The liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to negotiation, execution, delivery on performance by either Lessor or Lessee under this Lease or any amendment or modification hereto shall be limited to an amount up to the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

23. Notices.

23. 1.  Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in railing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessees address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours 3 business days after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantee next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers. No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessors consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lesse should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction as follows:

(i)  Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor ; A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyally in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor ; (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(ii)  Lessee’s Agent . An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situation, the agent is not the Lessors

 

    PAGE 13 of 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee : A fiduciary duty of utmost care. Integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor : (a) Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. (b) A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. (c) A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: (a) A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. (b) Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent, professional.

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any Default or Breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (Including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

(c) Buyer and Seller agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies, No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. As provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties herein concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively. “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender” shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under the Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment, In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder any such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor. (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease. Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Devices which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender any attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment under Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party of Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term. “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of the claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

32. Lessor’s Access; showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in

 

    PAGE 14 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect on Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “For Sublease” signs which may be placed only on the Premises, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Project without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements. (See Addendum #54)

35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgement that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessees’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

39. Options. If Lessee is granted an option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply.

39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor, (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor: (c) the right to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee or Permitted Transferee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee or Permitted Transferee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of at least 75% of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Beach of this Lease, or (iv) in this event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate monetary Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a monetary Breach of this Lease.

40. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provides same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

41. Reservations. Lessor reserves the right: (i) to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, (ii) to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, and (iii) to create and/or install new utility raceways, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps, restrictions, and utility raceways do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate such rights.

42. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum so much thereof as it was not legally require to pay. A party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

43. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

(a) If either party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each such party represents that the individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

 

    PAGE 15 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

46. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

47. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

48. Mediation and Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Mediation and/or the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ¨ is ¨ is not attached to this Lease.

49. Americans with Disabilities Act. Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, except as set forth in Section 2.5, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s particular use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance. Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, COMPLIANCE WITH THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:  

Sunnyvale, CA

  Executed at:  

SAN JOSE, CA

On:  

8/30/06

  On:  

AUGUST 30, 2006

By LESSOR:   By LESSEE:

Coast Properties,

 

Scintera Networks, Inc.,

a California general partnership

 

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Michael Smith

  By:  

/s/ SCOTT M. GIBSON

Name Printed:  

Michael Smith

  Name Printed:  

SCOTT M. GIBSON

Title:  

General Partner

  Title:  

CFO

By:  

 

  By:  

 

Name Printed:  

 

  Name Printed:  

 

Title:  

 

  Title:  

 

Address:  

 

  Address:  

 

 

 

Before the commencement date:

 

 

Attn:

Telephone:(        )  

 

  Telephone:(        )  

 

Facsimile:(        )  

 

  Facsimile:(        )  

 

Federal ID No.  

 

  Federal ID No.  

[REDACTED]

BROKER:     BROKER:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:  

 

  Attn:  

 

Title:  

 

  Title:  

 

Address:  

 

  Address:  

 

 

 

 

Telephone:(        )  

 

  Telephone:(        )  

 

Facsimile:(        )  

 

  Facsimile:(        )  

 

Email:  

 

  Email:  

 

Federal ID No.  

 

  Federal ID No.  

 

These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and needs of the industry. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 South Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, CA 90017. (213) 687-8777.

 

    PAGE 16 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

© Copyright 1999 By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

All rights reserved.

No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

    PAGE 17 OF 17    

 

       

[INITIALS]

 

       

 

INITIALS         INITIALS
©1999 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION   FORM MTN-4-8/04E


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

ADDENDUM

Addendum to the Lease, dated August 10, 2006 (“Lease”), by and between Coast Properties, a California general partnership (“Lessor”), and Scintera Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lease”) for the premises located at 1154 Sonora Court, Sunnyvale, California (“Premises”).

 

50. RENT

Lessee shall pay to Lessor in lawful money of United States, for each calendar month of the term, monthly Base Rent as shown below in advance on the first day of each calendar month, except as provided in this Lease, without prior notice or demand.

 

Months

   Rent/Month

01 - 12

   $ 15,764.00

13 - 24

   $ 17,734.50

25 - 36

   $ 20,690.25

 

51. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

Intentionally omitted.

 

52. OPTION TO RENEW - ARBITRATED RENT

Lessee is given an option to extend the Original Term subject to all the provisions contained in this Lease for a period of three (3) years (“extended term”) following the expiration of the Original Term by giving notice of exercise of the option (“option notice”) to Lessor at least six (6) months, but not more than nine (9) months before the Expiration Date. Monthly Base Rent for the option period is to be set at 100% of the then market rent for the Premises. The parties shall have thirty (30) days after Lessor receives the option notice in which to agree on a monthly Base Rent during the extended term. If the parties agree on the monthly Base Rent for the extended term during that period, they shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the monthly Base Rent for the extended term.

If the parties are unable to agree on a monthly Base Rent for the extended term within that period, then ten (10) days after the expiration of that period each party, at its cost, and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a real estate appraiser that is MAI with at least five (5) years full-time commercial appraisal experience in the area in which the Premises are located, to appraise and set the monthly Base Rent for the extended term. If a party does not appoint an appraiser within ten (10) days after the other party has given notice of the name of its appraiser, this single appraiser appointed shall be the sole appraiser and shall set the monthly Base Rent for the extended term. If the two appraisers are appointed by the parties as stated in this Paragraph, they shall meet promptly and attempt to set the monthly Base Rent for the extended term. If they are unable to agree within ten (10) days after the second appraiser has been appointed, they shall attempt to elect a third appraiser

 

Lessor’s Comments 8.8.06

   


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

meeting the qualifications stated in this Paragraph within five (5) days after the last day the two appraisers are given to set the monthly Base Rent. If they are unable to agree on the third appraiser, either of the parties to this Lease, by giving ten (10) days notice to the other party, can apply to the then president of the County Real Estate Board of Santa Clara County, or the presiding judge of the Superior Court of that County for the selection of a third appraiser who meets the qualifications stated in this Paragraph. Each of the parties shall bear one half of the cost of appointing a third appraiser and paying for the third appraiser’s fee. The third appraiser, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

Within twenty (20) days after the selection of the third appraiser, a majority of the appraisers shall set the monthly Base Rent for the extended term. If a majority of the appraisers are unable to set a monthly Base Rent within the stipulated time, the three appraisals shall be added together and their totals divided by three; provided that any high or low appraisal, differing from the middle appraisal by more than ten percent (10%) of the middle appraisal, shall be disregarded in calculating the average; the resulting quotient shall be the monthly Base Rent for the Premises during the extended term.

In all appraisals referred to herein, the Premises is to be appraised based on comparable buildings in the Sunnyvale area with similar tenant improvements (exclusive of improvements installed by Lessee) and tenant credit worthiness.

 

53. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

If Lessor determines to lease that space commonly known as 1156 Sonora Court, Sunnyvale, California (the “Expansion Space”), then Lessor shall notify Lessee of the terms on which Lessor is willing to lease the Expansion Space. If Lessee, within five (5) business days after receipt of Lessor’s written notice indicates in writing its agreement to lease the Expansion Space on the terms stated in Lessor’s notice, then Lessor shall lease to Lessee and Lessee shall lease from Lessor the Expansion Space on the terms stated in Lessor’s notice. If Lessee does not indicate in writing its agreement to lease the Expansion Space on the terms contained in Lessor’s notice within said five (5) business day period, then Lessor thereafter shall have the right to lease the Expansion Space to a third party on substantially the same terms stated in Lessor’s notice. If Lessor does not lease the Expansion Space within ninety (90) days after the expiration of said (5) business day period, any further transaction shall be deemed a new determination by Lessor to lease the Expansion Space and the provisions of this Paragraph shall again be applicable. Lessee’s right of first offer shall be continuous during the term of the Lease and any extension thereof. Lessee’s rejection of any particular offer shall not relieve Lessor of its obligation to again offer any Expansion Space to Lessee at any time that the Expansion Space subsequently becomes available.

 

54. MODIFICATIONS TO OTHER LEASE TERMS

2.10 Common Areas - Changes. Lessor shall not make any changes to any Common Area that would materially adversely interfere with Lessee’s use of the Premises.

 

Lessor’s Comments 8.8.06

  -2-  


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date shall be the later of January 1, 2007 or the date by which Lessor has substantially completed the Tenant Improvements and delivered possession of the Premises to Lessee in the condition required under the Lease and this Addendum.

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. “Common Area Operating Expenses” shall not include and Lessee shall in no event have any obligation to perform or to pay directly, or to reimburse Lessor for, all or any portion of the following repairs, maintenance, improvements, replacements, premiums, claims, losses, fees, charges, costs and expenses (collectively, “Costs”): (a) Costs occasioned by casualties or by the exercise of the power of eminent domain; (b) Costs to correct any construction defect in the Project or to comply with any Applicable Requirements applicable to the Project on the Commencement Date; (c) earthquake premiums and co-insurance payments; (d) Costs incurred in connection with the presence of any Hazardous Substance, except to the extent the costs are a result of Lessee’s use of hazardous materials in or on the Property; (e) Costs to repair the structural portions of the Building or to replace the structural portion of the roof; (f) Costs which could properly be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, except to the extent amortized over the useful life of the capital item in question; (g) any management fee in excess of four percent (4%) of gross rentals for the Project; and (h) expenses reserves.

 

5 Security Deposit.

a. Provided that Lessee is not then in Breach of the Lease, the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced by $20,690 (the “SD Reduction Amount”) on each of January 1, 2008 and January 1, 2009 (“the SD Reduction Dates”). The SD Reduction Amount shall be automatically applied to the Base Rent due on each SD Reduction Date.

b. In lieu of a cash Security Deposit, the Security Deposit may be in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in an amount equal to Sixty-Two Thousand Seventy Dollars ($62,070), issued to Lessor, as beneficiary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, by a bank reasonably approved by Lessor. Lessee shall maintain the Letter of Credit for the entire Lease term, provided that Lessee may at any time substitute a cash Security Deposit for the Letter of Credit, and upon such substitution, Lessor shall return the Letter of Credit to Lessee. The Letter of Credit shall provide that it will be automatically renewed until thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date unless the issuer provides Lessor with written notice of non-renewal at the notice address herein at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration thereof. If, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter Credit, Lessee fails to furnish Lessor with a replacement Letter of Credit pursuant to this Paragraph, Lessor shall have the right to draw the full amount of the Letter of Credit, and shall hold the proceeds of the Letter of Credit as a cash Security Deposit pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Lease. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Lessor shall only draw upon the Letter of Credit following a Breach and only to the extent required to cure the Breach. If Lessor draws upon the Letter of Credit solely due to Lessee’s failure to renew the Letter Credit at least thirty (30) days before its expiration (i) such failure to renew shall not constitute a default hereunder and (ii) Lessee shall any time thereafter be

 

Lessor’s Comments 8.8.06

  -3-  


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

entitled to provide Lessor with a replacement Letter of Credit that satisfies the requirements hereunder, at which time Lessor shall return the cash proceeds of the original Letter of Credit drawn by Lessor. The amount of the Letter of Credit required to be maintained hereunder shall be reduced by the SD Reduction Amount on each SD Reduction Date as described above. Lessor shall cooperate reasonably with Lessee to effectuate such reductions in the amount of the Letter of Credit.

6.2 Hazardous Substances. To the best knowledge of Lessor as of the date hereof, and without any duty of investigation, no Hazardous substance is present at the Project or the soil, surface water or groundwater thereof.

6.3 Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Lessee shall not be required to cause the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements, request of any underwriter or rating bureau or recommendations or Lessor’s engineers or consultants requiring the construction of Alterations unless such compliance is necessitated sole due to Lessee’s particular use of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in the event Lessee installs Alterations of any kind in the Premises, such Alterations shall comply with all Applicable Requirements.

7.2 Maintenance. Subject to Lessor’s right of reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 of the Lease, Lessor shall perform and construct, and Lessee shall have no responsibility to perform or construct, any repair, maintenance or improvements (a) to the HVAC, electrical, plumbing, mechanical and other building systems or (b) which could be treated as a “capital expenditure” under generally accepted accounting principles.

10.1 Real Property Taxes. “Real Property Taxes” shall not include and Lessee shall not be required to pay any tax or assessment expense or any increase therein (i) levied on Lessor’s rental income, unless such tax or assessment expense is imposed in lieu or real property taxes; (ii) excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expenses were paid in installments over the longest permitted term; or (iii) resulting from the improvement of any of the Project for the sole use of other occupants.

11 Utilities and Services. Lessor represents that on the Commencement Date, all of the utilities serving the Premises shall be separately metered to the Premises only. If Lessee is prevented from using the Premises because of any interruption, failure, stoppage or interference of the utilities, services or access (“Interruption”) to the Premises, and such Interruption continues for seven (7) consecutive calendar days following Lessor’s receipt of written notice regarding such Interruption, and provided the restoration of the Interruption is within Lessor’s reasonable control and such Interruption was not caused by Lessee or a governmental directive, then Lessee shall, as its exclusively remedy, be entitled to an equitable abatement of rent for each consecutively day (after such 7-day period) to the extend of the interference with Lessee’s use of the Premises occasioned thereby.

 

Lessor’s Comments 8.8.06

  -4-  


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

12.1 Assignment and Subletting. Lease may, without Lessor’s prior written consent and without payment of any amount to Lessor, sublet the Premises or assign the Lease (a “Permitted Transfer”) to the following types of entities (a “Permitted Transferee”):

(a) an Affiliate of Lessee;

(b) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity in which or with which Lessee, or its corporate successors or assigns, is merged or consolidated, in accordance with applicable statutory provisions governing merger and consolidation of business entities, so long as (1) Lessee’s obligations hereunder are assumed by the entity surviving such merger or created by such consolidation; and (2) the Tangible Net Worth of the surviving or created entity is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Lessee as of the date hereof; or

(c) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity acquiring all or substantially all of Lessee’s assets if such entity’s Tangible Net Worth after such acquisition is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Lessee as of the date hereof.

Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor of any such Permitted Transfer. Lessee shall remain liable for the performance of all of the obligations of Lessor hereunder, or if Lessee no longer exists because of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume in writing the obligations of Lessee hereunder. Additionally, the Permitted Transferee shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the Agreed Use, and the use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee may not violate any other agreements affecting the Premises, the Building or the Project, Lessor or other tenants of the Building or the Project. No later than 30 days after the effective date of any Permitted Transfer, Lessee agrees to furnish Lessor with (1) copies of the instrument effecting any of the foregoing Permitted Transfers, (2) documentation establishing Lessee’s satisfaction of the requirements set forth above applicable to any such Permitted Transfer, and (3) evidence of insurance as required under this Lease with respect to the Permitted Transferee. The occurrence of a Permitted Transfer shall not waive the Lessor’s rights as to any subsequent assignment or subletting. “Affiliate” means any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the party in question. “Tangible Net Worth” means the excess of the total assets over total liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“GAAP”), excluding, however, from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP including goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and franchises. Any subsequent assignment or subletting by a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of Paragraph 12 of the Lease.

 

Lessor’s Comments 8.8.06

  -5-  


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

12.3 Assignment and Subletting Profits.

(f) If Lessee shall sublet or assign the Premises or any part thereof or assign any interest in this Lease at a rental rate (or additional consideration) in excess of the then current Rent per rentable square foot, fifty-percent (50%) of said excess Rent (or additional consideration) shall be and become the property of Lessor and shall be paid to Lessor as it is received by Lessee, less the Lessee’s reasonable brokerage (excluding commissions paid to brokers who are Lessee’s affiliates) and legal expenses (collectively, “Lessee’s Costs”) incurred in connection with such assignment or, in the case of a sublease, less the monthly pro rata share of such Lessee’s Costs as determined by dividing such Lessee’s Costs by the number of months in the term of such sublease.

34 Signage. Lessee shall have the exclusive right, at its sole cost, to install its name and logo on the monument sign in front of the Premises, subject to Lessor’s reasonable review and approval.

 

55 TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

Lessors’s Tenant Improvements- Lessor at Lessor’s sole cost and expense shall construct tenant improvements with building standard materials per Exhibit “A”. Owner to provide one adequately sized supply and return air grill in each conference room and office using existing HVAC units and zoning most compatible with existing zoning; (2) 20amps, 120 volt general convenience outlet per office/conference room; 2 data rings with pull strings in each conference room / office for use by tenant data contractor; 120v junction boxes above ceiling in open office area to allow for final connection of Lessee’s power poles by Lessee’s cubicle contractor; and carpet replacement (similar style and quality to the existing) for rear lab area being demolished.

Additional Tenant Improvements- Lessor shall fully amortize the cost (plus 8% interest per annum) of the additional tenant improvements requested by Lessee “Additional Tenant Improvements” (as specifically identified in Exhibit “A”). Additional Tenant Improvements shall include: one office, two conference rooms, one wall separating the server room (to create a storage room), and a door/wall separating the lobby. Lessor shall not commence construction of the Additional Tenant Improvements until Lessee provides Lessor written approval to proceed with the Additional Tenant Improvements prior to the commencement of the construction of Lessor’s tenant improvements.

Lessee and Lessor will do a walk through upon the completion of the tenant improvements to inspect the new improvements and to make sure no damage was done to the existing improvements during construction.

 

Lessor’s Comments 8.8.06

  -6-  


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

 

56 APPROVAL

Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Lease, whenever the Lease requires an approval, consent, determination or judgment by either Lessor or Lessee, such approval, consent, determination, or judgment shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

57 EFFECT OF ADDENDUM

All terms with initial capital letters used herein as defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless specifically defined herein. In the event of any inconsistency between this Addendum and the Lease, the terms of this Addendum shall prevail.

 

LESSOR:     LESSEE:

Coast Properties,

a California general partnership

   

Scintera Networks, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Michael Smith

    By:  

/s/ Scott M. Gibson

Title:  

General Partner

    Title:  

CFO

Dated:  

8/30/06

    Dated:  

8-30-06

 

Lessor’s Comments 8.8.06   -7-  


EXHIBIT A

MASTER LEASE

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

SUBLEASED PREMISES

LOGO


EXHIBIT C

SHARED AREAS

LOGO


EXHIBIT D

FURNITURE

Chairs

Conference: 19

Desk: 19

Visitor, vinyl back and seat: 4

Visitor, fabric back and seat: 8

Conference tables: 2

Credenzas: 1

Cubicles*: 4

Desks**: 4

File cabinets**

2-drawer lateral: 4

3-drawer vertical: 4

Floor mats: 9

Overhead-bin-and-tack-board units**: 4

Projection screens, pull-down: 2

Telephones

Desk: 21

Polycom: 2

Wall clocks: 2

Whiteboards

Wall-mounted: 5

Cubicle: 13

 

* Each cubicle is counted as one piece of furniture. One cubicle, in addition to its shared/unshared walls, is made up of a desktop; two overhead bins (one open, one locking); and two vertical file cabinets (one 2-drawer, one 3-drawer); one tack board. Additional items to be found in cubicles (telephones, desk chairs, whiteboards, floor mats) are counted separately.

NOTE – Cubicle 9 has 2 locking overhead bins and no open bin

** Office furniture


EXHIBIT E

SERVICES

1. Routine janitorial services.

2. Utilities for standard water, gas, and electricity service.

3. Telephone and data communication lines serving the Subleased Premises.

4. Kitchen supplies routinely provided by Sublessor for its employees.


CONSENT TO SUBLEASE

Master Lessor hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Sublease and consents to the terms and conditions of this Sublease. By this consent, Master Lessor shall not be deemed in any way to have entered the Sublease or to have consented to any further assignment or sublease.

 

MASTER LESSOR:
Inland American/Stephens (Sonora) Ventures, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

[SIGNATURES]

Its:  

Manager

Dated:  

1/23/08


FIRST AMENDMENT

TO SUBLEASE

BETWEEN

SCINTERA NETWORKS, INC.

AND

INPHI CORPORATION

This First Amendment to Sublease ( “First Amendment” ) is dated this 1 st day of December 2009 by and between SCINTERA NETWORKS, INC ., a Delaware corporation ( “Sublessor” ) and INPHI CORPORATION ( “Sublessee” ), a Delaware corporation.

RECITALS

A. Original Sublease : On November 15, 2007, Sublessee and Sublessor entered into a Sublease agreement covering approximately 8,000 square feet of space located at 1154 Sonora Court, Sunnyvale, California ( “Premises” ).

B. Desire to Amend : Sublessor and Sublesee desire to amend the Sublease as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the Recitals, the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Controlling Document : When there is a conflict between the First Amendment and the Sublease, the First Amendment shall control.

2. Term : The term of the Sublease is hereby extended for one (1) year (“First Extension Term”) commencing January 1, 2010, and ending December 31, 2010.

3. Base Rent : $0.50 psf/mo/NNN ($4,000/mo)

Additional Rent : $1.225 psf/mo ($9,800/mo)

 

First Amendment to Sublease Between Scintera Networks Inc. and Inphi Corporation


4. Terms and Conditions : All other terms and conditions to be in accordance with the Sublease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUBLESSOR
SCINTERA NETWORKS, INC
By  

/s/ Scott M. Gibson

  Scott M. Gibson, Chief Financial Officer
SUBLESSEE
INPHI CORPORATION
By  

/s/ John Edmunds

  John Edmunds, Chief Financial Officer

 

First Amendment to Sublease Between Scintera Networks Inc. and Inphi Corporation

Exhibit 10.11

LEASE

SANTA CLARA TOWERS, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

Landlord

and

INPHI CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation,

Tenant

for

Suite 1100

3945 Freedom Circle

Santa Clara, California

April 27, 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page
ARTICLE 1    BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS    1
ARTICLE 2    PREMISES; TERM; RENT    4
ARTICLE 3    USE AND OCCUPANCY    5
ARTICLE 4    CONDITION OF THE PREMISES    5
ARTICLE 5    ALTERATIONS    6
ARTICLE 6    REPAIRS    8
ARTICLE 7    TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES    9
ARTICLE 8    REQUIREMENTS OF LAW    14
ARTICLE 9    SUBORDINATION    15
ARTICLE 10    SERVICES    17
ARTICLE 11    INSURANCE; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE    21
ARTICLE 12    EMINENT DOMAIN    25
ARTICLE 13    ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    26
ARTICLE 14    ACCESS TO PREMISES    32
ARTICLE 15    DEFAULT    33
ARTICLE 16    LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE; FEES AND EXPENSES    37
ARTICLE 17    NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD; LANDLORD’S APPROVAL    37
ARTICLE 18    END OF TERM    38
ARTICLE 19    QUIET ENJOYMENT    39
ARTICLE 20    NO SURRENDER; NO WAIVER    39
ARTICLE 21    WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY; COUNTERCLAIM    39
ARTICLE 22    NOTICES    40
ARTICLE 23    RULES AND REGULATIONS    40
ARTICLE 24    BROKER    40
ARTICLE 25    INDEMNITY    41
ARTICLE 26    MISCELLANEOUS    42
ARTICLE 27    LETTER OF CREDIT    47
ARTICLE 28    PARKING    50
ARTICLE 29    OPTION TO RENEW    50


Schedule of Exhibits

 

Exhibit A    Floor Plan
Exhibit A-1    Description or Delineation of the Land
Exhibit B    Definitions
Exhibit C    Work Letter
Exhibit D    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit E    Form of Notice of Lease Term Dates
Exhibit F    Form of Letter of Credit
Exhibit G    Appraisal Procedure


LEASE

THIS LEASE is made as of the 27th day of April, 2010 ( Effective Date ) , between Santa Clara Towers, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ( Landlord ), and INPHI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ( Tenant ) .

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

PREMISES    A portion of the eleventh (11th) floor of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A . The Premises are composed of two increments, as shown on Exhibit A , being the “Initial Premises” and the “Expansion Premises”.
BUILDING    The building located at 3945 Freedom Circle, Santa Clara, California.
REAL PROPERTY    As defined in Exhibit B .
COMMENCEMENT DATE    The date on which Landlord tenders possession of the Initial Premises to Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease. The scheduled Commencement Date is May 1, 2010. The term of this Lease as respects the Expansion Premises shall commence on the date (the “ Expansion Premises Commencement Date ”) on which Landlord tenders possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease, which date is scheduled to be February 15, 2011.
RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE   

Initial Premises : The date that is two-hundred ten (210) days after the Rent Abatement Trigger Date. The “ Rent Abatement Trigger Date ” shall be the date that is the earlier to occur of (i) Tenant’s commencement of the conduct of business in the Initial Premises or any portion thereof, or (ii) ninety (90) days after the Commencement Date.

 

Expansion Premises : The date that is forty-five (45) days after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

EXPIRATION DATE    The last day of the sixty-third (63rd) full calendar month following the Commencement Date, or the last day of any renewal or extended term, if the Term of this Lease is extended in accordance with any express provision hereof.
TERM    The period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date.
PERMITTED USES    Executive and general offices, including research and development uses, and any lawful related and ancillary uses.

 

1


TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF OPERATING EXPENSE    6.98%; being 5.42% as respects the Initial Premises and 1.56% as respects the Expansion Premises.
BASE YEAR    The calendar year 2011.
BASE TAX YEAR    The fiscal tax year ending June 30, 2011.
AGREED AREA OF BUILDING    209,289 rentable square feet, as mutually agreed by Landlord and Tenant.
AGREED AREA OF PREMISES    14,578 rentable square feet, being 11,351 rentable square feet as respects the Initial Premises, and 3,227 rentable square feet as respects the Expansion Premises, all as mutually agreed by Landlord and Tenant
FIXED RENT    Initial Premises :

 

Rent Year

   Per Month    Per Annum

Rent Year 1

   $ 30,080.15    $ 360,961.80

Rent Year 2

   $ 30,647.70    $ 367,772.40

Rent Year 3

   $ 31,215.25    $ 374,583.00

Rent Year 4

   $ 31,782.80    $ 381,393.60

Rent Year 5

   $ 32,350.35    $ 388,204.20

Expansion Premises :

  

Rent Year

   Per Month    Per Annum

Rent Year 1

   $ 8,551.55    $ 102,618.60

Rent Year 2

   $ 8,712.90    $ 104,554.80

Rent Year 3

   $ 8,874.25    $ 106,491.00

Rent Year 4

   $ 9,035.60    $ 108,427.20

Rent Year 5

   $ 9,196.95    $ 110,363.40

 

With respect to the Expansion Premises, the first Rent Year shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Premises, but such Rent Year, and all subsequent Rent Years, shall expire on the same date, and otherwise be for the same period, as the corresponding Rent Year with respect to the Initial Premises.

 

ADDITIONAL RENT    All sums other than Fixed Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, including Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Payment, late charges, overtime or excess service charges, damages, and interest and other costs related to Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease.

 

2


RENT    Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, collectively.
INTEREST RATE    The lesser of (i) 4% per annum above the then-current Base Rate, and (ii) the maximum rate permitted by applicable Requirements.
LETTER OF CREDIT / SECURITY DEPOSIT    Initially $96,000.00, increasing to $121,000.00 on the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date, and thereafter subject to reduction, all as provided in Article 27.
TENANT’S ADDRESS FOR NOTICES   

Until Tenant commences business operations from the Premises:

 

Inphi Corporation

2393 Townsgate, Suite 101

Westlake Village, CA 91361

Attn: John Edmunds, CFO

   Thereafter, notices are to be sent to Tenant at the Premises (Attn: John Edmunds, CFO).
LANDLORD’S ADDRESS FOR NOTICES   

Santa Clara Towers, L.P.

c/o Shorenstein Properties LLC

235 Montgomery Street; 16th Floor

San Francisco, California 94104

Attn: Corporate Secretary

  

With a copy to:

 

Landlord, c/o the management office of the Building

LANDLORD’S ADDRESS FOR PAYMENT OF RENT    Rent shall be paid to “Santa Clara Towers, L.P.” at such address as Landlord shall specify by written notice to Tenant, or to such other parties and/or addresses as to which Landlord shall provide advance written notice.
TENANT’S BROKER    Colliers International, Inc.
LANDLORD’S BROKER    Colliers International, Inc..
LANDLORD’S AGENT    Shorenstein Realty Services, L.P., or any other person or entity designated at any time and from time to time by Landlord as Landlord’s Agent.
LANDLORD’S CONTRIBUTION    $312,152.50.
GUARANTOR    None.

All capitalized terms used in this Lease without definition are defined in Exhibit B.

 

3


ARTICLE 2

PREMISES; TERM; RENT

Section 2.1 Lease of Premises; Rentable Square Feet of Premises and Building. Subject to the terms of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the rentable square feet of the Premises and rentable square feet of the office area of the Building have been agreed to by Landlord and Tenant and are as stipulated in Article 1, above. In addition, Landlord grants to Tenant the right to use, on a non-exclusive basis and in common with others, the Common Areas.

Section 2.2 Commencement Date. Upon the Effective Date, the terms and provisions hereof shall be fully binding on Landlord and Tenant prior to the occurrence of the Commencement Date. The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date. Unless sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided, the Term shall end on the Expiration Date. If Landlord does not tender possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date or any other particular date, for any reason whatsoever, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage thereby, this Lease shall not be void or voidable thereby, and the Term shall not commence until the Commencement Date. Landlord shall be deemed to have tendered possession of the Premises to Tenant upon the giving of notice by Landlord to Tenant stating that the Premises are vacant, in the condition required by this Lease and available for Tenant’s occupancy. No failure to tender possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date shall affect any other obligations of Tenant hereunder. In the event Landlord is required to perform any work or improvement to the Premises or the Building prior to delivery of the Premises to Tenant, there shall be no postponement of the Commencement Date for (i) any delay in the tender of possession to Tenant which results from any Tenant Delay or (ii) any delays by Landlord in the performance of any punch list items relating to Landlord’s work. Once the Commencement Date is determined, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit E , attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days of receipt thereof; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and return such notice to Landlord within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that the information set forth in such notice is as specified therein. For purposes of determining whether Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises, Tenant shall be deemed to have done so when Tenant first moves Tenant’s Property and/or any of its personnel into the Premises and/or commences construction, except to the extent that Tenant is authorized in this Lease or by Landlord’s agreement to do any of the foregoing without being deemed to have accepted possession of the Premises, and except further that the foregoing shall not relieve Landlord from its obligation to complete or correct any punch list items as provided herein with respect to any work or improvement Landlord is required to perform pursuant to this Lease.

Section 2.3 Payment of Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without notice or demand, and without any set-off, counterclaim, abatement or deduction whatsoever, except as may be expressly set forth in this Lease, in lawful money of the United States by wire transfer of funds, (i) Fixed Rent in equal monthly installments, in advance, on the first day of each month during the Term, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, and (ii) Additional Rent, at the times and in the manner set forth in this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Rent Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end

 

4


of such calendar month or to the end of the Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/30 of the applicable monthly Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

Section 2.4 First Month’s Rent. Tenant shall pay one month’s Fixed Rent for the Initial Premises upon the execution of this Lease ( Advance Rent ) . If the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date is on the first day of a month, the Advance Rent shall be credited towards such month’s Fixed Rent payment. If the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, then on the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent for the period from the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date through the last day of such month, and the Advance Rent shall be credited towards Fixed Rent for the next succeeding calendar month.

ARTICLE 3

USE AND OCCUPANCY

Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Uses and for no other purpose. Tenant shall not use or occupy or permit the use or occupancy of any part of the Premises in a manner constituting a Prohibited Use. If Tenant uses the Premises for a purpose constituting a Prohibited Use, violating any Requirement, or causing the Real Property or the Building to be in violation of any Requirement, then Tenant shall promptly discontinue such use upon notice of such violation. Tenant, at its expense, shall procure and at all times maintain and comply with the terms and conditions of all licenses and permits required for the lawful conduct of the Permitted Uses in the Premises.

ARTICLE 4

CONDITION OF THE PREMISES

Section 4.1 Condition of Premises . Tenant has inspected the Premises and agrees (a) to accept possession of the Premises in the condition existing on the Commencement Date “as is”, and (b) that except for Landlord’s Contribution, if any, and except for Landlord’s Work, if any, described in Exhibit C attached hereto, Landlord has no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expense or make any alterations or improvements to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Any work to be performed by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Premises shall be hereinafter referred to as the Initial Alterations, and shall be promptly commenced by Tenant following the Commencement Date and diligently pursued thereafter by Tenant until the Initial Alterations are Substantially Completed. Tenant’s occupancy of any part of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that Landlord has Substantially Completed any work to be performed by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises in its then current condition and at the time such possession was taken, the Premises and the Building were in a good and satisfactory condition as required by this Lease, except that the foregoing shall not relieve Landlord from its obligation to complete or correct any punch list items as provided herein with respect to any work Landlord is required to perform pursuant to this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the sprinkler, fire-alarm and life-safety systems in the Premises as of the Commencement Date will be in working order as of the Commencement Date; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not imply any representation or warranty as to the useful life of such systems, nor shall the foregoing diminish Tenant’s responsibility to perform any repairs, modifications or improvements to the same necessitated after the Commencement Date.

 

5


ARTICLE 5

ALTERATIONS

Section 5.1 Tenant’s Alterations. (a)  Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or other physical changes in or about the Premises (collectively, Alterations ) other than decorative Alterations such as painting, wall coverings and floor coverings (collectively, Decorative Alterations ), without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld if such Alterations (i) are non-structural and do not affect any Building Systems, (ii) affect only the Premises and are not visible from outside of the Premises, (iii) do not affect the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Premises, and (iv) do not violate any Requirement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent, to make any Alteration that meets all of the following criteria (a “ Decorative Alteration ”): (a) the Alteration is decorative in nature (such as paint, carpet or other wall or floor finishes) or is non-structural, and in either such case the Alteration does not affect the Base Building, Building Systems or Premises Systems, (b) at least ten (10) Business Days’ prior to commencement of work with respect to such Alteration, Tenant provides Landlord with plans with respect thereto or, if the Alteration is of such a nature that formal plans will not be prepared for the work, Tenant provides Landlord with a reasonably specific written description of the work, (c) such Alteration does not affect any part of the Building other than the Premises, (d) the work does not require a building permit or other governmental permit, uses only new materials comparable in quality to those being replaced and is performed in a workman like manner and in accordance with all Requirements, (e) the work does not involve any Hazardous Materials, (f) the Alteration is not visible from outside the Premises, and (f) the total cost of the Alteration does not exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00, and the total cost of the Alteration, when aggregated with the total cost of all other Decorative Alterations performed during the same Lease Year, does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).

(b) Plans and Specifications. Prior to making any Alterations, Tenant, at its expense, shall (i) submit to Landlord for its approval, detailed plans and specifications ( Plans ) of each proposed Alteration (other than Decorative Alterations of such a nature that formal plans will not be prepared for the work, in which case Tenant shall provide Landlord with a reasonably specific written description of the work), and with respect to any Alteration affecting any Building System or Premises System, evidence that the Alteration has been designed by, or reviewed and approved by, Landlord’s designated engineer for the affected Building System or Premises System, (ii) obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any Governmental Authorities, (iii) furnish to Landlord duplicate original policies or certificates of worker’s compensation (covering all persons to be employed by Tenant, and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors in connection with such Alteration) and commercial general liability (including property damage coverage) insurance and Builder’s Risk coverage (as described in Article 11) all in such form, with such companies, for such periods and in such amounts as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord, Landlord’s Agent, any Lessor and any Mortgagee as additional insureds, and (iv) furnish to Landlord reasonably satisfactory evidence of Tenant’s ability to complete and to fully pay for such Alterations (other than Decorative Alterations).

 

6


(c) Governmental Approvals. Tenant, at its expense, shall, as and when required, promptly obtain certificates of partial and final approval of such Alterations required by any Governmental Authority and shall furnish Landlord with copies thereof, together with “as-built” Plans for such Alterations prepared on an AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System (or such other system or medium as Landlord may accept), using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 (or such other naming conventions as Landlord may accept) and magnetic computer media of such record drawings and specifications translated in DFX format or another format acceptable to Landlord.

Section 5.2 Manner and Quality of Alterations. All Alterations shall be performed (a) in a good and workmanlike manner and free from defects, (b) substantially in accordance with the Plans, and by contractors approved by Landlord, (c) in compliance with all Requirements, the terms of this Lease and all construction procedures and regulations then prescribed by Landlord, and (d) at Tenant’s expense. All materials and equipment shall be of first quality and at least equal to the applicable standards for the Building then established by Landlord, and no such materials or equipment (other than Tenant’s Property) shall be subject to any lien or other encumbrance. Upon completion of any Alterations hereunder, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all construction contracts, proof of payment for all labor and materials, and final unconditional waivers of lien from all contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, suppliers and others having lien rights with respect to such Alterations, in the form prescribed by California law. In addition, Tenant shall cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the Office of the Recorder of the county in which the Real Property is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute and shall timely give all notices required pursuant to Section 3259.5 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute.

Section 5.3 Removal of Tenant’s Property. Tenant’s Property shall remain the property of Tenant and Tenant may remove the same at any time on or before the Expiration Date. On or before the Expiration Date, Tenant shall, unless otherwise directed by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, remove any Specialty Alterations and close up any slab penetrations in the Premises; provided , however , that if so requested by Tenant in writing at the time Tenant requests approval for any Alterations, and provided that Tenant shall expressly reference this Section 5.3, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing at the time of Landlord’s approval of such Alterations as to whether they are Specialty Alterations, and, if so, whether Landlord will waive its right to require that such Specialty Alterations be removed by Tenant from the Premises. Landlord’s failure to expressly waive such requirement in writing shall preserve Landlord’s right to exercise the foregoing election as respects such Alterations. Tenant shall repair and restore, in a good and workmanlike manner, any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by Tenant’s removal of any Alterations or Tenant’s Property or by the closing of any slab penetrations, and upon default thereof, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s cost of repairing and restoring such damage. Any Specialty Alterations or Tenant’s Property not so removed shall be deemed abandoned and Landlord may retain or remove and dispose of same, and repair and restore any damage caused thereby, at Tenant’s cost and without accountability to Tenant. All other Alterations shall become Landlord’s property upon termination of this Lease.

Section 5.4 Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant, at its expense, shall discharge any lien or charge recorded or filed against the Real Property in connection with any work done or claimed to have been done by or on behalf of, or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant, within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof by payment, filing the bond required by law or otherwise in accordance with applicable Requirements.

 

7


Section 5.5 Labor Relations. Tenant shall not employ, or permit the employment of, any contractor, mechanic or laborer, or permit any materials to be delivered to or used in the Building, if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, such employment, delivery or use will interfere or cause any conflict with other contractors, mechanics or laborers engaged in the construction, maintenance or operation of the Building by Landlord, Tenant or others. If such interference or conflict occurs, upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall cause all contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such interference or conflict to leave the Building immediately. The provisions of this Section 5.5 shall not be deemed to require that Tenant employ union labor for the performance of any Alterations.

Section 5.6 Tenant’s Costs. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, all out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s Alterations, including costs incurred in connection with (a) Landlord’s review of the Alterations (including review of requests for approval thereof) and (b) the provision of Building personnel during the performance of any Alteration, to operate elevators or otherwise to facilitate Tenant’s Alterations. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after written demand, an administrative fee (the “ Alteration Operations Fee ”) in an amount equal to 5% of the total cost of such Alterations. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord reasonable supporting documentation evidencing the hard and soft costs incurred by Tenant in designing and constructing any Alterations.

Section 5.7 Tenant’s Equipment. Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord prior to moving any heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures (collectively, “Equipment”) into or out of the Building and shall pay to Landlord any costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. If such Equipment requires special handling, Tenant agrees (a) to employ only persons holding all necessary licenses to perform such work, (b) all work performed in connection therewith shall comply with all applicable Requirements and (c) such work shall be done only during hours designated by Landlord.

Section 5.8 Legal Compliance. The approval of Plans, or consent by Landlord to the making of any Alterations, does not constitute Landlord’s representation that such Plans or Alterations comply with any Requirements. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other party in connection with Landlord’s approval of any Plans, or Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s performing any Alterations. If any Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant require Landlord to make any alterations or improvements to any part of the Building in order to comply with any Requirements, Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such alterations or improvements.

Section 5.9 Floor Load. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds 70 pounds per square foot “live load”. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably designate the position of all Equipment which Tenant wishes to place within the Premises, and to place limitations on the weight thereof.

ARTICLE 6

REPAIRS

Section 6.1 Landlord’s Repair and Maintenance. Landlord shall operate, maintain and, except as provided in Section 6.2 hereof, make all necessary repairs (both structural and nonstructural) to (i) the Base Building, (ii) the Building Systems, and (ii) the Common Areas, all in conformance with standards applicable to Comparable Buildings. In addition, and

 

8


notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.2 below, if at any time during the Term any VAV boxes in the Premises cannot be maintained in good working order through Tenant’s performance of its repair and maintenance obligations pursuant to Section 6.2, and replacement thereof is reasonably required, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall replace such VAV boxes, except that Landlord shall not be required to replace any such VAV boxes prior to the date that is ninety (90) days after Tenant shall commence the conduct of business in the Premises or any portion thereof.

Section 6.2 Tenant’s Repair and Maintenance. Tenant shall promptly, at its expense and in compliance with Article 5 including, without limitation, the requirement that any repairs affecting any Building System be reviewed and approved by Landlord’s designated engineer for the affected Building System, make all nonstructural repairs to the Premises and the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances therein (including all electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, sprinklers and life safety systems in and serving the Premises from the point of connection to the Building Systems) (collectively, Tenant Fixtures ) as and when needed to preserve the Premises in good working order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, and except further for damage which is Landlord’s obligation to repair pursuant to Section 6.1 above or any other express provisions of this Lease, except to the extent otherwise required of Tenant pursuant to this Section 6.2, Section 8.1(a) below or any other express provisions of this Lease. All damage to the Building or to any portion thereof, or to any Tenant Fixtures, requiring structural or nonstructural repair caused by or resulting from any act, omission, neglect or improper conduct of a Tenant Party or the moving of Tenant’s Property or Equipment into, within or out of the Premises by a Tenant Party, shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense by (i) Tenant, if the required repairs are nonstructural in nature and do not affect any Building System, or (ii) Landlord, if the required repairs are structural in nature, involve replacement of exterior window glass or frames or affect any Building System. All Tenant repairs shall be of good quality utilizing new construction materials.

Section 6.3 Reserved Rights. Landlord reserves the right to make all changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements to the Building and Building Systems, including changing the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other Common Areas (collectively, Work of Improvement ), as Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and to take all materials into the Premises required for the performance of such Work of Improvement, provided that the level of any Building service shall not decrease in any material respect from the level required of Landlord in this Lease as a result thereof (other than temporary changes in the level of such services during the performance of any such Work of Improvement). Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s access to, and use and occupancy of, the Premises during the performance of such Work of Improvement. There shall be no Rent abatement or allowance to Tenant for a diminution of rental value (except as provided in Section 10.12 below), no actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, no relief from any of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease, and no liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant or others performing, or failing to perform, any Work of Improvement.

ARTICLE 7

TAXES AND OPERATING EXPENSES

Section 7.1 Definitions. For the purposes of this Article 7, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) Assessed Valuation shall mean the amount for which the Real Property is assessed by the County Assessor of Santa Clara, California, for the purpose of imposition of Taxes.

 

9


(b) “Operating Expenses” shall mean the aggregate of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of Landlord in connection with the ownership, operation, repair and maintenance of the Real Property, including the rental value of Landlord’s Building management office (which management office may located in the Building or in the neighboring building owned by Landlord commonly known as Santa Clara Towers, Tower II (“ Tower II ”), in which event the rental value for the management office shall be prorated by Landlord between the Building and Tower II) and capital improvements made by Landlord after the Base Year, but only if such capital improvement is (i) reasonably intended to result in a reduction in Operating Expenses (as for example, a labor-saving improvement), provided the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Lease Year shall not exceed an amount equal to the savings Landlord reasonably anticipates will result from the installation and operation of such improvement, (ii) made in order to comply with any Requirement with which the Real Property was not required to comply during the Base Year, or to comply with any amendment or other change to the enactment or interpretation of any Requirement from its enactment or interpretation during the Base Year, (iii) made for the protection of the health and safety of the occupants of the Real Property, or (iv) made by reason of an insured casualty, but in such case the costs shall be limited to the extent of the reasonable deductible amount under the applicable insurance policy. Such capital improvements shall be amortized (with interest at the Base Rate) on a straight-line basis over such period as Landlord shall reasonably determine, and the amount included in Operating Expenses in any Lease Year shall be equal to the annual amortized amount. Operating Expenses shall not include any Excluded Expenses. If during all or part of any Lease Year, Landlord shall not furnish any particular item(s) of work or service (which would otherwise constitute an Operating Expense) to any leasable portions of the Building for any reason, then, for purposes of computing Operating Expenses for such period, the amount included in Operating Expenses for such period shall be increased by an amount equal to the costs and expenses that would have been reasonably incurred by Landlord during such period if Landlord had furnished such item(s) of work or service to such portion of the Building. Operating Expenses after the Base Year shall include market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, boycotts and strikes, and utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargoes or other shortages, or amortized costs relating to capital improvements. In determining the amount of Operating Expenses for any Lease Year (including the Base Year), if less than 95% of the Building rentable area is occupied by tenants at any time, Operating Expenses shall be determined to be an amount equal to the like expenses which would normally be expected to be incurred had such occupancy been 95%. Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation, all costs associated with the Common Areas, including the Fitness Center, all amenities thereof, including the pool, spa, showers, locker rooms, exercise rooms and exercise equipment, and all vendor and service contracts in connection therewith, including, for equipment maintenance and repair, janitorial and towel service, and fitness classes and instruction.

(c) “Statement” shall mean a statement setting forth (1) Operating Expenses and Taxes for a particular Lease Year and/or (2) the amount of Additional Rent payable by Tenant for any particular Lease Year, as determined in accordance with Article 7.

 

10


(d) Taxes shall mean (i) all real estate taxes, assessments, sewer and water rents, rates and charges and other governmental levies, impositions or charges, whether general, special, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen (including transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent), which may be assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part of the Real Property, and (ii) all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and experts’ and other witnesses’ fees) incurred in contesting any of the foregoing or the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property. Taxes shall not include (x) interest or penalties incurred by Landlord as a result of Landlord’s late payment of Taxes, or (y) franchise, transfer, gift, inheritance, estate or net income taxes imposed upon Landlord. If Landlord elects to pay any assessment in annual installments, then (i) such assessment shall be deemed to have been so divided and to be payable in the maximum number of installments permitted by law, and (ii) there shall be deemed included in Taxes for each Lease Year the installments of such assessment becoming payable during such Lease Year, together with interest payable during such Lease Year on such installments and on all installments thereafter becoming due as provided by law, all as if such assessment had been so divided. If at any time the methods of taxation prevailing on the Effective Date shall be altered so that in lieu of or as an addition to the whole or any part of Taxes, there shall be assessed, levied or imposed (1) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge based on the income or rents received from the Real Property whether or not wholly or partially as a capital levy or otherwise, (2) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon all or any part of the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord, (3) a license fee measured by the rents, or (4) any other tax, assessment, levy, imposition, charge or license fee however described or imposed, including business improvement district impositions, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions, charges or license fees or the part thereof so measured or based shall be deemed to be Taxes.

Section 7.2 Tenant’s Tax Payment. (a)  During the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in Taxes incurred by Landlord in each calendar year subsequent to the Base Tax Year, over the Taxes incurred by Landlord during the Base Tax Year ( Tenant’s Tax Payment ), as hereinafter provided. Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Tax Payment for each Lease Year (the Tax Estimate ). Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the 1st day of each month during such Lease Year an amount equal to 1/12 of the Tax Estimate for such Lease Year. If Landlord furnishes a Tax Estimate for a Lease Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (i) until the 1st day of the month following the month in which the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the 1st day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section 7.2 during the last month of the preceding Lease Year, (ii) promptly after the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Tax Estimate previously made for such Lease Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Tax Estimate to be made for such Lease Year in accordance with the Tax Estimate, and (x) if there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within 10 Business Days after demand therefor, or (y) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and (iii) on the 1st day of the month following the month in which the Tax Estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the 1st day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Lease Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of the Tax Estimate. Landlord shall have the right, upon not less than 30 days prior written notice to Tenant, to reasonably adjust the Tax Estimate from time to time during any Lease Year.

 

11


(b) As soon as reasonably practicable after Landlord has determined the Taxes for a Lease Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for such Lease Year. If the Statement shall show that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.2(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Lease Year, Landlord shall credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder. If the Statement for such Lease Year shall show that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Lease Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within 10 Business Days after delivery of the Statement of Tenant.

(c) Only Landlord may institute proceedings to reduce the Assessed Valuation of the Real Property and the filings of any such proceeding by Tenant without Landlord’s consent shall constitute an Event of Default. If during the Term, Landlord receives a refund of Taxes for any Lease Year falling in whole or part during the Term, the amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Lease Year (and subsequent Lease Years in the event the refund is with respect to the Base Tax Year) shall be recalculated and set forth in a written statement from Landlord to Tenant as soon as practicable thereafter. Any payments due from one party to the other shall be made within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of such statement, except that Landlord may make such refund to Tenant by means of a credit against the Rent next due from Tenant under this Lease, or, if none shall be due or if this Lease shall have expired, Landlord shall refund the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement, provided that the excess shall have been determined within one (1) year after the end of the calendar year in which this Lease expires or earlier terminates and that Tenant shall have furnished Landlord with an address to which such refund may be sent. Landlord shall not be obligated to file any application or institute any proceeding seeking a reduction in Taxes or the Assessed Valuation. The benefit of any exemption or abatement relating to all or any part of the Real Property shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord and Taxes shall be computed without taking into account any such exemption or abatement.

(d) Tenant shall be responsible for any applicable occupancy or rent tax now in effect or hereafter enacted and, if such tax is payable by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly pay such amounts to Landlord, upon Landlord’s demand.

(e) Tenant shall be obligated to make Tenant’s Tax Payment regardless of whether Tenant may be exempt from the payment of any Taxes as the result of any reduction, abatement or exemption from Taxes granted or agreed to by any Governmental Authority, or by reason of Tenant’s diplomatic or other tax-exempt status.

Section 7.3 Tenant’s Operating Payment. (a)  During the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in the Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord in each calendar year subsequent to the Base Year, over the Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during the Base Year ( Tenant’s Operating Payment ), as hereinafter provided. Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Operating Payment for each Lease Year (the Expense Estimate ). Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the 1st day of each month during such Lease Year an amount equal to 1/12 of the Expense Estimate. If Landlord furnishes an Expense Estimate for a Lease Year subsequent to the commencement thereof, then (i) until the 1st day of the month following the month in which the Expense Estimate is furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the 1st day of each month an amount equal to the monthly sum payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Section 7.3 during the last month of the preceding Lease Year, (ii) promptly after the Expense Estimate is furnished to Tenant or together therewith, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant stating whether the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment previously made for such Lease Year were greater or less than the installments of Tenant’s Operating Payment to be made for such Lease Year in accordance with the Expense Estimate, and (x) if

 

12


there shall be a deficiency, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof within 10 Business Days after demand therefor, or (y) if there shall have been an overpayment, Landlord shall credit the amount thereof against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder, and (iii) on the 1st day of the month following the month in which the Expense Estimate is furnished to Tenant, and on the 1st day of each month thereafter throughout the remainder of such Lease Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to 1/12 of the Expense Estimate. Landlord shall have the right, upon not less than 30 days prior written notice to Tenant, to reasonably adjust the Expense Estimate from time to time during any Lease Year.

(b) On or before June 1st of each Lease Year, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Statement for the immediately preceding Lease Year. The statement shall be based on the results of an audit of the operations of the Building prepared for the applicable year by a nationally or regionally recognized certified public accounting firm selected by Landlord. If the Statement shows that the sums paid by Tenant under Section 7.3(a) exceeded the actual amount of Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Lease Year, Landlord shall credit the amount of such excess against subsequent payments of Rent due hereunder. If the Statement shows that the sums so paid by Tenant were less than Tenant’s Operating Payment for such Lease Year, Tenant shall pay the amount of such deficiency within 10 Business Days after delivery of the Statement to Tenant.

Section 7.4 Non-Waiver; Disputes. (a)  Landlord’s failure to render any Statement on a timely basis with respect to any Lease Year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a Statement with respect to such Lease Year or any subsequent Lease Year, nor shall the rendering of a Statement prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a corrected Statement for that Lease Year, except that if Landlord fails to render a Statement to Tenant within one (1) year following the expiration of the calendar year in which the Term of this Lease expires, Landlord shall be deemed to have waived its right to recover any Additional Operating Expenses from Tenant.

(b) Each Statement sent to Tenant shall be conclusively binding upon Tenant unless Tenant (i) pays to Landlord when due the amount set forth in such Statement, without prejudice to Tenant’s right to dispute such Statement, and (ii) within 90 days after such Statement is sent, sends a notice to Landlord objecting to such Statement and specifying the reasons therefor. In the event of any such notice by Tenant, the parties shall cooperate with each other and use good faith efforts to resolve any dispute. Without limitation, Landlord shall endeavor to answer any specific questions of Tenant relating to the Statement. In addition, upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a copy of the auditor’s statement on which Landlord’s annual statement is based, if such a statement shall have been prepared and delivered to Landlord by Landlord’s auditor. Tenant agrees that Tenant will not employ, in connection with any dispute regarding any Statement, any person or entity who is to be compensated, in whole or in part, on a contingency fee basis. Except as provided in this Section 7.4, Tenant shall have no right whatsoever to dispute, by judicial proceeding or otherwise, the accuracy of any Statement.

Section 7.5 Proration. Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment for any Lease Year during the Term that is less than a full calendar year shall be apportioned on the basis set forth in Section 2.7 above. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, any Additional Rent under this Article 7 shall be adjusted or paid within 30 days after submission of the Statement for the last Lease Year. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Taxes and/or Operating Expenses for the Real Property among different portions or occupants of the Real Property (the “ Cost Pools ”), in Landlord’s

 

13


reasonable discretion. In such event, upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an explanation of the basis for utilizing such Cost Pools. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of the Real Property and the retail space tenants of the Real Property. The Taxes and/or Operating Expenses allocable to each such Cost Pool shall be allocated to such Cost Pool and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

ARTICLE 8

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

Section 8.1 Compliance with Requirements.

(a) Tenant’s Compliance. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Requirements applicable to the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to comply with any Requirements requiring any structural alterations to the Building unless the application of such Requirements arises from (i) the specific manner and nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, as distinct from general office use, (ii) Alterations made by Tenant, or (iii) a breach by Tenant of any provisions of this Lease. Any such repairs or alterations shall be made at Tenant’s expense (1) by Tenant in compliance with Article 5 if such repairs or alterations are nonstructural and do not affect any Building System, or (2) by Landlord if such repairs or alterations are structural or affect any Building System. If Tenant obtains knowledge of any failure to comply with any Requirements applicable to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice thereof.

(b) Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not cause or permit (i) any Hazardous Materials to be brought into Building, (ii) the storage or use of Hazardous Materials in any manner other than in full compliance with any Requirements, or (iii) the escape, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials within or in the vicinity of the Building. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent Tenant’s use of any Hazardous Materials customarily used in the ordinary course of office work, provided such use is in accordance with all Requirements. Tenant shall be responsible, at its expense, for all matters directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Building which is caused or permitted by a Tenant Party. Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of all communications received by Tenant with respect to any Requirements relating to Hazardous Materials, and/or any claims made in connection therewith. Landlord or its agents may perform environmental inspections of the Premises at any time.

(c) Landlord’s Compliance. Landlord shall comply with (or cause to be complied with) all Requirements applicable to the Building which are not the obligation of Tenant, to the extent that non-compliance would materially impair Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Uses.

(d) Landlord’s Insurance. Tenant shall not cause or permit any action or condition that would (i) invalidate or conflict with Landlord’s insurance policies, (ii) violate applicable rules, regulations and guidelines of the Fire Department, Fire Insurance Rating Organization or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Building, (iii) cause an increase in the premiums of insurance for the Building over that payable with respect to Comparable Buildings, or (iv) result in Landlord’s insurance companies’ refusing to insure the Building or any property therein in amounts and against risks as reasonably determined by Landlord. If insurance premiums increase as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.1, Tenant shall promptly cure such failure and shall reimburse Landlord for the increased insurance premiums paid by Landlord as a result of such failure by Tenant.

 

14


Section 8.2 Fire and Life Safety. Tenant shall maintain in good order and repair the sprinkler, fire-alarm and life-safety system in the Premises in accordance with this Lease including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 6.2 respecting any repairs affecting any Building System, the Rules and Regulations and all Requirements. If the Fire Insurance Rating Organization or any Governmental Authority or any of Landlord’s insurers requires or recommends any modifications and/or alterations be made or any additional equipment be supplied in connection with the sprinkler system or fire alarm and life-safety system serving the Building by reason of Tenant’s business, any Alterations performed by Tenant or the location of the partitions, Tenant’s Property, or other contents of the Premises, Landlord (to the extent outside of the Premises) or Tenant (to the extent within the Premises) shall make such modifications and/or Alterations, and supply such additional equipment, in either case at Tenant’s expense.

ARTICLE 9

SUBORDINATION

Section 9.1 Subordination and Attornment. (a)  Subject to Section 9.6 below, this Lease is subject and subordinate to all Mortgages and Superior Leases, and, at the request of any Mortgagee or Lessor, Tenant shall attorn to such Mortgagee or Lessor, its successors in interest or any purchaser in a foreclosure sale.

(b) If a Lessor or Mortgagee or any other person or entity shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or the delivery of a new lease or deed, then at the request of the successor landlord and upon such successor landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment and to recognize Tenant’s interest under this Lease, Tenant shall be deemed to have attorned to and recognized such successor landlord as Landlord under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 9.1 are self-operative and require no further instruments to give effect hereto; provided, however, that Tenant shall within 10 Business Days of request from Landlord execute and deliver any instrument that such successor landlord may reasonably request (i) evidencing and confirming such attornment, and (ii) containing such other terms and conditions as may be reasonably required by such Mortgagee or Lessor, provided such terms and conditions do not increase the Rent, materially increase Tenant’s other obligations or materially diminish Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants set forth in this Lease except that such successor landlord shall not be

(i) liable for any act or omission of Landlord (except to the extent such act or omission continues beyond the date when such successor landlord succeeds to Landlord’s interest and Tenant gives notice of such act or omission);

(ii) subject to any defense, claim, counterclaim, set-off or offset which Tenant may have against Landlord;

(iii) bound by any prepayment of more than one month’s Rent to any prior landlord;

 

15


(iv) bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time such successor landlord succeeded to Landlord’s interest;

(v) bound by any obligation to perform any work or to make improvements to the Premises except for (x) repairs and maintenance required to be made by Landlord under this Lease, and (y) repairs to the Premises as a result of damage by fire or other casualty or a partial condemnation pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, but only to the extent that such repairs can reasonably be made from the net proceeds of any insurance or condemnation awards, respectively, actually made available to such successor landlord;

(vi) bound by any modification, amendment or renewal of this Lease made without successor landlord’s consent;

(vii) liable for the repayment of any security deposit or surrender of any letter of credit, unless and until such security deposit actually is paid or such letter of credit is actually delivered to such successor landlord; or

(viii) liable for the payment of any unfunded tenant improvement allowance, refurbishment allowance or similar obligation.

Section 9.2 Mortgage or Superior Lease Defaults. Any Mortgagee may elect that this Lease shall have priority over the Mortgage and, upon notification to Tenant by such Mortgagee, this Lease shall be deemed to have priority over such Mortgage, regardless of the date of this Lease. In connection with any financing of the Real Property, Tenant shall consent to any reasonable modifications of this Lease requested by any lending institution, provided such modifications do not increase the Rent, materially increase the other obligations, or materially and adversely affect the rights, of Tenant under this Lease.

Section 9.3 No Lease Termination. As long as any Superior Lease or Mortgage exists, Tenant shall not seek to terminate this Lease by reason of any act or omission of Landlord until (a) Tenant shall have given notice of such act or omission to all Lessors and/or Mortgagees, and (b) a reasonable period of time shall have elapsed following the giving of notice of such default and the expiration of any applicable notice or grace periods (unless such act or omission is not capable of being remedied within a reasonable period of time), during which period such Lessors and/or Mortgagees shall have the right, but not the obligation, to remedy such act or omission and thereafter diligently proceed to so remedy such act or omission. If any Lessor or Mortgagee elects to remedy such act or omission of Landlord, Tenant shall not seek to terminate this Lease so long as such Lessor or Mortgagee is proceeding with reasonable diligence to effect such remedy.

Section 9.4 Provisions. The provisions of this Article 9 shall (a) inure to the benefit of Landlord, any future owner of the Building or the Real Property, Lessor or Mortgagee and any sublessor thereof and (b) apply notwithstanding that, as a matter of law, this Lease may terminate upon the termination of any such Superior Lease or Mortgage.

Section 9.5 Future Condominium Declaration. This Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder are and will be subject and subordinate to any condominium declaration, by-laws and other instruments (collectively, the Declaration ) which may be recorded regardless of the reason therefor, in order to permit a condominium form of ownership of the Building pursuant to the California Subdivision Map Act or any successor Requirement, provided that the Declaration

 

16


does not by its terms increase the Rent, materially increase Tenant’s non-Rent obligations or materially diminish Tenant’s rights under this Lease. At Landlord’s request, and subject to the foregoing proviso, Tenant will execute and deliver to Landlord an amendment of this Lease confirming such subordination and modifying this Lease to conform to such condominium regime.

Section 9.6 Non-Disturbance Agreements. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord has delivered to Tenant a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from all existing Mortgagees and Lessors in form acceptable to Tenant. As a condition to Tenant’s agreement hereunder to subordinate Tenant’s interest in this Lease to any future Mortgage and/or any Superior Lease made between Landlord and such Mortgagee and/or Lessor, Landlord shall obtain from each Mortgagee or Lessor an agreement, in recordable form and in the standard form customarily employed by such Mortgagee or Lessor, pursuant to which such Mortgagee or Lessor shall agree that if and so long as no Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing, the leasehold estate granted to Tenant and the rights of Tenant pursuant to this Lease to quiet and peaceful possession of the Premises shall not be terminated, modified, affected or disturbed by any action which such Mortgagee may take to foreclose any such Mortgage, or which such Lessor shall take to terminate such Superior Lease, as applicable, and that any successor landlord shall recognize this Lease as being in full force and effect as if it were a direct lease between such successor landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, covenants, conditions and options granted to Tenant under this Lease, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.1(b) hereof. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within 30 days after demand therefor, for Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with obtaining any subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement for Tenant pursuant to this Section 9.6.

ARTICLE 10

SERVICES

Section 10.1 Electricity. Subject to any Requirements or any public utility rules or regulations governing energy consumption, Landlord shall make or cause to be made, customary arrangements with utility companies and/or public service companies to furnish electric current to the Premises for Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Uses in a normal and customary manner. If Landlord reasonably determines by the use of an electrical consumption survey or by other reasonable means that Tenant is using electric current (including overhead fluorescent fixtures) in excess of .60 kilowatt hours per square foot of rentable area in the Premises per month, as determined on an annualized basis ( Excess Electrical Usage ), then Landlord shall have the right to charge Tenant an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Excess Electrical Usage, and shall have the further right to install an electric current meter, sub-meter or check meter in the Premises (a Meter ) to measure the amount of electric current consumed in the Premises. The cost of such Meter, special conduits, wiring and panels needed in connection therewith and the installation, maintenance and repair thereof shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, from time to time, but no more frequently than monthly, for its Excess Electrical Usage at the Premises, plus Landlord’s charge equal to five percent (5%) of Tenant’s Excess Electrical Usage for Landlord’s costs of maintaining, repairing and reading such Meter. The rate to be paid by Tenant for submetered electricity shall include any taxes or other charges in connection therewith. All electricity other than Excess Electrical Usage shall be provided to Tenant as no additional cost. Electricity utilized in connection with supplying HVAC service to the Premises during Overtime Periods pursuant to Section 10.5 below shall not be deemed Excess Electrical Usage, as the cost of such electricity is included in the rates for supplying HVAC service during Overtime Periods as set forth in Section 10.5.

 

17


Section 10.2 Excess Electricity. Tenant shall at all times comply with the rules and regulations of the utility company supplying electricity to the Building. Tenant shall not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would exceed the capacity of the electrical equipment serving the Premises. If Landlord determines that Tenant’s electrical requirements necessitate installation of any additional risers, feeders or other electrical distribution equipment (collectively, Electrical Equipment ), or if Tenant provides Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s need for excess electricity and requests that additional Electrical Equipment be installed, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, install such additional Electrical Equipment, provided that Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, determines that (a) such installation is practicable and necessary, (b) such additional Electrical Equipment is permissible under applicable Requirements, and (c) the installation of such Electrical Equipment will not cause permanent damage to the Building or the Premises, cause or create a hazardous condition, entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, interfere with or limit electrical usage by other tenants or occupants of the Building or exceed the limits of the switchgear or other facilities serving the Building, or require power in excess of that available from the utility company serving the Building.

Section 10.3 Elevators. Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service to the Premises 24 hours per day, 7 days per week; provided, however, Landlord may limit passenger elevator service during times other than Ordinary Business Hours. Landlord shall provide at least one freight elevator serving the Premises, available upon Tenant’s prior request, on a non-exclusive “first come, first serve” basis with other Building tenants, on all Business Days from 9:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m.; 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.; and 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m., and anytime on non-Business Days, which hours of operation are subject to change.

Section 10.4 Heating. Ventilation and Air Conditioning. At no additional cost to Tenant, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises heating, ventilation and air-conditioning ( HVAC ) required in Landlord’s judgment for the comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises for ordinary general office purposes during Ordinary Business Hours. Landlord shall have access to all air-cooling, fan, ventilating and machine rooms and electrical closets and all other mechanical installations of Landlord (collectively, Mechanical Installations ), and Tenant shall not construct partitions or other obstructions which may interfere with Landlord’s access thereto or the moving of Landlord’s equipment to and from the Mechanical Installations. No Tenant Party shall at any time enter the Mechanical Installations or tamper with, adjust, or otherwise affect such Mechanical Installations. Landlord shall not be responsible if the HVAC System fails to provide cooled or heated air, as the case may be, to the Premises sufficient for the comfortable occupancy thereof by reason of (i) any equipment installed by, for or on behalf of Tenant, which has an electrical load in excess of the average electrical load and human occupancy factors for the HVAC System as designed, or (ii) any rearrangement of partitioning or other Alterations made or performed by, for or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall install, if missing, blinds or shades on all windows, which blinds and shades shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, and shall keep operable windows in the Premises closed, and lower the blinds when necessary because of the sun’s position, whenever the HVAC System is in operation or as and when required by any Requirement. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and shall abide by the rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC System.

 

18


Section 10.5 Overtime Freight Elevators and HVAC. The Fixed Rent does not include any charge to Tenant for the furnishing of any freight elevator service or HVAC to the Premises during any periods other than as set forth in Section 10.3 and Section 10.4 ( Overtime Periods ). If Tenant desires any such services during Overtime Periods, Tenant shall deliver notice to the Building office requesting such services at least 24 hours prior to the time Tenant requests such services to be provided; provided, however, that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to arrange such service on such shorter notice as Tenant shall provide. On a single weekend during which Tenant initially moves into the Premises for the conduct of its business, upon 5 days’ prior notice from Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall make available to Tenant freight elevator service in accordance with Landlord’s then current rules and regulations applicable thereto from 8:00 p.m. on the “move-in” Friday until 7:00 p.m. on Sunday; provided that, Tenant shall be required to pay for the out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord for after hours access control personnel. If Landlord furnishes freight elevator service during Overtime Periods, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof at the then established rates for such services in the Building. If Landlord furnishes HVAC service to the Premises during Overtime Periods, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof at the following rates for each floor (or portion thereof) of the Building for which such HVAC service is so requested and furnished to the Premises: (a) Twenty-Five and 00/100 Dollars ($25.00) per hour for the first six hundred (600) hours of use during Overtime Periods in a Lease Year; (b) Forty-Five and 00/100 Dollars ($45.00) per hour for the next one hundred (100) hours of use during Overtime Periods in such Lease Year above six hundred (600) hours; and (c) Sixty-Five and 00/100 Dollars ($65.00) per hour for any hour of use during Overtime Periods above seven hundred (700) hours in such Lease Year. In calculating total hours of use during Overtime Periods in any Lease Year for purposes of determining the applicable hourly rate pursuant to the foregoing, all hours of use to all floors of the Premises shall be taken into account.

Section 10.6 Cleaning. Landlord shall cause the Premises (excluding any portions thereof used as an exhibition area or classroom, for storage, as a shipping room, mail room or similar purposes, for private bathrooms, showers or exercise facilities, as a trading floor, or primarily for operation of computer, data processing, reproduction, duplicating or similar equipment) to be cleaned in accordance with commercially reasonable standards determined by Landlord. Any areas of the Premises which Landlord is not required to clean hereunder or which require additional cleaning shall be cleaned, at Tenant’s expense, by Landlord’s cleaning contractor, at rates which shall be competitive with rates of other cleaning contractors providing comparable services to Comparable Buildings. Landlord’s cleaning contractor and its employees shall have access to the Premises at all times in order to perform such services. With respect to any kitchen, kitchenette or other similar area in the Premises, Tenant shall be solely responsible for cleaning the appliances and food preparation surfaces .

Section 10.7 Water. At no additional cost to Tenant, Landlord shall provide water in the core lavatories on each floor of the Building on which any portion of the Premises is located, and to the break room, if any, in the Premises. If Tenant requires water for any additional purposes, Tenant shall pay for the cost of bringing water to the Premises and Landlord may install a meter to measure the water. Tenant shall pay the cost of such installation, and for all maintenance, repairs and replacements thereto, and for the reasonable charges of Landlord for the water consumed.

Section 10.8 Refuse Removal. At no additional cost to Tenant, Landlord shall provide refuse removal services at the Building for ordinary office refuse and rubbish. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, any additional costs incurred by Landlord for such removal to the extent that the refuse generated by Tenant exceeds the refuse customarily generated by general office tenants. Tenant shall not dispose of any refuse in the Common Areas, and if Tenant does so, Tenant shall be liable for Landlord’s reasonable charge for such removal.

 

19


Section 10.9 Directory. Tenant shall be entitled to use a proportionate share of the available lines on the directory board located in the lobby of the Building, based on the rentable square footage of the Premises.

Section 10.10 Telecommunications. Any telecommunications service provider designated by Tenant for purposes of providing telecommunications services to Tenant shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, Landlord shall use its good faith efforts to respond to such request within 10 Business Days. Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to determine which telecommunications service providers shall have access to Building facilities.

Section 10.11 Fitness Facility. As of the date of this Lease, a fitness facility is located in the Building (the Fitness Facility ). Tenant and its on-site employees shall have the right, at no additional cost to Tenant, to use the Fitness Facility as hereinafter set forth. All costs associated with the Fitness Facility, whether operated by Landlord or a third party operator, shall in any event be included in Operating Expenses. The provisions of Article 25 shall fully apply in connection with use of the Fitness Facility by Tenant or any other Tenant Party. Without limitation of the preceding sentence, Tenant shall hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees harmless from and indemnify the Indemnitees against any and all Losses to the extent arising from (a) the acts or omissions of Tenant or any other Tenant Party in, on or about the Fitness Facility, or (b) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any Tenant Party, occurring in, on or about the Fitness Facility. Landlord may prescribe rules and regulations for the use of the Fitness Facility. Tenant’s use of the Fitness Facility shall be conditioned upon Tenant’s observance of such rules and regulations. Landlord may at any time close or temporarily or permanently discontinue operation of the Fitness Facility, and/or increase or reduce the amenities thereof, and/or relocate the Fitness Facility to space elsewhere in the Building, all without any liability to Tenant or any obligation to open or make available to Tenant a replacement Fitness Facility or replacement amenities. Without limitation of the foregoing, Landlord may discontinue operation of the pool that is presently part of the Fitness Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not permanently discontinue operation of the Fitness Facility unless Landlord determines in good faith that the same is necessary by reason of material health, safety, or economic concerns, including material insurance costs or liability risks that are unacceptable to Landlord in its good faith discretion. In the event Landlord permanently discontinues operation of the Fitness Facility, Operating Expenses shall thereafter exclude costs associated with the Fitness Facility.

Section 10.12 Service Interruptions. Landlord reserves the right to suspend any service when necessary, by reason of Unavoidable Delays, accidents or emergencies, or for any Work of Improvement which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, is necessary or appropriate, until such Unavoidable Delay, accident or emergency shall cease or such Work of Improvement is completed and Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption, curtailment or failure to supply services. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises as a result of any such interruption, curtailment or failure of or defect in such service, or change in the supply, character and/or quantity of, electrical service, and to restore any such services, remedy such situation and minimize any interference with Tenant’s business. The exercise of any such right or the occurrence of any such failure by Landlord shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, entitle Tenant to any compensation, abatement or diminution of Rent, relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, or impose any liability upon Landlord or any Indemnified

 

20


Party by reason of inconvenience to Tenant, or interruption of Tenant’s business, or otherwise. Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure, defect or interruption of, or change in the supply, character and/or quantity of, electric service furnished to the Premises for any reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using the Premises or any material portion thereof for the conduct of its business, and does not use for the conduct of its business, the Premises or any material portion thereof, for ten (10) consecutive Business Days (the Eligibility Period ) as a result of the failure in any material respect of Landlord to provide to the Premises any of the utilities required to be provided by Landlord to the Premises pursuant to this Lease, where such failure is not caused in whole or part by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant or any other Tenant Party, and such failure is caused primarily by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents or employees, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall be abated or reduced as the case may be, from and after the first day following the last day of the Eligibility Period and continuing for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using for the conduct of its business, and does not so use for the conduct of its business, the Premises or a material portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not so use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. The abatement provisions set forth above shall be inapplicable to any services failure described in this Section 10.12 that is caused by (x) damage from fire or other casualty or condemnation (it being acknowledged that such situations shall be governed by Articles 11 and 12 below.

ARTICLE 11

INSURANCE; PROPERTY LOSS OR DAMAGE

Section 11.1 Tenant’s Insurance. (a)  Commencing as of the Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter throughout the Term, Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term:

(i) a policy of commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence basis against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and/or property damage occurring in or about the Building, under which Tenant is named as the insured and Landlord, Landlord’s Agent and any Lessors and any Mortgagees or other parties whose names have been furnished to Tenant are named as additional insureds (the Insured Parties ). Such insurance shall provide primary coverage without contribution from any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of the Insured Parties, and Tenant shall obtain blanket broad-form contractual liability coverage to insure its indemnity obligations set forth in Article 25. The minimum limits of liability applying exclusively to the Premises shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than $5,000,000; provided, however, that Landlord shall retain the right to require Tenant to increase such coverage from time to time to that amount of insurance which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is then being customarily required by landlords for similar office space in Comparable Buildings. The self insured retention for such policy shall not exceed $10,000;

(ii) insurance against loss or damage by fire, and such other risks and hazards as are insurable under then available standard forms of “Special Form Causes of Loss” or “All Risk” property insurance policies, insuring Tenant’s Property and all Alterations and improvements to the Premises (including the Initial Alterations) to the extent such Alterations and improvements exceed the cost of the improvements typically performed in connection with the initial occupancy of tenants in the Building ( Building Standard Installations ), for the full insurable value thereof or replacement cost thereof, having a deductible amount, if any, not in excess of $25,000;

 

21


(iii) during the performance of any Alteration, until completion thereof, Builder’s Risk insurance on an “all risk” basis and on a completed value form including a Permission to Complete and Occupy endorsement, for full replacement value covering the interest of Landlord and Tenant (and their respective contractors and subcontractors) in all work incorporated in the Building and all materials and equipment in or about the Premises;

(iv) Workers’ Compensation Insurance, as required by law;

(v) Business Interruption Insurance for a period of at least six (6) months;

(vi) Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance for any owned, non-owned or hired vehicles with a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than $1,000,000; and

(vii) such other insurance in such amounts as the Insured Parties may reasonably require from time to time.

(b) All insurance required to be carried by Tenant (i) shall contain a provision that (x) no act or omission of Tenant shall affect or limit the obligation of the insurance company to pay the amount of any loss sustained, and (y) shall be noncancellable and/or no material change in coverage shall be made thereto unless the Insured Parties receive 30 days’ prior notice of the same (or 10 days’ notice in the event of non-payment), by certified mail, return receipt requested, and (ii) shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by reputable insurers permitted to do business in the State of California and rated in Best’s Insurance Guide, or any successor thereto as having a “Best’s Rating” of “A-” or better and a “Financial Size Category” of at least “X” or better, or, if such ratings are not then in effect, the equivalent thereof or such other financial rating as Landlord may at any time consider appropriate.

(c) On or before the date Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord appropriate policies of insurance, including evidence of waivers of subrogation required to be carried pursuant to this Article 11 and that the Insured Parties are named as additional insureds (the Policies ). Evidence of each renewal or replacement of the Policies shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least 10 days prior to the expiration of the Policies. In lieu of the Policies, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a certification from Tenant’s insurance company (on the form currently designated “Acord 27” (Evidence of Property Insurance) and “Acord 25-S” (Certificate of Liability Insurance), or the equivalent, provided that attached thereto is an endorsement to Tenant’s commercial general liability policy naming the Insured Parties as additional insureds) which shall be binding on Tenant’s insurance company, and which shall expressly provide that such certification (i) conveys to the Insured Parties all the rights and privileges afforded under the Policies as primary insurance, and (ii) contains an unconditional obligation of the insurance company to advise all Insured Parties in writing by certified mail, return receipt requested, at least 30 days in advance of any termination or change to the Policies (or 10 days’ notice in the event of non-payment) that would affect the interest of any of the Insured Parties.

 

22


Section 11.2 Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant shall each procure an appropriate clause in or endorsement to any property insurance covering the Real Property and personal property, fixtures and equipment located therein, wherein the insurer waives subrogation or consents to a waiver of right of recovery, and Landlord and Tenant agree not to make any claim against, or seek to recover from, the other for any loss or damage to its property or the property of others resulting from fire or other hazards to the extent covered by the property insurance that was required to be carried by that party under the terms of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for, (i) damage to any Above Building Standard Installations, (ii) Tenant’s Property, and (iii) any loss suffered by Tenant due to interruption of Tenant’s business.

Section 11.3 Restoration. (a)  If the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, or if the Building is damaged such that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to the Premises, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord, to substantially the condition of the Premises prior to the damage, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease, but Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore (i) Tenant’s Property or (ii) except as provided in Section 11.3(b), any Alterations or improvements to the Premises to the extent such Alterations or improvements exceed Building Standard Installations ( Above Building Standard Installations ). So long as Tenant is not in default beyond applicable grace or notice provisions in the payment or performance of its obligations under this Section 11.3, and provided Tenant timely delivers to Landlord either Tenant’s Restoration Payment (as hereinafter defined) or the Restoration Security (as hereinafter defined) or Tenant expressly waives any obligation of Landlord to repair or restore any of Tenant’s Above Building Standard Installations, then until the restoration of the Premises is Substantially Completed or would have been Substantially Completed but for Tenant Delay, Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment shall be reduced in the proportion by which the area of the part of the Premises which is not usable (or accessible ) and is not used by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises.

(b) As a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to repair or restore any Above Building Standard Installations, Tenant shall (i) pay to Landlord upon demand a sum ( Tenant’s Restoration Payment ) equal to the amount, if any, by which (A) the cost, as estimated by a reputable independent contractor designated by Landlord, of repairing and restoring all Alterations and Initial Alterations in the Premises to their condition prior to the damage, exceeds (B) the cost of restoring the Premises with Building Standard Installations, or (ii) furnish to Landlord security (the Restoration Security ) in form and amount reasonably acceptable to Landlord to secure Tenant’s obligation to pay all costs in excess of restoring the Premises with Building Standard Installations. If Tenant shall fail to deliver to Landlord either (1) Tenant’s Restoration Payment or the Restoration Security, as applicable, or (2) a waiver by Tenant, in form satisfactory to Landlord, of all of Landlord’s obligations to repair or restore any of the Above Building Standard Installations, in either case within 15 days after Landlord’s demand therefor, Landlord shall have no obligation to restore any Above Building Standard Installations and Tenant’s abatement of Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment shall cease when the restoration of the Premises (other than any Above Building Standard Installations) is Substantially Complete.

Section 11.4 Landlord’s Termination Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11.3, (a) if the Premises are totally damaged or are rendered wholly untenantable, (b) if the Building shall be so damaged that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, substantial alteration, demolition, or reconstruction of the Building, as the case may be, shall be required (whether or not the Premises are so damaged or rendered untenantable), (c) if any

 

23


Mortgagee shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the Mortgage debt or any Lessor shall terminate the Superior Lease, as the case may be, or (d) if the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies, then in any of such events, Landlord may, not later than 60 days following the date of the damage, terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant, provided that if the Premises are not damaged, Landlord may not terminate this Lease unless Landlord similarly terminates the leases of other tenants in the Building aggregating at least 50% of the portion of the Building occupied for office purposes immediately prior to such damage, or such lesser percentage of the Building’s office space that is subject to leases under which Landlord has such a termination right and where the premises thereunder were similarly affected by such casualty. If this Lease is so terminated, (a) the Term shall expire upon the 30th day after such notice is given, (b) Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord, (c) Tenant’s liability for Rent shall cease as of the date of the damage, and (d) any prepaid Rent for any period after the date of the damage shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant.

Section 11.5 Tenant’s Termination Right. If the Premises are totally damaged and are thereby rendered wholly untenantable, or if the Building shall be so damaged that Tenant is deprived of reasonable access to or use of the Premises, and if Landlord elects to restore the Premises, Landlord shall, within 60 days following the date of the damage, cause a contractor or architect selected by Landlord to give notice (the Restoration Notice ) to Tenant of the date by which such contractor or architect estimates the restoration of the Premises (excluding any Above Building Standard Installations) shall be Substantially Completed. If such date, as set forth in the Restoration Notice, is more than one (1) year from the date of such damage, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice (the Termination Notice ) to Landlord not later than 30 days following delivery of the Restoration Notice to Tenant. If Tenant delivers a Termination Notice, this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of the giving of the Termination Notice, in the manner set forth in the second sentence of Section 11.4.

Section 11.6 Final 18 Months. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 11, if any damage during the final 18 months of the Term renders the Premises wholly untenantable, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to the other party within 30 days after the occurrence of such damage and this Lease shall expire on the 30th day after the date of such notice. For purposes of this Section 11.6, the Premises shall be deemed wholly untenantable if Tenant shall be precluded from using more than 50% of the Premises for the conduct of its business and Tenant’s inability to so use the Premises is reasonably expected to continue for more than 90 days.

Section 11.7 Landlord’s Liability. Any Building employee to whom any property shall be entrusted by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be acting as Tenant’s agent with respect to such property and neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any damage to such property, or for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise. None of the Insured Parties shall be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property or interruption of Tenant’s business resulting from fire or other casualty, any damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or by construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, or any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building (except that Landlord shall be required to repair the same to the extent provided in Article 6). No penalty shall accrue for delays which may arise by reason of adjustment of casualty insurance on the part of Landlord or Tenant, or for any Unavoidable Delays arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Building, provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises during the performance of any such repair or restoration.

 

24


ARTICLE 12

EMINENT DOMAIN

Section 12.1 Taking.

(a) Total Taking. If all or substantially all of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises shall be acquired or condemned for any public or quasi-public purpose (a Taking ), this Lease shall terminate and the Term shall end as of the date of the vesting of title and Rent shall be prorated and adjusted as of such date.

(b) Partial Taking. Upon a Taking of only a part of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises then, except as hereinafter provided in this Article 12, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided that from and after the date of the vesting of title, Fixed Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be modified to reflect the reduction of the Premises and/or the Building as a result of such Taking.

(c) Landlord’s Termination Right. Whether or not the Premises are affected, Landlord may, by notice to Tenant, within 60 days following the date upon which Landlord receives notice of the Taking of all or a material portion of the Real Property, the Building or the Premises, terminate this Lease.

(d) Tenant’s Termination Right. If the part of the Real Property so Taken contains more than 20% of the total area of the Premises occupied by Tenant immediately prior to such Taking, or if, by reason of such Taking, Tenant no longer has reasonable means of access to the Premises, Tenant may terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord given within 30 days following the date upon which Tenant is given notice of such Taking. If Tenant so notifies Landlord, this Lease shall end and expire upon the 30th day following the giving of such notice. If a part of the Premises shall be so Taken and this Lease is not terminated in accordance with this Section 12.1 Landlord, without being required to spend more than it collects as an award, shall, subject to the provisions of any Mortgage or Superior Lease, restore that part of the Premises not so Taken to a self-contained rental unit substantially equivalent (with respect to character, quality, appearance and services) to that which existed immediately prior to such Taking, excluding Tenant’s Property and any Above Building Standard Installations.

(e) Apportionment of Rent. Upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12, Rent shall be apportioned as of, and shall be paid or refunded up to and including, the date of such termination.

Section 12.2 Awards. Upon any Taking, Landlord shall receive the entire award for any such Taking, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the condemning authority for the value of any unexpired portion of the Term or Tenant’s Alterations; and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of its right in and to such award. Nothing contained in this Article 12 shall be deemed to prevent Tenant from making a separate claim in any condemnation proceedings for the then value of any Tenant’s Property included in such Taking and for any moving expenses, provided any such award is in addition to, and does not result in a reduction of, the award made to Landlord.

 

25


Section 12.3 Temporary Taking. If all or any part of the Premises is Taken temporarily during the Term for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord and the Term shall not be reduced or affected in any way and Tenant shall continue to pay all Rent payable by Tenant without reduction or abatement and to perform all of its other obligations under this Lease, except to the extent prevented from doing so by the condemning authority, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award or payment from the condemning authority for such use, which shall be received, held and applied by Tenant as a trust fund for payment of the Rent falling due.

ARTICLE 13

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Section 13.1 Consent Requirements.

(a) No Transfers. Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease, whether by operation of law or otherwise, and shall not sublet, or permit, or suffer the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others (whether for desk space, mailing privileges or otherwise), without Landlord’s prior consent in each instance. Any assignment, sublease, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or transfer in contravention of the provisions of this Article 13 shall be void and shall constitute an Event of Default.

(b) Collection of Rent. If, without Landlord’s consent, this Lease is assigned, or any part of the Premises is sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or this Lease is encumbered (by operation of law or otherwise), Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the Rent herein reserved. No such collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions of this Article 13, an acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenant’s covenants hereunder, and in all cases Tenant shall remain fully liable for its obligations under this Lease.

(c) Further Assignment/Subletting. Landlord’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s consent to any further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any permitted subtenant assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit any portion of the sublet space to be used or occupied by others.

Section 13.2 Tenant’s Notice. If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises (sometimes referred to herein as a Transfer ), Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, which shall be accompanied by (a) with respect to an assignment of this Lease, the date Tenant desires the assignment to be effective, and (b) with respect to a sublet of all or a part of the Premises, a description of the portion of the Premises to be sublet, the commencement date of such sublease and the rent per rentable square foot Tenant will ask for such portion of the Premises ( Tenant’s Asking Rate ). Such notice shall be deemed an irrevocable offer from Tenant to Landlord of the right, at Landlord’s option, (1) to terminate this Lease with respect to such space as Tenant proposes to sublease (the Partial Space ), upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, or (2) if the proposed transaction is an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of 75% or more of the rentable square footage of the Premises, to terminate this Lease with respect to the entire Premises. Such option may be exercised by notice from Landlord to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of Tenant’s notice. If

 

26


Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease with respect to all or a portion of the Premises, (a) this Lease shall end and expire with respect to all or a portion of the Premises, as the case may be, on the date that such assignment or sublease was to commence, provided that such date is in no event earlier than 60 days after the date of the above notice unless Landlord agrees to such earlier date, (b) Rent shall be apportioned, paid or refunded as of such date, (c) Tenant, upon Landlord’s request, shall enter into an amendment of this Lease ratifying and confirming such total or partial termination, and setting forth any appropriate modifications to the terms and provisions hereof, and (d) Landlord shall be free to lease the Premises (or any part thereof) to Tenant’s prospective assignee or subtenant or to any other party. Tenant shall pay all costs to make the Partial Space a self-contained rental unit and to install any required Building corridors.

Section 13.3 Conditions to Assignment/Subletting.

(a) If Landlord does not exercise Landlord’s option provided under Section 13.2, Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such consent shall be granted or denied within 30 days after delivery to Landlord of (i) a true and complete statement reasonably detailing the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant ( Transferee ), the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises, (ii) current financial information with respect to the Transferee, including its most recent financial statements, (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, together with a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s standard Transfer documents in connection with the documentation of such Transfer, and (iv) any other information Landlord may reasonably request within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the information specified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, provided that:

(i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the Transferee is engaged in a business or activity, and the Premises will be used in a manner, which (1) is in keeping with the then standards of the Building, (2) is for the Permitted Uses, and (3) does not violate any restrictions set forth in this Lease, any Mortgage or Superior Lease or any negative covenant as to use of the Premises required by any other lease in the Building;

(ii) the Transferee is reputable with sufficient financial means to perform all of its obligations under this Lease or the sublease, as the case may be;

(iii) if Landlord has, or reasonably expects to have within 6 months thereafter, comparable space available in the Building, neither the Transferee nor any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Transferee is then an occupant of the Building;

(iv) the Transferee is not a person or entity (or affiliate of a person or entity) with whom Landlord is then or has been within the prior 6 months negotiating in connection with the rental of space in the Building;

(v) there shall be not more than 2 subtenants in each floor of the Premises;

 

27


(vi) Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or sublease, including any investigations as to the acceptability of the Transferee and all legal costs reasonably incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent;

(vii) the proposed Transfer is either a sublease or a non-collateral complete assignment;

(viii) the proposed Transfer would not cause Landlord to be in violation of any Requirements or any other lease, Mortgage, Superior Lease or agreement to which Landlord is a party and would not give a tenant of the Real Property a right to cancel its lease;

(ix) the Transferee shall not be either a governmental agency or an instrumentality thereof, nor shall the Transferee be entitled, directly or indirectly, to diplomatic or sovereign immunity, regardless of whether the Transferee agrees to waive such diplomatic or sovereign immunity, and shall be subject to the service of process in, and the jurisdiction of the courts of, the County of Santa Clara, and State of California; and

(x) Landlord has received assurances acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion that all past due amounts owing from Tenant to Landlord, if any, will be paid and all defaults on the part of Tenant, if any, will be cured prior to the effective date of the proposed Transfer.

The parties hereby agree, without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer based upon any of the foregoing criteria.

(b) With respect to each and every subletting and/or assignment approved by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease:

(i) the form of the proposed assignment or sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;

(ii) no sublease shall be for a term ending later than one day prior to the Expiration Date;

(iii) no Transferee shall take possession of any part of the Premises until an executed counterpart of such sublease or assignment has been delivered to Landlord and approved by Landlord as provided in Section 13.3(a); and

(iv) each sublease shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate; and Tenant and each Transferee shall be deemed to have agreed that upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, Tenant has hereby assigned to Landlord, and Landlord may, at its option, accept such assignment of, all right, title and interest of Tenant as sublandlord under such sublease, together with all modifications, extensions and renewals thereof then in effect and such Transferee shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be (A) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (B) subject to any counterclaim, offset or defense not expressly provided in such sublease or which theretofore accrued to such Transferee against Tenant, (C) bound by any previous modification of such sublease not

 

28


consented to by Landlord or by any prepayment of more than one month’s rent, (D) bound to return such Transferee’s security deposit, if any, except to the extent Landlord shall receive actual possession of such deposit and such Transferee shall be entitled to the return of all or any portion of such deposit under the terms of its sublease, or (E) obligated to make any payment to or on behalf of such Transferee, or to perform any work in the sublet space or the Building, or in any way to prepare the subleased space for occupancy, beyond Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. The provisions of this Section 13.3(b)(v) shall be self-operative, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to this provision, provided that the Transferee shall execute and deliver to Landlord any instruments Landlord may reasonably request to evidence and confirm such subordination and attornment

Section 13.4 Binding on Tenant; Indemnification of Landlord. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting or any acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee, Tenant and any guarantor shall remain fully liable for the payment of all Rent due and for the performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions contained in this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and any default under any term, covenant or condition of this Lease by any Transferee or anyone claiming under or through any Transferee shall be deemed to be a default under this Lease by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all Losses resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the Transferee or anyone claiming under or through any Transferee or by any brokers or other persons or entities claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease, irrespective of whether Landlord shall give or decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise any of its options under this
Article 13.

Section 13.5 Tenant’s Failure to Complete. If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord such assignment or sublease within 90 days after the giving of such consent, or the amount of space subject to any such sublease varies by more than 10% from that specified in the notice given by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 13.2, or the net effective rent payable under such sublease is less than 95% of Tenant’s Asking Rate, or if there are any changes in the terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Article 13, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Sections 13.2 and 13.3 before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.

Section 13.6 Profits. If Tenant enters into any assignment or sublease permitted hereunder or consented to by Landlord, Tenant shall, within 60 days of Landlord’s consent to such assignment or sublease (or if such assignment or sublease is permitted hereunder without Landlord’s prior consent, within 60 days of the effective date of such assignment or sublease), deliver to Landlord a list of Tenant’s reasonable third-party brokerage fees, and legal fees not to exceed Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) (collectively, Transaction Costs ), together with a list of all of Tenant’s Property to be transferred to such Transferee. The Transaction Costs shall be amortized, on a straight-line basis, over the term of any sublease. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence of the payment of such Transaction Costs promptly after the same are paid. In consideration of such assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord:

(a) In the case of an assignment, on the effective date of the assignment, 50% of all sums and other consideration paid to Tenant by the Transferee for or by reason of such assignment (including key money, bonus money and any sums paid for services rendered by Tenant to the Transferee in excess of fair market value for such services and sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s Property, less the then fair market or rental value thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord) after first deducting the Transaction Costs; or

 

29


(b) In the case of a sublease, on a monthly basis, 50% of any consideration payable for such month under the sublease to Tenant by the Transferee which exceeds on a per square foot basis the Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment payable for such month during the term of the sublease in respect of the sublet space (together with any sums paid for services rendered by Tenant to the Transferee in excess of fair market value for such services and sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s Property, less the then fair market or rental value thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord) after first deducting the monthly amortized amount of Transaction Costs. The sums payable under this clause shall be calculated and paid by Tenant to Landlord monthly as and when paid by the subtenant to Tenant.

The amount payable under this Section 13.7 with respect to any particular Transfer is sometimes referred to herein as the Transfer Premium. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated by ten percent (10%) or more, such event shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed to be an uncurable Event of Default (as such term is defined in Section 15.1 below) and Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

Section 13.7 Transfers.

(a) Related Entities. If Tenant is a legal entity, the transfer (by one or more transfers), directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, of a majority of the stock or other beneficial ownership interest in Tenant or of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant (collectively, Ownership Interests ) shall be deemed a voluntary assignment of this Lease; provided, however, that the provisions of this Article 13 shall not apply to the transfer of Ownership Interests in Tenant if and so long as Tenant is publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange. For purposes of this Article the term “transfers” shall be deemed to include (x) the issuance of new Ownership Interests which results in a majority of the Ownership Interests in Tenant being held by a person or entity which does not hold a majority of the Ownership Interests in Tenant on the Effective Date (y) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of Tenant’s net assets, and (z) except as provided below, the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant in one or more transactions or the merger, consolidation or conversion of Tenant into or with another business entity. The provisions of Section 13.1 shall not apply to transactions with a business entity into or with which Tenant is merged, consolidated or converted or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred so long as (i) such transfer was made for a legitimate independent business purpose and not for the purpose of transferring this Lease, (ii) the successor to Tenant has a tangible net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (and excluding goodwill, organization costs and other intangible assets) that is sufficient to meet the obligations of Tenant under this Lease and is at least equal to the net worth of Tenant (1) immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, conversion or transfer, or (2) on the Effective Date, whichever is greater, (iii) proof satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth is delivered to Landlord at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such transaction, (iv) any such transfer shall be subject and subordinate to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, and the transferee shall assume, in a written

 

30


document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and delivered to Landlord upon or prior to the effective date of such transfer, all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, (v) Tenant and any Guarantor shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, and (vi) such transfer does not cause Landlord to be in default under any existing lease at the Real Property. Tenant may also, upon prior notice to Landlord, permit any business entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the original Tenant (a Related Entity ) to sublet all or part of the Premises for any Permitted Uses, provided the Related Entity is in Landlord’s reasonable judgment of a character and engaged in a business which is in keeping with the standards for the Building and for so long as such entity remains a Related Entity. Such sublease shall not be deemed to vest in any such Related Entity any right or interest in this Lease nor shall it relieve, release, impair or discharge any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. For the purposes hereof, “control” shall be deemed to mean ownership of not less than 50% of all of the Ownership Interests of such corporation or other business entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to assign this Lease or sublease all or any portion of the Premises without Landlord’s consent pursuant to this Section 13.8 if Tenant is not the initial Tenant herein named or a person or entity who acquired Tenant’s interest in this Lease in a transaction approved by Landlord, or if an Event of Default by Tenant exists under this Lease.

(b) Applicability. The limitations set forth in this Section 13.8 shall apply to Transferee(s) and guarantor(s) of this Lease, if any, and any transfer by any such entity in violation of this Section 13.8 shall be a transfer in violation of Section 13.1.

(c) Modifications, Takeover Agreements. Any modification, amendment or extension of a sublease and/or any other agreement by which a landlord of a building other than the Building or its affiliate agrees to assume the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be deemed a sublease for the purposes of Section 13.1 hereof.

Section 13.8 Assumption of Obligations. No assignment or transfer shall be effective unless and until the Transferee executes, acknowledges and delivers to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the Transferee (a) assumes Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and (b) agrees that, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, the provisions of Section 13.1 hereof shall be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers.

Section 13.9 Tenant’s Liability. The joint and several liability of Tenant and any successors-in-interest of Tenant and the due performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not be discharged, released or impaired by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, extending the time, or modifying any of the terms and provisions of this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord, or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, to enforce any of the terms and provisions of this Lease.

Section 13.10 Listings in Building Directory. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on the doors of the Premises, the Building directory or elsewhere shall not vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, nor be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to any assignment or transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the Premises or to the use or occupancy thereof by others. Any such listing shall constitute a privilege revocable in Landlord’s discretion by notice to Tenant.

 

31


Section 13.11 Lease Disaffirmance or Rejection. If at any time after an assignment by Tenant named herein, this Lease is not affirmed or is rejected in any bankruptcy proceeding or any similar proceeding, or upon a termination of this Lease due to any such proceeding, Tenant named herein, upon request of Landlord given after such disaffirmance, rejection or termination (and actual notice thereof to Landlord in the event of a disaffirmance or rejection or in the event of termination other than by act of Landlord), shall (a) pay to Landlord all Rent and other charges due and owing by the assignee to Landlord under this Lease to and including the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination, and (b) as “tenant,” enter into a new lease of the Premises with Landlord for a term commencing on the effective date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination and ending on the Expiration Date, at the same Rent and upon the then executory terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, except that (i) the rights of Tenant named herein under the new lease shall be subject to the possessory rights of the assignee under this Lease and the possessory rights of any persons or entities claiming through or under such assignee or by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court, (ii) such new lease shall require all defaults existing under this Lease to be cured by Tenant named herein with due diligence, and (iii) such new lease shall require Tenant named herein to pay all Rent which, had this Lease not been so disaffirmed, rejected or terminated, would have become due under the provisions of this Lease after the date of such disaffirmance, rejection or termination with respect to any period prior thereto. If Tenant named herein defaults in its obligations to enter into such new lease for a period of 10 days after Landlord’s request, then, in addition to all other rights and remedies by reason of default, either at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies against Tenant named herein as if it had entered into such new lease and such new lease had thereafter been terminated as of the commencement date thereof by reason of Tenant’s default thereunder.

ARTICLE 14

ACCESS TO PREMISES

Section 14.1 Landlord’s Access. (a)  Landlord, Landlord’s agents and utility service providers servicing the Building may erect, use and maintain concealed ducts, pipes and conduits in and through the Premises provided such use does not cause the usable area of the Premises to be reduced beyond a de minimis amount. Landlord shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises caused by any work performed pursuant to this Article 14.

(b) Landlord, any Lessor or Mortgagee and any other party designated by Landlord and their respective agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times, upon reasonable notice (which notice may be oral) except in the case of emergency or prior to entry to provide routine janitorial services (in which events no notice shall be required), to examine the Premises, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, Mortgagees, Lessors or tenants and their respective agents and representatives or others and to perform Work of Improvement to the Premises or the Building.

All parts (except surfaces facing the interior of the Premises) of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises, all balconies, terraces and roofs adjacent to the Premises, all space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, stairways, mail chutes, conduits and other mechanical facilities, Building System, Building facilities and Common Areas are not part of the Premises, and Landlord shall have the use thereof and access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of Building operation, maintenance, alteration and repair.

Section 14.2 Building Name. Landlord has the right at any time to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known.

 

32


Section 14.3 Light and Air. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or covered over by reason of any Work of Improvement, any of such windows are permanently darkened or covered over due to any Requirement or there is otherwise a diminution of light, air or view by another structure which may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Landlord), Landlord shall not be liable for any damages and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or abatement of any Rent, nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder or constitute an actual or constructive eviction.

ARTICLE 15

DEFAULT

Section 15.1 Tenant’s Defaults. Each of the following events shall be an Event of Default hereunder:

(a) Tenant fails to pay when due any installment of Rent and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, except that Landlord shall only be required to give one such notice in any calendar year, and after any such notice is given any failure by Tenant in such calendar year to pay any Rent due hereunder when due shall itself constitute an Event of Default, without the requirement of notice from Landlord of such failure; or

(b) Tenant fails to observe or perform any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease and such failure continues for more than 30 days (10 days with respect to a default under Article 3, Article 9 or Section 26.10) after notice by Landlord to Tenant of such default, or if such default (other than a default under Article 3, Article 9 or Section 26.10) is of a nature that it cannot be completely remedied within 30 days, failure by Tenant to commence to remedy such failure within said 30 days, and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy such default, provided in all events the same is completed within 90 days; or

(c) if Landlord applies or retains any part of the Security Deposit held by it hereunder, and Tenant fails to deposit with Landlord the amount so applied or retained by Landlord, or if Landlord draws on any Letter of Credit (as hereinafter defined) required hereunder, in part or in whole, and Tenant fails to provide Landlord with a replacement Letter of Credit, within 5 Business Days after notice by Landlord to Tenant stating the amount applied, retained or drawn, as applicable; or

(d) Tenant files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or insolvency, or is adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or files any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future federal bankruptcy act or any other present or future applicable federal, state or other statute or law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or seeks or consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of any trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for Tenant or for all or any part of Tenant’s property; or

(e) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within 60 days from the date of entry thereof. or

 

33


(f) If Guarantor shall fail to perform any of the obligations when due under the Guaranty of Lease from the Guarantor in favor of Landlord, guarantying the payment and performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease; or

(g) Guarantor generally does not, or is unable to, or admits in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due or is subject to the filing of a petition, case or proceeding in bankruptcy.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

Section 15.2 Landlord’s Remedies. (a)  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord, at its option, and without limiting the exercise of any other right or remedy Landlord may have on account of such Event of Default, and without any further demand or notice, may give to Tenant 3 days’ notice of termination of this Lease, in which event this Lease and the Term shall come to an end and expire (whether or not the Term shall have commenced) upon the expiration of such 3 day period with the same force and effect as if the date set forth in the notice was the Expiration Date stated herein; and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in this Article 15, and/or, to the extent permitted by law, Landlord may remove all persons and property from the Premises, which property shall be stored by Landlord at a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk, expense and for the account of Tenant.

(b) If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant the aggregate of:

(i) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent earned as of the date of the termination hereof;

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after the date of termination hereof until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom; and

(v) Any other amount which Landlord may hereafter be permitted to recover from Tenant to compensate Landlord for the detriment caused by Tenant’s default.

For the purposes of this Section 15.2(b), “rent” shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others, the “time of award” shall mean the date upon which the judgment in any

 

34


action brought by Landlord against Tenant by reason of such Event of Default is entered or such earlier date as the court may determine; the “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Sections 15.2(b)(i) and 15.2(b)(ii) shall be computed by allowing interest on such amounts at the Interest Rate; and the “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Section 15.2(b)(iii) shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1% per annum. Tenant agrees that such charges shall be recoverable by Landlord under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1174(b) or any similar, successor or related provision of law.

Section 15.3 Recovering Rent as It Comes Due. Upon any Event of Default, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity or under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord may, from time to time, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due. Such remedy may be exercised by Landlord without prejudice to its right thereafter to terminate this Lease in accordance with the other provisions contained in this Article 15. Landlord’s reentry to perform acts of maintenance or preservation of, or in connection with efforts to relet, the Premises, or any portion thereof, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises or any portion thereof and, until Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall continue in full force and Landlord may pursue all its remedies hereunder. Nothing in this Article 15 shall be deemed to affect Landlord’s right to indemnification, under the indemnification clauses contained in this Lease, for Losses arising from events occurring prior to the termination of this Lease.

Section 15.4 Reletting on Tenant’s Behalf. If Tenant abandons the Premises or if Landlord elects to reenter or takes possession of the Premises pursuant to any legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by Requirements, and until Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, recover all Rent as it becomes due pursuant to Section 15.3 and/or relet the Premises or any part thereof for the account of and on behalf of Tenant, on any terms, for any term (whether or not longer than the Term), and at any rental as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem advisable, and Landlord may make any Work of Improvement to the Premises in connection therewith. Tenant hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Landlord as its attorney-in-fact, which appointment shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable, for purposes of reletting the Premises pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. If Landlord elects to so relet the Premises on behalf of Tenant, then rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied:

(a) First, to reimburse Landlord for the costs and expenses of such reletting (including costs and expenses of retaking or repossessing the Premises, removing persons and property therefrom, securing new tenants, and, if Landlord maintains and operates the Premises, the costs thereof) and necessary or reasonable Work of Improvement.

(b) Second, to the payment of any indebtedness of Tenant to Landlord other than Rent due and unpaid hereunder.

 

35


(c) Third, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder, and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of other or future obligations of Tenant to Landlord as the same may become due and payable.

Should the rentals received from such reletting, when applied in the manner and order indicated above, at any time be less than the total amount owing from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord, and if Tenant does not pay such deficiency within 5 days of delivery of notice thereof to Tenant, Landlord may bring an action against Tenant for recovery of such deficiency or pursue its other remedies hereunder or under California Civil Code Section 1951.8, California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 et seq., or any similar, successor or related Requirements.

Section 15.5 General. (a)  All rights, powers and remedies of Landlord hereunder and under any other agreement now or hereafter in force between Landlord and Tenant shall be cumulative and not alternative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Landlord at law or in equity. The exercise of any one or more of such rights or remedies shall not impair Landlord’s right to exercise any other right or remedy including any and all rights and remedies of Landlord under California Civil Code Section 1951.8, California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 et seq., or any similar, successor or related Requirements.

(b) If, after Tenant’s abandonment of the Premises, Tenant leaves behind any of Tenant’s Property, then Landlord shall store such Tenant’s Property at a warehouse or any other location at the risk, expense and for the account of Tenant, and such property shall be released only upon Tenant’s payment of such charges, together with moving and other costs relating thereto and all other sums due and owing under this Lease. If Tenant does not reclaim such Tenant’s Property within the period permitted by law, Landlord may sell such Tenant’s Property in accordance with law and apply the proceeds of such sale to any sums due and owing hereunder, or retain said Property, granting Tenant credit against sums due and owing hereunder for the reasonable value of such Property.

(c) To the extent permitted by law, Tenant hereby waives all provisions of, and protections under, any Requirement to the extent same are inconsistent and in conflict with specific terms and provisions hereof.

Section 15.6 Interest. If any payment of Rent is not paid when due, interest shall accrue on such payment, from the date such payment became due until paid at the Interest Rate. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant of Rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any note secured by a Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, in addition to interest, if any amount is not paid when due, a late charge equal to 5% of such amount shall be assessed; provided, however, that on 2 occasions during any calendar year of the Term, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such late payment and Tenant shall have a period of 5 days thereafter in which to make such payment before any late charge is assessed. Such interest and late charges are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any of Landlord’s rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease.

Section 15.7 Other Rights of Landlord. If Tenant fails to pay any Additional Rent when due, Landlord, in addition to any other right or remedy, shall have the same rights and remedies as in the case of a default by Tenant in the payment of Fixed Rent. If Tenant is in

 

36


arrears in the payment of Rent, Tenant waives Tenant’s right, if any, to designate the items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items Landlord sees fit, regardless of any request by Tenant. Landlord reserves the right, without liability to Tenant and without constituting any claim of constructive eviction, to suspend furnishing or rendering to Tenant any property, material, labor, utility or other service, whenever Landlord is obligated to furnish or render the same at the expense of Tenant, in the event that (but only for so long as) Tenant is in arrears in paying Landlord for such items for more than 5 days after notice from Landlord to Tenant demanding the payment of such arrears.

ARTICLE 16

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE; FEES AND EXPENSES

If Tenant defaults in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord, without waiving such default, may perform such obligations at Tenant’s expense: (a) immediately, and without notice, in the case of emergency or if the default (i) materially interferes with the use by any other tenant of the Building, (ii) materially interferes with the efficient operation of the Building, (iii) results in a violation of any Requirement, or (iv) results or will result in a cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord, and (b) in any other case if such default continues after 10 days from the date Landlord gives notice of Landlord’s intention to perform the defaulted obligation. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it and all costs and expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, incurred by Landlord in any action or proceeding (including any unlawful detainer proceeding) brought by Landlord to enforce any obligation of Tenant under this Lease and/or right of Landlord in or to the Premises or as a result of any default by Tenant under this Lease, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand, with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date incurred by Landlord. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, all costs and expenses which, pursuant to this Lease are incurred by Landlord and payable to Landlord by Tenant, and all charges, amounts and sums payable to Landlord by Tenant for any property, material, labor, utility or other services which, pursuant to this Lease, attributable directly to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or presence at the Building, or at the request and for the account of Tenant, are provided, furnished or rendered by Landlord, shall become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord within 10 Business Days after receipt of Landlord’s invoice for such amount.

ARTICLE 17

NO REPRESENTATIONS BY LANDLORD; LANDLORD’S APPROVAL

Section 17.1 No Representations. Except as expressly set forth herein, Landlord and Landlord’s agents have made no warranties, representations, statements or promises with respect to the Building, the Real Property or the Premises and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise. Tenant is entering into this Lease after full investigation and is not relying upon any statement or representation made by Landlord not embodied in this Lease.

Section 17.2 No Money Damages. Wherever in this Lease Landlord’s consent or approval is required, if Landlord refuses to grant such consent or approval, whether or not Landlord expressly agreed that such consent or approval would not be unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall not make or exercise, and Tenant hereby waives, any claim for money damages

 

37


(including any claim by way of set-off, counterclaim or defense) and/or any right to terminate this Lease based upon Tenant’s claim or assertion that Landlord unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent or approval. Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce such provision, by specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment. In no event shall Landlord be liable for, and Tenant, on behalf of itself and all other Tenant Parties, hereby waives any claim for, any indirect, consequential or punitive damages, including loss of profits or business opportunity, arising under or in connection with this Lease.

Section 17.3 Reasonable Efforts. For purposes of this Lease, “reasonable efforts” by Landlord shall not include an obligation to employ contractors or labor at overtime or other premium pay rates or to incur any other overtime costs or additional expenses whatsoever.

ARTICLE 18

END OF TERM

Section 18.1 Expiration. Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord vacant, broom clean and in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not responsible under the terms of this Lease excepted, and Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Property and Specialty Alterations. Tenant shall have no obligation to remove Landlord’s Work.

Section 18.2 Holdover Rent. Landlord and Tenant recognize that Landlord’s damages resulting from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender possession of the Premises may be substantial, may exceed the amount of the Rent payable hereunder, and will be impossible to accurately measure. Accordingly, if possession of the Premises is not surrendered to Landlord on the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at sufferance and in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have hereunder or at law, Tenant shall (a) pay to Landlord for each month (or any portion thereof) during which Tenant holds over in the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, a sum equal to the greater of (i) 150% of the Rent payable under this Lease for the last full calendar month of the Term, and (ii) 150% of the rate Landlord is then asking for comparable space in the Building (or if no comparable space is then available, 150% of the fair market rental value of the Premises as reasonably determined by Landlord), (b) be liable to Landlord for (1) any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Premises (a New Tenant ) in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, and (2) the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, and (c) indemnify Landlord against all claims for damages by any New Tenant. No holding-over by Tenant, nor the payment to Landlord of the amounts specified above, shall operate to extend the Term hereof. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease, and no acceptance by Landlord of payments from Tenant after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount to be paid by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 18.2.

 

38


ARTICLE 19

QUIET ENJOYMENT

Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and no Event of Default then exists, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises without hindrance by Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and to all Superior Leases and Mortgages.

ARTICLE 20

NO SURRENDER; NO WAIVER

Section 20.1 No Surrender or Release. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord, unless such waiver is in writing and is signed by Landlord.

Section 20.2 No Waiver. The failure of either party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, or any of the Rules and Regulations, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future performance of such obligations of this Lease or the Rules and Regulations, or of the right to exercise such election but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect with respect to any subsequent breach, act or omission. The receipt by Landlord of any Rent payable pursuant to this Lease or any other sums with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account of the earliest stipulated Rent, or as Landlord may elect to apply such payment, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

ARTICLE 21

WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY; COUNTERCLAIM

Section 21.1 Jury Trial Waiver. IF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO ENFORCE THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE (INCLUDING AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN LANDLORD AND THE TRUSTEE OR DEBTOR IN POSSESSION WHILE TENANT IS A DEBTOR IN A PROCEEDING UNDER ANY BANKRUPTCY LAW) PROCEEDS TO TRIAL, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY IN SUCH TRIAL. Landlord and Tenant agree that this paragraph constitutes a written consent to waiver of trial by jury within the meaning of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 631(d)(2), and each party does hereby authorize and empower the other party to file this paragraph and/or this Lease, as required, with the clerk or judge of any court of competent jurisdiction as a written consent to waiver of jury trial.

 

39


Section 21.2 Waiver of Counterclaim. If Landlord commences any summary proceeding (including specifically any proceeding to terminate a lease or evict a tenant pursuant to CCP Title 3, Chapter 4 Forcible Entry and Detainer, commencing with section 1159 et seq.) against Tenant, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of any nature or description in any such proceeding (unless failure to interpose such counterclaim would preclude Tenant from asserting in a separate action the claim which is the subject of such counterclaim), and will not seek to consolidate such proceeding with any other action which may have been or will be brought in any other court by Tenant.

ARTICLE 22

NOTICES

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, all consents, notices, demands, requests, approvals or other communications given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or rendered if delivered by hand (provided a signed receipt is obtained) or if sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service making receipted deliveries, addressed to Landlord and Tenant as set forth in Article 1, and to any Mortgagee or Lessor who shall require copies of notices and whose address is provided to Tenant, or to such other address(es) as Landlord, Tenant or any Mortgagee or Lessor may designate as its new address(es) for such purpose by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this Article 22. Any such approval, consent, notice, demand, request or other communication shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipted delivery, refusal to accept delivery or when delivery is first attempted but cannot be made due to a change of address for which no notice is given or 3 Business Days after it shall have been mailed as provided in this Article 22, whichever is earlier.

ARTICLE 23

RULES AND REGULATIONS

All Tenant Parties shall observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations, as supplemented or amended from time to time. Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to adopt additional Rules and Regulations and to amend the Rules and Regulations then in effect. Nothing contained in this Lease shall impose upon Landlord any obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease against any other Building tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its employees, agents, visitors or licensees, provided that Landlord shall enforce the Rules or Regulations against Tenant in a non-discriminatory fashion.

ARTICLE 24

BROKER

Landlord has retained Landlord’s Broker as leasing agent in connection with this Lease and Landlord will be solely responsible for any fee that may be payable to Landlord’s Broker. Landlord agrees to pay a commission to Tenant’s Broker pursuant to a separate agreement. Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that neither it nor its agents have dealt with any broker in connection with this Lease other than Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all Losses which the indemnified party may incur

 

40


by reason of any claim of or liability to any broker, finder or like agent (other than Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker) arising out of any dealings claimed to have occurred between the indemnifying party and the claimant in connection with this Lease, and/or the above representation being false.

ARTICLE 25

INDEMNITY

Section 25.1 Waiver of Liability . Neither Landlord nor any of its Indemnitees shall be liable or responsible in any way for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against the Indemnitees with respect to or arising out of (a) any death or any injury of any nature whatsoever that may be suffered or sustained by Tenant or any employee, licensee, invitee, guest, agent or customer of Tenant or any other person, from any causes whatsoever except to the extent such injury or death is caused by the willful misconduct of the Indemnitees; or (b) any loss or damage or injury to any property outside or within the Premises belonging to Tenant or its employees, agents, customers, licensees, invitees, guests or any other person; except to the extent such injury or damage is to property not covered by insurance carried (or required to be carried) by Tenant and is caused by the willful misconduct of the Indemnitees. Subject to the foregoing, none of the Indemnitees shall be liable for any damage or damages of any nature whatsoever to persons or property caused by explosion, fire, theft or breakage, by sprinkler, drainage or plumbing systems, by failure for any cause to supply adequate drainage, by the interruption of any public utility or service, by steam, gas, water, rain or other substances leaking, issuing or flowing into any part of the Premises, by natural occurrence, acts of the public enemy, riot, strike, insurrection, war, court order, requisition or order of governmental body or authority, or for any damage or inconvenience which may arise through repair, maintenance or alteration of any part of the Building, or by anything done or omitted to be done by any tenant, occupant or person in the Building. In addition, none of the Indemnitees shall be liable for any loss or damage for which Tenant is required to insure, nor for any loss or damage resulting from any construction, alterations or repair.

Section 25.2 Tenant’s Indemnity . Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Premises, or the Building which may subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury, damages to persons or property or to any liability by reason of any violation of any Requirement, and shall exercise such control over the Premises as to fully protect Landlord against any such liability. Except to the extent of any such injury or damage resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless each of the Indemnitees from and against any and all Losses, resulting from any claims (i) against the Indemnitees arising from any act, omission or negligence of any Tenant Party, (ii) against the Indemnitees arising from any accident, injury or damage to any person or to the property of any person and occurring in or about the Premises, and (iii) against the Indemnitees resulting from any breach, violation or nonperformance of any covenant, condition or agreement of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed.

Section 25.3 Defense and Settlement . If any claim, action or proceeding is made or brought against any Indemnitee, then upon demand by an Indemnitee, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall resist or defend such claim, action or proceeding in the Indemnitee’s name (if necessary), by attorneys approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (attorneys for Tenant’s insurer shall be deemed approved for purposes of this Section 25.3). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnitee may retain its own attorneys

 

41


to participate or assist in defending any claim, action or proceeding involving potential liability in excess of the amount available under Tenant’s liability insurance carried under Section 11.1 for such claim and Tenant shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such attorneys. If Tenant fails to diligently defend or if there is a legal conflict or other conflict of interest, then Landlord may retain separate counsel at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, Tenant may direct the Indemnitee to settle any claim, suit or other proceeding provided that (a) such settlement shall involve no obligation on the part of the Indemnitee other than the payment of money, (b) any payments to be made pursuant to such settlement shall be paid in full exclusively by Tenant at the time such settlement is reached, (c) such settlement shall not require the Indemnitee to admit any liability, and (d) the Indemnitee shall have received an unconditional release from the other parties to such claim, suit or other proceeding.

ARTICLE 26

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 26.1 Delivery. This Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless and until Landlord shall have executed and delivered a fully executed copy of this Lease to Tenant.

Section 26.2 Transfer of Real Property. Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall not be binding upon the Landlord named herein after the sale, conveyance, assignment or transfer (collectively, a Landlord Transfer ) by such Landlord (or upon any subsequent landlord after the Landlord Transfer by such subsequent landlord) of its interest in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, and in the event of any such Landlord Transfer, Landlord (and any such subsequent Landlord) shall be entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder arising from and after the date of the Landlord Transfer, and the transferee of Landlord’s interest (or that of such subsequent Landlord) in the Building or the Real Property, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have assumed all obligations under this Lease arising from and after the date of the Landlord Transfer.

Section 26.3 Limitation on Liability; Exculpation. The liability of Landlord for Landlord’s obligations arising in connection with or under this Lease shall be limited to Landlord’s interest in the Building and Tenant shall not look to any other property or assets of Landlord or the property or assets of any direct or indirect partner, member or shareholder of Landlord or any officer, director, agent, member, manager, personal representative, trustee or employee of any such direct or indirect partner, member or shareholder (collectively, the Landlord Parties and each a Landlord Party ) in seeking either to enforce Landlord’s obligations arising in connection with or under this Lease or to satisfy a judgment for Landlord’s failure to perform such obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding anything appearing to the contrary in this Lease, no Landlord Party shall be personally liable for the performance of the obligations of, or in respect of any claims against, Landlord arising in connection with or under this Lease, and no personal judgment shall be sought or obtained against any Landlord Party in connection with this Lease. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, but not in limitation of the provisions of Sections 17.2 and 25.1 above, Landlord shall not be liable for any consequential damages or interruption or loss of business, income or profits, or claims of constructive eviction, nor shall Landlord be liable for loss of or damage to artwork, currency, jewelry, bullion, unique or valuable documents, securities or other valuables, or for other property not in the nature of ordinary fixtures, furnishings and equipment used in general administrative and executive office activities and

 

42


functions (all of the foregoing, collectively, “ Special Claims ”). Wherever in this Lease Tenant (a) releases Landlord from any claim or liability, (b) waives or limits any right of Tenant to assert any claim against Landlord or to seek recourse against any property of Landlord or (c) agrees to indemnify Landlord against any matters, the relevant release, waiver, limitation or indemnity shall run in favor of and apply to Landlord, the constituent shareholders, partners, members, or other owners of Landlord, and the directors, officers, employees and agents of Landlord and each such constituent shareholder, partner, member or other owner.

Section 26.4 Rent. All amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment, Tenant’s Operating Payment, Additional Rent or Rent, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b)(6) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

Section 26.5 Entire Document. This Lease (including any Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein and all supplementary agreements provided for herein) contains the entire agreement between the parties and all prior negotiations and agreements are merged into this Lease. All of the Schedules and Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated in and made a part of this Lease, provided that in the event of any inconsistency between the terms and provisions of this Lease and the terms and provisions of the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control.

Section 26.6 Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California.

Section 26.7 Unenforceability. If any provision of this Lease, or its application to any person or entity or circumstance, shall ever be held to be invalid or unenforceable, then in each such event the remainder of this Lease or the application of such provision to any other person or entity or any other circumstance (other than those as to which it shall be invalid or unenforceable) shall not be thereby affected, and each provision hereof shall remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Section 26.8 Lease Disputes. (a)  Tenant agrees that all disputes arising, directly or indirectly, out of or relating to this Lease, and all actions to enforce this Lease, shall be dealt with and adjudicated in the state courts of the State of California or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and for that purpose hereby expressly and irrevocably submits itself to the jurisdiction of such courts. Tenant agrees that so far as is permitted under applicable law, this consent to personal jurisdiction shall be self-operative and no further instrument or action, other than service of process in one of the manners specified in this Lease, or as otherwise permitted by law, shall be necessary in order to confer jurisdiction upon it in any such court.

(b) To the extent that Tenant has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, Tenant irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Lease.

Section 26.9 Landlord’s Agent. Unless Landlord delivers notice to Tenant to the contrary, Landlord’s Agent is authorized to act as Landlord’s agent in connection with the performance of this Lease, and Tenant shall be entitled to rely upon correspondence received from Landlord’s Agent. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s Agent is acting solely as agent for

 

43


Landlord in connection with the foregoing; and neither Landlord’s Agent nor any of its direct or indirect partners, members, managers, officers, shareholders, directors, employees, principals, agents or representatives shall have any liability to Tenant in connection with the performance of this Lease, and Tenant waives any and all claims against any and all of such parties arising out of, or in any way connected with, this Lease, the Building or the Real Property.

Section 26.10 Estoppel. Within 7 days following request from Landlord, any Mortgagee or any Lessor, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a statement executed and acknowledged by Tenant, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (a) stating the Commencement Date, the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date, and that this Lease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth all modifications), (b) setting forth the date to which the Fixed Rent and any Additional Rent have been paid, together with the amount of monthly Fixed Rent and Additional Rent then payable, (c) stating whether or not, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is in default under this Lease, and, if Landlord is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, (d) stating the amount of the Letter of Credit and/or Security Deposit, if any, under this Lease, (e) stating whether there are any subleases or assignments affecting the Premises, (f) stating the address of Tenant to which all notices and communications under the Lease shall be sent, and (g) responding to any other matters reasonably requested by Landlord, such Mortgagee or such Lessor. Tenant acknowledges that any statement delivered pursuant to this Section 26.10 may be relied upon by any purchaser or owner of the Real Property, or the Building, or all or any portion of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property, or the Building or any Superior Lease, or by any Mortgagee, or assignee thereof or by any Lessor, or assignee thereof.

Section 26.11 Certain Interpretational Rules. For purposes of this Lease, whenever the words “include”, “includes”, or “including” are used, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” and, whenever the circumstances or the context requires, the singular shall be construed as the plural, the masculine shall be construed as the feminine and/or the neuter and vice versa. This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring or suggesting construction against the party drafting or causing the drafting of the provision in question. The captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease or the intent of any provision hereof.

Section 26.12 Parties Bound. The terms, covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, to their respective legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

Section 26.13 Memorandum of Lease. This Lease shall not be recorded; however, at Landlord’s request, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver a memorandum with respect to this Lease sufficient for recording and Landlord may record the memorandum. Within 10 days after the end of the Term, Tenant shall enter into such documentation as is reasonably required by Landlord to remove the memorandum of record.

Section 26.14 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in 2 or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one instrument.

 

44


Section 26.15 Survival. All obligations and liabilities of Landlord or Tenant to the other which accrued before the expiration or other termination of this Lease, and all such obligations and liabilities which by their nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this Lease may be, performed after such expiration or other termination, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to any indemnity under this Lease, and with respect to any Rent and any other amounts payable under this Lease, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.

Section 26.16 Code Waivers. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of Subsection 1 of Section 1931, 1932, Subdivision 2, 1933, Subdivision 4, 1941, 1942 and 1950.7 (providing that a Landlord may only claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant or to clean the premises) of the California Civil Code, Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure (allowing either party to petition a court to terminate a lease in the event of a partial taking), and Section 1174(c) of the California Code of Civil Procedure and Section 1951.7 of the California Civil Code (providing for Tenant’s right to satisfy a judgment in order to prevent a forfeiture of this Lease or requiring Landlord to deliver written notice to Tenant of any reletting of the Premises), and any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereinafter in effect.

Section 26.17 Inability to Perform. This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay Rent and to perform all of the other covenants and agreements of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or excused by any Unavoidable Delays. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to promptly notify Tenant of any Unavoidable Delay which prevents Landlord from fulfilling any of its obligations under this Lease.

Section 26.18 Signage . Tenant may, at Tenant’s expense, install a sign identifying Tenant’s business at the entrance to the Premises, provided that the design, size, color and location of the sign shall be subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval. Tenant shall be entitled, at no cost to Tenant, to have the name of Tenant’s company listed on the Building directory situated in the lobby of the Building, on the Tenant directory in the lobby of each multi-tenant floor (if any) on which any portion of the Premises is located, and, subject to the next sentence, on the middle slot of the existing Building monument sign located at the entrance to the Building. Tenant’s aforesaid right to monument signage is subject to Landlord entering into arrangements satisfactory to Landlord, in its sole discretion, with the existing tenant that has such monument signage right, for its surrender of such right. If, after Tenant’s name is initially listed on any such directory or on the monument sign, Tenant requests a change in Tenant’s name as printed thereon, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable cost of reprinting Tenant’s name for the directory or the monument sign. All costs associated with Tenant’s monument signage, including costs of installation, and removal thereof as set forth below, shall be paid by Tenant, and for any such work performed by Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the same within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s written demand. All of Tenant’s aforesaid signage shall comply fully with and be conditioned upon and subject to all Requirements, and the design, size, color and location of all of Tenant’s aforesaid signage shall be subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval and consistent with Building standard signage criteria, if any. Tenant’s aforesaid right to monument signage is personal to the Tenant originally named in this Lease, and shall forever terminate as of the date that such named Tenant shall no longer be the Tenant hereunder. In addition, Tenant’s aforesaid right to monument signage shall forever terminate as of the date that an Event of Default shall have occurred under this Lease and Tenant shall have failed to cure the same within any applicable cure period provided under this Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or the earlier termination of Tenant’s monument signage rights hereunder, Tenant shall remove its monument signage and restore the monument to its condition prior to the installation of such signage, or, at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall perform such work, in which case all costs and expenses of such removal and restoration shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s written demand.

 

45


Section 26.19 Financial Statements . Within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s request from time to time during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) Tenant’s and Guarantor’s audited financial statements for the most recently completed fiscal year or (ii) if audited statements for Tenant or Guarantor are not prepared, then unaudited financial statements for the most recent fiscal year of Tenant or Guarantor which shall be certified to be true and correct by Tenant’s Chief Financial Officer and Guarantor’s Chief Financial Officer, respectively. In addition, within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s request from time to time during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall provide such additional information as Landlord may reasonably request to enable Landlord to assess the then credit-worthiness of Tenant as a tenant of the Building, and Guarantor as guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, including copies of financial statements reflecting Tenant’s and Guarantor’s then current financial situation. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that all financial statements furnished by Tenant and Guarantor are kept confidential by Landlord and any Mortgagee or prospective purchaser that may receive the same, and that such statements are used only for the purpose of assessing the credit-worthiness of Tenant as a tenant of the Building and Guarantor as a guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

Section 26.20 Development of the Real Property . Landlord reserves the right to subdivide all or a portion of the Real Property. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, upon demand by Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord, any additional documents needed to conform this Lease to the circumstances resulting from such subdivision. If portions of the Real Property or property adjacent to the Real Property (collectively, the Other Improvements ) are owned or later acquired by an entity other than Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord, Landlord, at its option, may enter into an agreement with the owner or owners of any or all of the Other Improvements to provide (i) for reciprocal rights of access and/or use of the Real Property and the Other Improvements, (ii) for the common management, operation, maintenance, improvement and/or repair of all or any portion of the Real Property and the Other Improvements, provided that Tenant’s rights under this Lease are not materially impaired, (iii) for the allocation of a portion of the Operating Expenses and Taxes to the Other Improvements and the operating expenses and taxes for the Other Improvements to the Real Property, and (iv) for the use or improvement of the Other Improvements and/or the Real Property in connection with the improvement, construction, and/or excavation of the Other Improvements and/or the Real Property. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to limit or otherwise affect Landlord’s right to convey all or any portion of the Real Property or any other of Landlord’s rights described in this Lease.

Section 26.21 Tax Status of Beneficial Owner . Tenant recognizes and acknowledges that Landlord and/or certain beneficial owners of Landlord may from time to time qualify as real estate investment trusts pursuant to Sections 856, et seq. of the Internal Revenue Code and that avoiding (a) the loss of such status, (b) the receipt of any income derived under any provision of this Lease that does not constitute “rents from real property” (in the case of real estate investment trusts), and (c) the imposition of income, penalty or similar taxes (each an Adverse Event ) is of material concern to Landlord and such beneficial owners. In the event that this Lease or any document contemplated hereby could, in the opinion of counsel to Landlord, result in or cause an Adverse Event, Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in negotiating an amendment or modification thereof and shall at the request of Landlord execute and deliver such documents reasonably required to effect such amendment or modification. Any

 

46


amendment or modification pursuant to this Section 26.21 shall be structured so that the net economic results to Landlord and Tenant shall be the same as (or more favorable to Tenant than) those set forth in this Lease without regard to such amendment or modification. Without limiting any of Landlord’s other rights under this Section 26.21, Landlord may waive the receipt of any amount payable to Landlord hereunder and such waiver shall constitute an amendment or modification of this Lease with respect to such payment. Tenant expressly covenants and agrees not to enter into any sublease or assignment which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy, or utilization based in whole or in part on the net income or profits derived by any person from the property leased, used, occupied, or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and that any such purported sublease or assignment shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy, or utilization of any part of the Premises.

ARTICLE 27

LETTER OF CREDIT

Section 27.1 Form of Letter of Credit; Letter of Credit Amount. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable standby letter of credit (the Letter of Credit ), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F and containing the terms required herein, payable in the City of San Francisco, California, running in favor of Landlord and issued by a solvent, nationally recognized bank with a long term rating of A or higher (by Standard & Poor’s) or a long term rating of A2 or higher (by Moody’s), under the supervision of the Superintendent of Banks of the State of California, or a national banking association, in the amount set forth in Article 1 (the “ Letter of Credit Amount ”); provided , however , that until the Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Premises, the Letter of Credit Amount shall be $96,000.00. Landlord acknowledges that as of the date of this Lease, Wells Fargo Bank N.A. is an acceptable issuer of the Letter of Credit. The Letter of Credit shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period from the Commencement Date and continuing until the date (the “LC Expiration Date”) that is sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Term, and Tenant shall deliver a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce - Publication No. 600, modified as set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto. If Tenant exercises its option to extend the Term pursuant to this Lease then, not later than sixty (60) days prior to the commencement of the Extension Period, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a new Letter of Credit or certificate of renewal or extension evidencing the LC Expiration Date as sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Extension Period. The form and terms of the Letter of Credit and the bank issuing the same (the “Bank”) shall be acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (1) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (2) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (3) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, (4) the Bank has notified Landlord that

 

47


the Letter of Credit will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date, or (5) the long term rating of the Bank has been downgraded to BBB or lower (by Standard & Poor’s) or Baa2 or lower (by Moody’s) and Tenant has failed to deliver a new Letter of Credit from a bank with a long term rating of A or higher (by Standard & Poor’s) or A2 or higher (by Moody’s) and otherwise meeting the requirements set forth in this Article 27 within thirty (30) days following notice from Landlord. The Letter of Credit will be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit.

Section 27.2 Transfer of Letter of Credit by Landlord. The Letter of Credit shall also provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all of its interest in and to the Letter of Credit to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the Letter of Credit by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

Section 27.3 Maintenance of Letter of Credit by Tenant. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the Letter of Credit Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) Business Days thereafter, replenish the Letter of Credit to the Letter of Credit Amount or provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 27, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 15.1 of this Lease, at Landlord’s option the same shall constitute an incurable Event of Default by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Letter of Credit expires earlier than the LC Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring Letter of Credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. However, if the Letter of Credit is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the Letter of Credit in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 27, Landlord shall have the right to present the Letter of Credit to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article 27, and the proceeds of the Letter of Credit may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the Letter of Credit received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or

 

48


damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused Letter of Credit proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

Section 27.4 Landlord’s Right to Draw Upon Letter of Credit. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the Letter of Credit upon the occurrence of any breach or default on the part of Tenant under this Lease. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default. The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the Letter of Credit. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit conditional to justify the issuer of the Letter of Credit in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (a) the Letter of Credit constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (b) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (c) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof, and (d) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the Letter of Credit and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

Section 27.5 California Civil Code Section 1950.7. Tenant hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the benefits and protections of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, and, without limitation of the scope of such waiver, acknowledges that Landlord may use all or any part of the Letter of Credit or the proceeds therefrom to compensate Landlord for damages resulting from termination of this Lease and the tenancy created hereunder (including, without limitation, damages recoverable under California Civil Code Section 1951.2).

Section 27.6 Reduction of Letter of Credit Amount . The Letter of Credit Amount required hereunder shall reduce as of the commencement of Rent Year 3 to $81,000.00 and as of the commencement of Rent Year 4 to $40,000.00 (each such date, a “Reduction Date”); provided, however, that if on the Reduction Date or during the one (1) year period prior to the Reduction Date an Event of Default (or a default that subsequently matures into an Event of Default) shall have occurred under this Lease (or any default under this Lease shall have occurred where there exist circumstances under which Landlord is enjoined or otherwise prevented by operation of law from giving to Tenant a written notice which would be necessary

 

49


for such failure of performance to constitute an Event of Default under this Lease), the required amount of the Letter of Credit shall not reduce on the Reduction Date and shall not thereafter be subject to reduction. If Tenant is entitled to the foregoing reduction in the Letter of Credit Amount, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant upon Tenant’s request to replace or amend the then existing Letter of Credit to reflect such reduced amount required hereunder.

ARTICLE 28

PARKING

Tenant shall have the right to use, commencing on the Commencement Date and at no additional cost to Tenant, up to three (3) non-transferable parking passes for each one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises, which parking passes shall pertain to the Building Parking Facility (as hereinafter defined). “ Building Parking Facility ” shall mean and collectively refer to that certain parking structure located on the Real Property, providing both subterranean and surface parking. One-half of the parking passes shall pertain to subterranean parking in the Building Parking Facility, and the other one-half of the parking passes shall pertain to surface parking in the Building Parking Facility (and if there shall be an odd number of parking passes, the final pass shall be for surface parking). Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the use of the Building Parking Facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Building Parking Facility, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord or the operator of the Building Parking Facility, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Building Parking Facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Building Parking Facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes granted to Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

ARTICLE 29

OPTION TO RENEW

Section 29.1 Option to Renew .

a. Option to Renew . Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) years, commencing upon the expiration of the initial term of this Lease. The renewal option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice given by Tenant to Landlord not earlier than twelve (12) full calendar months and not later than nine (9) full calendar months prior to expiration of the initial term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the

 

50


foregoing, at Landlord’s election, the renewal option shall be null and void and Tenant shall have no right to renew this Lease pursuant thereto if on the date Tenant exercises the option or on the date immediately preceding the commencement of the renewal period (i) the original Tenant named under this Lease is not in physical occupancy for the conduct of business of at least 50% of the entire Premises then demised hereunder or such Tenant does not intend to continue to so occupy at least 50% of the entire Premises then demised hereunder, or (ii) an Event of Default (or a default that subsequently matures into an Event of Default) shall have occurred and be continuing under this Lease.

b. Terms and Conditions . If Tenant exercises the renewal option, then all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as applicable to the Premises during the initial term shall apply during such renewal term, except that (i) Tenant shall have no further right to renew this Lease, (ii) Tenant shall take the Premises in its then “as-is” state and condition, (iii) the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant for the Premises shall be the then-fair market rent for the Premises based upon the terms of this Lease, as renewed, (iv) the Base Year shall be the calendar year in which the renewal term commences, and (v) the Base Tax Year shall be the fiscal tax year in which the renewal term commences. Fair market rent shall include the periodic rental increases, if any, that would be included for space leased for the period the space will be covered by the Lease. For purposes of this Section 29.1.b., the term “fair market rent” shall mean the rental rate for comparable space under primary lease (and not sublease) to renewal and new tenants (giving more weight to renewal tenancies), taking into consideration the quality and prestige of the Building and such amenities as existing improvements, view, floor on which the Premises are situated and the like, situated in comparable first-class, reputable, established office buildings in comparable locations in Santa Clara County, California, in comparable physical and economic condition, taking into consideration then prevailing ordinary rental market practices with respect to tenant concessions, such as tenant improvement allowances and free rent periods (if any) (e.g., not offering extraordinary rental, promotional deals and other concessions to tenants which deviate from what is the then-prevailing ordinary practice in an effort to alleviate cash flow problems, difficulties in meeting loan obligations or other financial distress, or in response to a greater than average vacancy rate). The fair market rent shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant in writing within the thirty (30) calendar day period commencing six (6) months prior to commencement of the renewal period. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the fair market monthly rent within said thirty (30) day period, then the fair market rent shall be established by appraisal in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit G attached hereto.

c. Minimum Rental . Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing or Exhibit G attached hereto to the contrary, in no event shall the Fixed Rent during the renewal period be less than the aggregate amount of the Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Payment and Tenant’s Operating Payment payable for the calendar month immediately preceding the commencement of the renewal period (without taking into account any temporary rental abatements then in effect).

[Signature Page Follows]

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

SANTA CLARA TOWERS, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

   

INPHI CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ James A. Pierre

    By:  

/s/ John S. Edmunds

Name:  

James A. Pierre

    Name:  

John S. Edmunds

Its:  

Vice President

    Its:  

CFO

 

52


EXHIBIT A

Floor Plan

The floor plan which follows is intended solely to identify the general location of the Premises, and should not be used for any other purpose. All areas, dimensions and locations are approximate, and any physical conditions indicated may not exist as shown.

 

EXHIBIT A


EXHIBIT A-1

DESCRIPTION OR DELINEATION OF THE LAND

 

EXHIBIT A-1


EXHIBIT B

Definitions

Base Building: The structural portions of the Building (including exterior walls and glass, roof structure and membrane, foundation, and floor slabs.

Base Rate: The annual rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Citibank, N.A., or its successor, in New York, New York as its “base rate” (or such other term as may be used by Citibank, N.A., from time to time, for the rate presently referred to as its “base rate”).

Building Systems: The mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sanitary, sprinkler, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, security, life-safety, elevator and other service systems or facilities of the Building up to the point of connection of localized distribution to the Premises (excluding, however, Premises Systems).

Business Days: All days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Observed Holidays.

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended.

Common Areas: The lobby, plaza and sidewalk areas, Building Parking Facility and other similar areas of general access and the areas on individual multi-tenant floors in the Building devoted to corridors, elevator lobbies, restrooms, and other similar facilities, all as designated by Landlord from time to time for the general use and convenience of Tenant and other tenants and their respective authorized representatives and invitees. So long as the Fitness Facility shall remain available for use by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.11 of the Lease, the Fitness Facility shall be deemed part of the Common Areas, subject to the provisions of Section 10.11 of the Lease.

Comparable Buildings: First-class office buildings of comparable age and quality in the City of Santa Clara, California, including specifically the buildings commonly known as Mission Towers I and II buildings and Tower II.

Excluded Expenses: (a) Taxes; (b) franchise or income taxes imposed upon Landlord; (c) mortgage amortization and interest; (d) leasing commissions; (e) the cost of tenant installations and decorations incurred in connection with preparing leasable space for any Building tenant; (f) fixed rent under Superior Leases, if any; (g) charitable and political contributions; (h) wages, salaries and benefits paid to any persons above the grade of manager of the Building and Real Property and their immediate supervisor; (i) legal and accounting fees relating to (A) disputes with tenants, prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, (B) disputes with purchasers, prospective purchasers, mortgagees or prospective mortgagees of the Building, the Building or the Real Property or any part of either, (c) disputes with Landlord’s employees or Landlord’s Building or Real Property manager, or (D) negotiations of leases, contracts of sale or mortgages; (j) costs of services provided to other tenants of the Building on a “rent-inclusion” basis which are not provided to Tenant on such basis; (k) costs that are reimbursed out of insurance, warranty or condemnation proceeds, or which are reimbursed by Tenant or other tenants other than pursuant to an expense escalation clause; (l) costs in the

 

EXHIBIT B


nature of penalties or fines; (m) costs for services, supplies or repairs paid to any Landlord related entity materially in excess of costs that would be payable in an “arm’s length” or unrelated situation for comparable services, supplies or repairs; (n) allowances, concessions or other costs and expenses of improving or decorating any demised or demisable space in the Building; (o) appraisal, advertising, marketing, and promotional expenses in connection with leasing, selling or financing the Building, and other costs of selling or financing the Building; (p) the costs of installing, operating and maintaining a specialty improvement, including a cafeteria, lodging or private dining facility, or an athletic, luncheon or recreational club unless Tenant is permitted to make use of such facility without additional cost or on a subsidized basis consistent with other users; (q) any costs or expenses (including fines, interest, penalties and legal fees) arising out of Landlord’s failure to timely pay Operating Expenses or Taxes; (r) costs incurred in connection with the removal, encapsulation or other treatment of asbestos or any other Hazardous Materials (classified as such on the Effective Date) existing in the Premises as of the date hereof; (s) the cost of capital improvements other than those expressly included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 7.1.; (t) depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except as provided herein and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as reasonably determined by Landlord; (u) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building except to the extent such costs reflect costs that would have been reasonably included in Operating Expenses absent such violation; (v) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Building to the extent the same materially exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis (taking into account the market factors in effect on the date any relevant contracts were negotiated); (w) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses, as distinguished from the costs of the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Real Property; (x) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing HVAC systems, elevators or other equipment ordinarily considered to be capital items, except for (1) expenses in connection with making minor repairs on or keeping Building systems in operation while minor repairs are being made, and (2) costs of equipment not affixed to the Building which is used in providing janitorial or similar services; and (y) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of management, operation, repair and maintenance of the Real Property.

Governmental Authority: The United States of America, the City of Santa Clara, County of Santa Clara, or State of California, or any political subdivision, agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Real Property.

Guarantor: The Guarantor, if any, of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease as identified in Article 1 of this Lease.

Hazardous Materials: Any substances, materials or wastes currently or in the future deemed or defined in any Requirement as “hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” “contaminants,” “pollutants” or words of similar import.

HVAC System: The Building System designed to provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning.

 

EXHIBIT B


Indemnitees: Landlord, Landlord’s Agent, each Mortgagee and Lessor, and each of their respective direct and indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, managers, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, servants, agents, and representatives.

Lease Year: Any calendar year, or portion thereof, following the Commencement Date, the whole or any part of which period is included within the Term.

Lessor: A lessor under a Superior Lease.

Losses: Any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, judgments, fines, suits, demands, costs, interest and expenses of any kind or nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with any claim, proceeding or judgment and the defense thereof, and including all costs of repairing any damage to the Premises, the Building or the Building or the appurtenances of any of the foregoing to which a particular indemnity and hold harmless agreement applies.

Mortgage(s): Any mortgage, trust indenture or other financing document which may now or hereafter affect the Premises, the Real Property, the Building or any Superior Lease and the leasehold interest created thereby, and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof or thereto, substitutions therefor, and advances made thereunder.

Mortgagee(s): Any mortgagee, trustee or other holder of a Mortgage.

Observed Holidays: New Years Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, plus days observed by the State of California, the City of Santa Clara, and/or the labor unions servicing the Building as holidays.

Ordinary Business Hours: 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Business Days.

Premises Systems : Supplemental HVAC systems of tenants, sprinklers and the horizontal distribution systems within and servicing the Premises and by which mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sanitary, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, security, life-safety and other service systems are distributed from the base Building risers, feeders, panelboards, etc. for provision of such services to the Premises.

Prohibited Use: Any use or occupancy of the Premises that in Landlord’s reasonable judgment would: (a) cause damage to the Building or any equipment, facilities or other systems therein; (b) impair the appearance of the Building; (c) interfere with the efficient and economical maintenance, operation and repair of the Premises or the Building or the equipment, facilities or systems thereof; (d) adversely affect any service provided to, and/or the use and occupancy by, any Building tenant or occupants; (e) violate the certificate of occupancy issued for the Premises or the Building; (f) materially and adversely affect the first-class image of the Building or (g) result in protests or civil disorder or commotions at, or other disruptions of the normal business activities in the Building. Prohibited Use also includes the use of any part of the Premises for: (i) a restaurant or bar; (ii) the preparation, consumption, storage, manufacture or sale of food or beverages (except in connection with vending machines (provided that each machine, where necessary, shall have a waterproof pan thereunder and be connected to a drain) and/or warming kitchens installed for the use of Tenant’s employees only),

 

EXHIBIT B


liquor, tobacco or drugs; (iii) the business of photocopying, multilith or offset printing (except photocopying in connection with Tenant’s own business); (iv) a school or classroom; (v) lodging or sleeping; (vi) the operation of retail facilities (meaning a business whose primary patronage arises from the generalized solicitation of the general public to visit Tenant’s offices in person without a prior appointment) of a savings and loan association or retail facilities of any financial, lending, securities brokerage or investment activity; (vii) a payroll office; (viii) a barber, beauty or manicure shop; (ix) an employment agency or similar enterprise; (x) offices of any Governmental Authority, any foreign government, the United Nations, or any agency or department of the foregoing; (xi) the manufacture, retail sale, storage of merchandise or auction of merchandise, goods or property of any kind to the general public which could reasonably be expected to create a volume of pedestrian traffic substantially in excess of that normally encountered in the Premises; (xii) the rendering of medical, dental or other therapeutic or diagnostic services; or (xiii) any illegal purposes or any activity constituting a nuisance.

Real Property: The land described or delineated on Exhibit A-1 to this Lease (the “ Land ”), together with the Building (the “ Building ”), and any common or public areas or facilities, easements, corridors, lobbies, sidewalks, loading areas, driveways, landscaped areas, air rights, development rights, parking rights, skywalks, parking garages and lots, and any and all other rights, structures or facilities operated or maintained in connection with or for the benefit of the Building or otherwise located on the Land, and any fixtures, machinery, apparatus, systems and equipment, furniture and other personal property located thereon or therein and used in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right to make alterations or additions to or to change the location of elements of the Real Property. Landlord shall have the right from time to time, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to designate those portions of the Real Property to be provided, from time to time, for use as Common Areas or for the exclusive use of certain tenants.

Rent Year : The first Rent Year shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date and shall end on the last day of the fifth (5th) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date. Each succeeding Rent Year shall commence on the day following the end of the preceding Rent Year and shall extend for 12 consecutive full calendar months; provided, however, that the last Rent Year shall expire on the Expiration Date.

Requirements: All present and future laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations, statutes, requirements, codes and executive orders, extraordinary and ordinary of (i) all Governmental Authorities, including the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. §12101 (et seq.), and any law of like import, and all rules, regulations and government orders with respect thereto, and any of the foregoing relating to Hazardous Materials, environmental matters, public health and safety matters and landmarks protection, (ii) any applicable fire rating bureau or other body exercising similar functions, affecting the Real Property or the maintenance, use or occupation thereof, or any street, avenue or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the same, (iii) all requirements of all insurance bodies affecting the Premises, and (iv) utility service providers.

Rules and Regulations: The rules and regulations annexed to and made a part of this Lease as Exhibit D, as they may be modified from time to time by Landlord.

Specialty Alterations: Alterations which are not standard office installations such as kitchens, executive bathrooms, raised computer floors, computer room installations, supplemental HVAC equipment, safe deposit boxes, vaults, libraries or file rooms requiring reinforcement of floors, internal staircases, slab penetrations, conveyors, dumbwaiters, and other Alterations of a similar character. All Specialty Alterations are Above-Building Standard Installations.

 

EXHIBIT B


Substantial Completion: As to any construction performed by any party in the Premises, “Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Completed” means that such work has been completed, as reasonably determined by Landlord’s architect, in accordance with (a) the provisions of this Lease applicable thereto, including, without limitation, the Work Letter, (b) the plans and specifications for such work, and (c) all applicable Requirements, except for minor details of construction, decoration and mechanical adjustments, if any, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or which in accordance with good construction practices should be completed after the completion of other work in the Premises or Building.

Superior Lease(s): Any ground or underlying lease of the Real Property or any part thereof heretofore or hereafter made by Landlord and all renewals, extensions, supplements, amendments, modifications, consolidations, and replacements thereof.

Tenant Party: Tenant and any subtenants or occupants of the Premises and their respective agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, invitees or licensees.

Tenant’s Property: Tenant’s movable fixtures and movable partitions, telephone and other equipment, computer systems, trade fixtures, furniture, furnishings, and other items of personal property which are removable without material damage to the Building.

Unavoidable Delays: Landlord’s inability to fulfill or delay in fulfilling any of its obligations under this Lease expressly or impliedly to be performed by Landlord or Landlord’s inability to make or delay in making any repairs, additions, alterations, improvements or decorations or Landlord’s inability to supply or delay in supplying any equipment or fixtures, if Landlord’s inability or delay is due to or arises by reason of strikes, labor troubles or by accident, or by any cause whatsoever beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including governmental preemption in connection with a national emergency, Requirements or shortages, or unavailability of labor, fuel, steam, water, electricity or materials, or delays caused by Tenant or other tenants, mechanical breakdown, acts of God, enemy action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty.

 

EXHIBIT B


EXHIBIT C

WORK LETTER

A. Initial Alterations . Landlord acknowledges that Tenant may desire to perform certain initial Alterations to the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy pursuant to the Lease. Such initial Alterations are referred to herein as the “ Initial Alterations ”. The Initial Alterations shall be deemed an “Alteration” for all purposes of this Lease, and shall be subject to all provisions of this Lease relating to Alterations (including Article 5 of this Lease), except as expressly set forth in this Work Letter to the contrary. Tenant shall complete the Initial Alterations in good and workmanlike manner, by a general contactor (“ Contractor ”) and subcontractors approved by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, fully paid for and free from liens, in accordance with the Plans reasonably approved by Landlord and Tenant, and in compliance with all of the provisions of Article 5 of this Lease, including the Rules and Regulations and Landlord’s construction standards and procedures for the Building. Within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of the Plans for the Initial Alterations from Tenant, Landlord shall respond to Tenant with Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the Plans, or Landlord’s request for additional detail or information with respect thereto or with respect to the Initial Alterations. If Landlord’s disapproves the Plans, Landlord shall state the reasons for such disapproval and the revisions required in order for Landlord to approve the Plans. Within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s review Plans incorporating the required revisions, and Landlord shall respond thereto as set forth above within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of the revised Plans. The foregoing procedure shall be followed until Tenant has prepared Plans that Landlord approves in writing as set forth above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article 5 of this Lease, at the time Landlord approves the Plans for the Initial Alterations, Landlord shall advise Tenant if any of the Initial Alterations constitute Specialty Alterations that are subject to Tenant’s removal and restoration obligations under the Lease, and Landlord’s failure to so designate any Initial Alterations as Specialty Alterations shall waive Landlord’s right to require Tenant to remove the same from the Premises upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

B. Landlord’s Contribution . Landlord shall contribute toward the cost of the design, construction and installation of the Initial Alterations (including, without limitation, the Alteration Operations Fee provided for in Section 5.6 of the Lease (as modified pursuant below in this Paragraph B) an amount not to exceed Landlord’s Contribution of $312,152.50 (which equals $27.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises); provided , however , that (i) not more than $56,755.00 (which equals $5.00 per rentable square foot of the Initial Premises) of Landlord’s Contribution may be applied to Tenant’s reasonable space planning and architectural and engineering costs for the design of the Initial Alterations, and (ii) Landlord’s Contribution may be applied to the reasonable purchase and installation costs of projection screens, mecho shades and a dishwasher in the Premises. Except as set forth in the preceding clause (ii), no portion of Landlord’s Contribution may be applied to the cost of personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, moving expenses, furniture (including work stations and modular office furniture, regardless of the method of attachment to walls and/or floors), signage, voice, data or other cabling, or Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or other amounts payable pursuant to this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s Contribution is to be applied to the Initial Alterations (and the associated costs described above) covering the entire Premises. Tenant may allocate Landlord’s Contribution between the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises as it

 

EXHIBIT C


determines, provided that Tenant spends not less than eighty percent (80%) of Landlord’s Contribution towards the Initial Alterations (and soft costs associated therewith) in the Initial Premises, and provided further that after completion of the Initial Alterations in the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises, each has been improved so as to allow it to be occupied for general offices purposes in compliance with applicable Requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph B, Landlord’s Contribution shall be available for disbursement pursuant to the terms hereof only for the first twelve (12) months after the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date. Accordingly, if any portion of Landlord’s Contribution is not requested by Tenant, with all conditions herein to the disbursement thereof satisfied by Tenant, prior to the date that is twelve (12) months from the Initial Premises Rent Commencement Date, such unused portion shall be forfeited by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall be delayed beyond February 15, 2011, the aforesaid twelve (12) month period shall be extended, day for day, by the period of such delay, but only as respects the availability of Landlord’s Contribution for the costs of the Initial Alterations, if any, in the Expansion Premises.

If the cost of construction of the Initial Alterations (including the Alteration Operations Fee) exceeds the funds available therefor from Landlord’s Contribution, then Tenant shall pay all such excess (the “Excess Cost”). Based on the estimated cost (the “Estimated Costs”) of the construction of the Initial Alterations, the prorata share of the Estimated Costs payable by Landlord and Tenant shall be determined and an appropriate percentage share established for each (a “Share of Costs”). Tenant and Landlord shall fund the cost of such work as the same is performed, in accordance with their respective Share of Costs for such work. At such time as Landlord’s Contribution has been entirely disbursed, Tenant shall pay the remaining Excess Cost, if any, which payments shall be made in installments as construction progresses in the same manner as Tenant’s payments of Tenant’s Share of Costs were paid.

Landlord shall disburse the Landlord’s Contribution directly to Contractor, and/or to the applicable subcontractors, and/or to Tenant, as Landlord shall determine (except where Tenant shall have previously paid the requested amount to the applicable party, in which case Landlord’s disbursement shall be made directly to Tenant as a reimbursement of such amount upon satisfaction of the following conditions), within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of (A) invoices of Contractor furnished to Landlord by Tenant covering work actually performed, construction in place and materials delivered to the site (as may be applicable) describing in reasonable detail such work, construction and/or materials, (B) conditional lien waivers executed by Contractor, subcontractors or suppliers, as applicable, for their portion of the work covered by the requested disbursement, and (C) unconditional lien waivers executed by Contractor and the persons and entities performing the work or supplying the materials covered by Landlord’s previous disbursements for the work or materials covered by such previous disbursements (all such waivers to be in the forms prescribed by California Civil Code Section 3262). No payment will be made for materials or supplies not incorporated into the construction, regardless of whether the materials or supplies are located on the Premises. Landlord may withhold the amount of any and all retentions provided for in original contracts or subcontracts until expiration of the applicable lien periods or Landlord’s receipt of unconditional lien waivers and full releases upon final payment (in the form prescribed by California Civil Code Section 3262) from Tenant’s Contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers involved in the Initial Alterations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to disburse any portion of Landlord’s Contribution during any period that Tenant is in breach of or in default under this Lease (but the foregoing shall not relieve Landlord from its disbursement obligation hereunder after such default is cured within any applicable cure period under this Lease).

 

EXHIBIT C


At the time Landlord makes any disbursement of Landlord’s Contribution, Landlord shall retain from Landlord’s Contribution, as a partial payment of the Alteration Operations Fee, a proportionate amount of the Alteration Operations Fee based upon Landlord’s reasonable estimation of the amount required to be withheld from each disbursement in order to ensure that the entire Alteration Operations Fee is retained over the course of construction on a prorata basis. At such time as Landlord’s Contribution has been entirely disbursed, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days of written demand by Landlord from time to time during the course of construction of the Initial Alterations, pay to Landlord the remainder, if any, of the Alteration Operations Fee theretofore due and not yet paid to Landlord. Upon completion of the Initial Alterations, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with invoices and other documentation reasonably required by Landlord to evidence the total cost of the Initial Alterations, so that the final amount of the Alteration Operations Fee may be calculated, and Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days of written demand, pay to Landlord the remainder, if any, of the Alteration Operations Fee not yet paid to Landlord.

Notwithstanding Section 5.6 of the Lease, the Alteration Operations Fee with respect to the Initial Alterations shall be calculated on hard costs only, and a percentage factor of one and one-half percent (1  1 / 2 %) rather than five percent (5%) shall be used in the calculation of the Alteration Operations Fee with respect to the Initial Alterations.

C. Landlord’s Work . Landlord shall cause its contractor to perform the following work (“Landlord’s Work”) in the Premises and the Building at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and not as a deduction from Landlord’s Contribution) using Building standard materials and finishes:

(i) Perform such work as shall be necessary (if any) to put the existing VAV boxes in the Premises in good working order; and

(ii) Perform all work necessary (if any) to cause the common areas of the Building that are reasonably anticipated to be in Tenant’s path of travel to the Premises to comply with Title 24 requirements regarding handicap access and use (using Building standard plans and finishes), to the extent such work is required as of the Commencement Date under Title 24 requirements that are applicable as of the Commencement Date.

In no event shall Landlord’s Work include any work required by reason of or triggered by (w) any of the Initial Alterations that are not normal and customary general office improvements, (x) any Alterations of Tenant not included within the Initial Alterations, (y) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (as opposed to Tenant’s use of the Premises for general office purposes in a normal and customary manner), or (z) Tenant’s particular employees or employment practices, and Tenant shall be responsible for performing and paying for any work so required or triggered.

Landlord’s Work shall be performed prior to and/or during Tenant’s construction of the Initial Alterations, as Landlord shall elect, and Landlord shall Substantially Complete Landlord’s Work prior to the later of (i) ninety (90) days after the Commencement Date, (ii) Tenant’s completion of the Initial Alterations, or (iii) Tenant’s commencement of the

 

EXHIBIT C


conduct of business in the Premises or any portion thereof; provided , however , that in no event shall Landlord be liable for any delay in Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work caused by Unavoidable Delays, or by any interference by Tenant or its contractors in the performance of Landlord’s Work (including any failure by Tenant or its contractors to reasonably cooperate with the construction of Landlord’s Work as set forth below). To the extent Landlord’s Work is performed during the period of construction of the Initial Alterations as permitted pursuant to the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant shall cause their respective contractors to reasonably cooperate with each other in the coordination of the construction of Landlord’s Work and the construction of the Initial Alterations, and the utilization of the Building’s freight elevator(s), loading dock(s), and other Building systems and facilities, so as to ensure the efficient and timely progress to completion of all such work. At either party’s request after substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord and Tenant shall conduct a joint inspection of the Premises and prepare a list of agreed punch list items and the anticipated schedule for completing the same. Landlord shall use diligent efforts to complete such punch-list items in a timely manner.

D. Building Services During Construction and Move-In . Tenant may use the Building’s freight elevator and loading dock (if any), on a non-exclusive basis, in accordance with the Building’s rules and procedures (including scheduling and sharing requirements), free of charge during Ordinary Business Hours during the construction of the Initial Alterations and Tenant’s initial move into the Premises. If Tenant desires use of the freight elevator or loading dock during other than Ordinary Business Hours, then Tenant may reserve such use in compliance with the Building’s rules and procedures and shall pay Landlord’s standard charges to Building tenants for providing any elevator personnel or security services in connection with such use. Any security services provided by Landlord in connection with such activities shall be solely for the benefit of Landlord’s property, and in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord and its agents and contractors from, liability for, any theft, loss or damage of or to Tenant’s property during the period of the construction of the Initial Alterations and Tenant’s initial move into the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT C


EXHIBIT D

Rules and Regulations

1. Nothing shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. Other than Building standard blinds, no curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other obstructions shall be attached to or hung in or used in connection with any exterior window or entry door of the Premises, without the prior consent of Landlord.

2. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering visible from the exterior of the Premises shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed to any part of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. All lettering on doors shall be inscribed, painted or affixed in a size, color and style acceptable to Landlord.

3. The grills, louvers, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and/or air into the Premises or Common Areas shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any articles be placed on the window sills, radiators or convectors.

4. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

5. Common Areas shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any Tenant or used for any purposes other than ingress of egress to and from the Premises and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner, using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Landlord.

6. All locks or bolts of any kind shall be operable by the Building’s Master Key. No locks shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in locks or the mechanism thereof which shall make such locks inoperable by the Building’s Master Key. Tenant shall, upon the termination of its Lease, deliver to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and lavatories, either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant and in the event of the loss of any keys furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.

7. Tenant shall keep the entrance door to the Premises closed at all times.

8. All movement in or out of any freight, furniture, boxes, crates or any other large object or matter of any description must take place during such times and in such elevators as Landlord may prescribe. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all articles to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all articles which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease. Landlord may require that any person leaving the public areas of the Building with any article to submit a pass, signed by an authorized person, listing each article being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Landlord for the protection of any Tenant against the removal of property from the Premises.

9. All hand trucks shall be equipped with rubber tires, side guards and such other safeguards as Landlord may require.

 

EXHIBIT D


10. No Tenant Party shall be permitted to have access to the Building’s roof, mechanical, electrical or telephone rooms without permission from Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors, vibrations or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein.

12. Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of such Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

13. Tenant shall store all its trash and recyclables within its Premises. No material shall be disposed of which may result in a violation of any Requirement. All refuse disposal shall be made only though entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate. Tenant shall use the Building’s hauler.

14. Tenant shall not deface any part of the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with prior consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may direct.

15. The water and wash closets, electrical closets, mechanical rooms, fire stairs and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Tenant where a Tenant Party caused the same.

16. Tenant, before closing and leaving the Premises at any time, shall see that all lights, water faucets, etc. are turned off. All entrance doors in the Premises shall be kept locked by Tenant when the Premises are not in use.

17. No bicycles, in-line roller skates, vehicles or animals of any kind (except for seeing eye dogs) shall be brought into or kept by any Tenant in or about the Premises or the Building.

18. Canvassing or soliciting in the Building is prohibited.

19. Employees of Landlord or Landlord’s Agent shall not perform any work or do anything outside of the regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of Landlord or in response to any emergency condition.

20. Tenant is responsible for the delivery and pick up of all mail from the United States Post Office.

21. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building during other than Ordinary Business Hours all persons who do not present a valid Building pass. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom a pass shall be issued at the request of Tenant and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

22. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person or entity for the non-observance or violation of these Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or other person or entity. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT D


23. The review/alteration of Tenant drawings and/or specifications by Landlord’s Agent and any of its representatives is not intended to verify Tenant’s engineering or design requirements and/or solutions. The review/alteration is performed to determine compatibility with the Building Systems and lease conditions. Tenant renovations must adhere to the Building’s applicable Standard Operating Procedures and be compatible with all Building Systems.

 

EXHIBIT D


EXHIBIT E

VIA HAND DELIVERY

             , 2010

                                     

                                     

                                     

                                     

RE: Office Lease (“Lease”) dated              , 2010, between,                      as “Tenant”, and                      as “Landlord”, for the premises located at                              ,                      , California, Suite                      .

Dear                      :

In accordance with Articles 1 and 2 and Exhibit E of the above referenced Lease, this letter is to confirm the following:

The Premises consist of              rentable square feet on the           floor of the Building.

The Commencement Date as respects the [Initial] [Expansion] Premises is                      .

The Rent Commencement Date as respects the [Initial] [Expansion] Premises is                      .

The Expiration Date is              , 20      .

If you concur with the aforementioned, please execute and return one original copy to my attention.

 

Thank you.       ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
Sincerely,      

 

 

      By:  

 

 

By:

 

 

      Name:  

 

      Property Manager       Title:  

 

EXHIBIT E


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER             

Issuance Date:                     

 

Beneficiary:    Applicant:
Santa Clara Towers, L.P.    [NAME AND ADDRESS OF TENANT]
c/o SHORENSTEIN PROPERTIES LLC   
235 Montgomery Street, 16 th Floor   
San Francisco, CA 94104   
Attn: Corporate Secretary   

Ladies and Gentlemen:

At the request and for the account of                      , we hereby establish our Irrevocable Letter of Credit in your favor in the amount of      Dollars (US$      ) available with us at our above office by payment of your draft(s) drawn on us at sight accompanied by your signed and dated statement worded as follows:

“The undersigned, an authorized representative of the beneficiary (the “Beneficiary”) of [insert bank name] Letter of Credit Number [insert number] (the “Credit”), hereby certifies that the amount drawn under the Credit is due and payable to Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of that certain Lease dated as of April      , 2010, between [insert landlord name] and [insert tenant name], as such lease may be amended from time to time.”

This Letter of Credit expires at our above office on              , but shall be automatically extended, without written amendment, to              in each succeeding calendar year up to but not beyond September 30, 2015, unless we have sent written notice to you at your address above (or such other address of Beneficiary changed from the address above by means of an amendment to this Letter of Credit or transfer of this Letter of Credit) by registered mail or receipted express courier that we elect not to extend the expiration date of this Letter of Credit beyond the date specified in such notice, which date will be September 30, 2011 or any subsequent September 30th occurring before September 30, 2015 and be at least sixty (60) calendar days after the date we send you such notice. Upon our sending you such notice of the non-extension of the expiration date of this Letter of Credit, you may draw under this Letter of Credit up to the full unused balance of this Letter of Credit by presentation to us at our above address, on or before the expiration date specified in such notice, of your draft drawn on us at sight accompanied by your signed and dated statement worded as follows:

“The undersigned, an authorized representative of the beneficiary (the “Beneficiary”) of [insert bank name] Letter of Credit Number                      (the “Credit”), hereby certifies that we received a notice from [insert bank name] that the Credit will not be extended for any additional period beyond the date specified in such notice.”


Partial drawings are permitted under this Letter of Credit. Each draft must be marked “Drawn under [insert bank name] Letter of Credit Number                      ”.

Each draft must also be accompanied by the original of this Letter of Credit for our endorsement on this Letter of Credit of our payment of such draft. Unless this Letter of Credit is fully exhausted, the Letter of Credit will be returned to your above address (or such other address of Beneficiary changed from the address above by means of an amendment to this Letter of Credit or transfer of this Letter of Credit) with our endorsement evidencing the payment of such draft.

We are not required to inquire as to the accuracy of the matters recited in the written statement or as to the authority of the person signing the written statement and may take the act of signing as conclusive evidence of such accuracy and his or her authority to do so. The obligation of [insert bank name] under this Letter of Credit is the individual obligation of [insert bank name] and is in no way contingent upon reimbursement with respect thereto.

It is a further condition of this Letter of Credit that the amount available for drawing under this Letter of Credit shall be decreased upon our receipt of your written decrease authorization provided that such decrease authorization should specifically reference this Letter of Credit by number, clearly indicate the amount by which this Letter of Credit is to be decreased and be signed by a person identifying themselves as authorized to sign for you. You shall be notified of such decrease by means of our amendment to this Letter of Credit and your decrease authorization shall be considered as your agreement to such amendment.

If any instructions accompanying a drawing under this Letter of Credit request that payment is to be made by transfer to an account with us or at another bank, we and/or such other bank may rely on an account number specified in such instructions even if the number identifies a person or entity different from the intended payee.

This Letter of Credit is transferable one or more times, but in each instance to a single transferee and only in the full amount available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit at the time of such transfer. Any such transfer may be effected only through ourselves upon presentation to us at our above-specified office of a duly executed instrument of transfer in the format attached hereto as Exhibit A together with the original of this Letter of Credit and provided that such transfer would not violate any rule, order or regulation applicable to us and such transfer request is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit. Each transfer shall be evidenced by our endorsement on the reverse of the original of this Letter of Credit, and we shall deliver the original of this Letter of Credit so endorsed to the transferee.

All banking charges in connection with this Letter of Credit (including transfer fees, if any) are for the applicant’s account.

If at any time Beneficiary or its authorized transferee is not in possession of the original of this Letter of Credit (together with all amendments, if any) because such original has been delivered to us as required hereunder for a draw thereon or transfer thereof, our obligations as set forth in this Letter of Credit shall continue in full force and effect as if Beneficiary or such authorized transferee still held such original, and any previous delivery to us, without return by us, of such original shall be deemed to have satisfied any requirement that such original be delivered to us for a subsequent draw hereunder or transfer hereof.

 

EXHIBIT D


Except as otherwise provided in this Letter of Credit, this Letter of Credit is subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication Number 600. If this Letter of Credit expires during an interruption of business as described in article 36 of Publication 600, we hereby specifically agree to effect payment if this Letter of Credit is drawn against within 30 days after the resumption of business. Notwithstanding Article 14 of the UCP or any other provision of the UCP, and regardless of whether the words “strict”, “exact” or “identical” or similar words are used in this Letter of Credit, a document presented under this Letter of Credit need not reproduce the wording in this Letter of Credit exactly, including typographical errors, punctuation, spacing, blank lines and spaces (or the completion or deletion thereof), and the like.

We hereby agree with you that drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit will be duly honored if presented to our above-mentioned office, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. at One Front Street, 21st Floor, San Francisco, California 94111 on or before 5:00PM California time on September 30, 2011, or such later expiration date to which this Letter of Credit is extended pursuant to the terms hereof.

Very truly yours

[insert bank name]

 

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

EXHIBIT D


Exhibit A to [insert bank name] Letter of Credit No.                     

Date:                     

[insert bank name and address]

Subject: Letter of Credit Number                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For value received, we hereby irrevocably assign and transfer all our rights under the above-captioned Letter of Credit, as heretofore and hereafter amended, extended or increased, to:

 

 

 
[insert name of transferee]

 

 

[insert address]

By this transfer, all of our rights in the Letter of Credit are transferred to the transferee, and the transferee shall have sole rights as beneficiary under the Letter of Credit, including sole rights relating to any amendments, whether increases or extensions or other amendments, and whether now existing or hereafter made. You are hereby irrevocably instructed to advise future amendment(s) of the Letter of Credit to the transferee without our consent or notice to us.

Enclosed are the original Letter of Credit and the original of all amendments to this date. Please notify the transferee of this transfer and of the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit as transferred. This transfer will not become effective until the transferee is so notified. This request for transfer does not change the place of expiration from your above office.

 

Very truly yours,
[insert name of transferor]

EXHIBIT D


By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Signature of Transferor Guaranteed
[insert name of bank]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[a corporate notary acknowledgement or a certificate of authority with corporate seal is acceptable in lieu of bank guarantee above]

 

EXHIBIT D


EXHIBIT G

APPRAISAL PROCEDURE

Within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the thirty (30)-day period set forth in Article 29 of the Lease for the mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant as to the fair market monthly rental, each party hereto, at its cost, shall engage a real estate broker to act on its behalf in determining the fair market monthly rental. The brokers each shall have at least ten (10) years’ experience with leases in first-class office buildings in Santa Clara County, California, and shall submit to Landlord and Tenant in advance for Landlord’s and Tenant’s reasonable approval the appraisal methods to be used. If a party does not appoint a broker within such fifteen (15)-day period but a broker is appointed by the other respective party, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall set the fair market monthly rental. Except in the case of death or other mental or physical disability verified by medical documentation from a licensed medical doctor, once a party appoints a broker to act on its behalf, it shall not have the right to replace such broker with another broker unless the other party shall consent thereto in its sole and absolute discretion, and if the broker appointed by a party shall withdraw in violation of the foregoing, the single broker appointed by the other party shall be the sole broker and shall set the fair market monthly rental. If the two brokers are appointed by the parties as stated in this paragraph, such brokers shall meet promptly and attempt to set the fair market monthly rental. If such brokers are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after appointment of the second broker, the brokers shall elect a third broker meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) days after the last date the two brokers are given to set the fair market monthly rental. Each of the parties hereto shall bear one-half (1/2) the cost of appointing the third broker and of the third broker’s fee. The third broker shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

The third broker shall conduct his own investigation of the fair market monthly rent (utilizing the appraisal methods approved by the parties for the first two brokers, except as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing), and shall be instructed not to advise either party of his determination of the fair market monthly rent except as follows: When the third broker has made his determination, he shall so advise Landlord and Tenant and shall establish a date, at least five (5) days after the giving of notice by the third broker to Landlord and Tenant, on which he shall disclose his determination of the fair market monthly rent. Such meeting shall take place in the third broker’s office unless otherwise agreed by the parties. After having initialed a paper on which his determination of fair market monthly rent is set forth, the third broker shall place his determination of the fair market monthly rent in a sealed envelope. Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker shall each set forth their determination of fair market monthly rent on a paper, initial the same and place them in sealed envelopes. Each of the three envelopes shall be marked with the name of the party whose determination is inside the envelope.

In the presence of the third broker, the determination of the fair market monthly rent by Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker shall be opened and examined. If the higher of the two determinations is one hundred five percent (105%) or less of the amount set forth in the lower determination, the average of the two (2) determinations shall be the fair market monthly rent, the envelope containing the determination of the fair market monthly rent by the third broker shall be destroyed and the third broker shall be instructed not to disclose his determination. If either party’s envelope is blank, or does not set forth a determination of fair market monthly rent, the determination of the other party shall prevail and be treated as the fair market monthly rent. If the higher of the (2) two determinations is more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the amount of the lower determination, the envelope containing the third broker’s determination


shall be opened. If the value determined by the third broker is the average of the values proposed by Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker, the third broker’s determination of fair market monthly rent shall be the fair market monthly rent. If such is not the case, fair market monthly rent shall be the rent proposed by whichever of Landlord’s broker or Tenant’s broker is closest to the determination of fair market monthly rent by the third broker.

 

EXHIBIT D

Exhibit 10.12

M U L T I - T E N A N T

O F F I C E   L E A S E   (F S G)

LAKEVIEW CORPORATE CENTER

Thousand Oaks, California

LANDLORD:

LBA REALTY FUND III - COMPANY VII, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

TENANT:

INPHI CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1 -   LEASE SUMMARY AND PROPERTY SPECIFIC PROVISIONS    1
ARTICLE 2 -   LEASE    15
ARTICLE 3 -   PREMISES    16
ARTICLE 4 -   TERM AND POSSESSION    16
ARTICLE 5 -   RENT    17
ARTICLE 6 -   SECURITY DEPOSIT    17
ARTICLE 7 -   OPERATING EXPENSES/UTILITIES/SERVICES    18
ARTICLE 8 -   MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR    19
ARTICLE 9 -   USE    19
ARTICLE 10 -   HAZARDOUS MATERIALS    20
ARTICLE 11 -   PARKING    21
ARTICLE 12 -   TENANT SIGNS    21
ARTICLE 13 -   ALTERATIONS    21
ARTICLE 14 -   TENANT’S INSURANCE    22
ARTICLE 15 -   LANDLORD’S INSURANCE    24
ARTICLE 16 -   INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION    24
ARTICLE 17 -   CASUALTY DAMAGE/DESTRUCTION    25
ARTICLE 18 -   CONDEMNATION    26
ARTICLE 19 -   WAIVER OF CLAIMS; WAIVER OF SUBROGATION    27
ARTICLE 20 -   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING    27
ARTICLE 21 -   SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER    28
ARTICLE 22 -   DEFAULTS    29
ARTICLE 23 -   REMEDIES OF LANDLORD    29
ARTICLE 24 -   ENTRY BY LANDLORD    30
ARTICLE 25 -   LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY    31
ARTICLE 26 -   SUBORDINATION    31
ARTICLE 27 -   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE    31
ARTICLE 28 -   RELOCATION OF PREMISES    31
ARTICLE 29 -   MORTGAGEE PROTECTION    31
ARTICLE 30 -   QUIET ENJOYMENT    32
ARTICLE 31 -   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS    32

 

EXHIBITS:

 

    

Exhibit A

Exhibit A-1

Exhibit B

Exhibit B-1

Exhibit C-1

Exhibit C-2

Exhibit C-3

Exhibit C-4

Exhibit C-5

Exhibit D

Exhibit E

Exhibit F

Exhibit G

    

Premises Floor Plan

Reserved Parking Spaces

Site Plan

Tenant’s Loading and Unloading Areas

Description of Landlord’s Work

Work Letter

Data Room

Lab Area

Janitorial Specifications

Notice of Lease Term Dates

Rules and Regulations

Estoppel Certificate

Environmental Questionnaire

 

(i)


Exhibit G-l

Exhibit H

Exhibit I

Exhibit J

Exhibit K

 

RIDERS:

 

Rider No. 1

Rider No. 2

    

List of Hazardous Materials

Location of Supplemental HVAC

Tenant’s Signs

Location of Tenant’s Generator

Form Letter of Credit

 

 

 

Extension Option

Fair Market Rental Rate

 

(ii)


THIS LEASE, entered into as of this 4 th day of June, 2010 for reference purposes, is by and between LBA REALTY

FUND III - COMPANY VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”, and INPHI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”. The date upon which this Lease is fully executed by Landlord and Tenant is hereafter known as the “Lease Execution Date”.

ARTICLE 1 - LEASE SUMMARY AND PROPERTY SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

 

1.1    Landlord’s Address:   

LBA Realty Fund Ill-Company VII, LLC

c/o LBA Realty

3333 Michelson Drive, Suite 350

Irvine, California 92612

Attn: General Manager - Lakeview Corporate Center

Telephone: (949) 428-8900

Facsimile: (949) 851-2321

   With copies to:   

LBA Realty

17901 Von Karman, Suite 950

Irvine, California 92614

Attn: SVP - Operations

Telephone: (949) 833-0400

Facsimile: (949) 955-9350

   For payment of Rent:   

LBA Realty Fund III -Company VII, LLC

P.O. Box 515256

Los Angeles, CA 90051-6556

1.2    Tenant’s Address:    Until Tenant commences business operations from the Premises:
     

Inphi Corporation

2393 Townsgate, Suite 101

Westlake Village, CA 91361

Attn: John Edmunds, CFO and CAO

Telephone: (408) 636-2710

Facsimile: (805) 446-5190

     

Thereafter, notices are to be sent to Tenant at the Premises (Attn: John

Edmunds, CFO and CAO).

1.3 Building : The Building commonly known as 112 S. Lakeview Canyon Road, Thousand Oaks, California. The Building, together with all other buildings, if any, improvements and facilities, now or subsequently located upon the land (the “ Site ”) as shown on the Site Plan attached hereto as Exhibit B as such area may be expanded or reduced from time to time is referred to herein as the “ Property ”. The Property is commonly known as the Lakeview Corporate Center. Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Building and Property contain 259,539 rentable square feet, for all purposes of this Lease.

1.4 Premises : Suite 100 on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building, as outlined on the Premises Floor Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A . Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that initially, the Premises contain 27,846 rentable square feet, for all purposes of this Lease, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 1.24 below and Section 3.2 of the Standard Provisions.

1.5 City : The City of Thousand Oaks, County of Ventura, State of California.

1.6 Commencement Date : The date for commencement of the Term, to be determined pursuant to the Work Letter attached as Exhibit C-2 hereto. Estimated Commencement Date : January 1, 2011.

1.7 Term : Seventy-two (72) months, plus any partial month at the beginning of the Term, commencing on the Commencement Date (i.e., January 1, 2011) and ending on the last day of the seventy-second (72 nd ) full calendar month following the Commencement Date (“ Expiration Date ”) (i.e., December 31, 2016), excluding the Early Access Period and Beneficial Occupancy Period (defined in Sections 4.4 and 4.5 in the Standard Provisions).

1.8 Monthly Base Rent :

 

Months or Period

   Monthly Base Rent per RSF

1/1/11 – 12/31/11*

   $ 1.85

1/1/12 – 12/31/12*

   $ 1.96

1/1/13 – 12/31/13

   $ 2.02

1/1/14 – 12/31/14

   $ 2.08

1/1/15 – 12/31/15

   $ 2.14

1/1/16 – 12/31/16

   $ 2.20


* Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord hereby agrees to abate Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Base Rent in full during the months of February through May of 2011, inclusive, and June through October of 2012, inclusive (such total amount of abated Monthly Base Rent being hereinafter referred to as the “Abated Amount”). During such abatement months, Tenant will still be responsible for the payment of all other monetary obligations under the Lease.

1.9 Security Deposit : $215,266.00 (based upon the Premises containing an aggregate 29,090 rentable square feet), subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 6 below.

1.10 Permitted Use : General office, storage, lab and clean rooms for the research, development, testing and light assembly of products related to Tenant’s business (semiconductors) as permitted by Law and any other lawful use, subject to the provisions set forth in this Lease.

1.11 Parking : Four (4) unreserved parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet leased by Tenant (i.e., 111 unreserved parking spaces based on the Premises containing 27,846 rentable square feet, which number shall be increased to 116 unreserved parking spaces pursuant to an increase in the rentable square footage pursuant Section 1.24 below) and five (5) of such unreserved parking spaces may be converted by Tenant into reserved parking spaces which shall be located within close proximity to the Building entrance, as depicted in Exhibit A-l hereto. All of such parking spaces shall be provided by Landlord to Tenant free of charge during the Term and any Option Term, subject to the terms of Section 1.22 of this Lease Summary and Article 11 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

1.12 Brokers : NAI Capital representing Landlord, and Cresa Partners representing Tenant.

1.13 Interest Rate : Four percent (4%) per annum over the prime interest rate published in the California Edition of the Wall Street Journal most recently before the due date, but in no event greater than the maximum amount permitted by applicable Law.

1.14 Insurance Amounts :

a. Commercial General Liability Insurance : General liability of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate.

b. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance : Limit of liability of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident.

c. Worker’s Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance : With limits as mandated pursuant to the laws in the State in which the Property is located, or One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per person and accident, whichever is greater.

d. Umbrella Insurance : Limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence.

e. If Tenant’s business includes professional services, Professional Liability (also known as errors and omissions insurance) : Not less than the minimum limits required by law for Tenant’s profession, and in any event, not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence.

1.15 Tenant Improvements : The improvements previously installed in the Premises, if any, and the tenant improvements to be installed in the Premises by Landlord and described in Exhibit C-l hereto (defined as “ Landlord’s Work ” in Section 4.3 below), and by Tenant, as described in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 (“ Tenant’s Work ”) (collectively, the “ Work Letter ”). Landlord’s Work shall be performed by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an allowance of up to $49.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises then leased, or $1,425,410.00 in the aggregate (i.e., $1,364,454.00 based upon the Premises initially containing 27,846 rentable square feet, plus an additional $60,956.00 based upon the addition of 1,244 rentable square feet in the Premises pursuant to Section 1.24 below) (the “ Allowance ”), to be applied as provided in the Work Letter.

1.16 Tenant’s Percentage : 10.73%, which is the ratio that the rentable square footage of the Premises bears to the rentable square footage of the Building. Accordingly, as more particularly set forth in Section 1.18 hereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord: (a) 10.73% of the Operating Expenses (as defined in Section 1.18 b.) in excess of the Operating Expenses for the Base Year; (b) 10.73% of the Taxes (as defined in Section 1.18 c.) in excess of the Taxes for the Base Year; (c) 10.73% of the Insurance Costs (as defined in Section 7.4 of the Standard Lease Provisions) in excess of the Insurance Costs for the Base Year; and (d) 10.73% of the Utilities Costs (as defined in Section 1.18 e.) in excess of Utilities Costs for the Base Year. Tenant’s Percentage is subject to adjustment pursuant to Sections 1.24 and 3.2 below.

1.17 Common Areas; Definitions ; Tenant’s Rights . During the Term, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use, in common with other tenants in the Property, and subject to the Rules and Regulations referred to in Article 9 of the Standard Lease Provisions, those portions of the Property (the “ Common Areas ”) not leased or designated for lease to tenants that are provided for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Property (or by the sublessees, agents, employees, customers invitees, guests or licensees of any such party), whether or not those areas are open to the general public. The Common Areas shall include, without limitation, all areas of the Building outside of the Premises and outside of any premises leased or designated for

 

-2-


lease to tenants, the common entrances, lobbies, common restrooms, accessways, loading docks, ramps, drives and platforms and any passageways and serviceways thereto to the extent not exclusively serving another tenant or contained within another tenant’s premises, and the common pipes, conduits, wires and appurtenant equipment serving the Premises, the parking areas (subject to Article 11 of the Standard Lease Provisions), loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas appurtenant to the Building, fixtures, systems, decor, facilities and landscaping contained, maintained or used in connection with those areas, and shall be deemed to include any city sidewalks adjacent to the Property, any pedestrian walkway system, park or other facilities located on the Site and open to the general public.

1.18 Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and Utilities Costs

a. Base Costs : As used in this Lease, the term Base Costs shall mean Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and Utilities Costs, respectively, incurred and paid by Landlord during calendar year 2011 (the Base Year ”). Base Costs are included in the Monthly Base Rent.

b. Definition of Operating Expenses . As used in this Lease, the term Operating Expenses shall consist of all costs and expenses of operation, maintenance and repair of the Building and Common Areas actually incurred by Landlord as determined by standard accounting practices following by similar landlord of first class buildings in the vicinity of the Building ( Comparable Buildings ), and calculated assuming the Property and Building are at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied and fully assessed for real estate taxes. Operating Expenses include the following costs by way of illustration but not limitation: (i) any and all assessments imposed with respect to the Building, Common Areas, and/or Site pursuant to any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Property; (ii) costs, levies or assessments resulting from statutes or regulations promulgated by any government authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Site, Building or the Premises or the parking facilities serving the Site, Building or the Premises; (iii) waste disposal and janitorial services; (iv) security; (v) costs incurred in the management of the Site, Building and Common Areas, including, without limitation: (1) supplies, materials, equipment and tools, (2) wages, salaries, benefits, pension payments, fringe benefits, uniforms and dry-cleaning thereof (and payroll taxes, insurance and similar governmental charges related thereto) of employees used in the operation and maintenance of the Site, Building and Common Areas, (3) the rental of personal property used by Landlord’s personnel in the maintenance, repair and operation of the Property, (4) management office expenses including rent and operating costs (provided that such office shall not exceed 2,000 rentable square feet), (5) accounting fees, legal fees and real estate consultant’s fees, and (6) a management/administrative fee (not to exceed 3% of the gross rental income for the Property); (vi) repair and maintenance of other portions of the Building other than such portions as are maintained by Tenant, including the elevators, restrooms, structural and non-structural portions of the Building, and the plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning (“ HVAC ”), and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord and not maintained by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Standard Provisions; (vii) maintenance, costs and upkeep of all parking and Common Areas; (viii) amortization on a straight-line basis over the useful life together with interest at the Interest Rate (as defined in Section 1.13 of the Lease Summary) on the unamortized balance of all costs of a capital nature (including, without limitation, capital improvements, capital replacements, capital repairs, capital equipment and capital tools): (1) reasonably intended to produce a reduction in operating charges or energy consumption; or (2) required after the date of this Lease under any Law that was not applicable to the Building at the time it was originally constructed; or (3) for repair or replacement of any equipment or improvements needed to operate and/or maintain the Building, the Common Areas and/or the Site at the same quality levels as prior to the repair or replacement; (ix) costs and expenses of gardening and landscaping; (x) maintenance of signs (other than signs of tenants of the Site); (xi) personal property taxes levied on or attributable to personal property used in connection with the Building, the Common Areas and/or the Site; and (xii) costs and expenses of repairs, resurfacing, repairing, maintenance, painting, lighting, cleaning, refuse removal, security and similar items, including appropriate reserves.

For purposes of determining the Operating Expenses for the Base Year, Operating Expenses shall not include one-time special assessments, charges, costs or fees or extraordinary charges or costs incurred in the Base Year only, including those attributable to boycotts, embargoes, strikes or other shortages of services or supplies or amortized costs relating to capital improvements. Operating Expenses shall not include Taxes, Insurance Costs or Utilities Costs which shall be separately accounted for under the terms of this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant’s Percentage of “controllable expenses” shall not increase by more than six percent (6%) of such controllable expenses per calendar year over the prior year, including the Base Year, on a cumulative, compounded basis. As used herein, the term “controllable expenses” means all Operating Expenses other than (i) Utilities Costs, (ii) Taxes, (iii) Insurance Costs, and (iv) other expenses not within Landlord’s control arising from increases to minimum wage laws, collective bargaining agreements or similar governmental, judicial or quasi-governmental requirements.

c. Taxes . Taxes are defined in Section 7.3 of the Standard Lease Provisions. All Taxes shall be adjusted to reflect an assumption that the Building is fully assessed for real property tax purposes as a completed building(s) ready for occupancy. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if after the Commencement Date Taxes are reduced, then for purposes of all subsequent calendar years, including the calendar year in which the reduction occurs, the Base Costs of Taxes shall be proportionately reduced. Such reduction in the Base Costs of Taxes shall not be limited to the initial reduction, if any, but may, at Landlord’s election, be subject to reduction annually upon each subsequent reduction in Taxes. When calculating Taxes for purposes of establishing the Taxes for the Base Year, Taxes shall not include Taxes attributable to one-time special assessments, charges, costs, or fees arising from modifications or changes in Laws, including, but not limited to, the institution of a split tax roll during the Base Year. The Tax for the 2011 Base Year shall be based upon the Building’s Proposition 13 enrolled value at the annual applicable rates. To the extent Landlord appeals the property Taxes under Proposition 8, such reductions will inure to the Landlord as long as the resulting property Taxes are below the Proposition 13

 

-3-


based property Taxes for the Base Year, and Tenant shall only be responsible for any increases in Taxes only to the extent such Taxes exceed the 2011 Base Year Taxes. However, to the extent Landlord is enjoying the Proposition 8 reductions, then controllable operating expenses by themselves, as defined above, shall not exceed six percent (6%) over the prior year.

d. Definition of Insurance Costs . Insurance Costs are defined in Section 7.4 of the Standard Lease Provisions.

e. Definition of Utilities Costs . As used in this Lease, “ Utilities Costs ” shall mean all actual charges for utilities for the Building and the Common Areas calculated assuming the Property and Building are at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied, including but not limited to water, sewer and electricity, and the costs of HVAC and other utilities (but excluding those charges for which tenants, including Tenant, are individually responsible, such as, for example, electricity costs) as well as related fees, assessments and surcharges. For purposes of determining the Base Costs with respect to Utilities Costs, Utilities Costs shall not include any one time special charges, costs or fees or any extraordinary charges or costs incurred in the Base Year only, including, without limitation, utility rate increases and other costs arising from extraordinary market circumstances such as by way of example, boycotts, black-outs, brown-outs, the leasing of auxiliary power supply equipment, embargoes, strikes or other shortages of services or fuel (whether or not such shortages are deemed actual or manufactured), or any conservation surcharges, penalties or fines incurred by Landlord.

f. Excess Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and Utilities Costs . In addition to the Monthly Base Rent required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.8 above, during each month during the Term (after the Base Year), Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount by which Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and Utilities Costs for such calendar year exceeds the Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and Utilities Costs for the Base Year (such amounts shall be referred to in this Section 1.18 as the “ Excess Expenses ,” “ Excess Taxes ,” “ Excess Insurance Costs ,” and “ Excess Utilities Costs ,” respectively), in the manner and at the times set forth in the following provisions of this Section 1.18. No reduction in Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs, or Utilities Costs after the Base Year will reduce the Monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant hereunder or entitle Tenant to receive a credit against future installments of Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs, Utilities Costs, or other Additional Rent due hereunder.

g. Estimate Statement . By the first day of May of each calendar year during the Term after the Base Year, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“Estimate Statement”) estimating the Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs, and Utilities Costs for the current calendar year and the estimated amount of Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs, and Excess Utilities Costs payable by Tenant. If at any time during the Term, but not more often than quarterly, Landlord reasonably determines that the estimated amount of Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs or Excess Utilities Costs payable by Tenant for the current calendar year will be greater or less than the amount set forth in the then current Estimate Statement, Landlord may issue a revised Estimate Statement and to the extent of any estimated underpayment, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the revised Estimate Statement, the difference between the amount owed by Tenant under such revised Estimate Statement and the amount owed by Tenant under the original Estimate Statement for the portion of the then current calendar year which has expired. Any estimated overpayment shall be credited to Rent next due. Thereafter Tenant agrees to pay Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs and Excess Utilities Costs based on such revised Estimate Statement until Tenant receives the next calendar year’s Estimate Statement or a new revised Estimate Statement for the current calendar year; provided , however . Tenant shall not be required to pay any Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs and Excess Utilities Costs during the first calendar year immediately following the Base Year (i.e., calendar year 2012) until Landlord delivers an Estimate Statement for such calendar year. The Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs, and/or Excess Utilities Costs shown on the Estimate Statement (or revised Estimate Statement, as applicable) shall be divided into twelve (12) equal monthly installments, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, concurrently with the regular monthly payment of Rent next due following the receipt of the Estimate Statement (or revised Estimate Statement, as applicable), an amount equal to one (1) monthly installment of such Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs, and Excess Utilities Costs multiplied by the number of months from January in the calendar year in which such statement is submitted to the month of such payment, both months inclusive (less any amounts previously paid by Tenant with respect to any previously delivered Estimate Statement or revised Estimate Statement for such calendar year). Subsequent installments shall be paid concurrently with the regular monthly payments of Rent for the balance of the calendar year and shall continue until the next calendar year’s Estimate Statement (or current calendar year’s revised Estimate Statement) is received.

h. Actual Statement . By the first day of May of each subsequent calendar year during the Term after the Base Year, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (“ Actual Statement ”) which states the Tenant’s Percentage of actual Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs, and Utilities Costs and Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs, and Excess Utilities Costs payable by Tenant for the immediately preceding calendar year. By the first day of May for the first calendar year after the Base Year, Landlord shall deliver an Actual Statement for the Base Year which states the Base Costs. If the Actual Statement reveals that Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs, and/or Excess Utilities Costs were under-stated in any Estimate Statement (or revised Estimate Statement) previously delivered by Landlord pursuant to Section 1.18 g. above, then within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Actual Statement to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of any such under-payment. Such obligation will be a continuing one which will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If the Actual Statement reveals that the Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs, and/or Excess Utilities Costs were over-stated in any Estimate Statement (or revised Estimate Statement), Landlord will credit any overpayment toward the next monthly installment(s) of Rent due from Tenant. Prior to the expiration or sooner termination of the Term and Landlord’s acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, Landlord will have the right to estimate the actual Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs, and

 

-4-


Utilities Costs for the then current calendar year and to collect from Tenant prior to Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, Tenant’s Percentage of any excess of such actual Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs, and Utilities Costs over the estimated Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs, and Utilities Costs paid by Tenant in such calendar year.

i. No Release . Any delay or failure by Landlord in delivering any Estimate Statement or Actual Statement pursuant to this Section 1.18 shall not constitute a waiver of its right to receive Tenant’s payment of Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs, and Excess Utilities Costs, nor shall it relieve Tenant of its obligations to pay Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs, and Excess Utilities Costs pursuant to this Section 1.18, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to make any payments based on such Estimate Statement or Actual Statement until thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord fails to deliver an Actual Statement within one (1) year after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any Excess Expenses, Excess Taxes, Excess Insurance Costs or Excess Utilities Costs to the extent of any underpayment revealed thereafter.

j. Exclusions from Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and Utilities Costs . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section 1.18, the following items shall be excluded from Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs, and Utilities Costs, as applicable: Costs of decorating, redecorating, or special cleaning or other services provided to certain tenants and not provided on a regular basis to all tenants of the Building; (ii) Any charge for depreciation of the Building or equipment and any interest or other financing charge; (iii) All costs relating to activities for the marketing, solicitation, negotiation and execution of leases of space in the Building, including without limitation, costs of tenant improvements; (iv) All costs for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Building is being charged other than pursuant to the operating expense clauses of leases for the Building; (v) The cost of correcting any violation of Law in existence as of the Commencement Date and/or any latent or patent defects in the Premises (except with respect to the Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Tenant, which shall be corrected by Tenant at Tenant’s expense) and/or in the construction of the Building or in the Building equipment, except that conditions (not occasioned by construction defects) resulting from ordinary wear and tear will not be deemed defects for the purpose of this category; (vi) To the extent Landlord is reimbursed by third parties, the cost of repair made by Landlord because of the total or partial destruction of the Building or the condemnation of a portion of the Building; (vii) The cost of any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or otherwise compensated by parties other than tenants of the Building pursuant to clauses similar to this paragraph; (viii) Any operating expense representing an amount paid to a related corporation, entity, or person which is in excess of the amount which would be paid in the absence of such relationship; (ix) The cost of any work or service performed for or facilities furnished to any tenant of the Building to a greater extent or in a manner more favorable to such tenant than that performed for or furnished to Tenant; (x) The cost of alterations of space in the Building leased to other tenants; (xi) Ground rent or similar payments to a ground lessor; (xii) Legal fees and related expenses incurred by Landlord (together with any damages awarded against Landlord) due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord; (xiii) Costs arising from the presence of any Hazardous Materials within, upon or beneath the Property by reason of Landlord’s introduction thereof to the Property in violation of Environmental Law applicable as of the date of such introduction; (xiv) Costs for sculpture, paintings or other objects of art in the Building which exceed those typically incurred in other similar office buildings in the area in which the Building is located; (xv) Salaries and compensation of ownership and management personnel to the extent that such persons provide services to properties other than the Building; and (xvi) Costs of selling or financing the Building.

Further notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision to the contrary in this Lease, Operating Expenses (and to the extent applicable, Utilities Costs) shall not include the following:

i. brokerage commissions, space planning costs, finders’ fees, attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred by Landlord in connection with leasing or attempting to lease space within the Property;

ii. costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for any tenants in the Property or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, preparing, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Property, which does not otherwise benefit all tenants of the Building.

iii. interest, points, fees and principal payments on any mortgages encumbering the Property, and other debt costs, if any;

iv. costs of correcting latent or patent defects in, or significant design error relating to, the initial design or construction of the Premises, the Building, the parking facilities or any other improvements to the Property or equipment or materials used therewith;

v. advertising and promotional expenditures;

vi. costs of any items (including, but not limited to, costs incurred by Landlord with respect to goods, services and utilities sold and/or supplied to tenants and occupants of the Property, and/or for the repair of damage to the Building for items which are reimbursable under any contractor, manufacturer or supplier warranty) to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance or condemnation proceeds, or from a contractor, manufacturer, supplier or any other third party pursuant to any warranty or otherwise or would have been reimbursed if Landlord had carried the insurance Landlord is required to carry pursuant to this Lease (other than reimbursement by tenants pursuant to the Operating Expenses pass-through provisions of their leases); such proceeds shall be credited to Operating Expenses in the year in which received;

 

-5-


vii. expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged directly but which are provided to any other tenant or occupant of the Property at no cost (or are separately reimbursed by such other tenants);

viii. attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants or prospective occupants of the Property (including costs incurred due to violations by tenants of the terms and conditions of their leases), or any other attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the Property (including, without limitation, any financing, sale or syndication of the Property), except (A) as specifically enumerated as an Operating Expense in this Lease and/or (B) to the extent the expenditure of such attorneys’ fees generally benefits all of the tenants of the Building and any other buildings in the Property owned by Landlord;

ix. the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the operation and management of the Building or Property unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Building and Property vis-á-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Building and Property;

x. compensation (including benefits) of any employee of Landlord above the grade of Director, Regional Operations;

xi. costs of additions, alterations, repairs or improvements, equipment replacement and all other items which under generally accepted accounting practices consistently applied are properly classified as capital expenditures;

xii. rentals and other related expenses for leasing HVAC systems, elevators, or other items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of the Building and/or Property and/or to an ameliorate an emergency condition in the Building and/or Property) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement not included in Operating Expenses pursuant to this Lease, except as otherwise provided in Section 1.19(b) above;

xiii. costs and overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Property to the extent the same exceeds typical costs and overhead and profit increment of such goods and/or services rendered by qualified unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

xiv. any costs for which Landlord has been reimbursed (other than through the Operating Expenses pass-through provisions of other tenants’ leases) or for which Landlord receives a credit, refund or discount;

xv. costs of signs (other than building directories and signage for various equipment rooms and common areas) in or on the Property or any buildings located on the Property which identify the owner of the Property or other tenants’ signs;

xvi. interest, penalties, late charges, liquidated damages or other costs arising out of Landlord’s failure to make timely payment of any of its obligations under this Lease, including, without limitation, Landlord’s failure to make timely payment of any item that is included in Operating Expenses, Taxes, or Utilities Costs, and any penalties or fines imposed upon Landlord due to Landlord’s violation of any applicable Laws;

xvii. reserves of any kind, including replacement reserves for bad debt loss or lost rent (but Operating Expenses may include reasonable reserves imposed upon the Property as part of the assessments under any covenants, conditions and restrictions recorded against the Property);

xviii. any ground lease rental;

xix. depreciation and amortization;

xx. costs (including, without limitation, fines, penalties, interest, and costs of repairs, replacements, alterations and/or improvements) incurred in bringing the Property into compliance with building codes and other applicable Laws in effect as of the Commencement Date, including, without limitation, any costs to correct building code violations pertaining to the initial design or construction of the Building, the parking facilities or any other improvements to the Property, to the extent such violations exist as of the Commencement Date under any applicable building codes in effect as of such date;

xxi. costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of (A) any lease of space within the Property and/or (B) any ground leases pertaining to the Property;

xxii. Landlord’s general corporate overhead and administrative expenses, except to the extent related to the operation or management of the Property, subject to subject to Section 1.18(b)(5) of the Standard Lease Provisions;

xxiii. costs of acquisition of sculptures, painting and other objects of art;

xxiv. costs incurred to comply with applicable Laws with respect to cleanup, removal, investigation and/or remediation (collectively, “Remediation Costs ”) of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) in, on or under the Property and/or the Building to the extent such Hazardous Materials: are (1) present in the soil or

 

-6-


groundwater of the Property; (2) in existence as of the Commencement Date and in violation of applicable Laws in effect as of the Commencement Date, and were of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Building or on the Property, would have then required removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials; and/or (3) introduced onto the Property and/or Building after the Commencement Date by Landlord or any of Landlord’s agents, employees, contractors or tenants in violation of applicable Laws in effect at the date of introduction, and were of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental or quasi-governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Materials, in the state and under the conditions that the same existed in the Building or on the Property, would have then required removal, remediation or other action with respect to such Hazardous Materials;

xxv. any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (other than the parking facilities);

xxvi. costs arising out of the operation, management, maintenance or repair of any retail premises in the Property or any other retail areas operated by Landlord or its agents, contractors or vendors to the extent such costs are uniquely attributable (and separately identifiable) to such retail premises or areas (as opposed to general office use tenancies) or are extraordinary, separately identifiable expenses arising in connection therewith;

xxvii. costs for which Landlord has been compensated by a management fee, to the extent that the inclusion of such costs in Operating Expenses would result in a double charge to Tenant;

xxviii. costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

xxix. Intentionally Omitted;

xxx. costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building and/or the Property, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with or claims by any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Property, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) not engaged in Building and/or Property operation, disputes of Landlord with Property management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other tenants (except to the extent the expenditure of such outside fees generally benefit all tenants of the Building and any other buildings in the Property owned by Landlord, and Landlord included such category of expenses or similar types of expenses, if actually incurred, in the Base Year);

xxxi. costs of any “tap fees” or any sewer or water connection fees for the benefit of any particular tenant in the Building, which is not a recurrent expense and/or which does not otherwise benefit all tenants of the Building;

xxxii. any parking validations for any entity;

xxxiii. the cost of providing any service directly to and paid directly by any tenant;

xxxiv. rent for any office space occupied by Building or Property management personnel to the extent the size of such office space exceeds 2,500 rentable square feet or the rental rate for such office space exceeds the fair market rental value of comparable-sized office space occupied by management personnel of the Comparable Buildings;

xxxv. costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord;

xxxvi. any above-Building standard cleanup, including construction and special events cleanup (other than special events where Tenant is invited);

xxxvii. costs incurred in connection with the original construction and development of the Building or Property;

xxxviii. costs of flowers, gifts, balloons, special events, etc. provided to any prospective tenants, Tenant, other tenants, and occupants of the Building, or other third parties and entertainment, dining or travel expenses, except to the extent customarily included in the operating expenses of Comparable Buildings;

xxxix. Intentionally Omitted;

xl. material costs associated with the operation, maintenance and/or repairs of any portions of the common areas of the Property which are dedicated for the exclusive use of any tenant of the Property, but only to the extent such costs are easily and readily identifiable and separable without undue accounting or other costs to Landlord.

Landlord hereby agrees that the cost of any new type or increased amount of insurance coverage (or increased limits of insurance or decrease in the amount of deductibles) which is obtained or effected by Landlord during any calendar year after the Base Year (but is not obtained or effected during the Base Year) shall be added to the Operating Expenses for the Base Year (but at the rate which would have been in effect during the Base Year or the rate in effect during such calendar year, whichever is lower) prior to the calculation of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for each such calendar year in which such change in insurance is obtained or effected.

 

-7-


Landlord further agrees that any costs incurred in any calendar year after the Base Year because of any added new type of discretionary services which were readily available during the Base Year, and customarily provided by landlords of Comparable Buildings during the Base Year (but not by Landlord), and not included in the Base Year, shall be added to and included in the Base Year for purposes of determining the Excess payable for such calendar year in which such added new type of discretionary services are so provided, as if such services were provided in the Base Year, as applicable (but at the rate for such services which would have been in effect during the Base Year, or the rate in effect during such subsequent calendar year, whichever is lower). In addition, if in the event and to the extent any portion of the Project is covered by a warranty or service agreement which provides warranty-type protection at any time during the Base Year and is not covered by such warranty or such warranty-type protection under such service agreement in a subsequent calendar year to the same extent, Operating Expenses for the Base Year and/or Utilities Costs for the Base Year shall be deemed increased by the amount Landlord would have incurred during the Base Year with respect to the items or matters covered by the subject warranty or warranty-type protection (net of the cost of the warranty or the service agreement included in the applicable base year), had such warranty or such service agreement not been in effect during the Base Year.

k. Review . Within ninety (90) days after receiving Landlord’s Actual Statement for any calendar year (including the Base Year), Tenant may, upon advance written notice to Landlord and during reasonable business hours, cause a review of Landlord’s books and records with respect to such calendar year and the calendar year immediately preceding such calendar year only to determine the accuracy of Landlord’s Actual Statement. Landlord shall make all pertinent records available for inspection that are reasonably necessary for Tenant to conduct its review. If any records are maintained at a location other than the office of the Building, Tenant may either inspect the records at such other location or pay for the actual, reasonable cost of copying and shipping the records. If Tenant retains an agent, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to review Landlord’s records, the agent shall be an independent accountant which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis, and is also subject to a confidentiality agreement. Within sixty (60) days after the records are made available to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord written notice (an “ Objection Notice ”) stating in reasonable detail any objection to the Actual Statement for that year. If Tenant provides Landlord with a timely Objection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to resolve any issues raised in Tenant’s Objection Notice. If Tenant fails to provide Landlord with a timely Objection Notice, Landlord’s Actual Statement shall be deemed final and binding, and Tenant shall have no further right to review or object to such statement. If Landlord and Tenant determine that Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and/or Utilities Costs for the calendar year are less than reported, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit against the next installment of Rent in the amount of the overpayment by Tenant. Likewise, if Landlord and Tenant determine that Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and/or Utilities Costs for the calendar year are greater than reported, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of any underpayment within thirty (30) days after such determination. The records obtained by Tenant shall be treated as confidential. In no event shall Tenant be permitted to review Landlord’s records or to dispute any statement of Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs or Utilities Costs if a Default has occurred and is continuing. If Tenant’s audit reveals that Landlord’s calculation of Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs or Utilities Costs was overstated by five percent (5%) or more, then Landlord shall pay Tenant’s actual, out-of-pocket audit and inspection fees within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice therefor.

1.19 Utilities and Services .

a. Standard Utilities and Services . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, and the obligations of Tenant as set forth hereinbelow, Landlord shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises the following utilities and services (Landlord reserves the right to adopt reasonable, non-discriminatory modifications and additions to the following provisions from time to time):

(i) Landlord shall make the elevator of the Building available for Tenant’s non- exclusive use, twenty-four (24) hours per day, three hundred sixty-five (365) days per year.

(ii) Landlord shall furnish during the Business Hours for the Building specified in Section 1.21, HVAC for the Premises as required in Landlord’s judgment for the comfortable and normal office occupancy of the Premises, provided that at a minimum, Landlord shall (i) provide one (1) ton of tempered air per every 300 usable square feet in the Premises, and (ii) maintain a temperature of 72 degrees Fahrenheit (+/- 2 degrees) in the Premises. The cost of maintenance and service calls to adjust and regulate the HVAC system shall be completed by Landlord as part of the maintenance of the Building and included in the Operating Expenses for the Building. If Tenant desires HVAC at any time other than during the Business Hours for the Building, Landlord shall provide such “ after-hours ” usage after at not less than one (1) hour’s advance request by Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent (and not as part of the Operating Expenses) the actual cost to Landlord, of such after-hours usage (not to exceed $55.00 per hour). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to up to four hundred (400) hours of non-cumulative after-hours HVAC usage per year, at a charge of $35.00 per hour.

(iii) Landlord shall furnish to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, reasonable quantities of electric current as required in Landlord’s judgment for normal lighting and normal fractional horsepower office business machines, provided that (x) Landlord shall cause the electrical transformers and panels to meet a connected load for power that equals (A) 1.2 watts per rentable square foot and 277/480 volt for lighting in the Premises, (B) 6 watts per rentable square feet at 120/208 volts with respect to power throughout the Premises, and (C) 100 watts per rentable square foot for Tenant’s data center room, as shown in the floor plan attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto; and (y) Landlord shall provide sufficient capacity in the Building electrical service (“bus-duct”) for 80 KVA of electrical loads for Tenant’s lab area, as shown in the floor plan attached as Exhibit C-4 hereto. Subject to the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant’s use of electric current ever exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation of the Building. Landlord shall also furnish water to the Building twenty-four (24) hours per day for drinking and lavatory purposes, in such quantities as required in Landlord’s

 

-8-


judgment for the comfortable and normal use of the Building. If Tenant requires or consumes water in excess of what is considered reasonable or normal by Landlord or electricity in excess of the standards provided hereunder, Landlord may require Tenant to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost as fairly determined by Landlord incurred for such excess usage. Tenant’s electrical service to the Premises for the consumption of power (lighting and outlets) and the Building’s HVAC shall be provided as part of a Full Service Gross Rent, subject to any Operating Expense increases and the Building’s Business Hours set forth below. Tenant’s Electrical service to the “lab and IT space” portion of the Premises, as depicted in Exhibits C-3 and C-4 hereto, for the consumption of power (lighting and outlets) and supplemental HVAC shall be available to Tenant on a 24 hour per day, 7 days per week basis using existing “house” HVAC and electricity during normal Business Hours and for after hours use shall be separately metered or through an E-Mon D-Mon” submeter device. Tenant shall pay for the actual cost of such service for after hours usage through a sub-meter or “E-Mon D-Mon” submeter device without any administrative fees or mark-ups. In addition, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and separate from the Allowance, shall be responsible for segregating and providing separate metering or “E-Mon D-Mon” submeter devices for Tenant’s electricity for the lab and IT space.

(iv) Landlord shall furnish janitorial services to the Premises five (5) days per week (except for Holidays) in accordance with the janitorial and cleaning specifications attached hereto as Exhibit C-5. No person(s) other than those persons reasonably approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Premises for such purposes. Janitor service shall include ordinary dusting and cleaning by the janitor assigned to do such work and shall not include cleaning of carpets or rugs, except normal vacuuming, or moving of furniture, interior window cleaning, coffee or eating area cleaning and other special services. Such additional services may be rendered by Landlord pursuant to written agreement with Tenant as to the extent of such services and the payment of the cost thereof. Janitor service will not be furnished on nights when rooms are occupied after 7:30 p.m., to areas designated by Tenant as “secured areas” or to rooms which are locked unless a key is furnished to the Landlord for use by the janitorial contractor. Window cleaning shall be done only by Landlord, at such time and frequency as determined by Landlord at Landlord’s sole discretion, provided that such cleaning shall be performed no less frequently than three (3) times per year. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish to the extent that the same exceeds the refuse and rubbish usually attendant upon the use of the Premises as offices.

(v) Landlord may provide security service or protection in the Building, in any manner deemed reasonable by Landlord at Landlord’s sole discretion, from the Commencement Date throughout the Term. Landlord shall have no liability in connection with the decision whether or not to provide such services and Tenant hereby waives all claims based thereon. Landlord shall not be liable for losses due to theft, vandalism or similar causes, except to the extent arising from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct

(vi) At Landlord’s option, Landlord may install water, electricity and/or HVAC meters in the Premises to measure Tenant’s consumption of such utilities, including any after-hours and extraordinary usage described above. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after demand, the cost of the installation, maintenance and repair of such meter(s).

The costs of Building services shall be included in Operating Expenses and all charges with respect to utilities shall be included in Utilities Costs as defined in Section 1.18 e. above. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, provide additional services hereunder; provided, however, that if Landlord does provide such extra services, Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, a four percent (4%) administration fee in connection with such services. All costs payable for excess, after-hours or above-standard services or utilities, as provided above, shall be due and payable at the same time as the installment of Monthly Base Rent with which the same are billed, or if billed separately, shall be due within thirty (30) days after such billing.

Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time-to-time during the Term to contract for service from any company or companies providing electricity service (“Service Provider”) . Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and the Service Provider at all times and, as reasonably necessary, shall allow Landlord and Service Provider reasonable access to the Building’s electric lines, feeders, risers, wiring, and any other machinery within the Premises upon reasonable prior notice. Except to the extent arising from Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall in no way be liable or responsible for any loss, damage, or expense that Tenant may sustain or incur by reason of any change, failure, interference, disruption, or defect in the supply or character of the electric energy furnished to the Premises, or if the quantity or character of the electric energy supplied by the Service Provider is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements, no such change, failure, defect, unavailability, or unsuitability shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease.

b. Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant shall cooperate fully at all times with Landlord, and abide by all reasonable regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the Building’s services and systems. Tenant shall not use any apparatus or device in, upon or about the Premises which may in any way increase the amount of services or utilities usually furnished or supplied to the Premises or other premises in the Building, subject to Tenant’s operation of the server and lab rooms. In addition, Tenant shall not connect any conduit, pipe, apparatus or other device to the Building’s water, waste or other supply lines or systems for any purpose without Landlord’s prior approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Neither Tenant nor its employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees shall at any time enter, adjust, tamper with, touch or otherwise in any manner affect the mechanical installations or facilities of the Building.

 

-9-


1.20 Additional Repairs . Landlord, at Landlord’s cost (subject to inclusion in Operating Expenses as provided in Section 1.18 of the Summary), shall repair, maintain and replace as necessary, the foundation and structural elements of the Building (including external and structural load bearing walls and roof structure), roof, external facade, external windows (including being weather-tight), Building infrastructure and utility meters, electrical lines, pipes and conduits serving the Building and the Premises; provided, however, to the extent such maintenance, repairs or replacements are required as a result of any act, neglect, omission or fault of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the costs of such maintenance, repairs and replacements. In addition, and subject to Sections 17.1 and 17.2 of the Standard Lease Provisions, Landlord shall, as part of the Operating Expenses, repair, maintain and replace, as necessary (a) the basic HVAC, sprinkler and electrical systems within the Building core and standard conduits, connections and distribution systems thereof within the Premises (but not any above standard improvements installed in the Premises such as, for example, but not by way of limitation, custom lighting, special or supplementary HVAC or plumbing systems or distribution extensions, special or supplemental electrical panels or distribution systems, or kitchen or restroom facilities and appliances to the extent such facilities and appliances are intended for the exclusive use of Tenant), and (b) the Common Areas, if any; provided, however, to the extent such maintenance, repairs or replacements are required as a result of any act or fault of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after demand, the costs of such maintenance, repairs and replacements. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for failure to perform any such maintenance, repairs or replacements, unless Landlord shall fail to make such maintenance, repairs or replacements and such failure shall continue for an unreasonable time following written notice from Tenant to Landlord of the need therefor.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.20, if Landlord fails to perform any obligation under this Lease with respect to the Premises which it is obligated to perform under this Section 1.20 within a reasonable period of time not to exceed thirty (30) days following receipt of written notice from Tenant as set forth above, Tenant shall be permitted to perform such obligations in the Premises on Landlord’s behalf, provided Tenant first delivers to Landlord an additional ten (10) business days prior written notice indicating that Tenant will be performing such obligations and provided Landlord fails to commence to perform its obligation(s) within such additional ten (10) business day period or thereafter fails to diligently complete performance of such obligations having commenced performance within such ten (10) business day period. If the obligations to be performed by Tenant will affect the Building’s life safety, electrical, plumbing, or sprinkler systems, Tenant shall use only those contractors used by Landlord in the Building for work on such systems. Tenant shall have no right to perform any work on the Building’s heating, ventilating and air conditioning system other than Tenant’s HVAC units installed as part of the initial Tenant Improvements. All other contractors shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval and Landlord agrees to approve or reject any contractor proposed to be used by Tenant within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of Tenant’s second notice, provided that if a proposed contractor is duly licensed and bonded and all requisite permits have been obtained for the desired work, Landlord agrees not to withhold its approval of the proposed contractor. Any work performed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of this Lease governing Alterations. Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant within thirty (30) days following receipt from Tenant of a written statement of all reasonable and actual costs incurred by Tenant in performing such obligations on behalf of Landlord. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant shall be excused from paying Rent or any other amount due under this Lease in the event of any alleged default by Landlord. If, however, Landlord delivers to Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice, a written objection to the payment of such invoice, setting forth with reasonable particularity Landlord’s reasons for its claim that such action did not have to be taken by Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Lease or that the charges are excessive (in which case Landlord shall pay the amount it contends would not have been excessive), then prior to Landlord’s payment therefor, Landlord and Tenant will meet together to present and discuss their individual determinations of such cost and shall diligently and in good faith attempt to negotiate a mutually acceptable and reasonable amount to be reimbursed.

1.21 Business Hours for the Building : 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Mondays through Fridays (except Building Holidays) and 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays (except Building Holidays). Building Holidays: New Year’s Day, Labor Day, Presidents’ Day, Thanksgiving Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day and Christmas Day, and such other national holidays as are adopted by Landlord as holidays for the Building.

1.22 Additional Parking Provisions . In addition to such parking privileges for use by Tenant’s employees, Landlord shall permit access to the parking areas for Tenant’s visitors, subject to availability of spaces and payment (by validation charges or otherwise) of daily visitor parking charges therefor as may be established and adjusted by Landlord from time to time (or, at Landlord’s option, the operator or master lessee of the parking facilities).

1.23 [Intentionally Omitted.]

1.24 Conditions Precedent . The Premises, containing an aggregate 27,846 rentable square feet, is comprised of: (a) that certain space within the Building commonly known as Suite 180, containing approximately 26,521 rentable square feet (the “Suite 180 Space”), and (b) that certain space in the Building currently occupied by Verizon Business Mobile Command Center Emergency Operations Center (“Verizon”), containing approximately 1,325 rentable square feet (the “Verizon Space”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Premises shall be expanded to include that certain space in the Building currently occupied by General Dynamics Security Office (“ GD ”), containing approximately 1,244 rentable square feet (the “GD Space”). The parties acknowledge that the Verizon Space is currently subject to a lease between Landlord and Verizon and that the GD Space is currently subject to a lease between Landlord and GD. Landlord shall use its best efforts to ensure that the Verizon Space is delivered to Tenant no later than July 15, 2010, and that the GD Space is delivered to Tenant no later than January 31,2011; provided, however, if Landlord is unable to deliver the Verizon Space and/or GD Space to Tenant by the applicable delivery dates, this Lease will not be void or voidable,

 

-10-


nor will Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, exercise diligent, best efforts to cause the current tenants to vacate the space on or before the foregoing delivery dates, including commencement of unlawful detainer proceedings by July 31, 2010 as to the Verizon Space and by February 15, 2011 as to the GD Space and diligently pursuing such proceedings thereafter until such tenants have vacated the applicable space. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord is unable to cause Verizon and/or GD to vacate the Verizon Space and/or the GD Space, respectively, on or before the foregoing delivery dates, Tenant shall lease any available space within the Premises as and when such space becomes available upon the terms provided herein, except that (a) all references to the term “Premises” shall mean and refer to the portion of the Premises then actually occupied and leased by Tenant, (b) Rent and other applicable terms of this Lease will be adjusted according to the rentable square footage of the Premises; and (c) the Expiration Date shall not be extended; provided, however, if Landlord fails to deliver the Verizon Space to Tenant by August 15, 2010 or the GD Space to Tenant by February 28,2011, Tenant shall receive a Monthly Base Rent abatement of one (1) day of the Monthly Base Rent applicable to such space for each day of delay in delivery of such space beyond the August 15,2010 and February 28,2011 dates, as applicable.

1.25 Access. Subject to Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Lease and any Force Majeure Event (defined in the Standard Provisions), Tenant shall have access 24 hours per day, 7 days per week to the Premises. Landlord, at Landlord’s cost and on or prior to the Delivery Date, shall provide card-keys to Tenant for after-hours access to the Building. The number of card-keys shall be based upon a ratio of four (4) keys per one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises then leased. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to purchase additional card-keys from Landlord at Landlord’s actual cost without any mark-up or profit.

1.26 Supplemental Security System. Subject to Landlord’s prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld) of the plans and specifications therefor and subject to Article 13 hereof, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to the Allowance), to install and maintain a security system within the Premises, including access panels and cameras, provided such system is compatible with the Building security system, and provided Landlord shall have no liability therefor and Tenant removes same at Landlord’s request upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and court costs arising out of any such security system installed and maintained by Tenant at the Building.

1.27 Supplemental HVAC. Landlord shall provide Tenant with an exterior area(s) in the Property near Tenant’s lab rooms, for the installation of Tenant’s (i) supplemental HVAC units, and (ii) air compressor equipment and/or an exhaust fan system with a capacity of 4,000 CFM, including the necessary connections/conduits and/or exhaust duct from Tenant’s lab areas in the Premises to said equipment, in the area depicted as Exhibit H attached hereto. Said equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld, and in accordance with all applicable Laws. The installation, screening, repair, maintenance and removal of the air compressor and/or exhaust fan system during the Term shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in accordance with Article 13 of this Lease. There shall be no additional charge to Tenant during the Term and any Option Term for such exterior areas or for the rights to install said air compressor exhaust fan system.

1.28 Loading and Unloading Area. Tenant, at no additional charge, shall have the right to use during the Term and any Option Term, the Building’s existing loading and unloading area, as well as the existing Common Area corridor as shown on Exhibit B-l . for normal deliveries and shipping by Tenant during the Building’s Business Hours. If at any time during the Term and any Option Term the existing loading and unloading area and/or the existing Common Area corridor are not available for Tenant’s use, then Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense shall have the right to add a ramp and concrete walkway from the front parking area to the back patio entrance near Tenant’s shipping and receiving area subject to the terms of this Lease (including Article 13 governing Alterations), and may use on a non-exclusive basis that entrance for deliveries and shipping during normal Business Hours. The design, materials, exact path of travel and any required screening for the aforementioned walkway and ramp will be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Additionally, such work shall comply with all applicable Laws.

1.29 Additional Amenities. The Building currently offers a Wi-Fi enabled atrium, and an atrium cafe (the “ Café ”). Subject to Force Majeure Events, and Articles 17 and 18 of this Lease relating to damage and condemnation, Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that these two services (or services substantially similar to such services) shall continue to be offered by Landlord during the Term and any Option Term, or any earlier termination thereof. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and by no later than December 31,2010, subject to extension for Force Majeure Delays and/or delays caused by Tenant and/or any of Tenant’s Parties, shall construct a fitness center (including equipment and other furniture, fixtures and equipment typically found in corporate campus’ gyms such televisions, treadmills, weights equipment, water fountain, showers and lockers, etc.) (the “ Gym ”) to be located behind the Café with card key access 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to the Gym and service exclusively offered to tenants of the Building. Beginning on the Commencement Date, the hours for the Café shall be for 7:00 am through 3:00 pm Monday through Friday except on Building Holidays. There shall be no charge to Tenant for the Wi-Fi services, the use of the Gym and the use of the Cafe, except for any items purchased by Tenant from the Café and except to the extent any damage is caused by Tenant and/or any of Tenant’s Parties. Tenant’s use of the Café and Gym is subject to the indemnification provisions of this Lease and such other agreements between Tenant (and/or any of Tenant’s Parties which otherwise utilize such amenities), as may be reasonably required by Landlord. Operating costs for the aforementioned services and amenities will be included in the Building’s Operating Expenses and shall be included in the Base Year.

 

-11-


1.30 Additional Signage Rights. Subject to this Section 1.30 and Article 12, Tenant shall be entitled to the following signage: (i) Tenant’s name on one (1) monument sign along Lakeview Canyon Road (on one of the top quadrants of each side of the existing monument sign), (ii) Tenant’s name on the lobby directory and Building standard suite identification signage, (iii) Tenant’s name on a wall behind the entrance to Tenant’s reception area within its Premises and (iv) Tenant’s name on a Building eyebrow sign, the location and rendering of which is depicted in Exhibit I attached hereto (collectively, “Tenant’s Signs ”). The location of the monument sign and the Building eyebrow sign are depicted in Exhibit I attached hereto. Tenant shall be solely responsible for payment of all costs and expenses (subject to the Allowance) arising from Tenant’s Signs, including, without limitation, all design, fabrication and permitting costs, license fees, installation, maintenance, repair and removal costs. All signage, including Tenant’s Signs, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, with respect to location, font, colors, size and design. Landlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All signage shall be consistent with Landlord’s building signage program. Moreover, Landlord shall be responsible for any and all approvals and compliance with the applicable City and codes, subject to reimbursement from Tenant at Landlord’s actual cost, without any mark-up or administrative fees. If Tenant desires to have the tree trimmed which blocks visibility of any of Tenant’s eyebrow building sign, Tenant may do so at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (including costs of any arborist, permit fees and actual labor and equipment and disposal costs), subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval as to the scope of such tree trimming and subject to approval by the City of Thousand Oaks.

Landlord shall maintain and repair all of Tenant’s signs at Tenant’s expense. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (except as otherwise set forth hereinabove), (i) cause all of Tenant’s signs to be removed from the exterior and interior of the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) repair any damage caused by the removal of Tenant’s signs, and (iii) restore the underlying surfaces to the substantially the same condition existing prior to the installation of Tenant’s signs.

The sign rights granted herein are personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease and may not be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, to any person or entity. The rights granted to the original Tenant hereunder are not assignable separate and apart from the Lease, nor may any right granted herein be separated from the Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the provisions of Article 20, if Landlord consents to Tenant’s complete assignment of its rights under this Lease to particular assignee, or a subletting of the entire Premises to a particular sublessee, then the sign rights granted to Tenant hereunder shall be assignable by Tenant to that particular assignee or sublessee.

1.31 Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to the Allowance), to install supplemental HVAC, necessary ducting, satellite, telecommunication and/or television equipment on the roof of the Building as required for Tenant’s business in a mutually acceptable area (collectively, the “Rooftop Equipment”) under the following conditions: (i) all plans and specifications for any and all such Rooftop Equipment, including but not limited to, weight, configuration, location, means of installation, cabling and screening of the Rooftop Equipment are subject to the prior reasonable approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; (ii) Tenant shall provide evidence to Landlord that Tenant has obtained all governmental approvals and permits required for the installation and operation of the Rooftop Equipment; (iii) Tenant shall provide evidence to Landlord of insurance coverage for the installation, location, repair, removal, and operation of the Rooftop Equipment, with Landlord as an additional insured, all in form and substance reasonably approved by Landlord and such insurance shall be maintained during the Term of this Lease; (iv) Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, cost and expense incurred by Landlord as a result of the installation, location, repair, removal, and/or operation of the Rooftop Equipment on the Building, except to the extent caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (v) Tenant shall be responsible for the installation, engineering, maintenance, repair and removal of the Rooftop Equipment and appurtenant equipment in accordance with all Laws; (vi) any roof penetrations shall be made subject to the prior reasonable approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; (vii) Tenant shall be responsible for any impairment of Landlord’s roof warranty as a result of installation of any such Rooftop Equipment; (viii) Tenant shall, at its own expense, promptly repair any damage or wear to the roof resulting from the installation and use of the Rooftop Equipment and appurtenant equipment; (x) the operation of the Rooftop Equipment shall be for Tenant’s internal use only; and (xi) Tenant shall provide reasonable screening of the Rooftop Equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as may be reasonably required by Landlord. Landlord shall grant Tenant access to the roof for such installation, maintenance, repair, and removal of the Rooftop Equipment. Upon the expiration of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly remove the Rooftop Equipment and appurtenant equipment and repair any damage caused by such removal; provided, however, Tenant shall not be required to remove any HVAC units installed as part of the Rooftop Equipment. There shall be no additional charge to Tenant during the Term or any Option Term for said roof rights.

1.32 Emergency Power Generator. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.32, and the terms of this Lease, including Article 13, and to Tenant obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals, and so long as Tenant shall not adversely impact any Building systems, Tenant shall have the right to install, operate and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a maximum 500 kilowatt back-up generator (“Tenant’s Generator”) on the Site near the Building within the area specified on Exhibit J hereto which shall not exceed 200 square feet in area. In addition to Tenant’s Generator, subject to the terms of this Section 1.32, and as more particularly described below, Tenant shall be permitted to install an above-ground diesel tank storage or propane gas, if gas line is not available, and an electrical conduit from Tenant’s Generator to an area in the Premises designated by Tenant. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any rent or other charges with respect to the area designated for Tenant’s Generator. Landlord shall have the right to review and approve, such review and approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, Tenant’s plans and specifications for the proposed equipment, including, without limitation, the size, method of installation and visibility of such equipment. The location of Tenant’s Generator shall be limited to the area specified on Exhibit J.

 

-12-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may the installation of Tenant’s Generator involve the installation of an underground storage tank. The above-ground storage tank associated with Tenant’s Generator (the “AST”) shall not exceed 750 gallons in capacity, shall be double walled in thickness, shall contain diesel fuel or liquid propane only (to power Tenant’s Generator only), and shall employ at a minimum for a diesel powered generator, a double containment system whereby if the first containment system fails, a second containment system shall be present to prevent releases of Hazardous Substances, all in accordance with applicable laws and environmental regulations. For these purposes, a sealed, uncracked concrete slab containment area without drains shall be sufficient (but shall not be the exclusive method) to constitute the second containment system, provided it is large enough to completely contain a release of the maximum volume of Hazardous Substances which could be present in the first containment system. All handling, use, storage and disposal of Hazardous Substances relating to the AST or Tenant’s Generator shall be accomplished by Tenant at its sole cost and expense in accordance with this Section 1.32, Article 10 and Article 16.

In conjunction with the installation of Tenant’s Generator, subject to Landlord’s prior approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications, Tenant shall have the right to install an emergency generator connection on the outside of the Building for the purpose of connecting Tenant’s Generator to the Premises and an appurtenant electrical grounding system. Furthermore, Tenant shall have the right to install conduits from Tenant’s Generator to the Premises, provided, however, that such conduits are installed below grade to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction in accordance with the design and architectural standards for the Building.

Provided Tenant is not otherwise in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall not be required to remove Tenant’s Generator at the conclusion of the Term. Prior to or within sixty (60) days following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant agrees upon Landlord’s request to (i) promptly remove from the Property, at its sole cost and expense, all Hazardous Substances which are brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Property or any portion thereof by Tenant and/or any of Tenant’s Parties (as defined in the Standard Provisions) in connection with Tenant’s Generator or AST, and (ii) return the Premises and the balance of the Building and Property to substantially the condition existing prior to Tenant’s installation of Tenant’s Generator and AST. Tenant shall be solely responsible for complying with any and all Environmental Laws relating to the AST, Tenant’s Generator and all Hazardous Substances associated with either of the same, including, without limitation, all permitting and tank installations, monitoring and removal/closure obligations. For purposes of all Environmental Laws, Tenant shall be the owner and operator of the AST. Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring compliance by all Tenant Parties with all Environmental Laws relating to the AST and Tenant’s Generator. Any acknowledgment, consent or approval by Landlord of Tenant’s use or handling of Hazardous Substances shall not constitute an assumption of risk respecting the same nor a warranty or certification by Landlord that Tenant’s proposed use and handling of Hazardous Substances is safe or reasonable or in compliance with Environmental Laws.

From time to time during the Term and for up to one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, if required by any government agency, or in the event Landlord has actual knowledge of a Hazardous Substances release at the Premises which resulted from a fuel leak relating to the AST, Landlord may, and upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, retain a registered environmental consultant (“Consultant”) reasonably acceptable to Landlord to conduct an environmental investigation of the Property (“Environmental Assessment”) (i) for Hazardous Substances contamination in, about or beneath the Property relative to the AST or Tenant’s Generator, and (ii) to assess the activities of Tenant and all Tenant Parties with respect to Tenant’s Generator and the AST for compliance with all Environmental Laws and to recommend the use of procedures intended to reasonably reduce the risk of a release of Hazardous Substances. If the Environmental Assessment discloses any material breach of Environmental Laws by Tenant or any Tenant Parties, then the cost thereof shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant, payable as Additional Rent under this Lease. Otherwise, the costs of the Environmental Assessment shall be the responsibility of Landlord. If Landlord so requires, Tenant shall comply, at its sole cost and expense, with all reasonable recommendations contained in the Environmental Assessment, including any reasonable recommendations with respect to precautions which should be taken with respect to Tenant’s or Tenant Parties’ activities at the Property relative to the AST or Tenant’s Generator or any recommendations for additional testing and studies to detect the presence of Hazardous Substances relative to the AST or Tenant’s Generator. Tenant covenants to reasonably cooperate with the Consultant and to allow entry and reasonable access to the AST and Tenant’s Generator for the purpose of the Consultant’s investigations.

If any cleanup or monitoring procedure is required by any applicable governmental authorities in or about the Property as a consequence of any Hazardous Substances contamination by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties arising out of Tenant’s Generator or AST use, and the procedure for cleanup is not completed (to the satisfaction of all applicable governmental authorities) prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease (referred to herein as “Tenant’s Failure to Clean-Up”) , then, without limiting any of Landlord’s other rights and remedies contained in this Lease (including, without limitation, any indemnity and restoration obligations of Tenant contained in this Lease), Tenant will additionally be liable for any revenue of Landlord lost to the extent Landlord is precluded from re-leasing the Premises or any other portion of the Property as a result of such contamination.

Subject to Tenant obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to test Tenant’s Generator pursuant to the manufacturer’s recommendations, but in no event more than once a week during the Term or any Option Term at a time after normal business hours mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant’s intended use of Tenant’s Generator shall be to provide back-up power should there be for any reason, any interruption in electrical service to the Property, the Building and/or the Premises.

Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all liability, losses, damages, actions or causes of action, judgments, costs and expenses arising in any way from Tenant’s installation, operation,

 

-13-


maintenance and removal of Tenant’s Generator and the AST, or any breach of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease with respect to Tenant’s Generator and the AST, except to the extent arising out of Landlord’s gross negligence r willful misconduct. The representations, warranties and agreements of the Tenant set forth in this Section 1.32 shall survive the expiration of the Term or the earlier termination of the Lease for any reason.

Tenant’s Generator shall be installed in a weatherproof, walk-around type, sound attenuating enclosure which shall limit the sound to no more than 85 dba as measured at ten (10) feet from outside of any side, top or bottom of the enclosure, under all operating conditions. Tenant shall be responsible for all insulation for magnetic or electrical interference from operation of Tenant’s Generator as necessary to prevent interference of any kind with equipment or systems operated by other occupants of the Property.

If Tenant’s Generator is visible from outside of the Building (including from any areas adjacent to the Building (or from other buildings now or hereafter constructed within the Property), Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Generator to be screened from view in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord and comparable and compatible with the improvements and/or landscaping contiguous to such improvements (such as by way of example only with appropriate metal and/or fabric screening, concrete masonry unit block wall fencing or landscaping screening to match adjacent landscaping). All such screening and visible improvements shall be of first class quality and shall be consistent in quality and design with similar improvements and screening in comparable quality office/warehouse projects in the vicinity of the Property. If the use of any parking spaces is lost as a result of the placement of Tenant’s Generator in the Common Areas, Tenant’s allocation of parking spaces shall be deemed reduced by the number of parking spaces lost as a result of the location of Tenant’s Generator and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant whatsoever for such reduction.

To the extent that the installation of Tenant’s Generator requires modifications to the shell, foundation, or other structural portions of the Building (including, without limitation, the installation of Tenant’s Generator upon the roof of the Building), such modifications shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in conjunction with such structural modifications.

1.33 Additional Hazardous Materials Requirements. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 10 of the Standard Provisions, Tenant shall comply with the following provisions with respect to Hazardous Materials (as that term is defined in Article 10):

a. Environmental Questionnaire; Disclosure. Prior to the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall complete, execute and deliver to Landlord an Environmental Questionnaire and Disclosure Statement (the “Environmental Questionnaire”) in the form of Exhibit G. and Tenant shall certify to Landlord all information contained in the Environmental Questionnaire as true and correct to the best of Tenant’s knowledge and belief. The completed Environmental Questionnaire shall be deemed incorporated into this Lease for all purposes, and Landlord shall be entitled to rely fully on the information contained therein. On each anniversary of the Commencement Date (each such date is hereinafter referred to as a “ Disclosure Date ”), until and including the first Disclosure Date occurring after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall disclose to Landlord in writing the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials, or any combination thereof, that were stored, generated, used or disposed of on, under or about the Premises for the twelve (12) month period prior to each Disclosure Date, and that Tenant intends to store, generate, use or dispose of on, under or about the Premises through the next Disclosure Date. At Landlord’s request, Tenant’s disclosure obligations under this Section 1.33 shall include a requirement that Tenant update, execute and deliver to Landlord the Environmental Questionnaire, as the same may be reasonably modified by Landlord from time to time; provided, however, Tenant shall not be required to update the Environmental Questionnaire more than once per year unless an environmental event of default has occurred. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of, and shall promptly provide Landlord with true, correct, complete and legible copies of, all of the following environmental items relating to the Premises: reports filed pursuant to any self reporting requirements; reports filed pursuant to any Environmental Laws or this Lease; all permit applications, permits, monitoring reports, workplace exposure and community exposure warnings or notices, and all other reports, disclosures, plans or documents (even those that may be characterized as confidential, provided that Landlord shall execute reasonable confidentiality agreements with respect to such information) relating to water discharges, air pollution, waste generation or disposal, underground storage tanks or Hazardous Materials; all orders, reports, notices, listings and correspondence (even those that may be considered confidential, provided that Landlord shall execute confidentiality agreements with respect to such information) of or concerning the release, investigation, compliance, clean up, remedial and corrective actions, and abatement of Hazardous Materials whether or not required by Environmental Laws; and all complaints, pleadings and other legal documents filed against Tenant related to Tenant’s use, handling, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials at the Premises and/or within the Property.

b. Inspection; Compliance. Upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant, Landlord and Landlord Parties (as that term is defined in Article 10) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to inspect, investigate, sample and/or monitor the Premises, including any air, soil, water, groundwater or other sampling, and any other testing, digging, drilling or analyses, at any time to determine whether Tenant is complying with the terms of this Section 1.33 and Article 10, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall provide Landlord with access to all relevant facilities, records and personnel during Tenant’s normal business hours. If Tenant is not in compliance with any of the provisions of this Section 1.33 and Article 10, or in the event of a release of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises, Landlord and Landlord Parties shall have the right, but not the obligation, without limitation on any of Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, to immediately enter upon the Premises and to discharge Tenant’s obligations under this Section 1.33 and Article 10 at Tenant’s expense, including without limitation the taking of emergency or long term remedial action. Landlord and Landlord Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business, but shall not be liable for any such

 

-14-


interference. In addition, Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to join and participate in any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with any claims or causes of action arising out of the storage, generation, use or disposal by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises. All sums reasonably disbursed, deposited or incurred by Landlord in connection herewith, including, but not limited to, all costs, expenses and actual, reasonable attorneys’ fees, shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, as an item of Additional Rent, on demand by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date of such demand until paid by Tenant. Landlord agrees that if any testing proves that the Tenant or Tenant’s Parties have no responsibility for the presence of said Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall not be liable for any costs or expenses in connection with such inspection, testing and monitoring. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, and except for Tenant’s obligations to notify Landlord of any Hazardous Materials known to and/or observed or discovered by Tenant, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have no liability, including any indemnity liability, for any Hazardous Materials that have migrated onto the Premises or the Property from neighboring properties (and Tenant shall have no obligation to monitor, investigate, prevent or otherwise remedy any such migration) or for any Hazardous Materials in existence at the Property prior to the Delivery Date.

c. Tenant Obligations. If the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises caused or permitted by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties during the Term results in (i) injury to any person, (ii) injury to or contamination of the Premises, or (iii) injury to or contamination of any real or personal property wherever situated, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly take all actions necessary to return the Premises to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials to the Premises and to remedy or repair any such injury or contamination. Without limiting any other rights or remedies of Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay the cost of any cleanup work performed on, under or about the Premises as required by this Lease or any Environmental Laws in connection with the removal, disposal, neutralization or other treatment of such Hazardous Materials caused or permitted by Tenant or Tenant’s Parties. If Landlord has reason to believe that Tenant or Tenant’s Parties may have caused or permitted the release of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises, then Landlord may require Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to conduct monitoring activities on or about the Premises satisfactory to Landlord, in its sole and absolute judgment, concerning such release of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, take any remedial action in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises, or enter into any settlement agreement, consent decree or other compromise with any governmental agency with respect to any Hazardous Materials claims; provided, however, Landlord’s prior written consent shall not be necessary in the event that the presence of Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises (i) poses an immediate threat to the health, safety or welfare of any individual, or (ii) is of such a nature that an immediate remedial response is necessary and it is not possible to obtain Landlord’s consent before taking such action.

d. Tenant’s Responsibility at Conclusion of Lease. Promptly upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall represent to Landlord in writing that (i) Tenant has made a diligent effort to determine whether any Hazardous Materials are on, under or about the Premises, as a result of any acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Parties and (ii) no such Hazardous Materials exist on, under or about the Premises, other than as specifically identified to Landlord by Tenant in writing. If Tenant discloses the existence of Hazardous Materials on, under or about the Premises or if Landlord at any time discovers that Tenant or Tenant’s Parties caused or permitted the release of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, immediately prepare and submit to Landlord within thirty (30) days after such request a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to return the Premises to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials. Upon Landlord’s approval of such clean up plan, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without limitation on any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity, immediately implement such plan and proceed to clean up such Hazardous Materials in accordance with all Environmental Laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. Tenant’s failure to timely comply with this Section 1.33 shall constitute an event of default under this Lease.

1.34 Storage. Subject to Tenant’s compliance with all terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, Tenant may identify a desire amount of storage space, preferred location and a description of the items and materials desired to be stored within the Building, and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide storage space (the “Storage Space”) for Tenant’s consideration. Tenant’s leasing of the Storage Space shall be governed by the terms of this Lease and upon such other terms mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.

STANDARD LEASE PROVISIONS

ARTICLE 2 - LEASE

2.1 Lease Elements; Definitions; Exhibits. The Lease is comprised of the Lease Summary and Property Specific Provisions (the “Summary”), these Standard Lease Provisions (“Standard Provisions”) and all exhibits, and riders attached hereto (collectively, “Exhibits”), all of which are incorporated together as part of one and the same instrument. All references in any such documents and instruments to “Lease” means the Summary, these Standard Provisions and all Exhibits attached hereto. All terms used in this Lease shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Summary, these Standard Provisions and any Exhibits. To the extent of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of the Summary, these Standard Provisions, or any Exhibits attached hereto, the Summary and any Exhibits attached hereto shall control over these Standard Provisions.

 

-15-


ARTICLE 3 - PREMISES

3.1 Lease of Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, upon and subject to, the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Each party covenants and agrees, as a material part of the consideration for this Lease, to keep and perform their respective obligations under this Lease.

3.2 Landlord’s Reserved Rights . Landlord reserves the right from time to time to do any of the following: (a) expand the Building and construct or alter other buildings or improvements on the Property as long as Tenant’s parking ratio is not reduced or adversely impacted; (b) make any changes, additions, improvements, maintenance, repairs or replacements in or to the Property, Common Areas and/or the Building (including the Premises if required to do so by any applicable Laws or to the extent necessary in conjunction with any improvements to the Property, Common Areas and/or the Building, provided that Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises is not adversely affected), and the fixtures and equipment thereof, including, without limitation: (i) maintenance, replacement and relocation of pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and meters and equipment above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces and within the walls of the Building and the Premises; and (ii) changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, stairways, elevators, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas and walkways, easements, parking spaces and parking areas as long as Tenant’s parking ratio is not substantially and adversely impacted; (c) close temporarily any of the Property while engaged in making repairs, improvements or alterations to the Property; and (d) perform such other acts and make such other changes with respect to the Property, as Landlord may, in the exercise of good faith business judgment, deem to be appropriate. All measurements of rentable area in this Lease shall be deemed to be correct; provided, however, Rent and other applicable terms of this Lease will be adjusted according to the rentable square feet then leased by Tenant.

ARTICLE 4 - TERM AND POSSESSION

4.1 Term; Notice of Lease Dates . The Term shall be for the period designated in the Summary commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date, unless the Term is sooner terminated or extended as provided in this Lease. If the Commencement Date falls on any day other than the first day of a calendar month then the Term will be measured from the first day of the month following the month in which the Commencement Date occurs. Within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute a written confirmation of the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of the Term in the form of the Notice of Lease Term Dates attached hereto as Exhibit D . The Notice of Lease Term Dates shall be binding upon Tenant unless Tenant reasonably objects thereto in writing within such ten (10) business day period, in which case Landlord and Tenant shall use commercially reasonable, good faith efforts to mutually agree upon such Notice of Lease Term Dates.

4.2 Possession . Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant as provided in the Work Letter, or if no Work Letter is attached hereto, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in its then as-is condition, subject to the provisions of Section 4.3 below and as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. Tenant agrees that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or prior to the Commencement Date or the Estimated Commencement Date, the Lease will not be void or voidable, nor will Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will not be obligated to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant until Landlord has received from Tenant all of the following: (i) a copy of this Lease fully executed by Tenant; (ii) the Security Deposit in the form of cash or a Letter of Credit, at Tenant’s option, and the first installment of Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent, if any, due under this Lease; and (iii) copies of Tenant’s insurance certificates as required hereunder.

4.3 Condition of Premises . Except with respect to the Tenant Improvements to be performed by Tenant, Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant (a) in compliance with all applicable building, safety and other applicable codes, including ADA, (b) in broom clean condition, and (c) with all the Building systems servicing the Premises in good working order as of the Delivery Date (defined below). The date on which Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Delivery Date .” Furthermore, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, separate and apart from the Allowance, shall improve the Building to a shell and core configuration which complies with all applicable building codes, including, but not limited to, the ADA, as defined in Section 8.1, and as described in Exhibit C-l hereto (“Landlord’s Work”) , promptly after the Delivery Date subject to coordination with Tenant’s contractor; provided , however . Landlord’s Work shall be substantially completed no later than forty-five (45) days following the Lease Execution Date. If Landlord’s Work has not been finally completed Landlord and Tenant shall not interfere with each other’s work and shall cooperate and coordinate throughout the construction process. Landlord shall require its contractors to provide 1-year warranties with respect to the work completed. Tenant acknowledges that, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease and the Work Letter, if any, (i) neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Property or their condition, or with respect to the suitability thereof for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant shall accept the Premises in its then as-is condition on delivery by Landlord, and (ii) the acceptance of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall establish that the Premises, the Building and the Property were at such time complete and in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair with all work required to be performed by Landlord completed and without any obligation on Landlord’s part to make any further alterations, upgrades or improvements thereto. For purposes hereof, Landlord’s Work will be deemed to be “substantially completed” when Landlord’s contractor certifies in writing to Landlord and Tenant that Landlord has substantially performed all of Landlord’s Work required to be performed by Landlord, other than decoration and minor “punch-list” type items and adjustments which do not interfere with Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Improvements. Within two (2) business days after receipt of certification from

 

-16-


Landlord’s contractor, Tenant and Landlord will conduct a walk-through inspection of the Premises and Tenant shall provide to Landlord a written punch-list specifying those decoration and other punch-list items which require completion, which items Landlord will thereafter diligently complete at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and without interfering with Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Improvements, and which items shall be finally completed no later than July 15,2010, provided this Lease is mutually executed on or before May 30,2010.

4.4 Early Access . So long as Landlord has received from Tenant the first month’s Monthly Base Rent due pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Lease, certificates satisfactory to Landlord evidencing the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease, and, as applicable, the Security Deposit or the Letter of Credit, and so long as: (a) the Tenant coordinates with and obtains the prior written approval of Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and (b) Tenant and its contractors and employees do not interfere with the completion of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall give Tenant and Tenant’s designated contractors access to the Premises no later than twenty-one (21) days after the Lease Execution Date (the “ Early Access Period ”) for purposes of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, and equipment (“ FF&E Work ”). Except for application of the Allowance, FF&E Work shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s access to the Premises during the Early Access Period shall be subject to all terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Rent during the Early Access Period until the Commencement Date. Should Landlord reasonably determine such early access interferes with Landlord’s Work, Landlord may deny Tenant access to the Premises until Landlord’s Work is substantially completed (as defined in Section 4.3 above).

4.5 Beneficial Occupancy . So long as Landlord has received from Tenant the first month’s Monthly Base Rent due pursuant to Section 5.1 of this Lease, certificates satisfactory to Landlord evidencing the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease, and, as applicable, the Security Deposit or the Letter of Credit, Landlord shall give Tenant access to and use of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, commencing on or about August 1,2010 (the “ Beneficial Occupancy Period ”). Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises during the Beneficial Occupancy Period shall be subject to all terms and conditions of this Lease, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Monthly Base Rent during the Beneficial Occupancy Period until the Commencement Date; provided, however, Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of Additional Rent during such Beneficial Occupancy Period at the rate of $0.25 per rentable square foot of the Premises then leased per month ($0.18 for Utilities Costs per month and $0.07 for janitorial costs for the Premises per month).

ARTICLE 5 - RENT

5.1 Monthly Base Rent . Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, the Monthly Base Rent as designated in the Summary. Monthly Base Rent and recurring monthly charges of Additional Rent (defined below) shall be paid by Tenant in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month (“ Due Date ”) during the Term, except that the first full month’s Monthly Base Rent for the month of January 2011 in the amount of $51,515.10 (based upon the Premises containing 27,846 rentable square feet), shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord. Monthly Base Rent for any partial month shall be prorated in the proportion that the number of days this Lease is in effect during such month bears to the actual number of days in such month.

5.2 Additional Rent . All amounts and charges payable by Tenant under this Lease in addition to Monthly Base Rent, if any, including, without limitation, payments for Operating Expenses, Taxes, Insurance Costs and Utilities Costs to the extent payable by Tenant under this Lease shall be considered “ Additional Rent ”, and the word “ Rent ” in this Lease shall include Monthly Base Rent and all such Additional Rent unless the context specifically states or clearly implies that only Monthly Base Rent is referenced. Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without any prior notice or demand therefor and without any notice, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America.

5.3 Late Charges & Interest Rate . If Landlord does not receive Rent or any other payment due from Tenant on the Due Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such past due Rent or other payment. Tenant agrees that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the cost Landlord will incur by reason of Tenant’s late payment. Accepting any late charge shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s default with respect to any overdue amount nor prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord. If any installment of Monthly Base Rent or Additional Rent, or any other amount payable by Tenant hereunder is not received by Landlord by the Due Date, it shall bear interest at the Interest Rate set forth in the Summary from the Due Date until paid. All interest, and any late charges imposed pursuant to this Section 5.3, shall be considered Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.3, on the first (1 st ) occasion in each calendar year during the Term, Landlord shall not assess a late charge or interest on any unpaid amount due until five (5) calendar days after the Due Date; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge and interest on any and all other late payments commencing as of the Due Date and without any notice during the remainder of each such calendar year.

ARTICLE 6 - SECURITY DEPOSIT

Concurrently with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit, if any, designated in the Summary, in the form of cash or immediately available funds or, at Tenant’s option, an irrevocable letter of credit in form of Exhibit K attached hereto (“Letter of Credit”).The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant during the Term. If Tenant defaults with respect to any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Monthly Base Rent, Additional Rent or

 

-17-


any other sum in default, or for the payment of any other amount, loss or damage which Landlord may spend, incur or suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within twenty-one (21) days after demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount (or replenish the Letter of Credit to the original amount, if applicable). Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Term, provided that Landlord may retain the Security Deposit until such time as any amount due from Tenant in accordance with this Lease has been determined and paid in full. If Landlord sells its interest in the Building during the Term and if Landlord deposits with or credits to the purchaser the Security Deposit (or balance thereof), then, upon such sale, Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Security Deposit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 6, upon such date as Tenant informs Landlord in writing that Tenant becomes a publicly traded company (i.e., a company that has permission to offer its registered securities for sale to the general public and whose stock is traded over the counter via market makers), and raises at least Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00) through said public offering (the “ Adjustment Date ”), Landlord shall apply $151,268.00 of the Security Deposit towards Rent then due and payable by Tenant under this Lease for each consecutive month following the Adjustment Date until exhausted. Accordingly, as of the Adjustment Date, the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $63,998.00. However, there shall be no reduction in the Security Deposit if Tenant is in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods as of the Adjustment Date, or if Tenant has been in Default under this Lease at any time within the period of six (6) months prior to the Adjustment Date.

ARTICLE 7 - OPERATING EXPENSES/UTILITIES/SERVICES

7.1 Operating Expenses . Tenant shall pay for or contribute to the costs of operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the Premises, Building and Property as provided in the Summary.

7.2 Utilities and Services . Utilities and services to the Premises and the Property are described in the Summary.

7.3 Taxes . As used in this Lease, the term “ Taxes ” means: All real property taxes and assessments, possessory interest taxes, sales taxes, personal property taxes, business or license taxes or fees, gross receipts taxes, license or use fees, excises, transit charges, and other impositions of any kind (including fees “in-lieu” or in substitution of any such tax or assessment) which are now or hereafter assessed, levied, charged or imposed by any public authority upon the Building, Site, Property and/or Premises or any portion thereof, its operations or the Rent derived therefrom (or any portion or component thereof, or the ownership, operation, or transfer thereof), and any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize the same. Taxes shall not include inheritance or estate taxes imposed upon or assessed against the interest of Landlord, gift taxes, excess profit taxes, franchise taxes, or similar taxes on Landlord’s business or any other taxes computed upon the basis of the net income of Landlord. If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any such Taxes, the Monthly Base Rent payable to Landlord under this Lease shall be revised to net Landlord the same net rent after imposition of any such Taxes by Landlord as would have been payable to Landlord prior to the payment of any such Taxes. Tenant shall pay for or contribute to Taxes as provided in the Summary. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture, fixtures, above-standard Tenant Improvements and alterations, additions or improvements placed by or for Tenant in the Premises. Furthermore, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services provided herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Property; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

7.4 Insurance Costs . As used in this Lease, “Insurance Costs” means the cost of insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to Article 15 (including self-insured amounts and deductibles, if any). Tenant shall pay for or contribute to Insurance Costs as provided in the Summary.

7.5 Interruption of Utilities . Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any interruption in utilities or services to be provided to the Premises when such failure is caused by all or any of the following: (a) accident, breakage or repairs; (b) strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes of any such character; (c) governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action; (d) inability, despite the exercise of reasonable diligence, to obtain electricity, water or fuel; (e) service interruptions or any other unavailability of utilities resulting from causes beyond Landlord’s control including without limitation, any electrical power “brown out” or “black-out”; or (f) any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. In addition, in the event of any such interruption in utilities or services, Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent (except as expressly provided in Articles 17 and 18 if such failure is a result of any casualty damage or taking described therein), no eviction of Tenant shall result, and Tenant shall not be relieved from the performance of any covenant or agreement in this Lease. In the event of any stoppage or interruption of services or utilities which are not obtained directly by Tenant, Landlord shall diligently attempt to resume such services or utilities as promptly as practicable. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any applicable existing or future Law, ordinance or governmental regulation permitting the termination of this Lease due to an interruption, failure or inability to provide any services (including, without limitation, to the extent the Premises are located in California, the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1)).

 

-18-


7.6 Abatement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Tenant’s use of all or a material part of the Premises is materially impaired due to any of the causes identified in subparagraphs (i) through (v) below (“Eligible Causes”) and such disruption materially interferes with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises for five (5) consecutive business days or twenty (20) days in any twelve (12) month period (such five (5) consecutive business day period or twenty (20) day period, as applicable, is referred to herein as the “Eligibility Period”), as any such Eligibility Period may be extended due to Force Majeure Delays (as defined in Section 32.17 of this Lease), then Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent under this Lease based upon the portion of the Premises affected thereby (provided that if the operation of Tenant’s business from the remainder of the Premises not affected thereby is not reasonably practicable under the circumstances and Tenant in fact does not operate for business from the remainder of the Premises, all Monthly Base Rent and Additional Rent under this Lease shall be subject to such abatement) from the commencement of the Eligibility Period until the applicable material impairment is cured; provided, however, that if Landlord is diligently pursuing the repair of such utilities or services and Landlord provides substitute services reasonably suitable for Tenant’s purposes, such as for example, bringing in portable air-conditioning equipment, then there shall not be any abatement of Rent. As used herein, “Eligible Causes” shall mean (i) an interruption of utility or mechanical services to the Premises, (ii) an inability to access the Premises or parking areas within the Project which Tenant is entitled to use pursuant to this Lease unless resulting from governmental mandate, (iii) entry upon the Premises by Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors, (iv) repairs, maintenance or other work required to be made to the Premises or Building which are the responsibility of Landlord under this Lease or which otherwise are performed by or on behalf of Landlord, and/or (v) Landlord’s failure to conduct repairs, maintenance or other work required to be made to the Premises or Building which are the responsibility of Landlord under this Lease or which otherwise are performed by or on behalf of Landlord. Any impairment of Tenant’s use of the Premises resulting from acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties shall not constitute Eligible Causes. The provisions of this Section 7.6 shall not, however, apply in the event of a casualty or in the event of a taking or condemnation governed by the provisions of Sections 17 and 18 below.

ARTICLE 8 - MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

8.1 Landlord’s Repair Obligations . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, renovate, redecorate or paint all or any part of the Premises. All other repair and maintenance of the Premises, Building and Property to be performed by Landlord, if any, shall be as provided in the Summary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of the Commencement Date, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for any required compliance work to the Building and all Common Areas of the Property in order to conform to the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (“ ADA ”), and all applicable building codes and laws, including any such compliance work in the Building and Common Areas which is triggered by Landlord’s Work, and Landlord shall deliver the Premises and the Common Areas as of the Delivery Date in compliance with applicable Laws, including the ADA; provided, however, Tenant shall be responsible for compliance with ADA and all applicable Building codes as to Tenant’s construction of the initial Tenant Improvements, except for any non-compliance in connection with the raised floor (to the extent such raised floor is made a part of Landlord’s Work) and except for any non compliance that is existing in the Premises prior to the Delivery Date.

8.2 Tenant’s Repair Obligations . Except for Landlord’s obligations specifically set forth elsewhere in this Lease and in Section 8.1 above and in the Summary, Tenant shall at all times and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, keep, maintain, clean, repair, preserve and replace, as necessary, the interior of the Premises and all parts thereof including, without limitation, all Tenant Improvements, Alterations, and all furniture, fixtures and equipment, including, without limitation, all computer, telephone and data cabling and equipment, Tenant’s signs, if any, door locks, closing devices, security devices, interior of windows, window sashes, casements and frames, floors and floor coverings, shelving, kitchen, restroom facilities and/or appliances of any kind located within the Premises, if any, custom lighting, and any additions and other property located within the Premises, so as to keep all of the foregoing elements of the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and casualty damage excepted. Tenant shall replace, at its expense, any and all plate and other glass in and about the Premises which is damaged or broken by Tenant and/or any of Tenant’s Parties, except due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees. Such maintenance and repairs shall be performed with due diligence, lien-free and in a first-class and workmanlike manner, by licensed contractor(s) that are selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay. All other repair and maintenance of the Premises, Building and Property to be performed by Tenant, if any, shall be as provided in the Summary. If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair and maintain the Premises properly as required hereunder to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, then at any time following ten (10) days from the date on which Landlord makes a written demand on Tenant to effect such repair and maintenance, Landlord may enter upon the Premises and make such repairs and/or maintenance, and upon completion thereof, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, Landlord’s costs for making such repairs plus an amount not to exceed five percent (5%) of such costs for overhead, within thirty (30) days after receipt from Landlord of a written itemized bill therefor. Any amounts not reimbursed by Tenant within such thirty (30) day period will bear interest at the Interest Rate until paid by Tenant.

ARTICLE 9 - USE

Tenant shall procure, at its sole cost and expense, any and all permits required by applicable Law for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use specified in the Summary, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other use or purpose whatsoever without Landlord’s prior written approval. Tenant shall observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations attached hereto

 

-19-


as Exhibit E . as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time, and all reasonable non-discriminatory modifications thereof and additions thereto from time to time put into effect and furnished to Tenant by Landlord. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the Rules and Regulations, but shall have no liability to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of any such Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, observe and comply with all Laws and all requirements of any board of fire underwriters or similar body relating to the Premises now or hereafter in force relating to or affecting the condition, use, occupancy, alteration or improvement of the Premises (whether, except as otherwise provided herein, structural or nonstructural, including unforeseen and/or extraordinary alterations and/or improvements to the Premises and regardless of the period of time remaining in the Term). Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any obscene, profane, unlawful or reasonably objectionable purpose that is inconsistent with the standards of first-class office buildings generally. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Property, if any, or injure or annoy them. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Property, nor commit or suffer to be committed any waste in, on or about the Premises.

ARTICLE 10 - HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

As used in this Lease, the term “Environmental Law(s)” means any past, present or future federal, state or local Law relating to (a) the environment, human health or safety, including, without limitation, emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) into the environment (including, without limitation, air, surface water, groundwater or land), or (b) the manufacture, generation, refining, processing, distribution, use, sale, treatment, receipt, storage, disposal, transport, arranging for transport, or handling of Hazardous Materials. As used in this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any hazardous or toxic materials, substances or wastes as now or hereafter designated or regulated under any Environmental Laws including, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum, petroleum hydrocarbons and petroleum based products, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”), and freon and other chlorofluorocarbons. Except for ordinary and general office supplies, such as copier toner, liquid paper, glue, ink and common household cleaning materials, and motor vehicle fuel stored in fuel tanks of motor vehicles used on site in compliance with all Environmental Laws (some or all of which may constitute Hazardous Materials), Tenant agrees not to cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, used, handled, generated, released or disposed of on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas or any other portion of the Property by Tenant, its agents, officers, directors, shareholders, members, managers, partners, employees, subtenants, assignees, licensees, contractors or invitees (collectively, “Tenant’s Parties”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, subject to the terms of the Lease and this Article 10, and subject to prior written approval by Landlord as to the manner of disposal of same, Tenant shall be permitted to use the specific Hazardous Materials in such quantities per year, as provided in Exhibit G-l attached hereto. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to promptly remove from the Premises, the Building and the Property, at its sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous Materials, including any equipment or systems containing Hazardous Materials which are installed, brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Building and/or the Property or any portion thereof by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, subject to Sections 1.33(c) and 1.33(d) above. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees to promptly indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s members, shareholders, partners, officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, contractors, successors and assigns (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) from and against any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities, penalties, fines, expenses and costs (including, without limitation, clean-up, removal, remediation and restoration costs, sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and expert fees and court costs) which arise or result from the presence of Hazardous Materials on, in, under or about the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Property and which are caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, subject to Section 1.33(c) above. The provisions of this Article 10 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any evidence of Mold, water leaks or water infiltration in the Premises promptly upon Tenant’s discovery of same. At its expense, Tenant shall investigate, clean up and remediate any Mold in the Premises; provided, however, except to the extent that Tenant and/or any of Tenant’s Parties caused and/or knowingly permitted the presence of any Mold, Tenant shall have no liability for any Mold that is (i) existing in, or caused by a condition existing in, the Premises or the Property prior to the Delivery Date, (ii) caused by conditions or events occurring outside of the Premises, including, without limitation, irrigation systems, water leaks in the Building systems or other tenants’ negligence, or (iii) results from Landlord’s activities in the Building or on the Property. Investigation, clean up and remediation may be performed only after Tenant has Landlord’s written approval of a plan for such remediation. All clean up and remediation shall be done in compliance with all applicable Laws. Landlord shall deliver the Premises and the Building to Tenant free of any Mold. As used in this Lease, “Mold” means mold, fungi, spores, microbial matter, mycotoxins and microbiological organic compounds. To the best of Landlord’s knowledge, after due inquiry, as of the Commencement Date, there are no Hazardous Materials present in the Building or Property in violation of any Environmental Law. As part of the Landlord’s Work and prior to delivering the Premises to the Tenant, Landlord shall perform, at Landlord’s sole cost, an update to the current Phase I report for the Premises in order to establish a baseline environmental assessment and shall deliver a copy of same to Tenant. Landlord shall remedy any contamination revealed by the baseline assessment at its sole cost and expense. Upon Tenant’s vacation of the Premises but prior to occupancy of or use of any portion of the Premises by any other tenant (including for tenant construction or fixturization purposes) or commencement by Landlord of any construction of alterations in the Premises, Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, conduct an exit Phase I environmental assessment and deliver same to Tenant, whereupon Tenant shall be required to remedy the presence of any Hazardous Materials as further provided in this Article 10 and Section 1.33 of the Summary.

 

-20-


ARTICLE 11- PARKING

During the Term, Tenant shall be entitled to utilize and, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay for, the number and type of parking spaces specified in the Summary within the parking areas for the Property as designated by Landlord from time to time. Landlord shall at all times have the right to establish and modify the nature and extent of the parking areas for the Building and Property (including whether such areas shall be surface, underground and/or other structures). In addition, if Tenant is not the sole occupant of the Property, Landlord may, in its discretion, designate any unreserved parking spaces as reserved parking. The terms and conditions for parking at the Property shall be as specified in the Summary and in the Rules and Regulations regarding parking as contained in Exhibit E attached hereto, as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time. In no event shall any modifications or designation of reserved parking spaces result in any decrease in Tenant’s parking ratio or otherwise materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s parking rights at the Property. Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than its allotment and shall not use any parking spaces specifically assigned by Landlord to other tenants, if any, or for such other uses such as visitor, handicapped or other special purpose parking. Tenant’s visitors shall be entitled to access to the parking areas on the Property designated for visitor use, subject to availability of spaces and the terms of the Summary.

ARTICLE 12 - TENANT SIGNS

Tenant’s sign rights are described in Section 1.30 of the Summary. All aspects of any such signs shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and shall be per Landlord’s standard specifications and materials, as revised by Landlord from time to time. Tenant shall have no right to install or maintain any other signs, banners, advertising, notices, displays, stickers, decals or any other logo or identification of any person, product or service whatsoever, in any location on or in the Property except as (i) shall have been expressly approved by Landlord in writing prior to the installation thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) shall not violate any signage restrictions or exclusive sign rights contained in any then existing leases with other tenants of the Property, if any, and (iii) are consistent and compatible with all applicable Laws, and the design, signage and graphics program from time to time implemented by Landlord with respect to the Property, if any. Landlord shall have the right to remove any signs or signage material installed without Landlord’s permission, without being liable to Tenant by reason of such removal, and to charge the cost of removal to Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder, payable within ten (10) days after written demand by Landlord. Any additional sign rights of Tenant, if any, shall be as provided in the Summary.

ARTICLE 13 - ALTERATIONS

13.1 Alterations . After installation of the initial Tenant Improvements for the Premises, Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense, make alterations, additions, improvements and decorations to the Premises (“Alteration(s)”) subject to and upon the following terms and conditions:

a. Tenant shall not make any Alterations which: (i) adversely affect any area outside the Premises including the outside appearance, character or use of any portions of the Building or other portions of the Property; (ii) adversely affect, weaken, and/or impair the Building’s structure, roof, roof membrane, any structural component or any base Building equipment, services or systems (including fire and life/safety systems), or the proper functioning thereof, or Landlord’s access thereto; (iii) will violate or require a change in any occupancy certificate applicable to the Premises; or (iv) would trigger a legal requirement which would require Landlord to make any alteration or improvement to the Premises, Building or other aspect of the Property, except to the extent that Tenant agrees to pay for all costs and expenses relating to such legal requirement as it pertains to the Building and/or the Property to the extent triggered by such alteration or improvement, in which case Landlord shall reasonably consider such Alteration.

b. Tenant shall not make any Alterations not prohibited by Section 13.1(a), unless Tenant first obtains Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay, provided Landlord’s prior approval shall not be required for any Alterations that is not prohibited by Section 13.1(a) above and is of a cosmetic nature that satisfies all of the following conditions (hereinafter a “Pre-Approved Alteration”) : (i) the costs of such Alterations do not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in the aggregate per calendar year; (ii) to the extent reasonably required by Landlord or by law due to the nature of the work being performed, Tenant delivers to Landlord final plans, specifications, working drawings, permits and approvals for such Alterations at least ten (10) days prior to commencement of the work thereof; (iii) Tenant and such Alterations otherwise satisfy all other conditions set forth in this Section 13.1; and (iv) the making of such Alterations will not otherwise cause a default by Tenant under any provision of this Lease. Tenant shall provide Landlord with ten (10) days’ prior written notice before commencing any Alterations. In addition, before proceeding with any Alteration, Tenant’s contractors shall obtain, on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all necessary governmental permits and approvals for the commencement and completion of such Alterations. Landlord’s approval of any plans, contractor(s) and subcontractor(s) of Tenant shall not release Tenant or any such contractor(s) and/or subcontractor(s) from any liability with respect to such Alterations and will create no liability or responsibility on Landlord’s part concerning the completeness of such Alterations or their design sufficiency or compliance with Laws.

c. All Alterations shall be performed: (i) in accordance with the approved plans, specifications and working drawings, if any; (ii) lien-free and in a first-class workmanlike manner; (iii) in compliance with all Laws; (iv) in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with the occupancy of

 

-21-


any other tenant, nor impose any additional expense upon nor delay Landlord in the maintenance and operation of the Building; (v) by licensed and bondable contractors and subcontractors selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord, and (v) at such times, in such manner and subject to such reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written demand, the costs of any increased insurance premiums incurred by Landlord to include such Alterations in the causes of loss – special form property insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, if Landlord elects in writing to insure such Alterations; provided, however, Landlord shall not be required to include the Alterations and the Tenant Improvements under such insurance. If the Alterations and Tenant Improvements are not included in Landlord’s insurance, Tenant shall insure the Alterations under its causes of loss-special form property insurance pursuant to this Lease.

d. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the reasonable costs of Landlord’s engineers and other consultants for review of all plans, specifications and working drawings for the Alterations, within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoices either from Landlord or such consultants. In addition to such costs, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations, a construction supervision fee equal to four percent (4%) of the total cost of the Alterations and the actual, reasonable costs incurred by Landlord for any services rendered by Landlord’s management personnel and engineers to coordinate and/or supervise any of the Alterations to the extent such services are provided in excess of or after the normal on-site hours of such engineers and management personnel.

e. Throughout the performance of the Alterations, Tenant shall obtain, or cause its contractors to obtain, workers compensation insurance and commercial general liability insurance in compliance with the insurance provisions of this Lease.

13.2 Removal of Alterations . All Alterations and the initial Tenant Improvements in the Premises (whether installed or paid for by Landlord or Tenant), shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Term, except that trade fixtures shall remain the property of Tenant at all times; provided, however, Landlord shall, by written notice delivered to Tenant concurrently with Landlord’s approval of plans for any Alterations identify those Alterations which Landlord shall require Tenant to remove at the end of the Term; provided, further, however, the initial Tenant Improvements shall not be required to be removed at the end of the Term, except that Tenant shall remove all Tenant’s equipment and machinery including but not limited to piping, fume hoods, and any other Tenant equipment and machinery added during the Lease Term that pertains to Tenant’s business including any and all equipment located outside of the Premises (except as set forth below) including the HVAC condenser farm set forth in Exhibit “H” herein, air compressor, and all conditions associated with that equipment including any piping and wiring and concrete pads. Tenant will be responsible to restore any holes and damage to the Building and outside areas caused by the use and/or removal of any of such Tenant’s equipment to Landlord’s commercially reasonable satisfaction. If Landlord fails to indicate whether removal shall be required at the time of its approval of the Alterations, Tenant shall not be required to remove such Alterations at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. If Landlord requires Tenant to remove any such Alterations concurrently with Landlord’s approval thereof, Tenant shall, at its sole cost, remove the identified items on or before the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal to its original condition (or, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all of Landlord’s costs of such removal and repair). Any removal by Tenant shall be completed within ten (10) business days following the end of the Term or any early termination as set forth in the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to remove at the end of the Term or any early termination as set forth in the Lease (i) any generator or generator pad installed by Tenant pursuant to the terms set forth in this Lease, or (ii) any HVAC units installed on the roof pursuant to the terms set forth in this Lease.

13.3 Liens . Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens to be filed against all or any part of the Property or the Premises, nor against Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises, by reason of or in connection with any repairs, alterations, improvements or other work contracted for or undertaken by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties. If any such liens are filed, Tenant shall, at its sole cost, immediately cause such liens to be released of record or bonded so that such lien(s) no longer affect(s) title to the Property, the Building or the Premises. If Tenant fails to cause any such lien to be released or bonded within ten (10) business days after filing thereof, Landlord may cause such lien to be released by any means it shall deem proper, including payment in satisfaction of the claim giving rise to such lien, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within five (5) business days after receipt of invoice from Landlord, any sum paid by Landlord to remove such liens, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of such payment by Landlord.

ARTICLE 14 - TENANT’S INSURANCE

14.1 Tenant’s Insurance . On or before the earlier of any Early Access Period, the Commencement Date or the date Tenant commences or causes to be commenced any work of any type in the Premises, and continuing during the entire Term, Tenant shall obtain and keep in full force and effect, the following insurance with limits of coverage as set forth in Section 1.14 of the Summary:

a. Special Form (formerly known as “all risk”) insurance, including fire and extended coverage, sprinkler leakage (including earthquake sprinkler leakage), vandalism, malicious mischief plus earthquake and flood coverage upon property of every description and kind owned by Tenant and located in the Premises or the Building, or for which Tenant is legally liable or installed by or on behalf of Tenant including, without limitation, furniture, equipment and any other personal property, and any Alterations (but excluding the initial Tenant Improvements previously existing or installed in the Premises), in an

 

-22-


amount not less than the full replacement cost thereof. In the event that there shall be a dispute as to the amount which comprises full replacement cost, the decision of Landlord or the Mortgagees of Landlord shall be presumptive.

b. Commercial general liability insurance coverage on an occurrence basis, including personal injury, bodily injury (including wrongful death), property damage, operations hazard, contractual liability (including Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Lease), liquor liability (if Tenant serves alcohol on the Premises), products and completed operations liability. The limits of liability of such commercial general liability insurance may be increased every three (3) years during the Term upon reasonable prior notice by Landlord to an amount reasonably required by Landlord and appropriate for tenants of buildings comparable to the Building.

c. Commercial Automobile Liability covering all owned, hired and non-owned automobiles.

d. Worker’s compensation, in statutory amounts and employers liability, covering all persons employed in connection with any work done in, on or about the Premises for which claims for death, bodily injury or illness could be asserted against Landlord, Tenant or the Premises.

e. Umbrella liability insurance on an occurrence basis, in excess of and following the form of the underlying insurance described in Section 14.1.b. and 14. 1.c. and the employer’s liability coverage in Section 14.1.d. which is at least as broad as each and every area of the underlying policies. Such umbrella liability insurance shall include pay on behalf of wording, concurrency of effective dates with primary policies, blanket contractual liability, application of primary policy aggregates, and shall provide that if the underlying aggregate is exhausted, the excess coverage will drop down as primary insurance, subject to customary commercially reasonable deductible amounts imposed on umbrella policies.

f. If Tenant’s business includes professional services, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain in full force and effect professional liability (also known as errors and omissions insurance), covering Tenant and Tenant’s employees from work related negligence and liability in trade.

g. Loss of income, extra expense and business interruption insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for 12 months of direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises, Tenant’s parking areas or to the Building as a result of such perils.

h. Any other form or forms of insurance as Tenant or Landlord or the Mortgagees of Landlord may reasonably require from time to time, in form, amounts and for insurance risks against which a prudent tenant of a building similar to the Building would protect itself, but only to the extent such risks and amounts are available in the insurance market at commercially reasonable costs.

14.2 Requirements . Each policy required to be obtained by Tenant hereunder shall: (a) be issued by insurers which are approved by Landlord and/or Landlord’s Mortgagees and are authorized to do business in the state in which the Building is located and rated not less than Financial Size X, and with a Financial Strength rating of A in the most recent version of Best’s Key Rating Guide (provided that, in any event, the same insurance company shall provide the coverages described in Sections 14.1.a. and 14.1.g. above); (b) be in form reasonably satisfactory from time to time to Landlord; (c) name Tenant as named insured thereunder and shall name Landlord and, at Landlord’s request, such other persons or entities of which Tenant has been informed in writing, as additional insureds thereunder, all as their respective interests may appear; (d) not have a deductible amount exceeding Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00, which deductible amount shall be deemed self-insured with full waiver of subrogation; (e) specifically provide that the insurance afforded by such policy for the benefit of Landlord and any other additional insureds shall be primary, and any insurance carried by Landlord or any other additional insureds shall be excess and non-contributing; (f) contain an endorsement that the insurer waives its right to subrogation; (g) require the insurer to notify Landlord and any other additional insureds in writing not less than thirty (30) days prior to any material change, reduction in coverage, cancellation or other termination thereof; (h) contain a cross liability or severability of interest endorsement; and (i) be in amounts sufficient at all times to satisfy any coinsurance requirements thereof. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, as soon as practicable after the placing of the required insurance, but in no event later than the date Tenant is required to obtain such insurance as set forth in Section 14.1 above, certificates from the insurance company evidencing the existence of such insurance and Tenant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 14. Tenant shall cause replacement certificates to be delivered to Landlord not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of any such policy or policies. If any such initial or replacement certificates are not furnished within the time(s) specified herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to procure such policies and certificates at Tenant’s expense.

        14.3 Effect on Insurance . Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will (a) violate or invalidate any insurance policy or coverage maintained by Landlord or Tenant hereunder, or (b) increase the costs of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord. If Tenant’s occupancy or conduct of its business in or on the Premises results in any increase in premiums for any insurance carried by Landlord with respect to the Building or the Property, Tenant shall either discontinue the activities affecting the insurance or pay such increase as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after being billed therefor by Landlord. If any insurance coverage carried by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or otherwise with respect to the Building or the Property shall be cancelled or reduced (or cancellation or reduction thereof shall be threatened) by reason of the use or occupancy of the Premises other than as allowed by the Permitted Use by Tenant or by anyone permitted by Tenant to be upon the Premises, and if Tenant fails to remedy such condition within five (5) business days after notice thereof, Tenant shall be deemed to be in default under this Lease and Landlord shall have all remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right (but not the obligation) to enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy such condition at Tenant’s cost.

 

-23-


ARTICLE 15 - LANDLORD’S INSURANCE

During the Term, Landlord shall maintain property insurance written on a Special Form (formerly known as “all risk”) basis covering the full replacement cost of the Property and the Building, including the initial Tenant Improvements (excluding, however, Tenant’s furniture, equipment and other personal property, Tenant Improvements and Alterations, unless Landlord otherwise elects to insure the Alterations pursuant to Section 13.1 above) against damage by fire and standard extended coverage perils and with vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements, rental loss coverage, at Landlord’s option, earthquake damage coverage, and such additional coverage as Landlord deems appropriate. Landlord shall also carry commercial general liability in such reasonable amounts and with such reasonable deductibles as would be carried by a prudent owner of a Comparable Building. At Landlord’s option, all such insurance may be carried under any blanket or umbrella policies that Landlord has in force for other buildings and projects. In addition, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may elect to self-insure all or any part of such required insurance coverage, provided that the waiver of subrogation clause pursuant to Article 19 below shall apply to Landlord to the extent of any insurance coverage with respect to which Landlord elects to self-insure. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to carry any other form or forms of insurance as Landlord or the Mortgagees or ground lessors of Landlord may reasonably determine is advisable. The cost of insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to this Article 15 (including self-insured amounts and deductibles) shall be included in Insurance Costs, except that any increase in the premium for the property insurance attributable to the replacement cost of the Tenant Improvements in excess of Building standard shall not be included as Insurance Costs, but shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after invoice from Landlord.

ARTICLE 16 - INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION

16.1 Tenant’s Assumption of Risk and Waiver . Except to the extent such matter is not covered by the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease and/or except to the extent such matter is attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, contractors or employees, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, or any of Tenant’s Parties for: (i) any damage to property of Tenant, or of others, located in, on or about the Premises, (ii) the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant or of others by theft or otherwise, (iii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling ceiling tiles masonry, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or leaks from any part of the Premises or from the pipes, appliance of plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other places or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, (iv) any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Premises, occupants of any other portions of the Property, or the public, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, or (v) any interruption of utilities and services. Landlord shall in no event be liable to Tenant or any other person for any consequential damages, special or punitive damages, or for loss of business, revenue, income or profits and Tenant hereby waives any and all claims for any such damages. Tenant shall in no event be liable to Landlord or any other person for any consequential damages, special or punitive damages, or for loss of business, revenue, income or profits and Landlord hereby waives any and all claims for any such damages, except to the extent of losses arising out of a holdover pursuant to Section 21.2 below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 16.1, all property of Tenant and Tenant’s Parties kept or stored on the Premises, whether leased or owned by any such parties, shall be so kept or stored at the sole risk of Tenant and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from any claims arising out of damage to the same, including subrogation claims by Tenant’s insurance carriers. Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for interference with light or other intangible rights.

        16.2 Tenant’s Indemnification . Tenant shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against, any and all claims, damages, judgments, suits, causes of action, losses, liabilities and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and court costs (collectively, “ Indemnified Claims ”), arising or resulting from (a) any occurrence in the Premises following the date Landlord delivers possession of all or any portion of the Premises to Tenant, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, contractors or employees, (b) any act or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises during the Term, as the same may be extended; (c) the use of the Premises, the Building and the Property and conduct of Tenant’s business by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, or any other activity, work or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, in or about the Premises, the Building or elsewhere on the Property; and/or (d) any default by Tenant as to any obligations on Tenant’s part to be performed under the terms of this Lease. The foregoing indemnification shall include, but not be limited to, any injury to, or death of, any person, or any loss of, or damage to, any property on the Premises, or on adjoining sidewalks, streets or ways, or connected with the use, condition or occupancy thereof, whether or not Landlord or any Landlord Parties has or should have knowledge or notice of the defect or conditions causing or contributing to such injury, death, loss or damage. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord or any Landlord Parties by reason of any such Indemnified Claims, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant’s indemnification obligations under this Section 16.2 and elsewhere in this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant’s covenants, agreements and indemnification in Section 16.1 and this Section 16.2 are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

-24-


16.3 Landlord’s Indemnification of Tenant . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 16.1 or 16.2, Tenant shall not be required to protect, defend, save harmless or indemnify Landlord from any liability for injury, loss, accident or damage to any person resulting from Landlord’s grossly negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct or that of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees, in connection with Landlord’s activities on or about the Premises, or any pre-existing condition, and subject to the terms of Article 22, Landlord hereby indemnifies and agrees to protect, defend and hold Tenant harmless from and against Indemnified Claims arising out of Landlord’s grossly negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct or those of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees in connection with Landlord’s activities on or about the Premises or any pre-existing condition. Such exclusion from Tenant’s indemnity and such agreement by Landlord to so indemnify and hold Tenant harmless are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease to the extent that such policies cover (or, if such policies would have been carried as required, would have covered) the result of grossly negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Landlord or those of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees; provided, however, the provisions of this sentence shall in no way be construed to imply the availability of any double or duplicate coverage. Landlord’s and Tenant’s indemnification obligations hereunder may or may not be coverable by insurance, but the failure of either Landlord or Tenant to carry insurance covering the indemnification obligation shall not limit their indemnity obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE 17 - CASUALTY DAMAGE/DESTRUCTION

17.1 Landlord’s Rights and Obligations . If the Premises or the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty (“ Casualty ”) to an extent not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full replacement cost thereof, and Landlord’s contractor estimates in writing delivered to the parties that the damage thereto is such that the Building and/or Premises may be repaired, reconstructed or restored to substantially its condition immediately prior to such damage within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of such Casualty, and Landlord will receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the costs of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration (including proceeds from Tenant and/or Tenant’s insurance which Tenant is required to deliver to Landlord pursuant to this Lease), then Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If, however, the Premises or the Building is damaged to an extent exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full replacement cost thereof, or Landlord’s contractor estimates that such work of repair, reconstruction and restoration will require longer than one hundred twenty (120) days to complete from the date of Casualty (which estimate shall be delivered to Tenant immediately following Landlord’s receipt thereof), or Landlord will not receive insurance proceeds (and/or proceeds from Tenant, as applicable) sufficient to cover the costs of such repairs, reconstruction and restoration, then Landlord may elect to either: (a) repair, reconstruct and restore the portion of the Premises or Building damaged by such Casualty (including the Tenant Improvements, the Alterations that Landlord elects to insure pursuant to Section 13.1 and, to the extent of insurance proceeds received from Tenant, the Alterations that Tenant is required to insure pursuant to Section 13.1), in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; or (b) terminate this Lease effective as of the date which is thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s election to so terminate. In addition, if Landlord’s contractor estimates that such work of repair, reconstruction and restoration will require longer than one hundred twenty (120) days to complete from the date of Casualty (which estimate shall be delivered to Tenant immediately following Landlord’s receipt thereof), then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of such estimate, provided that such termination date shall not be earlier than thirty (30) days following the date of the notice of termination. Under any of the conditions of this Section 17.1, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of its intention to repair or terminate within the later of thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such Casualty, or fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of the estimate from Landlord’s contractor or, as applicable, thirty (30) days after Landlord receives approval from Landlord’s Mortgagee to rebuild,.

17.2 Tenant’s Costs and Insurance Proceeds . In the event of any damage or destruction of all or any part of the Premises, Tenant shall promptly: (a) notify Landlord thereof; and (b) deliver to Landlord all insurance proceeds received by Tenant with respect to the Tenant Improvements and Alterations (to the extent such items are not covered by Landlord’s casualty insurance obtained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease) and with respect to Alterations in the Premises that Tenant is required to insure pursuant to Section 13.1, excluding proceeds for Tenant’s furniture and other personal property, whether or not this Lease is terminated as permitted in Section 17.1, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all rights to receive such insurance proceeds. If, for any reason (including Tenant’s failure to obtain insurance for the full replacement cost of any Alterations which Tenant is required to insure pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof), Tenant fails to receive insurance proceeds covering the full replacement cost of such Alterations which are damaged, Tenant shall be deemed to have self-insured the replacement cost of such Alterations, and upon any damage or destruction thereto, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord the full replacement cost of such items, less any insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord from Landlord’s or Tenant’s insurance with respect to such items.

        17.3 Abatement of Rent . If as a result of any such damage, repair, reconstruction and/or restoration of the Premises or the Building, Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, then Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, during the period that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using and does not use the Premises or portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable square feet of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises, from the date of the damage until the Premises is restored. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if the damage is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties, there shall be no abatement of Rent beyond Landlord’s rent abatement insurance period. Except for abatement of Rent as provided hereinabove, Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for loss of, or interference with, Tenant’s business or use or access of all or any part of the Premises resulting from any such damage, repair, reconstruction or restoration.

 

-25-


17.4 Inability to Complete . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 17, if Landlord is obligated or elects to repair, reconstruct and/or restore the damaged portion of the Building or Premises pursuant to Section 17.1 above, but is delayed from completing such repair, reconstruction and/or restoration beyond the date which is three (3) months after the date estimated by Landlord’s contractor for completion thereof pursuant to Section 17.1, by reason of any causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (including, without limitation, delays due to Force Majeure, and delays caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties), then either party may elect to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other party; provided, however, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate if, at the end of such thirty (30) day notice period, the repair, reconstruction and/or restoration is substantially completed.

17.5 Damage to the Property . If there is a total destruction of the improvements on the Property or partial destruction of such improvements, the cost of restoration of which would exceed one-third (1/3) of the then replacement value of all improvements on the Property, by any cause whatsoever, whether or not insured against and whether or not the Premises are partially or totally destroyed, Landlord may within a period of ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such destruction, notify Tenant in writing that it elects not to so reconstruct or restore such improvements, in which event this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of such destruction.

17.6 Damage Near End of Term . In addition to its termination rights in Sections 17.1, 17.4 and 17.5 above, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease if any damage to the Building or Premises occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term.

17.7 Tenant’s Termination Right . In the event of any damage or destruction which affects Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, if Tenant’s possession and use of the Premises cannot reasonably be (as indicated in the estimate of Landlord’s contractor) or is not restored by Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days following the Casualty, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord.

17.8 Waiver of Termination Right . This Lease sets forth the terms and conditions upon which this Lease may terminate in the event of any damage or destruction. Accordingly, except as expressly provided herein, Tenant hereby waives any and all provisions of applicable Law that provide alternative rights for the parties in the event of damage or destruction (including, without limitation, to the extent the Premises are located in California, the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932, Subsection 2, and Section 1933, Subsection 4 and any successor statute or laws of a similar nature).

ARTICLE 18 - CONDEMNATION

18.1 Substantial or Partial Taking . Subject to the provisions of Section 18.3 below, either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or the Property which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building and/or the Property. The terminating party shall provide written notice of termination to the other party within thirty (30) days after it first receives notice of the Taking. The termination shall be effective as of the effective date of any order granting possession to, or vesting legal title in, the condemning authority. If this Lease is not terminated, Base Rent and all other elements of this Lease which are dependent upon the area of the Premises, the Building or the Property shall be appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Premises, Building or Property, as applicable. All compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord. The right to receive compensation or proceeds are expressly waived by Tenant, however, Tenant may file a separate claim for Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property, loss of goodwill and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the amount of Landlord’s award.

18.2 Condemnation Award . Subject to the provisions of Section 18.3 below, in connection with any Taking of the Premises or the Building, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award which may be made or given in such taking or condemnation, without deduction or apportionment for any estate or interest of Tenant, it being expressly understood and agreed by Tenant that no portion of any such award shall be allowed or paid to Tenant for any so-called bonus or excess value of this Lease, and such bonus or excess value shall be the sole property of Landlord. Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the taking authority for any compensation because of such taking (including any claim for bonus or excess value of this Lease); provided, however, if any portion of the Premises is taken, Tenant shall be granted the right to recover from the condemning authority (but not from Landlord) any compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for the taking of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property within the Premises, for Tenant’s relocation expenses, and for any loss of goodwill or other damage to Tenant’s business by reason of such taking.

        18.3 Temporary Taking . In the event of a Taking of the Premises or any part thereof for temporary use, (a) this Lease shall be and remain unaffected thereby and Rent shall not abate, and (b) Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself such portion or portions of any award made for such use with respect to the period of the taking which is within the Term, provided that if such taking shall remain in force at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall perform its obligations with respect to surrender of the Premises and shall pay to Landlord the portion of any award which is attributable to any period of time beyond the Term expiration date. For purpose of this Section 18.3, a temporary taking shall be defined as a taking for a period of ninety (90) days or less.

        18.4 Waiver . Tenant hereby waives any rights it may have pursuant to any applicable Laws (including, without limitation, to the extent the Premises are located in California, any rights Tenant might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure) and agrees that the provisions hereof shall govern the parties’ rights in the event of any Taking.

 

-26-


ARTICLE 19 - WAIVER OF CLAIMS; WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

19.1 Parties’ Waiver . Each of Tenant and Landlord hereby waives its rights against the other for any claims or damages or losses, including any deductibles and self-insured amounts, which are caused by or result from (a) any occurrence insured under any property insurance policy carried by Tenant and Landlord, respectively, or (b) any occurrence which would have been covered under any property insurance required to be obtained and maintained by Tenant and Landlord, respectively, under this Lease had such insurance been obtained and maintained as required. The foregoing waiver shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, any other waivers or releases contained in this Lease.

19.2 Waiver of Insurers . Each party shall cause each property insurance policy carried by such party to provide that the insurer waives all rights of recovery by way of subrogation against Landlord, in connection with any claims, losses and damages covered by such policy. If either party fails to maintain insurance for an insurable loss, such loss shall be deemed to be self-insured with a deemed full waiver of subrogation as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

ARTICLE 20 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

20.1 Restriction on Transfer . Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer pursuant to Section 20.6 below, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay, assign this Lease or any interest herein or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by any party other than Tenant (any such assignment, encumbrance, sublease, license or the like being sometimes referred to as a “ Transfer ”). In no event may Tenant encumber or hypothecate this Lease or the Premises. This prohibition against Transfers shall be construed to include a prohibition against any assignment or subletting by operation of law. Any Transfer without Landlord’s consent (except for a Permitted Transfer pursuant to Section 20.6 below) shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease, and in addition to all of Landlord’s other remedies at law, in equity or under this Lease, such Transfer shall be voidable at Landlord’s election. For purposes of this Article 20, other than with respect to a Permitted Transfer under Section 20.6 and transfers of stock of Tenant if Tenant is a publicly-held corporation and such stock is transferred publicly over a recognized security exchange or over-the-counter market, if Tenant is a corporation, partnership or other entity, any transfer, assignment, encumbrance or hypothecation of fifty-one percent (51%) or more (individually or in the aggregate) of any stock or other ownership interest in such entity, and/or any transfer, assignment, hypothecation or encumbrance of any controlling ownership or voting interest in such entity, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease and shall be subject to all of the restrictions and provisions contained in this Article 20.

20.2 Landlord’s Options . If Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then at least twenty-one (21) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “ Transfer Date ”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written notice (“ Transfer Notice ”) setting forth the terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer and the identity of the proposed assignee, sublessee or other transferee (sometimes referred to hereinafter as a “ Transferee ”). Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord with the Transfer Notice, a current financial statement and such evidence of financial responsibility and standing as Landlord may reasonably require of the Transferee which have been certified or audited by a reputable independent accounting firm acceptable to Landlord, and such other information concerning the business background and financial condition of the proposed Transferee as Landlord may reasonably request. Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of any Transfer Notice, Landlord will notify Tenant of its election to do one of the following: (a) consent to the proposed Transfer subject to such reasonable conditions as Landlord may impose in providing such consent; (b) refuse such consent, which refusal shall be on reasonable grounds; or (c) terminate this Lease as to all or such portion of the Premises which is proposed to be sublet or assigned and recapture all or such portion of the Premises for reletting by Landlord, which termination shall be effective as of the proposed Transfer Date; provided, however, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw its request for a Transfer by written notice to Landlord given within five (5) business days following notice of Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease. If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease with respect to only a portion of the Premises following Tenant’s request for Landlord’s approval of the proposed sublease of such space (and Tenant fails to timely withdraw its request), Landlord shall be responsible for the construction of any demising wall which Landlord reasonably deems necessary to separate such space from the remainder of the Premises.

        20.3 Additional Conditions; Excess Rent . A condition to Landlord’s consent to any Transfer will be the delivery to Landlord of a true copy of the fully executed instrument of assignment, sublease, transfer or hypothecation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, an original of Landlord’s standard consent form executed by both Tenant and the proposed Transferee (with such changes as Tenant or the Transferee shall request and Landlord shall agree to), and an affirmation of guaranty in form satisfactory to Landlord executed by each guarantor of this Lease, if any. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof, without affecting or reducing any other obligations of Tenant hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of any rent or other economic consideration received by Tenant as a result of any Transfer which exceeds, in the aggregate, (i) the total Rent which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to any portion of the Premises subleased) for the applicable period, plus (ii) any tenant improvement costs or similar concessions, brokerage commissions, marketing fees, and attorneys’ fees and costs actually paid by Tenant in connection with such Transfer, which commissions and fees shall, for purposes of the aforesaid calculation, be amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of such assignment or sublease. If Tenant effects a Transfer or requests the consent of Landlord to any Transfer (whether or not such Transfer is consummated), then, upon demand, and as a condition precedent to Landlord’s consideration of the proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord a non-refundable administrative fee of Five Hundred

 

-27-


Dollars ($500.00), plus Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ and paralegal fees and other costs incurred by Landlord (not to exceed $2,500.00) in reviewing each such proposed assignment or sublease (excluding Landlord’s in-house attorneys or paralegals). Acceptance of the Five Hundred Dollar ($500.00) administrative fee and/or reimbursement of Landlord’s attorneys’ and/or paralegal fees shall in no event obligate Landlord to consent to any proposed Transfer.

20.4 Reasonable Disapproval . Without limiting in any way Landlord’s right to withhold its consent on any reasonable grounds, it is agreed that Landlord will not be acting unreasonably in refusing to consent to a Transfer if, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion: (a) the net worth or financial capabilities of a proposed assignee is less than that of Tenant and each guarantor of this Lease, if any, or the proposed assignee does not have the financial capability to fulfill the obligations imposed by the Transfer, and Tenant has been released from the Lease obligations; (b) the proposed Transferee is a governmental entity; (c) the portion of the Premises to be sublet or assigned is irregular in shape with inadequate means of ingress and egress; (d) the proposed Transfer involves a change of use of the Premises or would violate any exclusive use covenant to which Landlord is bound; (e) the Transferee is not in Landlord’s reasonable opinion of reputable or good character or consistent with tenants of Comparable Buildings, or (f) the proposed Transferee is an existing tenant of the Building or Property or is negotiating with Landlord (or has negotiated with Landlord in the last six (6) months as evidenced by a written proposal submitted to such party by Landlord) for space in the Building or the Property.

20.5 No Release . No Transfer, occupancy or collection of rent from any proposed Transferee shall be deemed a waiver on the part of Landlord, or the acceptance of the Transferee as Tenant and no Transfer shall release Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay Rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. Landlord may require that any Transferee remit directly to Landlord on a monthly basis, all monies due Tenant by said Transferee, and each sublease shall provide that if Landlord gives said sublessee written notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, said sublessee will thereafter make all payments due under the sublease directly to or as directed by Landlord, which payments will be credited against any payments due under this Lease. Tenant hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assigns to Landlord all rents and other sums payable under any sublease of the Premises; provided, however, that Landlord hereby grants Tenant a license to collect all such rents and other sums so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. Consent by Landlord to one Transfer shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer. In the event of default by any Transferee of Tenant or any successor of Tenant in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such Transferee or successor. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments of this Lease or sublettings or amendments or modifications to this Lease with assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant, or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto and any such actions shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease. To the extent the Premises are located in California, Tenant hereby waives (for itself and all persons claiming under Tenant) the provisions of Civil Code Section 1995.310.

20.6 Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 20.1 above to the contrary, provided that Tenant is not then in default, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof (herein, a “Permitted Transfer”), without Landlord’s consent to any entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant, or to any person or entity which acquires all the assets of Tenant’s business as a going concern (each, a “Permitted Transferee”), provided that: (a) at least ten (10) business days prior to such assignment or sublease, Tenant delivers to Landlord a reasonably detailed description of the proposed Transfer and the financial statements and other financial and background information of the assignee or sublessee described in Section 20.2 above; (b) in the case of an assignment, the assignee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (or in the case of a sublease, the sublessee of a portion of the Premises or Term assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant with respect to such portion) pursuant to an assignment and assumption agreement (or a sublease, as applicable) reasonably acceptable to Landlord, a fully executed copy of which is delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the effective date of such assignment or subletting; (c) each guarantor of this Lease executes a reaffirmation of its guaranty in form satisfactory to Landlord; (d) Tenant (or in the case of a merger, the surviving entity) remains fully liable under this Lease unless otherwise released in writing by Landlord; (e) Intentionally Omitted; (f) the use of the Premises is pursuant to Section 1.10 of this Lease; (g) such transaction is not entered into as a subterfuge to avoid the restrictions and provisions of this Article 20 and will not violate any exclusive use covenant to which Landlord is bound; (h) with respect to a subletting only, Tenant and such Permitted Transferee execute Landlord’s standard consent to sublease form (with such changes as Tenant and Permitted Transferee shall reasonably request and Landlord shall agree to); and (i) Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. A public offering of shares of stock on a national exchange shall constitute a Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE 21 - SURRENDER AND HOLDING OVER

        21.1 Surrender of Premises . Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender all keys for the Premises and exclusive possession of the Premises to Landlord broom clean and in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted (and casualty damage excepted), with all of Tenant’s personal property, electronic, fiber, phone and data cabling and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant (to be removed in accordance with the National Electric Code and other applicable Laws) and those items, if any, of Alterations identified by Landlord pursuant to Section 13.2, removed therefrom and all damage caused by such removal repaired. If Tenant fails to remove by the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease all of its personal property and Alterations identified by Landlord for removal pursuant to Section 13.2, Landlord may (without liability to Tenant for loss thereof), at Tenant’s sole cost and in addition to Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity: (a) remove and store such items in accordance with applicable Law; and/or (b) upon ten (10) days’ prior notice to Tenant, sell all or any such items at private or public sale for such price as Landlord may obtain as permitted under applicable Law. Landlord shall

 

-28-


apply the proceeds of any such sale to any amounts due to Landlord under this Lease from Tenant (including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in the removal, storage and/or sale of such items), with any remainder to be paid to Tenant.

21.2 Holding Over . Tenant will not be permitted to hold over possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term with or without the express written consent of Landlord, then, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease so far as applicable (including Tenant’s obligation to pay all Additional Rent under this Lease), but at a Monthly Base Rent equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Monthly Base Rent applicable to the Premises immediately prior to the date of such expiration or earlier termination, plus Tenant’s Percentage. Any such holdover Rent shall be paid on a per diem basis. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute consent to a hold over hereunder or result in an extension of this Lease. This Section 21.2 shall not be construed to create any express or implied right to holdover beyond the expiration of the Term or any extension thereof. Tenant shall be liable, and shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days after demand, for all losses incurred by Landlord as a result of such holdover, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against all liabilities, damages, losses, claims, suits, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or relating to any such holdover tenancy, including without limitation, any claim for damages made by a succeeding tenant. Tenant’s indemnification obligation hereunder shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The foregoing provisions of this Section 21.2 are in addition to, and do not affect, Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or otherwise at law or in equity.

ARTICLE 22 - DEFAULTS

22.1 Tenant’s Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” under this Lease by Tenant:

a. the failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent, Additional Rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, where such failure continues for three (3) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord that such payment was not received when due;

b. the failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Sections 22.1(a) or (b) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it may be cured but more than ten (10) business days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said ten (10) business day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, which completion shall occur not later than sixty (60) days from the date of such notice from Landlord, subject to Force Majeure Delays; or

c. A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (“Guarantor”) for the benefit of creditors;

d. The filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant or any Guarantor, the filing by Tenant or any Guarantor of a voluntary petition for an arrangement, the filing by or against Tenant or any Guarantor of a petition, voluntary or involuntary, for reorganization, or the filing of an involuntary petition by the creditors of Tenant or any Guarantor, said involuntary petition remaining undischarged for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days;

e. Receivership, attachment, or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets on the Premises, such attachment or other seizure remaining undismissed or undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days after the levy thereof;

f. Death or disability of Tenant or any Guarantor, if Tenant or such Guarantor is a natural person, or the failure by Tenant or any Guarantor to maintain its legal existence, if Tenant or such Guarantor is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other legal entity.

Any notice sent by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Section 22.1 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under any applicable Law.

ARTICLE 23 - REMEDIES OF LANDLORD

        23.1 Landlord’s Remedies ; Termination . In the event of any such Default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity (including, without limitation, to the extent the Premises are located in California, the remedies of Civil Code Section 1951.4 and any successor statute or similar Law, which provides that Landlord may continue this Lease in effect following Tenant’s breach and abandonment and collect rent as it falls due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject to reasonable limitations), Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder and to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed, stored and/or disposed of as permitted by applicable Law. If Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant: (a) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had

 

-29-


been earned at the time of such termination; plus (b) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (c) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus (d) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom including, but not limited to: the total unamortized sum of any Abated Amount and Applied Allowance (amortized on a straight line basis over the initial Term of this Lease), tenant improvement costs; attorneys’ fees; brokers’ commissions; any costs required to return the Premises to the conditioned required at the end of the Term; the costs of refurbishment, alterations, renovation and repair of the Premises; and removal (including the repair of any damage caused by such removal) and storage (or disposal) of Tenant’s personal property, equipment, fixtures, Alterations, Tenant Improvements and any other items which Tenant is required under this Lease to remove but does not remove; plus (e) all other monetary damages allowed under applicable Law.

As used in Sections 23.1 (a) and 23.1(b) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate set forth in the Summary. As used in Section 23.1(c) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). To the extent the Premises are located in California, Tenant hereby waives for Tenant and all those claiming under Tenant all right now or hereafter existing including, without limitation, any rights under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179 and Civil Code Section 1950.7 to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

23.2 Landlord’s Remedies; Continuation of Lease; Re-Entry Rights . In the event of any such Default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, at law or in equity, Landlord shall also have the right to (a) continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, and (b) with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed, stored and/or disposed of as permitted by applicable Law. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Section 23.2, and no acceptance of surrender of the Premises or other action on Landlord’s part, shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. No notice from Landlord or notice given under a forcible entry and detainer statute or similar Laws will constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless such notice specifically so states. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord because of any Default, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such Default.

23.3 Landlord’s Right to Perform . Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Lease, all covenants and agreements by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement or offset of Rent. In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations, make such payment or perform such other act as required to cure such Default on behalf of Tenant. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs incurred by Landlord in performing such other acts shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) days after demand therefor as Additional Rent.

23.4 Rights and Remedies Cumulative . All rights, options and remedies of Landlord contained in this Article 23 and elsewhere in this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by law or in equity, whether or not stated in this Lease. Nothing in this Article 23 shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect Tenant’s indemnification of Landlord pursuant to any provision of this Lease.

ARTICLE 24 - ENTRY BY LANDLORD

        Landlord and its employees and agents shall at all reasonable times have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply any service required to be provided by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, to exhibit the Premises to prospective lenders or purchasers (or during the last six (6) months of the Term or during any uncured material monetary default by Tenant, to prospective tenants), to post notices of non-responsibility, and/or to alter, improve or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Building or Property, all without being deemed guilty of or liable for any breach of Landlord’s covenant of quiet enjoyment or any eviction of Tenant, and without abatement of Rent. In exercising such entry rights, Landlord shall minimize, to the extent reasonably practicable, the interference with Tenant’s business, and shall provide Tenant with at least one (1) business day’s advance notice (oral or written) of such entry (except in emergency situations and for scheduled services, in which case no notice shall be required). For each of the foregoing purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, and Landlord shall have the means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means or otherwise shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof, or grounds for any abatement or reduction of Rent and Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant for any damages or losses on account of any such entry by Landlord.

 

-30-


ARTICLE 25 - LIMITATION ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, the obligations of Landlord under this Lease (including as to any actual or alleged breach or default by Landlord) do not constitute personal obligations of the individual members, managers, investors, partners, directors, officers, or shareholders of Landlord or Landlord’s members or partners, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the individual members, managers, investors, partners, directors, officers, or shareholders of Landlord or Landlord’s members or partners or any other persons or entities having any interest in Landlord, or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease. In addition, in consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder to Tenant and notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant hereby covenants and agrees for itself and all of its successors and assigns that the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease (including any liability as a result of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord), shall be limited solely to, and Tenant’s and its successors’ and assigns’ sole and exclusive remedy shall be against, Landlord’s interest in the Property, and sales and insurance proceeds, and no other assets of Landlord. The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of the Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title to, or a lessee’s interest in a ground lease of, the Property. In the event of any transfer or conveyance of any such title or interest (other than a transfer for security purposes only), the transferor shall be automatically relieved of all covenants and obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease. Landlord and Landlord’s transferees and assignees shall have the absolute right to transfer all or any portion of their respective title and interest in the Premises, the Building, the Property and/or this Lease without the consent of Tenant, and such transfer or subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

ARTICLE 26 - SUBORDINATION

Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building or the Property, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “ Mortgage ”). This clause shall be self-operative, but no later than ten (10) business days after written request from Landlord or any holder of a Mortgage (each, a “ Mortgagee ” and collectively, “ Mortgagees ”), Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable subordination agreement. As an alternative, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. No later than ten (10) business days after written request by Landlord or any Mortgagee, Tenant shall, without charge, attorn to any successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease. Tenant hereby waives its rights under any current or future Law which gives or purports to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any such foreclosure proceeding or sale. Should Tenant fail to sign and return any such documents within said ten (10) business day period, Tenant shall be in default hereunder. Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a non-disturbance, subordination and attornment agreement from Landlord’s existing lenders, if any, with respect to the Building, using Landlord’s or such lenders’ commercially reasonable form(s), and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Tenant, which provides that so long as Tenant is not in Default under the terms of this Lease, Tenant’s quiet possession and occupancy will not be disturbed. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant’s obligation to subordinate its leasehold interest and attorn to any Mortgagee shall be expressly conditioned upon Tenant’s receipt of a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement from such Mortgagee.

ARTICLE 27 - ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, in a form substantially similar to the form of Exhibit F attached hereto. Any such estoppel certificate delivered pursuant to this Article 27 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser or prospective purchaser of any portion of the Property, as well as their assignees. Tenant’s failure to deliver such estoppel certificate following an additional two (2) business day cure period after notice shall constitute a default hereunder. Tenant’s failure to deliver such certificate within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, and that not more than one (1) month’s Rent has been paid in advance.

ARTICLE 28 - RELOCATION OF PREMISES

Intentionally Deleted.

ARTICLE 29 - MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

        If, in connection with Landlord’s obtaining or entering into any financing or ground lease for any portion of the Building or Property, the lender or ground lessor shall request modifications to this Lease, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after request therefor, execute an amendment to this Lease including such modifications, provided such modifications are reasonable, do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder, do not increase the Rent, or adversely affect the leasehold estate created hereby or Tenant’s rights hereunder. In the event of any default on the part of Landlord, Tenant will give notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee covering the Premises or ground lessor of Landlord whose address shall have been furnished to Tenant, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or ground lessor a reasonable opportunity to cure the default (including with respect to any such beneficiary or mortgagee, time to obtain possession of the Premises, subject to this Lease

and Tenant’s rights hereunder, by power of sale or judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure).

 

-31-


ARTICLE 30 - QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that, upon Tenant performing all of the covenants and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease (including payment of Rent hereunder), subject to applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall have the right to use and occupy the Premises in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease as against all persons claiming by, through or under Landlord. This covenant shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only during its or their respective periods of ownership of the Building.

ARTICLE 31 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

31.1 Broker . Each of Landlord and Tenant represents that it has not had any dealings with any real estate broker, finder or intermediary with respect to this Lease, other than the Brokers specified in the Summary. Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend (by counsel reasonably approved in writing by Landlord) and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, suits, causes of action, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and court costs) resulting from any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representation, including, without limitation, any claims that may be asserted against Landlord by any broker, agent or finder undisclosed by Tenant herein. Landlord shall indemnify, protect, and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, suits, causes of action, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and court costs) resulting from any other brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease or from a breach by Landlord of the foregoing representation. The foregoing indemnities shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee, if any, pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Brokers.

31.2 Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by, and construed pursuant to, the laws of the state in which the Building is located. Venue for any litigation between the parties hereto concerning this Lease or the occupancy of the Premises shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located. Tenant shall comply with all governmental and quasi-governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the Building, Property and/or the Premises, and all rules and regulations adopted pursuant thereto and all covenants, conditions and restrictions applicable to and/or of record against the Building, Property and/or the Site (individually, a “ Law ” and collectively, the “ Laws ”).

31.3 Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Article 25 above, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives and permitted successors and assigns; provided, however, no rights shall inure to the benefit of any Transferee of Tenant unless the Transfer to such Transferee is made in compliance with the provisions of Article 20, and no options or other rights which are expressly made personal to the original Tenant hereunder or in any rider attached hereto shall be assignable to or exercisable by anyone other than the original Tenant under this Lease.

31.4 No Merger . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual termination thereof shall not work as a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, either (a) terminate all or any existing subleases, or (b) operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenant’s interest under any or all such subleases.

31.5 Professional Fees . If either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit (or alternate dispute resolution proceedings) against the other with respect to this Lease, including for unlawful detainer, forcible entry and detainer, or any other relief against the other hereunder, then all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party therein (including, without limitation, its actual appraisers’, accountants’, attorneys’ and other professional fees, expenses and court costs), shall be paid by the other party, including any and all costs incurred in enforcing, perfecting and executing such judgment and all reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees associated with any appeal.

31.6 Waiver . The waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant and condition herein contained, nor shall any custom or practice which may become established between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof be deemed a waiver of, or in any way affect, the right of any party to insist upon the performance by the other in strict accordance with said terms. No waiver of any default of either party hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord or delivery by Tenant (as the case may be) of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by the non-defaulting party to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver.

        31.7 Terms and Headings . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in any gender include other genders. The Article and Section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof. Any deletion of language from this Lease prior to its execution by Landlord and Tenant shall not be construed to raise any presumption, canon of construction or implication, including, without limitation, any implication that the parties intended thereby to state the converse of the deleted language. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each has participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Lease; therefore, in the event of an ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of, this Lease, the interpretation of this Lease shall not be resolved by any rule of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who caused the uncertainty to exist or against the draftsman.

 

-32-


31.8 Time . Time is of the essence with respect to performance of every provision of this Lease in which time or performance is a factor.

31.9 Business Day . A “business day” is Monday through Friday, excluding holidays observed by the United States Postal Service and reference to 5:00 p.m. is to the time zone of the recipient. Whenever action must be taken (including the giving of notice or the delivery of documents) under this Lease during a certain period of time (or by a particular date) that ends (or occurs) on a non-business day, then such period (or date) shall be extended until the immediately following business day.

31.10 Payments and Notices . All Rent and other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be paid to Landlord at the address designated in the Summary, or to such other persons and/or at such other places as Landlord may hereafter designate in writing. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and may be given by personal delivery (including delivery by nationally recognized overnight courier or express mailing service), or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to Tenant at the address(es) designated in the Summary, or to Landlord at the address(es) designated in the Summary. Either party may, by written notice to the other, specify a different address for notice purposes. Notice given in the foregoing manner shall be deemed given (i) upon confirmed transmission if sent by facsimile transmission, provided such transmission is prior to 5:00 p.m. on a business day (if such transmission is after 5:00 p.m. on a business day or is on a non-business day, such notice will be deemed given on the following business day), (ii) when actually received or refused by the party to whom sent if delivered by a carrier or personally served or (iii) if mailed, on the day of actual delivery or refusal as shown by the certified mail return receipt or the expiration of three (3) business days after the day of mailing, whichever first occurs.

31.11 Prior Agreements; Amendments . This Lease, including the Summary and all Exhibits attached hereto, contains all of the covenants, provisions, agreements, conditions and understandings between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and any other matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and no prior agreement or understanding, oral or written, express or implied, pertaining to the Premises or any such other matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. The parties acknowledge that all prior agreements, representations and negotiations are deemed superseded by the execution of this Lease to the extent they are not expressly incorporated herein.

31.12 Separability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and such other provisions shall remain valid and in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

31.13 Recording . Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a short form memorandum of this Lease.

31.14 Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by any statute or at common law.

31.15 Financial Statements . Upon ten (10) business days prior written request from Landlord (which Landlord may make at any time during the Term including in connection with Tenant’s exercise of any Option in this Lease, but no more often that two (2) times in any calendar year), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (a) a current financial statement of Tenant and any guarantor of this Lease, and (b) financial statements of Tenant and such guarantor for the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles and certified as true in all material respects by Tenant (if Tenant is an individual) or by an authorized officer, member/manager or general partner of Tenant (if Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, respectively). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to provide financial statements if such information is publicly available following a public offering of shares of stock on a national stock exchange.

31.16 No Partnership . Landlord does not, in any way or for any purpose, become a partner of Tenant in the conduct of its business, or otherwise, or joint venturer or a member of a joint enterprise with Tenant by reason of this Lease.

        31.17 Force Majeure . If either party hereto shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of strikes, lock-outs, labor troubles, inability to procure materials (provided that if substitute materials are available, such inability shall not constitute a Force Majeure Event), failure of power, governmental moratorium or other governmental action or inaction (including, without limitation, failure, refusal or delay in issuing permits, approvals and/or authorizations, provided that any governmental inaction coupled with a party’s failure to diligently pursue a required governmental approval shall not constitute a Force Majeure Event), injunction or court order, riots, insurrection, war, terrorism, bioterrorism, fire, earthquake, or other reason of a like nature not within the reasonable control of the party delaying in performing work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease (but excluding delays due to financial

 

-33-


inability) (such events are herein collectively referred to as Force Majeure Events and any delays caused by such events are herein collectively referred to as Force Majeure Delay(s) ”), then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of such Force Majeure Delay and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay. The provisions of this Section 31.17 shall not apply to nor operate to excuse Tenant from the payment of Monthly Base Rent, or any Additional Rent or any other payments strictly in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

31.18 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement.

31.19 Nondisclosure of Terms . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Disclosure of the terms could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases and impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that it, and its partners, officers, directors, shareholders, members, managers, employees, agents and attorneys, shall not intentionally and voluntarily disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any newspaper or other publication or any other tenant or apparent prospective tenant of the Building or other portion of the Property, or real estate agent, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Landlord, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms to prospective subtenants or assignees under this Lease.

31.20 Tenant’s Authority . If Tenant executes this Lease as a partnership, corporation or limited liability company, then Tenant and the persons and/or entities executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represent and warrant that: (a) Tenant is a duly organized and existing partnership, corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located; (b) such persons and/or entities executing this Lease are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on Tenant’s behalf; and (c) this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of any documents reasonably requested by Landlord evidencing such qualification, organization, existence and authorization within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is not, and the entities or individuals constituting Tenant or which may own or control Tenant or which may be owned or controlled by Tenant are not, (i) in violation of any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, or (ii) among the individuals or entities identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists or on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/tllsdn.pdf or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

31.21 Joint and Several Liability . If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant: (a) each of them is and shall be jointly and severally liable for the covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant; and (b) the act or signature of, or notice from or to, any one or more of them with respect to this Lease shall be binding upon each and all of the persons and entities executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or signed, or given or received such notice.

31.22 No Option . The submission of this Lease for examination or execution by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Premises and this Lease shall not become effective as a Lease until it has been executed by Landlord and delivered to Tenant.

31.23 Options and Rights in General . Any option (each an “Option” and collectively, the “Options”), including without limitation, any option to extend, option to terminate, option to expand, right to lease, right of first offer, and/or right of first refusal, granted to Tenant is personal to the original Tenant executing this Lease or a Permitted Transferee and may be exercised only by the original Tenant executing this Lease while occupying the entire Premises and without the intent of thereafter assigning this Lease or subletting the Premises or a Permitted Transferee and may not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, by any person or entity other than the original Tenant executing this Lease or a Permitted Transferee. The Options, if any, granted to Tenant under this Lease are not assignable separate and apart from this Lease, nor may any Option be separated from this Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise. Tenant will have no right to exercise any Option, notwithstanding any provision of the grant of option to the contrary, and Tenant’s exercise of any Option may be nullified by Landlord and deemed of no further force or effect, if (i) Tenant is in default under the terms of this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods as of Tenant’s exercise of the Option in question or as of the commencement of the Option event, (ii) Tenant has sublet all or more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises except pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE; SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

-34-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the date first above written.

 

Tenant:

INPHI CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ John S. Edmunds

Name:  

John S. Edmunds

Title:   CFO and CAO

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

-35-


Landlord:

LBA REALTY FUND III-COMPANY VII, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:   

LBA Realty Fund III, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its sole Member and Manager

 

 By:   

LBA Management Company III, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its General Partner

 

 By:   

LBA Realty LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Manager

 

   By:   

LBA Inc.,

a California corporation,

its Managing Member

 

    By:  

/s/ Perry Schonfeld

  
    Name:   Perry Schonfeld   
    Title:   Authorized Signatory   

For LBA Office Use Only: Prepared & Reviewed by: [INITIALS]

 

-36-


EXHIBIT A

PREMISES FLOOR

PLAN

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A

-1-


EXHIBIT A-1

DEPICTION OF RESERVED PARKING SPACES

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A-1

-1-


EXHIBIT B

SITE PLAN

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT B

-1-


EXHIBIT B-1

LOADING AND UNLOADING AREAS

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT B-1

-1-


EXHIBIT C-1

DESCRIPTION OF LANDLORD’S WORK

For purposes of Section 4.3 of the Lease, Landlord’s Work shall consist of:

1. Finished Men’s and Women’s toilet rooms on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building which meet all fire life safety, handicap requirements and LEED water-consumption requirements in effect as of the Delivery Date. Complete.

2. Finished main Building lobby with new Building standard finishes. Complete.

3. Finished exit corridors (if required by the City of Thousand Oaks’ (the “ City ”) applicable building codes, in effect as of the Delivery Date [the “ Building Code ”]) and elevator lobbies on the leased floor with new Building standard finishes or equal finishes mutually agreed by Landlord and Tenant. Complete.

4. The interior surface of any corridor walls, perimeter walls (below and above the window line up to a 10’-0” height) and columns shall be fired taped smooth ready for finished painting. Complete.

5. Code compliant electrical and telephone closet(s) on the subject floor. Complete.

6. Finished elevator cabs with new Building standard finishes. Complete.

7. Mechanical equipment room (if required by HVAC system). Complete.

8. Existing primary HVAC duct loop and existing hot water pipe loop (depending on system) from the mechanical equipment room around the Building core for variable air volume (VAV) boxes and controls to support Tenant’s plan and layout. All existing VAV boxes shall be delivered in good working order. Furthermore, per Tenant’s HVAC contractor inspection of the HVAC system, including the following items which will need to be repaired by Landlord as part of Landlord’s Work:

a. Rear bearing on fan No. 9 should be replaced and a new shaft installed.

b. Apparent Leaks on Chiller Nos. 2 and 3 should be inspected and repaired.

c. 4 VAV controllers and 2 Thermostats need to be replaced.

9. Building HVAC system to (i) provide a minimum of One (1) ton of tempered air per every 300 usable square feet, and (ii) have the capacity to maintain a temperature of 72 degrees (+/- 2 degrees) in the Premises. Building HVAC system shall deliver required minimum air per the applicable Building Code.

10. Janitor’s closet on the subject floor with adequate plumbing. Complete.

11. Existing fire sprinklers protection consisting of main loop, laterals and uprights, to be delivered in good working order and in compliance with Building Code.

12. Fire protection alarm and communication systems installed according to Building Code, including annunciation panels.

13. Any other life safety or life support systems for the Premises (main panel on floor and/or master panel) as may be required by Building Code and to accommodate Tenant’s plan/layout.

14. New Building standard window treatments.

15. In the event that the existing raised floor is not in compliance with the applicable Building Code or Law, then Landlord shall pay for the cost, which shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and separate from the Allowance set forth below. In addition, to the extent required by the Building Code and/or the City inspector, Landlord shall demolish and remove all existing cabling, sprinkler piping, duct detectors, conduits and boxes that are currently below the raised floor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that during subsequent inspections by the City inspector prior to the construction of the Tenant improvements, or during the approval process of Tenant’s construction documents, it is determined that the raised floor is not in compliance with the applicable Building Code or Law, and either Landlord agrees, or it can be demonstrated that, such non-compliance existed at the Delivery Date, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and separate from the Allowance, shall be responsible for the costs associated with ensuring the floor is in compliance, with respect to the deficiency at the Delivery Date. Landlord’s obligations shall be limited to those physical items required to deliver the Premises in compliance with code and ready for Tenant’s work (i.e. Landlord is not responsible for carpet, baseboard, or any additional items that should be paid for out of the Allowance or by Tenant.)

16. Finished Building stairways per Building Code. Complete.

17. Electrical transformers and panels to meet a connected load for power at 1.2 watts per rentable s.f. at 277/480 volt for lighting, and 6 watts per rentable s.f. at 120/208 volts for power throughout the Premises, and 100 watts per rentable s.f. for Tenant’s data center room. In addition, sufficient capacity in the Building service (bus-duct) for 80 KVA of electrical loads for Tenant’s lab areas.

 

EXHIBIT C-1

-1-


18. Conduit for fiber utilization by Tenant from the street to minimum point of entry (“ MPOE ”) in the Building. Complete.

19. As a charge against the Allowance, conduit shall be installed from designated location of Tenant’s generator to Building electrical room.

20. As a charge against the Allowance, six (6) four inch (4”) conduits shall be installed from the MPOE to a designated room on the Premises floor.

21. Landlord to provide Tenant’s architect with all information regarding the Building’s mechanical systems, electrical systems, plans, construction type and other building/facilities reasonable related information as requested by Tenant, and up-to-date CADD as-builts, including “path of travel” drawings.

22. Landlord shall provide information on Building’s systems to support 24/7 HVAC for certain portions of the Premises and/or supplemental HVAC unit(s). If Building does not have 24/7 HVAC and/or supplemental HVAC unit(s) available for Tenant, Landlord shall provide a potential outdoor space (see attached plan showing proposed area) or roof-top space for Tenant’s equipment (see Roof Rights section). Said area shall be provided to Tenant at no additional charge.

23. Landlord shall be responsible for all required existing shell and core MEP system upgrades for all code compliance triggered by Tenant’s improvements and construction.

24. Tenant shall have the ability to install a drop ceiling throughout the Premises which is at least 9’ feet high.

25. Landlord’s Work and all common areas and Building shell and core shall be in compliance with LEED requirements per the City. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining any required LEED certification by the City. Landlord is in the process of obtaining a minimum LEED Silver Certification.

26. Landlord warrants that chilled water piping stubs are located within the Premises for Tenant’s use through the existing infrastructure.

27. Landlord shall deliver the existing ceiling system in its existing “as-is” condition and Landlord shall not be responsible for any compliance work required for said ceiling. However, Landlord, in addition to and separate from the Allowance, shall provide Tenant with an additional allowance in connection with said existing ceiling compliance work in the amount of ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00).

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-2

WORK LETTER

[TENANT BUILD W/ALLOWANCE]

1. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS . Defined terms which are used in this Work Letter without definition have the meanings given to them in the Lease. As used in this Work Letter, the term “ Tenant Improvements ” or “ Tenant Improvement Work ” or “ Tenant’s Work ” means those items of general tenant improvement construction shown on the Final Plans (described in Section 4 below), more particularly described in Section 5 below. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to substantially complete the Tenant Improvements on or before August 27, 2010, subject to Landlord Delay (as defined below) and Force Majeure.

2. WORK SCHEDULE . Prior to commencing construction, Tenant will deliver to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, a schedule (“ Work Schedule ”), which will set forth the timetable for the planning and completion of the installation of the Tenant Improvements.

3. CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVES . Landlord hereby appoints the following person(s) as Landlord’s representative (“ Landlord’s Representative ”) to act for Landlord in all matters covered by this Work Letter: Mike DeArmey.

Tenant hereby appoints the following person(s) as Tenant’s representatives (collectively “ Tenant’s Representative ”) to act for Tenant in all matters covered by this Work Letter: Tony Kantarjian (Enter Environments, Inc.), John Edmunds and Marilyn Passanante of Inphi Corporation.

All communications with respect to the matters covered by this Work Letter are to be made to Landlord’s Representative or Tenant’s Representative, as the case may be, in writing in compliance with the notice provisions of the Lease. Either party may change its representative under this Work Letter at any time by written notice to the other party in compliance with the notice provisions of the Lease.

4. TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS

(a) Preparation of Space Plans . Landlord has reviewed and hereby approves the preliminary space plans for the layout of the Premises and the Tenant Improvements prepared by Tenant and attached hereto as Exhibit C-2-1 (“ Space Plans ”).

(b) Preparation of Final Plans . Based on the approved Space Plans, and in accordance with the Work Schedule, Tenant’s architect and engineer, as necessary, will prepare complete architectural plans, drawings and specifications and complete engineered mechanical, structural and electrical working drawings for all of the Tenant Improvements for the Premises (collectively, the “ Final Plans ”). The Final Plans will show (a) the subdivision (including partitions and walls), layout, lighting, finish and decoration work (including carpeting and other floor coverings) for the Premises; (b) all internal and external communications and utility facilities which will require conduiting or other improvements from the base Building shell work and/or within common areas; and (c) all other specifications for the Tenant Improvements. The Final Plans will be submitted to Landlord for approval to confirm that they are consistent with the Space Plans. Landlord shall approve or reasonably disapprove the Final Plans (or revisions thereto, if Landlord has previously requested revisions) within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt of the Final Plans. If Landlord reasonably disapproves any aspect of the Final Plans based on any inconsistency with the Space Plans, Landlord agrees to advise Tenant in writing of such disapproval and the reasons therefor. In accordance with the Work Schedule, Tenant will then cause Tenant’s architect and/or engineer to redesign the Final Plans incorporating the revisions reasonably requested by Landlord so as to make the Final Plans consistent with the Space Plans.

(c) Requirements of Tenant’s Final Plans . Tenant’s Final Plans will include locations and complete dimensions, and the Tenant Improvements, as shown on the Final Plans, will: (i) be compatible with the Building shell and with the design, construction and equipment of the Building; (ii) if not comprised of the Building standards set forth in the written description thereof (the “ Standards ”), a copy of which Standards shall be delivered to Tenant, then compatible with and of at least equal quality as the Standards and reasonably approved by Landlord; (iii) comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction, and all applicable insurance regulations; (iv) not require Building service beyond the level specified in the Lease and will not overload the Building floors (unless properly reinforced by Tenant as part of the Tenant Improvements); and (v) be of a nature and quality consistent with the overall objectives of Landlord for the Building, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

(d) Submittal of Final Plans . Once approved by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s architect or contractor will submit the Final Plans to the appropriate governmental agencies for plan checking and the issuance of a building permit. Tenant’s architect, with Landlord’s cooperation, will make any changes to the Final Plans which are requested by the applicable governmental authorities to obtain the building permit. After approval of the Final Plans no further changes may be made without the prior written approval of both Landlord and Tenant, and then only after agreement by Tenant to pay any excess costs resulting from the design and/or construction of such changes, if any.

(e) Changes to Shell of Building . If the Final Plans or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto shall require changes in the Building shell (to the extent such changes are not part of Landlord’s Work, or otherwise required as a result of any existing violation of law or any existing latent or patent defect), the increased cost of the Building shell work caused by such changes will be paid for by Tenant or charged against the “Allowance” with Tenant’s review and written authorization, as described in Section 5 below.

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-1-


(f) Work Cost Estimate and Statement . Prior to the commencement of construction of any of the Tenant Improvements shown on the Final Plans, Tenant will submit to Landlord a written estimate of the cost to complete the Tenant Improvement Work, which written estimate will be based on the Final Plans taking into account any modifications which may be required to reflect changes in the Final Plans required by the City or County in which the Premises are located (the Work Cost Estimate ). If the total costs reflected in the Work Cost Estimate or the total actual costs of Tenant’s Work exceed the Allowance described in Section 5 below, Tenant agrees to pay such excess.

5. PAYMENT FOR THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

(a) Allowance . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an Allowance as referenced in the Summary. The Allowance is to be used only for:

(i) Payment of the cost of preparing the Space Plans and the Final Plans, including mechanical, electrical, plumbing and structural drawings and of all other aspects necessary to complete the Final Plans, project management fees and fees and charges for other consultants or engineers.

(ii) The payment of plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Tenant Improvements.

(iii) Construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the following:

(aa) Installation within the Premises of all partitioning, doors, floor coverings, ceilings, wall coverings and painting, millwork and similar items;

(bb) All electrical wiring, lighting fixtures, outlets and switches, and other electrical work necessary for the Premises;

(cc) The furnishing and installation of all duct work, terminal boxes, diffusers and accessories necessary for the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems within the Premises, including the cost of meter and key control for after-hour air conditioning;

(dd) Any additional improvements to the Premises required for Tenant’s use of the Premises including, but not limited to, odor control, special heating, ventilation and air conditioning, noise or vibration control or other special systems or improvements;

(ee) All fire and life safety control systems such as fire walls, sprinklers, halon, fire alarms, including piping, wiring and accessories, necessary for the Premises;

(ff) All plumbing, fixtures, pipes and accessories necessary for the Premises;

(gg) Testing and inspection costs;

(hh) Fees and costs attributable to general conditions associated with the construction of the Tenant Improvements;

(ii) The cost of any changes in the base Building when such changes are required by the Final Plans (including if such changes are due to the fact that such work is prepared on an unoccupied basis), such cost to include all direct architectural and/or engineering fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith;

(jj) The cost of any changes to the Final Plans or Tenant Improvements required by all applicable building codes;

(kk) Payment of the fees of the architect and engineer and fees of Tenant’s consultants for project management, plan check expeditor and other engineers and/or consultants; and

(ll) Voice, data communication, audio visual, and security cabling costs.

(iv) All costs incurred by Landlord for construction of elements of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, which construction was performed by Landlord prior to the execution of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant and which construction is for the benefit of tenants and is customarily performed by Landlord prior the execution of leases for space in the Building for reasons of economics (examples of such construction would include, but not be limited to, the extension of mechanical [including heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems] and electrical distribution systems outside of the core of the Building, wall construction, column enclosures and painting outside of the core of the Building, ceiling hanger wires and window treatment).

In addition, Tenant, as part of the Allowance, and subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (which shall include but not limited to location, structural design, design control, etc.) and approval by the City of Thousand Oaks and any other governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereon, shall have right to (a) expand the single door located in the Shipping and Receiving serving the Building into a double door, (b) construct a concrete patio area near the rear entrance to the Premises for the installation of benches,

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-2-


chairs and tables, umbrellas and lighting and for the use by Tenant’s and other building employees, and (c) install condenser farm, air compressor equipment and/or an exhaust duct and exhaust fan system with a capacity of 4,000 CFM, from the exterior side of the Building adjacent to the Premises in the area shown on Exhibit H attached to the Lease, including the necessary connections/conduits and/or exhaust duct from Tenant’s lab areas in the Premises to such equipment, or alternatively, Landlord shall provide an existing dedicated shaft for such exhaust duct extending to the roof level of the Building, which shall all be subject to Landlord’s approval. The installation, screening, repair and removal of the air compressor and/or exhaust fan system during and at the expiration of the Lease term shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Subject to Tenant’s obligations to pay all costs associated with installation, screening, repair and removal, there shall be no additional charge to Tenant during the Lease Term or any Option Term for the right to install and operate said air compressor exhaust fan system. Tenant shall be obligated, at its sole cost and expense, to screen its condenser farm and any air compressor and/or exhaust fan system for both sight and noise to the path adjacent to the Premises to accommodate Landlord’s future plans for such path through the use of a block wall, wrought iron fence or other fence of commercially reasonable height, style and materials (including sound deadening materials reasonably acceptable to Landlord and the City, with landscaping vines to be planted appurtenant to the wall to soften the visibility of the wall. Tenant shall be required to confirm sound levels through an acoustic engineer at Landlord’s request. Tenant shall also frost or screen the glass at their shipping and receiving area along the interior corridor facing adjacent space.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Building’s HVAC system can provide chilled/condenser water, Tenant shall have the right to connect and use such water for 24 hour per day 7 days per week air conditioning for Tenant’s lab/data center room at Landlord’s actual costs (to include: electricity, maintenance, labor and depreciation). Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate and coordinate through MEP design on the load required, capacity available, feasibility and affordability of such an HVAC system.

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that prior to the execution of this Lease, Landlord has provided Tenant with a Space Planning Allowance of $0.12 per rentable square foot of the Premises then leased for preparation of a test fit space plan for the Premises.

(b) Changes . Any material changes to the Final Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, and shall be approved by Landlord and Tenant in the manner set forth in Section 4 above. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any additional costs associated with such Tenant-initiated changes to the extent the cost of the Tenant Improvements exceed the Allowance.

(c) Governmental Cost Increases . If increases in the cost of the Tenant Improvements are due to requirements of any governmental agency triggered solely by the Tenant Improvements (as opposed to any failure of the Premises, the Common Areas of the Project or any of Landlord’s Work to comply with applicable Laws including applicable building codes and ADA), Tenant shall be solely responsible for such additional costs; provided, however, that Landlord will first apply toward any such increase any remaining balance of the Allowance.

(d) Unused Allowance Amounts . Provided Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, any unused portion of the Allowance upon completing of the Tenant Improvements (the “ Excess Allowance ”) may be applied against Rent next due from Tenant to Landlord, and/or payment of Tenant’s telecommunications cabling, supplemental security system, furniture, fixtures and equipment, signage and moving costs, until exhausted (the “ Applied Allowance ”); provided, however, Tenant shall deliver documentation of such costs and Tenant’s payment therefor prior to Landlord’s disbursement of any Excess Allowance.

(e) Disbursement of the Allowance . Provided Tenant is not in default following the giving of notice and passage of any applicable cure period under the Lease or this Work Letter, Landlord shall disburse the Allowance to Tenant to reimburse Tenant for the actual construction costs which Tenant incurs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements on a monthly basis as to the portion of the Tenant’s Work completed and for which Evidence of Completion and Payment has been received by Landlord. The appropriate portion of the Allowance shall be disbursed to Tenant only within fifteen (15) days after the satisfaction of the following conditions to disbursement (the “ Evidence of Completion and Payment ”):

(A) Tenant has delivered to Landlord a draw request (“ Draw Request ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C-2-2 with respect to the Improvements specifying that the requisite portion of Tenant’s Work has been completed, together with invoices, receipts and bills evidencing the costs and expenses set forth in such Draw Request and evidence of payment by Tenant for all costs which are payable in connection with such Tenant’s Work covered by the Draw Request The Draw Request shall constitute a representation by Tenant that the Tenant’s Work identified therein has been completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the Final Plans and the Work Schedule and has been paid for;

(B) Tenant’s Representative or the project manager has certified to Landlord that the Tenant Improvements have been completed to the level indicated in the Draw Request in accordance with the Final Plans and in a good and workmanlike manner;

(C) Tenant has delivered to Landlord such other evidence of Tenant’s payment of the general contractor and subcontractors for the portions of Tenant’s Work covered by the Draw Request and the absence of any liens generated by such portions of the Tenant’s Work as may be required by Landlord (i.e., either unconditional lien releases in accordance with California Civil Code Section 3262 or release bond(s) in accordance with California Civil Code Sections 3143 and 3171); provided, however, for the initial Draw Request for Tenant’s Work covered by such Draw Request, only conditional releases from Tenant’s contractor and subcontractors shall be request, and all subsequent Draw Requests will include conditional releases for that Draw Request and unconditional releases for the portion of Tenant’s Work for which disbursement was made pursuant to the previous Draw Request;

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-3-


(D) Landlord or Landlord’s architect or construction representative has inspected the Tenant Improvements and reasonably determined that the portion of Tenant’s Work covered by the Draw Request has been completed in a good and workmanlike manner;

(iv) The final disbursement of the balance of the Allowance shall be disbursed to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after Landlord has received Evidence of Completion and Payment as to all of Tenant’s Work as provided hereinabove and the following conditions have been satisfied:

(A) Thirty (30) days shall have elapsed following filing of a valid notice of completion by Tenant for the Tenant Improvements;

(B) Building permit card with final building inspections and sign-offs and a temporary certificate of occupancy for the Tenant Improvements and the Premises has been issued by the appropriate governmental body; and

(C) Tenant has delivered to Landlord: (i) properly executed mechanics lien releases from all of Tenant’s contractors, agents and suppliers in compliance with both California Civil Code Section 3262(d)(2) and either Section 3262(d)(3) or Section 3262(d)(4), which lien releases shall be conditional with respect to the then-requested payment amounts and unconditional with respect to payment amounts previously disbursed by Landlord; (ii) an application and certificate for payment (AIA form G702-1992 or equivalent) signed by Tenant’s architect/space planner; (iii) original stamped building permit plans; (iv) copy of the building permit; (v) original stamped building permit inspection card with all final sign-offs; (vi) a reproducible copy (in a form approved by Landlord) of the “as-built” drawings of the Tenant Improvements; (vii) air balance reports; (viii) excess energy use calculations; (ix) one year warranty letters from Tenant’s contractors; (x) manufacturer’s warranties and operating instructions; and (xi) final punchlist completed and signed off by Tenant’s architect/space planner;

(D) Landlord has determined that no work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, the curtain wall of the Building, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Building;

(E) The satisfaction of any other reasonable requirements or conditions, if any, which are required or imposed by Landlord’s lender with respect to the construction of the Tenant Improvements and for which Landlord has provided Tenant notice upon receipt of Tenant’s first draw request; and

(F) Tenant has delivered to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord that all construction costs in excess of the Allowance have been paid for by Tenant.

Tenant agrees to pursue diligently receipt of a final certificate of occupancy following completion of the Tenant Improvements.

(g) Books and Records . At its option, Landlord, at any time within six (6) months after final disbursement of the Allowance to Tenant, and upon at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant, may cause an audit to be made of Tenant’s books and records relating to Tenant’s expenditures in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall maintain complete and accurate books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of these expenditures for at least three (3) years. Tenant shall make available to Landlord’s auditor at the Premises within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s notice requiring the audit, all books and records maintained by Tenant pertaining to the construction and completion of the Tenant Improvements.

6. CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS . Following Landlord’s approval of the Final Plans, Tenant’s contractor (selected as provided in Section 8(n)) will commence and diligently proceed with the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall use diligent efforts to cause its contractor to complete the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Final Plans and the Work Schedule. Tenant agrees to use diligent efforts to cause construction of the Tenant Improvements to commence promptly following the issuance of a building permit for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Premises to inspect Tenant’s construction activities following reasonable advance notice Tenant.

7. DELIVERY OF POSSESSION; TERM AND RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE

(a) Term Commencement Date . The Term of the Lease and Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent will commence upon the latest of: (i) substantial completion (as defined below in Section 7(b) below) of the Tenant Improvements, (ii) the date Tenant has began conducting business in the Premises, or (iii) January 1, 2011 (the “ Commencement Date ” and “ Rent Commencement Date ”), subject to Landlord Delay and Force Majeure.

(c) Substantial Completion; Punch-List . For purposes of Section 7(a) above, the Tenant Improvements will be deemed to be “substantially completed” when Tenant’s contractor certifies in writing to Landlord and Tenant that Tenant has substantially performed all of the Tenant Improvement Work required to be performed by Tenant under this Work Letter, other than decoration and minor “punch-list” type items and adjustments which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises; and Tenant has obtained final building inspections to allow Tenant to

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-4-


occupy the Premises and a temporary certificate of occupancy or other required equivalent approval from the local governmental authority permitting occupancy of the Premises. Within ten (10) days after receipt of such certificates, Tenant and Landlord will conduct a walk-through inspection of the Premises and Landlord shall provide to Tenant a written punch-list specifying those decoration and other punch-list items which require completion, which items Tenant will thereafter diligently complete.

8. MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION COVENANTS

(a) No Liens . Tenant shall not allow the Tenant Improvements or the Building or any portion thereof to be subjected to any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens or encumbrances arising out of the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

(b) Diligent Construction . Tenant will promptly, diligently and continuously pursue construction of the Tenant Improvements to successful completion in full compliance with the Final Plans, the Work Schedule and this Work Letter. Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate with one another during the performance of Tenant’s Work to effectuate such work in a timely and compatible manner.

(c) Compliance with Laws . Tenant will construct the Tenant Improvements in a safe and lawful manner. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all applicable laws and all regulations and requirements of, and all licenses and permits issued by, all municipal or other governmental bodies with jurisdiction which pertain to the installation of the Tenant Improvements. Copies of all filed documents and all permits and licenses shall be provided to Landlord. Any portion of the Tenant Improvements which is not acceptable to any applicable governmental body, agency or department, or not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, shall be promptly repaired or replaced by Tenant at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding any failure by Landlord to object to any such Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall have no responsibility therefor.

(d) Indemnification . Subject to the terms of the Lease regarding insurance and waiver of subrogation by the parties, Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend and hold Landlord, the Premises and the Building harmless from and against any and all suits, claims, actions, losses, costs or expenses of any nature whatsoever, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees for counsel of Landlord’s choice, arising out of or in connection with the Tenant Improvements or the performance of Tenant’s Work (including, but not limited to, claims for breach of warranty, worker’s compensation, personal injury or property damage, and any materialmen’s and mechanic’s liens), except to the extent arising out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(e) Insurance . Construction of the Tenant Improvements shall not proceed without Tenant first acquiring workers’ compensation and commercial general liability insurance and property damage insurance as well as “All Risks” builders’ risk insurance, with minimum coverage of $2,000,000 or such other amount as may be approved by Landlord in writing and issued by an insurance company reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. In addition to the foregoing, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a completion and lien indemnity bond or other surety satisfactory to Landlord with respect to the performance of the Tenant Improvements. Not less than thirty (30) days before commencing the construction of the Tenant Improvements, certificates of such insurance shall be furnished to Landlord or, if requested, the original policies thereof shall be submitted for Landlord’s approval. All such policies shall provide that thirty (30) days prior notice must be given to Landlord before modification, termination or cancellation. All insurance policies maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter shall name Landlord and any lender with an interest in the Premises as additional insureds and comply with all of the applicable terms and provisions of the Lease relating to insurance. Tenant’s contractor shall be required to maintain the same insurance policies as Tenant, and such policies shall name Tenant, Landlord and any lender with an interest in the Premises as additional insureds.

(f) Construction Defects . Landlord shall have no responsibility for the Tenant Improvements and Tenant will remedy, at Tenant’s own expense, and be responsible for any and all defects in the Tenant Improvements that may appear during or after the completion thereof whether the same shall affect the Tenant Improvements in particular or any parts of the Premises in general. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse Landlord for any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of any defect in any portion of the Tenant Improvements constructed by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor or subcontractors, or by reason of inadequate cleanup following completion of the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be solely responsible for the correction of, and Tenant shall have no indemnity or other obligation with respect to, any latent or patent defects in the Premises or the Building apart from the Tenant Improvements, unless caused and/or aggravated by, or as a result of, the Tenant Improvements.

(g) Additional Services . If the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall require that additional services or facilities (including, but not limited to, hoisting, cleanup or other cleaning services, trash removal, field supervision, or ordering of materials) be provided by Landlord, then Tenant shall pay Landlord for such items at Landlord’s cost or at a reasonable charge if the item involves time of Landlord’s personnel only. Electrical power and heating, ventilation and air conditioning shall be available to Tenant during normal business hours for construction purposes at no charge to tenant. Tenant’s agents, contractors, subcontractors and furniture delivery agents shall be permitted to park at the Property at no charge to Tenant or such parties during construction of Tenant Improvements and Tenant’s relocation to the Premises. Landlord shall provide Building HVAC during the move weekend at no charge to Tenant, and shall allow Tenant’s general contractor to place a debris container in the parking lot adjacent to the Premises (in a location designated by Landlord, in its sole discretion) for progressive debris removal during the construction of the Tenant Improvements, free of charge.

(h) Coordination of Labor . All of Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, employees, servants and agents must work in harmony with and shall not interfere with any labor employed by Landlord, or Landlord’s contractors or by any other tenant or its contractors with respect to the any portion of the Property. Nothing in this Work Letter shall, however, require Tenant to use union labor.

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-5-


(i) Work in Adjacent Areas . Any work to be performed in areas adjacent to the Premises shall be performed only after obtaining Landlord’s express written permission, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Landlord is given an opportunity to have an agent or employee of Landlord present.

(j) HVAC Systems . Tenant agrees to be entirely responsible for the maintenance or the balancing of any heating, ventilating or air conditioning system installed by Tenant and/or maintenance of the electrical or plumbing work installed by Tenant and/or for maintenance of lighting fixtures, partitions, doors, hardware or any other installations made by Tenant.

(k) Coordination with Lease . Nothing herein contained shall be construed as (i) constituting Tenant as Landlord’s agent for any purpose whatsoever, or (ii) a waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any of the terms or provisions of the Lease. Any default by Tenant following the giving of notice and the passage of any applicable cure period with respect to any portion of this Work Letter shall be deemed a breach of the Lease for which Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies as in the case of a breach of said Lease.

(l) Approval of Plans . Landlord will not check Tenant drawings for building code compliance. Approval of the Final Plans by Landlord is not a representation that the drawings are in compliance with the requirements of governing authorities, and it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to meet and comply with all federal, state, and local code requirements. Approval of the Final Plans does not constitute assumption of responsibility by Landlord or its architect for their accuracy, sufficiency or efficiency, and Tenant shall be solely responsible for such matters.

(m) Tenant’s Deliveries . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, at least five (5) days prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant’s Work, the following information:

(i) The names, addresses, telephone numbers, and primary contacts for the general, mechanical and electrical contractors Tenant intends to engage in the performance of Tenant’s Work; and

(ii) The date on which Tenant’s Work will commence, together with the estimated dates of completion of Tenant’s construction and fixturing work.

(n) Qualification of Contractors . Tenant has selected, and Landlord hereby approves, Wolcott Architecture Interiors as Tenant’s space planning firm, ARC engineering as the MEP engineering firm and Sierra Pacific Constructors as the general contractor for the construction of Tenant’s Work. All contractors engaged by Tenant shall be bondable, licensed contractors, capable of performing quality workmanship and working in harmony with Landlord’s general contractor and other contractors on the job, if any, all as determined by Landlord and so as not to interfere with Landlord’s completion of Landlord’s Work. All work shall be coordinated with general construction work on the Site, if any.

(o) Warranties . Tenant shall cause its contractor to provide warranties for not less than one (1) year (or such shorter time as may be customary and available without additional expense to Tenant) against defects in workmanship, materials and equipment, which warranties shall run to the benefit of Landlord or shall be assignable to Landlord to the extent that Landlord is obligated to maintain any of the improvements covered by such warranties.

(p) Landlord’s Performance of Work . Within ten (10) working days after receipt of Landlord’s notice of Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Work Letter, if Tenant shall fail to commence to cure such failure, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform, on behalf of and for the account of Tenant, subject to reimbursement of the cost thereof by Tenant, any and all of Tenant’s Work which Landlord determines, in its reasonable discretion, should be performed immediately and on an emergency basis for the best interest of the Premises including, without limitation, work which pertains to structural components, mechanical, sprinkler and general utility systems, roofing and removal of unduly accumulated construction material and debris; provided, however, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to give Tenant at least ten (10) days prior notice to the performance of any of Tenant’s Work.

(q) As-Built Drawings . Tenant shall cause “As-Built Drawings” (excluding furniture, fixtures and equipment) to be delivered to Landlord and/or Landlord’s representative no later than sixty (60) days after the completion of Tenant’s Work. In the event these drawings are not received by such date, Landlord may, at its election, cause said drawings to be obtained and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the cost of producing these drawings.

(r) Landlord Delay . The term “Landlord Delay” as used in the Lease and/or this Work Letter shall mean (a) any failure of Landlord to provide the access or utilization of Building entries, loading docks, elevator service, utilities or other services as required by this Work Letter, after written notice of such failure and the passage of three (3) business days thereafter without cure, (b) any failure to Landlord to approve or reasonably disapprove any items within the timeframe required under this Work Letter, (c) any delay by Landlord in delivering the Premises or portions thereof by the date required under the Lease, including delivery of the Verizon Space and GD Space, and (d) any other delay caused by Landlord, or its respective agents, contractors, employees, or servants, including Landlord’s inference with the construction of the Tenant Improvements in connection with completing Landlord’s Work, or Landlord’s failure to deliver the Premises within the time periods required under the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord Delays shall not include any delays directly resulting from a Tenant Delay, or any delays which do not actually and directly result in a delay in the substantial completion of Tenant’s Work from the date that Tenant’s Work would otherwise be substantially completed absent such delay. Each day of

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-6-


Landlord Delay shall delay by one day the Commencement Date. Should any such Landlord Delay occur, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and enter into an amendment to the Lease, promptly following the substantial completion of Tenant’s Work in the Premises, adjusting the Term of the Lease based upon a final reconciliation of the Commencement Date in accordance with the foregoing.

9. BUILDING SERVICES . Landlord shall not impose any direct charge to Tenant for any kind for profit, utilities, and use of parking or elevator, overhead or any construction or supervisory fee, in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall provide at no charge to Tenant reasonable quantities of HVAC and electricity usage during the construction of the Tenant Improvements. During construction of the Tenant Improvements, and subject to the terms of the Lease, Tenant shall provide and maintain to Landlord’s satisfaction, temporary restroom facilities (i.e., portable restrooms) for use by its contractors and subcontractors, in a location designated by Landlord. Tenant shall immediately cause the temporary restroom facilities to be removed upon substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements.

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-7-


EXHIBIT C-2-1

FLOOR PLAN

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT C-2

-8-


EXHIBIT C-2-2

FORM OF DRAW REQUEST

[Tenant Letterhead]

DATE

Mr. Michael DeArmey

LBA Realty

17901 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 950

Irvine, CA 92614

 

RE: Tenant Allowance Draw Request [123 Main Street]

Dear Michael:

Please consider this letter as a request for [reimbursement] in the amount of [$000.00] as stipulated in the Lease dated [              , 2010] for the tenant improvements at the above referenced location from the allowance of [000.00] which LBA made available to [Tenant] as part of the lease agreement between both companies.

The following documents are enclosed:

 

  1. Construction Company Inc. invoice

 

  2. Unconditional Waiver and Release on Progress Payment from Construction Company Inc. certifying receipt of funds paid by TENANT

 

Please remit the funds to our address:

  LBA REALTY FUND III – COMPANY VII, LLC
  ATTN: Mr. Michael DeArmey
  17901 Von Karma Avenue, Suite 950
  Irvine, CA 92614

Sincerely,

TENANT

Tenant Rep

 

EXHIBIT C-2-2

-1-


LOGO

EXHIBIT C-3

DATA ROOM

INPHI CO.

 

EXHIBIT C-3

-1-


LOGO

EXHIBIT C-4

LAB AREA

INPHI CO.

 

EXHIBIT C-4

-1-


EXHIBIT C-5

JANITORIAL & CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFIC SCOPE OF SERVICES :

 

  A. LOBBY AND CORRIDORS - Daily Service

 

  1. Sweep and clean building entrances.

 

  2. Public building telephones will be cleaned and sanitized.

 

  3. Clean and remove smudges from entry door glass.

 

  4. Polish all entry handles, door plates and metal trim.

 

  5. Wipe clean all glass, wood, or metal doors and door jambs.

 

  6. Empty all ashtrays, wipe clean, and polish.

 

  7. Screen all sand urns of cigarette butts and debris. Clean container and add sand as needed. (Contractor supplies sand.)

 

  8. Empty all trash receptacles, clean container with clean, damp cloth, and replace plastic liner. (Manager supplies liners.)

 

  9. Remove all debris from landscaped pots and planters. (Report any thefts, broken pots or missing plants)

 

  10. Dust and clean all horizontal surfaces under seven (7) feet.

 

  11. Vacuum all carpet areas completely and remove spots.

 

  12. Dust mop and damp mop entry floors.

 

  13. Clean and remove smudges and marks on walls, wall coverings, and enclosed artwork.

 

  14. Clean, polish and straighten all furniture as needed.

 

  15. Wipe clean all directory boards (exterior) with clean, soft cloth using glass cleaner that is considered safe and not labeled as Hazardous Waste.

 

  16. Wipe clean all fire extinguisher cabinets and glass. (Report broken glass or missing extinguishers)

 

  17. Clean and sanitize all public telephones and enclosures. (Neatly arrange and replace as needed all phone books)

 

  18. Clean and polish all elevator doors, jambs, call plates, and hall lanterns.

 

  19. Clean, polish and straighten all furniture as needed.

 

  20. Dust and clean all lobby and corridor signage.

 

  21. Report any lights burned out.

 

  22. Secure all doors and turn off appropriate lights upon completion of work assignments.

 

EXHIBIT C-5

-1-


  B. LOBBY & CORRIDORS - Weekly Service

 

  1. Clean and polish all entry metal and sills.

 

  2. Dust and clean or polish all baseboards.

 

  3. Spot clean all carpeted areas.

 

  4. Dust all ledges and exit signs.

 

  5. Dust all walls above seven (7) feet.

 

  6. Clean inside of directory board with clean soft cloth.

 

  C. LOBBY & CORRIDORS - Monthly Service

 

  1. Clean all ceiling vents and grills.

 

  2. Dust high ceiling corners and entry ways.

 

  3. Dust and clean light fixtures and covers (interior and exterior).

 

  4. Clean and treat all wood paneling and furniture as requested.

 

  5. Strip, reseal or re-wax common area floors as necessary.

 

  6. Shampoo carpet areas as necessary.

 

  7. Clean, detail and sanitize public phones and enclosures.

 

  8. Dust and clean all fire lobby doors inside and out.

 

  9. Polish door floor plates.

 

  D. OFFICES - Daily Service:

 

  1. Remove hand spots or smudges from entry doors.

 

  2. Using a dustless mop, damp mop all non-carpeted areas.

 

  3. Vacuum and spot clean carpets in all traffic areas, remove staples and other debris.

 

  4. Properly position furniture, books and magazines in reception areas.

 

  5. Properly position furniture in offices and conference rooms.

 

  6. Blackboards will be erased/chalk boards cleaned upon request only.

 

  7. Remove fingerprints and smudges from all walls.

 

  8. Spot clean all partition glass and mirrors.

 

  9. Remove all fingerprints and smudges from light switch covers, electrical outlet cover plates and doorknob handles.

 

  10. Dust window sills and ledges.

 

  11. Dust all horizontal surfaces under seven (7) feet, furniture, and equipment. DO NOT dust desks, conference tables or counters which are cluttered with paperwork.

 

EXHIBIT C-5

-2-


  12. Dust and replace all desk ornaments, phones and machines to their original position.

 

  13. Clean furniture fabric with a whisk broom to sweep off any dust, paper bits, and erasures as needed. (Remove all staples)

 

  14. Empty all ashtrays and wipe clean.

 

  15. Empty all wastebaskets and carry trash to designated areas for removal. Replace plastic liners as needed.

 

  16. Clean and wash all lunchroom tabletops, counters, sinks, cabinets, refrigerator, and stove (exterior only) surfaces. (Report any insect problems)

 

  17. Report all burned-out lights.

 

  18. Perform additional services requested by tenant and bill tenant directly.

 

  19. Before leaving any suite, shut off lights, electrical appliances, close drapes and blinds, lock only interior doors as requested and lock all entrance doors.

 

  E. OFFICES - Weekly Service

 

  1. Damp wipe with a treated cloth all interior doors.

 

  2. Detail vacuum entire carpet areas. Remove staples and other debris.

 

  3. Damp mop all tile and hardwood floor areas.

 

  4. Polish all desktops that are cleared of paperwork.

 

  5. Dust all ledges, files, baseboards, and sills under seven (7) feet.

 

  6. Vacuum all furniture or wipe vinyl furniture clean.

 

  7. Dust all lower parts of furniture.

 

  8. Detail and clean all kitchen or wet bar areas.

 

  F. OFFICES - Monthly Service

 

  1. Completely clean all partitions and doors, door jambs, door floor plates, glass and mirrors from floor to ceiling.

 

  2. Dust all ledgers, wall moldings, pictures, shelves, etc., over seven (7) feet.

 

  3. Dust clean or vacuum all drapes and blinds.

 

  4. Brush down and clean all vents and grills.

 

  5. Strip, clean and apply floor dressing to all composition, hardwood and parquet floors.

 

  6. Scrub and wax all tile floors.

 

  7. Detail all desks and office furniture.

 

  8. Dust and clean all light fixtures and covers.

 

  9. Detail and clean all kitchen, wet bars or lunch room areas.

 

EXHIBIT C-5

-3-


  10. Clean all baseboards.

 

  11. Detail vacuum chairs and upholstered furniture.

 

  G. RESTROOMS - Daily Service

 

  1. Dust and clean restroom signage and doors.

 

  2. Vacuum all restrooms vestibules and remove spots.

 

  3. Wet mop and disinfect tile floors, paying particular attention to areas under urinals and toilet bowls.

 

  4. Clean alkaline deposits and soap spills from floor tile grout.

 

  5. Wash and disinfect all basins, urinals, and toilet bowls.

 

  6. Clean underside rims of urinals and toilet bowls.

 

  7. Wash both sides of toilet seats with soap and water and disinfect.

 

  8. Empty, clean, sanitize, and polish all paper dispensers, replacing liners as necessary.

 

  9. Clean and polish all mirrors.

 

  10. Dust ledges and baseboards.

 

  11. Damp wipe, polish and shine all chrome, metal fixtures, hand plates, kick plates, utility covers, plumbing, and clean out covers and door knobs.

 

  12. Spot clean with disinfectant all partitions and tile walls. (Report any graffiti and remove if possible)

 

  13. Fill all toilet latrines, soap, towel, and sanitary napkin dispensers as necessary.

 

  14. Report all burned out lights, leaking faucets, running plumbing or other maintenance needs.

 

  15. Janitor carts will not be brought into restroom areas or used to prop open doors.

 

  16. Restroom doors will be propped open with a rubber stop an sign indicating restroom closed for cleaning, placed outside.

 

  H. RESTROOMS - Semi Weekly (2 times per week)

 

  1. Pour clean water down floor drains to prevent sewer gases from escaping.

 

  I. RESTROOMS - Weekly Service

 

  1. Wash down ceramic tile floors and partitions inside and out and disinfect. (Report any graffiti and clean if possible)

 

  2. Wash down all enamel walls.

 

  3. Wash all waste containers and disinfect.

 

  4. Clean and polish all doors, door plates, and hardware.

 

EXHIBIT C-5

-4-


  J. RESTROOMS - Monthly Service

 

  1. Wipe clean all ceilings, lights, and fixtures.

 

  2. Strip wax and apply new wax to tile floors.

 

  3. Shampoo, as needed, and clean vestibule carpet.

 

  4. Detail all toilet compartments and fixtures.

 

  5. Brush and clean all grills and vents.

 

  K. ELEVATORS - Daily Service

 

  1. Vacuum and clean all spots and stains from carpet.

 

  2. Dust and clean granite baseboards.

 

  3. Dust and polish all metal with approved polish (no abrasives).

 

  4. Damp wipe and remove all spots and fingerprints from doors and walls (interior and exterior).

 

  5. Dust and clean elevator ceilings and lights.

 

  6. Remove gum, stains or debris from ceilings, handrails or elevator tracks.

 

  7. Dust and clean emergency phone and security compartments.

 

  8. Clean all call buttons, call plates, and signage.

 

  9. Report any burned-out lights or malfunctions of elevator.

 

  10. Clean and polish elevator tracks.

 

  L. ELEVATOR - Weekly Service

 

  1. Detail all call buttons and call plates.

 

  2. Disinfect emergency phones.

 

  M. STAIRWELLS - Daily Service

 

  1. Police entire stairwell, removing all trash, cigarette butts, etc.

 

  2. Report any exit signs that are burned out.

 

  3. Report any lights burned-out.

 

  N. STAIRWELLS - Weekly Service

 

  1. Sweep down all stairs and landings.

 

  2. Dust all handrails, banisters, and ledges.

 

  3. Clean all walls of fingerprints and smudge marks, etc.

 

EXHIBIT C-5

-5-


  4. Dust and clean all stairwell signage.

 

  5. Dust and clean all emergency phones.

 

  O. STAIRWELLS - Monthly Service

 

  1. Wipe clean all stairwell doors and door jambs.

 

  2. Wet mop all stairs and staff landing. (Clean base boards if necessary)

 

  3. Dust and clean all lights and fixtures.

 

  4. Dust and clean all emergency fire equipment and plumbing.

 

EXHIBIT C-5

-6-


EXHIBIT D

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

Date:

To:

 

Re:                      dated                      (“Lease”) by and between                                  , a                                  (“Landlord”), and                                  , a                                  (“Tenant”) for the premises commonly known as,                                  (“Premises”).

Dear:

In accordance with the above-referenced Lease, we wish to advise and/or confirm as follows:

 

 

That Tenant has accepted and is in possession of the Premises and acknowledges the following:

 

   

Term of the Lease:

 

   

Commencement Date:

 

   

Expiration Date:

 

   

Rentable Square Feet:

 

   

Tenant’s Percentage of Building:     %

 

 

That in accordance with the Lease, rental payments will/has commence(d) on                      and rent is payable in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Months

   Monthly Base Rent

00/00/0000 – 00/00/0000

   $ 00,000.00

00/00/0000 – 00/00/0000

   $ 00,000.00

00/00/0000 – 00/00/0000

   $ 00,000.00

 

 

Rent is due and payable in advance on the first day of each and every month during the Term of the Lease.

 

•       Your rent checks should be made payable to:

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED     
TENANT:      LANDLORD:
                                                                                                                                                
a,                                                                         a,                                                                   
By:                                                                                             By:                                                                                       
Print Name:                                                                            
Its:                                                                                            

 

EXHIBIT D

-1-


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Exhibit E and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall prevail.

1. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises, other than Building standard materials, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

2. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators or stairways of the Building. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, escalators and stairways are not for the general public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the reasonable judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building; provided, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Tenant and no employee, invitee, agent, licensee or contractor of Tenant shall go upon or be entitled to use any portion of the roof of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.

3. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary janitorial labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises. Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to Tenant for loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to Tenant’s property by any janitors or any other employee or any other person.

4. In addition to the card keys to be provided pursuant to the Lease, Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, with two keys to the main entrance door lock in the Premises. Tenant may make or have made additional keys as needed by Tenant, and Tenant shall have the right to alter any lock or install a new additional lock or bolt on any door or window of its Premises provided that Tenant provides Landlord with a copy of same. Tenant, upon termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys of all doors which are in Tenant’s possession.

5. No machines or equipment other than as required by Tenant in its lab areas and server room, and standard office machines, such as typewriters and calculators, photo copiers, personal computers and word processors, and vending machines permitted by the Lease, shall be used in the Premises without the approval of Landlord.

6. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by Law. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all equipment, materials, furniture or other property brought into the Building. Heavy objects, if such objects are considered necessary by Tenant, as determined by Landlord, shall stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space therein to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of, or damage to, any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than those limited quantities necessary for the operation or maintenance of office and Tenant’s lab and server room equipment. Tenant shall not use or permit to be used in the Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, nor shall Tenant bring into or keep in or about the Premises any birds or animals.

8. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied to the Premises by Landlord as set forth in Tenant’s construction plans.

9. Landlord reserves the right from time to time, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, exercisable without prior notice and without liability to Tenant, to: (a) name or change the name of the Building or Property; (b) change the address of the Building, and/or (c) install, replace or change any signs in, on or about the Property (except for Tenant’s signs, if any, which are expressly permitted by the Lease).

10. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., or such other hours as may be reasonably established from time to time by Landlord, and on legal holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified. Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building in case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion by closing the doors or by other appropriate action.

 

EXHIBIT E

-1-


11. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substances of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.

12. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not interfere with radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere.

13. Except as expressly permitted in the Lease, Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, window mullions, woodwork or drywall, or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof, except to install normal wall hangings or to secure Tenant’s equipment, furniture and fixtures. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance under this rule.

14. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the trash receptacles for the Building or Property. Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions reasonably issued from time to time by Landlord.

15. Other than as permitted elsewhere in the Lease, the Premises shall not be used for the storage of merchandise held for sale to the general public, or for lodging of any kind. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises, except that use by Tenant of Underwriters’ Laboratory-approved equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted and the use of a microwave shall be permitted, provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. Tenant shall not use in any space, elevators or stairwells of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards, or such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building.

17. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building in connection with, or in promoting or advertising, the business of Tenant, except for Tenant’s address and for Building photographs on Tenant’s website.

18. Tenant agrees that it shall comply with all reasonable fire and security regulations that may be issued from time to time by Landlord, and Tenant also shall provide Landlord with the name of a designated responsible employee to represent Tenant in all matters pertaining to such fire or security regulations. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord in all matters concerning fire and other emergency procedures.

19. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting its Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage. Such responsibility shall include keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

20. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable non-discriminatory Rules and Regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety, security, care and cleanliness of the Building or Property and for the preservation of good order therein. Tenant agrees to abide by all such Rules and Regulations hereinabove stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted.

21. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s Parties.

22. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except by a paste, or other material which may easily be removed with water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive materials being expressly prohibited. The method of affixing any such linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering shall be subject to the approval of Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

23. Tenant shall not without Landlord’s consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, receive, store, discharge, or transport firearms, ammunition, or weapons or explosives of any kind or nature at, on or from the Premises.

PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS

In addition to any parking provisions contained in the Lease, the following rules and regulations shall apply with respect to the use of the Property’s parking facilities.

1. Every parker is required to park and lock his/her own vehicle. All responsibility for damage to or loss of vehicles is assumed by the parker and Landlord shall not be responsible for any such damage or loss by water, fire, defective brakes, the act or omissions of others, theft, or for any other cause.

2. Tenant shall not park or permit its employees to park in any parking areas designated by Landlord as areas for parking by visitors to the Property. Tenant shall not leave vehicles in the parking areas overnight (except for up to three (3) company cars, which may be parked overnight, subject to the indemnity and hold harmless provisions in the Lease by Tenant on behalf of Landlord) nor park any vehicles in the parking areas other than automobiles, motorcycles, motor driven or non-motor driven bicycles or four wheeled trucks.

 

EXHIBIT E

-2-


3. Parking stickers or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord as a condition of use of the parking facilities shall remain the property of Landlord. Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void.

4. No extended term storage of vehicles shall be permitted.

5. Vehicles must be parked entirely within painted stall lines of a single parking stall.

6. All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

7. The speed limit within all parking areas shall be five (5) miles per hour.

8. Parking is prohibited: (a) in areas not striped for parking; (b) in aisles; (c) where “no parking” signs are posted; (d) on ramps; (e) in cross-hatched areas; and (f) in reserved spaces and in such other areas as may be designated by Landlord or Landlord’s parking operator.

9. Loss or theft of parking identification devices, if any, must be reported to Landlord’s property manager immediately, and a lost or stolen report must be filed by the Tenant or user of such parking identification device at the time. Landlord has the right to exclude any vehicle from the parking facilities that does not have an identification device.

10. Any parking identification devices reported lost or stolen found on any unauthorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution.

11. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle in any area not specifically reserved for such purpose is prohibited.

12. The parking operators, managers or attendants, if any, are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these rules and regulations.

13. If the Lease terminates for any reason whatsoever or if Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises is terminated after a Default, Tenant’s right to park in the parking facilities shall terminate concurrently therewith.

14. Landlord reserves the right to modify and/or adopt such other reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations for the parking facilities as it deems necessary for the operation of the parking facilities. Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates these rules to park in the parking facilities, and any violation of the rules shall subject the vehicle to removal, at such vehicle owner’s expense.

15. Tenant shall not permit any parking by its employees, agents, subtenants, customers, invitees, concessionaires or visitors on the streets surrounding the Premises in violation of any ordinances or postings by any public authorities having jurisdiction.

16. Tenant’s parking spaces shall be used only for parking by vehicles no larger than normally sized passenger automobiles, vans and sport utility vehicles. Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described herein, then Landlord shall have the right, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost thereof to Tenant, which cost shall be payable by Tenant upon demand by Landlord.

 

EXHIBIT E

-3-


EXHIBIT F

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned (“ Tenant ”) hereby certifies to                                  (“ Landlord ”), and                                  , as follows:

1. Attached hereto is a true, correct and complete copy of that certain Lease dated                      , between Landlord and Tenant (the “ Lease ”), for the premises commonly known as                                  (the “ Premises ”). The Lease is now in full force and effect and has not been amended, modified or supplemented, except as set forth in Section 6 below.

2. The term of the Lease commenced on                      ,          .

3. The term of the Lease is currently scheduled to expire on                      ,          .

4. Tenant has no option to renew or extend the Term of the Lease except:                                  .

5. Tenant has no preferential right to purchase the Premises or any portion of the Building/Premises except:                                  .

6. The Lease has: (Initial One)

 

¨ not been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned.

 

¨ been amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or assigned by the following described agreements, copies of which are attached hereto:                                  .

7. Tenant has accepted and is now in possession of the Premises and has not sublet, assigned or encumbered the Lease, the Premises or any portion thereof except as follows:                                  .

8. The current Base Rent is $          ; and current monthly parking charges are $          .

9. The amount of security deposit (if any) is $          . No other security deposits have been made.

10. All rental payments payable by Tenant have been paid in full as of the date hereof. No rent under the Lease has been paid for more than thirty (30) days in advance of its due date.

11. All work required to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed and has been accepted by Tenant, and all tenant improvement allowances have been paid in full except                                  .

12. As of the date hereof, Tenant is not aware of any defaults on the part of Landlord under the Lease except                                  .

13. As of the date hereof, Tenant has not received any notices from Landlord of any defaults on the part of Tenant under the Lease.

14. Tenant has no defense as to its obligations under the Lease and claims no set-off or counterclaim against Landlord except                                  .

15. Tenant has no right to any concession (rental or otherwise) or similar compensation in connection with renting the space it occupies, except as expressly provided in the Lease.

16. All insurance required of Tenant under the Lease has been obtained by Tenant and all premiums have been paid.

17. There has not been filed by or against Tenant a petition in bankruptcy, voluntary or otherwise, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any petition seeking reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or any state thereof, or any other action brought pursuant to such bankruptcy laws with respect to Tenant.

The foregoing certification is made with the knowledge that                                  is about to [fund a loan to Landlord or purchase the Building from Landlord], and that                                  is relying upon the representations herein made in [funding such loan or purchasing the Building].

Dated:                      ,          .

 

“TENANT”

   

 

  By:  

 

  Print Name:  

 

  Its:  

 

 

EXHIBIT F


EXHIBIT G

ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

The purpose of this form is to obtain information regarding the use or proposed use of hazardous materials at the premises. Prospective tenants should answer the questions in light of their proposed operations at the premises. Existing tenants should answer the questions as they relate to ongoing operations at the premises and should update any information previously submitted. If additional space is needed to answer the questions, you may attach separate sheets of paper to this form.

Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated.

 

1.    GENERAL INFORMATION
   Name of Responding Company: Inphi Corporation
   Check the Applicable Status:          Prospective Tenant X Existing Tenant         
   Mailing Address: Thru 10/1/10 : 2393 Townsgate Road, Westlake Village, CA 91361
   Contact Person and Title: Daniel Boone
   Telephone Number: (805) 446-5114
   Address of Leased Premises: 112 S. Lakeview Canyon Rd, Westlake Village, CA 91362
   Length of Term: 6 years
   Describe the proposed operations to take place on the premises, including principal products manufactured or services to be conducted. Existing tenants should describe any proposed changes to ongoing operations.
  

Design Semiconductor Components

  

 

2.    STORAGE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
   2.1      Will any hazardous materials be used or stored on-site?
        Wastes                                       Yes X         No         
        Chemical Products                   Yes X         No         
   2.2      Attach a list of any hazardous materials to be used or stored, the quantities that will be on-site at any given time, and the location and method of storage (e.g., 55-gallon drums on concrete pad).
3.    STORAGE TANKS AND SUMPS
   3.1      Is any above or below ground storage of gasoline, diesel or other hazardous substances in tanks or sumps proposed or currently conducted at the premises?
        Yes                  No X
        If yes, describe the materials to be stored, and the type, size and construction of the sump or tank. Attach copies of any permits obtained for the storage of such substances.
       

 

       

 

   3.2      Have any of the tanks or sumps been inspected or tested for leakage?
        Yes                  No X
        If so, attach the results.
   3.3      Have any spills or leaks occurred from such tanks or sumps?
        Yes                  No X
        If so, describe.
       

 

       

 

 

EXHIBIT G


   3.4      Were any regulatory agencies notified of the spill or leak?
        Yes                  No X
        If so, attach copies of any spill reports filed, any clearance letters or other correspondence from regulatory agencies relating to the spill or leak.
   3.5      Have any underground storage tanks or sumps been taken out of service or removed?
        Yes                  No X
        If yes, attach copies of any closure permits and clearance obtained from regulatory agencies relating to closure and removal of such tanks.
4.    SPILLS
   4.1      During the past year, have any spills occurred at the premises?
        Yes                  No X
        If yes, please describe the location of the spill.
       

 

       

 

   4.2      Were any agencies notified in connection with such spills?
        Yes                  No X
        If yes, attach copies of any spill reports or other correspondence with regulatory agencies.
   4.3      Were any clean-up actions undertaken in connection with the spills?
        Yes                  No X
        Attach copies of any clearance letters obtained from any regulatory agencies involved and the results of any final soil or groundwater sampling done upon completion of the clean-up work.
5.    WASTE MANAGEMENT
   5.1      Has your company been issued an EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I.D. Number?
        Yes X        No         
   5.2      Has your company filed a biennial report as a hazardous waste generator?
        Yes                  No X
        If so, attach a copy of the most recent report filed.
   5.3      Attach a list of the hazardous wastes, if any, generated or to be generated at the premises, its hazard class and the quantity generated on a monthly basis.
   5.4      Describe the method(s) of disposal for each waste. Indicate where and how often disposal will take place.
                         On-site treatment or recovery          

 

    
                         Discharged to sewer          

 

    
        X        Transported and disposed of off-site          

1-2 times a year

    
                         Incinerator          

 

    
   5.5      Indicate the name of the person(s) responsible for maintaining copies of hazardous waste manifests completed for off-site shipments of hazardous waste.
       

Daniel Boone

   5.6      Is any treatment of processing of hazardous wastes currently conducted or proposed to be conducted at the premises:
        Yes                  No X

 

EXHIBIT G

2


If yes, please describe any existing or proposed treatment methods.                                                                          

                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

  5.7 Attach copies of any hazardous waste permits or licenses issued to your company with respect to its operations at the premises.

 

6. WASTEWATER TREATMENT/DISCHARGE

 

  6.1 Do you discharge wastewater to:

         storm drain?                  sewer?

         surface water?    X no industrial discharge

 

  6.2 Is your wastewater treated before discharge?

Yes                  No         

If yes, describe the type of treatment conducted.

                                                                                                                                                                                                     

                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

  6.3 Attach copies of any wastewater discharge permits issued to your company with respect to its operations at the premises.

 

7. AIR DISCHARGES

 

  7.1 Do you have any filtration systems or stacks that discharge into the air?

Yes                  No X

 

  7.2 Do you operate any of the following types of equipment or any other equipment requiring an air emissions permit?

           Spray booth

           Dip tank

           Drying oven

           Incinerator

           Other (please describe)                                                                                                                                                     

X   No equipment requiring air permits

 

  7.3 Are air emissions from your operations monitored?

Yes                  No X

If so, indicate the frequency of monitoring and a description of the monitoring results.

                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

  7.4 Attach copies of any air emissions permits pertaining to your operations at the premises.

 

8. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DISCLOSURES

 

  8.1 Does your company handle hazardous materials in a quantity equal to or exceeding an aggregate of 500 pounds, 55 gallons, or 200 cubic feet per month?

Yes                  No X

 

  8.2 Has your company prepared a hazardous materials management plan pursuant to any applicable requirements of a local fire department or governmental agency?

Yes                  No X

If so, attach a copy of the business plan.

 

  8.3 Has your company adopted any voluntary environmental, health or safety program?

Yes                  No X

 

EXHIBIT G

3


If so, attach a copy of the program.

 

9. ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS, COMPLAINTS

 

  9.1 Has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, or consent decrees?

Yes                  No X

If so, describe the actions and any continuing compliance obligations imposed as a result of these actions.

                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

  9.2 Has your company ever received requests for information, notice or demand letters, or any other inquiries regarding its operations?

Yes                  No X

 

  9.3 Have there ever been, or are there now pending, any lawsuits against the company regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns?

Yes                  No X

 

  9.4 Has an environmental audit ever been conducted at your company’s current facility?

Yes                  No X

If so, identify who conducted the audit and when it was conducted.

 

Tenant:   Inphi Corporation  
By:  

/s/ John Edmunds

  , John Edmunds
Its:   CFO  

 

EXHIBIT G

4


EXHIBIT G-l

LIST OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TO BE USED BY TENANT AND QUANTITIES

MSDS Document Log

 

Product Name

 

Product Usage

 

Total

per
year

  Units of Measure  

Manufacturer

  Date   Emergency Contact  

Emergency Phone

Acetone   Assembly Cleaning   11   gallon   Sunnyside Corporation   09/19/02   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Anti Freeze Coolant   R&D   1   gallon   Texaco   04/15/09   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
CHIPCOAT U8437-48   R&D   1   10cc syringe   Namics Corporation   08/20/08    
Dusting Gas   Assembly Cleaning   264   10 oz. cans   Techspray   01/10/06   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
EPO-TEK 302   Assembly   16   oz   Epoxy Technology   02/13/07   Epoxy Technology   800-255-3924
EPO-TEK H20E   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Epoxy Technology   12/08/08   Epoxy Technology   800-255-3924
EPO-TEK H20F   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Epoxy Technology   07/13/09   Epoxy Technology   800-255-3924
EPO-TEK H70E   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Epoxy Technology   10/27/08   Epoxy Technology   800-255-3924
EPO-TEK H77   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Epoxy Technology   05/15/09   Epoxy Technology   800-255-3924
EPO-TEK U300   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Epoxy Technology   06/26/06   Epoxy Technology   800-255-3924
F-711   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Zymet, Inc   07/15/99   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Gold Containing Alloys   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Indium Corporation   08/05/09   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Indalloy w/ Indium8.9HF   Assembly   1   kg   Indium Corporation   04/02/09   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Indalloy w/ RMA-SMQ 51   Assembly   1   kg   Indium Corporation   12/02/08   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Isopropanol   Assembly Cleaning   4   gallon   PTI Processing Chemicals   01/12/06   Infotrac   800-535-5053
Kester 186-18   Assembly   1   gallon   Kester   09/17/09   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Kester 2220-VF   Assembly   1   gallon   Kester   09/17/09   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Kester 959T   Assembly   1   gallon   Kester   09/17/09   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Liquid Flux 4-OA   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Indium Corporation   11/10/06   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Liquid Flux 5R   Assembly   1   3cc syringe   Indium Corporation   03/03/08   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Liquid Flux 5RMA   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Indium Corporation   02/07/07   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
Menthanol - Methyl Alcohol   Assembly   1   gallon   PTI Processing Chemicals   12/14/06   Infotrac   800-535-5053
Rosin Flux   R&D   1   100ml bottle   MGChemicals   12/01/09   Canutech  

(613) 996-6666

Collect 24 hrs

Rosin Flux Pen   R&D   2   10ml pen   MGChemicals   12/01/09   Canutech  

(613) 996-6666

Collect 24 hrs

SUF 1570   R&D   1   10cc syringe   Namics Corporation   08/20/08    
Superior No. 99   R&D   1   3cc syringe   Superior Flux & Mfg. Co.   01/01/09   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
TACFLUX 007   Assembly   200   gram   Indium Corporation   01/20/09   Chemtrec   800-424-9300
TACFLUX 010/010A   R&D   1   5cc syringe   Indium Corporation   09/29/08   Chemtrec   800-424-9300

 

/s/ John A. Edmonds
6/4/10

 

EXHIBIT G-1


EXHIBIT H

LOCATION OF SUPPLEMENTAL HVAC

LOGO

EXHIBIT H


EXHIBIT I

TENANT’S SIGNS

LOGO

EXHIBIT I


LOGO

EXHIBIT I

 

2


LOGO

EXHIBIT I

 

3


LOGO

EXHIBIT I

 

4


LOGO

EXHIBIT I

 

5


EXHIBIT J

LOCATION OF TENANT’S GENERATOR

LOGO

EXHIBIT J


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[BANK LETTERHEAD]

             , 2010

IRREVOCABLE, UNCONDITIONAL LETTER OF CREDIT NO.     

                                                 

                                                 

                                                 

Gentlemen:

                              , a                              (“ Bank ”) [ PLEASE PROVIDE NAME OF BANK ] , of                      ,                      hereby issues its Irrevocable, Unconditional Letter of Credit in favor of LBA REALTY FUND III - COMPANY VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and/or its successors and assigns (“ Landlord ”), for the account of, INPHI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”) up to the aggregate amount of                      and No/100ths Dollars ($          ) (US Dollars), available at sight by the drafts of Landlord on the Bank. Drafts drawn on this Letter of Credit will be honored when presented, accompanied only by a letter or certificate purportedly signed by a representative of Landlord stating that Landlord is entitled to draw on this Letter of Credit under the terms of the Standard Lease dated as of              , 2010, between Landlord and Tenant. Multiple and partial draws shall be permitted hereunder. This Letter of Credit is transferable in whole or in part. The Bank shall look solely to Tenant for payment of any fee for such transfer. Such payment is not a condition to transfer.

The Bank shall be entitled (and required) to rely upon the statements contained in the above-described letter or certificate and will have no obligation to verify the truth of any statements set forth therein.

The Bank hereby agrees with drawers, endorsers, and bona fide holders of this Letter of Credit that all drafts drawn by reason of this Letter of Credit and in accordance with the above conditions, will meet with due honor when presented at the office of the Bank in                      County, California.

The obligations of the Bank shall not be subject to any claim or defense by reason of the invalidity, illegality, or inability to enforce any of the agreements set forth in the Lease.

This Letter of Credit is subject to the International Standby Practices-ISP98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication 590 when not in conflict with the express terms of this Letter of Credit.

This Letter of Credit shall terminate at 3:00 p.m. Pacific Standard [or Daylight Savings] Time on                      [Insert date 120 days following scheduled expiration of the Term / OR, if Letter of Credit will be automatically renewed annually, insert date one year after date of Letter of Credit and add: This Letter of Credit shall be deemed automatically extended without amendment(s) for successive period(s) of one year each from its current or any future expiration date(s) but in any event not beyond                      [Insert date 120 days following scheduled expiration of Term] which shall be the final expiration date of this Letter of Credit, unless, at least 60 days prior to the then current expiration date, we notify you in writing by certified mail, return receipt requested, at the following address (or at such other address as you may specify by written notice to us), that this Letter of Credit will not be extended beyond the current expiration

EXHIBIT     


date; provided, that our obligation to make any payment hereunder in respect of a drawing request made prior to the expiry hereof shall continue until payment is made:

                                                 

                                                 

                                                 

Amounts drawn upon this Letter of Credit are to be endorsed on the reverse side of this Letter of Credit by the negotiating bank.

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

EXHIBIT K

-2-


EXTENSION OPTION

RIDER NO. 1 TO LEASE

This Rider No. 1 is made and entered into by and between LBA REALTY FUND III - COMPANY VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( Landlord ), and INPHI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ( Tenant ), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all Exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

1. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant an option (the Extension Option ) to extend the Term of the Lease for an additional period of five (5) years (the “Option Term”), on the same terms, covenants and conditions as provided for in the Lease during the initial Term, except for the Monthly Base Rent, which shall initially be equal to the “fair market rental rate” for the Premises for the Option Term as defined and determined in accordance with the provisions of the Fair Market Rental Rate Rider attached to the Lease as Rider No. 2, subject to fair market annual rent adjustments during the Option Term.

2. The Extension Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice ( Extension Notice ) delivered by Tenant to Landlord no sooner than that date which is twelve (12) months and no later than that date which is eight (8) months prior to the expiration of the then current Term of the Lease. Provided Tenant has properly and timely exercised the Extension Option, the then current Term of the Lease shall be extended by the Option Term, and all terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect, except that the Monthly Base Rent shall be as set forth above, and except that Tenant shall have no further Extension Option remaining.

 

RIDER NO. 1

-1-


FAIR MARKET RENTAL RATE

RIDER NO. 2 TO LEASE

This Rider No. 2 is made and entered into by and between LBA REALTY FUND III - COMPANY VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( Landlord ), and INPHI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), as of the day and year of the Lease between Landlord and Tenant to which this Rider is attached. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, the provisions set forth below shall be deemed to be part of the Lease and shall supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Lease. All references in the Lease and in this Rider to the “Lease” shall be construed to mean the Lease (and all Exhibits and Riders attached thereto), as amended and supplemented by this Rider. All capitalized terms not defined in this Rider shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

1. The term fair market rental rate as used in this Rider and any Rider attached to the Lease means the annual amount per square foot, projected for each year of the Option Term (including annual adjustments), that a willing, non-equity tenant (excluding sublease and assignment transactions) would pay, and a willing landlord of a comparable quality building located in the Thousand Oaks and Westlake Village, California area would accept, in an arm’s length transaction for space of comparable size, quality and floor height as the Premises, taking into account the age, quality and layout of the existing improvements in the Premises, the length of the lease term and the creditworthiness of the tenant, and taking into account items that professional real estate brokers or professional real estate appraisers customarily consider, including, but not limited to, rental rates, space availability, tenant size, tenant improvement allowances, parking charges and any other lease considerations, if any, then being charged or granted by Landlord or the lessors of such similar buildings. All economic terms other than Monthly Base Rent, such as tenant improvement allowance amounts, if any, operating expense allowances, parking charges, etc., will be established by Landlord and will be factored into the determination of the fair market rental rate for the Option Term. Accordingly, the fair market rental rate will be an effective rate, not specifically including, but accounting for, the appropriate economic considerations described above.

2. If Landlord determines that the Option Term’s initial Monthly Base Rent is to be based on the fair market rental rate for the Premises, the Landlord shall provide written notice of Landlord’s determination of the fair market rental rate not later than sixty (60) days after the last day upon which Tenant may timely exercise the right giving rise to the necessity for such fair market rental rate determination. Tenant shall have thirty (30) days (“ Tenant’s Review Period ”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the fair market rental rate within which to accept such fair market rental rate or to reasonably object thereto in writing. Failure of Tenant to so object to the fair market rental rate submitted by Landlord in writing within Tenant’s Review Period shall conclusively be deemed Tenant’s rejection thereof, in which case Tenant’s exercise of its Extension Option shall null and void and of no further force or effect. If within Tenant’s Review Period Tenant reasonably objects to or is deemed to have disapproved the fair market rental rate submitted by Landlord, Landlord and Tenant will meet together with their respective legal counsel to present and discuss their individual determinations of the fair market rental rate for the Premises under the parameters set forth in Paragraph 1 above and shall diligently and in good faith attempt to negotiate a rental rate on the basis of such individual determinations. Such meeting shall occur no later than ten (10) days after the expiration of Tenant’s Review Period. The parties shall each provide the other with such supporting information and documentation as they deem appropriate. At such meeting if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the fair market rental rate, they shall each submit to the other their respective best and final offer as to the fair market rental rate. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement on such fair market rental rate within five (5) business days following such a meeting (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), Tenant’s Extension Option will be deemed null and void unless Tenant demands appraisal, in which event each party’s determination shall be submitted to appraisal in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 below.

3. (a) Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one (1) independent appraiser who shall by profession be an M.A.I. certified real estate appraiser who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of commercial (including office) properties in the Thousand Oaks and Westlake Village, California area. The determination of the appraisers shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s last proposed (as of the Outside Agreement Date) best and final fair market rental rate for the Premises is the closest to the actual fair market rental rate for the Premises as determined by the appraisers, taking into account the requirements specified in Section 1 above. Each such appraiser shall be appointed within ten (10) business days after the Outside Agreement Date.

(b) The two (2) appraisers so appointed shall within ten (10) business days after the date of the appointment of the last appointed appraiser agree upon and appoint a third appraiser who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two (2) appraisers.

(c) The three (3) appraisers shall within ten (10) business days after the appointment of the third appraiser reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof. During such ten (10) business day period, Landlord and Tenant may submit to the appraisers such information and documentation to support their respective positions as they shall deem reasonably relevant and Landlord and Tenant may each appear before the appraisers jointly to question and respond to questions from the appraisers.

(d) The decision of the majority of the three (3) appraisers shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and neither party shall have the right to reject the decision or to undo the exercise of the applicable Option. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an appraiser within the time period specified in Section 3(a) hereinabove, the

 

RIDER NO. 2

1


appraiser appointed by one of them shall within ten (10) business days following the date on which the party failing to appoint an appraiser could have last appointed such appraiser reach a decision based upon the same procedures as set forth above (i.e., by selecting either Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate), and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such appraiser’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and neither party shall have the right to reject the decision or to undo the exercise of the applicable Option.

(e) If the two (2) appraisers fail to agree upon and appoint a third appraiser, either party, upon ten (10) days written notice to the other party, can apply to the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of V County to appoint a third appraiser meeting the qualifications set forth herein. The third appraiser, however, selected shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

(f) The cost of each party’s appraiser shall be the responsibility of the party selecting such appraiser, and the cost of the third appraiser (or arbitration, if necessary) shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.

(g) If the process described hereinabove has not resulted in a selection of either Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted best and final fair market rental rate by the commencement of the applicable Option Term, then the fair market rental rate estimated by Landlord will be used until the appraisers) reach a decision, with an appropriate rental credit and other adjustments for any overpayments of Monthly Base Rent or other amounts if the appraisers select Tenant’s submitted best and final estimate of the fair market rental rate. The parties shall enter into an amendment to this Lease confirming the terms of the decision.

 

RIDER NO. 2

-2-


RECORDING REQUESTED BY    )   
AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:    )   
   )   
Bank of America, N.A.    )   
Commercial Real Estate Banking    )   
5 Park Plaza, Suite 500    )   
Irvine, California 92614    )   
Attn.: Marilyn Smith    )   

 

 

Space above for Recorder’s Use                

SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

NOTICE : THIS SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT RESULTS IN YOUR LEASEHOLD ESTATE BECOMING SUBJECT TO AND OF LOWER PRIORITY THAN THE LIEN OF SOME OTHER OR LATER SECURITY INSTRUMENT.

This Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement (this “Agreement” ) dated June 4, 2010, is made among INPHI CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ( “Tenant” ), LBA REALTY FUND III-COMPANY VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “Landlord” ), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association in its capacity as administrative agent (“ Administrative Agent ”) for the lenders (each, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ”) from time to time party to the Credit Agreement (defined below).

WHEREAS, Lenders have made a revolving credit facility available to Landlord in the maximum amount of One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000) (the “ Loan ”), pursuant to the terms of that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2007, as amended (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”). The Loan is evidenced by certain promissory notes made by Landlord payable to the order of a Lender collectively, in the aggregate face principal amount of the Loan (each, a “ Note ” and collectively, the “ Notes ”). The Notes are secured by, among other things, a Construction Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated as of October 30, 2007 executed by Landlord in favor of PRLAP, Inc., as Trustee, for the benefit of Administrative Agent for itself and the Lenders (herein, as it may have been or may be from time to time renewed, extended, amended or supplemented, called the “Deed of Trust” ), recorded on November 2, 2007 in the real property records of Ventura County, California as Instrument No. 2007-00204629, covering, among other property, the land (the “Land” ) described in Exhibit “A ” which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference and commonly known as Lakeview Corporate Center, and the improvements ( “Improvements” ) thereon, including the building located as 112 S. Lakeview Canyon Road, Thousand Oaks, California (such Land and Improvements being herein together called the “Property” );

WHEREAS, Tenant is the tenant under a Multi-Tenant Office Lease (FSG) from Landlord dated June 4, 2010 (herein, as it may from time to time be renewed, extended, amended or supplemented, called the “Lease” ), covering a portion of the Property (said portion being herein referred to as the “Premises” ); and

 

-1-


WHEREAS, the term “Landlord” as used herein means the present landlord under the Lease or, if the landlord’s interest is transferred in any manner, the successor(s) or assign(s) occupying the position of landlord under the Lease at the time in question.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Subordination . Tenant agrees and covenants that the Lease and the rights of Tenant thereunder, all of Tenant’s right, title and interest in and to the property covered by the Lease, and any lease thereafter executed by Tenant covering any part of the Property, are and shall be subject, subordinate and inferior to (a) the Deed of Trust and the rights of Administrative Agent and Lenders thereunder, and all right, title and interest of Administrative Agent and Lenders in the Property, and (b) all other security documents now or hereafter securing payment of any indebtedness of Landlord (or any prior landlord) to Administrative Agent and/or Lenders which cover or affect the Property (the “Security Documents” ). This Agreement is not intended and shall not be construed to subordinate the Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or other security document other than those referred to in the preceding sentence, securing the indebtedness to Administrative Agent and/or Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Security Documents shall not cover or encumber, and the rights of Administrative Agent and Lenders thereunder shall not extend to, any trade fixtures, furniture, equipment or other personal property, in each case, owned by Tenant and at any time placed or installed at the Property.

2. Nondisturbance . Administrative Agent agrees that so long as the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default in the payment of rent, additional rent or other payments or in the performance of any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed (beyond the period, if any, specified in the Lease within which Tenant may cure such default), and subject to any notice requirements specified in the Lease,

(a) Tenant’s possession, occupancy use and quiet enjoyment of the Premises under the Lease shall not be disturbed or interfered with by Administrative Agent in the exercise of any of its foreclosure rights under the Deed of Trust or in connection with any conveyance in lieu of foreclosure;

(b) The Lease shall remain in full force and effect for the full term thereof (subject to the terms and conditions thereof), as the same may be extended in accordance with its terms; and

(c) Administrative Agent will not join Tenant as a party defendant for the purpose of terminating Tenant’s interest and estate under the Lease in any proceeding for foreclosure of the Deed of Trust.

3. Attornment .

(a) Tenant covenants and agrees that in the event of foreclosure of the Deed of Trust, whether by power of sale or by court action, or upon a transfer of the Property by conveyance in lieu of foreclosure (the purchaser at foreclosure or the transferee in lieu of

 

-2-


foreclosure, including Administrative Agent or any Lender if it is such purchaser or transferee, being herein called “New Owner” ), Tenant shall attorn to New Owner as Tenant’s new landlord, and agrees that the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Tenant and New Owner upon all of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements set forth in the Lease and this Agreement, except for provisions which are impossible for New Owner to perform; provided, however, that in no event shall New Owner be:

(i) liable for any act, omission, default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty of any previous landlord (including Landlord) or obligations accruing prior to New Owner’s actual ownership of the Property;

(ii) subject to any offset, defense, claim or counterclaim which Tenant might be entitled to assert against any previous landlord (including Landlord);

(iii) bound by any payment of rent, additional rent or other payments made by Tenant to any previous landlord (including Landlord) for more than one (1) month in advance;

(iv) bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease hereafter made, or consent or acquiescence by any previous landlord (including Landlord) under the Lease to any assignment or sublease hereafter granted, without the written consent of Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; or

(v) liable for any deposit that Tenant may have given to any previous landlord (including Landlord) which has not, as such, been transferred to New Owner.

(b) The provisions of this Agreement regarding attornment by Tenant shall be self-operative and effective without the necessity of execution of any new lease or other document on the part of any party hereto or the respective heirs, legal representatives, successors or assigns of any such party. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver upon the request of New Owner, any instrument or certificate which in the reasonable judgment of New Owner may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment, including a new lease of the Premises that is substantially identical to the Lease for the unexpired term of the Lease (including any extension options provided for therein, to the extent such extension options are exercised in accordance with the terms of the Lease).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 3(a)(i) above, New Owner shall be liable to Tenant from and after the date of attornment for the cure of non-monetary defaults or breaches under the Lease (which Landlord is obligated to cure under the terms of the Lease) to the extent such defaults or breaches continue after the date of attornment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 3(a)(ii) above, New Owner shall be subject to the abatement of Monthly Base Rent (as defined in the Lease) for the periods of February through May, 2011 and June through October, 2012, on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 1.8 of the Lease.

 

-3-


4. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant agrees to execute and deliver from time to time, upon the request of Landlord or of any holder(s) of any of the indebtedness or obligations secured by the Deed of Trust, a certificate regarding the status of the Lease, certifying (a) that the Lease is in full force and effect, (b) the date through which rentals have been paid, (c) the date of the commencement of the term of the Lease, (d) the nature of any amendments or modifications of the Lease, (e) that to Tenant’s actual knowledge no default, or state of facts which with the passage of time or notice (or both) would constitute a default, exists under the Lease, (f) that to Tenant’s actual knowledge, no setoffs, recoupments, estoppels, claims or counterclaims exist against Landlord, and (g) such other matters as may be reasonably requested. If any of the foregoing statements are untrue, Tenant’s certificate shall state the reasons therefor.

5. Acknowledgment and Agreement by Tenant . Tenant acknowledges and agrees as follows:

(a) Tenant acknowledges that in connection with the financing of the Property, Landlord is executing and delivering to Administrative Agent the Deed of Trust which contains an assignment of leases and rents. Tenant hereby expressly consents to such assignment and agrees that such assignment shall, in all respects, be superior to any interest Tenant has in the Lease or the Property, subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Landlord and Tenant will not amend, alter or waive any provision of, or consent to the amendment, alteration or waiver of, any provision of the Lease without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall not prepay any rents or other sums due under the Lease for more than one (1) month in advance of the due date therefor. Tenant acknowledges that Administrative Agent and each Lender will rely upon this instrument in connection with such financing.

(b) Neither Administrative Agent, nor any Lender, in making any disbursements to Landlord, is under no obligation or duty to oversee or direct the application of the proceeds of such disbursements, and such proceeds may be used by Landlord for purposes other than improvement of the Property.

(c) From and after the date hereof, in the event of any act or omission by Landlord which would give Tenant the right, either immediately or after the lapse of time, to terminate the Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant will not exercise any such right (i) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to Administrative Agent, and (ii) until the same period of time as is given to Landlord under the Lease to cure such act or omission shall have elapsed following such giving of notice to Administrative Agent (which period of time shall run concurrently with the time period afforded Landlord) and following the time when Administrative Agent shall have become entitled under the Deed of Trust to remedy the same. In no event will Tenant exercise any such right less than 30 days after receipt of such notice or prior to the passage of such longer period of time as may be necessary to cure or remedy such default, act or omission including such period of time necessary to obtain possession of the Property and thereafter cure such default, act or omission, during which period of time Administrative Agent shall be permitted to cure or remedy such default, act or omission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Administrative Agent, nor any Lender, shall have any duty or obligation to cure or remedy any breach or default. It is specifically agreed that Tenant shall not, as to Administrative Agent or any Lender, require cure of any such default which is personal to Landlord and therefore not susceptible to cure by Administrative Agent or such Lender.

 

-4-


(d) In the event that Administrative Agent notifies Tenant of a default under the Deed of Trust, Note or Security Documents and demands that Tenant pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Administrative Agent, Tenant shall honor such demand and pay the full amount of its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Administrative Agent, without offset, or as otherwise required pursuant to such notice beginning with the payment next due after such notice of default, without inquiry as to whether a default actually exists under the Deed of Trust, Security Documents or otherwise in connection with the Note, and notwithstanding any contrary instructions of or demands from Landlord. Landlord hereby authorizes Tenant to make such payments to Administrative Agent upon reliance on Administrative Agent’s written notice (without any inquiry into the factual basis for such notice or any prior notice to or consent from Landlord), acknowledges that Tenant’s payment of rent to Administrative Agent shall satisfy Tenant’s obligation to pay rental under the Lease, notwithstanding any dispute between Administrative Agent and Landlord, and hereby releases Tenant from all liability to landlord in connection with Tenant’s compliance with Administrative Agent’s written instructions. Tenant shall not be liable to Administrative Agent for rent paid to landlord prior to receipt of Administrative Agent’s written notice demanding Tenant’s payment of rent and other sums directly to Administrative Agent.

(e) Landlord and Tenant shall each send a copy of any notice or statement under the Lease to Administrative Agent at the same time such notice or statement is sent to or received by Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, if such notice or statement could reasonably be determined to have a material impact on the economic terms, operating covenants or duration of the Lease.

(f) Tenant has no right or option of any nature whatsoever, whether pursuant to the Lease or otherwise, to purchase the Premises or the Property, or any portion thereof or any interest therein, and to the extent that Tenant has had, or hereafter acquires, any such right or option, the same is hereby acknowledged to be subject and subordinate to the Deed of Trust and is hereby waived and released as against Administrative Agent, each Lender and New Owner.

(g) This Agreement satisfies any condition or requirement in the Lease relating to the granting of a nondisturbance agreement and Tenant waives any requirement to the contrary in the Lease.

(h) None of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any New Owner shall have any liability to Tenant or any other party for any conflict between the provisions of the Lease and the provisions of any other lease affecting the Property, including any provisions relating to exclusive or non-conforming uses or rights, renewal options and options to expand, and in the event of such a conflict, Tenant shall have no right to cancel the Lease or take any other remedial action against Administrative Agent, any Lender, or New Owner.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or the Security Documents, none of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any New Owner shall be liable for or bound by any Construction-Related Obligation under the Lease. As used herein, a “Construction-Related Obligation” means any obligation of Landlord under the Lease to make,

 

-5-


pay for, or reimburse Tenant for any alterations, demolition, or other improvements or work at the Property, including the Premises; provided, however, that while the term “Construction-Related Obligation” includes initial construction of any tenant improvements or other construction in connection with the delivery of the Premises to Tenant, such term expressly excludes any and all ordinary repair and maintenance obligations of Landlord under the Lease arising (or continuing) after the date of attornment.

(j) Except with respect to any and all ordinary repair and maintenance obligations of Landlord under the Lease arising (or continuing) after the date of attornment, none of Administrative Agent, any Lender or any New Owner shall have any obligation nor shall they incur any liability with respect to any warranties of any nature whatsoever, whether pursuant to the Lease or otherwise, including any warranties respecting use, compliance with zoning, Landlord’s title, Landlord’s authority, habitability, fitness for purpose or possession.

(k) In the event that Administrative Agent or any New Owner shall acquire title to the Premises or the Property, neither Administrative Agent, nor such New Owner, shall have any obligation, nor shall it incur any liability, beyond Administrative Agent’s or New Owner’s then-equity interest, if any, in the Property or the Premises, and Tenant shall look exclusively to such equity interest of Administrative Agent or New Owner, if any, for the payment and discharge of any obligations imposed upon Administrative Agent or New Owner hereunder or under the Lease or for recovery of any judgment from Administrative Agent or New Owner, and in no event shall Administrative Agent, New Owner, or any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders, agents, representatives, servants, employees or partners ever be personally liable for such judgment; provided, however, that, should a casualty occur after the date of attornment which affects the Premises, and Administrative Agent or New Owner, as applicable, shall default in its obligations, if any, under the Lease to restore the Premises and such default continues beyond any applicable cure period, then Tenant shall also have recourse to any insurance proceeds actually received by Administrative Agent or New Owner, as applicable, with respect to such casualty.

(l) Except as permitted under Section 1.33 and Article 10 of the Lease, Tenant will not permit, the generation, treatment, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Materials (as defined in the Lease) on the Premises or the Property, except for such substances of a type and only in a quantity normally used in connection with the occupancy or operation of buildings (such as non-flammable cleaning fluids and supplies normally used in the day-to-day operation of first class establishments similar to the Improvements), which Hazardous Materials substances are being held, stored, and used in strict compliance with federal, state, and local laws. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall reimburse and indemnify Landlord, New Owner, Administrative Agent, and each Lender, as applicable, for any loss, liability, claim or expense, including cleanup and all other expenses, including legal fees that Landlord, New Owner, Administrative Agent or any such Lender, as applicable, may incur by reason of Tenant’s violation of the requirements of this Section 5(l) ; provided, however, Tenant shall have no liability for any Hazardous Materials that have migrated onto the Premises or the Property from neighboring properties (unless Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant in any way caused such migration or the release of any such migrating Hazardous Materials) or for any Hazardous Materials in existence at the Property prior to delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant (unless the release of such Hazardous Materials in existence at the Property prior to delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant was in any way caused by Tenant or an affiliate of Tenant).

 

-6-


6. Acknowledgment and Agreement by Landlord . Landlord, as landlord under the Lease and trustor under the Deed of Trust, acknowledges and agrees for itself and its heirs, representatives, successors and assigns, that: (a) this Agreement does not constitute a waiver by Administrative Agent or any Lender of any of its respective rights under the Deed of Trust, Note or Security Documents, nor does this Agreement in any way release Landlord from its obligations to comply with the terms, provisions, conditions, covenants, agreements and clauses of the Deed of Trust, Notes and Security Documents; (b) the provisions of the Deed of Trust, Notes and Security Documents remain in full force and effect and must be complied with by Landlord; and (c) Tenant is hereby authorized to pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Administrative Agent upon receipt of a notice as set forth in Section 5(d) above from Administrative Agent and that Tenant is not obligated to inquire as to whether a default actually exists under the Deed of Trust or the Security Documents or otherwise in connection with the Notes. Landlord hereby releases and discharges Tenant of and from any liability to Landlord resulting from Tenant’s payment to Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement. Landlord represents and warrants to Administrative Agent that a true and complete copy of the Lease has been delivered by Landlord to Administrative Agent.

7. Lease Status . Landlord and Tenant certify to Lender that neither Landlord nor Tenant has knowledge of any default on the part of the other under the Lease, that the Lease is bona fide and contains all of the agreements of the parties thereto with respect to the letting of the Premises and that all of the agreements and provisions therein contained are in full force and effect.

8. Notices . All notices, requests, consents, demands and other communications required or which any party desires to give hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given or furnished if delivered by personal delivery, by telegram, telex, or facsimile, by expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, or by registered or certified United States mail, postage prepaid, at the addresses specified at the end of this Agreement (unless changed by similar notice in writing given by the particular party whose address is to be changed). Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given either at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mail, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or, in the case of telegram, telex or facsimile, upon receipt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice of change of address shall be effective except upon receipt. This Section 8 shall not be construed in any way to affect or impair any waiver of notice or demand provided in this Agreement or in the Lease or in any document evidencing, securing or pertaining to the loan evidenced by the Notes or to require giving of notice or demand to or upon any person in any situation or for any reason.

 

-7-


9. Administrative Agent . Administrative Agent is acting hereunder as Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement, on behalf of itself and the other lenders and financial institutions which, from time to time, own and hold a portion of the obligations secured by the Security Documents. As of the date hereof, the “Lenders” under the Credit Agreement are Bank of America, N.A., Comerica Bank, Wells Fargo Bank (as successor-in-interest to Wachovia Bank, N.A.), U.S. Bank National Association, Union Bank of California, N.A., and Bank of the West. From time to time after the date hereof, additional lenders and financial institutions may become “Lenders” pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall be entitled to the rights and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement supersedes any inconsistent provision of the Lease; provided, however, as between Landlord and Tenant, the provisions of the Lease shall control to the extent of any inconsistency.

(b) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to derogate from or in any way impair or affect the lien, security interest or provisions of the Deed of Trust, Notes or Security Documents.

(c) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and each Lender, their respective successors and permitted assigns, and any New Owner, and its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that in the event of the assignment or transfer of the interest of Administrative Agent or any Lender, all obligations and liabilities of the assigning Administrative Agent or Lender under this Agreement shall terminate, and thereupon all such obligations and liabilities shall be the responsibility of the party to whom Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s interest is assigned or transferred; and provided further that the interest of Tenant under this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent.

(d) THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS VALIDITY, ENFORCEMENT AND INTERPRETATION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL LAW EXCEPT ONLY TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED NECESSARILY CONTROL.

(e) The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” as used in this Agreement refer to this entire Agreement and not to any particular section or provision. The terms “include” and “including” shall be interpreted as if followed by the words “without limitation.”

(f) This Agreement may not be modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

(g) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not apply to or affect any other provision hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability did not exist.

 

-8-


(h) This Agreement will be recorded in the real property records of Ventura County, California.

[Signatures appear on following page.]

 

-9-


NOTICE : THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A PROVISION WHICH ALLOWS THE PERSON OBLIGATED ON YOUR LEASE TO OBTAIN A LOAN, A PORTION OF WHICH MAY BE EXPENDED FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN IMPROVEMENT OF THE PROPERTY.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ADDRESS OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:   ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

Bank of America, N.A.

5 Park Plaza, Suite 500

Irvine, California 92614

Attention: Rita Ramos

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

a national banking association,

as Administrative Agent for the Lenders

  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

[Signatures Continue on the Following Pages]

 

S-1


 

ADDRESS OF TENANT:  

TENANT:

Inphi Corporation

2393 Townsgate Drive, Suite 101

Westlake Village, California 91361

 

INPHI CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

Attention: John Edmunds, CFO and CAO    
Facsimile: (805) 446-5190  

By:

 

/s/ John S. Edmunds

Telephone: (408) 636-2710   Name:  

John S. Edmunds

  Title:   CFO and CAO

[Signatures Continue on the Following Page]

 

S-2


ADDRESS OF LANDLORD:   

LANDLORD:

LBA Realty Fund III-Company VII, LLC

17901 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 950

  

LBA REALTY FUND III-COMPANY VII, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

Irvine, California 92614   

Attn: Tom Rutherford

  

By:

 

LBA Realty Fund III, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its sole Member and Manager

    

By:

 

LBA Management Company III, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its General Partner

      

By:

 

LBA Realty LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Member-Manager

        

By:

 

LBA Inc.,

a California corporation,

its Managing Member

          

By:

 

/s/ Steven R. Layton

          

Name:

 

Steven R. Layton

           Title:  

Authorized Signatory

 

S-3


EXHIBIT “A”

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND

THAT PORTION OF RANCHO EL CONEJO, IN THE CITY OF THOUSAND OAKS, COUNTY OF VENTURA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON MAP ENTITLED “MAP OF PARTITION SURVEY OF RANCHO EL CONEJO, VENTURA, CALIFORNIA”, RECORDED IN BOOK 1 PAGE 746 OF DEEDS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT THE POINT OF INTERSECTION OF THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF THOUSAND OAKS BOULEVARD, 100 FEET WIDE, AS DESCRIBED IN PARCEL B OF THE EASEMENT DEED TO CITY OF THOUSAND OAKS RECORDED IN BOOK 3427 PAGE 169 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, SAID RECORDER’S OFFICE, WITH THE LOS ANGELES-VENTURA COUNTY LINE AS SHOWN ON THE MAP OF TRACT NO. 1930 RECORDED IN BOOK 48, PAGE 78 TO 82_INCLUSIVE OF MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS, IN SAID RECORDER’S OFFICE; THENCE ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE, THE FOLLOWING 5 COURSES:

SOUTH 85 DEGREES 05 MINUTES SECONDS WEST 631.28 FEET TO THE BEGINNING TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE NORTHERLY AND HAVING A RADIUS OF 1250 FEET; THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 24 DEGREES 44 MINUTES 28 SECONDS A DISTANCE OF 539.77 FEET; THENCE TANGENT TO SAID CURVE NORTH 70 DEGREES 10 MINUTES 27 SECONDS WEST 476.81 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 19 DEGREES 49 MINUTES 33 SECONDS WEST 4.00 FEET; THENCE NORTH 70 DEGREES 10 MINUTES 27 SECONDS WEST 67.54 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING FOR THIS DESCRIPTION SAID TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING BEING THE BEGINNING OF A TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE WESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 25.00 FEET; THENCE,

1ST:- SOUTHEASTERLY AND SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID LAST MENTIONED CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 96 DEGREES 57 MINUTES 45 SECONDS A DISTANCE OF 42.31 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A COMPOUND CURVE CONCAVE NORTHWESTERLY AND HAVING A RADIUS OF 966.00 FEET; THENCE,

2ND:- SOUTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID LAST MENTIONED CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 51 DEGREES 10 MINUTES 25 SECONDS A DISTANCE OF 862.78 FEET TO A LIEN THAT IS PARALLEL WITH AND DISTANT 68.00 FEET NORTHWESTERLY, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES, FROM THAT CERTAIN COURSE SHOWN AS HAVING A BEARING AND LENGTH OF NORTH 77 DEGREES 57 MINUTES 43 SECONDS EAST 476.51 FEET IN THE NORTHWESTERLY BOUNDARY OF PARCEL “A” OF PARCEL MAP FILED IN BOOK 5 PAGE 33 OF PARCEL MAPS IN SAID OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER; THENCE ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE AND TANGENT TO SAID LANDS MENTIONED CURVE,

3RD:- SOUTH 77 DEGREES 57 MINUTES 43 SECONDS WEST 476.51 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE NORTHERLY AND HAVING A RADIUS OF 25.00 FEET; THENCE,

4TH:- WESTERLY ALONG SAID LAST MENTIONED CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 86 DEGREES 49 MINUTES 49 SECONDS A DISTANCE OF 37.89 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A REVERSE CURVE CONCAVE WESTERLY AND HAVING A RADIUS OF 1042.00 FEET, SAID 1042.00 FOOT RADIUS CURVE BEING A CURVE IN THE EASTERLY BOUNDARY OR LAKEVIEW CANYON ROAD AS DESCRIBED IN SAID DEED RECORDED IN BOOK 3427 PAGE 169 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS THENCE ALONG SAID EASTERLY BOUNDARY AND THE SOUTHERLY BOUNDARY OF SAID THOUSAND OAKS BOULEVARD

 

A-1


THE FOLLOWING 5 COURSES:

5TH:- NORTHERLY ALONG SAID 1042.00 FOOT RADIUS CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 4 DEGREES 12 MINUTES 32 SECONDS A DISTANCE OF 76.54 FEET; THENCE TANGENT TO SAID LAST MENTIONED CURVE,

6TH:- NORTH 19 DEGREES 25 MINUTES 00 SECONDS WEST A DISTANCE OF 612.78 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE EASTERLY AND HAVING A RADIUS OF 958.00 FEE; THENCE,

7TH:- NORTHERLY ALONG SAID LAST MENTIONED CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 27 DEGREES 27 MINUTES 20 SECONDS A DISTANCE OF 459.07 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A COMPOUND CURVE CONCAVE SOUTHEASTERLY AND HAVING A RADIUS OF 25.00 FEET; THENCE,

8TH:- NORTHEASTERLY AND EASTERLY ALONG SAID LAST MENTIONED CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 101 DEGREES 47 MINUTES 12 SECONDS A DISTANCE OF 44.41 FEET; THENCE TANGENT TO SAID LAST MENTIONED CURVE,

9TH:- SOUTH 70 DEGREES 10 MINUTES 27 SECONDS EAST 1467.70 FEET TO TRUE POINT BEGINNING

EXCEPT ALL THE OIL, GAS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES LYING WITHIN AND UNDER THAT PORTION OF SAID LAND LYING BELOW A DEPTH OF 500 FEET, MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM THE SURFACE OF SAID LAND OR INTO THAT PORTION OF THE SUBSURFACE THEREOF LYING ABOVE A DEPTH OF 500 FEET, MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM SAID SURFACE.

APN: 687-0-011-015

 

A-2


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California

County of Santa Clara

On June 4, 2010 before me, John Osborn, personally appeared John S. Edmonds who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature   John Osborn

LOGO

(Seal)

JOHN OSBORN

Commission # 1769034

Notary Public - California

Santa Clara County

MyComm. Expires Oct 11, 2011


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California

County of Orange

On June 11, 2010 before me, Pamela Ann Aleson, Notary Public, personally appeared Steven R. Layton who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature   Pamela Ann Aleson

 

  

LOGO

(Seal)

PAMELA ANN ALESON

Commission # 1718132

Notary Public - California

Orange County

MyComm. Expires Jan 19, 2011


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California

County of                     

On                      before me,                                                               , personally appeared                                               who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

Signature  

 

(Seal)

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Inphi Corporation

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction

Inphi International Pte. Ltd.

  Singapore

Inphi Limited

  United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Inphi Corporation of our report dated June 16, 2010 relating to the financial statements of Inphi Corporation, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

June 16, 2010